•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Copyright
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE About the Authors Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. About the Contributing Author About the Technical Reviewers Acknowledgments Experience putting
concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
Icons This Book whatUsed youinknow Command Syntax Conventions
Learn Forewordhow to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Introduction
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment How This Book Is Organized Final Notes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Inside lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Front Cover Diagrams companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Part I. Ethernet Switching not covered in Volume I, like the Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Chapter 1. Configuring AdvancedCisco Switching on the Cisco Catalyst 3550 Ethernet Switch Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Enter the Cisco Catalyst 3550 Intelligent Ethernet Switch switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Ethernet Switching Review
802.1d Spanning Protocolof (STP) The book IEEE begins with brief Tree coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Catalyst 3550references Configurationfor Modes and Terminology includes suggested further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed to applying theand technologies Lab 1: Configuring EtherChannel, Layerguides 3 Switching, Routed Ports, SVIs—Part I in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with3 five hands-on labMaps—Part exercises. These Lab 2: Configuring 802.1w RSTP and 802.1s MST, Layer Switching, and VLAN I comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Part II. Controlling Network Propagation and Network Access level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Chapter 2. Configuring Route Maps and Policy-Based Routing Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Route Map Overview
Lab 3: Configuring Complex Route Maps and Using Tags—Part I Lab 3: Configuring Complex Route Maps and Using Tags—Part II Lab 4: Configuring Policy-Based Routing—Part I Lab 4: Configuring Policy-Based Routing—Part II Part III. Multicast Routing Chapter 3. Configuring Multicast Routing Multicast Basics
IP Multicast Addressing Multicast Distribution Trees Protocol Independent Multicasting Lab 5: Set Up Basic Multicasting Multicast Frame Relay Multicast TTL Multicast Boundary
• • •
Table of Contents
PIM Auto-RP
Index
Lab 6: Set Up Frame Relay Multicast Routing
Examples
Multicast Joining CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Lab 7: Multicast Joining ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Controlling Multicast Lab 8: Advanced Multicast Delivery Publisher: Cisco Press DVMRP Multicast Routing Pub Date: November 07, 2003 PIM Version 2 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Lab 9: PIM Pages: 1032 Monitoring and Testing CCIE Multicast Lab Scenario Further Reading Part IV. Performance Management and Quality of Service Chapter 4. Router Performance Management Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Determining Router Performance Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ATM: The Other WAN Technology Switching Modes
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Compression what you know Further Reading
Chapter 5. to Integrated Differentiated Services Learn how build aand practice lab for your
CCIE lab exam preparation
Integrated Services
TakePractical five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Example: RSVP and VoIP Differentiated Services
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Practice Scenario CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Further Reading companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Chapter QoS — Rate Limiting Queuing Traffic3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in 6. Volume I, like the and Cisco Catalyst Basics: FIFO Queuing CombinedThe with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching Weighed portions Fairof Queuing the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Priority Queuing
The book Custom beginsQueuing with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Enforcing Traffic Policy with QoS technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Traffic Shaping settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Classifying and Marking with all CARof the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labsTraffic include Prioritizing Traffic level. They presentReal-Time readersVoice with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tipsClass-Based and test-taking Queuing Solutions techniques are included throughout the book. Practice Scenarios Lab 13: Managing Internet Traffic with CBWFQ and NBAR Further Reading Part V. BGP Theory and Configuration Chapter 7. BGP-4 Theory BGP Overview BGP Routing Tables Neighbor Relationships
BGP Messages NOTIFICATION Message BGP Finite-State Machine Operation BGP Path Attributes Route Reflectors Confederations Peer Groups
• • •
Table of Contents
Route Selection Process
Index
Summary
Examples
Further Reading CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Chapter 8. Introduction to BGP-4 Configuration ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 BGP Configuration Prerequisites Configuring and Troubleshooting BGP Neighbor Relationships Publisher: Cisco Press BGP Neighbor Configuration Pub Date: November 07, 2003 E-BGP Peer Relationships ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 BGP and IGP Interaction Pages: 1032 BGP and IP Routing Tables Advertising Local Networks Lab 14: BGP Routing Further Reading Chapter 9. Advanced BGP Configuration
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE BGP Neighbor Practical Studies titleAuthentication from Cisco Press. Simplifying Large BGP Networks Practical Example: BGP Confederations
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Route Aggregation what you know Filtering BGP Routes
Using BGP Create Routing Policies Learn how toAttributes build atopractice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Using Multiple Paths
TakePractical five full-blown practice alabs mimic the actual lab exam environment Example: Multihoming BGP that Network Administrative Distance and Its Effects on BGP
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the BGP Route Dampening CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Tuning BGP Performance companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Practice ScenariosI, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume 15: Volume Multihoming BGPCCIE Network CombinedLab with I, athe candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching Further portions Reading of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Part VI. CCIE Practice Labs
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Chapter 10. CCIE Preparation and Practice Labs includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core CCIE Preparation technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network CCIE Practice Labs settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These CCIE Practice Lab: Broken Arrow comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty CCIE Practicereaders Lab: !!! Boom . level. They present with. .scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tipsCCIE andPractice test-taking Lab: Thetechniques Intimidator are included throughout the book. CCIE Practice Lab: Enchilada II CCIE Practice Lab: Kobayashi Maru Part VII. Appendixes Appendix A. Cisco IOS Software Limitations and Restrictions Cisco IOS Software Limitations and Restrictions Cluster Limitations and Restrictions Cluster Management Suite Limitations and Restrictions Important Notes
Appendix B. RFCs Appendix C. Bibliography Appendix D. IP Prefix Lists Index
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Copyright Copyright © 2004 Karl Solie and Leah Lynch Cisco Press logo is a trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc. • Table of Contents •
Index
Published by: • Cisco Press Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II 800 East 96th Street By Karl Solie CCIEIN No. 4599, Leah Indianapolis, 46240 USALynch CCIE No. 7220 All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any Publisher: Cisco Press means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information Pub Date: November 07, 2003 storage and retrieval system, without written permission from the publisher, except for the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 inclusion of brief quotations in a review. Pages: 1032
Printed in the United States of America 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Second Printing December 2003 Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Number: 2001094973 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Warning and Disclaimer Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what is you know to provide information about selected topics for the CCIE exam for the This book designed Routing and Switching track. Every effort has been made to make this book as complete and as Learn to build practice lab or forfitness your CCIE lab exam preparation accurate as how possible, butano warranty is implied. Take five full-blown practice that mimic the actual lab exam environment The information is provided on an labs "as is" basis. The authors, Cisco Press, and Cisco Systems, Inc. shall have neither liability nor responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any loss CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through process of preparing fororthe or damages arising from the information contained in this book orthe from the use of the discs CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect programs that may accompany it. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not Volume I,inlike Cisco Catalyst 3550, route BGP, Multicast,those and QoS. The covered opinionsinexpressed thisthe book belong to the author andmaps, are not necessarily of Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Systems, Inc. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Trademark Acknowledgments
includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network All terms mentioned in this book that are known to be trademarks or service marks have been settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These appropriately capitalized. Cisco Press or Cisco Systems, Inc. cannot attest to the accuracy of this comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty information. Use of a term in this book should not be regarded as affecting the validity of any level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. trademark or service mark. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Feedback Information At Cisco Press, our goal is to create in-depth technical books of the highest quality and value. Each book is crafted with care and precision, undergoing rigorous development that involves the unique expertise of members from the professional technical community. Readers' feedback is a natural continuation of this process. If you have any comments regarding
how we could improve the quality of this book, or otherwise alter it to better suit your needs, you can contact us through e-mail at
[email protected]. Please make sure to include the book title and ISBN in your message. We greatly appreciate your assistance.
Corporate and Government Sales • Table of Contents •
Index
Cisco Press offers excellent discounts on this book when ordered in quantity for bulk purchases • Examples or special sales. For more information, please contact: U.S. Corporate and Government Sales CCIE Practical Studies Volume II 1-800-382-3419
[email protected] ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
For sales outside of the U.S. please contact: International Sales 1-317-581-3793
[email protected] Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Publisher Pages: 1032
John Wait
Editor-in-Chief
John Kane
Cisco Representative
Anthony Wolfenden
Cisco Press Program Manager Sonia Torres Chavez Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Cisco Marketing Communications Manager Scott Miller Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Cisco Marketing Program Manager
Edie Quiroz
Experience withBartow lab scenarios that guide you in applying Executive Editorputting concepts into practice Brett what you know Managing Editor Patrick Kanouse Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Development Editors Greg Balas, Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Christopher Cleveland CCIE Practical candidates through the process of preparing for the Project Editor Studies, Volume II leads CCIE San Dee Phillips CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Copy Editorto the best-selling first edition, this Keith book Cline provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Technical with Editors Carroll, Greg Tillett, Kevin Turek Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidateJennifer will get DeHaven comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Team Coordinator Tammi Ross The Book book Designer begins with brief coverage of the core Gina technologies Rexrode required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Cover Designer Adair the technologies in real network technologies follow, providing detailed guidesLouisa to applying settings. TheTeam final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on Production Octal Publishing, Inc. lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Indexer Tim Wright level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Corporate Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 526-4100 European Headquarters Cisco Systems International BV • Table of Contents Haarlerbergpark • Index Haarlerbergweg 13-19 • Examples 1101 CH Amsterdam CCIE Practical Studies Volume II The Netherlands ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 www-europe.cisco.com Tel: 31 0 20 357 1000 Fax: 31 0 20 357 1100 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Americas Headquarters ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Cisco Systems, Inc. Pages: 1032 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-7660 Fax: 527-0883 Gain 408 hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Asia Pacific Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Capital Tower what you know 168 Robinson Road #22-01 to #29-01 Learn068912 how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Singapore www.cisco.com Take6317 five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Tel: +65 7777 Fax: +65 6317 7799 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE exam has by presenting with ainseries of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Cisco lab Systems more than them 200 offices the following countries and regions. Addresses, companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics phone numbers, and fax numbers are listed on the Cisco.com Web site at not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. www.cisco.com/go/offices. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, and Service•Provider lab exams. Argentina portions • Australia • Austria • Belgium • Brazil Security, • Bulgaria • Canada Chile • China PRC • Colombia • Costa Rica • Croatia • Czech Republic • Denmark • Dubai, UAE • Finland • France • The book • begins with brief Kong coverage the core • technologies required on the CCIE lab•exam Germany Greece • Hong SAR of • Hungary India • Indonesia • Ireland • Israel Italy •and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Japan • Korea • Luxembourg • Malaysia • Mexico • The Netherlands • New Zealand • Norway • technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Peru • Philippines • Poland • Portugal • Puerto Rico • Romania • Russia • Saudi Arabia • settings. final chapter of the •book concludes with five • hands-on lab exercises. These • Scotland The • Singapore • Slovakia Slovenia • South Africa Spain • Sweden • Switzerland comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in •difficulty Taiwan • Thailand • Turkey • Ukraine • United Kingdom • United States • Venezuela Vietnam • level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Zimbabwe Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Copyright © 2003 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. CCIP, CCSP, the Cisco Arrow logo, the CiscoPowered Network mark, the Cisco Systems Verified logo, Cisco Unity, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, Networking Academy, and ScriptShare are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and iQuick Study are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Empowering the Internet Generation, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, GigaStack, Internet Quotient, IOS,
IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, LightStream, MGX, MICA, the Networkers logo, Network Registrar,Packet, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, RateMUX, Registrar, SlideCast, SMARTnet, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe, TeleRouter, TransPath, and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0303R) •
Table of Contents
• Printed in theIndex USA • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Dedications Publisher: Cisco Press
Leah Lynch: This book is dedicated to my husband, Chad Lynch, who always supports, listens Pub Date: November 07, 2003 to, and encourages me. I love you. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032 Solie: This
Karl book is dedicated to my family—my mother and father, John and Linda Solie; and my two brothers, Mike and Jim. We have been blessed with a close family and have a king's wealth of a different kind. This book is also dedicated to my wife, Sandra, and my two daughters, Amanda and Paige, for all their sacrifices over the years and their enduring love. You three make every day warmer, brighter, and happier for me. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
About the Authors Leah Lynch, CCIE No. 7220 R/S, is a network engineer with a large financial institution. Leah has more than seven years of experience in the IT industry, with four years focused on heterogeneous internetwork • Table of Contents environments, including banking, retail, medical, government, manufacturing, corporate, sales, network service provider, telecommunications, and 2.5/3G • Index wireless networks. Leah also holds several other Cisco certifications and is currently working on • Examples her Communications and Services CCIE. She wrote Chapters 6 through 9 (the QoS and BGP CCIE Practical Studies Volume II chapters) and can be reached at
[email protected]. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Karl Solie, CCIE No. 4599, is a principal engineer for the consulting firm Solie Research, LLC. KarlPublisher: has more than Cisco Press14 years of experience in the field designing and implementing some of the largest IP- and SNA-based Pub Date: November 07, 2003 internetworks in the United States and abroad for companies such as McDonnell Douglas/Boeing, Unisys, and the Fulton and Los Angeles county governments. Karl is ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 also active in Cisco professional development and, along with this volume, he has authored CCIE Pages: 1032 Practical Studies, Volume I, (Cisco Press, 2001). Karl can also be caught in the classroom, as a certified Cisco Systems instructor, training for the Ascolta Training Company in Minneapolis. Karl concentrated in applied mathematics at the University of Wisconsin-Stout and holds a bachelor of arts in law from the University of California, Irvine. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
About the Contributing Author Scott Morris, CCIE No. 4713, certified Cisco Systems instructor. Among several other certifications, Scott currently has four separate CCIE certifications (Routing and Switching, ISP/Dial, Security, and Service Provider) and is working on his fifth (Voice). He travels the world • of Contents teaching andTable consulting on various projects. To not become bored or stagnant, he has also • Index started branching out into the Juniper Networks world (JNCIS currently and growing) for added • Examples consulting and training interests. His primary areas of interest and expertise are in security, IP CCIE Practical Studies Volumenetworks, II telephony, cable modem and advanced routing. When not traveling, he resides in Lexington, Kentucky. times, heCCIE hasNo. taught By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599At , Leah Lynch 7220 CCIE (Routing and Switching) boot camps for various companies, currently at IPExpert. He has contributed material to a few different books and has served as a technical editor on many others. He currently runs his own company Publisher: Cisco Press Emanon.com, Inc. and markets as Uber-Geek.Net, too (http://smorris.uber-geek.net). Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
About the Technical Reviewers Jennifer DeHaven Carroll, CCIE No. 1402, is a principal consultant with Lucent Technologies. She has planned, designed, and implemented many large networks over the past 15 years. She has also developed and taught theory and Cisco implementation classes on all IP routing • Tableis ofthe Contents protocols. Jenny coauthor of Routing TCP/IP, Volume II, (Cisco Press, 2001) with Jeff • Index Doyle and can be reached at
[email protected]. •
Examples
GregPractical CCIE Tillett,Studies CCIE Volume No. 5231, II is currently working toward his second CCIE in the Security track. He has recertified twice since achieving first CCIE. Greg is a consulting systems engineer with ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No.his 7220 Cisco Systems focusing on security, virtual private networks, and campus technologies. In his current role, he supports Cisco Systems engineers and account managers with their customer Publisher: Cisco Press base and presents these technologies to various audiences at Cisco seminars. Since joining Cisco Pub Date: 07, 2003 many customers, state and local governments, K-12 and higher in 1997, heNovember has supported ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 educational customers, and several Fortune 100 customers with global networks. This experience Pages:a1032 gives him unique perspective on designing and supporting extremely diverse types of multiservice networks. Kevin Turek, CCIE No. 7284, is currently working as a network consulting engineer in the Cisco Federal Support Program in Research Triangle Park. He currently supports some of Cisco Department of Defense customers. Kevin is also a member of the Cisco internal QoS virtual Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE team, which supports internal Cisco engineers and external Cisco customers with QoS Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. deployment and promotes current industry best practices as they pertain to QoS. Kevin earned his bachelor of science degree in business administration at the State University of New York, StonyExperience Brook. putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Acknowledgments Leah Lynch: There are tons of people who worked together to get this book to this point. First, I would like to thank all the people from Cisco Press—Brett Bartow, Chris Cleveland, and Greg Balas, who helped the raw material and create a real Cisco Press book; and the technical • Table oftake Contents editors, Jenny Carroll, Greg Tillett, and Kevin Turek, who verified our work and found all the tiny • Index errors you never see when you are the one writing. Thanks guys! • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
I also want to thank Karl Solie for spending so many nights on the phone discussing ideas and By Karl SolieI CCIE No. thank 4599, Leah CCIEthanking No. 7220 his wife, Sandra, who tolerated all of our latecontent. cannot KarlLynch without night discussions. Publisher: Cisco Press
I also want to thank Jenny Carroll and Jeff Doyle for introducing me to the folks at Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 and helping me take the beginning steps toward becoming an author. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
also Pages: want 1032 to thank
I Pan Chou, my very patient friend, for answering (or at least attempted to answer) my obscure BGP questions. And Scott Downing for letting me bounce ideas off him. I also want to thank Mike Flannagan for answering my odd QoS questions and Daniel Walton for his excellent BGP presentations and Q/A sessions at Networkers. And, of course, experience I must thank who patiently waited for me toCCIE complete Gain hands-on formy thehusband, CCIE LabChad ExamLynch, with volume two of the best-selling this project and provided Practical Studies title fromon-the-spot Cisco Press.editing. Thank you for tolerating the two years of constant work; now, we can go on vacation. I alsoExperience want to thank my concepts friend Erininto Heitz for helping mescenarios get into this and motivating me to putting practice with lab thatfield guide you in applying start what a realyou IT career; know thanks to my mentor, George Sereno, for all the good advice and honesty; and, finally, I want to thank my family, the Lynches and the Sifuentes, for their love and Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation support. Take five that thewithout actual lab environment Karl Solie: No full-blown project of practice this size labs would bemimic possible the exam dedication of many CCIEs, editors, technical people and friends. I first want to thank all the people Leah mentioned at Cisco CCIE Studies, Volume IIJohn leads CCIE the process of to preparing Press,Practical especially Editor-in-Chief Kane forcandidates giving methrough the great opportunity become for a the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Cisco Press author. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics covered in thank Volume like the Cisco Catalyst maps, BGP, andonQoS. Inot also want to myI,co-author, Leah Lynch, 3550, for all route her hard work andMulticast, long nights this Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and project. This text would I, not have been possible without her devotion to it. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Sincere thanks go to the other CCIEs involved with this work—Scott Morris, for contributing his The book in begins with brief coverage of the core technologies on the CCIEput labinexam and expertise multicast routing by writing Chapter 3, as well asrequired the excellent work by our includes suggested for further Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technical reviewers:references Jennifer Carroll, Gregreading. Tillett, and Kevin Turek. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Isettings. also want tofinal say chapter thank you the concludes readers of with CCIEfive Practical Studies, Volume I,These especially for The of to theall book hands-on lab exercises. the kind letters practice that people sentallme their quest and to become CCIEs. comprehensive labshave include of about the technologies gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Finally, I once want to thank theare good Lord Jesus for His the continued Study tips and again test-taking techniques included throughout book. blessings and for always being there for me.
Icons Used in This Book •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Command Syntax Conventions The conventions used to present command syntax in this book are the same conventions used in the Cisco IOS Command Reference. The Command Reference describes these conventions as follows: • Table of Contents • •
Index
VerticalExamples bars (|) separate alternative, mutually exclusive elements.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
brackets ] indicate optional elements. ByKarl Square Solie CCIE No. 4599[, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Braces { } indicate a required choice.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Braces within brackets
[{ }] indicate a required choice within an optional element.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Boldface Pages: 1032 indicates commands and keywords that are entered literally as shown. In actual configuration examples and output (not general command syntax), boldface indicates commands that are manually input by the user (such as a show command). Italics indicate arguments for which you supply actual values. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Foreword Preparing for the CCIE certification is a challenging and individual process, and there are as many paths to success as there are candidates. I've had the pleasure of meeting and talking to thousands ofTable CCIEofcandidates, and there is no doubt in my mind that the single greatest factor • Contents in achieving certification is the amount of "hands-on" practice a candidate logs during their • Index preparation. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II, by Karl Solie and Leah Lynch provides a clear • Examples framework to make the all-important hands-on preparation more effective. The hallmark of any CCIE Practical Studies Volume II CCIE certification is the breadth of the content covered by the exam, and many candidates have By Karl Soliechoosing CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch No. 7220 difficulty where and howCCIE to begin their preparation. This book and its companion, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I, can help the candidate focus on key content likely to appear on the Publisher: Cisco Press exam. In addition to the knowledge gained by reading and working through the sample lab scenarios, book 07, can2003 act as a starting point for a more self-directed approach to study, in Pub Date:the November which candidates explore "what-if" type scenarios requiring true expert-level skills. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The CCIE certification is now ten years old and still stands in the top rank of certification programs in our industry. One measure of that vitality is the growth in quality preparation materials for the exam, and this volume is a worthy addition to the list of resources now available to CCIE candidates. Like its companion volume, I'm sure it will be an excellent addition to any preparation library. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Mike ReidStudies title from Cisco Press. Manager, CCIE Programs Cisco Systems, Inc. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Introduction The CCIE is one of the most challenging certifications available. Most CCIE candidates spend several months studying and even take a few attempts at the lab exam before passing. If you are considering pursuing the CCIE, you are most likely aware of the amount of self-study, • Table of Contents training, and experience required to undertake the laboratory exam. Despite the difficulties, • Index pursuing the CCIE certification program is a very rewarding experience requiring candidates to • Examples refresh their skills in technologies that they are already familiar with, expand their skills in areas CCIE Practical Studies Volume II where they have less knowledge, and generally prepare for situations that require a great By Karl Solie No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. and 7220hands-on experience working with a number of amount of CCIE technical expertise. The skills different technologies under pressure and time limitations add to one's ability to troubleshoot Ciscoto Press andPublisher: add value employers. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The CCIE lab exam is an extended one-day exam that tests the candidate's abilities to work with ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 multiple protocols within a limited amount of time under a considerable amount of pressure. Pages: 1032 Candidates must use their knowledge of Cisco IOS Software to configure, test, and troubleshoot a network that they are not familiar with, proving their ability to work independently and under pressure. Because the CCIE program is constantly changing to keep up with industry needs, candidates frequently encounter technologies with which they do not have extensive experience working. This makes the CCIE program more versatile to candidates and employers because the Gain hands-on for the CCIE that Lab Exam volume twocareer of the situation, best-selling candidates are experience not only tested in areas apply with to their current butCCIE also to Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. situations in a number of different markets. The protocols and technologies covered by the Routing and Switching exam track apply to a number of different network types: corporate enterprise, retail, service providers, and others. This broad range of skills benefits the Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying candidates, their employers, and their coworkers. what you know Cisco recommends that CCIE candidates have at least two years of experience with Cisco Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation products, formal training with the technologies, and a considerable amount of time dedicated to self-study before undertaking the lab exam. This book is the second volume in a series intended Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment to help CCIE candidates with the self-study part of their preparation. Over the course of this series, the books explore a number of technologies. You through can to use examples in the book CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates thethe process of preparing for to the test your knowledge of the technologies through various hands-on lab scenarios. It is strongly CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect recommended thatbest-selling you use each book in the series preparecoverage for the exam, reading through the companion to the first edition, this booktoprovides of CCIE lab exam topics theory, practicing the lab scenarios, and reviewing familiar technologies. After passing the CCIE not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. exam, most people find I, a the great feeling of accomplishment and are nocoverage longer intimidated by time Combined with Volume CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the routing and limitations and pressure. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. We bebegins honestwith withbrief you;coverage your journey thetechnologies path to becoming a CCIE willCCIE be long The will book of theoncore required on the lab and exam and formidable. It will challenge you mentally like nothing else. When it comes to the CCIE test, includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each oflab the core the testing standards are rigid and the proctors are stringent. You will not be able to argue technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network or talk your The wayfinal into chapter becoming CCIE. wisely; are no shortcuts on theThese road to settings. of a the bookPrepare concludes with there five hands-on lab exercises. becoming a CCIE, so do not waste time looking for them. As long as your journey may be, when comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty all is said and done and you are finally assigned your own CCIE number, the feeling is like level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. nothing else. will feel that all the hard work, the sacrifices,the andbook. the long lonely hours in the Study tips andYou test-taking techniques are included throughout lab have paid off. You will have entered the ranks of the most elite group of network engineers on the planet—by becoming a CCIE. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I, stressed that there is no shortcut to becoming a CCIE, no "allin-one" book on becoming a CCIE (including CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I and Volume II). There are no quick "buy this book and we guarantee you will pass" solutions that will replace a strong level of experience and dedication. It is assumed that most CCIE candidates already have at least some experience with most of the technologies covered in this series. The CCIE lab is ever changing, and the possible test content is deep and vast. For these reasons, it is difficult to
create a "single source" for CCIE knowledge and study. This does not mean that boot camps and such are not valuable tools; they are, and should be treated as one of the many study techniques you can use. Like Volume I, the text in Volume II does not, in general, go into great detail on specific protocols; instead, it is designed to provide practical configuration guidelines that you can use to help improve network skills and to introduce you to technologies that you might not yet have worked with in the field. Volume II, along with its companion, Volume I, presents a tremendous • Table of Contents amount of information on many foundation or core network technologies and includes many new • Index concepts that, if applied with a working network model, can help to produce even stronger • Examples network skills, furthering your preparation to take, and pass, the CCIE lab exam. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
CCIE Volume II,CCIE picks where CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I, left off. CCIE By Karl Practical Solie CCIE Studies, No. 4599, Leah Lynch No.up 7220 Practical Studies, Volume I, focuses on modeling complex internetwork scenarios from ISO Layer 1 on up. It covers physical access, modeling LAN and WAN data-link protocols such as Frame Publisher: Cisco Press Relay, HDLC, PPP, ATM, Ethernet, and Token Ring. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I, details Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Cisco Catalyst platforms, including the Token Ring Catalyst 3924 and the Catalyst ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 35xx/5500/6500 family. Volume II continues with the Catalyst family of switches, focusing on Pages: 1032 the powerful new Catalyst 3550 intelligent Ethernet switch. The studies include Layer 3 switching and the new 802.1w and 802.1s Spanning Tree Protocols. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I, also covers Interior Gateway Protocols (IGPs), such as RIP, IGRP/EIGRP, and OSPF. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II, takes the next step and concentrates on the primary experience Exterior Gateway Border Gateway (BGP)—more Gain hands-on for the Protocol CCIE Lab(EGP) Examand with volume two of Protocol the best-selling CCIE than 300 pages are devoted to BGP. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. In addition to modeling routing protocols and Ethernet switching, this text takes a detailed look at quality of service (QoS). As withinto BGP, a significant portion of the text, more 200 pages, Experience putting concepts practice with lab scenarios that guide youthan in applying is devoted to advance what you know QoS techniques, including topics such as Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP), Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) field, and Weighted Random Early Detection Learn how build a practice for your CCIEand labvoice examtechnologies. preparation (WRED). QoS is to also discussed as itlab relates to ATM Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
How This Book Is Organized The text is arranged into six sections, which provide technical details on specific technologies. It demonstrates how you can implement these technologies and guides you through more advanced technical implementations using practical examples. At the end of each configuration• Table of can Contents based chapter, you test your knowledge of the subject by completing a lab scenario that • Index applies the technology that was just covered. After completing the lab, you can use the lab • walkthrough Examples to see how your configuration compares to the configurations created in our labs. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II The subjects discussed in this book are organized in the following manner: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Part I: Ethernet Switching Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Part II: Controlling Network
Propagation and Network Access
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Part III: Multicast Routing Pages: 1032 Part IV: Performance Management and Quality of Service Part V: BGP Theory and Configuration Part VI: CCIE Practicefor Labs Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II, was designed to be a customizable study resource. The sections are divided into technology-specific areas that enable you to use your study time Experience putting concepts into practice with labworks scenarios guide you examples, in applyingwhich efficiently. Each chapter begins with basic theory and up tothat configuration what you know you can model in your own lab. Most chapters also include practical examples that apply more complex configuration topics and, with the lab walkthroughs, enable you virtually to work with Learn configurations how to build a deployed practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation the author during the writing process. If you have a problem with a certain technology or configuration step, go back to the theory and configuration section for a five full-blown labs that mimic actual exam environment quickTake review and then trypractice the example or lab againthe until you lab understand how it works. Do not be afraid to go beyond the limits of any of the labs to further investigate technologies or take time CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the to explore one item in detail. The experience you gain working through these network models CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect will add to any other training or experience you already have, preparing you for complex companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network implementations. When you feel comfortable with a section, move on to the next; and if not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. you think you do not need the information in a section, skip to the end and try the lab scenario Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and to verify that you have mastered the subject. Each chapter in this book also provides you with a switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. "Further Reading" section that directs you to references that can provide additional detail on the subjects contained within for additional study. This book builds on the information covered in The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Volume I, assuming that you have the solid foundation skills required to configure core includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies such as IGP routing protocols, basic LAN switching concepts, and WAN protocol technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network configuration experience, and that you know how to configure IP services such as Network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Address Translation (NAT). For more information on these technologies, refer to the comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty corresponding chapters in Volume I. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Part I takes an in-depth look at the new Cisco 3550 intelligent switching platform—exploring the capabilities of this new platform, reviewing the old-school switching technologies, and looking at new and improved applications of these switching technologies. You then use the full capabilities of this platform in routing and switching practical examples and practical lab scenarios. Part II analyzes and demonstrates the use of the simple, but powerful, route maps and also covers frequently overlooked route maps. You will learn many of the ways to use route maps to change or influence routing behavior, control traffic based on protocol characteristics, or policy route traffic. Route maps are an integral part of many advanced routing schemes, and good route map configuration skills are a must for BGP routing. This part provides a fundamental look
at route maps and their application and prepares you for some of the technologies covered later in this book. Part III takes an in-depth look at multicast routing and switching on router and switch platforms, applying practical theory to network models—thereby, demonstrating the application of multicast routing for real-world scenarios. Part IV comprehensively examines router performance management and QoS by first analyzing • Table of Contents router performance with a brief section on performance-related router show commands. Using • Index the information derived from these commands, you can provide the best level of service by • Examples applying some of the Cisco IOS Software extensive QoS technologies. ATM QoS is then CCIE Practical Studies Volume covered—first, a review ofIIATM theory, comparing ATM to Frame Relay, and then a brief review ofKarl ATM PVC configuration using Cisco By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynchnewer CCIE No. 7220IOS Software ATM configuration commands. The focus then turns to ATM QoS mechanisms, and you apply these technologies to traffic based on network service level requirements. This information can also help enterprise network Publisher: Cisco Press professionals understand some of the terminology that is frequently used by their service Pub Date: November 07, 2003 providers. This part also covers Layer 3 switching methods, demonstrating how to determine the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 right switching method for particular network characteristics and router hardware and interface Pages: 1032 types. Chapter 5 removes the cloud of mystery surrounding the QoS integrated and differentiated services. This chapter reviews RSVP theory and configuration on Cisco routers, taking an indepth look at RSVP show and debug commands. You apply RSVP configurations to one of the most popular RSVP network Voice over IP.volume The chapter examines the Gain hands-on experience forapplications, the CCIE Lab Exam with two ofthen the best-selling CCIE predominant differentiated services currently available for traffic marking and classification using Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. the information stored in the IP Type of Service (ToS) field. This section explores IP precedence, the newly emerging IP Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) field, and WRED (the Experience putting concepts into with lab guide in applying congestion-avoidance algorithm). Afterpractice you explore the scenarios ways thatthat traffic can you be classified, you what you know can apply these technologies in several network models using Voice over IP as a network application. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Chapter 6, a little book in itself, dives right in and provides a broad view of the current queuing, Takeclassification, five full-blown practice labs that mimicavailable the actual exam shaping, and policing technologies in lab Cisco IOSenvironment Software. This chapter begins by exploring the primary four basic queuing methods and then delves deeper into CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process preparing for the queuing theoryStudies, by exposing newer, more advanced queuing methods such asof Class-Based CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Weighted Fair Queuing and Low Latency Queuing—technologies that integrate many of the companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam subjects covered up to this point in this book. The chapter then revisits traffic shaping andtopics not covered Volume I, like theshaping Cisco Catalyst 3550, routeno maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. explores thein newer, class-based method. Because QoS chapter would be complete Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and without addressing traffic policing, this chapter demonstrates new policing methods that you can switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. apply in the field as protective measures to prevent or contain the spread of certain viruses and undesirable protocols while maintaining certain levels of network performance. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested furtherand reading. Laboratory exercises covering each the core Part V explores one references of the mostfor exciting confusing protocols ever written: BGP. In of this part, technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network unlike the other parts, an entire chapter is dedicated only to BGP theory, Chapter 7. This chapter settings. The of final the book concludes with hands-on lab exercises. provides one thechapter newest,ofmost comprehensive BGP five theory descriptions availableThese today by comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty exploring the states of the BGP finite-state machine, five BGP messages, BGP attributes, route level. Theyand present readers withThis scenarios to what they will onBGP the implementation actual lab exam. reflectors, confederations. chaptersimilar is geared specifically toface Cisco Study tips andfrom test-taking are included throughout the book. but is derived all BGPtechniques source information available; providing a concise BGP theory review that prepares you for the following chapters by providing the theory up front without jumping from theory to configuration. Chapter 8 begins applying the BGP theory from Chapter 7, from a service provider and enterprise perspective, exploring basic BGP configurations, providing a few quick BGP configuration tips, and exploring the impact that BGP routing has on a router. This chapter includes numerous real-world implementation tips that you can use in the field. After reviewing the fundamentals, this chapter examines the heart of a successful BGP implementation—displaying configuration data and diagnosing problems using BGP show and
debug commands. This chapter delves into previously undocumented items displayed during BGP debugging sessions, explaining debug output line by line. This information prepares you to handle almost any BGP problem by introducing a BGP troubleshooting methodology and showing which commands help you diagnose problems quickly with the least network impact. Chapter 9 examines I-BGP and E-BGP implementations, how BGP uses its tables, advertising BGP networks, and integrating BGP with IGPs. This chapter helps alleviate many confusing or difficult concepts such as multihoming to two service providers and the common I-BGP full-mesh • Table of Contents problem. This chapter—designed not just as a study guide but as a real-world field guide that • Index can save you hours of troubleshooting in the field—builds on the information provided in the • previous twoExamples chapters by delving straight into the good stuff: route reflectors, confederations, CCIE Practical Studies Volume II redistribution, route filtering, and conditional route advertisement. This chapter then takes an By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Leah of Lynch 7220 unprecedented look at ,one theCCIE mostNo. confusing and difficult BGP topics: applying regular expressions. This chapter demonstrates how regular expressions work by applying several examples and using Publisher: Cisco Press little-known show commands to find the right regular expression for the task. After exploring regular expressions, you use them to filter or modify routes by applying the Pub Date: November 07, 2003 information contained in BGP attributes. This chapter also covers the use of multiple paths, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 private autonomous system numbers, backdoors, peer groups, and aggregation. And, finally, Pages: 1032 you apply this information to several real-world type scenarios building a strong BGP foundation that should leave you confident to deal with any problems the BGP protocol can throw at you. Part VI,Chapter 10, takes all the information from both volumes of the CCIE Practical Studies books and combines skills from all these areas to create five challenging lab scenarios. Based on input provided from readers Volume weExam havewith included the two lab of configurations withCCIE the book Gain hands-on experience forofthe CCIE I, Lab volume the best-selling to ease reference. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Final Notes With only just more than 10,000 CCIEs worldwide in 10 years, the CCIE certification is still the most challenging certification one can attain. It is the only exam that requires knowledge in desktop protocols, routing protocols, Ethernet switching, and LAN/WAN skills, plus a strong • of Contents knowledge ofTable IP services. We sincerely hope CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I and Volume II, will • Index be an indispensable tool for your CCIE preparation and in the field. Good luck and Godspeed! •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
—Karl Solie andNo. Leah ByKarl Solie CCIE 4599Lynch , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Inside Front Cover Diagrams •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Part I: Ethernet Switching Chapter 1 Configuring Advanced Switching on the Cisco Catalyst 3550 Ethernet Switch •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 1. Configuring Advanced Switching on the Cisco Catalyst 3550 Ethernet Switch •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples Ethernet is often referred to as an evolutionary protocol rather than a revolutionary protocol. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Over the years, Ethernet has evolved by building on various standards at astonishing speeds. By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,build Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Evolutionary protocols on the current standard and provide some form of migration path, whereas revolutionary protocols involve some form of scientific breakthrough or use new technology. Revolutionary protocols use few parts, if any, of the existing infrastructure. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The evolution of Ethernet continues to be a remarkable one. The people of the IEEE committee ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 have also been very busy ratifying many new standards, including updating the Spanning Tree Pages: 1032 Protocol with IEEE 802.1w. Wireless Ethernet IEEE 802.11a and IEEE 802.11b are giving promise to 802.11g operating at 54 Mbps. 10/100-Mbps Ethernet has moved to the home and 10 Gigabit IEEE 802.3ae products have started shipping offering OC-192 speeds! Industry experts predict it will be only a matter of time before Gigabit Ethernet hits the desktop and 40-Gb standards are drafted. Apple computer, for instance, has been shipping Gigabit Ethernet in its PowerBooks and its G4/G5 for desktop systems bringing closertwo to reality. One might say Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam withthis volume of the best-selling CCIEthe evolution might give revolution Practical Studies titleway fromtoCisco Press. in WANs and MANs. Imagine a day, perhaps not that far off, with Internet service providers (ISPs) using wireless Ethernet to their customers, and points of presence (POPs) connected with 10 Gigabit links! Bandwidth such as this could give way to the Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying nextkiller application on the Internet. what you know As the role of Ethernet continues to evolve, so does the Cisco product line, being the first to Learn to new buildEthernet-based a practice lab for your CCIE exam preparation market withhow many products. Onelab such product that will play an increasing role in the enterprise is the Cisco Catalyst 3550 Intelligent Ethernet Switch. As you will see by Take practice that mimic theintegrating actual lab the exam environment the end of five this full-blown chapter, Cisco doeslabs a fantastic job of Catalyst OS (CAT OS) features with the traditional Cisco IOS Software features. Many portions of the Catalyst 3550 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the configuration might be familiar to you in one form or another. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, this book CCIE lab examEthernet topics This chaptertofocuses on the software configuration ofprovides the Ciscocoverage Catalyst of 3550 Intelligent not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Switch. The discussion includes the technical aspects of the Catalyst 3550 followed by a detailed Combined Volume I, the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage of themethod routing for and overview ofwith Ethernet switching and candidate spanning tree. This chapter presents a complete switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. configuring VLAN, VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP), and trunks, and covers other Layer 2/Layer 3 functionality. This chapter also discusses advanced configuration of the 3550, including Rapid The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Spanning Tree and Multiple Spanning Tree. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the and technologies in real network For more information on general Ethernet switching concepts configuring the Cisco Catalyst settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 3900 Token Ring switch and the Cisco Catalyst 2900/3500 and 5500/6500 series switches, refer comprehensive include toCCIE Practicalpractice Studies,labs Volume I. all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Enter the Cisco Catalyst 3550 Intelligent Ethernet Switch The Cisco Catalyst 3550 is an intelligent Ethernet switch that provides impressive bandwidth, • Table ofand Contents Layer 3 switching, advanced quality of service (QoS) in a small footprint. The switch is • Index called an intelligent switch because of many of the advanced features it brings to the traditional enterprise access • Examples switch. The switch can make decisions based on Layer 3 and Layer 4 information, CCIE Practical Studies thus making Volume it II intelligent. The Cisco Enhanced Multilayer Software Image (EMI) allows the switch to serve a core switch in smaller networks providing inter-VLAN routing and ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahas Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Hot Standby Routing Protocol (HSRP). Figure 1-1 shows a Cisco Catalyst 3550. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Figure 1-1. Cisco Catalyst 3550 Intelligent Ethernet Switch
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Some of the key features of the Catalyst 3550 include the following: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Superior redundancy and fault backup— Features such as Uplinkfast, Backbonefast, what you know and 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree reduce recovery time significantly between failures. The EMI software allows for routing HSRP. Learn how to feature build a practice labadvance for yourfailsafe CCIE lab examwith preparation Integrated Cisco IOS features for bandwidth optimization— Features such as Layer 2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment and Layer 3 EtherChannel provide very large paths between switches up to 16 Gbps! Per CCIE VLAN Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process spanning of preparing Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) and VTP pruningthrough allow for advanced treefor the CCIE control. lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Advanced QoS and queuing— Cisco 3550, 3550 supports 802.1p QoS and theand QoS. not covered in Volume I, like the CiscoThe Catalyst route maps, BGP, Multicast, Differentiated Services (DSCP) field, Round-Robin (WRR), Combined with Volume I, theCode CCIEPoint candidate will get Weighted comprehensive coverage of the and routing and Weighted Random Detection (WRED). Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of theEarly Routing and Switching, Other features include advanced security and management, andexam high-and The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologiesgranular requiredrate-limiting, on the CCIE lab performance routingreferences via Cisco Express Forwarding (CEF) with exercises the EMI. Multicast also includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory covering routing each of is the core supported with the EMI. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE
This list highlights some of the more predominate features of the Cisco Catalyst 3550. For more information on these and other features, see www.cisco.com.
The Cisco 3550 also backs the latest in regulatory certifications and standards from the IEEE and other bodies. The following standards are available on the Catalyst 3550 Ethernet switch:
IEEE 802.1x port-based authentication IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree IEEE 802.3 Full Duplex on 10BASE-T, 100BASE-T, and 1000BASE-T ports • • •
Table of Contents
IEEE 802.1d Index Spanning Tree Protocol Examples
IEEE 802.1p of II service CCIE Practical Studiesclass Volume
(CoS) prioritization
ByKarl IEEE Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 802.1Q VLAN trunks
IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages:802.3ab 1032 IEEE
1000BASE-T
IEEE 802.3z 1000BASE-X 1000BASE-X (GBICs): 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX/LH, and 1000BASE-ZX, 1000BASE-T, 1000BASE-CWDM, and Gain hands-on experience forthe theGigaStack CCIE Lab GBIC Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Remote Monitoring (RMON) type I and RMON type II Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) v1 and SNMPthat v2c guide you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios what you know The Catalyst 3550 currently comes in four base models with multiple variations of each, and the number of models constantly growing. 3550-24 and 3550-48 come with the Learn how to is build a practice lab for The yourCatalyst CCIE lab exam preparation Standard Multilayer Software Image (SMI) or the EMI. The Catalyst 3550-12T and 3550-12G are shipped only with the EMIpractice software, whereas the Catalyst 3550-24 andenvironment 3550-48 might be field Take five full-blown labs that mimic the actual lab exam upgraded to the EMI image. The EMI provides a set of enterprise-class features, such as hardware-based IP unicast and II multicast routing, inter-VLAN routing, HSRP, and many other CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the features you find on a router. and capacity also vary from model to CCIE lab that exam bywould presenting them with aPerformance series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect model. Tableto1-1 the various and capacities of the coverage Catalyst 3550 switch. companion thelists best-selling firstmodels edition, this book provides of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the RoutingCharacteristics and Switching, Security, andVarious Service Provider lab exams. Table 1-1. Performance of the Catalyst 3550s The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Ethernet Switching Review Before discussing the detailed configuration of the Cisco 3550, it's necessary to review some important technologies. The following sections briefly review VLANs, VTP, VLAN trunking, spanning-tree 802.1d, and port autonegotiation. If you have previously read CCIE Practical • Table of Contents Studies,Volume I (CCIE PSV1), you might want to glance only at this section, because it is • Index intended as a review. For a more comprehensive explanation of these and other Ethernet • Examples refer to CCIE PSV1. switching principals, CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Virtual LANs (VLANs) Publisher: Cisco Press Pub are Date:many November 07, 2003 for the term VLAN. For this discussion, the definition is very simple. There definitions VirtualISBN: LANs1-58705-072-2 (VLANs) are broadcast domains that can extend geographical distances. Within the VLAN,Pages: unicast, 1032broadcast, and multicast, frames are forwarded to members of that VLAN; this is referred to as intra-VLAN traffic. Members of separate VLANs do not forward traffic to each other; this can provide some form of inherent security. For one VLAN to communicate with another, some form of routing must be used. To put VLANs in their simplest form, remember the following:
Gain hands-on for the CCIE = Lab Exam with volume (IP twosubnet) of the best-selling CCIE A VLAN =experience A broadcast domain A Layer 3 network Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. In a nutshell, VLANs offer the following: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what yousegmentation know Network Learn howand to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Flexibility management Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Security CCIE Volume II leads every CCIE candidates through process of preparing for the WhenPractical EthernetStudies, switching is configured, port is assigned to athe VLAN by default. The default CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect VLAN is always VLAN 1. When switches ship from the factory, they are in some ways "plug and companion theis best-selling edition, this book provides of CCIE labinexam topics play." Everytoport assigned tofirst VLAN 1; therefore, every port coverage of the switch will be a single not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. broadcast domain. This makes migrating from shared Ethernet hubs to a basic switched network Combined Volume the CCIE get comprehensive coverage the routing and very easy. with VLANs shouldI,always be candidate thought ofwill as just broadcast domains. Most of VLANs eventually switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. become IP/IPX subnets or bridging domains. The basic design rules that apply to broadcast domains also apply to VLANs, such as the following: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow,beproviding detailedper guides to Each applying technologies in bridging real network There should a single subnet VLAN. VLANthe is like a separate domain. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive Do not bridge practice different labs VLANs includetogether. all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. cantest-taking span across multiple switches and throughout geographic the areas. StudyVLANs tips and techniques are included book. Trunks carry traffic for multiple VLANs by using a special encapsulation. A router or Layer 3 switch will be needed to route between VLANs. Spanning Tree Protocol runs a per-VLAN level to prevent loops. This can be disabled but is not recommend. Table 1-2 lists the various VLAN default values for Catalyst switches.
Table 1-2. Default VLAN Settings Feature
Default Value
Native VLANTable of Contents
VLAN 1.
•
•Default VLAN Index • Examples
PortPractical VLAN assignments CCIE Studies Volume II
VLAN 1. All ports assigned to VLAN1; Token Ring ports are assigned to VLAN 1003 (TrCRF-default).
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
VTP mode Publisher: Cisco Press
VTP name
Server. Null.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
VLAN ISBN: state1-58705-072-2
Active.
Pages:VLAN 1032 range[*] Reserved
VLAN 0, VLAN 1006–VLAN 1009, VLAN 4095.
Normal VLAN range
VLAN 2–VLAN 1001.
VLAN extended range[*]
VLAN 1006–VLAN 4094.
MTU hands-on size for Ethernet. Gain experience for the1500 CCIEbytes Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 4472 bytes for Token Ring. SAID value 100,000 plus VLAN number. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Example: VLAN 2 = SAID 100002 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Prune eligibility VLANS 2–1000 are prune eligible; VLANs 1025–4094 are not. MACTake address five reduction full-blown practiceDisabled. labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Spanning-tree mode Volume IIPVST+ (128 candidates spanning tree instances). CCIE Practical Studies, leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Default FDDI VLAN VLAN 1002. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Default Token Ring TrCRF not covered in Volume I, like theVLAN Cisco1003. Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. VLAN Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Default FDDI Net VLAN VLAN 1004. The bookToken beginsRing withTrBRF brief coverage of1005 the core required Default VLAN withtechnologies bridge number 0F. on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core VLAN technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Spanning-tree version for of the IBM. settings. The final chapter book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These TrBRF VLANs practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. TrCRF bridge mode SRB. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[*]
The VLAN reserved range is used on the Catalyst 6000 series to map nonreserved VLANs to reserved VLANs. The VLAN extended range is available on the Catalyst 6000 series and 3550 series switches. The extended and reserved VLAN range is not propagated by VTP at this time and requires the switch to be in VTP transparent mode. Token Ring and FDDI VLANs are listed on Ethernet-only switches because it is global VTP information.
Now consider some of the basic switched networks; this discussion focuses on the differences in each one.
Figure 1-2 shows a basic LAN configuration. The switch has VLANs 1 and 2 configured on it and various ports assigned to those VLANs. Each VLAN is configured with a separate IP subnet. If information needs to pass from VLAN 1 to VLAN 2, a router is required. Here the router has an interface in each VLAN. Traffic going from VLAN 1 to VLAN 2 needs to first hit the router. This type of configuration requires a single interface for every VLAN that needs to be routed; therefore, it is very expensive and not very scalable. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Figure 1-2. Per-Interface VLAN routing
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references further reading. Laboratory covering of the core Figure 1-3 shows another basicfor VLAN configuration. The switchexercises has VLANs 1 and each 2 configured on technologies providing guides tointerface applyingrunning the technologies in real networkTraffic it again. Herefollow, the router has a detailed single 100-Mbps a VTP, such as 802.1Q. settings. The final chapter ofother the book five hands-on lab exercises. Thesedown the going from one VLAN to the mustconcludes travel up with the trunk to the router and then back comprehensive practice labs include all of between the technologies increase in difficulty same trunk. Using a single trunk to route VLANs isand onegradually of the more economical ways to level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what theyiswill face on the actual exam. accomplish routing between VLANs. This type of configuration often referred to as alab "router on Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. a stick."
Figure 1-3. Router on a Stick
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation The next evolution was to move the routing function from a standalone router to the switch full-blown that traffic mimicisthe actual up labcoming exam environment itself.Take This five move was onlypractice logical, labs because doubled in and exiting the same interface. Switches such as the Catalyst 3550 with the EMI software support this type of CCIE PracticalFigure Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the configuration. 1-4Volume illustrates Layer 3 Switching. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, theFigure CCIE candidate will get3comprehensive 1-4. Layer Switching coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
VTP and Trunking Protocols Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. A powerful function of VLANs is their capability to span geographic distance. The VLANs present on a switch are communicated from switch to switch by the means of a VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP). VTP maintains global VLANinto information switches. that This guide includes Experience putting concepts practice between with lab scenarios yousynchronizing in applying the VLANwhat database and the management of additions, deletions, and VLAN name changes across the you know network. A VLAN management domain, or VTP domain, consists of one or more switches Learn howand to build a practice labadministrative for your CCIE responsibility. lab exam preparation interconnected sharing the same Anytime you desire the VLANs on one switch to have information about the VLANs on another switch, you must configure five and full-blown practice labs that all mimic the actual environment a VTPTake domain a trunk. VTP also tracks the VLANs in alab VTPexam domain and propagates these in a client/server fashion from one switch to another. The intent of VTP is to ease management CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads across CCIE candidates through process function of preparing for the and provide a common VLAN database the VTP domain. Anthe advanced of VTP CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect includes VTP pruning, which helps control inter-VLAN broadcast traffic between switches. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not like modes: the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. VTP covered operatesininVolume one of I, three Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. VTP server mode— In VTP server mode, VLANs can be created, modified, and deleted. The book with brief coverage of the technologies required theclients CCIE lab exam and VLANbegins information is automatically sentcore to all adjacent VTP serversonand in the same includes references for further Laboratory exercises each ofbecause the core VTPsuggested domain. Always exercise cautionreading. when "clearing" a VLAN fromcovering the VTP server technologies follow, providing guides to applying theintechnologies in real Ifnetwork that VLAN will be deleted detailed on all VTP servers and clients that VTP domain. two devices settings. final chapter of thethe book concludes with labconfiguration exercises. These are The configured as servers, switch/server withfive the hands-on highest VTP revision comprehensive practice labsserver. includeVLAN all ofinformation the technologies andingradually increase in difficulty serves as the primary is stored the switch's nonvolatile level.random-access They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. memory (NVRAM). Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. VTP client mode— In VTP client mode, VLANs cannot be created, modified, or deleted. Only the name and the VTP mode and pruning can be changed. The VTP client is at the mercy of the VTP server for all VLAN information. The client must still assign ports to a VLAN, but the VLAN will not be active on the switch unless the VTP server sends information to the client about that VLAN. On Catalyst 2900XL/3500XL/3550 series switches, VLAN information is stored in Flash memory in the VLAN.DAT file after it is received from the server. The Catalyst 4000/5500/6500 series of switches do not store the VLAN database on VTP client switches.
• • •
VTP transparent mode— In VTP transparent mode, VLAN information that is local, or created, on the switch will not be advertised, and VTP will not synchronize VLAN databases between switches. VTP information received from other switches can be forwarded if all the switches are in the same VTP domain. For VTP updates to flow through a VTP transparent switch, the transparent switch and any other client or sever switches must be in the same VTP domain. VLANs can be created, modified, and deleted on transparent switches. Transparent switches also support extended-range VLANs. As a matter of fact, VLANs 1006 throughTable 4094 can only be created on VTP transparent switches. VTP will also not propagate of Contents VLANs in this range. VLAN information is stored in Flash memory in the VLAN.DAT file on Index transparent switches on the Catalyst 2900XL/3500XL/3550 series switches. Table 1-3 Examples highlights the various VTP modes and operation.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Table 1-3. Various VTP Modes of Operation Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying [*] The you Catalyst 4000/5500/6500 series of switches do not store the VLAN database on VTP client switches. what know The Catalyst 2900XL/3500G/3550 series of switches save VTP and VLAN information in the VLAN.DAT file in Flash switch will have lab the VLAN database Learnmemory. how toThe build a practice for your CCIEupon lab initialization. exam preparation [**]
In transparent mode, the switch will not participate in VTP; that is, it will not synchronize VLAN databases.
Take fiveVTP full-blown practice that mimic out theother actual labports. exam environment However, information receivedlabs can be forwarded trunk The trunks will not propagate local VLAN information.
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab by presenting with a series challengingacross laboratory exercises. A perfect Figure 1-5exam illustrates how VTPthem information can beofpropagated a LAN. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and VTP Switching, Security, Service Provider lab exams. Figure 1-5. Modes and and Propagation The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
VTP advertisements are sent out on all trunk connections in Inter-Switch Link (ISL) frames, 802.1Q frames, IEEE 802.10, or ATM LAN Emulation (LANE) cells. VTP frames are sent to the destination MAC address of 0100.0ccc.cccc with a logical link control (LLC) code of SNAP (AAAA). Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE IEEE 802.1Q frames have an Ethernet type code of 0x8100. VTP advertisements are also sent Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. out every 5 minutes or when there is a change in a VLAN. For VTP messages to be successfully transmitted, the following must occur: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know VTP domain name— VTP server and client switches only accept messages with the same domain name. If authentication configured forlab that VTPpreparation domain, the VTP passwords must Learn how to build a practice labisfor your CCIE exam also match. The VTP name and VTP password are case sensitive. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment VTP version mode must match— VTP only accepts messages with the same version: or version II. TheIIVTP version controlledthrough by enabling/disabling V2 mode on CCIE version PracticalI Studies, Volume leads CCIE is candidates the process of preparing for the sidesby of presenting the trunk. Athem switch might be VTP version II capable andexercises. have V2 mode CCIE both lab exam with a series of challenging laboratory A perfect disabled. Thisbest-selling is the default mode is provides used onlycoverage for Token companion to the firstsetting. edition,V2 this book of Ring CCIEswitches; lab exam topics therefore, you seeI,itlike primarily on the Catalyst 3924s and the Catalyst 5500/6500 not covered in Volume the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and series QoS. switches Token switching modules installed. Combined withwith Volume I, Ring the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. VTP clients synchronize with VTP servers only if the client's VTP revision number is less thanwith thebrief VTP coverage server's of revision If the VTP client's number is The book begins the corenumber— technologies required on therevision CCIE lab exam and equal to or greater than the VTP revision number of the server, the VLAN databases will not includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core synchronize, and the VTP client will not receive any VLAN information from the server. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These When a trunk ispractice established, VTP sends periodic advertisement each trunk port,inonce every 5 comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and out gradually increase difficulty minutes or when there is a change in a VLAN. The VTP advertisement contains the following: level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. VLAN IDs (ISL and 802.1Q). Emulated LAN names for ATM LANE. 802.10 SAID values. VTP domain name and configuration revision number. The server with the highest revision number will become the primary server and send its VLAN database to the other switches. This process is referred to as synchronization. When VTP is synchronized, all VTP servers
and clients will have the same VTP revision number. The VTP revision number is incremented every time a VLAN configuration change is made. VLAN configuration, VLAN ID, VLAN name, and MTU size for each VLAN. Ethernet frame format. VTP has two versions: version I and version II. All the switches in the VTP domain must be on • Table ofThis Contents the same version. rule does not apply to the transparent mode switches. VTP version II • Index offers the following, the most important being support for Token Ring: •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Token Ring support— VTP version II supports Token Ring LAN switching and VLANs (Token Ring Bridge Relay Function [TrBRF]).
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Unrecognized
Type Length Value (TLV) support— Unrecognized TLVs are saved in is in VTP server mode.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 NVRAM when the switch ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Version-dependent transparent mode— VTP forwards VTP messages that do not match Pages: 1032 the domain name and version to switches operating in VTP transparent mode version II switches. In transparent mode version I, VTP inspects the frame for a version number; if the numbers match, VTP forwards the frame. This inspection process does not happen in VTP version II. Gain hands-on experience forConsistency the CCIE Lab Examare with volume two the names best-selling CCIE when Consistency checks— checks performed on of VLAN and values Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. information is changed from the command-line interface or Simple Network Management Protocol. putting into practice with lab3550 scenarios that guide you in applying TableExperience 1-4 lists the defaultconcepts VTP settings on the Catalyst switch. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Table 1-4. Default VTP Settings on Catalyst 3550
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect VTPFeature Default Setting companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics VTPcovered domaininname not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, Null route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and VTP mode Server switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. VTP version 2 updates Disabled The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and VTP security/password Disabledexercises covering each of the core includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network VTP pruning Disabled settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive VLAN trunking practice labs include all of the technologies DTP and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
VTP Pruning VTP pruning basically controls broadcast, multicast, and unknown unicast traffic from crossing trunk lines where it is not needed. A common misconception is that VTP pruning controls Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) traffic, which it does not. With VTP pruning disabled, the default setting on the 3550, all broadcast, multicast, and unknown unicast traffic is forwarded down trunk lines on the switch to downstream switches, regardless of whether the switch needs or will discard the traffic. VTP pruning essentially only forwards broadcast, multicast, and unknown
unicast traffic across a trunk if the downstream switch has an active port in the same VLAN as the VLAN that originated the traffic. If the destination switch is not adjacent, switches in between the source and destination switches receive and forward the traffic. In Figure 1-6, a workstation in VLAN 10 sends a broadcast, with VTP pruning disabled; all switches in the LAN will receive that broadcast.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Figure 1-6. VTP Pruning
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty In Figure 1-7, VTP pruning enabled. Withsimilar VTP pruning enabled, only switches with lab exam. level. They present readersiswith scenarios to what they will face on the actual ports/interfaces in VLAN 10techniques will receive and forward VLAN 10'sthe traffic, along with any Study tips and test-taking are included throughout book. intermediary switches.
Figure 1-7. VTP Pruning
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics VLAN Trunking Protocols not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and VTP requires trunksoftothe transport A trunk is considered a point-to-point link switching portions RoutingVTP andinformation. Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. between Ethernet switch ports and another networking device, such as a router or another switch. Trunks have capability to of carry of multiple VLANson over single andand The book begins withthe brief coverage the the coretraffic technologies required the aCCIE lablink exam extend across the internetwork. Without theLaboratory use of VTPexercises and trunks, an IP subnet includesVLANs suggested references for further reading. covering each of could the core never be partitioned across switches. trunks allow for the an effective way in to real tie two broadcast technologies follow, providing detailedVTP guides to applying technologies network domains are of separated geographical Figure illustrates how 802.1Q settings. together The final that chapter the bookby concludes with distance. five hands-on lab1-8 exercises. These trunks tie VLANspractice 2 and 4labs together. comprehensive include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 1-8. VLAN Trunking
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Three types ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 of encapsulation are supported on the Cisco Catalyst family of switches: ISL, 802.1Q, and1032 802.10. The Catalyst 3550 Ethernet switch supports ISL and 802.1Q; therefore, this Pages: discussion focuses on these switches: Inter-Switch Link (ISL)— ISL is a Cisco proprietary trunking encapsulation. ISL is a frame-tagging protocol that allows for low-latency multiplexing of traffic from multiple Gain hands-on for the CCIEPorts Lab configured Exam with as volume two ofencapsulate the best-selling VLANs to aexperience single physical path. ISL trunks eachCCIE frame Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. with a 26-byte ISL header followed by a 4-byte cyclic redundancy check (CRC) before forwarding it out the trunk. The encapsulation of each frame is a low-latency process. This operation is performed by application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), so it is very fast. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying This is referred to as "wire speed." The frames on the link contain the standard Ethernet, or what you know FDDI or Token Ring frame, and the VLAN information associated with that frame along with a bridge packet data unit (BPDU). ISL is supported on links that are 100 Mbps or greater in Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation speed, and it can operate in full or half duplex. STP on ISL trunks is implemented on a perVLAN basis, called PVST+. This means that every VLAN lab hasexam a rootenvironment bridge, and trunks go Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual into a forward/blocking mode for each VLAN on each trunk. PVST+ is critical to control on networks, asVolume discussed later CCIE in thiscandidates chapter. through the process of preparing for the CCIE large Practical Studies, II leads CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect IEEE 802.1Q— 802.1Q is theedition, industrythis standard trunkingcoverage protocol.ofAn 802.1Q frametopics uses companion to the best-selling first book provides CCIE lab exam an Ethernet type code 0x8100 inserts VLAN information and Multicast, recomputes the frame not covered in Volume I, likeofthe Ciscoand Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, and QoS. control sequence ofcandidate the frame.will 802.1Q operates slightly different ISL. For Combined with VolumeatI,the theend CCIE get comprehensive coverage of from the routing and instance, it runs Mono Spanning Tree on theSecurity, native VLAN all VLANs in the domain. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and for Service Provider labVTP exams. The native VLAN 802.1Q uses by default is VLAN 1. In Mono Spanning Tree, one root bridge is elected thebrief entire VTP domain; called the Common Treelab (CST) The book beginsfor with coverage of thethis coreistechnologies requiredSpanning on the CCIE exam and domain. All VLAN traffic follows one path in this type of configuration. Cisco,each understanding includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering of the core the needfollow, to control spanning tree guides on large controlling load, technologies providing detailed tonetworks applying while the technologies in realimplements network PVST+ all chapter 802.1Q of VLANs in addition to Mono Tree.lab The followingThese restrictions settings. Theon final the book concludes with Spanning five hands-on exercises. apply to 802.1Q trunks: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - The native VLAN needs to be the same on both ends of the trunk. Mono Spanning Tree will run in this VLAN. It is critical that the native VLAN be the same on thirdparty switches interacting with Cisco switches. - As mentioned, 802.1Q uses Mono Spanning Tree. Cisco enhances this with PVST+. Because the BPDUs are handled differently between Cisco and third-party switches, care should be taken whenever integrating these domains, that spanning tree and the default VLANs are consistent in both switches. The entire non-Cisco domain will look like a single broadcast/spanning-tree domain to the Cisco PVST+ VTP domain. The Mono Spanning Tree of the non-Cisco domain will map to the CST of the Cisco
domain, which is by default VLAN 1. - BPDUs on the native VLAN of the trunk are sent untagged to the reserved IEEE 802.1d spanning-tree multicast MAC address (0180.c200.0000). The BPDUs on all other VLANs on the trunk are sent and tagged on the reserved Cisco Shared Spanning Tree (SSTP) multicast MAC address (0100.0ccc.cccd). •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Dynamic ISL (DISL) and Dynamic Trunk Protocol (DTP) • Index Dynamic ISLStudies was Cisco's CCIE Practical Volumefirst II trunk negotiation protocol. DISL was slowly replaced with Dynamic Trunk Protocol (DTP) on newer versions of CAT OS and Cisco IOS Software. DTP is essentially ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 DISL that attempts to automate ISL and 802.1Q trunk configuration. DTP uses the reserved destination multicast address of 0100.0ccc.cccc for LAN networks to negotiate trunks. In the Publisher: Cisco Press DTP messages are sent out every 30 seconds on all trunk lines. Depending default "auto" state, Pub Date: November 07,port, 2003 the port might become an ISL or 802.1Q trunk. DTP operates in the on the "mode" of the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 following modes. (Note that these modes are not available on all switches and might differ slightly syntactically.) Pages: 1032 On— Puts the port in a permanent trunking state. It also tries to negotiate the link to be a trunk. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lablink, Exam volume two ofthe thetrunk. best-selling CCIE Off— Turns the port into a nontrunk andwith thereby disables Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Desirable— Makes the port attempt to convert to a trunk link. The port becomes a trunk if the neighboring port is set to on, desirable, or auto mode. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Auto— The port converts to a trunk if the neighboring port is set to on or desirable mode. Learn how to build a practice your CCIE lab exam preparation Nonegotiate— Puts the port lab intofor trunking mode but prevents the port from sending DTP frames. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment In practicality, this is really too many options for a trunk. Network administrators either CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II don't. leads CCIE candidates throughthat the having processdynamic of preparing foristhe configure a port as trunk or they It could even be argued trunks a CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect potential security risk. Table 1-5 charts the possible combinations of trunks and the modes on companion the best-selling first reliable edition, and this simplest book provides exam topics CAT OS. As to you will see, the most way tocoverage configureofaCCIE trunklab is to statically not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. configure it on both sides of the link as a trunk and in the on mode. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Table 1-5. Ethernet Configuration Outcomes on on CAT The book begins with brief DTP coverage of the core technologies required the OS CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Layer 2 and Layer 3 EtherChannel Trunks not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and EtherChannel combines Fast Ethernet or Gigabit ports/interfaces a single switching portions of themultiple Routingphysical and Switching, Security, and Service Provider labinto exams. logical interface called a channel group . For instance, up to eight Fast Ethernet ports/interfaces might be grouped together to provide full-duplex 1600-Mbps logical on link. Gigabit EtherChannel The book begins with brief coverage ofathe core technologies required the CCIE lab exam and can group up to 8 ports together for an aggregate speed of 16 Gbps in full-duplex mode. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. NOTE Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. GigaStack Gigabit Ethernet modules cannot be used as Gigabit EtherChannel trunks.
Figure 1-9. Physical, Logical, and Channel Group Relationship
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
EtherChannel can serve as a great alternative when trunking Cisco switches together. One of the improvements it offers over normal multiple trunks is that STP will see normal multiple links as individual links to the same bridge; therefore, bandwidth will not be wasted by an interface in Gain hands-on for VLAN the CCIE Labcan Exam with tricky volume the best-selling CCIE blocking mode.experience Traditionally, traffic become totwo loadofbalance across, and Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. bandwidth is limited because of STP blocking on redundant ports. In a link failure, STP will also have to wait a default of 50 seconds for convergence. EtherChannel load shares across all physical ports in the EtherChannel group. If a physical link goes down, the EtherChannel group Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying only loses the bandwidth that the link provided. EtherChannel proves especially useful between what you know core switches. Figure 1-10 illustrates two Cisco Catalyst 3550s serving as the core switches with the Gigabit Ethernet interfaces channeled single Gigabit EtherChannel port group. Learn how to build a practice lab for into your aCCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Figure EtherChannel on Catalyst CCIE Practical Studies,1-10. VolumeGigabit II leads CCIE candidates through the process3550s of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation The number and type of interfaces that you can put into an EtherChannel port group varies from five full-blown practice labs thatyou mimic actual lab exam environment switchTake to switch. One standing rule is that canthe only group Fast Ethernet together with Fast Ethernet ports, and Gigabit ports together with Gigabit ports. Because there exist very specific CCIE Volume II leads candidates process of preparing for the rules Practical for whichStudies, ports and how many youCCIE can group into athrough channelthe that are switch-type specific, CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect check with Cisco at www.cisco.com as to the limitations that EtherChannel might have on the companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics switch you are configuring. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) and Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP)
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and EtherChannel uses areferences protocol called Port Aggregation Protocol exercises to dynamically build an of the core includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory covering each EtherChannel port group between adjacent switches. Cisco defines PAgP and the way it operates technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network as follows: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Protocol facilitates automatic creation of EtherChannel level.Port TheyAggregation present readers with(PAgP) scenarios similarthe to what they will face on the actual lab port exam. groups. By using PAgP, the switch learns the identity of adjacent switch capable of Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. supporting PAgP and then learns the capabilities of each interface. It then dynamically groups similarly configured interfaces into a single logical link (channel or aggregate port); these interfaces are grouped based on hardware, administrative, and port parameter constraints. For example, PAgP groups the interfaces with the same speed, duplex, native VLAN, VLAN range, and the trunking status and type. After grouping the links into an EtherChannel, PAgP adds the group to the spanning tree as a single switch port. For these reasons, it is extremely important to have the same physical VLAN and STP parameters configured on each interface in the channel group.
PAgP works along with LACP to negotiate the EtherChannel trunk. LACP is defined in IEEE 802.3AD and allows Cisco switches to manage Ethernet channels between switches that conform to the 802.3AD protocol.
Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) Modes • Table of Contents PAgP has four modes in the CAT OS and six in Cisco IOS Software: •
Index
•
Examples
Auto—Studies Auto mode places CCIE Practical Volume II
an interface into a passive negotiating state; the interface responds to PAgP frames it receives but does not initiate PAgP negotiation. This setting is ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 the default and minimizes the transmission of PAgP. Publisher: Cisco Press Desirable— Desirable
the interface Pub Date: Novemberinitiates 07, 2003
mode places an interface into an active negotiating state, in which negotiations with other interfaces by sending PAgP packets.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
On— On forces the interface to channel without PAgP or LACP. With the on mode, a usable Pages: 1032 EtherChannel exists only when an interface group in the on mode is connected to another interface group in the on mode. An interface in the on mode that is added to a port channel is forced to have the same characteristics as the already existing on mode interfaces in the channel. Gain hands-on experience forport the will CCIEnot Lab Exam volume two ofand theno best-selling CCIE Off— In this mode, the form an with Ethernet channel, PAgP frames will be Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. exchanged. Active (LACP)-IOS only— Active sets the interface into an active negotiating state, in Experience putting concepts into practice with lab interfaces scenarios by that guide you inpackets. applying which the interface starts negotiations with other sending LACP what you know Passive (LACP)-IOS only— Passive sets the interface into a passive negotiating state. In Learn how to a practice lab for lab that exam this mode, thebuild interface responds to your LACP CCIE packets it preparation receives but does not start LACP packet negotiation. This setting uses minimal LACP packets. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Switch interfaces exchange PAgP packets only with partner interfaces configured in the auto or CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process of frames. preparing for the desirable modes; interfaces configured in the on mode through do not exchange PAgP CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Interfaces can form an EtherChannel when they are in different PAgP modes as long as the companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics modes are compatible. For example, an interface in desirable mode can form an EtherChannel not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. with another interface that is in desirable or auto mode. However, an interface in auto mode Combined with I, the CCIE candidate will getthat comprehensive coverage of the routing and cannot form an Volume EtherChannel with another interface is also in auto mode because neither switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface initiates PAgP negotiation. The book begins with brief coverage of the technologies on the CCIE exam and If your switch is connected to a partner thatcore is PAgP capable, required you can configure thelab switch includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of core interface for nonsilent operation. This is accomplished by using the non-silent keyword. the If you technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network do not specify the non-silent keyword with the auto or desirable mode, silent is assumed. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. PAgP Physical Learners and Aggregate-Port Learners Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Network devices are classified into two groups called PAgP physical learners and aggregate-port learners. A device is a physical learner if it learns addresses by physical ports and directs traffic based on that learning. A device is an aggregate-port learner if it learns addresses by aggregate (logical) ports. When a device and its partner are both aggregate-port learners, they learn the address on the logical port channel. The device transmits frames to the source using any of the interfaces in the EtherChannel bundle.
PAgP cannot automatically detect when the partner device is a physical or aggregate port. You must manually set the learning method on the local device for source-based distribution by using thepagp learn-method src-mac interface configuration command. With source-based distribution, any given source MAC address is sent on the same physical port. Some EtherChannel features and limitations are as follows: • • •
Table of The number ofContents interfaces you can put in a bundle is tightly related to the switch hardware. Index Be sure to check the Cisco website at www.cisco.com for the latest software and hardware Examples limitations.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Protocol ByKarl Dynamic Solie CCIE Trunking No. 4599, Leah Lynch (DTP), CCIE No.VTP, 7220and
Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) can transmit and receive frames over the physical interfaces in the EtherChannel. Trunk ports transmit and receive PAgP protocol data units (PDUs) on the lowest-numbered VLAN.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 STP sends frames over
the first interface in the EtherChannel group. STP views the channel ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 group as a single physical link. Pages: 1032
The MAC address of a Layer 3 EtherChannel is the MAC address of the first interface in the port channel. PAgP transmits and receives PAgP PDUs only from interfaces that are up and have PAgP enabled for the auto or desirable mode. Statically configuring a trunk disables PAgP. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Press. EtherChannel will not Cisco form with ports that have different GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), GARP Multicast Registration Protocol (GMRP), and QoS configurations. Experience putting practice with ports. lab scenarios that guide you in applying Port security cannotconcepts be used into on EtherChannel what you know An EtherChannel will not form if one of the ports is a Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN) Learn how to build a practice your CCIE lab exam preparation destination port. You can use lab the for EtherChannel group as the source of SPAN to monitor the entire group. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Speed, duplex, native VLAN, VLAN range, and trunk type (if you are trunking over the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the EtherChannel) must match on both ends of the EtherChannel link. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Layer 3 EtherChannel Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Layer 3 EtherChannel is configuring EtherChannel on a routed interface on the switch. The The book begins withwill brief coverage ofIP the core technologies onport the CCIE exam and EtherChannel group have a single address assigned to required it, and the must lab have includes suggested for the further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core switching functions references disabled with interface command no switchport. For all practical technologies follow, providing detailed guides tosame applying the technologies real network purposes, Layer 3 EtherChannel operates in the functional manner asinLayer 2 settings. The final chapter of the book with with five hands-on lab exercises. These EtherChannel. Layer 3 EtherChannel isconcludes only available the EMI software installed on the comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty switch. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Ethernet Physical Properties: Half- and Full-Duplex Ethernet Half-duplex mode fundamentally operates Ethernet in the classic carrier sense multiple access collision detect (CSMA/CD) mode. Ethernet hubs are a good example of a device requiring half duplex. Half-duplex Ethernet has the follow characteristics: Unidirectional data flow.
High potential for collisions. Operates on shared media devices such as a hub, or a workstation. Operational efficiency is rated at 50 percent to 60 percent of the total bandwidth of the link. Full-duplex Ethernet allows for a station to simultaneously transmit and receive data. Ethernet frames are transmitted and received simultaneously on two pairs of unshielded twisted-pair • Table pair of Contents (UTP) or a single of fiber. Full-duplex Ethernet is essentially Ethernet without CSMA/CD. • Index Full-duplex mode basically doubles the bandwidth of Ethernet! To run full-duplex Ethernet, both • Examples Ethernet devices must be capable and configured for autonegotiation or full duplex. Figure 1-11 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II illustrates a common Ethernet network and the duplex setting of the links. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Figure 1-11. Ethernet Network Duplex Settings
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network NOTE settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty station not operating in the correct duplex will generate enormous amounts level.AThey present readers with scenarios similar mode to what they will face on the actual lab of exam. collisions or frame check sequence (FCS) errors on the port to which it is connected. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. These collisions will most likely be registered as late collisions. Be sure the port on the switch and the end station are operating in the same duplex mode.
Ethernet Autonegotiation To aid in simplifying the configuration of Ethernet devices, the IEEE committee defined normal link pulse (NLP) for 10BASE-T networks and fast link pulse (FLP) for 100BASE-T and 1000BASE-T
networks. NLP and FLP are a series of pulses on the network that are able to deduce what the duplex and speed at which the link is operating. The station and the hub/switch agrees on the highest priority and configures the station in that manner. All autonegotiation occurs at the physical layer. Table 1-6 lists the priority FLP uses and the associated data transfer rate. For autonegotiation to work, both devices must support autonegotiation logic.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Table 1-6. Ethernet Autonegotiation Prioritization
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Priority Data Transfer Rate (Mbps) By Karl Solie CCIETotal No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 1 (highest) 2 3 4
2000
Publisher: Cisco Press
1000
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 200 Pages: 1032
Speed and Duplex Settings 1000BASE-T full duplex 1000BASE-T half duplex 100BASE-T2 full duplex
200
100BASE-TX full duplex
5
100
100BASE-T2 half duplex
6
100
100BASE-T4 half duplex
Gain hands-on100 experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the half best-selling 7 100BASE-TX duplex CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 8 20 10BASE-T full duplex 9 (lowest) 10 10BASE-T half duplex Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to buildsuch a practice lab for CCIEshould lab exam preparation Infrastructure devices, as routers andyour servers, always have speed and duplex settings fixed. Most 100-Mbps and greater network interface cards (NICs) support full duplex. Take practice doubles labs thatthe mimic the actual lab exam environment Running atfive full full-blown duplex essentially capacity of Ethernet. Taking advantage of this is the cheapest network upgrade you will ever do! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and NOTE switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Duplex modes are a function of the hardware built in to the NIC. Software upgrades The book begins with brief coverage of themode. core technologies required the CCIE lab exam and will not enable you to run full-duplex For full-duplex mode on to work, both includes suggested references forfull-duplex further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core stations must be capable of operation. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
IEEE 802.1d Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) As Ethernet was evolving from a single shared cable to networks with multiple bridges and hubs, a loop detection and prevention protocol was needed. The 802.1d protocol, developed by Radia Perlman, provided this loop protection. As a matter of fact, it did such a good job at this that • Table of Contents when most networks went from bridged networks to switched networks, the importance of • Index spanning tree was almost forgotten. STP did an excellent job of preventing loops from occurring • on redundantExamples switched networks. For many network engineers, this protocol ran in the CCIE Practical on Studies II background theirVolume networks without manual configuration. Because of this, spanning tree is probably most used butLynch least CCIE understood By Karl Soliethe CCIE No. 4599 , Leah No. 7220 protocol in the modern switched LAN. Over the next few years, you might see LANs start to migrate from IEEE 802.1d STP to IEEE 802.1w Rapid STP. IEEE 802.1w networks allow for very quick convergence, using concepts originally Publisher: Cisco Press developed by Cisco Systems, such as PortFast, UplinkFast, and BackboneFast. This section Pub Date: November 07, 2003 focuses on IEEE 802.1d STP; IEEE 802.1w and IEEE 802.1s are discussed in upcoming sections. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Spanning-Tree Operation Spanning tree's sole purpose in life is to elect a root bridge and build loop-free paths leading toward that root bridge for all bridges in the network. When spanning tree is converged, every Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE bridge in the network will have its bridged interfaces in one of two states: forwarding or Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. blocking. STP accomplishes this by transmitting special messages called bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). 802.1d uses two types of BPDUs: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know A configuration BPDU, used for initial STP configuration Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation A topology change notification (TCN) BPDU used for topology changes Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment BPDUs are transmitted using a reserved multicast address assigned to "all bridges." The BPDU is sent on all Studies, bridged LAN ports isCCIE received by all bridges residing on the The BPDU CCIEout Practical Volume II and leads candidates through the process ofLAN. preparing for the will not be forwarded off the LAN by a router. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics The BPDU contains the following relevant information: not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of is the Routing andbridge Switching, Security, Provider lab exams. Rootportions ID— This the ID of the assumed to be and root.Service Upon initialization, the bridge assumes itself to be root. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references further Laboratory exercises covering each the core Transmitting bridge IDfor (BID) andreading. port ID— This is the bridge ID (BID) of theofbridge technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network transmitting the BPDU, and what port the BPDU originated from. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all of path the technologies and gradually in difficulty Cost to root— Thislabs is the least-cost to the root bridge from theincrease bridge transmitting level.the They present readers with scenarios to what they will face actual lab exam. BPDU. Upon initialization, becausesimilar the bridge assumes itself to on be the root, it transmits a0 Studyfor tips and test-taking the cost to root. techniques are included throughout the book. Other STP information and timers— The complete 802.1d frame is illustrated later in Figure 1-26. Here you will see the three STP timers listed along with other STP information.
Figure 1-26. 802.1d and 802.1w Frame Comparison
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Bridge ID
Experience putting intofrom practice with MAC lab scenarios thataguide you in applying The BID is an 8-byte fieldconcepts composed a 6-byte address and 2-byte bridge priority. what you know The MAC address used for the BID is generated from a number of sources depending on the hardware in use for the bridge. Routers use a physical address, whereas switches use an address how to build a practicemodule. lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation from Learn the backplane or supervisor Figure 1-12 illustrates the BID. The priority value ranges from 0 to 65,535; the default value is 32,768. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Figure 1-12. The Bridge ID (BID) companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Extended System ID and IEEE 802.1T IEEE 802.1T spanning-tree extensions address the fact that the priority value is really too large.
802.1T remedies these situations by using an extended system ID. The extended system ID was created in part to start to conserve MAC addresses. The IEEE 802.1d standard requires that each bridge/switch have a unique BID. In PVST+, each VLAN requires a unique BID; therefore, the same switch must have as many unique BIDs as VLANs configured on it. This can cause a limit on the number of STP instances a switch can run. STP uses the extended system ID, the switch priority, and the allocated STP MAC address to make a unique BID for each VLAN. In Release 12.1(8)EA1 and later, Catalyst 3550 switches support the 802.1T spanning-tree • Table of Contents extensions, and some of the bits previously used for the priority are now used as the extended • Index system ID, which is set equal to the VLAN identifier. The result is that fewer MAC addresses are • reserved for Examples the switch, and a larger range of VLAN IDs can be supported, all while maintaining CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the uniqueness of the BID. Table 1-7 illustrates the switch priority value and the extended By Karl Solie system ID.CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Table 1-7. Switch Priority Value and Extended System ID
Pages: 1032
Switch Priority Value
Extended System ID (Set Equal to the VLAN ID) Bit
16 hands-on 15 experience 14 13the CCIE 12 Lab11 9 8two of7 the 6best-selling 5 4 CCIE 3 2 Gain for Exam 10 with volume Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 32,768 16,384 8192 4096 2048 1024 512 256 128 64 32 16 8 4 2
1 1
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you FromTable 1-7,know the 2 bytes previously used for the switch priority (Figure 1-12) are re-allocated into a 4-bit priority value and a 12-bit extended system ID value equal to the VLAN ID. To Learnthe how to build a practice lab forsystem your CCIE lab exam preparation configure switch to use the extended ID, use the following global configuration command: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree extend system-id includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. The extended system ID is enabled by default on the Catalyst 3550 series switches. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. If your switch is using the extended system ID, it will be noted with the show spanning-tree summary command and it will appear in the configuration listing.
STP Path Cost Bridges to determine the best possible path to root use STP path cost. Path costs have recently been updated by the IEEE to include gigabit speeds and greater. The lower the path cost, the
more preferable the path. Table 1-8 lists the STP cost values for LAN links.
Table 1-8. STP Cost Values for LAN Links •BandwidthTable of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
4 Mbps
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II 10 Mbps ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
[*]Revised STP Cost
250 100
16 Mbps
62
45Publisher: Mbps Cisco Press
39
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
100 Mbps
19
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
155 Mbps Pages: 1032
14
622 Mbps
6
1 Gbps[*]
4
10 Gbps 2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. [*]
Before the IEEE standard was updated, the lowest cost STP could attain was 1. An STP cost of 1 was used for all links greater than, or equal to, 1 gigabit; a cost of 10 was used for 100-Mbps links, and a cost of 100 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying was used for 10-Mbps links.
what you know
STP has six primary states, and four states it transitions through during its operation, and Cisco Learn how to additional build a practice lab forstates your CCIE lab exam preparation switches have two proprietary that can be assigned during operation. When STP converges, it will be in one of two states: forwarding or blocking. Table 1-9 lists the states Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment of STP. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Table 1-9. Various STP States Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
STP State
STP Activity
User Data Being Passed
Disabled
Port is not active; it is not participating in any STP activity.
No
Broken
The 802.1Q trunk is misconfigured on one end, or the default/native VLANs do not match on each end. STP root guard is in effect.
No
•
Table of Contents
•Listening
Port is sending and receiving BPDUs. Index
No
•
Examples
No
Learning
Building loop-free bridging table.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Forwarding Sending andLynch receiving user data. By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 Blocking
Not permitting user traffic out the port.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Yes No
PortFast[*]
Yes
ISBN: [*] 1-58705-072-2 UplinkFast
Yes
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Pages: 1032
[*]
PortFast and UplinkFast are Cisco proprietary states that allow user data traffic to be forwarding during the STP convergence process.
STP assigns a port status to each in the spanning The STPCCIE port Gainalso hands-on experience for the CCIEport Lab participating Exam with volume two of thetree. best-selling states are as follows: Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Designated ports— Designated ports arewith ports lead away root bridge. On Experience putting concepts into practice labthat scenarios thatfrom guidethe you in applying the root bridge, all ports are designated ports. Only one designated port is elected per what you know segment. Designated ports are placed into the forwarding state. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Root ports— The root port is the port that leads toward the root bridge. The root port is the pathpractice from thelabs nonroot bridgethe to the rootlab bridge. is only one root port Takelowest-cost five full-blown that mimic actual examThere environment elected per nonroot bridge. Root ports are placed into the forwarding state. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ports—them Any with port a that is not as a laboratory root port orexercises. as a designated port CCIE Nondesignated lab exam by presenting series of elected challenging A perfect becomes a nondesignated port. Nondesignated ports are coverage placed into blocking state. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides of the CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
NOTE The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core In some follow, switch providing documentation, you mighttosee STP bridges representedinwith technologies detailed guides applying the technologies real the network traditional bridge symbol. In practicality, there really exists no physical bridge, and the settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These bridge icon is synonymous with the switch icon. This text uses the switch icon to comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty switches and with the STP bridgesimilar that resides onthey them. level.represent They present readers scenarios to what will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The STP port and role relationship is represented in Figure 1-13.
Figure 1-13. STP Ports and Roles
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
A port transitions from one STP state to another, as depicted in Figure 1-14. The following ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 sections examine each one of these states in more detail. Pages: 1032
Figure 1-14. The STP Transition Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Disabled or Broken The broken state occurs when a bridge is having problems processing BPDUs or a trunk is improperly configured. The broken state occurs when an 802.1Q trunk is misconfigured on one end, or the native VLANs do not match on each end of the trunk. The broken state also occurs on a trunk with STP root guard in effect. Disabled state occurs when the port is administratively down from an STP point of view. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
• Listening
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch No. the 7220absence When a bridge port initializes, or CCIE during
of BPDUs for longer than the max age timer (usually 20 seconds), STP transitions to the listening state. When STP is in this state, the port is actually blocking, and no user data is sent on the link. The port stays in this state for 15 Publisher: Cisco Press seconds, called the forward Pub Date: November 07, 2003 delay timer. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
STP follows a three-step process for convergence: Pages: 1032
1. Elect one root bridge. Upon initialization, the bridge begins sending BPDUs on all interfaces. A root bridge is chosen based on the bridge with the lowest BID. Recall that the BID is a combination of athe priority Because priority comes first Gain hands-on experience for CCIE and Lab MAC Examaddress. with volume twothe of the best-selling CCIEin the BID, the bridge with the lowest priority is elected root bridge. In the event of a tie on Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. bridge priority, the bridge with the lowest MAC address is chosen as root. All ports of the root bridge become designated ports and are put in the forwarding state. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 2. Elect oneknow root port for every nonroot bridge. After a single root bridge has been what you elected, STP elects a single root port on each nonroot bridge. The root port is the bridge's best root bridge. When root port elected, it is put into the forwarding state. Learnpath howto tothe build a practice lab fora your CCIEislab exam preparation To determine what port should be a root port, STP follows this decision process: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the a. exam Lowest BID; the BIDwith froma the rootofbridge CCIE lab by root presenting them series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics b. Lowest path I, cost root bridge; the cumulative of all the Multicast, paths to Root not covered in Volume liketothe Cisco Catalyst 3550, routecost maps, BGP, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and c. Lowest sender BID; lowest port ID switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The primary variable that influences the root port election is the cost to root bridge. This is because most bridges are not adjacent to the root bridge. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core When a follow, bridge providing receives adetailed BPDU, itguides storesto it in a bridge table for that port. As network new BPDUs technologies applying the technologies in real are received on that port, they are compared to existing BPDUs. BPDUs that are more settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These attractive or have lower costs are kept, and the other ones are discarded; this might also comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty cause the switch/bridge to change the port's state to forwarding or blocking. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3. Elect one designated port on every segment. For every segment, STP elects only one port that leads away from the root bridge, called the designated port. The designated port is put into the STP forwarding state. All remaining ports become nondesignated ports and are put in the blocking state.
Learning
Ports that remain designated or root ports for a period of 15 seconds, the default forward delay, enter the learning state. The learning state is another 15 seconds that the bridge waits while it builds its bridge table; this is done to ensure that the bridge topology is stable.
Forwarding and Blocking •
Table of Contents
When the bridge reaches this phase, ports that do not serve a special purpose, such as a root • Index port or designated port, are called nondesignated ports. All nondesignated ports are put into the • Examples STP blocking state. In the blocking state, a bridge does not send configuration BPDUs but still CCIE Practical Studies Volume II listens to BPDUs. A blocking port also does not forward user data. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press STP Timers Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 STP has three basic timers that regulate and age BPDUs: hello, forward delay, and max age. The Pages: 1032 timers accomplish the following for STP:
Hello timer— The default hello timer is 2 seconds; this is the length of time between configuration BPDUs sent by the root bridge. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Forward delay timer— This timer is the default 15 seconds that the router waits while Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. building its bridging table. The listening and learning stages each use this single 15-second timer. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Max timer— The default max age timer is 20 seconds. The max age timer is how long what age you know a BPDU is stored before it is flushed. If this timer expires before the interface receives a new the interface transitions the CCIE listening state.preparation An expired max age parameter is LearnBPDU, how to build a practice lab forto your lab exam usually caused by a link failure. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment STP uses the hello timer to space BPDUs and has a keepalive mechanism. The hello timer should always preventStudies, the maxVolume age value fromCCIE beingcandidates hit. When through the max the ageprocess timer expires, it usually CCIE Practical II leads of preparing for the indicates a link by failure. When this happens, the bridge re-enterslaboratory the listening state. For STP to CCIE lab exam presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect recover from linkbest-selling failure, it takes approximately 50 provides seconds:coverage 20 seconds for the age companion toathe first edition, this book of CCIE labBPDU examtotopics out, the maxinage, 15 seconds for Cisco the listening 15 maps, seconds for the learning state. not covered Volume I, like the Catalyststate, 3550,and route BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and NOTE includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network There arefinal twochapter other forms STP concludes besides IEEE 802.1d. DEC andlab IBM are two These other settings. The of theofbook with five hands-on exercises. forms of spanning tree in use. The operation of all forms of STP is very similar. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase inCisco difficulty supportreaders all forms, Cisco Ethernet switches currently IEEElab STP, level.routers They present withwhereas scenarios similar to what they will face onsupport the actual exam. and Token Ring switches support IBM STP. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Catalyst 3550 Configuration Modes and Terminology
Configuring a Catalyst 3550 is much like configuring the Cisco IOS Software found in predecessor switches as the Cisco Catalyst 3500XL series, or like configuring the combined routing and QoS features found on traditional Cisco IOS on router platforms. The upcoming sections focus on configuring the Catalyst 3550 fa • Contents switches withTable the of EMI software installed. •
Index
The Catalyst Examples • 3550 CLI has different configuration modes and different interfaces types. For instance, routed are configured CCIE Practical Studies different Volume from II switched virtual interfaces, which are different from access ports. Each one of interfaces is configured from different configuration modes. Therefore, it is important to have a common ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 terminology when discussing the configuration of the Catalyst 3550.
Publisher: Cisco Press modes might all be common to you in one form or another. The Catalyst 3550, howeve These configuration Pub Date: November 07, 2003 in which you will see them all together. Table 1-10 lists the configuration modes probably the first platform ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 available and a brief description of them. Pages: 1032
Table 1-10. Configuration Command Modes on the Catalyst 3550 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Mode Name Prompt Starting Description Prompt[*] UserExperience exec Switch> Switch> The that default mode, for basic show putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide you used in applying commands. what you know
Privileged Switch> mode is required for VLAN configur Learn exec how to buildSwitch# a practice lab for your CCIE lab examPrivileged preparation modes and global configuration modes. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Global configuration Switch(config)# Switch# Used to configure parameters that apply to th whole switch. Routing protocols are configure CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the here. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition,Switch(config)# this book provides Used coverage of CCIE lab exam topics VLAN interface Switch(configto create switched virtual interfaces [**] not covered in Volume vlan)# I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. (SVIs) on the management VLAN. Extend Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the from routing and VLANs are also created this mode. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. VLAN configuration Switch(vlan)# Switch#vlan Used to configure VLANs and VTP parameters VLANs 1 on to the 1005, such VTP and The book begins with brief coverage of thedatabase core technologies required CCIE labasexam and VLAN nam includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory 1–1001. exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Multiple spanningSwitch(configSwitch(config)# Used to configure MST features, such as nam settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These tree configuration mst) revision, and instances. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios Switch(config)# similar to what theyUsed will face on the actual lab exam. for the Eth Interface Switch(configto configure the parameters Study tips and test-taking the book.such as VLAN membership or duple configuration if)#techniques are included throughoutinterface, mode. Line configuration
[*]
Switch(configline)#
Switch(config)#
Used to configure console and vty parameter access.
The starting prompt is the configuration mode you would use or must be in to access the new configuration mode.
[**]
SVIs = switch virtual interfaces
The Catalyst 3550 also supports a variety of interface types. Each interface type is configured to support a specific feature on the switch. The following section lists and briefly describes the various ports and interfac types supported on the Catalyst 3550 switch. You will learn more about configuring each of these interface in later sections.
Switch Ports •
Table of Contents
• Aswitch port Index is a Layer 2 interface associated with a physical port. The Catalyst 3550 has three primary typ • switch ports:Examples access ports, trunk ports, and tunnel ports. The default mode of a port on a 3550 is simply CCIE PracticalThis Studies Volume II switchport. differs slightly
from switches such as the Catalyst 3548XL, where the default mode is switc access. The switchport command enables you to put the port either in a routed mode or a switched mode By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 When a port is in switch mode, it can be configured as an access port, trunk, or tunnel port. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07,Access 2003 Access ports—
ports are ports that belong to only one VLAN and are statically assigned to th ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 VLAN. They carry traffic that is not tagged, and traffic from that port is assumed to belong to the VLA Pages: 1032to the port. If an access port receives tagged traffic (ISL or 802.1Q), that traffic is dropped. assigned
Trunk ports— Trunk ports are configured as 802.1Q or ISL trunks. An ISL trunk port expects to rece only ISL tagged frames on this port. An 802.1Q trunk has a native VLAN. All untagged frames use the native VLAN, which is 1 by default. All tagged and untagged traffic with a null VLN ID is assumed to b to the native VLAN. A frame with a VLAN ID equal to the native VLAN is sent untagged; all other fram Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE sent with a VLAN tag. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
802.1Q tunnel ports— 802.1Q tunnel ports transport information and data of a VLAN within anothe across the LAN. Edge switches are able to with tag frames with the appropriate information and then Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that guide you VLAN in applying that tagged frame on to a core/distribution switch via the 802.1Q tunnel. The core/distribution switch what you know yet another tag to the frame and forwards it across the LAN. Switches with ports configured as tunnel can recognize theseaframes and them appropriately. 802.1Q tunnels are used in very large Learn how to build practice labhandle for your CCIE lab exam preparation enterprise networks, where the VLAN capacity has exceeded the limit of 4096 VLANs. Because of the number switches involved in modeling 802.1Q tunnels and the environment fact that their application is targeted Take fiveoffull-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam toward large enterprise customers, 802.1Q tunnels are beyond the scope of this chapter. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics EtherChannel Port Groups not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and An EtherChannel group combines multiple physical switch ports into a single logical port. EtherChanne switching portionsport of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. groups bind the physical port features to the new logical port. If the ports in the group are configured as 8 trunks, forbegins example, logical EtherChannel port is an 802.1Q trunk. on The switch sharesand over all phys The book withthe brief coverage of the core technologies required the CCIEload lab exam ports in the EtherChannel port for group. Very definiteLaboratory rules, which are switch architecture-specific, includes suggested references further reading. exercises covering each of the coreapply to sw ports and how manyproviding can be put into anguides EtherChannel portthe group. technologies follow, detailed to applying technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. TheyVirtual present Interface readers with (SVI) scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Switch Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Aswitch virtual interface (SVI) is a logical interface that ties Layer 3 functionality, such as IP information, to VLAN. The SVI, in turn, can be used for inter-VLAN routing, to fallback-bridge nonroutable protocols betwe VLANs, and to represent the VLAN to a routing domain. By default, an SVI is created for VLAN 1 for management. If you are familiar with the Cisco 2900XL/3500XL series switches from CCIE PSV1, an SVI is much like the "interface VLAN 1" used for management. Unlike the previous switches, you can configure m SVIs and a routing protocol to provide connectivity between the VLANs. To configure an SVI, aside from th single default, you must have the EMI software image installed on the switch.
Routed Ports
A routed port acts very much like its name implies. It is a physical port on the switch that has no VLAN information. In place of VLAN information, it has Layer 3 information, such as IP addresses. A routed port functions just like an interface on a router. A routed port cannot contain VLAN subinterfaces and requires t software to be installed on the switch. To become a routed port, switching must be disabled for the port (w you can accomplish by using the no switchport command). Router ports also use an internal VLAN ID. •
Table of Contents
• Index and interfaces can be used in a number of different ways. Figure 1-15 illustrates how the The various ports • be used in a Examples common network. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Figure 1-15. Various Ports and Interfaces on the Catalyst 3550
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Configuring Catalyst 3550 Ethernet Switches
The Catalyst 3550 is an extremely versatile switch. With the EMI image installed, the switch essentially has
of the configuration options of the Cisco IOS Software found on a router. General management and securit functions are configured just like they are on a router. For instance, the host name, enable passwords, rou protocols, and IP addresses are all configured just as you would configure them on a router. If you are experienced with configuring Catalyst 2900XL/35xx series switches and Cisco routers, you'll find configurin Catalyst 3550 a familiar environment. The remaining sections of this chapter focus primarily on configuring switching aspects of the Catalyst 3550.
LAN switches were designed to be easy to install and configure. On smaller networks, little to no configurat • Table of Contents might be required. On large redundant networks, with multiple VLANs and trunks, switching becomes quite • Index task. Configuring Ethernet switching on the Catalyst 3550 requires a seven-step process, as follows: •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Step 1. Configure switch
management.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Step 2. Configure VTP and VLANs and assign ports/interfaces to VLANs. Publisher: Cisco Press
Step 3. Configure connections between switches using EtherChannel, 802.1Q, or ISL encapsulations.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Step 4. Optional: Control STP and VLAN propagation. Pages: 1032
Step 5. Optional: Configure SVIs. Step 6. Optional: Configure routed ports. Step 7. Optional: Configure LayerLab 3 switching. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Step 1 involves configuring the management VLAN, IP addresses, and default gateways on the switch so th Experience practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying can be accessed putting in-band concepts from the into internetwork. what you know Step 2 is where you define the VTP domain and the VLANs on the VTP servers or transparent mode switche Learn build a assign practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation During this how step,toyou also ports to VLANs. Take five full-blown practice labs that theany actual lab exam environment Step 3 involves configuring VLAN trunks, if mimic there are on the network.
CCIE 4Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Step is optional but critical toII large networks. It involves controlling STP through the setting of root bridg CCIE labVLANs exam by presenting them withVLAN a series of challenging clearing from trunks, and using prune eligibility. laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Whereas Steps 1 through 4 can performed for mostroute Catalyst series switches, Steps and 6 apply only t not covered in Volume I, like thebe Cisco Catalyst 3550, maps, BGP, Multicast, and5QoS. Catalyst 3550. 5 involves configuring SVIs, can be for inter-VLAN Combined with Step Volume I, the CCIE candidate willwhich get comprehensive coverageconnectivity. of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Step 6 calls for you to configure routed ports. Routed ports are used when you want to put a static Layer 3 address an interface, and you want to behaverequired like a normal interface; that is, no fra The bookon begins with brief coverage of the the interface core technologies on therouter CCIE lab exam and tagging occur on the interface and noreading. VLAN information be sent.covering A routedeach interface includes will suggested references for further Laboratorywill exercises of thewill, coreof course, routable. Thefollow, EMI software needs to beguides installed for routedthe interfaces. technologies providing detailed to applying technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Step 7 also applies only labs to switches software installed. Layerincrease 3 switching for all intents and comprehensive practice include with all ofthe theEMI technologies and gradually in difficulty purposes means enabling a routing protocol on the switch. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Step 1: Configuring Switch Management
All Catalyst switches have the capability to be managed remotely by an IP address. The Catalyst 3550, by default, uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to resolve a default gateway on virtual interface If a DHCP server is not available, an IP address and default gateway can be assigned manually. To accomp this, you must assign an IP address to the switch, along with a default gateway or default route for IP traff forward on. The default management VLAN is VLAN 1; you can specify another VLAN.
The Cisco IOS Software on Catalyst 3550 resembles a router with a special VLAN database added to it and capability to create multiple VLAN interfaces (SVIs). The commands for assigning ports, trunks, and the management are all performed from within the global configuration mode on the switch. VLAN information VLANs 1 through 1001, and VTP information, is configured from either the global configuration mode or the configuration mode, sometimes referred to as the VLAN database. Keying in vlan database from the enable/privileged mode accesses the VLAN configuration mode, or VLAN database.
The 3550 switch has a default virtual interface called interface VLAN 1. This is the default VLAN for the swi • Table of Contents and is in an administratively Down state. To assign a management IP address, enter an IP address from th • Index VLAN interface mode and activate the virtual interface with the no shutdown command. If VLAN 1 is bein • Examples for management, the interface becomes active and no further configuration is necessary. Example 1-1 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II demonstrates how to configure the management interface on VLAN 1. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example Publisher: Cisco 1-1. Press Configuring the Management Interface on a Catalyst 3550 Switch Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
3550_switch(config)#interface vlan 1 3550_switch(config-if)#ip address 172.16.100.10 255.255.255.0 3550_switch(config-if)#no shut Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 3550_switch(config-if)# 00:07:25: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Vlan1, state up you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice with changed lab scenarios thattoguide what you know 00:07:26: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Vlan1, changed state up Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical aStudies, Volume II leadsonCCIE candidates through process preparing the happen If configuring management address a VLAN other than VLANthe 1, you mustofensure the for following CCIE lab by presenting them a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect before theexam interface will become up with and active. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 1. The VLAN matching the interface must be inSecurity, the VLANand database. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Service Provider lab exams.
2. book An interface withbrief that coverage VLAN must ortechnologies a trunk line must be up. The begins with of be theup, core required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core InExample 1-2, the management interface is on VLAN 128. For this interface to become active, you must c technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network VLAN 128 on the switch, create the virtual interface called interface VLAN 128, and have an active interface settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These VLAN 128. If a trunk is configured on the switch, the virtual interface also becomes active. Example 1-2 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty demonstrates the configuration of a management interface on VLAN 128. Notice how VLAN 128 does not b level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. active until the physical interface FAST 0/10 becomes active. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 1-2. Configuring the Management Interface on VLAN 2
3550_switch#conf t Enter configuration commands, one per line.
End with CNTL/Z.
3550_switch(config)#vlan 128 3550_switch(config-vlan)#exit 3550_switch(config)#interface vlan 128 3550_switch(config-if)#ip address 172.16.128.16 255.255.255.0 •
Table of Contents
3550_switch(config-if)#exit • Index •
Examples
3550_switch(config)#interface fast 0/10 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
3550_switch(config-if)#switchport access vlan 128 Publisher: Cisco Press 3550_switch(config-if)#no shut Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 3550_switch(config-if)# Pages: 1032
00:52:36: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface FastEthernet0/10, changed state to down
00:52:37: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/10, changed state
to down Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 00:52:40: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/10, changed state to up Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 00:53:10: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Vlan128, changed state to up Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume CCIE through the process of preparing for the vlanx The management interface can II beleads viewed justcandidates like a physical interface, with the show interface CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect command. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in I, like theuse Cisco 3550, route maps, BGP, command, Multicast, and To configure a Volume default gateway, theCatalyst ip default-gateway ip_address the QoS. same as it appears Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the andcommand router.Example 1-3 shows how to configure the default gateway followed by the showrouting ip route switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. verifying the new default gateway/route. Here the default gateway points at the router 172.16.128.5. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 1-3. Configuring Default Routing on Catalyst 3550 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 3550_switch(config)#ip default-gateway 172.16.128.5 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3550_switch(config)#exit 3550_switch# 3550_switch#show ip route Default gateway is 172.16.128.5
Host
Gateway
Last Use
Total Uses
Interface
ICMP redirect cache is empty 3550_switch#
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
NOTE
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
VLAN 1 - "Just Say No" Publisher: Cisco Press
CCIE PSV1 stressed avoiding use of VLAN 1 for user traffic. A personal design rule I use in the field is avoid VLAN 1 if at all possible. There are numerous reasons for this. VLAN 1 is the default VLAN for al ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Catalyst switches and the native VLAN. Any switch added to the network will, by default, be in VLAN 1 Pages: 1032 This leaves the network vulnerable to potential VTP, VLAN, and data corruption. Mono Spanning Tree on 802.1Q uses VLAN 1 for its entire spanning-tree domain. The switch will also tag frames differently on VLAN 1 depending on the encapsulation used. Some Catalyst switches enable you to clear VLAN 1 from a trunk, whereas some will not; this could force VLAN 1 to span the entire switched network. For these reasons and more that aren't listed, I personally don't run production traffic or management Gain traffic hands-on experience fordesigning the CCIE Lab with volume thesay best-selling CCIE on VLAN 1. When LANsExam and VLAN 1 comestwo up,ofjust no! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
Controlling and Console Access on Catalyst 3550 what youIPknow
Learn access how to on build practice 3550 lab for your is CCIE lab exam preparation Controlling theaCatalyst switch identical to controlling access on the router. An enable password might be set, and an enable secret password might also be set. All the rules that apply to the en Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic theswitch. actual lab environment and enable secret passwords on routers apply to the The exam syntax to accomplish this is as follows: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references forpassword further reading. 3550_switch(config)#enable cisco Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The enable password is not encrypted and can be viewed in the configuration. The enable password can be encrypted with the global command:
3550_switch(config)#service password-encryption
Theservice password-encryption command encrypts all passwords on the switch with Cisco proprietary encryption, simply called type-5: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
3550_switch(config)#enable secret ccie Pages: 1032
The enable secret password is always encrypted with a very strong Cisco proprietary encryption called type Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam two of theifbest-selling CCIE The enable secret passwordfor takes precedence overwith the volume enable password both are configured. The passwo Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. not in a readable form in the configuration. The full syntax for the enable secret password is as follows: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3550_switch(config)#enable secret {password | [encryption-type] CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a[level serieslevel] of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics encrypted-password} not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes You can use suggested the full references syntax to cut for and further paste reading. encrypted Laboratory passwords exercises from one covering source each to another. of the core Be very care technologies when setting follow, the level providing or encryption detailed type guides with to this applying command, the because technologies it is very in real easy network to enter a password settings. TheA final incorrectly. highly chapter recommended of the book practice concludes is that with youfive encrypt hands-on all passwords lab exercises. after These they have been entered comprehensive the service password-encryption practice labs includecommand. all of the technologies This avoids typos and gradually and many increase syntactical in difficulty issues that can happ level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Access to the switch is controlledare by included configuring passwords access control lists (ACLs) on the con Study tips and3550 test-taking techniques throughout theand book. (cty) and virtual terminal (vty) lines. Recall from CCIE PSV1 that the cty is the console port on the switch/r and the vty lines are virtual Telnet sessions. You can view the absolute line values on the switch with the s line command, as demonstrated in Example 1-4. Line 0 is the vty or console port, whereas lines 1 through are vty or virtual Telnet sessions.
Telnet access can be controlled through creating ACLs and applying them to the vty lines on the switch with access-class line configuration command. ACLs can also be called on the SNMP community strings for SNM control.
Example 1-4. Absolute Line Values on the Catalyst 3550
3550_switch#show line Tty Typ • • *
Tx/Rx
A Modem
Roty AccO AccI
Uses
Noise
Overruns
Int
Table of Contents
0 CTY Index
•
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0/0
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0/0
-
Examples
CCIE Practical 1 vty Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
2 vty
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0/0
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0/0
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0/0
-
Publisher: Cisco Press
...text omitted
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 15 vty Pages: 1032
16 vty
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 1-5 demonstrates the configuring of a username and password that will be used to control console Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. access and Telnet access. The example shows login local being entered on the console port and the 16 vty ports. This forces the switch to use the locally entered username password command for authentication. An Experience putting concepts into with you in applying ACL 10, is also being applied to the vtypractice sessions. In lab thisscenarios example,that the guide ACL will only allow users to Telnet to what you know switch from networks in the range of 172.16.0.0. For more information on configuring CTY and vty lines an absolute line numbers, refer to CCIE PSV1Chapter 1, "The Key Components for Modeling an Internetwork." Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Example 1-5. Configuring Default Routing on Catalyst 3550 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 3550_switch(config)#username solie password not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550,cisco route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 3550_switch(config)#line 0 and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the Routing 3550_switch(config-line)#login local The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 3550_switch(config-line)#exit technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 3550_switch(config) comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 3550_switch(config)#line 1 16 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3550_switch(config-line)#login local 3550_switch(config-line)#access-class 10 in 3550_switch(config-line)#exit 3550_switch(config)
3550_switch(config)#username ksolie password cisco 3550_switch(config)#access-list 10 permit 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255
• Table of Contents Step 2: Configuring VTP and VLANs on Catalyst 3550 Switches •
Index
• Examples Configuring VTP and VLANs on the 3550 series switches requires a three-substep process, as follows: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
StepCCIE 1. Configure a VTP domain and mode. ByKarl Solie No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Step 2. Configure VLANs, if the switch is operating in VTP server or transparent mode.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 3. Configure physical port properties and assign ports to VLANs. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Configuring VTP Domain and Mode on Catalyst 3550 Switches
You can configure VLANs on the Catalyst 3550 from the VLAN database or VLAN configuration mode, or fro traditional router-like global configuration mode. For the most part, the syntax is identical. If you have a lo Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE experience configuring Catalyst 2900XL/35xx switches, the VLAN configuration mode might be more famili Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. you. This mode is entered by the privileged-mode command vlan database. When in the VLAN database, VLAN changes that are made must be applied. After making changes in the VLAN database, you may enter the following commands: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
abort— Exits the VLAN database and undoes any VLAN changes you have made since you entered th Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation database. VTP changes are not aborted.
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment exit— Exits the VLAN database and applies all VLAN changes; also increments the VTP revision numb
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the apply— Applies current VLAN changes and increments the VTP revision number but does not exit the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect database. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. reset— Clears any current VLAN changes and rereads the VLAN databases. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Providera lab A VTP domain should always be configured for security reasons. This prevents newexams. switch from inadverte
corrupting your network. The default VTP name is Null and the mode is server. To configure the VTP domai The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and the following syntax in the VLAN configuration mode: includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
3550_switch#vlan database 3550_switch(vlan)#vtp domaindomain_name [password]
If you add a password behind the domain name, VTP updates will use a Message Digest Algorithm 5 (MD5) to encrypt the password. Using VTP passwords is a very effective way to add a layer of security and stabilit your switching domain. In the current Cisco IOS Software release, you can only configure a VTP password VLAN configuration mode. You cannot enter a VTP password from the global configuration mode. To chang VTP mode, use the following command from the VLAN configuration mode: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
3550_switch(vlan)#vtp [server | client | transparent] ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
To configure the VTP domain and mode from the global configuration mode, use the following syntax: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 3550_switch(config)#vtp domain domain_name Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
3550_switch(config)#vtp [server client | transparent] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads|CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and You can view the VTP domain by using the show Security, vtp status command. This command displays informatio switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. about the VTP domain, such as configuration revision, domain name, operating mode, and so on. Notice at The book bottom of begins the display with brief the new coverage information of the that coreappears technologies on Catalyst required 3550. on the It shows CCIE lab theexam IP address and that will includes used by VTP suggested to identify references which specific for further switch reading. you are Laboratory synchronizing exercises VTP covering information each with. of the If no core trunk lines a technologiesorfollow, configured, improperly providing configured detailed with guides an all-0s to applying address, the0.0.0.0 technologies appears. in real If the network switch is a VTP server settings. has not received The finalupdates chaptervia of the its trunk book lines, concludes its own with address five hands-on displays. lab Example exercises. 1-6These lists the output of the s comprehensive vtp status command. practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 1-6. Viewing the VTP Domain Information
3550_switch#show vtp status VTP Version
: 2
Configuration Revision
: 1
Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005 Number of existing VLANs
: 6
VTP Operating Mode
: Server
VTP Domain Name
: psv2
•
Table of Contents
•
VTP PruningIndex Mode •
: Disabled
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
VTP V2 Mode
: Disabled
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
VTP Traps Generation
: Disabled
Publisher: Cisco Press
MD5Pub digest Date: November 07, 2003
: 0x03 0xE2 0xB2 0x25 0x2B 0xF1 0xBE 0x19
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Configuration last modified by 172.16.128.16 at 3-1-93 03:16:46 Pages: 1032
Local updater ID is 172.16.128.16 on interface Vl128 (lowest numbered VLAN interface found) Preferred Gain hands-on interface experience name for is the 3550 CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 3550_switch# Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation You can configure the interface or IP address VTP uses to identify the switch to other switches in the VTP d with the following global configuration command: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 3550_switch(config)#vtp interface VTP_updater_name | ip_address includes suggested references for further [reading. Laboratory exercises covering] each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE
VLAN information is propagated only if the VTP revision number of the server is higher than the client VTP revision number. If the VTP client's revision number is equal to or higher than the server's, it will not accept VLAN information. To view the current VTP revision numbers, use the commands show vtp domain on Catalyst 4000/5500/6500 series switches and show vtp status on Catalyst 2900/3500 series switches.
Configuring Normal and Extended-Range VLANs on Catalyst 3550 Switches
The second step involves VLAN configuration if the VTP mode is set as a server or transparent. If the switch configured as a VTP client, VLANs appear when the trunk line comes up and the VLAN databases are synchronized. VLANs are configured in the VLAN database, just by entering vlan [1-1001]options. As • Table of Contents mentioned previously, VLANs 1002 through 1005 and VLAN 1009 are default and special VLANs that should • Index be used in Ethernet switching. VLANs may also be configured from the global configuration mode with the • Examples vlan [1-4094]. VLANs 1006 through 4094 are extended-range VLANs that are configured from the global CCIE Practical Studies II configuration mode.Volume The switch must also be in VTP transparent mode to configure extended range VLANs. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Configuring Normal-Range VLANs Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
You can configure normal-range VLANs, VLANs 1 through 1001, in the global configuration mode or from t ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 VLAN Pages: database. If VLANs are configured from the VLAN database, changes in VLANs must be committed w 1032 apply command. All changes are also applied when the VLAN database is exited. If a mistake is made, you cancel VLAN changes with the abort or reset command as mentioned previously. The VLAN database is sa the file VLAN.DAT in Flash memory. You can copy the VLAN.DAT file to a TFTP server just as you can any F memory file for backup purposes. Example 1-7 demonstrates two ways to configure a VLAN on the Catalys switch. The first way uses the VLAN database, and the second way demonstrates using the global configura Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE mode. In the example, two VLANs are created: VLAN 128 with the name psv2_vlan128, and VLAN 10 with Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. name psv2_vlan10. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
Example 1-7. Configuration of VLAN 128 and VLAN 10 what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 3550_switch#vlan database CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leadspsv2_vlan128 CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3550_switch(vlan)#vlan 128IIname CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics VLAN 128 added: not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Name:with psv2_vlan128 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3550_switch(vlan)#apply The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core APPLY completed. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 3550_switch(vlan)#exit comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! The preceding command automatically applies updates Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. APPLY completed. Exiting.... Global Configuration mode-----------> 3550_switch#conf t
3550_switch(config)#vlan 10 3550_switch(config-vlan)#name psv2_vlan10
Some common options that may be configured on the VLAN from the VLAN configuration mode include the • Table of Contents following: •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Switch(vlan)#vlanvlan_num [namevlan_name] [state {active | suspend}] [saidsaid_value] [mtumtu] [bridgebridge_number] [stp type {ieee|ibm|auto}] Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
name— Enables you to attach a 32-character name to the VLAN. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what youEnables know you to suspend the VLAN. A suspended VLAN is propagated via VTP, but no user traff state— carried on the VLAN. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
said— Enables you to change the SAID value of the VLAN; the SAID value is used primarily in 802.10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
mtu, bridge, and stp— Enables you to change the default MTU value, bridge number, and STP type. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE No lab vlan exam by presenting them with a series challenging laboratory A perfect [vlan_num]— Deletes a VLAN from of the VLAN database. Whenexercises. you delete a VLAN, any interfac companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics assigned to that VLAN become inactive, including the management interface. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volumethe I, the CCIE candidate will global get comprehensive the routing If you are configuring VLAN options from the configuration coverage mode, theofVLAN optionsand are configur switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. from the VLAN interface mode.
The the book beginsVLAN with values, brief coverage of 1-2 the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and For default see Table earlier in this chapter. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow,the providing guidesvlan to applying the which technologies real To view the status VLANs, detailed use the show command, displaysinall thenetwork VLANs on the switch, th settings. finalports chapter the book with hands-on exercises. state, andThe which are of assigned to concludes each VLAN. To five display specificlab physical and These logical information abou comprehensive practice labsvlan include all of the technologies andExample gradually increase inoutput difficulty single VLAN, use the show id [vlan_number] command. 1-8 lists the of the show vla level. They followed present readers with scenarios similaroftothe what they willNotice face on thethe actual lablogical exam.names help command, by the more specific version command. how VLAN Study tips and test-taking techniques immediately identify the port purpose.are included throughout the book.
Example 1-8. show vlan Command Output
3550_switch#show vlan VLAN Name
Status
Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- ------------------------------1
default
active
Fa0/1, Fa0/2, Fa0/3, Fa0/4 Fa0/5, Fa0/6, Fa0/7, Fa0/8
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Fa0/9, Fa0/11, Fa0/12, Fa0/13 Fa0/14, Fa0/15, Fa0/16, Fa0/17
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Fa0/18, Fa0/19, Fa0/20, Fa0/21
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Fa0/22, Fa0/23, Fa0/24, Gi0/1 Publisher: Cisco Press
Gi0/2
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
10
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
psv2_vlan10
active
psv2_vlan128
active
1002 fddi-default
active
128
Pages: 1032
Fa0/10
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 1003 token-ring-default active Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1004 fddinet-default active putting concepts into practiceactive with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 1005 Experience trnet-default what you know VLAN Type SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ -----Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 1 enet 100001 1500II - candidates - the- process of0 preparing 0 for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE through CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 10 enet to100010 1500 - provides -coverage 0 topics companion the best-selling first-edition,-this book of CCIE0 lab exam not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 128 enetwith 100128 1500 - candidate - will get - comprehensive - coverage0of the routing 0 Combined Volume I, the CCIE and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 1002 fddi 101002 1500 0 0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 1003 tr suggested 101003references 1500for -further reading. -exercises 0 each of 0 the core includes Laboratory covering technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 1004 fdnet - five hands-on ieee -lab exercises. 0 0 settings. The 101004 final chapter 1500 of the book concludes with These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 1005 101005readers1500 -similar to - what they ibm 0 exam. level. trnet They present with scenarios will face on the0actual lab Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3550_switch# -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3550_switch#show vlan id 128 VLAN Name
Status
Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
128
psv2_vlan128
VLAN Type
SAID
active MTU
Fa0/10
Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp
BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ -----128 •
enet
100128
1500
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
Table of Contents
3550_switch# • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
CAUTION
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
The Catalyst 3550 switch supports 128 STP instances. Each VLAN runs a single instance of STP. If a Pages: 1032 switch has more active VLANs than supported 128 STP instances, STP is disabled on the remaining VLANs. If you have already used up all available 128 STP instances on a switch, adding another VLAN anywhere in the VTP domain creates a VLAN on that switch that is not running STP. If you have the "default allowed list" on the trunk ports of that switch (which is to allow all VLANs), the new VLAN is carried on all trunk ports. Depending on the topology of the network, this could create a loop. This is Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE because the new VLAN could be partitioned, particularly if there are several adjacent switches that all Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. have more than 128 STP instances. You can prevent this by setting allowed lists on the trunk ports of switches so that they will not propagate STP for all VLANs. This is the same as clearing the trunk on th Catalyst 5500/6500 series switches. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Configuring Extended-Range VLANs
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
The switch enables you toCCIE configure extended VLANs. are VLANs CCIECatalyst Practical3550 Studies, Volume II leads candidates through theExtended process ofVLANs preparing for thein the rang 1006 to 4094. the 3550 anof extended VLAN ID for each routed port. Therefore, the pr CCIE lab exam However, by presenting themswitch with auses series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect range, and safe range, for extended VLANs this is roughly 1027 through 4094. Whenlab configuring extended VLA companion to the best-selling first edition, book provides coverage of CCIE exam topics you must follow certainI,guidelines. Those guidelines are as follows: not covered in Volume like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The switch must be in VTP transparent mode prior to any extended VLAN configuration.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Routed ports use an extended VLAN starting at the lower ranges 1006 through 1026. Always select an includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core extended VLAN ID starting at 4094 and go backward. For caution, use the command show vlan inte technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network usage to verify what internal VLANs are in use and the interface that is using them. Example 1-9 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These demonstrates the use of this command prior to configuring an extended VLAN. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Extended VLANs can only be created from the configuration mode. They cannot be created from the V Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. configuration mode. Extended VLANs are not saved in the VLAN database and are not advertised via VTP. Extended VLANs are not supported by VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) or VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS). STP is enabled by default on extended VLANs. At this time, you cannot name an extended VLAN; you can only change the MTU value.
The configuration to configure extended VLANs is identical to configuring a normal-range VLAN, except tha must adhere to the guidelines previously listed. Example 1-9 demonstrates the configuration of an extende VLAN 4094. Prior to configuring the extended VLAN, the switch is put into VTP transparent mode, and the s vlan internal usage command is executed to avoid a VLAN conflict.
Example 1-9. Creating an Extended VLAN •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume 3550_switch#show vlan II internal
usage
Verify internal VLANs
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
VLAN Usage Publisher: Cisco Press
---- -------------
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1017 -ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
1025 FastEthernet0/11 ! VLAN 1025 in use by INT FAST 0/11 1026 GigabitEthernet0/2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! VLAN 1026 in use by INT GIG 0/2 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 3550_switch# what you know 3550_switch#conf t Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 3550_switch(config)#vtp mode transparent Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! VTP transparent mode set CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Setting device to VTP TRANSPARENT mode. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 3550_switch(config)#vlan 4094 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! VLAN 4094 created
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These You can view anpractice extended VLAN withall the vlan command. Example increase 1-10 listsinthe output of the show comprehensive labs include ofshow the technologies and gradually difficulty command after the extended VLAN 4094 has been created. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 1-10. Viewing an Extended VLAN
3550_switch#show vlan VLAN Name
Status
Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- ------------------------------1
default
active
Fa0/1, Fa0/2, Fa0/3, Fa0/4 Fa0/5, Fa0/6, Fa0/7, Fa0/8 Fa0/9, Fa0/12, Fa0/13, Fa0/14
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Fa0/15, Fa0/16, Fa0/17, Fa0/18 Fa0/19, Fa0/20, Fa0/21, Fa0/22
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
10
psv2_vlan10 Publisher: Cisco Press
Fa0/23, Fa0/24, Gi0/1 active
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
128
psv2_vlan128 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
active
1002 fddi-default
active
1003 token-ring-default
active
Fa0/10
1004 fddinet-default active Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1005 trnet-default active 4094 VLAN4094 active Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying know VLAN what Typeyou SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ -----1
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment enet 100001 1500 0
0
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 10 enet 100010 1500 - with a - laboratory 0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them series of-challenging exercises. A 0perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 128 enet in100128 1500 - route maps, 0 not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, BGP, Multicast, and 0QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 1002 fddiportions 101002 1500 and - Provider 0 lab exams. 0 switching of the Routing Switching, Security, and- Service 1003 tr begins 101003 - of the-core technologies - on the CCIE 0 0 The book with brief1500 coverage required lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 1004 fdnet follow, 101004providing 1500detailed - to applying 0 network 0 technologies guides the ieee technologies in real settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 1005 trnet 101005 1500 - all of ibm 0 0 comprehensive practice labs include the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 4094 104094 -throughout- the book. 0 0 Study enet tips and test-taking 1500 techniques are included 3550_switch
TIP
The Catalyst 3550 enables you to configure a range of interfaces at a single time. This can be quite a timesaver if you have to configure many ports on a switch with the same characteristics. To configure range of interfaces, use the following global configuration command:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Switch(config)#interface range
interface_type staring_int – ending interface
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 To configure the range of interfaces 0/1 through 0/10, for example, use the following command:
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 3550_switch#(config)interface range fastethernet 0/1 – 10 what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Configuring Properties and Assigning VLANs on Catalyst not covered in Physical Volume I,Port like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route Ports maps, to BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 3550 Switche Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The next step for VTP and VLAN configuration is to configure any physical port properties, along with assig The port booktobegins with brief coverage of the core technologies on the CCIE lab exam andTable 1-11 the a VLAN. Physical port properties are changed fromrequired the interface configuration mode. includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core the default Layer 2 references interface settings on the Catalyst 3550 switch. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips andTable test-taking techniques areLayer included2throughout book. 1-11. Default Ethernetthe Settings on Catalyst 3550
Feature
Default Setting
Operating mode
Layer 2 switching (switchport).
Allowed VLAN range
VLANs 1–4094.
Default VLAN
VLAN 1.
Native VLAN
VLAN 1.
•
Table of Contents
•VLAN trunking Index • Examples
DTP.
All ports enabled
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Speed
Autonegotiate.
Duplex mode
Autonegotiate.
Flow Pubcontrol Date: November 07, 2003
Off for receive and desired for send for 10/100/100 Mbps (Send is always off for 10/100 Mbps.).
Publisher: Cisco Press
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032(PAgP) EtherChannel
Disabled.
Port blocking of unknown multicast and unicast traffic and storm control
Disabled.
Protected port Disabled. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Port security Disabled. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. PortFast
Disabled.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Example 1-11 demonstrates configuring an Ethernet port to 100 Mbps half duplex on a 3550 series switch. Learn how to build practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation example also assigns thealogical name management_vlan_128 to the interface. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 1-11. Configuring Physical Port Properties CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 3550_switch(config)#interface fast 0/10 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3550_switch(config-if)#speed 100 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 3550_switch(config-if)#duplex half reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested references for further technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 3550_switch(config-if)#description management_vlan_128 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE To change the duplex setting of a port, you first must change the speed from auto to 100 or 10. The switch does not allow you to change duplex when the port is configured for autonegotiation.
Some common physical properties of Ethernet that you can change in the interface configuration mode are follows: duplex[full |half |auto]— Sets the port duplex mode. speed [10 |100|auto]— Sets the port speed. • • •
Table of Contents
mtu[1500bytes-2018bytes]— Configures the MTU of the interface. Ensure that the MTU of the physica Index interface matches that of VLAN, if you change this value. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II description interface_description—
Enables you to set a description for the interface.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
shutdown |no shutdown— Disables and enables the interface.
Cisco Press ThePublisher: interface command switchport is used with no options to put the port into a Layer 2 switching mode. Pub Date: 07, port, 2003 trunk port, 802.1Q tunnel port, voice port, or protect port. The following are port can beNovember an access ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 subcommands of the switchport command: Pages: 1032
access— Assigns the interface to a single VLAN.
trunk— Used to configure the port as an 802.1Q or ISL trunk. The next section discusses this option more detail. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title ports— from Cisco Press. 802.1q tunnel 802.1Q tunnel ports transport information and data of a VLAN within another across the LAN.
Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios voice vlan— The port can use 802.1Q andwith 802.1p for QoS. that guide you in applying what you know protected ports— Protected ports prevent unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic between protecte Learn how tosame build switch. a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ports on the
Take sections five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual labat exam Upcoming discuss the various modes in greater detail; this environment time, however, the focus is on assig port to a single VLAN. To accomplish this, first you configure the port to be in access mode, and then you a CCIE Practical Studies, leads CCIE candidates the process of preparing for the a VLAN to the port. TheVolume syntax II used to accomplish this isthrough as follows: CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These (config-if)#switchport access vlan [1-4094 | dynamic] comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Thedynamic keyword is used in VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) configurations. VMPS is not cover this text. For more information on VMPS, refer to Cisco LAN Switching (Cisco Press, 1999). Example 1-12 demonstrates the configuration of Fast Ethernet 0/5 for VLAN 2.
Example 1-12. Assigning VLAN 2 to Interface fast 0/5
Switch(config)#int fastEthernet 0/5 Switch(config-if)#switchport mode access Switch(config-if)#switchport access vlan 2 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
When the VTP mode is set to transparent, VLANs are automatically created with the switchport access vl ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 command; you do not need to statically configure them in the VLAN database. If the VTP mode is set as a you cannot configure VLANs on this switch. The VLANs must be configured on the server switch and propag Cisco Press to the client switch. via Publisher: VTP over a trunk Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 Step 3: Configuring Trunks Between Switches Using EtherChannel, 802.1Q, and ISL Encapsulations
Step 3 involves configuring trunk lines between Ethernet switches. A trunk line can be a normal trunk with 802.1Q encapsulation, or it can be an EtherChannel trunk, which could also be using 802.1Q or ISL Gain hands-on This experience for the Lab on Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE encapsulation. discussion firstCCIE focuses configuring a normal trunk line, and then turns to configurin Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. EtherChannel trunk. Configuring trunks on the Catalyst 3550 is a two-step process. Depending on the state of the port prior to Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide you in configuration, you may have to disable autonegotiation mode. By that default, a port is applying set to negotiate the what you know encapsulation and to be in the dynamic and desirable mode. Learn to build a practice lab for your CCIE labor exam preparation Step how 1. Configure the trunk encapsulation as ISL 802.1Q. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 2. Configure the port as a normal trunk or EtherChannel trunk. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect These steps are accomplished with the following commands from the interface configuration mode: companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Switch#(config-if)#switchport trunk encapsulation [isl | dot1q | negotiate ] level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Switch#(config-if)#switchport mode [trunk | dynamic {auto | desirable}]
The different encapsulation types and subcommands mean the following: switchport trunk encapsulation isl— Specifies ISL encapsulation on the trunk link.
switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q— Specifies 802.1Q encapsulation on the trunk link.
switchport trunk encapsulation negotiate— Specifies that the interface negotiate with the neighb interface to become an ISL (preferred) or 802.1Q trunk, depending on the configuration and capabilit the neighboring interface. This is the default encapsulation type.
The port, as a trunk, may be statically configured or dynamically configured. The different trunk configurat modes are as follows: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
dynamic Examples auto— Sets the interface to a trunk link if the neighboring interface is set to trunk or desira CCIE Practical mode. Studies Volume II •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
dynamic desirable— Sets the interface to a trunk link if the neighboring interface is set to trunk, desirable, or auto mode. This is the default trunking mode.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 trunk— Sets the interface
in permanent trunking mode and negotiates to convert the link to a trunk l even if the neighboring interface is not a trunk interface. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
You might find that configuring the auto-negotiation, or DTP, is more difficult than just statically defining th trunk. This is mainly due to some of the differences in the default trunks for the various Catalysts switches Catalysts default to ISL; however, the Catalyst 4000 without the Layer 3 module or the latest Cisco IOS So doesn't support ISL. Another example is that 802.1Q autonegotiation is only supported in CAT OS software Release 4.2. These little things can make DTP unreliable in large heterogeneous networks. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying NOTE what you know
Another autoconfiguration issue may arise with VTP and DISL. When DISL negotiates an ISL trunk, it Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation includes the VTP name in the message. If the VTP domain names differ on the switches, the trunk will not become active. Again, to circumvent this, just statically configure the trunk and configure the Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment encapsulation type. For VTP to work, you still need to match VTP names. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Example 1-13 demonstrates the configuration of an 802.1Q trunk on the Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Example 1-13. Configuring an ISL Trunk
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book 3550_switch(config)#interface gigabitEthernet concludes with five 0/1hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios 3550_switch(config-if)#switchport trunk similar encapsulation to what they will dot1q face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3550_switch(config-if)#switchport mode trunk
To verify whether the trunk is working, be sure to status both sides of the link. The output of the show int interface_nameswitchport command and the output of the show interfaceinterface_nametrunk comman present a general status of the trunk. The information presented here is very similar to the show trunk command on the Catalyst 4000/5500/6500 series switches.
This command shows the status of the trunk and the encapsulation. VLAN information, such as the default the active VLANs on the links, and any prune-eligible VLANs, will also be listed. Furthermore, protected VLA and voice VLANs are listed with this command. Example 1-14 lists the output of the show interface interface_name switchport command. If the trunk is not listed, some configuration areas to note include following:
• • •
Mode
Table of Contents Index
Encapsulation
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Native VLANs for 802.1Q trunks
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Set the status of the trunk to be trunking and the mode to be on, or match a valid setting for DTP as listed previously. The Press encapsulation must match on both sides of the trunk. The native VLAN ID is the VLAN 802. Publisher: Cisco usePub forDate: its single instance of spanning tree (MST). This VLAN must be the same throughout the VTP domain November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 1-14. Status of a Trunk Line
3550_switch#show interface gigabitEthernet 0/1 switchport Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Name: Gi0/1 Switchport: Enabled Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Administrative Mode: trunk Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Operational Mode: trunk Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Operational Encapsulation: dot1qof challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab examTrunking by presenting them with a series companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Negotiation Trunking: On Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in of Volume I, like the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Access VLAN: 1 (default) switchingMode portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default) includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providingALL detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Trunking VLANs Enabled: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs2-1001 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Pruning VLANspractice Enabled: level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Protected: false Unknown unicast blocked: disabled Unknown multicast blocked: disabled
Voice VLAN: none (Inactive)
Appliance trust: none 3550_switch#
In 802.1Q networks, it is critical to ensure that the native VLAN is the same throughout the entire VTP dom • Table of Contents This is because 802.1Q uses Mono Spanning Tree. Mono Spanning Tree makes the entire VTP domain appe • Index a single-bridged domain to all third-party 802.1Q switches. Cisco ensures compatibility with MST domains • Examples implementing PVST+ along with MST. This is an extended version of Per VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) CCIE Practical Studies Volume II which provides seamless transparent integration for 802.1Q networks. Mono Spanning Tree runs on the na By Karl Solie 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 the same native VLAN throughout the entire internetwork. Th VLAN. For CCIE this No. reason, it is important to have default VLAN is 1, which is also the default native VLAN. To change the native VLAN, use the following inte command thePress trunk: Publisher:on Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Switch#(config-if)#switchport trunk native vlanvlan-id Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Theshow withathe trunklab keyword command also list the VLANs that are prune eligible. Do n Learninterface how to build practice for your CCIE labwill exam preparation confuseprune eligible VLANs with VLAN propagation. Prune eligible means that unnecessary broadcast, mul and unknown traffic will not bethat forwarded overactual trunk lab lines to switches that do not have an active po Take fiveunicast full-blown practice labs mimic the exam environment that particular VLAN. By default, all VLAN information and spanning-tree frames for each VLAN are adverti out trunkingStudies, interfaces. VLANs and STP can only be removed a trunk of bypreparing using the for clear CCIEallPractical Volume II leads CCIE candidates throughfrom the process thetrunk com on thelab Cisco Catalyst 5500/6500 series by changing the VLANs allowed exercises. on a trunk Aonperfect the Cisco 3550 ser CCIE exam by presenting them withor a series of challenging laboratory switch. You to will learn more about functions in the upcoming section 4: Controlling companion the best-selling firstthese edition, this book provides coverage of "Step CCIE lab exam topicsSTP and VLA Propagation." not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example lists of the output of the trunkSecurity, command. The trunkProvider keywordlab displays similar informatio switching1-15 portions the Routing andshow Switching, and Service exams. theswitchport keyword. This command, however, focuses more on the VLAN information of the trunk. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies1-15. follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example Status of a Trunk Line with the trunk Keyword settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout 3550_switch#show interface gigabitEthernet 0/1 trunkthe book. Port
Mode
Encapsulation
Status
Native vlan
Gi0/1
on
802.1q
trunking
1
Port
Vlans allowed on trunk
Gi0/1
1-4094
Port
Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Gi0/1
1,10,20,128
Port
Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Gi0/1
1,10,20,128
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
3550_switch#
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
At times, it might be hard to determine whether a trunk line is functioning. The trunk can report a status o trunking butCisco notPress be fully exchanging VTP updates. You should view the trunk status on each side of the link Publisher: ensure it is November functioning properly. Pub Date: 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
As VTP synchronizes within the domain the VLAN database from server to server and server to client, all sw Pages: 1032 will have the same VLANs listed in their VLAN database. Only switches in the VTP transparent mode or trun that have VLANs cleared or removed will have different VLAN databases. Comparing the VLAN databases o two switches connected together by a trunk is another way to verify that the trunk is working.
When the trunk becomes active, VTP advertisements are sent and received. The following three types of VT advertisements occur on the Gain hands-on experience fortrunk. the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Subset advertisements— Subset advertisements are issued when you create, delete, or modify a V Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Request Request advertisements are issued from the switch whenever the Cataly what you advertisements— know reset or a change in the local VTP domain occurs, such as a name change, or when the switch hears a summary with lab a higher configuration revision number than its own. Learn howadvertisement to build a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Summary advertisements— Summary advertisements are issued every 5 minutes by the switch. Th Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment main purpose of the summary advertisement is for the switch to verify the VTP revision number, and CCIE thereby Practicalensure Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the of preparing foritthe that the VLAN databases are current. If it has a process lower revision number, issues a req CCIE for lab new exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect VLAN information. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics You can observe VTP statistics with the Catalyst show vtp status and the show vtp counters command. These not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. commands tell you whatI,advertisements are received and transmittedcoverage by the switch. should Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the These routing and be used another theRouting trunk line functioningSecurity, properly. After you verify the lab trunk is up, you still must switchingindicator portionsthat of the andisSwitching, and Service Provider exams. that the VTP updates are being exchanged. Remember that the goal of trunking is to pass VLAN informatio The book begins withAlong brief with coverage of the coreyou technologies required onthe theVTP CCIE lab exam and using the which requires VTP. the trunk lines, should also examine domain counters includes suggested forExample further 1-16 reading. covering each of the core show vtp countersreferences command. listsLaboratory the output exercises of the show vtp counters command. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of theby technologies gradually increase in difficulty Example 1-16. Statusing a Trunk Viewingand VTP Counters level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3550_switch#show vtp counters VTP statistics: Summary advertisements received
: 101
Subset advertisements received
: 4
Request advertisements received
: 1
Summary advertisements transmitted : 116 Subset advertisements transmitted
: 3
Request advertisements transmitted : 0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Number of config revision errors Number of config digest errors CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
: 0 : 0
By Karl Solie 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Number ofCCIE V1 No. summary errors : 0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
VTP pruning statistics: ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Trunk
Join Transmitted Join Received
Summary advts received from non-pruning-capable device
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------------------------Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Gi0/1 0 Cisco Press. 0 0 3550_switch# Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Theshow command lists very The VTP version, VTP revision, operating Takevtp five status full-blown practice labs thatuseful mimicVTP theinformation. actual lab exam environment mode, and domain name are listed along with VLAN information. When the VLAN databases are synchroniz each should have the same number of candidates VLANs. CCIE switch Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Example 1-17 demonstrates show vtp this status command. companion to the best-sellingthe first edition, book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example 1-17.ofStatusing a Trunk by Security, Viewing VTP Status switching portions the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 3550_switch#show vtp status settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive VTP Version practice labs include all:of2 the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking Configuration Revision techniques are : 3included throughout the book. Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005 Number of existing VLANs
: 12
VTP Operating Mode
: Server
VTP Domain Name
: psv2
VTP Pruning Mode
: Disabled
VTP V2 Mode
: Disabled
VTP Traps Generation
: Disabled
MD5 digest
: 0x40 0x2B 0xD9 0xD1 0x05 0xA4 0x98 0xF8
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Configuration last modified by 206.191.241.43 at 3-1-93 18:06:59
Local updater ID is 172.16.128.16 on interface Vl128 (lowest numbered VLAN interface foun CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch Preferred interface name is CCIE 3550No. 7220
3550_switch# Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Configuring Layer 2 and Layer 3 EtherChannel
EtherChannel is yet another form of trunk line you can configure. The common way to configure EtherChan as Layer 2 between two switches. Usually ISL or 802.1Q is alsotwo configured. On the Catalyst Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume of the best-selling CCIE 3550 with the E software installed, youfrom can Cisco also configure Layer 3 EtherChannel. Practical Studies title Press.
EtherChannel has some limitations you should be aware of when configuring it. Some of these limitations a Experience putting concepts into practice with lab that guide you in limitations applying for the platfo hardware specific; therefore, it is a good idea to look upscenarios the specific EtherChannel what you know you are configuring. Learn how build atopractice lab for your CCIE lab of exam preparation The following listtoapplies the configuration guidelines the Catalyst 3550 Ethernet switch:
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Each EtherChannel can have up to eight compatibly configured Fast Ethernet interfaces and up to eigh CCIE Gigabit PracticalEthernet Studies,interfaces. Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Do nottoconfigure a GigaStack GBIC port part provides of an EtherChannel. companion the best-selling first edition, thisasbook coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Configure interfaces an EtherChannel operate at the same speedsof and modes. Combined with all Volume I, theinCCIE candidate willtoget comprehensive coverage theduplex routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Enable all interfaces in an EtherChannel. An interface in an EtherChannel disabled by using the shutd interface command is treated as a link failure, andon itsthe traffic is lab transferred to one of the The book beginsconfiguration with brief coverage of the core technologies required CCIE exam and remaining interfaces in the EtherChannel. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network When a group is first of created, all concludes ports follow thefive parameters the first These port to be added to the g settings. The final chapter the book with hands-onset labfor exercises. If you change the configuration of one of these parameters, you must also make the changes to all po comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty the group. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. An EtherChannel does not form if one of the interfaces is a Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN) destination p You may use the EtherChannel group as a source of SPAN to monitor the entire group. A port that belongs to an EtherChannel port group cannot be configured as a secure port.
Assign all interfaces in the EtherChannel to the same VLAN, or configure them as trunks. Interfaces w different native VLANs cannot form an EtherChannel.
If you configure an EtherChannel from trunk interfaces, verify that the trunking mode (ISL or 802.1Q same on all the trunks.
An EtherChannel supports the same allowed range of VLANs on all the interfaces in a trunking Layer 2 EtherChannel. If the allowed range of VLANs is not the same, the interfaces do not form an EtherChan even when PAgP is set to the auto or desirable mode.
Before enabling 802.1X on the port, you must first remove it from the EtherChannel. If you enable 80 on a not-yet-active port of an EtherChannel, the port does not join the EtherChannel. • • •
Interfaces with different STP path costs can form an EtherChannel as long they are otherwise compat Table of Contents configured. IndexSetting different STP path costs does not, by itself, make interfaces incompatible for the formation of an EtherChannel. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
For Layer 3 EtherChannels, assign the Layer 3 address to the port-channel logical interface, not to the physical interfaces in the channel.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: By default, Cisco Press PAgP
will have no Layer 2 or Layer 3 Channel groups assigned or defined. The EtherChann is auto and silent; the interface will respond to PAgP packets but will not start negotiation. PAgP is configured as an aggregate-port learner with a PAgP priority of 128 on all interfa ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
configuration Pub Date: November for 07, PAgP 2003 Pages: 1032
Configuring Layer 2 EtherChannel ISL/802.1Q trunks on the Catalyst 3550 is a three-step process. Depend the state of the port prior to configuration, you may have to disable autonegotiation mode. By default, a po set to negotiate the encapsulation and to be in the dynamic and desirable mode. Step 1. Configure the trunk encapsulation as ISL or 802.1Q. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Step Studies 2. Configure title from theCisco port Press. as a trunk. Step 3. Configure EtherChannel port groups. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know These steps are accomplished with the following commands from the interface configuration mode: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Switch#(config-if)#switchport trunk encapsulation [isl | dot1q / negotiate]
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Switch#(config-if)#switchport mode [trunk | dynamic {auto | desirable}] includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Switch#(config-if)#channel-group [1-64]mode {auto [non-silent] | desirable [non-silent] | settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The first two commands are identical to configuring a normal ISL or 802.1Q trunk. The channel-group command creates a virtual interface called interface port channel x, where x is the channel group number. virtual interface lists all the common properties that must be associated with any link joining the port grou virtual interface is also where you assign an IP address for Layer 3 EtherChannel. The channel group numb range from 1 to 64. The mode keyword enables or disables PAgP. PAgP works rather reliably, but be sure when you choose the mode in which to run PAgP that you use the same mode on all interfaces in the chann group. The mode keyword has the following parameters:
auto— Enables PAgP only if another PAgP device is detected. It places the interface into a passive negotiating state, in which the interface responds to PAgP frames it receives but does not start PAgP negotiation.
desirable— Unconditionally enables PAgP. This keyword places the interface into an active negotiatin state, in which the interface starts negotiations with other interfaces by sending PAgP frames. • • •
on— Forces the interface to channel without PAgP. With the on mode, a usable EtherChannel exists o Table of Contents when an interface group in the on mode is connected to another interface group in the on mode. Index
Examples Sets the interface into an active negotiating state, in which the interface starts negoti active(LACP)— sending LACP packets.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II with other interfaces by
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
passive(LACP)— Sets the interface into a passive negotiating state. In this mode, the interface respo LACP packets that it receives but does not start LACP packet negotiation. This setting uses minimal LA Publisher: Cisco Press packets. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 An EtherChannel can also be assigned to a specific VLAN, although this is less common. To accomplish this assignPages: all interfaces as static-access ports in the same VLAN. 1032
When configuring EtherChannel, you will notice the link drops and initializes quite a bit—once for an encapsulation change, and at least one other time when it joins the channel group. To prevent this from happening, just shut down the link before configuring any trunking or EtherChannel parameters. To remov interface from the EtherChannel group, use the no channel-group interface configuration command. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Figure 1-16 represents a common network. In this LAN, the core switches are connected to each other and another edge switch. The core switches are going to use Gigabit EtherChannel to trunk the two switches together. 802.1Q will be the VLAN trunking protocol and will eventually allow VLAN 192 full connectivity. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Figure 1-16. Gigabit EtherChannel on the Catalyst 3550
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 1-18 demonstrates the configuration of the EtherChannel between the core switches in Figure 1-1
Example 1-18. Configuring Gigabit EtherChannel with 802.1Q Encapsulation •
Table of Contents
•
Index
3550_switch(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 0/1 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
3550_switch(config-if)#switch trunk encapsulation dot1q ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
3550_switch(config-if)#switchport mode trunk Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 3550_switch(config-if)#channel-group 1 mode on ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Creating port-channel interface Port-channel1 Pages:a1032 3550_switch(config-if)#exit 00:23:18: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Port-channel1, changed state to up
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 00:23:19: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Port-channel1, changed state to Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 3550_switch(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 0/2 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 3550_switch(config-if)#switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q what you know 3550_switch(config-if)#switchport Learn how to build a practice lab formode your trunk CCIE lab exam preparation 3550_switch(config-if)#channel-group Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic 1 mode theon actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume Interface II leads CCIE candidates through thechanged process state of preparing 00:24:29: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: GigabitEthernet0/2, to upfor the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 00:24:31: to %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line this protocol on Interface GigabitEthernet0/2, changed not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and state top switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3550_switch(config-if)#exit The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include to allverify of thethe technologies gradually increase in difficulty Cisco offers some useful labs commands operation and status of an EtherChannel: level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
show etherchannel [channel-group-number] {brief | detail | load-balance | port |
port-channel | summary} show interface etherchannel
The show etherchannel command displays the number of ports and the mode that they are in along with • Table of Contents information on the EtherChannel port group. You should see the port state as up, and all the interfaces tha • Index belong to the channel should be listed. The command also displays information about the load-balance or f • Examples distribution scheme, port, and port channel. The L2 in the group state defines the EtherChannel as a Layer CCIE Practical Studies Volume II EtherChannel.Example 1-19 demonstrates the show etherchannel command. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Output of the show etherchannel Command Example 1-19. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
3550_switch#show etherchannel 1 detail Group state = L2 Ports: 2 Maxports = 8 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Port-channels: 1 Max Port-channels = 1 Portsconcepts in the into group: Experience putting practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ------------------Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Port: Gi0/1 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment -----------CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE exam by them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Port lab state = presenting Up Mstr In-Bndl companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume 3550, route maps,=BGP, Channel group = 1 I, like the Cisco Mode Catalyst = On/FEC Gcchange 0 Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Security, and Service Provider lab =exams. Port-channel = of Po1 GC Switching, = 0x00010001 Pseudo port-channel Po1 The begins = with of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Portbook index 0 brief coverage Load = 0x00 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed guides 00d:03h:04m:31s to applying the technologies in real network Age of the follow, port in the current state: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive Port: Gi0/2 practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. -----------Port state
= Up Mstr In-Bndl
Channel group = 1
Mode = On/FEC
Port-channel
= Po1
GC
Port index
= 0
Load = 0x00
= 0x00010001
Gcchange = 0 Pseudo port-channel = Po1
Age of the port in the current state: 00d:03h:03m:17s Port-channels in the group: ---------------------Port-channel: Po1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
------------
Age of the Port-channel
= 00d:03h:04m:33s
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solieslot/port CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Logical = 1/0 Number
GC
Publisher: Cisco Press
= 0x00010001
of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Ports in the Port-channel: Index
Load
Port
EC state
------+------+------+-----------Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco 0 00 Gi0/1 on Press. 0
00 Gi0/2 on Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know Time what since last port bundled: 00d:03h:03m:19s Gi0/2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 3550_switch# Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect To verify the status of a EtherChannel group, the following command: companion toPAgP the best-selling first edition, this bookuse provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty show [channel-group-number] {counters internal | face neighbor} level. pagp They present readers with scenarios similar to|what they will on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
This command displays PAgP information such as traffic information, the internal PAgP configuration, and neighbor information.
Configuring Layer 3 EtherChannel
To configure Layer 3 EtherChannel, you create the port-channel logical interface and then put the Ethernet interfaces into the port channel. The no switchport command must be used on the port channel and on th physical interface. The steps and syntax used to create a Layer 3 EtherChannel are as follows: Step 1. Configure the port channel, disable Layer 2 switching, and assign an IP address to the port channel, as follows: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
3550_switch(config)#interface port-channel [1-64] Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
3550_switch(config-if)#no switchport Pages: 1032
3550_switch(config-if)#ip addressaddress subnet_mask
Gain hands-on experience forphysical the CCIE Lab Exam with of EtherChannel the best-selling CCIEand assign them Step 2. Configure the interfaces that willvolume reside two in the group Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. port channel, as follows: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3550_switch(config)#interface CCIE lab exam by presenting theminterface_name with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 3550_switch(config-if)#no switchport not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 3550_switch(config-if)#channel-group [1-64] mode {auto [non-silent] | desirable switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The [non-silent] book begins | with on} brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 1-20 demonstrates the configuration of ato Layer EtherChannel with IP address of 172.16.50.1 level. They present readers with scenarios similar what3they will face on thean actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 1-20. Configuring Layer 3 EtherChannel
3550_switch(config)#interface port-channel 2 3550_switch(config-if)#no switchport
3550_switch(config-if)#ip address 172.16.50.1 255.255.255.0 3550_switch(config-if)#exit 3550_switch(config)#interface fast 0/17 3550_switch(config-if)#channel-group 2 mode auto •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
3550_switch(config-if)#interface fast 0/18 3550_switch(config-if)#no switchport CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 72202 3550_switch(config-if)#channel-group
mode auto
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 Configuring EtherChannel Load Balancing
You can configure EtherChannel for different types of load balancing. Two types of load balancing may be u source-based and destination-based forwarding methods. The default load balancing type is src-mac. EtherChannel balances the traffic load across the links in a channel by reducing part of the binary pattern f from the addresses in the frame a numeric value thatvolume selectstwo oneofofthe thebest-selling links in the CCIE channel. Gain hands-on experience for thetoCCIE Lab Exam with Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. With source MAC address forwarding, when packets are forwarded to an EtherChannel, they are distributed across the ports in the channel based on the source MAC address of the incoming packet. Therefore, to pro Experiencepackets putting from concepts into practice lab scenarios guide you in packets applyingfrom the same load balancing, different hosts usewith different ports in that the channel, but what you know use the same port in the channel (and the same MAC address learned by the switch does not change).
how toMAC build a practice lab for your CCIE exam WhenLearn the source address forwarding method is lab used, loadpreparation distribution based on the source and destin IP address is also enabled for routed IP traffic. All routed IP traffic chooses a port based on the source and Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the always actual lab environment destination IP address. Packets between two IP hosts useexam the same port in the channel, and traffic between any other pair of hosts can use a different port in the channel. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam byMAC presenting with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect With destination addressthem forwarding, when packets are forwarded to an EtherChannel, they are distrib companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics across the ports in the channel based on the destination host's MAC address of the incoming packet. There not covered in same Volume I, like theare Cisco Catalystover 3550, route maps, Multicast, QoS. destination a packets to the destination forwarded the same port, BGP, and packets to and a different Combined with Volume I, the candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and sent on a different port in the CCIE channel. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. To configure load balancing across EtherChannel, use the following global configuration command: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
3550_switch(config)#port-channel load-balance {dst-mac | src-mac}
To verify the type of load balancing in effect, use the show etherchannel load-balance command. This command shows whether dst-mac or src-mac load balancing is being used.
To return EtherChannel load balancing to the default configuration, use the no port-channel load-balanc global configuration command.
Step 4: Controlling STP and VLAN Propagation
The next stepTable is optional but can be imperative in large networks. Cisco implements a couple of features th • of Contents allow for switches to be plug and play in small networks but can have the negative effect of generating • Index significant amounts of traffic in large networks. Features such as Per VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST), coupled • Examples the default setting that every VLAN is communicated on every trunk port, can cause the edge switches to b CCIE Practical Studies Volume II overrun processing spanning-tree requests and other broadcasts. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
In the network in Figure 1-17, for example, the crane switch has only a single VLAN, VLAN 2. Because this is inPublisher: the same VTP domain as the other switches, however, it will participate in spanning tree for VLAN 3 an Cisco Press VLAN There is really no need for this switch to waste resources processing spanning-tree requests for a Pub4. Date: November 07, 2003 that is ISBN: not even on the switch. The larger and more redundant the network, the worse the problem gets. 1-58705-072-2 Suppose, for instance, that you have 75 edge switches; there would be 75 separate spanning-tree topologi Pages: 1032 one trunk per edge switch! In addition, all of this happens before any user traffic can use the switch.
Figure 1-17. VLAN Trunking and STP
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
It is a common misconception that VLAN pruning will solve STP issues. However, VLAN pruning affects only broadcast, multicast, and unknown/flooded unicast traffic. Basically, STP constructs the path the data will t or "road" that the data can flow on, and pruning controls the broadcast data or "traffic" that flows on that There are two very effective ways Cisco offers for dealing with excessive broadcasts and STP: •
Table of Contents VLAN pruning— VLAN pruning states that if VTP pruning is enabled, and if a downstream switch doe have anIndex active port in that VLAN being pruned, the switch prevents the forwarding of flooded traffic to • prune-eligible Examplesdownstream VLAN. VTP pruning is a method of traffic control that reduces unnecessary CCIE Practical broadcast, Studies multicast, Volume IIand unknown unicast traffic. VTP pruning blocks flooded traffic to VLANs on trun ports that are included in the pruning-eligible list. If the VLANs are configured as "pruning ineligible," ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 flooding continues. •
Publisher: CiscoVLANs Press Clearing
from trunks— Clearing VLANs off of a trunk essentially removes that spanning-tree The downstream switch will no longer receive BPDUs for the VLAN cleared. N ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 traffic for that VLAN will be able to pass down this trunk.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 instance from the trunk. Pages: 1032
Configuring VTP Pruning
InFigure 1-17, a port is active on VLAN 2 on the crane, yin, and yang switches, but not on the mantis switc Gainpruning hands-on experience the2CCIE Lab Exam with volume twoswitch of the will best-selling CCIE VTP is enabled for for VLAN on the yang switch, the mantis not receive broadcast, multica Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. and unknown/flooded unicast traffic for VLAN 2. Likewise, the crane switch will not receive the same type o traffic from VLAN 3 and VLAN 4, assuming pruning is enabled on the yin switch. By default, VTP pruning is disabled; therefore, global VTP pruning must be enabled. Enabling VTP pruning is a two-step process, with Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying second step optional: what you know Step 1. Enable VTP pruning from the VLAN configuration mode or the VLAN database with the vtp Learn howcommand. to build a practice lab for enables your CCIE lab exam preparation pruning This command pruning for VLANs, and no further configuration is necess unless you only want to prune specific VLANs. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 3550_switch(vlan)#vtp pruning includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 2. (Optional) Add VLANs to thesimilar prune-eligible default, VLANs are prune eligible, and level. Step They present readers with scenarios to what list. theyBy will face onallthe actual lab exam. step may be bypassed. You may mark only certain VLANs prune eligible by using the following interfa Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. command:
3550_switch(config-if)#switchport trunk pruning vlan {add | except | none | remove}vlan_r
You may add multiple VLANs, separated by a comma, or a range of VLANs, using a hyphen (-). For examp interface command switchport trunk pruning vlan add 2-10 makes only the VLANs 2 through 10 prune eligible. You can control VTP pruning on a trunk-by-trunk basis with this command. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Global VTP pruning, whether it is enabled or not, can be verified by the show vtp status command. You c • Examples verify VTP pruning for individual VLANs by using the show interface command with the switchport keyw CCIE Practical Studies Volume II by viewing the VTP status. Example 1-21 demonstrates how to verify whether VTP pruning is enabled with By Karl Solie No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 show vtp CCIE status command. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 2003 Example 1-21.07, Verifying Global VTP Status ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
yin#show vtp status VTP Version
: 2
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Configuration Practical Studies Revision title from Cisco Press.: 6 Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Number Learn of how existing to buildVLANs a practice lab : for14 your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs : that mimic the actual lab exam environment VTP Operating Mode Server CCIE PracticalName Studies, Volume II leads:CCIE VTP Domain psv2candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics VTP Pruning Mode : Enabled not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and VTP V2 Mode : Disabled switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
VTP Traps Generation : Disabled The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering of the core MD5 digest : 0x13 0xF9 0xA7 0x89 0x56 0x56 0x8Deach 0x54 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The finallast chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Configuration modified by 172.16.192.16 at 3-1-93 02:35:01 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. present with scenarios to what they will face on the actualVLAN lab exam. LocalThey updater ID readers is 172.16.192.16 onsimilar interface Vl192 (lowest numbered interface foun Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 1-22 demonstrates the use of the show interface command in verifying VLAN prune eligibility. T show interface command was executed after the interface command switchport trunk pruning vlan 2was entered on the yin switch.
Example 1-22. Verifying VLAN Prune Eligibility
yin#show interfaces fast 0/20 switchport Name: Fa0/20 •
Table of Contents
Switchport: Enabled • Index •
Examples
Administrative CCIE Practical StudiesMode: Volumetrunk II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Operational Mode: trunk
Publisher: Cisco Press Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Negotiation of Trunking: On Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default) Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL Pruning VLANs putting Enabled: 2-1001 Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Protected: false Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Unknown unicast blocked: disabled Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Unknown multicast blocked: disabled CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Controlling STP of bythe Removing It from TrunkSecurity, Lines and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions Routing and Switching,
In medium The book begins to large with networks, brief coverage it becomes of thecrucial core technologies to control how required many instances on the CCIE of STP lab exam there and are on each s includes and how suggested many traverse references the trunks. for further Recallreading. that by default Laboratory every exercises VLAN will covering have aneach instance of theofcore STP, which C technologies calls PVST+. follow, Switches providing will run detailed an instance guides of STP to applying on all trunks the technologies for every VLAN in real theynetwork are aware of. If a netw settings. has five VLANs, The final there chapter are five of the instances book concludes of STP, and with each fiveinstance hands-on has laba exercises. single rootThese switch, and so on. The comprehensive Catalyst 3550 supports practice 128 labsinstances include allofofSTP theper technologies switch. Other andswitches, graduallysuch increase as Catalyst in difficulty 3548XL and 2900 level. can support They present 64 STP readers instances, with and scenarios this varies similar on ato switch-by-switch what they will face basis. on To thefind actual out lab how exam. many instances Study STP your tipsswitch and test-taking supports, refer techniques to www.cisco.com. are included throughout If more VLANs the are book. added, STP is disabled for that on so VLANs on that switch. A more common problem is the amount of strain many STP instances put on smaller or wiring-closet switches. Unfortunately, VTP pruning does not affect spanning tree. To remove an instance STP from a trunk, use the following interface command:
Switch(config-if)#switchport trunk allowed vlan [add | all | except | remove]
• • •
vlans_2-10
Table of Contents Index
add— Adds the following VLANs to the trunk Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
all— Includes all VLANs on the trunk
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
except— Includes all VLANs except those specified Publisher: Cisco Press
remove— Removes the following VLANs from the trunk
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: VLAN 1-58705-072-2 To remove 3 through VLAN 6, you would use the following cryptic-looking command: Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Switch(config-if)#switchport trunk allowed remove that 3-6 guide you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice with vlan lab scenarios what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take full-blown practice labsas that mimic the with actual lab exam environment Figure 1-18five shows the same network Figure 1-17, updated interfaces names. In this example, on t switch, all VLANs are cleared, except 1 and 2, on the trunk to the crane switch. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Figure 1-18. VLAN Trunking and STP Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the In thislab particular to them remove STP from the trunk, you use the switchport command. CCIE exam byexample, presenting with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Prior to clear the trunks, to youthe examine the STP of VLAN 3. Example 1-23 shows the show spanning-tree companion best-selling firststate edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics comman the covered yin switch. Notice at that STP is forwarding 3 BGP, information out and fast QoS. 0/3, the dragon rou not in Volume I,the likebottom the Cisco Catalyst 3550, routeVLAN maps, Multicast, fast 0/20 the crane switch; and po1,candidate the EtherChannel port. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins withshow brief coverage of the core technologies the Switch CCIE lab exam and Example 1-23. spanning-tree Commandrequired on theonYin includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsvlan include yin#show spanning-tree 3 all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. VLAN0003 Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee Root ID
Priority
32768
Address
0004.275e.f0c8
Cost
3
Port Hello Time Bridge ID
65 (Port-channel1) 2 sec
Max Age 20 sec
Priority
32771
Address
000a.8a0e.ba80
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Hello Time
2 sec
Forward Delay 15 sec
(priority 32768 sys-id-ext 3)
Max Age 20 sec
Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , LeahID Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Interface Port
Designated
Port ID
Name Publisher: Cisco Press Prio.Nbr
Cost Bridge ID
Prio.Nbr
Cost Sts
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
----------------------- --------- --- --------- -------------------- -------ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Fa0/3
128.3
19 FWD
3 32771 000a.8a0e.ba80 128.3
Fa0/20
128.16
19 FWD
3 32771 000a.8a0e.ba80 128.16
Po1 128.65 3 FWD 0 32768 0004.275e.f0c8 128.1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. yin# Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Example 1-24 demonstrates the clearing of VLANs 3 through 1001 on the trunk between the yin and crane Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation switches. The second portion of the example shows the spanning tree for VLAN 3. Notice that VLAN 3 is no forwarding out full-blown the trunk Fa0/20, line to the the actual crane switch. Take five practice the labstrunk that mimic lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example CCIE lab exam 1-24. by presenting Clearing/Removing them with a seriesaofVLAN challenging fromlaboratory a Trunkexercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. yin(config)#int fastEthernet 0/20 The book begins with brief coverage the core technologies yin(config-if)#switchport trunkofallowed vlan removerequired 3-1001 on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network yin(config-if)#^Z settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsvlan include yin#show spanning-tree 3 all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included theconsole book. 11:55:53: %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from throughout console by VLAN0003 Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee Root ID
Priority
32768
Address
0004.275e.f0c8
Cost
3
Port
65 (Port-channel1)
Hello Time Bridge ID
2 sec
Priority
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
32771
Address
Max Age 20 sec
Forward Delay 15 sec
(priority 32768 sys-id-ext 3)
000a.8a0e.ba80
Hello Time
2 sec
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Max Age 20 sec
Forward Delay 15 sec
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Time Leah Lynch Aging 15 CCIE No. 7220
Interface Publisher: Cisco Press Port ID
Designated
Port ID
Cost Bridge ID
Prio.Nbr
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Name
Prio.Nbr
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Cost Sts
Pages: 1032
---------------- -------- --------- --- --------- -------------------- -------Fa0/3
128.3
19 FWD
3 32771 000a.8a0e.ba80 128.3
Po1 128.65 3 FWD 0 32768 0004.275e.f0c8 128.1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. yin# Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
The command show interfaceinterface_nameswitchport also shows which VLANs are carried on the trun Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Theshow interface trunk command is a very useful command to determine the trunking status of a link a Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment VLAN status. The show interface trunk command lists port, its mode and encapsulation, and whether it i trunking. It also lists the VLANsIIallowed on each trunk and STP status of those Example CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through the process ofVLANs. preparing for the1-25 lists t output of the show interface trunk command, showing that VLANs 3 through 1001 no longer CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect appear on t trunk fast 0/20. VLANs 1002 through 4094 this are other default and extended-range VLANs. companion to the best-selling first edition, book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example 1-25.ofShowing Allowed Security, VLANsand on Service a Trunk switching portions the Routingthe and Switching, Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing yin#show interface trunk detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsEncapsulation include all of the Status technologies andNative gradually increase in difficulty Port Mode vlan level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and are included throughout 1 the book. Fa0/3 on test-taking techniques 802.1q trunking Fa0/20
on
802.1q
trunking
1
Po1
on
802.1q
trunking
1
Port
Vlans allowed on trunk
Fa0/3
1-4094
Fa0/20
1-2,1002-4094
Po1
1-4094
Port
Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Fa0/3
1-4,10,20,30,40,50,192
•
Fa0/20 • •
Po1
Table of Contents
1-2
Index Examples
1-4,10,20,30,40,50,192
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Leah Lynch CCIE 7220 Port Vlans in ,spanning treeNo.forwarding
state and not pruned
Fa0/3 1-4,10,20,30,40,50,192 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Fa0/20ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 1-2 Po1
Pages: 1032
1,192
yin#
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Removing VLANs from the trunks is one way to control STP; for the switches that need redundancy, howev you must use additional methods to control STP. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
NOTE Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Newer versions of Catalyst software allow for the clearing/removing of VLAN 1. However, most switch CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the still will not allow you to clear/remove VLAN 1. Always exercise caution if removing VLAN from any CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect trunk lines. Remember, this is the native VLAN for 802.1Q by default, and other protocols may be usin companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics untagged frames on VLAN 1. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with briefBalancing coverage ofand the core Configuring STP Load Roottechnologies Placementrequired on the CCIE lab exam and
includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applyingload the balancing. technologies in real the network Redundant switched networks detailed do not perform automatic Because STP forwarding/block settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These decision is based, in part, on static MAC addresses, all traffic tends to follow the same direction and the sam comprehensive practice labs include alllinks of the technologies gradually increase in difficulty path for all VLANs. This leads to some being overused,and while others remain idle. Figure 1-19 illustrate level. They present withon scenarios what they will face theof actual labVLANs exam. 2, 3, 4, and network that has allreaders converged a single similar switch.to The yang switch is theonroot STP for Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 1-19. STP Root
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins coverage of the core technologies required CCIE lab HSRP exam on andthe dragon If you wanted to with load brief balance between yin and yang switches or if on youthe were using includes suggested references forcontrol furtherSTP reading. LaboratoryIfexercises covering theHSRP core primary f tiger routers, you would want to root placement. the dragon routereach wereofthe technologies follow, providing detailed guides in real network VLAN 2, for instance, you would want traffic totogoapplying throughthe thetechnologies yin switch rather than the yang switch. To c settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. and distribute traffic in a switched network, you must manually configure the root These for STP. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty You can configure root of spanning treesimilar for Catalyst switches in face many The methods you use to se level. They presentthe readers with scenarios to what they will onways. the actual lab exam. root depend mostly on the techniques environment are trying to control. Study tips and test-taking areyou included throughout theWhen book. setting the root bridge, you are essentially telling STP which ports to put into blocking and which ports to put into forwarding. Because STP on a PVST basis, each VLAN has a different root bridge. In Figure 1-20, the yin switch is set to be the STP r for VLAN 4 and VLAN 5, and the yang switch is the STP root for VLAN 2 and VLAN 3. This causes the edge switches to balance their load more evenly over the trunk's lines. VLANs 4 and 5 forward to yin, and VLANs 3 forward to yang.
Figure 1-20. STP Root
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined withexploring Volume I,how the to CCIE will you get must comprehensive of the routing Before further set candidate the STP root, first learn coverage how to determine whereand the root brid switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. located. The show spanning-tree root command displays a quick overview of the root of each VLAN. It s the MAC address of the root, the root port, the priority, the cost, and the STP timers for that VLAN. Examp The beginsofwith of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and lists book the output the brief showcoverage span command. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example 1-26. Viewing Spanning Tree for VLAN 2 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. yin#show spanning-tree root
Vlan
Root ID
Root
Hello Max Fwd
Cost
Time
Age Dly
---------------- -------------------- --------- ----- --- ---
Root Port ------------
VLAN0001
32768 0004.275e.f0c0
3
2
20
15
Po1
VLAN0002
32768 0004.275e.f0c7
3
2
20
15
Po1
VLAN0003
32768 0004.275e.f0c8
3
2
20
15
Po1
VLAN0004
32768 0004.275e.f0c9
3
2
20
15
Po1
3
2
20
15
Po1
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
VLAN0005 yin#
32768 0004.275e.f0c1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
ThePub show spanning-tree Date: November 07, 2003command and its subcommand, show spanning-tree vlan, display detailed an valuable information about spanning tree. There are a few variations of this command depending on how m ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 information you may want. Example 1-27 lists a portion of VLAN 2 output from the show spanning-tree Pages: 1032 command on the yin switch.
Example 1-27. Viewing Spanning Tree for VLAN 2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. yin#show spanning-tree Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying VLAN0001 what you know Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Root Take IDfive full-blown Priority practice 32768 labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the <<
>> CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion VLAN0002 to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, theprotocol CCIE candidate Spanning tree enabled ieee will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Root ID Priority 100 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references 0004.275e.f0c7 for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Address technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the Cost 3 book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Portreaders with 65 scenarios (Port-channel1) Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Hello Time Bridge ID
2 sec
Max Age 20 sec
Priority
32770
Address
000a.8a0e.ba80
Hello Time
2 sec
Aging Time 300
Forward Delay 15 sec
(priority 32768 sys-id-ext 2)
Max Age 20 sec
Forward Delay 15 sec
Interface
Port ID
Name
Prio.Nbr
Cost Sts
Designated
Port ID
Cost Bridge ID
Prio.Nbr
---------------- -------- --------- --- --------- -------------------- -------Fa0/3
128.3
19 FWD
3 32770 000a.8a0e.ba80 128.3
128.16
19 FWD
3 32770 000a.8a0e.ba80 128.16
CCIE II Po1 Practical Studies Volume 128.65
3 FWD
•
Table of Contents
• Fa0/20
Index
•
Examples
0
100 0004.275e.f0c7 128.1
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
<<>> Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Every bit of information provided by this command is useful. The fields are defined as follows: Spanning tree type— The type of Spanning Tree Protocol in use: IBM, DEC, or IEEE.
Root ID—experience The MAC address of theLab rootExam bridge. Gain hands-on for the CCIE with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Root ID Priority— The bridge priority that was received from the root bridge. The values of the bridg priority range from 0 to 65,535, with 32,768 as the default. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Root ID Cost— what you know The cumulative cost to the root bridge. Root Port— Thea root port lab for for thatyour segment. Learn ID how to build practice CCIE lab exam preparation Root Maxfull-blown Age, Hello Time,labs Forward Delay— three timers as sent by the root bridge. Take five practice that mimic the The actual lab STP exam environment MAC ADDR— MACCCIE address that is being used for this VLAN by this local bridge. CCIE Bridge PracticalID Studies, Volume The II leads candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Bridge ID Priority— The priority of the local bridge. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Volume like the Cisco CatalystDelay— 3550, route maps,STP BGP, Multicast, QoS. Bridgein Max Age,I,Hello Time, Forward The three timers on theand local bridge. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab whether exams. the port is The final rows showofeach port thatand is participating in STP within the VLAN and lists
forwarding or blocking, as well as the cost and service priority of the port. Do not confuse this priority with The book begins with priority. brief coverage of the technologies required on0the CCIE lab 32 exam anddefault. spanning-tree bridge The values ofcore the port priority range from to 63, with as the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow,that providing detailed guides to applying the technologies network Another command is useful in presenting a general operational picturein ofreal spanning tree is the show settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. spantree summary command. This command provides an overview of the VLANsThese and the state of the por comprehensive practice labs include all the of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty an STP perspective. Example 1-28 lists output for this command. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 1-28. Viewing Spanning Tree for VLAN 2
3550_switch#show spanning-tree summary Root Bridge for: none.
Extended system ID is enabled. PortFast BPDU Guard is disabled EtherChannel misconfiguration guard is enabled UplinkFast is disabled •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
BackboneFast is disabled Default pathcost method used is short CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Name Blocking Listening
Learning Forwarding STP Active
----------------------------- --------- -------- ---------- ---------Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
VLAN0001 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
0
0
0
5
5
VLAN0002
0
0
0
3
3
VLAN0003
0
0
0
2
2
Pages: 1032
VLAN0004 0 0 0 2 2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical VLAN0005Studies title from Cisco0 Press. 0 0 2 2 ---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ---------Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 5 vlans 0 0 0 14 14 yin#
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect To properly to setthe thebest-selling STP root, itfirst helps to recall four-step decision process of STP and how spanning tree companion edition, thisthe book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics determines The root is selected byCatalyst the lowest-cost BID.maps, The BID is composed of priority not covered root. in Volume I, like the Cisco 3550, route BGP, Multicast, and QoS. followed by M address. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 1. Lowest root BID (priority followed by MAC address, adjacent to root bridge) includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 2. Lowest-path cost to root bridge; the cumulative cost of all paths to root settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 3. Lowest sender BID labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 4. Lowest port ID
From this process, you can influence the decision of the root at multiple levels. At times, you may want eve port to have the same STP priority; at other times, however, you may want a specific port to have a higher priority, such as in a load-sharing environment. Table 1-12 lists the four primary STP election states, and t Catalyst 3550 global configuration command.
Table 1-12. Ethernet STP Configuration Outcomes STP Election State
Catalyst 3550 Configuration Command
1. Lowest BID
[+]spanning-tree [vlanvlan_id] [priority 0-65535] [+] spanning-tree
vlanvlan_id root [primary|secondary] [diameter2-7 [hello
timeseconds]] Table of Contents
• •
Index 2. Lowest path cost to
•root
Examples
[*]spanning-tree [vlanvlan_id] [cost1-200000000]
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II [+] spanning-tree [vlanvlan_id] 3. Lowest sender BID ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
4. Lowest port ID
[*]spanning-tree
[priority 0-65535]
[vlanvlan_id] [port-priority 0-255]
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 [+] ISBN: Global 1-58705-072-2 configuration
commands
Pages: 1032
[*]
Interface configuration commands
You can influence the root bridge selection process in many ways. The way you choose depends on what yo trying to accomplish by setting root. The higher up in the election process you use to influence root, the mo will help safeguards against possible ties or other STP configurations present on other switches that you m Gain hands-on have control over. experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
The global spanning-tree [vlanvlan_id] [priority 0-65535] command can influence the Priority field Experience the BID; the putting lower the concepts priority, intothe practice more likely with lab thescenarios switch will that become guideroot. you in It applying can be set on a per-VLA what or level you globally know for the entire switch. The valid values for the VLAN ID are 1 through 4094. Valid prio values are 4096, 8192, 12,288, 16,384, 20,480, 24,576, 28,672, 32,768, 36,864, 40,960, 45,056, 49 Learn how to build a practice labother for your CCIE lab exam preparation 53,248, 57,344, and 61,440. All values are rejected.
Takeglobal five full-blown labs that vlan mimic the actual lab exam environment [diameter2-7 [hello-t The commandpractice spanning-tree vlan_id root [primary|secondary] seconds]] is a macro much like the set root macro on CAT OS. When the command is entered with th CCIE primary Practical Studies, II leads candidates through preparing theand sets it keyword,Volume it examines theCCIE VLAN(s) on the switch forthe theprocess highestofpriority, thefor root, CCIE priority lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect less than that. The command may also adjust the max age, hello, and forwarding delay timer companion to the best-selling first edition, this ID. book provides coverage of CCIE lab specifies exam topics command also uses the extended system The optional diameter keyword the maximum not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. number of switches between any two end stations. The valid range is 2 to 7. The optional hello-time Combined withthe Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing androot switc specifies interval, in seconds, between the generation of configuration messages by the switching of the Routing Switching, Security, andExample Service Provider lab exams. the use of the r rangeportions is 1 to 10 seconds; theand default value is 2 seconds. 1-29 demonstrates macro command. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example 1-29. Using the Spanning-Tree root Macro Command settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree vlan 192 root primary vlan 192 bridge priority set to 24576 vlan 192 bridge max aging time unchanged at 20 vlan 192 bridge hello time unchanged at 2 vlan 192 bridge forward delay unchanged at 15
3550_switch(config)#
• • •
When this command was entered, the default priority found on VLAN 192 was 32,768; therefore, the set the priority less than that (in this case, 24,576). The value of 24,576 is a unique value that states extended system ID is in use. If the value of the priority were changed to 8192, extended system ID w Table of Contents not be in use. Index Examples
The interface command spanning-tree [vlanvlan_id] [cost1-200000000] influences the STP cost of interface. The valid VLAN ID is 1 to 4094, and the valid cost ranges from 1 to 200,000,000. Table 1-1 ByKarl the Soliedefault CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 STP cost. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Table 1-13. STP Cost Values for LAN Links
Bandwidth
Revised IEEESTP Cost
4 Mbps
250
Gain hands-on 10 Mbps experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume 100 two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 16 Mbps 62 45 Mbps 39 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 100 Mbps 19 155 Mbps Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab 14 exam preparation 622 Mbps 6 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
1 Gbps 4 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab laboratory exercises. A perfect 10 exam Gbps by presenting them with a series of challenging 2 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and The interface command spanning-tree [vlanvlan_id] [port-priority 0-255] configures the port prior switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. the interface. The default port priority is 128, and the valid ranges are 0 to 255. The lower the numbe better the priority. Table 1-14 lists the default STP configuration. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Table 1-14. Default STP Configuration level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Feature
Default Setting
Enable state
Enabled on VLAN 1 128 STP instances /switch
Switch/bridge priority
32768
•STP port priority Table of Contents
128
•STP port cost Index • Examples
SeeTable 1-12
Hello timer Studies Volume II CCIE Practical
2 seconds
By Karl Solie delay CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 722015 Forward time
Maximum aging time Publisher: Cisco Press
seconds
20 seconds
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
STP hello, forward delay, and max age timers can be configured and tuned with the following global Pages: 1032 configuration commands. Exercise caution anytime you are configuring STP timers. PVST+ runs one instan STP per VLAN. If you change the timers on one switch for this VLAN, you must change the timers on all sw for that particular VLAN. spanning-tree vlanvlan-id [1-10] Gain hands-on experience for thehello-time CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. spanning-tree vlanvlan-idforward-time [4-30]
spanning-tree vlan vlan-idmax-age [6-40] Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know For the most part, configuring STP on the Catalyst 3550 is fairly similar to configuring STP on the Catalyst 3500XL/2900XL series For detailed walkthroughs of STP and general switch configuration, refer b Learn how to buildswitches. a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Chapter 2 of CCIE PSV1. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Step 5: Configuring Switch Virtual Interfaces (SVIs) CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics The last three of the process are optional. They call formaps, the configuration of the SVIs, not covered in steps Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route BGP, Multicast, and QoS.routed ports, an Layer 3 switching. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 1. Configure switch management. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 2. Configure VTP and VLANs and assign ports/interfaces to VLANs. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 3. Configure connections between switches using EtherChannel, 802.1Q, and ISL encapsulations. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 4. (Optional) Control STP and VLAN propagation. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 5. (Optional) Configure SVIs. 6. (Optional) Configure routed ports. 7. (Optional) Configure Layer 3 switching.
Recollect that an SVI is a logical/virtual interface on the switch much like the management interface. An SV represents a VLAN as one interface to the routing or bridging functions of the switch. Only one SVI can be
associated with a VLAN. An SVI can be used to route between VLANs, as a fallback-bridge nonroutable pro between VLANs, or to provide IP host connectivity to the switch for management.
By default, an SVI is created for the default VLAN (INT VLAN 1) for management. Other SVIs are created w the following global configuration command:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
3550_switch(config)#interface vlan [1-4094] Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
3550_switch(config-if)#ip addressIP_address subnet_mask ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
After creating the SVI, you can add an IP address to the interface and define features such as HSRP or ACL Treat the SVI much like you would a Layer 3 interface on a router. The most common use of an SVI is for Gain hands-onand experience for routing. the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE management inter-VLAN Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know NOTE
Learn lab your CCIE exam preparation To use how SVIstoinbuild Layera 3practice mode or tofor "route" acrosslab SVIs, you must have the EMI image installed on you switch. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab 1-21, exam there by presenting them 3550 with awith series challenging laboratoryTwo exercises. A perfect InFigure exists a Cisco theof EMI software installed. VLANs exist on the switch: V companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics and VLAN 10. VLAN 10 has workstations in the IP subnet of 172.16.10.0/24, and VLAN 2 has workstations not covered Volume I, likeIn the Cisco Catalyst 3550, maps, (interface BGP, Multicast, QoS. IP subnet of in 172.16.2.0/24. this example, two SVIs route are created VLAN and 2 and interface VLAN 10 Combined Volumewithin I, the the CCIE candidate VLAN will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and assigned IPwith addresses appropriate range. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Figure 1-21. SVI Configuration technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 1-30 demonstrates howPress. to configure two SVIs and assign IP addresses. Practical Studies title from Cisco Experience putting concepts intoan practice Example 1-30. Configuring SVI with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 3550_switch(config)#interface vlan 2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 02:05:42: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on through Interface Vlan2, ofchanged state to up CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 3550_switch(config-if)#ip address 172.16.2.1 255.255.255.0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 3550_switch(config-if)#exit Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3550_switch(config)#interface vlan 10 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 02:06:17: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Linereading. protocol on Interface Vlan10, state includes suggested references for further Laboratory exercises coveringchanged each of the coreto up technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 3550_switch(config-if)#ip address 172.16.10.1 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five255.255.255.0 hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
If there is an interface in VLAN 2 or VLAN 10, or if a trunk is active, you will be able to ping the interface. Y can also view the interface with the standard show interface command and subcommands.
Although the SVI is up and you can ping it, you do not have Internet and IP connectivity yet. For the workstations on the VLANs to be able to have Internet access, and access to one another, Layer 3 switchin to be enabled. Enabling Layer 3 switching on a switch is accomplished through the global command ip rou When routing is enabled, a routing protocol must still be configured for IP connectivity. Example 1-31 repr the configuration that is needed for full IP reachability.
Example 1-31. Enabling Routing/Layer 3 Switching
3550_switch(config)#ip routing • Table of Contents 3550_switch(config)#router eigrp 2003 •
Index
• 3550_switch(config-router)#network Examples 172.16.0.0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
3550_switch(config-router)#network 206.191.241.0 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 3550_switch(config-router)#no auto-summary Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Using the show ip route command, you can verify the status of the SVIs. The administrative distance of a is 0, appearing as a connected route. Example 1-32 shows the route/forwarding table of the 3550 switch.
Example 1-32. Viewing SVI inLab the Route/Forwarding Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam with volume two of theTable best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 3550_switch#show ip route what you know <<>> Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Gateway of last resort is 206.191.241.41 to network 0.0.0.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 4 subnets CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect C 172.16.10.0 is directly connected, companion to the best-selling first edition, this bookVlan10 provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. C directly connected, Vlan2 Combined172.16.2.0 with Volumeis I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. C 206.191.241.43 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/22 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and D*EX 0.0.0.0/0 206.191.241.41, 1d04h, FastEthernet0/22 includes suggested[170/537600] references for via further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 3550_switch# settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Step 6: (Optional) Configuring Routed Ports
Arouted port is a physical port on the Catalyst 3550 switch that functions just like a physical interface on a router. This is the simplest way to view it. You can configure many of the same features on a routed port a can on a router's physical interface, including IP address, ACL, and membership of an HSRP group. A route cannot have VLAN subinterfaces, however, or be configured as a trunk of any type. Configuring routed por requires the EMI software image.
Figure 1-22 illustrates two identical networks. The top network has three Catalyst 3550s with Fast Ethernet–routed ports connecting all three switches. The bottom network has three Cisco 2620 routers con through the routers' Fast Ethernet interfaces.
Figure 1-22. Routed Port Comparison •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect A routed port is enabled by using the interface command no switchport. The no switchport command companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics effectively disables switching functions for that interface. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE willrouted get comprehensive coverage thealso routing and for extend The switch with will use an internal VLANcandidate to map the port. This internal VLANofwill be used switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. VLANs; be careful that they do not conflict. The internal VLAN ID the switch chooses can be viewed with th
show vlan internal usage command. Example 1-33 demonstrates the configuration of two routed ports, The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and followed by the show vlan internal usage command showing to which VLAN the switch will assign the ro includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core port. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 1-33.readers Configuring a Routed level. They present with scenarios similar Port to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
3550_switch(config)#interface fast 0/7 3550_switch(config-if)#no switchport
02:06:22: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/7, changed to dow 02:06:23: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface FastEthernet0/7, changed state to down
02:06:26: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/7, changed to up 3550_switch(config-if)#ip address 172.16.200.16 255.255.255.0 3550_switch(config-if)#interface fast 0/8 3550_switch(config-if)#no switchport •
Table of Contents
3550_switch(config-if)# • Index •
Examples
02:06:53: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/8, changed to dow CCIE Practical %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
02:06:23: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface FastEthernet0/8, changed state to down Publisher: Cisco Press 02:06:26: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/8, changed to up Pub Date: November 07, 2003
3550_switch(config-if)#ip address 172.16.201.16 255.255.255.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
3550_switch(config-if)#^Z 3550_switch 3550_switch#show vlan internal usage Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. VLAN Usage
---- Experience ------------putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 1017 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 1025 FastEthernet0/7 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! Internal VLANs used CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 1026 FastEthernet0/8 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. If you switch a port/interface from a switch port to a routed port by using the no switchport interface The book begins with brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam command, and you want tocoverage change the interface back to a switched interface, you must enterand the interface includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core commandswitchport without subcommands. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Step 7: (Optional) Configuring Layer 3 Switching level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Layer 3 switching is the capability to make Layer 3 decisions and forward Layer 3 packets at Layer 2 speed Layer 3 switching is, in actuality, routing. Another, and easier, way to define Layer 3 switching is the capab to rapidly route and switch on the same hardware platform. When IP routing is enabled, the Catalyst 3550 effectively becomes a fast and sleek multiport router. Many of the IP features that are available in the IP ro suite are available when IP routing is enabled. Cisco has preserved the syntax of all IP configuration and re commands and smoothly integrated the traditional Cisco IOS Software. If you know how to configure a Cis router, which you should at this point, configuring the Layer 3 or routing portion of the 3550 is just like configuring the router. Because of the extensive IOS feature sets, not all IP features, such as data-link swit (DLSw), are supported on the 3550. See Appendix A, "Cisco IOS Software Limitations and Restrictions," fo
of unsupported 3550 commands.
Seeing Isn't Always Believing •
Table of Contents
I'm a firm believer in using the question mark (?) for help. It has always helped guide me in syntax Index and show me some new available features. Be careful with the help on the 3550; many of the items • that appear Examples in the help cannot be configured. On IOS 12.1(9)EA1c, for example, you will see CCIE Practical Studies Volume II features such as Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) and On Demand Routing (ODR), but you will get By Karl Solie if CCIE , Leah Lynchthem. CCIE No. 7220 an error youNo. try4599 to configure •
Appendix A includes a list of limitations and restrictions. For the most current list of new features, Publisher: Cisco Press limitations, and restrictions, go to www.cisco.com. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
To configure Layer 3 switching, follow these three steps: Step 1. Configure one of the three supported Layer 3 interfaces and assign an IP address to it. The Catalyst 3550 routing fabric recognizes three types of Layer 3 interfaces. Gain hands-on for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE A routed experience port Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. An SVI Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Layer 3 EtherChannel what you know Step how 2. Enable IP a routing with configuration ip routing. Learn to build practice labthe forglobal your CCIE lab examcommand preparation
Stepfive 3. Configure (IGPs) functionality. The IGPs supported a Take full-blownInterior practiceGateway labs thatProtocols mimic the actualand labother examIP environment RIP v1 and v2, Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP), Enhanced IGRP, and Open Shortest Path F (OSPF). Interior on the switch arethrough configured in the same manner for as they CCIE Practical Studies, routing Volumeprotocols II leads CCIE candidates the process of preparing the would be router. For reason, them routing protocol specifics are not laboratory discussed here. For more information on CCIE lab exam bythat presenting with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect configuring refer to CCIE PSV1.this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion to the IGPs, best-selling first edition, not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing andSVIs, Switching, Security, lab exams. Practical portions Example: Configuring Routed Ports,and andService LayerProvider 3 Switching
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The network model references in Figure 1-23 represents a Catalyst 3550,exercises the dragon switch,each serving as core the core route includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory covering of the switch for the network. The dragon switch is using two SVIs for VLAN 10 and VLAN 100 for inter-VLAN rout technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network The workstation ports such as Fast 0/7 port are configured as access ports in a single VLAN. The Fast 0/8 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface is serving as a labs routed port and attaches to the dragon router. The routed in port has an IP address o comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty 172.16.200.1/24. IP routing is enabled on the dragon switch with EIGRP, in autonomous level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab system exam. 2003, as routing protocol. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 1-23. Routed Port and SVI Configuration
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 1-34 lists the relevant portions of the dragon switch.
Example 1-34. Dragon Switch Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. hostname dragon_switch Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip subnet-zero Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip routing CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! Routing enabled CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and spanning-tree extend system-id switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! Extended System incoverage use The book begins with ID brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface FastEthernet0/1 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. switchport vlan 100 Study tips andaccess test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! VLAN 100 no ip address ! <<>>
! interface FastEthernet0/4 switchport access vlan 10 ! VLAN 10 • • •
!
Table of Contents
no ip address
Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface FastEthernet0/5
switchport access vlan 10 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
! VLANISBN: 10 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/6 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no ip address !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface FastEthernet0/7 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation switchport access vlan 100 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! VLAN 100 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labaddress exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface FastEthernet0/8 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book switchport The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! Routed Port/interface technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 172.16.200.1 255.255.255.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! IP address Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! <<>> ! interface Vlan1
! Default VLAN no ip address ! not used! shutdown •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface Vlan10
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl SVISolie 10 CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ipPublisher: address 172.16.10.1 255.255.255.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
! IP address ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Vlan100 ! SVI 100 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 172.16.100.1 255.255.255.0 ! IP address Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation router eigrp 2003 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! Routing Protocol CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 172.16.0.0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! on innetworks notEIGRP covered Volume I,172.16.0.0/16 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no auto-summary switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
no book eigrp log-neighbor-changes The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. In this network, the dragon switch is routing for all VLANs via EIGRP. VLAN 10, VLAN 100, and IP subnets 172.16.200.0/24, 172.16.201.0/24, and 172.16.202.0/24 have full IP reachability to each other. The drago switch will have two EIGRP neighbors. One neighbor, the fire router, is formed via the access port on Fast 0 using SVI VLAN 100. The other neighbor, the dragon router, is formed via the routed port Fast 0/8.
Example 1-35 lists the route/forwarding table of the dragon switch, followed by the show ip eigrp neighb command.
Example 1-35. Dragon Switch Configuration
dragon_switch#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP • • •
Table of Contents
D - Index EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area Examples
N1 -Studies OSPFVolume NSSA II external CCIE Practical
type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP
Publisher: Press i -Cisco IS-IS,
L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
* -1-58705-072-2 candidate ISBN:
default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR
Pages: 1032
P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set 172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 5 subnets Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. C 172.16.200.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/8 D
172.16.201.0 [90/156160] via 172.16.200.8, 00:00:16, FastEthernet0/8 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know D 172.16.202.0 [90/156160] via 172.16.200.8, 00:00:09, FastEthernet0/8 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation C 172.16.10.0 is directly connected, Vlan10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment C 172.16.100.0 is directly connected, Vlan100 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect dragon_switch# companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume ip I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. dragon_switch#show eigrp neighbors Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and2003 Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. IP-EIGRP neighbors for process The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies H Address Interface Hold Uptimerequired SRTT on the RTO CCIE Q lab Seqexam Typeand includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to(sec) applying the technologies in real (ms) Cnt network Num settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase 2 172.16.100.7 Vl100 12 00:03:06 1 200 0 in 11difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included 14 throughout the book. 1 172.16.200.8 Fa0/8 00:03:40 1 200 0 9 dragon_switch# !
By now, you can see what a powerful and versatile platform the Catalyst 3550 Intelligent Ethernet Switch c
and why Cisco chooses to call it an intelligent switch. Because of the diversity of the Catalyst 3550 and all t possible software configurations it can perform, one chapter could not possibly cover them. Instead of writ mini-novel on the 3550, this chapter has laid the necessary groundwork for configuring some basic and ad features of the 3550. Layer 3 functionality—such as routing protocols, HSRP, IP ACL, and so on—is nearly identical in terms of configuration as on a Cisco router. The knowledge of routing protocols you have learne from other sources, such as CCIE PSV1 and other references, can easily be transferred and applied to the Catalyst 3550. •
Table of Contents
The remaining portion of this chapter covers some of the additional and optional features of the Catalyst 35 • Index Once again, due the vast array of configuration options available on the Catalyst 3550, it is impossible to c • Examples them in a single chapter. To cover some topics, such as multicast, the way they deserve and should be cov CCIE Practical Studies Volume II would require 100 pages, which is simply beyond the scope of this text. (However, they are important and By Karl Solie CCIE No. The 4599following , Leah Lynchtopic CCIE list No. includes 7220 worthy of study.) other features on the Catalyst 3550 that make it one of t most versatile and powerful platforms available: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Multicast Layer 2 and Layer 3, IGMPv2, Cisco Group Management Protocol (CGMP), and Multicast VLA ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Registration (MVR) Pages: 1032
802.1X port-based authentication Voice VLANs with 802.1Q and 802.1p SPAN and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. SNMP and RMON 802.1Q tunneling Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what QoS you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Configuring Take five full-blown Advanced practice Features labs that mimic on a the Catalyst actual lab 3550 examEthernet environment Switch
CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing the Spanning tree,Studies, after years of remaining the hidden backbone in many networks, finally hasfor outgrown its ro CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect critical of a role as STP plays, the 50-second convergence time—20 seconds of max age expiring followed b companion to the best-selling first edition, thisstate—is book provides of CCIE lab exam 15-second listening and a 15-second learning simply coverage too long for convergence intopics many modern not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. networks. Cisco provides many workarounds, some of which are discussed here, to help alleviate the long Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of theinclude routingthe and convergence issues and I, stabilize STP. Some advanced features of the coverage Catalyst 3550 following: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins brief coverage of thefiltering core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and PortFast andwith BPDU guard and BPDU includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network UplinkFast settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive BackboneFast practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. StudyRoot tips guard and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP) IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) VLAN maps VLAN protected ports with unicast and multicast blocking Examine these features in greater detail.
Configuring PortFast Spanning Tree and BPDU Guard
PortFast Spanning Tree should only be configured on edge switches. In this state, upon a local failure or du initialization, the 15-second listening state and the 15-second learning state are skipped. All ports are put permanent forwarding mode. For this reason, PortFast should only be used on end stations such as workst and servers. Table By default, STP PortFast is disabled; it can be enabled with the following interface command: • of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
3550_switch(config-if)#spanning-tree portfast [disable] Pages: 1032
The keyword disable removes the PortFast configuration or disables it. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press. PortFast can also title be enabled for all nontrunking ports with the following global configuration command: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree default CCIE lab exam by presenting them with aportfast series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Exercise extra caution that the proper end stations are connected to all ports before enabling PortFast on a The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE interface lab exam interface_nam and global level. You with can verify PortFast configurations with the show spanning-tree includes suggested portfast command.references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. CAUTION Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
PortFast should be used only when connecting a single end station to a switch port. If PortFast is enabled on a port connected to another networking device, such as a switch, you can create STP loops When you enable PortFast on the Catalyst 3550, you will get the following message:
%Warning: PortFast should only be enabled on ports connected to a single host. Connecting hubs, concentrators, switches, bridges, etc. to this interface when • • •
PortFast isofenabled Table Contents can cause temporary bridging loops. Index
Use with CAUTION Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
%Portfast has been configured on FastEthernet0/7 but will only have effect
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
when the interface is in a nontrunking mode. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
PortFast-enabled ports are still able to participate in STP and are still able to send and receive BPDUs. If a PortFast port isexperience indivertiblyfor connected another an STP loop result. Cisco implements two fe Gain hands-on the CCIEtoLab Exam switch, with volume two of could the best-selling CCIE that go hand in hand with PortFast to help prevent situations such as this: BPDU guard and BPDU filtering. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
BPDU guard— BPDU guard into enforces the rule PortFast-enabled ports not receive any BPD Experience putting concepts practice withthat lab scenarios that guide youshould in applying a BPDU is received, that could indicate the port is connected to a switch and a possible STP loop could what you know result. A BPDU guard-enabled port puts the port in an error-disabled state if it receives a BPDU. By de BPDU disabled on all lab interfaces should be enabled if PortFast is enabled. It can be enable Learn guard how toisbuild a practice for yourand CCIE lab exam preparation globally, or on a single interface, with the following command: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include allon of an theinterface, technologies graduallyinterface increase command: in difficulty To enable or disable BDPU guard use and the following level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
3550_switch(config-if)#spanning-tree bpduguard [enable | disable]
You can verify BPDU guard with the show spanning-tree summary command.
BPDU filtering— BPDU filtering prevents PortFast-enabled ports from sending or receiving BPDUs, w one minor exception. During the link's initialization, a small number of BPDUs are sent before they ar • of Contents filtered Table by the BPDU filtering. Once again, exercise extreme caution with this feature: By disabling the • sendingIndex and receiving of BPDUs, you effectively are disabling STP for that interface. Therefore, the sa • warningExamples stands as previously mentioned; be sure that no switches, hubs, bridges, and so on are conn CCIE Practical to the interface. Studies Volume By default, II BPDU filtering is disabled on all interfaces and should be enabled if PortFa enabled. It can be enabled globally, or on a single interface, with the following command: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. To enable or disable BDPU filtering on an interface, use the following interface command: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage lab exam topics 3550_switch(config-if)# spanning-tree bpdufilter [enable of| CCIE disable] not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and You can verify BPDU filtering by using the show spanning-tree detail command. At the end of the outpu includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core will see the number of BPDUs sent and received. The number received should always be 0, and the numbe technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network should be small and not increment if BPDU filtering is enabled. Example 1-36 lists the output of the show settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These spanning-tree detail command after enabling PortFast with BPDU guard and BPDU filtering on interface comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty FastEthernet 0/7. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 1-36. Examining Spanning-Tree Details
3550_switch#show spanning-tree detail <<>>
VLAN0100 is executing the ieee compatible Spanning Tree protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, sysid 100, address 000a.8a0e.ba80 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree • • •
Table of Contents
Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set Index
Examples
Number of topology changes 0 last change occurred 03:01:07 ago
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 1, 4599topology , Leah Lynch change CCIE No. 35, 7220 Times: hold
hello Publisher: Cisco Press2,
notification 2
max age 20, forward delay 15
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Timers: hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0, aging 300 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Port 7 (FastEthernet0/7) of VLAN0100 is forwarding Port path cost 100, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.7. Designated root has priority 32868, address 000a.8a0e.ba80 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies bridge title from Cisco Press. 32868, address 000a.8a0e.ba80 Designated has priority Designated Port id is 128.7, designated path cost 0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0 Timers: message Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment BPDU: sent 11, received 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! no lab BPDUs received CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics portin is in the portfast mode not The covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! PortFast Enabled switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3550_switch# The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE PortFast, BPDU guard, and BPDU filtering can be used in a PVST+ or MST environment.
Configuring UplinkFast
Once again, spanning tree's Achilles' heel, the 50-second convergence time, plagues the modern LAN. Upli is another enhancement Cisco has performed with STP designed primarily for use in the wiring closet and o edge switches. It is designed to speed up the convergence speed between the edge and the core switch. Fig 1-24 illustrates where you would use PortFast along with UplinkFast and BackboneFast in a common LAN.
•
Figure 1-24. Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
PortFast, UplinkFast, and BackboneFast Locations
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and UplinkFast works inofthe UplinkFast is enabled globally on the lab switch and affects all VLAN switching portions thefollowing Routing manner. and Switching, Security, and Service Provider exams. the switch. When this happens, the VLAN priority is set to 49,152 for all VLANs on the switch. The VLAN co all increased 3000 on interfaces with technologies a path cost below 3000 aidCCIE in preventing Theports bookisbegins with by brief coverage of the core required ontothe lab exam the andswitch from becoming root. The references root port then immediately goes into forwarding state, bypassing twocore 15-second lis includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each the of the and learning follow, states. providing Ports within the VLAN create an uplinkthe group. The uplink group consists of a single por technologies detailed guides to applying technologies in real network forwarding state, root port, theconcludes rest of the ports blocking lab state, called alternate settings. The final the chapter of theand book with fiveinhands-on exercises. These ports. When a p with UplinkFast practice detects alabs local failure, unblocks the blocked in theincrease uplink group with the lowest roo comprehensive include allitof the technologies andports gradually in difficulty cost the original root port), bypassing theto two 15-second learning level.(next Theyto present readers with scenarios similar what they willlistening face on and the actual labstates. exam. As soon as switch transitions the alternate port toare theincluded forwarding state, the switch Study tips and test-taking techniques throughout the book.begins transmitting dummy multica frames on all forwarding ports, one for each entry in the local Encoded Address Recognition Logic (EARL) ta (except those entries associated with the failed root port). EARL is a centralized processing engine for learn and forwarding packets based on MAC address. By default, approximately 15 dummy multicast frames are transmitted every 100 milliseconds. Each dummy multicast frame uses the station address in the EARL tab entry as its source MAC address and a dummy multicast address (01-00-0C-CD-CD-CD) as the destination address. Switches receiving these dummy multicast frames immediately update their EARL table entries fo source MAC address to use the new port, allowing the switches to begin using the new path virtually immediately.
If connectivity through the original root port is restored, the switch waits for a period equal to twice the for delay time plus 5 seconds before transitioning the port to the forwarding state. This allows time for the nei port to transition through the listening and learning states. To configure UplinkFast, use the following global configuration command:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree uplinkfast [max-update-ratepkts/seconds] Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Before using the uplinkfast command, set the spanning-tree priority to the default value 32,768. If the ST priority has been modified, change it back to the default; otherwise, the uplinkfast command will fail. The uplinkfast command is a global command that will affect all VLANs on the switch. You cannot configure UplinkFast for an individual VLAN. The optional max-update-rate keyword is the rate at which station add Gain hands-on experience for rate the CCIE Exam per withsecond. volume two of the best-selling CCIE updates are sent. The default is 150Lab packets Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know NOTE Learn how can to build practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation UplinkFast only abe used inlab a PVST+. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Volume II leads candidates through theuplinkfast process of command. preparing for the You can verify Studies, UplinkFast operation withCCIE the show spanning-tree This command s CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect whether UplinkFast is enabled on the interface. It also lists the default timers and statistics. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Configuring BackboneFast switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
BackboneFast The book begins is another with brief Cisco coverage innovation of thethat corecontinues technologies to improve required onon the the amount CCIE lab of time examSTP andtakes to includes suggested converge. BackboneFast references allowsfor STP further to detect reading. an indirect Laboratory link failure exercises andcovering use its alternative each of the paths core in 30 seco technologies This time is significantly follow, providing shorter detailed than the guides default to applying 50 seconds theittechnologies takes STP toinconverge. real network BackboneFast settings. The final accomplishes this by chapter the use of of theinferior book concludes BPDUs and with some fiveintelligent hands-on and lab exercises. logical deductions These based on them. comprehensiveoperates BackboneFast practice in labs theinclude following all of manner. the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. A switch detects an indirecttechniques link failureare when the switch receives inferior Study tips and test-taking included throughout the book. BPDUs from its designated bridge root port or blocked ports. The previous four-step BPDU evaluation process determines whether BPDUs are inferior. Inferior BPDUs could indicate that the designated bridge has lost its connection to the root bridge. inferior BPDU identifies a single switch as both the root bridge and the designated bridge. Under normal spanning-tree rules, the switch ignores inferior BPDUs until the configured maximum aging time expires.
The switch also tries to determine whether it has an alternate path to the root bridge. If the inferior BPDU on a blocked-port, root port, the switch deduces that it has alternative paths to the root bridge. If the infer BPDU arrives on the root port, all blocked ports become alternative paths to the root bridge. If the switch h alternate paths to the root bridge, it uses these alternate paths to transmit a new kind of PDU called the Ro
Link Query PDU. The switch sends the Root Link Query PDU out all alternate paths to the root bridge. If the inferior BPDU arrives on the root port and there are no blocked ports, the switch assumes that it has lost connectivity to the root bridge; this causes the max age timers to expire, and the switch becomes the root accordingly under normal spanning-tree standards.
If the switch has alternative paths to the root bridge, it transmits root link query (RLQ) PDUs out all alterna paths to the root bridge. If the switch determines that it still has an alternative path to the root, it causes t maximum aging time on the ports on which it received the inferior BPDU to expire. If all the alternative pa • Table of Contents the root bridge indicate that the switch has lost connectivity to the root bridge, the switch causes the maxim • Index aging times on the ports on which it received an inferior BPDU to expire. If one or more alternative paths c • Examples connect to the root bridge, the switch makes all ports on which it received an inferior BPDU its designated CCIE Practical Studies Volume II and moves them out of the blocking state, if they were in blocking state, through the listening and learning By Karl Solie 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 states, andCCIE intoNo. the forwarding state. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 NOTE Pages: 1032
BackboneFast can only be used in a PVST+ and is not supported for Token Ring VLANs or third-party switches.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE BackboneFast is enabled with thePress. following global configuration command: Practical Studies title from Cisco Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree backbonefast CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service summary Provider lab exams. as demonstra You can verify BackboneFast operation with the show spanning-tree command, Example 1-37. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example Verifying STPconcludes UplinkFast and BackboneFast settings. The1-37. final chapter of the book with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3550_switch#show spanning-tree summary Root Bridge for: VLAN0010, VLAN0100. Extended system ID is enabled. PortFast BPDU Guard is disabled EtherChannel misconfiguration guard is enabled
UplinkFast is enabled BackboneFast is enabled Default pathcost method used is short Name
Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active
•
Table of Contents
----------------------------- --------- -------- ---------- ---------• Index •
Examples
VLAN0001 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
1
0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
0
4
5
VLAN0010
0
0
0
1
1
Publisher: Cisco Press VLAN0100
0
0
0
1
1
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
----------------------------- --------- -------- ---------- ---------ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
3 vlans
1
0
0
6
7
Station update rate set to 150 packets/sec. UplinkFast statistics Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ----------------------Number of transitions via uplinkFast (all : 2 you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice withVLANs) lab scenarios that guide what you know Number of proxy multicast addresses transmitted (all VLANs) : 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BackboneFast statistics Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ----------------------CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labof exam by presenting with a series of challenging laboratory A perfect Number transition via them backboneFast (all VLANs) : exercises. 0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume BPDUs I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, :Multicast, and QoS. Number of inferior received (all VLANs) 0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switchingofportions of the Routing and Switching, lab exams. Number RLQ request PDUs received (all Security, VLANs) and Service Provider : 0 The bookof begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on:the Number RLQ response PDUs received (all VLANs) 0 CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies Number of RLQ request PDUsdetailed sent (all VLANs) : 0in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labsPDUs include all (all of the VLANs) technologies and gradually: increase in difficulty Number of RLQpractice response sent 0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3550_switch#
Configuring STP Root Guard
Root guard is a feature available in PVST+ and MST that protects the LAN from an undesired switch becom root. This feature can prove useful when integrating two LANs or VLANs and you want to preserve the curr
root switch in one LAN or VLAN from another switch becoming root of the network. It may also be used in service provider network for extra security to prevent a customer's network from becoming root over the s provider.
Figure 1-25 illustrates where STP root guard would be used in VLAN 5. STP root guard will be applied to al VLANs on the trunk or interface; for the purposes of this discussion, however, VLAN 5 is covered. In this m the fire switch is the desired root switch and has a priority of 32,768 for VLAN 5. The foreign network, whic could also be a customer network, is connected through the dragon switch. The ranger switch has a priority • Table of Contents 8192 and is root for VLAN 5 in that network. To prevent the ranger switch from becoming root for VLAN 5, • Index interface command spanning-tree guard root was used on the GigabitEthernet 0/1 interface of the drago • Examples switch. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Figure 1-25. Root Guard Placement
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
With root guard enabled on the GigabitEthernet 0/1 of the dragon switch, it will perform the following. Whe detects a switch with characteristics to become root for VLAN 5 (in this case, the ranger switch), it will put
port into an STP broken state with a reason of "Root Inconsistent." The port will then be put into a blocking state, preventing the ranger switch from becoming root for the entire VLAN and preserving the current roo fire switch. The following interface command accomplishes this:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 dragon_switch(config)interface gigabitethernet
0/1
dragon_switch(config-if)spanning-tree guard root Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
By default, root guard is disabled on all ports. Root guard should not be used with UplinkFast or loop guard can verify root guard status with the show spanning-tree detail command, as listed in Example 1-38. Th following example shows the STP detail of the dragon switch after the ranger switch attempts to take over for VLAN 5. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 1-38. Root Guard Enabled and Active Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 3550_switch#show spanning-tree Learn how to build a practice labdetail for your CCIE lab exam preparation <<>> five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the Inconsistent) process of preparing for the Port Practical 25 (GigabitEthernet0/1) of VLAN0005 is broken (Root CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling edition,128, this book coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Port path cost 4, Port first priority Portprovides Identifier 128.25. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Designated root has priority 32768,will address 0004.275e.f5c4 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Designated bridge has priority 32773, address 000a.8a0e.ba80 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Designated Port id is 128.25, designated path cost 19 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The message final chapter book concludes with five 0hands-on lab exercises. These Timers: age of1,the forward delay 0, hold comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with similar to what Number of transitions to scenarios forwarding state: 1 they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BPDU: sent 2077, received 3078 Root guard is enabled <<>
Rapid Spanning Tree (802.1w) and Multiple Spanning Tree (802.1s)
802.1d spanning tree performed its job very well over the years. When 802.1d was conceived, it was desig primarily around bridges. In 802.1d, BPDUs are relayed from bridge to bridge with the sole intent being to a loop-free topology with a single root bridge. Switches did not exist at the time and obviously neither did VLANs. LANs continued to evolve at a blistering pace, and switching was introduced along with the concept VLANs and VLAN trunks. For the most part, STP still continued to perform its role rather well. •
Table of Contents
Spanning tree's • Index Achilles' heel has always been its long convergence time. The 50 seconds it requires to rec from link failure is simply too long in today's Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet networks. • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
The IEEE has been very busy addressing many of the needs of the ever-changing Ethernet protocol. Cisco ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Systems once again pioneered the way by offering technologies such as PortFast and UplinkFast, among ot to the IEEE committee to use in 802.1w RSTP. Two standards developed by the IEEE will play an increasing Publisher: Cisco Press in large redundant Ethernet networks: IEEE 802.1w, called Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP); and IEEE Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Tree (MST). 802.1s, Multiple Spanning ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
NOTE
RSTP was first implemented as part of MST in CAT OS 7.1 and native IOS 12.1.(11)EX and later. It wi Gain be hands-on experience for the protocol, CCIE Lab Rapid Exam PVST with volume two of the available as a standalone mode, in Cisco IOSbest-selling 12.1(13)E CCIE and in CAT OS 7.4. A Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. the time of this writing, you must configure MST for RSTP to work. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Quick Convergence with 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
IEEE 802.1w is called Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). RSTP could really be called intelligent spanning five full-blown thatofmimic the actualSTP labcost, examand environment RSTP Take operates identically practice to STP inlabs terms root selection, STP priority. What makes RSTP different is that it can recognize a port's physical status and make logical deductions about spanning-tree CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the topology based on the BPDUs received on that port. The port type or port role plays an important part in R CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Because the bridging functions of the switch are now intelligent, RSTP can converge in a few hundred companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics milliseconds rather than the 50 seconds of 802.1d. Now that's more like it! RSTP uses technologies such as not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. PortFast, and some concepts from UplinkFast and BackboneFast. It can coexist with PVST+ and is fully bac Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and compatible with 802.1d. The election of the root bridge/switch is identical to 802.1d. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Topology changes are marked with the same topology change (TC) flag but are handled differently than th The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and in 802.1d. Topology changes in 802.1w occur only when a port transitions from the blocking to the forward includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core state. Edge-port transitions do not generate topology changes. In 802.1d, TCs flow from where they occurr technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network the root switch/bridge; from there, the root propagates the TC to all the leaves of the spanning tree. In som settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ways, it works like a designated router is OSPF. In 802.1w networks, TCs are flooded out all ports where th comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty change occurred, saving the time of having to go to the root switch first. This method aids in quick converg level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. for 802.1w networks and prevents unnecessary port transitions and BPDU flooding. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. In addition to using port roles, RSTP uses a new BPDU format.
Updated and Improved BPDU Handling
IEEE 802.1w bridges/switches ensure backward compatibility with legacy 802.1d bridges/switches by using same 802.1d BPDU and following the same spanning-tree rules for root, designated port, and nondesignate port election. 802.1w uses the same BPDU as 802.1d, but it is how it uses that BPDU that is different. 802.
takes full advantage of the Flags field, using all 8 bits to aid in making intelligent forwarding decisions.
Figure 1-26 shows the traditional IEEE 802.1d BPDU frame format compared to the new IEEE 802.1w Rapi Spanning Tree frame. 802.1d BPDUs only use two flags, one of which is for TC, and the other for TC acknowledgments. The remaining 6 bits, bits 2 through 7, are not used in 802.1d.
802.1w BPDUs distinguish themselves by setting the BPDU type and version to 2. By setting the versions a type to 2, 802.1w can recognize legacy bridges easily on any link. Likewise, a legacy 802.1d bridge does n • of Contents recognize theTable version 2 BPDUs and will drop them. When an 802.1w port detects an 802.1d BPDU on a por • Index automatically configures that port for PVST+ and sends normal 802.1d frames on that port. 802.1w sends • Examples every 2 seconds, equal to the hello timer. With 802.1d, a nonroot bridge only generates BPDUs when it rec CCIE Practical Studies II one on its root port.Volume An 802.1w bridge is actually generating the BPDUs rather than relaying them as in an 802.1d environment. bridge now sends a BPDU with its current information every hello-timer seconds (2 By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599A, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 default), even if it does not receive any from the root bridge. Publisher: Cisco Press
If hellos are not received for three consecutive times, BPDU information is immediately aged out; this also Pub Date: November 07, 2003 if the max age timer expires. BPDUs are now used as a keepalive mechanism between bridges. A bridge ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 considers that it has lost connectivity to its direct neighboring root or designated bridge if it misses three B Pages: 1032 in a row. This is referred to as fast aging and allows for quick failure detection. 802.1w bridges also accept inferior BPDUs, much like backbone fast ports. 802.1w bridges will accept this inferior BPDU information and replace the old information with it.
As shown in Figure 1-26, other bits are now used in the 802.1w frame. Some of the more significant bits a Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE proposal bit and the port type. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Theproposal bit is just one method RSTP uses for rapid convergence. The proposal mechanism is not Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying by timers; therefore, it allows STP to converge very quickly. A proposal message is sent to help synch what you know switches. The proposal is sent when a switch detects a change in root. Either the switch becomes root new is selected fromlab receiving more lab desirable BPDU. When this happens, the switch sends Learnroot howport to build a practice for youra CCIE exam preparation proposal message to adjacent switches on designated point-to-point ports. When the downstream sw receives proposal, it sends anthat acknowledgment backlab to exam the switch that sent it. When it does this, Take fivethe full-blown practice labs mimic the actual environment the port that received the proposal into forwarding mode. At the same time, all designated ports are p the blocking/discarding this helps prevent loops on network. The designated CCIE into Practical Studies, Volume II state; leads CCIE candidates through thethe process of preparing for the ports then proposal message any switches. When theexercises. proposal is the CCIE generate lab examaby presenting them to with a downstream series of challenging laboratory A acknowledged, perfect designated is put into theedition, forwarding state.provides This synchronization process its way out to the companion to theport best-selling first this book coverage of CCIE lab works exam topics switch,in where it stops. process does not happen if the port's not covered Volume I, likeThe thesynchronization Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and prior QoS.state is blockin is defined an edge port. In Figures 1-27 an 802.1wcoverage network of goes Combined with as Volume I, the CCIE candidate willand get 1-28, comprehensive thethrough routing the andsynchroni process described. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed applying the technologies in real network Figureguides 1-27.toIEEE 802.1w Synchronization settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1-28. IEEE 802.1w Synchronization Figure Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Port Status in RSTP/802.1w
Another way 802.1w dramatically increases the convergence rate is by assigning every port a specific role network. From Figure 1-26, you see that 802.1w incorporates room in the BPDU for port status in the Flags 802.1w not only classifies the port type, but it also classifies the link type. Figure 1-29 shows the port statu roles in an 802.1w network. •
Table of Contents
Link type (point-to-point versus shared)— 802.1w or RSTP assumes that a link operating at full d Index is a point-to-point link. Convergence happens on a point-to-point link with the proposal/agreement • Examples mechanism previously CCIE Practical Studies Volume II mentioned. If a link is operating in half duplex, RSTP considers it a shared link can override both of these settings with the spanning-tree link-type command. •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Edge ports— RSTP uses the same command, spanning-tree portfast, to define edge ports. This transition from 802.1d to 802.1w. All edge ports operate the same way that they d 802.1d; they skip the listening and learning states and are immediately put into permanent forwardin Pub Date: November 07, 2003 mode. In RSTP networks, if a BPDU is received on an edge port, it becomes a normal STP port, losing ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 edge and PortFast status. Pages: 1032
Publisher: smoothes Cisco the PressSTP
Root ports— Root ports operate and are elected in the same manner as 802.1d STP. The root ports provide the best, lowest-cost path to the root switch. Think of the root port as the port that leads tow root. If RSTP selects a new root port, it blocks the old root port and immediately transitions the new r port to forwarding. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Designated Studies title ports— from A Cisco designated Press. port can be defined as the port that leads away from the root swit as the port that a LAN must go through to reach the root switch. There can only be one designated po segment, and it is elected in the same way that it is in 802.1d: by the bridge sending the best BPDU f Experience putting concepts intouse practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying segment. Designated ports also the proposal/agreement procedure for rapid convergence in RSTP what you know are placed in the forwarding state.
Learn how ports— to build a practiceports lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Alternate Alternate are a new RSTP classification. Alternate ports are ports that receiv more useful BPDU from another bridge/switch on the same segment. These more useful BPDUs usuall Take full-blown practice labsAlternate that mimic theare actual comefive from the designated port. ports put lab intoexam a newenvironment RSTP state called discarding, which discussed in the next section. Discarding is basically equivalent to the blocking state. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Backup lab examports— by presenting a series ofhave challenging exercises. A perfect Backupthem portswith are ports that receivedlaboratory more useful BPDUs from the same bridge/ companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics It can also they are on. A backup port is really an UplinkFast port and functions in the same manner. not covered I, likefor thethe Cisco Catalyst port 3550, maps, BGP, Multicast, and are QoS. thoughtinofVolume as a backup designated onroute the same switch. Backup ports in discarding sta Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and having explicit alternate ports and backup ports, RSTP is able to make intelligent convergence decisio switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. when it loses BPDUs or loses the root port. This is yet another way RSTP offers quick convergence. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Figure 1-29. IEEE 802.1w RSTP Port Status settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Figure 1-29 illustrates the new RSTP port status on a common network. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 802.1w RSTP also uses a slightly different port state than 802.1d. Instead of blocking, a RSTP protocol use state of discarding. Table 1-15 compares the old 802.1d STP state to the new 802.1Q RSTP state. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Configuring 802.1w RSTP on the Catalyst 3550, at this time, requires you to configure 802.1s MST. On pla technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network such as the Catalyst 4000, 6500, and other CAT OS systems, RSTP can be enabled separately from MST wi settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These set spantree mode command. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Table 1-15. STP and RSTP Port State Comparison
802.1dSTP State
802.1wRSTP State
Port Included in Active Topology?
Blocking
Discarding
No
Listening
Discarding
No
Learning
Learning
Yes
Forwarding
Yes
Forwarding
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Multiple Spanning Tree (802.1s) ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Multiple Spanning Tree 802.1s enables you to group VLANs and their associated STP tree into common gro instances. Publisher:Members Cisco Press of the same STP instance have the same STP topology, such as root and which ports a forwarding so on. Pub Date: and November 07, The 2003 VLANs that are members of one STP instance operate independently of VLANs in another STP instance. MST enables network administrators to quickly configure load balancing across the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 network, without having to set an individual root or priority for each VLAN on the switch. MST accomplishe Pages: 1032 in part, by the use of MST regions.
MSTregions are interconnected bridges that have the same MST configuration. The configuration includes t following: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE MSTStudies instance number and name Practical title from Cisco Press. Configuration revision Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 4096 element what you knowtable used for VLAN association
The instance number, name, and configuration revision for the switches to be in the same MST Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE labmust exammatch preparation region. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment This chapter previously covered VLAN load sharing. (Refer to Figure 1-30.) With traditional 802.1d STP, yo needed to define the root for VLANs 2 and 3 on the yang through switch. You also hadoftopreparing manually for assign CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process the the root f VLANs 4 and 5 on yin switch. This procedure was necessarylaboratory to load share over the between the yi CCIE lab exam by the presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A links perfect yang switches. In best-selling large networks, can lead to a lot of configuration (requiring to manually set root companion to the first this edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE labyou exam topics priorities for in each VLAN). not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage the core technologies requiredwith on the802.1d CCIE lab exam and Figure of 1-30. STP Load Sharing includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. If you were running MST 802.1s on this network, you would make just two MST instances. One instance wo Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and have VLANs 2 and 3 assigned to it, and the root would be the yang switch. The second MST instance would switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. VLANs 4 and 5 assigned to it, and the root would be the yin switch. If you needed to add more VLANs to th network, newwith VLANs would just become a member of onerequired of the two instances. Withand MST, you nee The book the begins brief coverage of the core technologies onMST the CCIE lab exam to configure STP for two instances, instead of configuring STP and its associated parameters for includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the coreevery VLAN Figure 1-31 illustrates the network withguides 802.1stoconfigured. technologies follow, providing detailed applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Figure 1-31. STP throughout Load Sharing with 802.1s Study tips and test-taking techniques are included the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
The implementation of MST defines the candidates following characteristics: CCIECisco Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics MST runs a variation of spanning tree called Internal Spanning Tree (IST). IST complements Common not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Spanning Tree (CST) information with internal information about the MST region. The MST region app Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and as a single bridge to adjacent 802.1d, or Single Spanning Tree (SST), and other MST regions. See Fig switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 1-32 and 1-33. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network CST IST with 802.1s settings. The final chapter ofFigure the book1-32. concludes with fiveRelationship hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam volume two of the best-selling CCIE Figure 1-33. CSTwith MST Relationship with 802.1s Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
TheCommon Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) is the collection of the following: ISTs in each MST region CST that interconnects the MST regions, and the legacy 802.1d or SST bridges. CIST is identical to an inside an MST region and identical to a CST outside an MST region. The STP, RSTP, and MST together a single bridge as the root of the CIST. The CIST can be thought of like the Mono Spanning Tree that needed for 802.1Q.
MST establishes and maintains additional spanning trees within each MST region. These spanning tree termedMSTinstances (MSTIs). The IST is numbered 0, and the MSTIs are numbered 1, 2, 3, and so on The MSTI is local to the MST region and is independent of MSTIs in another region, even if the MST re are interconnected.
• •
Spanning tree information for an MSTI is contained in an MST record (M-record). M-records are alway encapsulated within MST BPDUs. The original spanning trees computed by MST are called M-trees, wh are active only within the MST. Table of Contents
Index interoperability with PVST+ by generating PVST+ BPDUs for the non-CST VLANs. MST provides
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II MST supports the following
PVST+ extensions:
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
- UplinkFast and BackboneFast are not configurable in MST mode; they are part of RSTP, which default when MST is enabled.
Publisher: enabled Cisco Pressby
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
PortFast is ISBN: -1-58705-072-2
supported and required for RSTP edge ports.
Pages: 1032
- BPDU filter and BPDU guard are supported. - Loop guard and root guard are supported.
- MST switches operate with an extended system ID. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Figures and title 1-33from illustrate relationship between the MST, IST, and CST functions. The two diagra Practical1-32 Studies Cisco the Press. different views of the same topology. The MST region is represented to the CST as a single bridge. The CST not know or care about how many bridges or STP paths are in the MST region. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying youthe know Ciscowhat defines IST and CST relationship as follows:
Learn how to all build practice lab in forthe your CCIEand lab appears exam preparation IST connects theaMST bridges region as an STP subtree in the CST domain. The region appears as a virtual bridge to adjacent 802.1d SST bridges and MST regions. The IST master o Take region five full-blown practice mimic lab exam environment MST is the bridge withlabs the that lowest BID the andactual the lowest-cost path to the CST root. If an MST brid the root bridge for the CST, it is the IST master of that MST region. If the CST root is outside the MST CCIE region, Practicalone Studies, II leads CCIE candidates throughas the process of preparing for is the of the Volume MST bridges at the boundary is selected the IST master. This port referred to CCIE boundary lab exam port. by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Other bridges on the boundary that belong to the same region eventually block bound companion to the best-selling edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ports that lead to the rootfirst bridge. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Special port statuses forI,802.1s arecandidate as follows: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins ports with brief coverage the connect core technologies required theorCCIE lab exam and Boundary are the port(s)ofthat to a legacy 802.1d on LAN, a bridge/switch in a differen includes suggested references forautomatically further reading. Laboratory exercises each the core message region. Boundary ports can configure themselves by covering examining an of agreement technologies detailed to applying the technologies in real network another follow, MST orproviding SST legacy 802.1dguides bridge. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ISTmaster is the bridge/switch with the technologies lowest BID and least-cost path to CST root. If the MS comprehensive practice labs include all of the andthe gradually increase inthe difficulty the root bridge for the CST, it the IST of on that particular MST region. If the C level.bridge/switch They present is readers with scenarios similar toiswhat theymaster will face the actual lab exam. outside the MST region, one the MSTthroughout bridges that isbook. a boundary port is selected as the IST Studyroot tipsisand test-taking techniques areof included the master.
NOTE IST BPDUs for the IST are sent on MST instance 0. Only the first instance of MST actually sends BPDU The first instance in Cisco switches is instance 0; therefore, you should avoid mapping VLANs to this
instance. Treat it much as you would VLAN 1. It runs everywhere and is needed for the IST.
The previous information was meant to be a comprehensive overview of IEEE 802.1w and IEEE 802.1s. As many protocols, the technical details can be rather complex. For more detailed information on 802.1w and 802.1s, consult www.ieee.org,standards.ieee.org, and, of course, www.cisco.com. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Configuring IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP) and IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tre • Examples (MST) CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Cisco has made the migration to 802.1s MST and 802.1w RSTP seamless. As a matter of fact, RSTP is automatically enabled when you select MST as the spanning-tree mode. On CAT OS platforms, you may Publisher: Cisco Press configure the two separately, but on the Catalyst 3550, the two are tightly integrated, and why not? The b Pub Date: November 07, 2003 from RSTP convergence are enormous, and they multiply themselves with the size of the network. You will ISBN: that like its 1-58705-072-2 predecessor 802.1d STP, configuring 802.1w and 802.1s is simpler than the concepts behind th Pages: 1032
To configure 802.1w RSTP, you need to configure 802.1s MST and enable spanning-tree PortFast on all edg ports. RSTP will automatically be enabled when MST is configured. Use the following process to configure R and MST on the Catalyst 3550. This configuration process assumes you have VLANs, VTP, and VLAN trunks and running.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Step 1. Configure spanning-tree PortFast on all edge ports. Use the interface command spanning-t Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. portfast.
Step 2. Configure the MST name and revision number. All switches within anapplying MST region must have Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in sameyou MST name and MST revision number. To configure MST, first enter the MST configuration mode what know the following global configuration command: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, detailed to applying theand technologies in real network From this mode, youproviding can configure the guides MST instance, name, revision and show the current MST settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These configuration. This mode works like the VLAN database, in that it has to be committed before changes are comprehensive labs exit include all of the technologies increase in difficulty into effect. Use practice the keyword to commit the changes or and the gradually keyword abort to clear any configurations level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face theconfiguration actual lab exam. entered in this period. To display pending configuration settings, use theon MST command show Study tips Use and the test-taking are included throughout the book. pending. followingtechniques MST configuration commands to configure MST parameters:
3550_switch(config-mst)#nameMST_region_name 3550_switch(config-mst)#revision
revision_number_<0-65535>
3550_switch(config-mst)#exit ! Must commit changes for MST •
Table of Contents
3550_switch(config-mst)#abort • Index •
Examples
! optional Aborts MST config CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Press Step Cisco 3. Divide
the MST region into MST instances and assign VLANs to those instances. Remember, will follow the same path to root. Any VLANs not assigned to a specific ins will default to instance 0. All VLANs in use should be assigned to an instance. If you just want to ena ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 RSTP, assign all VLANs to instance 1. If you want to load share, assign half the VLANs to one instanc Pages: 1032 half to the other. Use the following MST configuration command to assign MST instances and associa VLANs:
in a single instance PubVLANs Date: November 07, 2003
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 3550_switch(config-mst)#instance <0-15> vlanlab vlan,vlan-range Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Step 4. Enable Studies,MST Volume mode. II Use leads the CCIE following candidates globalthrough configuration the process command of preparing to enable forMST the mode ove CCIE lab default exam mode by presenting of PVST. This them command with a series also of enables challenging RSTP 802.1w. laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all ofmode the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree mst level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE
The MST instance of 0 is used for the IST. As a design rule, assign VLAN 1 to MST instance 0 and othe VLANs not in use. This is a design option more than a functional requirement.
Practical Example: Configuring RSTP and MST Load Sharing
Figure 1-34 shows a LAN network in which you want to configure MST load sharing between the yin and th switch. In this model, you configure RSTP and MST. You will make one MST instance, instance 1, for VLANs through 100. The root for VLANs 2 through 100 will be the yang switch. MST instance 2 will contain VLANs • Table of Contents through 1005, and the yin switch will be the root for those VLANs. The MST name will be cisco, and the MS • Indexwill be 1. revision number •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Figure 1-34. RSTP and MST Configuration Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example 1-39final demonstrates of RSTP andhands-on MST on the switch. These settings. The chapter of the the configuration book concludes with five labyin exercises. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are throughout Example 1-39. Configuration ofincluded RSTP and MST the onbook. the Yin Switch
yin_switch(config)#interface fast 0/3 yin_switch(config-if)#spanning-tree portfast ! enable portfast on the router port
yin_switch(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration ! Enter the MST configuration mode yin_switch(config-mst)#name cisco ! MST region name •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
yin_switch(config-mst)#revision 1 ! MST region revision
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 yin_switch(config-mst)#instance 1 vlan
2-100
! VLANs 2-100 assigned to Instance 1 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
yin_switch(config-mst)#instance 2 vlan 101-1005 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
! VLANs 2-100 assigned to Instance 2 yin_switch(config-mst)#show current ! view current MST changes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. Current Studies MST configuration Name
[cisco] Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you Revision 1 know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Instance Vlans mapped Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment -------- --------------------------------------------------------------------CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 0 1,1006-4094 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 1 not covered 2-100 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 2 101-1005 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. yin_switch(config-mst)#exit The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! commit current MST changes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These yin_switch(config)#spanning-tree mode comprehensive practice labs include all of the mst technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! enable MST test-taking mode Study tips and techniques are included throughout the book. yin_switch(config)#spanning-tree mst 2 root primary ! set MST instance 2 to root % This switch is already the root bridge of the MST02 spanning tree mst 2 bridge priority set to 24576
You can view and verify the MST status with the show spanning-tree mst 0-15 [configuration | detail | interface] command. This command displays detailed information about the MST instance, such as the roo root priority, the MST interfaces, and the interface role; state and type are also listed. Example 1-40 demonstrates the show spanning-tree mst command on the yin switch. •
Table of Contents
• Index Example 1-40. •
show spanning-tree mst Command
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
yin_switch#show spanning-tree mst 2 Publisher: Cisco Press
###### MST02
vlans mapped:
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Bridge
address 000a.8a0e.ba80
101-1005 priority
24578 (24576 sysid 2)
Pages: 1032
Root
this switch for MST02
Interface
role state cost
prio type
------------------- --------with -------------------------------Gain hands-on experience for the --------CCIE Lab Exam volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Fa0/3 desg FWD 200000 128 edge P2P Experience putting into practice128 with P2P lab scenarios that guide you in applying Fa0/17 desgconcepts FWD 200000 what you know Fa0/20 boun BLK 200000 128 P2P bound(PVST) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Notice that the by portpresenting Fast 0/17them is a designated point-to-point port to a switch in the same region, whereas p CCIE lab exam with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Fast 0/20 is a boundary point-to-point link to a PVST (802.1d) domain. Interface Fast 0/3 goes to the rout companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics is an edge port; because it is in full duplex, it is also a point-to-point link. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and To demonstrate how quickly MST and RSTP converge, Example 1-41 issues an extended ping from the yin switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. to the tiger switch. Notice that in Example 1-40, the Fast 0/17 port to the yang switch is forwarding. Durin ping, the interface 0/17 willcoverage be disconnected; astechnologies you will see,required there is virtually no loss all in the pings. T The book begins with brief of the core on the CCIE lab at exam and really an incredible convergence improvement over 802.1d. Recall that an 802.1d network would includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core take at le seconds to converge! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 1-41.readers Rapidwith Spanning level. They present scenarios Tree similarin to Action! what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
yin_switch#ping Protocol [ip]: ip Target IP address: 172.16.192.13 Repeat count [5]: 5000
Datagram size [100]: Timeout in seconds [2]: Extended commands [n]: Sweep range of sizes [n]: •
Table of Contents
• Type escapeIndex sequence to abort. •
Examples
Sending 5000, 100-byte CCIE Practical Studies Volume IIICMP Echos to 172.16.192.13, timeout is 2 seconds: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Publisher: Cisco Press !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 <<>> Pages: 1032
!!
00:53:53: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/17, change to dow .!! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know <<>> Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Success rate is 99 percent (4999/5000), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/14/72 ms Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment yin_switch# CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with yin_switch#show spanning-tree mst a2 series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,vlans like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ###### MST02 mapped: 101-1005 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the000a.8a0e.ba80 Routing and Switching, Security, and (24576 Service Provider Bridge portions address priority 24578 sysid 2)lab exams. The withswitch brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Rootbook begins this for MST02 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies detailed to applying Interface follow, providing role state cost guides prio type the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the ---technologies and gradually increase in difficulty -------------------------------------------------------------level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study techniques are included Fa0/3 tips and test-taking desg FWD 200000 128 throughout edge P2P the book. Fa0/20
boun FWD
200000
128
P2P bound(PVST)
Fast 0/17 is gone!!
Variations of the same 802.1d spanning-tree commands are available in MST for setting STP root primary, secondary, port priority, port cost, and STP priority. Functionally, they are identical to 802.1d commands. syntax for changing these various values is as follows:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree
mstinstance_id [root {primary|secondary }|cost
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
1-200000000|priority
0-61440|port-priority
0-255]
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
To adjust the MST timers, use the following syntax: ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 3550_switch(config)#spanning-tree mstinstance_id [hello-time1-10 | max-age 6-40 | Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know forward-time6-40 | max-hops1-40] Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment To change CCIE Practical the Studies, MST linkVolume type to II a point leads to CCIE point, candidates use the following through the interface process command: of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five point-to-point hands-on lab exercises. These 3550_switch(config-if)#spanning-tree link-type comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. You can verify the MST configuration with the following command:
show spanning-tree mstinstance_id [configuration | detail | interface]
Theshow spanning-tree mst detail command shows all the MST instances and the associated STP ports, • Table of Example Contents 1-42 lists the partial output of the show spanning-tree mst detail comman status, and timers. • Index the yin switch. For more detailed information on various show commands, refer to the Cisco IOS documen •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch No. 7220 Example 1-42. show mstCCIE detail Command Output Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
yin_switch#show spanning-tree mst detail ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
###### MST00 Bridge
vlans mapped:
address 000a.8a0e.ba80
1,1006-4094 priority
32768 (32768 sysid 0)
Root address 0004.275e.f0c0 priority 32768 (32768 sysid 0) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. port Fa0/17 path cost 20019 IST master address 0030.1976.4d00 priority 32768 (32768 sysid 0) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know path cost 200000 rem hops 19 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Operational hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops 20 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Configured hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops 20 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the FastEthernet0/3 of MST00 them is designated forwarding CCIE lab exam by presenting with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Port info in Volume I, like port priority 128Multicast, cost and QoS. 200000 not covered theid Cisco Catalyst128.3 3550, route maps, BGP, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Designated root of the Routing address 0004.275e.f0c0 priority 32768 costlab exams. 20019 switching portions and Switching, Security, and Service Provider Designated ist with master priority 32768 200000 The book begins briefaddress coverage0030.1976.4d00 of the core technologies required on thecost CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Designated bridgeproviding address 000a.8a0e.ba80 priority 32768 inport 128.3 technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the technologies real id network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Timers: message age 0, delay transition togradually forwarding 0 comprehensive practice labsforward include all of the0,technologies and increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Bpdus sent 5250, received 0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. FastEthernet0/17 of MST00 is root forwarding Port info
port id
128.13
priority
128
cost
200000
Designated root
address 0004.275e.f0c0
priority
32768
cost
20019
Designated ist master address 0030.1976.4d00
priority
32768
cost
0
Designated bridge
address 0030.1976.4d00
priority
32768
port id
32.81
<<>>
• Table of Contents Controlling Traffic and Security with VLAN Maps •
Index
• The Catalyst Examples 3550 enables you to control all traffic within a VLAN with a specific route map type of filter ca CCIE Studies Volume II VLANPractical map. This section briefly
discusses how to configure and apply VLAN maps.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
VLAN maps enable you to control all traffic within a VLAN that is local to the switch. VLAN maps apply to al packets that are routed into or out of the VLAN, or are bridged within a VLAN that is local to the switch. A V Publisher: Cisco Press map does not have a direction (in or out) associated with it. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 You can configure VLAN maps to work with a standard, extended, or named ACL. The Catalyst 3550 switch Pages: supports IP1032 standard and IP extended ACLs, numbers 1 to 199 and 1300 to 2699. All non-IP protocols are controlled through MAC addresses and by using MAC VLAN maps. It is important to note that you cannot fi traffic based on MAC. The MAC filters only apply to nonrouted traffic such as NetBIOS. You must configure standard or extended ACL to forward IP traffic.
A VLAN map works must like a route map. You may want to skip ahead to Chapter 2, "Configuring Route M Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE and Policy-Based Routing," for more information about route maps if you are not already familiar with them Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
To configure VLAN maps to control IP traffic, first configure the VLAN map, and then assign a sequence num to theExperience map. VLANputting maps are executed the with lowest to that the highest. Use global configuration concepts intofrom practice labinstance scenarios guide you inthe applying command vlan access-map map_name sequence_number. Next, add a match ip statement, where you ca what you know call a named ACL for your match criteria. You then assign an action to the VLAN map; the valid actions are action forward and action drop. lab Based on the result the ACL, the switch forwards or drops the traffic. Learn how to build a practice for your CCIE labofexam preparation MAC filter may also be applied to filter nonroutable traffic. To apply the VLAN map, use the vlan filter map_name vlan-list vlans practice command. Take five full-blown labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
In Figure 1-35, Studies, three IP Volume hosts are the switch. In this the example, IPoftraffic needsfor to the be controlled CCIE Practical II connected leads CCIEtocandidates through process preparing VLAN 100exam such by that only 172.16.128.7 172.16.128.3 hosts laboratory can talk to exercises. each other. The IP host 172.16. CCIE lab presenting them withand a series of challenging A perfect will not be able to best-selling ping 172.16.128.7 or 172.16.128.3. companion to the first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Figure 1-35. VLAN Maps The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates the process of apreparing for the Example 1-43 demonstrates theIIconfiguration needed to through control IP access with VLAN map. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Example 1-43. Configuring a VLAN Map Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 3550_switch(config)#vlan allow_ip 10 includes suggested references access-map for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! DefineThe thefinal VLAN map 'allowip' settings. chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 3550_s(config-access-map)#action forward level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! Forward ACL permitip 3550_s(config-access-map)#match ip address permitip ! Call ACL permitip 3550_s(config-access-map)#exit 3550_switch(config)#
3550_switch(config)#ip access-list extended permitip ! ACL permitip 3550_swi(config-ext-nacl)#permit ip host 172.16.100.7 host 172.16.100.3 3550_swi(config-ext-nacl)#permit ip host 172.16.100.3 host 172.16.100.7 •
Table of Contents
3550_swi(config-ext-nacl)#exit • Index •
Examples
3550_switch(config)# CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
3550_switch(config)#vlan filter allow_ip vlan-list 100 Publisher: Cisco map Press to VLAN 100 ! Apply VLAN Pub Date: November 07, 2003
3550_switch(config)# ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
To verify the VLAN map, use the show vlan access-map and the show access-list commands to verify y configuration. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. MAC filters can use VLAN maps to control nonroutable traffic such as NetBIOS or Systems Network Architec (SNA).Example 1-44 lists the configuration used to prevent nonsecure hosts from communicating with each other Experience via nonroutable protocols. this with only lab controls nonrouted trafficyou andinwill have no impact on IP putting conceptsNote into that practice scenarios that guide applying example allows nonroutable traffic between the two MAC addresses 00e0.1e58.e792 and 00e0.1e58.c112 a what you know the rest of the network, but the two hosts cannot talk to each other. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice mimic the actual lab exam environment Example 1-44. VLAN Map labs forthat MAC Addresses CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics vlan access-map allowed_macs 10 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! define with VLANVolume map 'allowed_macs' switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. action forward The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! forward ACL valid_macs technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These match mac address valid_macs comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! call mac ACL 'valid_macs' Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! vlan filter allowed_macs vlan-list 100 ! Apply VLAN map to VLAN 100 !
mac access-list extended valid_macs ! MAC ACL 'valid_macs' permit
host 00e0.1e58.e792 any
! Allow these two MAC addresses • •
permit
Table of Contents
host 00e0.1e58.c112 any
•
Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
NOTE
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
The same rules that apply to ACLs and route maps apply to VLAN maps. Rules such as there is an Pages: 1032 implicitdeny any at the end of an ACL and so on all apply to VLAN maps. For more information on how to configure route maps and ACLs and for configuration tips, see those appropriate sections in CCIE PSV1 and CCIE PSV2. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Controlling VLAN Access and Security with Protected Ports
Experience into practice with security lab scenarios that guide 3550 you inisapplying Yet another way putting you canconcepts control access or enhance on the Catalyst by using VLAN-protecte what you know ports. VLAN-protected ports can only talk to nonprotected ports. Traffic from one VLAN-protected port cann reach another VLAN-protected port. In Figure 1-36, Fast Ethernet 0/8 and 0/7 are VLAN-protected ports. T Learn how to build a practice lab for yourbut CCIE lab ping exam172.16.128.3. preparation The host 172.16.128.3 can pin host 172.16.128.7 cannot ping 172.16.128.8, it can 172.16.128.8 and 172.16.128.7. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Figure 1-36. VLAN-Protected Ports companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation To configure a port as a protected port, use the interface command switchport protected. You can verify protected with the show interface fast 0/7the switchport as in Example 1-45. Takeports five full-blown practice labs that mimic actual lab command, exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example CCIE lab exam 1-45. by presenting Verifying them Protected with a seriesPorts of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions ofinterfaces the Routing and Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3550_switch#show fastSwitching, 0/7 switchport The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Name: Fa0/7 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Switchport:follow, Enabled settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Administrative Mode: labs static access level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips andMode: test-taking techniques Operational static access are included throughout the book. Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native Negotiation of Trunking: Off Access Mode VLAN: 100 (psv2_vlan100)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default) Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2-1001 Protected: true •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Unknown unicast blocked: disabled Unknown multicast blocked: disabled CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Voice VLAN: none Publisher: Cisco Press (Inactive) Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Appliance trust: none ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The Catalyst 3550 switch floods packets with unknown destination MAC addresses to all ports by default. If unknown unicast and multicast traffic is forwarded to a protected port, there could be security issues. To p Gain hands-on experience for traffic the CCIE Lab Exam with volume the to best-selling CCIE unknown unicast or multicast from being forwarded fromtwo oneofport another, you can configure a p Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. (protected or nonprotected) to block unknown unicast or multicast packets. Use the following interface commands to block unknown unicast and multicast traffic: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 3550_switch(config-if)#switchport block unicast companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 3550_switch(config-if)#switchport block multicast Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core If unicast or multicast blockingdetailed is enabled, it would appearthe in the show switchport command as enabled, a technologies follow, providing guides to applying technologies in real network listed in the example. settings. Thepreceding final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 1: Configuring EtherChannel, Layer 3 Switching, Routed Ports, and SVIs—Part I •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Practical Scenario • Index
The world ofStudies Ethernet switching continues to evolve at a rapid pace. In the field, you will encounter many CCIE Practical Volume II types of switches, and the Catalyst 3550 might be one of them. The Catalyst 3550 has many types of ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 configurable interfaces. It is important to be able to configure these different types of interfaces because it gives you more flexibility in your design. Capabilities such as Fast/Gigabit EtherChannel provide enormous Publisher: and Cisco excellent Press bandwidth redundancy for core switches. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Lab Exercise Pages: 1032
FrozenTundra.com is one of the few surviving dot.coms. It makes outdoor clothing and other products to u in the great wilderness of the Northwest and Canada. FrozenTundra.com is upgrading its backbone to Giga Ethernet and would like to use the two gigabit interface converter (GBIC) interfaces that come on the Cata Gain hands-on experience Lab with volume two of the CCIE rather than on 3550-24 Ethernet switches.for It the alsoCCIE wants to Exam perform Layer 3 switching on best-selling the 3550 switch, Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. routers. Your task is to configure a working IP network and configure the Ethernet 3550 switch using the following putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying strict Experience design guidelines: what you know Learn howthe to build a practice lab for your CCIE exam in preparation Configure FrozenTundra.com IP network as lab depicted Figure 1-37. Use EIGRP as the routing protocol and 2003 as the autonomous system ID on all routers. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Figure 1-37. Tundra.Net companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Configure all IP addresses as depicted in Figure 1-37. All labeled interfaces should be able to ping eac other. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation See Objectives" section configuration specifics. Takethe five"Lab full-blown practice labsfor that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Lab lab Objectives companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Configure the EIGRP as the routing protocol, as depicted in Figure 1-37. Use 2003 as the autonomous switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. system ID.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Configure the management interface of 172.16.2.16/24 on tundra_switch1, and 172.16.2.15/24 on includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core tundra_switch2. These addresses should be reachable, and Telnet login should be supported for four technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network sessions on both switches. Use cisco as the login and enable password. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all ofinterfaces the technologies andGigabit gradually increase in You difficulty Configure the two Gigabit Ethernet as a single EtherChannel. may use Fast level.Ethernet They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. for this if you do not have Gigabit Ethernet. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Configure the tundra_switch1 as the VTP server and the tundra_switch2 as the VTP client. Use the VT domain of tundra and a VTP password of psv2.
Configure the tundra_switch1 Fast 0/10, the port that goes to the frozen router, as a routed port. Use IP address of 10.16.128.16 on this interface. Configure the other interfaces as access ports and assign VLANs as depicted in Figure 1-37. Configure any SVIs needed for the tundra_switch1 to provide routing for all VLANs in the network.
Configure HSRP between the tundra_prime router, tundra_switch1, and the tundra_bak router for VLA 200. The primary IP address should be 172.16.200.1/24, and the tundra_switch1 should be HSRP primary. The tundra_prime router should be HSRP secondary. Configure tundra_switch1 as the STP root for VLANs 100 and 200. Enable VTP pruning on the EtherChannel link between the two switches. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Equipment Needed • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Five Cisco routers, one Catalyst 3550 with the EMI software image installed, and one other Catalyst 3 switch. Only one switch needs to be a Catalyst 3550 with the EMI installed. You may simulate the oth Publisher: Cisco Press switch with another Catalyst as long as it supports 802.1Q and EtherChannel. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 The switches need two back-to-back 100BASE-T links or a Gigabit Ethernet for the EtherChannel connection. Pages: 1032 The other routers should be set up with a Category 5 connection to the appropriate switch as depicted in Figure 1-37.
Physical Layout and Prestaging Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Connect the switches to the routers, as shown in Figure 1-37. Experience putting into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying This lab focuses on concepts the configuration of the Ethernet switches. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Lab 1: Configuring EtherChannel, Layer 3 Switching, Routed Ports, and Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment SVIs—Part II CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Lab Walkthrough not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Attach all the routers to the switch, as illustrated in Figure 1-37. You can use either two Gigabit Ethernet switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. connections between the two switches or 100-Mbps links. Your choice will not affect the operational ability the The lab. book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Recall from earlier the seven-step process for configuring the 3550 Ethernet switch. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Step 1. Configure switch management. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Step 2. Configure VTP and VLANs and assign ports/interfaces to VLANs. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Step 3. Configure connections between switches using EtherChannel, 802.1Q, and ISL encapsulation Step 4. (Optional) Control STP and VLAN propagation. Step 5. (Optional) Configure SVIs. Step 6. (Optional) Configure routed ports. Step 7. (Optional) Configure Layer 3 switching.
The first step is to configure switch management. This includes setting a host name, a password, and a management address on the switch. In this lab, you also make Telnet available by assigning a login on vty lines 0 through 4. Example 1-46 lists the management portion of the tundra_switch1.
Example 1-46. Management Portion of tundras_switch1 Thus Far • Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
hostname tundra_switch1
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
! Publisher: Cisco Press
enable Pub Date: secret November 5 $1$nt35$131XBSgKT6BmA1KHMqj1V1 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
! Enable Pages:Secret=cisco 1032 ! <<>> Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Vlan1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no ip address what you know shutdown Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
interface CCIE Practical Vlan2 Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion ! MNGT VLAN to the andbest-selling IP first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined ip address with172.16.2.16 Volume I, the255.255.255.0 CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. <>> The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. line conThe 0 final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. vty They0present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. line 4 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. password cisco ! Telnet access allowed login line vty 5 7 login
The second step calls for you to configure VTP and VLANs. You need to configure a VLAN for any SVIs, acce ports, and management VLANs. In this model, you need to configure four VLANs: VLANs 2, 100, 128, and On the 3550, you can do this from the global configuration mode with the command vlanx. A name can be entered, as well, after entering the VLAN number. The VTP mode of the tundra_switch1 is server, and the • Table of Contents tundra_switch2 will be the client. The VTP domain is called tundra, and the password is psv2. Ensure that t • Index VTP domains are in the same case, along with the password. Domain name and password are case sensitiv • Be sure that Examples the VTP server's revision number is also higher than the VTP client's; otherwise, the two will n CCIE Practical Studies Volume II synchronize. The VTP domain and mode can be configured from the VLAN database or the VLAN configurat mode. Example 1-47 demonstrates this being By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 done on the tundra_switch1. Publisher: Cisco Press
Example 1-47. Configuring VTP on tundra_switch1 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
tundra_switch1#vlan database tundra_switch1(vlan)#vtp domain tundra Gain hands-on experience for server the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE tundra_switch1(vlan)#vtp Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. tundra_switch1(vlan)#vtp password psv2 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation This step also calls for you to configure the physical port properties and assign the ports to VLANs. Exampl 48 illustrates VLAN and port configuration of the this point. Take fivethe full-blown practice labs that mimic thetundra_switch1 actual lab examtoenvironment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Example 1-48. Configuring VLAN Port Membership companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. hostname portions tundra_switch1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network <<>> settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface FastEthernet0/3 switchport access vlan 200 ! assigned to VLAN 200 switchport mode access no ip address
! interface FastEthernet0/4 no ip address ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface FastEthernet0/5 •
Examples
no ip address
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface FastEthernet0/6 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no ipISBN: address 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface FastEthernet0/7 switchport access vlan 100 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from ! assigned to VLAN 100 Cisco Press. switchport mode access Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip address !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface FastEthernet0/8 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the switchport vlan 100 CCIE lab examaccess by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! VLAN 100 notassigned covered intoVolume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switchport modeofaccess switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book ip address The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. You can verify the VLANs and VTP with the show vlan command and the show vtp status command, as demonstrated in Example 1-49.
Example 1-49. Verifying VTP and VLAN Status
tundra_switch1#show vlan
VLAN Name
Status
Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- ------------------------------1
default
active
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Fa0/1, Fa0/2, Fa0/4, Fa0/5 Fa0/6, Fa0/9, Fa0/11, Fa0/12 Fa0/13, Fa0/14, Fa0/15, Fa0/16
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Fa0/17, Fa0/18, Fa0/19, Fa0/20
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Fa0/21, Fa0/22, Fa0/23, Fa0/24 Publisher: Cisco Press
2
psv2_vlan2
active
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
100
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
psv2_vlan100
active
Fa0/7, Fa0/8
psv2_vlan200
active
Fa0/3
1002 fddi-default
active
Pages: 1032
200
1003 token-ring-default active Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1004 fddinet-default active putting concepts into practiceactive with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 1005 Experience trnet-default what you know VLAN Type SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ -----Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 1 enet 100001 1500 0 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 2 enet 100002 1500 0 0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 100 enet 100100 1500 0 0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 128 enet 100128 1500 0 0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 200 enet 100200references 1500for -further reading. -exercises 0 each of 0 the core includes suggested Laboratory covering technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 1002 fddi - five hands-on -lab exercises. 0 0 settings. The 101002 final chapter 1500 of the book concludes with These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 1003 101003readers1500 -similar to - what they - will face srb on the0actual lab 0 exam. level. tr They present with scenarios Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 1004 fdnet 101004 1500 1 ieee 0 0 1005 trnet 101005
1500
-
-
tundra_switch1# tundra_switch1#show vtp status VTP Version
: 2
1
ibm
-
0
0
Configuration Revision
: 15
Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005 Number of existing VLANs
: 8
VTP Operating Mode
: Server
•
Table of Contents
VTP Domain Index Name • •
: tundra
Examples
VTP PruningStudies ModeVolume II CCIE Practical
: Disabled
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
VTP V2 Mode
: Disabled
Press VTPPublisher: Traps Cisco Generation
: Disabled
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
MD5 digest ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
: 0xE6 0x6C 0xFD 0xDA 0x1B 0xCC 0x7B 0x8A
Pages: 1032
Configuration last modified by 172.16.2.16 at 3-1-93 04:03:13 Local updater ID is 172.16.2.16 on interface Vl2 (lowest numbered VLAN interface) tundra_switch1# Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Step 3 callsyou for know you to configure EtherChannel and 802.1Q trunking between the switches. The configuratio what on both switches will be identical for the EtherChannel, as long as both are Catalyst 3550s. Example 1-50 demonstrates the configuration on exam the tundra_switch1. Learn how toGigabit build a EtherChannel practice lab for your CCIE lab preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 1-50. Configuring Gigabit EtherChannel with 802.1Q Encapsulation CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the CiscogigabitEthernet Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. tundra_switch(config)#interface 0/1 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. tundra_switch(config-if)#switchport trunkSecurity, encapsulation dot1q The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! 802.1q trunking includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network tundra switch(config-if)#switchport mode trunk settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty tundra switch(config-if)#channel-group 1 mode on level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! EtherChannel Configuration Creating a port-channel interface Port-channel1 tundra (config-if)#exit 00:23:18: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Port-channel1, changed state to up
00:23:19: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Port-channel1, changed state to
tundra switch(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 0/2 tundra switch(config-if)#switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q tundra switch(config-if)#switchport mode trunk tundra switch(config-if)#channel-group 1 mode on •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
At this point of the configuration, VTP should be working between switches, and you should be able to ping By Karl devices. Solie CCIEYou No. 4599 Lynch CCIEthe No.SVIs 7220 and routing protocols for inter-VLAN connectivity. In this mod local need,Leah to configure you were to set the root of spanning tree for VLANs 100 and 200 to the tundra_switch1. You can do so with the Publisher: global configuration Cisco Press command spanning-tree vlan 100 root and spanning-tree vlan 200 root commands. This macro uses the extended system ID to set the priority of the VLANs to 24,576, which mak Pub Date: November 07, 2003 them root. pruning should also be enabled for VLAN 200. VTP pruning is enabled with the VLAN ISBN: VTP 1-58705-072-2 configuration command vtp pruning. You can verify the status of STP with the show spanning-tree root Pages: 1032 command, as demonstrated in Example 1-51. At the bottom of this example is the show interface comma verifying that VTP pruning is enabled on the EtherChannel between the two switches.
Example 1-51. Verifying STP and VTP Pruning on the tundra_switch1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
tundra_switch1#show root with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience putting spanning-tree concepts into practice what you know Root Hello Max Fwd Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Vlan Root ID Cost Time Age Dly Root Port Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ---------------- -------------------- --------- ----- --- --- -----------CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging A perfect VLAN0001 32768 0004.275e.f0c0 3 2 laboratory 20 15 exercises. Po1 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP,15Multicast, and QoS. VLAN0002 32768 0004.275e.f0c1 3 2 20 Po1 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching the Routing and Switching, Security, lab exams. VLAN0100 portions of24676 000a.8a0e.ba80 0 and2 Service 20 Provider 15 The book begins with24776 brief coverage of the core technologies required VLAN0200 000a.8a0e.ba80 0 2 20 on 15the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network tundra_switch1# settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice int labs include all of the1 technologies tundra_switch1#show port-channel switchport and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study Name: tips Po1and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Switchport: Enabled Administrative Mode: trunk Operational Mode: trunk Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q Negotiation of Trunking: On Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default) Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default) •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2,100,200 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie omitted>>> CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 <<
In the next two steps, you configure SVIs and the routed interface on the switch. You need three SVIs and Pages: 1032 routed port for full IP connectivity on the tundra_switch1. One SVI, interface VLAN 2 is needed for the management VLAN, whereas two more SVIs—interface VLAN 100 and interface VLAN 200—are needed for other routers. The routed interface is configured by first enabling routing and then using the no switchpor interface command on the port you want to be a routed interface. Example 1-52 shows the necessary configuration of the tundra_switch1. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 1-52. SVI and Routed Interface Configuration Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
ip routing Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE II leads candidates through the process of preparing for the ! IP Practical routing Studies, must beVolume enabled for CCIE routed INTs CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interfacewith FastEthernet0/10 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no switchport The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! Disable switching technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 10.16.128.16 255.255.255.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Theyan present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Assign IP address Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! ----------------------------------------SVI CONFIG--------interface Vlan2 ip address 172.16.2.16 255.255.255.0 !
interface Vlan100 ip address 172.16.100.16 255.255.255.0 ! interface Vlan200 • • •
Table of Contents
ip addressIndex 172.16.200.16 255.255.255.0 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
no ip redirects
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The final portion of the lab is to configure EIGRP as the routing protocol. IP was enabled during the preced ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 step, so that is not necessary here. To configure the Layer 3 switching portion of the lab, you just need to Pages: 1032 configure EIGRP on the routers and the Ethernet switch. This is done identically as it would be on a router. HSRP can also be configured at this time. Once again, the syntax to configure HSRP on a switch is the sam a router. CCIE PSV1 has in-depth configurations of EIGRP and HSRP; therefore, they are listed here only in configurations. If you have questions on the configuration options used, refer to CCIE PSV1.Example 1-53 lists the full configuration of the tundra_switch1 followed by the route table of the switch and the EIGRP Gain hands-on experience for the has CCIE Lab Examneighbors. with volume two of the best-selling CCIE neighbors. Notice that the switch five EIGRP Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 1-53. Complete Configuration of the tundra_switch1 Switch Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation hostname tundra_switch1 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labsecret enable exam by 5 presenting $1$nt35$131XBSgKT6BmA1KHMqj1V1 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ! Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching ip subnet-zero portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Therouting book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ip includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty spanning-tree extend labs system-id level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking included throughout the book. spanning-tree vlan 100 techniques priority are 24576 spanning-tree vlan 200 priority 24576 ! interface Port-channel1 switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
switchport trunk pruning vlan 2,100,128,200 switchport mode trunk no ip address ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
<<>> !
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface FastEthernet0/3
switchport access vlan 200 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
switchport mode access ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip address ! <<>> Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface FastEthernet0/7 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you access know vlan 100 switchport Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation switchport mode access Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip address CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered FastEthernet0/8 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switchport access vlan 100 and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the Routing switchport mode The book begins withaccess brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no ip address technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface FastEthernet0/9 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/10 no switchport
ip address 10.16.128.16 255.255.255.0 ! <<>> no ip address •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/1 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byswitchport Karl Solie CCIE trunk No. 4599encapsulation , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 dot1q
switchport trunk Publisher: Cisco Press pruning vlan 2,100,128,200 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
switchport mode trunk ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip address channel-group 1 mode on ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface GigabitEthernet0/2 switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you trunk know pruning vlan 2,100,128,200 switchport Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation switchport mode trunk Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip address CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the channel-group mode on them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by 1presenting companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Vlan1 of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions no book ip address The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core shutdown follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface Vlan2 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 172.16.2.16 255.255.255.0 ! interface Vlan100 ip address 172.16.100.16 255.255.255.0
! interface Vlan200 ip address 172.16.200.16 255.255.255.0 no ip redirects • • •
Table of Contents
standby 200 ip 172.16.200.1 Index
Examples
standby 200 priority 101
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bystandby Karl Solie CCIE 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 200 No. preempt
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: eigrp 2003 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 10.0.0.0 network 172.16.0.0 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no eigrp log-neighbor-changes !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip classless Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip http server! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment line con 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the line vtyexam 0 4 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics password not covered cisco in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and login portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching line vty begins 5 7 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core end technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These tundra_switch1# comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. tundra_switch1#show ip techniques route Study tips and test-taking are included throughout the book. Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP
i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set • • •
C
Table of Contents
172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 3 subnets Index
Examples
172.16.200.0 is directly connected, Vlan200
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By CCIE No. 4599,is Leahdirectly Lynch CCIE connected, No. 7220 C Karl Solie172.16.2.0
C
172.16.100.0 Publisher: Cisco Press
Vlan2
is directly connected, Vlan100
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 D C
Pages: 1032
10.16.10.0 [90/409600] via 10.16.128.100, 03:25:34, FastEthernet0/10 10.16.128.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/10
tundra_switch1# Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from tundra_switch1#show ip Cisco eigrpPress. neighbors IP-EIGRP neighbors for process 2003 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know H Address Interface Hold Uptime SRTT RTO Q Seq Type Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation (sec) (ms) 4
Cnt Num
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 172.16.100.100 Vl100 13 03:22:58 1524 5000 0 6
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3 Vl100 03:23:01laboratory 1488 5000 0 7 A perfect CCIE172.16.100.101 lab exam by presenting them with a series of11 challenging exercises. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 2 10.16.128.100 Fa0/10 10 03:30:33 1080 0 and 5 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, 5000 Multicast, QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 1 172.16.200.102 Vl200 13 03:32:03 419 Provider 2514 0lab 5exams. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service 0 172.16.200.101 Vl200 14 03:32:06 204 on1224 0 lab 8 exam and The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required the CCIE includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core tundra_switch1# technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Example 1-54 lists relevant configuration portions of the tundra_bak switch.
Example 1-54. tundra_bak Switch Configuration
hostname tundra_switch2
! enable secret 5 $1$nt35$131XBSgKT6BmA1KHMqj1V1 ! spanning-tree extend system-id •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface Port-channel1 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byswitchport Karl Solie CCIE trunk No. 4599encapsulation , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 dot1q
switchport trunk Publisher: Cisco Press pruning vlan 2,100,128,200 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
switchport mode trunk ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip address ! <<>> Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface FastEthernet0/5 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know vlan 200 switchport access !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface GigabitEthernet0/1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the switchport encapsulation dot1q CCIE lab examtrunk by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics switchport vlan 2,100,128,200 not covered in trunk Volumepruning I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switchport modeoftrunk switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book ip address The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core channel-group 1 providing mode on detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface GigabitEthernet0/2 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q switchport trunk pruning vlan 2,100,128,200 switchport mode trunk no ip address
channel-group 1 mode on ! interface Vlan1 no ip address • • •
!
shutdown
Table of Contents Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface VLAN2
ipPublisher: address 172.16.2.15 255.255.255.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no ipISBN: directed-broadcast 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip route-cache ! ip default-gateway 172.16.2.16 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! line con 0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you line what vty 0 4 know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation password cisco Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment login CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the line vtyexam 5 7 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics endcovered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 1-55 shows the configuration of the tundra_prime router, the tundra_bak, and The includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the the frozen_rtr. core EIGRP and IPfollow, configurations the other routers are nearly save in forreal thenetwork IP address; therefore, fo technologies providingondetailed guides to applying theidentical, technologies the sake of brevity, not all of of the the book configurations listed settings. The final chapter concludesare with five here. hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques areof included throughout the book. Example 1-55. Configurations tundra_prime and frozen_rtr Routers
hostname tundra_prime ! interface FastEthernet3/0
ip address 172.16.200.101 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto standby 200 preempt • • •
!
Table of Contents
standby 200 ip 172.16.200.1 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router eigrp 2003
network Publisher:172.16.0.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no auto-summary ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no eigrp log-neighbor-changes ! ________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. hostnameStudies frozen_rtr !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 20 interface loopback Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 10.16.10.100 255.255.255.0 !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Ethernet0/0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 10.16.128.100 255.255.255.0 not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. router The bookeigrp begins2003 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 10.0.0.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no auto-summary comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ________________________________________________________________ hostname tundra_bak ! interface Ethernet0/1
ip address 172.16.200.102 255.255.255.0 no ip redirects no ip directed-broadcast standby priority 95 • • •
Table of Contents
standby preempt Index
Examples
standby 200 ip 172.16.200.1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
router eigrp Publisher: Cisco 2003 Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 172.16.0.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no auto-summary ! ________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. hostnameStudies products ! !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Ethernet0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 172.16.100.100 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labdirected-broadcast exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics media-type not covered in 10BASE-T Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. router The bookeigrp begins2003 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 172.16.0.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no auto-summary comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 2: Configuring 802.1w RSTP and 802.1s MST, Layer 3 Switching, and VLAN Maps—Part I •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Practical Scenario • Index
One Practical area of switching thatIIhas made vast improvements is that of redundancy and failover recovery. CCIE Studies Volume With IEEE 802.1w RSTP and IEEE 802.1s MST, spanning tree can now converge in hundredths of a ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 second rather than the 50 seconds that 802.1d requires. When configuring large production networks, customers pay thousands for redundancy and backup. Being able to provide excellent recovery times Cisco Presshelps you and your customer get the most for the money. via Publisher: new techniques Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Lab Exercise Pages: 1032
The famous Dr. Walker has established the Walker Children's Hospital, specializing in the care of young children who have leg and bone problems. The hospital network has been running under 802.1d STP for redundancy, but administrators have found that the recovery time is too long. Critical Gain hands-on experience foras the CCIE Lab withneed volume the best-selling CCIE services between areas such surgery andExam recovery verytwo fastofconvergence in the event of a link Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. failure. Your task is to configure a working IP network and configure the Ethernet 3550 switch using the Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying following strict design guidelines: what you know Learn howthe to build a practice labHospital for yournetwork CCIE labasexam preparation Configure Walker Children's depicted in Figure 1-38. Use EIGRP as the routing protocol and 2003 as the autonomous system ID on all routers. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Figure 1-38. Walker Children's Hospital companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Configure all IP addresses as depicted in Figure 1-38. All labeled interfaces should be able to ping each other. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect See the "Lab Objectives" section for configuration specifics. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Lab Objectives switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references forrouting further protocol, reading. as Laboratory ofas the core Configure the EIGRP as the depicted exercises in Figure covering 1-38. Useeach 2003 the technologies follow, providing autonomous system ID. detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive Configure the practice management labs include interface all of the of 172.16.192.16/24 technologies and gradually on walker1 increase and 172.16.192.13/24 in difficulty on level.walker2. They present Thesereaders addresses withshould scenarios be reachable. similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Configure the two interfaces between the walker1 and walker2 switches. Do not configure these interfaces as an EtherChannel group. In this model, you use one Gigabit Ethernet interface and one 100-Mpbs interface for backup. Configure the walker1 as the VTP server and the walker2 as the VTP client. Use the VTP domain of walker and a VTP password of psv2. Configure the other interfaces as access ports and assign VLANs as depicted in Figure 1-38. Configure six interfaces into VLAN 20; these will be edge ports for the admin VLAN.
Configure 802.1w RSTP and 802.1s MST. Configure all hosts as edge ports for rapid convergence. Use walker as the MST name. Configure the walker1 switch so that it will be the root for all VLANs in the range of 2 through 300.
• •
Configure any SVIs needed for the walker1 switch to provide routing for all VLANs in the network. There should be full IP connectivity across the LAN. All depicted IP addresses should be Table of Contents pingable. Index
•
Examples There have been problems with people sharing files and using unauthorized applications in the this VLAN such that users of this VLAN will no longer be able to share use network applications within ByKarl files Solie or CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220that VLAN. CCIE Practical Studies Configure Volume II admin VLAN.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Equipment Needed Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
One IP-based workstation, four Cisco routers, one Catalyst 3550 with the EMI software image installed, and one other Catalyst switch that supports MST and RSTP. Only one switch needs to be a Catalyst 3550 with the EMI installed. One router can be substituted for a workstation on VLAN 20. VLAN 20 should have at least one active IP device for testing. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab100BASE-T Exam withlinks volume of the best-selling CCIE The switches need two back-to-back or atwo Gigabit Ethernet link for the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. connection between the two switches. The other routers should be set up with Category 5 connections to the appropriate switch, as depicted in Figure 1-38. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Physical Layout and Prestaging
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take fivethe full-blown labs that actual lab exam environment Connect switchespractice to the routers asmimic shownthe in Figure 1-38. CCIE This Practical Studies,onVolume II leads CCIE candidates the process of preparing for the lab focuses the configuration of the Ethernetthrough switches. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Lab 2: Configuring 802.1w RSTP and 802.1s MST, Layer 3 Switching, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. VLAN Maps—Part II The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Lab Walkthrough settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice includeasallillustrated of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty Attach all the routers to labs the switch in Figure 1-38. You can use eitherin two Gigabit level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual exam. Ethernet connections between the two switches or 100-Mbps links. Your choice will notlab affect the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. operational ability of the lab. Recall from earlier the seven-step process for configuring the 3550 Ethernet switch. Step 1. Configure switch management. Step 2. Configure VTP and VLANs and assign ports/interfaces to VLANs. Step 3. Configure connections between switches using EtherChannel, 802.1Q, and ISL encapsulations.
Step 4. (Optional) Control STP and VLAN propagation. Step 5. (Optional) Configure SVIs. Step 6. (Optional) Configure routed ports. • •
Step 7. (Optional) Configure Layer 3 switching. Table of Contents Index
•
The first stepExamples is to configure switch management. This includes setting a host name, password, and CCIE Practical Studies Volume II management address on the switch. Example 1-56 lists the management portion of walker1. The By Karl Solie CCIEof No. 4599, Leah Lynch No. 7220 configuration walker2 would beCCIE identical except for the IP address, which will be 172.16.192.13. Publisher: Cisco Press
Example 1-56.07, Management Portion of walker1 Thus Far Pub Date: November 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
hostname walker1 ! Set the hostname Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. enable secret 5 $1$nt35$131XBSgKT6BmA1KHMqj1V1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ! Enable Secret=cisco what you know !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
<<>> five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to interface Vlan1 the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined no ip address with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. shutdown The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. TheVlan192 final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! MNGT VLAN and IP Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 172.16.192.16 255.255.255.0 <>> !
The second step calls for you to configure VTP and VLANs. You need to configure a VLAN for any SVIs, access ports, and management VLANs. In this model, you need to configure five VLANs: VLANs 20, 100, 192, 200, and 300. On the 3550, you can do this from the global configuration mode with the commandvlanx. A name can be entered as well after entering the VLAN number. The VTP mode of walker1 is server, and walker2 will be the VTP client. The VTP domain is called walker, and the password is psv2. Ensure that the VTP domains are in the same case, along with the password. Domain name and password are case sensitive. Be sure that the VTP server's revision number is also higher than the VTP client's; otherwise, the two will not synchronize. The VTP domain and mode can • Table of Contents be configured from the VLAN database or the VLAN configuration mode. Example 1-57 demonstrates • Index this being done on the walker1 switch. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 1-57. Configuring VTP on walker1 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
walker1#vlan ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 database Pages: 1032
walker1(vlan)#vtp domain walker walker1(vlan)#vtp server walker1(vlan)#vtp password psv2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying This step for you to configure the physical port properties and assign the ports to VLANs. whatalso youcalls know Example 1-58 illustrates the VLAN and port configuration of walker1 to this point. Because you are configuring RSTP, must configure ports withlab the interface command spanning-tree Learn how to you build a practice lab edge for your CCIE exam preparation portfast. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE Port candidates through the process of preparing for the Example 1-58. Configuring VLAN Membership CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and hostname walker1 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core <<>> technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface FastEthernet0/3 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. switchport access vlan 300 ! assigned to VLAN 300 switchport mode access spanning-tree portfast
! Portfast used in 802.1w no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/5 • • •
Table of Contents
switchport access vlan 100 Index
Examples
! assigned to VLAN 100
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byswitchport Karl Solie CCIE mode No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 access
spanning-tree portfast Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
! Portfast used in 802.1w ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip address ! interface FastEthernet0/8 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from switchport access vlanCisco 100 Press. ! assigned to VLAN 100 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you mode know access switchport Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation spanning-tree portfast Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! Portfast used in 802.1w CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labaddress exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and When configuring range of VLANs, it canreading. be easier to use theexercises range command. Example 1-59 includes suggesteda references for further Laboratory covering each of the core illustrates thefollow, use of providing the rangedetailed command when the six admin interfaces for VLAN 20. technologies guides to configuring applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 1-59.readers Configuring a VLAN Range Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
walker1(config)#interface range fastEthernet 0/10 - 15 walker1(config-if-range)#switchport mode access walker1(config-if-range)#switchport access vlan 20 walker1(config-if-range)#spanning-tree portfast
%Warning: portfast should only be enabled on ports connected to a single host. Connecting hubs, concentrators, switches, bridges, etc... to this interface •
when portfast is enabled, can cause temporary bridging loops.
Use with CAUTION
Table of Contents
• Index be configured in 6 interfaces due to the range command %Portfast will • Examples CCIE Studieshave Volume II butPractical will only effect
when the interfaces are in a non-trunking mode.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
walker1(config-if-range)#exit Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
You can verify the VLANs and VTP with the show vlan command and the show vtp status command, as demonstrated in Example 1-60.
Example 1-60. Verifying VTP and VLAN Status
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. walker1#show vlan Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know VLAN Name Status Ports Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ---- -------------------------------- --------- ------------------------------Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 1 default active Fa0/1, Fa0/2, Fa0/4, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Fa0/6, Fa0/9, exercises. Fa0/16 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Fa0/17, Fa0/18, Fa0/19, not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and Fa0/20 QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Fa0/22, Fa0/23, Fa0/24 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security,Fa0/21, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the Fa0/12, CCIE lab exam and 20 psv2_vlan20 active Fa0/10, Fa0/11, Fa0/13 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Fa0/14, Fa0/15 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the active technologiesFa0/5, and gradually 100 psv2_vlan100 Fa0/8 increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study psv2_vlan192 tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 192 active 300
psv2_vlan300
active
1002 fddi-default
active
1003 token-ring-default
active
1004 fddinet-default
active
Fa0/3
1005 trnet-default VLAN Type
SAID
active MTU
Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp
BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ -----1
enet
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
1500
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
1500
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
By Karl Solie No. 4599, Leah1500 Lynch CCIE 192 enetCCIE 100192 - No. 7220 -
-
-
-
0
0
300Publisher: enet Cisco 100300 Press
•
20
enet
• •
100
enet
100001
1500
Table of Contents
100020
Index
Examples
100100
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
1500
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
1500
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
101003
1500
-
-
-
-
srb
0
0
1004 fdnet 101004
1500
-
-
1
ieee -
0
0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1002 fddi 101002 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
1003 tr
1005 trnet 101005 1500 1 ibm 0 0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical walker1#Studies title from Cisco Press. walker1#show vtp status Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know VTP Version : 2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Configuration Revision : 3 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Number existing VLANs them with : a9 series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE labof exam by presenting companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics VTP Operating Mode I, like the Cisco:Catalyst Server3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and VTP Domain Name of the Routing and Switching, : walker Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions VTP Pruning Mode Enabled The book begins with brief coverage of:the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core VTP V2 Modefollow, providing detailed :guides Disabled technologies to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These VTP Traps Generation comprehensive practice labs include all:ofDisabled the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. MD5 digest : 0xEF 0xD8throughout 0x4D 0x0A 0x8F 0x7E 0x14 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included the0x57 book. Configuration last modified by 172.16.192.16 at 3-1-93 01:10:51 Local updater ID is 172.16.192.16 on interface Vl192 (lowest numbered VLAN interface) walker1#
Step 3 calls for you to configure 802.1Q trunking between the switches. The configuration on both switches will be identical, as long as both are in the Catalyst 35xx family. Example 1-61 demonstrates the 802.1Q trunk configuration on the walker1 switch for interfaces Gig 0/2 and Fast 0/17.
Example 1-61. Configuring Gigabit EtherChannel with 802.1Q Encapsulation •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
walker1(config)#interface gigabit 0/2 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
walker1(config-if)#switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q Publisher: Cisco Press
walker1(config-if)#switchport mode trunk Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
walker1(config-if)#exit Pages: 1032
walker1(config)#interface fast 0/17 walker1(config-if)#switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Labtrunk Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE walker1(config-if)#switchport mode Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. walker1(config-if)#exit Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation At this point of the configuration, VTP should be working between switches, and you should be able to ping all local devices. Usepractice the show vtp status command tolab verify VTP and ensure that both switches Take five full-blown labs that mimic the actual exam environment have the same VTP revision number and the same number of VLANs. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the The portion the configuration requires youofto enable 802.1s and 802.1w spanning tree. RSTP CCIEnext lab exam byofpresenting them with a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect is partially enabled at this point from using the spanning-tree portfast command on all nontrunking companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interfaces. will beI,fully when 802.1s or MST ismaps, enabled. The MST configuration not coveredRSTP in Volume like enabled the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route BGP, Multicast, and QoS. on the walker1 and walker2 switches will be identical, except that the walker1 switch will use the spanningCombined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and tree mst 1 root primary command to set root for VLANs 2 through 300. You will define a single STP switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. instance, MST 1, and assign VLANs 2 through 300 to this instance. The MST name will be walker, and the will be 1. brief Example 1-62 demonstrates configuringrequired MST and on the switch. The revision book begins with coverage of the core technologies onRSTP the CCIE labwalker1 exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example Configuring MST and with RSTP the walker1 Switch settings. The1-62. final chapter of the book concludes fiveon hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. walker1(config)#spanning-tree mst config Enter MST configuration mode walker1(config-mst)#name walker
MST name
walker1(config-mst)#revision 1
MST revision number
walker1(config-mst)#instance 1 vlan 2-300
assign VLANs 2-300 to instance 1
walker1(config-mst)#exit
apply changes !important!
walker1(config)#spanning-tree mst 1 root primary walker1(config)#spanning-tree mode mst
Set root for instance 1 enable MST
• Table Contents You can verify theofstatus of MST with the show spanning-tree mst 1 and the show spanning-tree • Index root commands, as demonstrated in Example 1-63. You should see VLANs 2 through 300 in MST • Examples instance 1, and MST instance 1 should be the root for MST. In this model, the MAC address CCIE Practical Studies Volume II 000a.8a0e.ba80 is the root. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 1-63. Publisher: Cisco Press Verifying MST Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
walker1#show spanning-tree mst 1 ###### MST01
vlans mapped:
2-300
Bridge address 000a.8a0e.ba80 priority 24577 (24576 sysid 1) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies titleswitch from Cisco Root this for Press. MST01 Interface role state cost prio type Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ---- ----- --------- ---- ----------------------------------------------Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Fa0/3 desg FWD 200000 128 edge P2P Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Fa0/5 desg FWD 2000000 128 edge SHR CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Fa0/8 desg FWDthem 200000 128of challenging edge P2P laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting with a series companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Fa0/10 desg FWDthe Cisco 2000000 128 edge SHR not covered in Volume I, like Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Fa0/17 FWD 200000 128Security, P2P switching portions ofdesg the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. Gi0/2 20000 128 P2P The book begins withdesg brief FWD coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core walker1#show spanning-tree root guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, providing detailed settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Root Hello Max Fwd increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. MST Instance Root ID are included Cost Time theAge Dly Root Port Study tips and test-taking techniques throughout book. ---------------- -------------------- --------- ----- --- ---
------------
MST00
32768 0004.275e.f0c0
200000
2
20
15
Gi0/2
MST01
24577 000a.8a0e.ba80
0
2
20
15
walker1#
To test the functionality of MST and RSTP, perform the following test. Issue an extended ping from the surgery router to the recovery router. Use a high number of pings, such as 10,000. While you are pinging the interfaces, disconnect the active trunk (in this model, the Gigabit Ethernet). You should see RSTP converge almost instantly, with a 99-percent success rate on the pings! Example 1-64 shows the RSTP test being done. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
• ExamplesTesting Example 1-64.
MST and RSTP
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
surgery#ping Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Protocol [ip]:
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: Target IP 1032 address:
172.16.30.7
Repeat count [5]: 10000 Datagram size [100]: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Timeout in seconds [2]:Cisco Press. Practical Studies title from Extended commands [n]: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you of know Sweepwhat range sizes [n]: how to build ato practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Type Learn escape sequence abort. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Sending 10000, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.16.30.7, timeout is 2 seconds: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and !..! Gig 0/2 dropped switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Success is 99 percent (9998/10000), min/avg/max = 1/2/20 ms Study tipsrate and test-taking techniques are includedround-trip throughout the book. surgery#
In the next two steps, you configure SVIs and enable routing on the walker1 switch. You need four SVIs—one for each VLAN and one for the management VLAN. One SVI, interface VLAN 192, is needed for the management VLAN. You also need three more SVIs: interface VLAN 20 for the admin, and
interface VLAN 100 and interface VLAN 300 for the routers. Example 1-65 shows the necessary configuration of the walker1 switch.
Example 1-65. SVI Interface Configuration •
Table of Contents
interface Vlan20 • Index •
Examples
ip Practical addressStudies 172.16.2.16 CCIE Volume II
255.255.255.0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press interface Vlan100 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip address ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 172.16.10.16 255.255.255.0 Pages: 1032
! interface Vlan192 ip address 172.16.192.16 255.255.255.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Vlan300 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip address 172.16.30.16 255.255.255.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, leads CCIE candidates throughprotocol. the process of preparing the The final portion of the Volume lab is toIIconfigure EIGRP as the routing IP routing needs for to be CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect enabled with the global configuration command ip routing. To configure the Layer 3 switching companion to the first this book on provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics portion of the lab,best-selling you just need toedition, configure EIGRP the routers and the Ethernet switch. This is not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. done identically as it would be on a router. Example 1-66 lists the full configuration of the walker1 Combined with Volume I, the neighbors. CCIE candidate will getthe comprehensive coverage of the routing and switch followed by the EIGRP Notice that switch has four EIGRP neighbors. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 1-66. Complete Configuration of the walker1 Switch includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty hostname level. Theywalker1 present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! enable secret 5 $1$oTsK$C95mG2YeDzQ4w3ecs0CkS0 ! ip subnet-zero ip routing
! spanning-tree mode mst spanning-tree extend system-id ! •
Table of Contents
spanning-tree • Indexmst configuration •
Examples
name walker
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byrevision Karl Solie CCIE 1 No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press 2-300 instance 1 vlan Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
spanning-tree mst 1 priority 24576 ! <<>> Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface FastEthernet0/3 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know switchport access vlan 300 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation switchport mode access Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip address CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the spanning-tree CCIE lab exam by portfast presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and <<>> portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologiesFastEthernet0/5 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practicevlan labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty switchport access 100 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips andmode test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. switchport access no ip address spanning-tree portfast ! <<>
! ! interface FastEthernet0/8 switchport access vlan 100 • • •
Table of Contents
switchport mode access Index
Examples
no ip address
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byspanning-tree Karl Solie CCIE No. portfast 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
<<>> ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface FastEthernet0/10 switchport access vlan 20 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies titleaccess from Cisco Press. switchport mode no ip address Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know spanning-tree portfast !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface FastEthernet0/11 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the switchport vlan 20 CCIE lab examaccess by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics switchport access not covered in mode Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no ip address switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. spanning-tree portfast The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface FastEthernet0/12 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. switchport vlan 20 Study tips andaccess test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. switchport mode access no ip address spanning-tree portfast !
interface FastEthernet0/13 switchport access vlan 20 switchport mode access no ip address • • •
!
Table of Contents
spanning-tree portfast Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface FastEthernet0/14
switchport access vlan 20 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
switchport mode access ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip address spanning-tree portfast ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface FastEthernet0/15 switchport access vlan 20 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you mode know access switchport Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip address Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment spanning-tree portfast CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics <<>> not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface FastEthernet0/17 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core switchportfollow, trunkproviding encapsulation technologies detailed dot1q guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These switchport mode trunk comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no iptips address Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface GigabitEthernet0/2 switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q switchport mode trunk
no ip address ! interface Vlan1 no ip address • •
shutdown
•
Table of Contents Index Examples
!
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Vlan20
ipPublisher: address 172.16.2.16 255.255.255.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Vlan100 ip address 172.16.10.16 255.255.255.0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Vlan192 ip address 172.16.192.16 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Vlan300 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 172.16.30.16 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics router eigrp 2003 I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 172.16.0.0 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. auto-summary The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no eigrp log-neighbor-changes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip classless Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip http server ! line con 0 line vty 5 15
! end walker1# walker1#show ip eigrp neighbors •
Table of Contents
•
Index
IP-EIGRP neighbors for process 2003 •
H
Examples
Address
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Interface
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
3
172.16.10.5 Publisher: Cisco Press
Hold Uptime
SRTT
(sec)
(ms)
RTO
Q
Seq Type
Cnt Num
Vl100
14 00:03:02 1048
5000
0
5
Vl300
12 00:03:04
1
3000
0
9
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
2
172.16.30.3 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
1
172.16.30.7
Vl300
13 00:03:06 1208
5000
0
10
0
172.16.10.8
Vl100
14 00:03:06 1516
5000
0
9
Pages: 1032
walker1# Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Example 1-67 lists relevant configuration portions of the walker2 switch. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 1-67. walker2 Switch Configuration
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect hostname walker2 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not ! covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. enable secret 5 of $1$oTsK$C95mG2YeDzQ4w3ecs0CkS0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network spanning-tree mode mst settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty spanning-treepractice extend labs system-id level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! spanning-tree mst configuration name walker revision 1 instance 1 vlan 2-300
! interface FastEthernet0/1 switchport access vlan 300 switchport mode access • • •
Table of Contents
no ip address
Index Examples
spanning-tree portfast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface FastEthernet0/17 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
switchport mode trunk no ip address ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface GigabitEthernet0/2 switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you mode know trunk switchport Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip address !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Vlan1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered ip address not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and shutdownportions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesVLAN192 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 172.16.192.13 255.255.255.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no iptips directed-broadcast Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no ip route-cache ! ip default-gateway 172.16.192.16
The final portion of the lab requires that you control access on VLAN 20. To prevent the administration workstation from using IP services between them, you can define them as protected ports. Recall that a protected port prevents other ports that are protected from communicating with it. A protected port can still reach other nonprotected ports on the switch. Example 1-68 demonstrates the configuration of the protected ports with the range command.
• Table of Contents Example 1-68. Configuring •
Index
•
Examples
Protected Ports on the walker1 Switch
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
walker1(config)#interface range fastEthernet 0/10 - 15 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 walker1(config-if-range)#switchport protected Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
walker1(config-if-range)#^z ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032 walker1#
walker1#show interfaces fastEthernet 0/10 switchport Name: Fa0/10 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Switchport: Enabled Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Administrative Mode: static access Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you Mode: know static access Operational Learn how toTrunking build a practice lab for your negotiate CCIE lab exam preparation Administrative Encapsulation: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Negotiation of Trunking: Off CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Access Mode VLAN: 20 (psv2_vlan20) not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default) switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Trunking VLANs with Enabled: ALL The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2-1001 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Protected: true comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Unknown blocked: disabled Study tipsunicast and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Unknown multicast blocked: disabled
Voice VLAN: none (Inactive) Appliance trust: none
walker1#
Example 1-69 shows the configuration of the surgery, mri, xray, and recovery routers. •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Example 1-69. Configurations of surgery, mri, xray, and recovery Routers • Index CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
hostname surgery !
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 FastEthernet3/0 Pages: 1032
ip address 172.16.30.3 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! router eigrp 2003 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 172.16.0.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no auto-summary Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no eigrp log-neighbor-changes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ________________________________________________________________ Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. hostname portions mri The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface Ethernet0/1 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip address 172.16.10.5 255.255.255.0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! router eigrp 2003 network 172.16.0.0 no auto-summary !
________________________________________________________________ hostname xray ! interface Ethernet0/1 • • •
!
Table of Contents
ip address 172.16.10.8 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router eigrp 2003
network Publisher:172.16.0.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no auto-summary ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
________________________________________________________________ hostname recovery Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Ethernet5 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 172.16.30.7 know ip address 255.255.255.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip directed-broadcast Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment media-type 10BASE-T CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics router eigrp 2003 I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 172.16.0.0 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book auto-summary The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Part II: Controlling Network Propagation and Network Access • • •
Table of Contents Chapter 2 Configuring Route Maps and Policy-Based Routing Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 2. Configuring Route Maps and Policy-Based Routing • ofmost Contents Perhaps one Table of the colorful descriptions for route maps is that route maps are like duct • Index tape for the network—not necessarily because they can be used to fix or mend something broken, but because • Examples they can be applied to numerous situations to address many issues. At times, CCIE Practical they may Studies notVolume be the II most "pretty solutions," but they will be very effective. After you learn to configure and use you will soon see why some engineers refer to them as ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahroute Lynch maps, CCIE No. 7220 route tape. In policy-based routing (PBR), for instance, you may use a route map when traffic has to follow a particular path through the internetwork. This path may differ from the path the Publisher: Cisco Press routing protocol wants to forward traffic on. PBR, along with route maps, enables the network Pub Date: 07, 2003 engineer to November essentially override the route table and influence which way traffic flows. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
You also can apply route maps in a number of ways. The following list contains some of the more Pages: 1032 common and powerful applications of route maps: Route filtering during redistribution between routing protocols Gain hands-on experience for themodification CCIE Lab Exam withneighbors volume two of the best-selling CCIE Route control and attribute on BGP Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Route metric modification or tagging during redistribution between routing protocols Experience putting concepts Policy-based routing (PBR) into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know After you have route maps in your engineering tool kit, you will have one of the most powerful Learn how to build a practice for your exam This preparation and versatile configuration options lab available onCCIE Ciscolab routers. chapter discusses how to configure and use route maps and how to configure PBR. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Route Map Overview
Route maps are much like the "If . . . Then . . ." statements of many programming languages. If a certain condition is true, then do something. Route maps enable you to define routing policy that will be considere before the router examines its forwarding table; therefore, you can define routing policy that takes • Tablethe of Contents precedence over different route processes. This is why route maps are some of the most powerful • Index commands you can use on a router. Example 2-1 highlights route map logic. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE Example 2-1. No. 4599 Route , Leah Map Lynch CCIE Logic No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
route-map permit 10 ISBN:route_map_name 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
match criteria_1 set perform_action_1 route-maproute-map_name permit 20 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. match criteria_2 set perform_action_2 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know set perform_action_3 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-maproute-map_name permit 30 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match criteria_3 criteria_4 criteria_5 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set CCIEperform_action_2 lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics set perform_action_4 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and set perform_action_5 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies the end CCIE lab exam and route-map route-map_name deny 65536 implicitrequired deny atonthe includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network match everything settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. In a nutshell, route maps work in the following manner: 1. Essentially, a process—whether it is a redistribution process, policy routing, or some other process such as Network Address Translation (NAT)—calls a route map by a text-based name.
1. The route map, in turn, has conditions or match statements, which are usually, but not always, an access list or extended access list. Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), for instance, can match on an autonomous system number (ASN) or different attributes. The match statement(s) can be followed b
1.
set statements. If the match statement returns a true result, the set statement(s) are executed.
Example 2-2 shows how a route map functions during redistribution. •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Example 2-2. Route Map Function During Redistribution • Index CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
router ospf 2001
Publisher: Cisco Press redistribute eigrp 65001 subnets route-map route_map_name
Call the route-map
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
and send EIGRP routes for comparison
Pages: 1032
! route-maproute_map_name permit 10
Route-map with the lowest sequence number
gets executed first Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. match ip address access_list Call access-list, the IF of the route-map set Experience conditionputting concepts into practice with lab If scenarios access-list true, THEN do something that is guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-maproute_map_name permit 20 Next highest sequence number Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment gets executed CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labip exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratorythe exercises. perfect match address access_list Call access-list, IF of Athe route-map companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. set condition If access-list is true, THEN do something Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and route-map route_map_name deny 65536 reading. Laboratory Implicit exercises deny at covering the endeach all of route-maps includes suggested references for further the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network match ip all_routes Thisfive will not show up in theThese config settings. Theaddress final chapter of the book concludes with hands-on lab exercises. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The next example is the syntax of an actual route map. Example 2-3 demonstrates how a route map can b applied during redistribution.
Example 2-3. Route Map Application During Redistribution
router ospf 65 log-adjacency-changes log-adjacency-changes redistribute eigrp 65001 subnets route-map set_tag • • •
Call the route-map "set_tag"
Table of Contents
network 10.10.3.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 Index
Examples
default-metric 10
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
access-list 10Press permit 172.16.32.0 0.0.0.255 Publisher: Cisco
Match the 172.16.32.0/24 subnet
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
access-list 11 permit 172.16.1.0 0.0.0.255 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Match the 172.16.1.0/24 subnet
Pages: 1032
route-map set_tag permit 100
Route-map "set_tag"
match ip address 10 Call access-list 10, if this is true then... Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. set tag Studies 10 If access-list is true set the tag of 10 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know permit 200 route-map set_tag If no match above, try and match the following: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation match ip address 11 access list 11 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment set metric-type type-1 If the ACL is true, set the OSPF metric type to 1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set 11 and set a tag of laboratory 11 CCIEtag lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and route-map set_tag permit 300and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the Routing
set tag 300 All technologies other routes get a on tag 300lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage of the core required theof CCIE includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. In the preceding example, a route map is used to control and tag the routes from Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) when they are redistributed into Open Shortest Path First (OSPF). Durin the OSPF redistribution process, a route map titled set_tag is called. The route map consists of three parts The first part calls access control list (ACL) 10, which will permit the network 172.16.32.x and set a tag of 10. The second part calls ACL 11, which in turn matches IP address 172.16.1.x. If a match occurs, the metric will be set such that when the route is redistributed, it becomes an OSPF type 1 route; finally, the ta will be set to 11. The last part of the route map doesn't call an ACL, so all routes are matched, and the set condition is applied. In this example, the router is setting the tag to 300. You can set tags in this manner t help document the network, or you can use the tags to identify routes that you may want to filter or perfor
some other action on. Route maps have the following common characteristics: Route maps are executed in the order of the lowest sequence number to the highest. You can edit or modify maps by using the sequence number. • • •
Tableisoffound Contents If a match within a route map instance, execution of further route map instances stops. Index
You canExamples use route maps to permit or deny the information found true by the match statements.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
If multiple match statements are called within a single route map instance, all match statements must match for the route map instance to yield a true result.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Pressare If route maps
applied in a policy-routing environment, packets that do not meet the match criteri to the route table.
are then forwarded according Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
If there is no match statement in the route map instance, all routes and packets are matched. The se Pages: 1032 statement will apply to all routes or packets. If there is not a corresponding ACL to the match statement in the route map instance, all routes are matched. The set statement, in turn, applies to all routes. As with ACLs, an implicit deny is included at with the end of the route map policy. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. You can use route maps to create policies based on the following: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying - IP know address what you End-system Learn -how to build aID practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - Application Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - Protocol CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect size companion -toPacket the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing Configuring Route Maps and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The route map syntax is composed of roughly three separate Cisco commands, depending on what the rou includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core map is accomplishing and what type of process is calling it. This discussion covers the following commands technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network in detail as route maps are configured throughout this chapter: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.route-map They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. commands Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. match commands set commands When configuring route maps, you can follow a basic five-step configuration process. Depending on the route map application, additional configuration may be needed, such as with BGP communities or PBR.
Step 1. (Optional) Configure any ACLs, AS_PATH list, or any other match criteria that the route map may be using on the match commands. This should be done first, so you do not call an empty ACL o
AS-PATH list.
Step 2. Configure the route map instance. This is accomplished with the route-mapname permit | deny sequence_number command. Be sure to leave room in between the sequence numbers for future updates or modifications. The route map instance with the lowest sequence number is execute first. • • •
Step 3. Define the match criteria and configure the match statements that will be used in this single Table of Contents route map instance. You do this with the route map configuration match command. In the absence o Index anymatch commands, all packets or routes are matched. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Step 4. (Optional) Define the set criteria and configure the set statements that will be used in this with the route map configuration set command.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Lynch CCIE No. 7220 single route map,Leah instance. You can do so
Step Cisco 5. (Optional) Publisher: Press
Configure any ACLs, AS_PATH list, or any other match criteria that the route map match commands.
using 07, on 2003 the Pubmay Date: be November ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Step 6. Apply the route map. Once again, depending on the route map application, it can be applied in many ways. Some of the more common applications include route redistribution, PBR, and BGP.
Pages: 1032
With this configuration process in mind, we will discuss in more detail the three primary commands used to configure route maps. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
route-map Commands Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying The complete what yousyntax know for the route-map command is as follows: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the[permit_|_deny][sequence_number_1-65535] CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and route-mapwith route_map_name switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides the technologies in route real network Theroute_map_name, also called the map tag,toisapplying the text-based name of the map. The name is settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These unique and logically groups and defines the entire route map policy. This is the name that you use to call comprehensive practice labs includeand all of the technologies the route map during redistribution other processes. and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and techniques are included throughout the is book. Thepermit andtest-taking deny keywords are optional; the default keyword permit. If the route map is called from
a redistribution process, the keyword is set to permit, and the match criteria are met for the route map, th route(s) are redistributed. If the keyword were set to deny, in the same scenario the route(s) would be denied.
If the route map is called from a policy-routing statement, the match criteria are met for the route map, an the keyword is set to permit, the packet would be policy routed. Once again, permit is the default keyword. If the deny keyword is used, the packet is forwarded according to the normal route process. Thesequence-number indicates in what order the route map statements will be executed. When a route
map is called, the route map with the lowest sequence number is executed first. If a match is not found in the route map with the lowest sequence number, the route map with the next highest sequence number is executed. This process repeats itself until a match is found or no more route map statements exist. If a match is found, execution for that individual packet or route stops, and the next packet or route begins the process again starting with the route-map statement with the lowest sequence number. The default sequence number is 10. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
NOTE Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
creating route maps, room ByKarlWhen Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch leave CCIE No. 7220in
between sequence numbers for future editing. Begin your first route map with a sequence of 10 or 100, depending on how big you expect the route map to be. By using increments of 10 or 100, you leave room for 65 to 650 route map instances. Publisher: Cisco Press Starting at a higher sequence number and leaving space in between your sequence numbers will Pub Date: November 07, 2003 make editing your route maps easier. The maximum route map instance is 65,535. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
match Commands
Thematch commands enable you to define the criteria of the route map. For instance, you can use the Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE match command to call an ACL to compare routes against. The match statement could also match a route Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. tag, a route type, or the length of a packet. BGP offers many exclusive match statements that are discusse inChapters 4 and 5.Table 2-1 lists the match parameters available in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Table 2-1. match Commands in Cisco IOS Software 12.2
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Command WhatVolume It Matches CCIE Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them as-path BGP AS_PATH listwith a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics [*]like clns CLNSI, information not covered in Volume the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and community BGP community list switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. extcommunity BGP/VPN[**] extended community list The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and interface interface of a reading. route includes suggestedFirst-hop references for further Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ip IP-specific information settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty length Packetlabs length level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. metric Route metric Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. route-type
Route type
tag
Route tag
[*]
CLNS = Connectionless Network Service
[**]
VPN = virtual private network
Thematch ip address command is by far the most commonly used of the match commands. The match ip address command enables you to call a standard, extended, or expanded-range ACL. You can use it during redistribution, with BGP, NAT, and during policy routing, as well as for other functions. The syntax for this match command is as follows:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
match ip {address [access_list | prefix-list] | next-hop [access_list] | route-source Publisher: Cisco Press
[access_list | prefix-list]} Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
In IP networks, this command enables you to match routes that have a network address matching one or more in the specified ACL or prefix list. You can use a standard, extended, or expanded-range ACL.
Gain hands-onkeyword experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume of the best-selling CCIE one or more in Thenext-hop enables you to match routes that have atwo next-hop address matching Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. the specified ACL. This is primarily used in BGP. Theroute-source keyword enables you to match the advertising router's IP address of the route/network. Experience putting concepts practice with lab ACL. scenarios thatyou guide you in applying You can use a standard, extended,into or expanded-range For BGP, may also use a prefix list. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment NOTE CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the When using the match ip address command in BGP, you can use route maps only to filter CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect outbound updates. The use of a match ip address route map is not supported on inbound BGP companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics updates. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Thenext-hop keyword is used primarily in BGP, but it can also be used when redistributing routes based The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and on the next-hop IP address that correlates to the route. In this case, the router will examine the NEXT_HO includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core attribute for this comparison. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final keyword chapter of the book five hands-on lab IP exercises. Theroute-source enables youconcludes to matchwith a router's advertising address.These If you view the IP route comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase difficultythe routetable, and route 172.16.3.0/24 is advertised from the IP address of 172.16.2.1, forininstance, level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual source keyword is used to match the advertising router's IP address of 172.16.2.1. Inlab theexam. next sections, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. these commands are applied to practical examples to show you how they function.
Practical Example: Matching the Route Source and IP Address
In this model, four routers on a common LAN segment are running two routing protocols. The routers earp and holliday are running EIGRP as the routing protocol, and the routers ringo and clanton are running OSPF. The router ringo is functioning as an OSPF autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) by redistributing between EIGRP and OSPF. The ringo router is receiving several routes from the earp and
holliday routers, as depicted in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1. Route Map Practical Example: Matching the Route Source and IP Address •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying In this practical example, a route map is applied during the redistribution of EIGRP into OSPF on the ringo what you know router. The route map named set_tag3 is called on the redistribution process for OSPF on the ringo router. The first route instance, route-map 100, will perform a match on IP route-source Learn howmap to build a practice lab for set_tag3 your CCIE permit lab exam preparation This statement will match only routes where the advertising IP address is found in ACL 5—in this case, the address 172.16.10.3. Notpractice only willlabs these routes bethe allowed but the tag of 3 will also be Take five full-blown that mimic actualfor labredistribution, exam environment set. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. NOTE Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. When using a route map with OSPF, the advertising OSPF router ID becomes the route source. Use the OSPF router forcoverage the IP address thetechnologies route sourcerequired when using theCCIE route-source keyword The book begins with ID brief of the of core on the lab exam and withsuggested OSPF networks. includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 2-4 lists the forwarding/route table of thetoringo Notice routes 172.16.16.0/30, level. They present readers with scenarios similar whatrouter. they will face that on the actual lab exam. 172.16.33.0/24, and 172.16.34.0/24 are from the earp router, 172.16.10.3. The 172.16.2.0/24 and Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 172.16.16.4/30 routes are from the holliday router, 172.16.10.4.
Example 2-4. Forwarding/Route Table of the ringo Router
ringo#show ip route
<<>>> C
192.168.10.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback20 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 6 subnets, 2 masks
D
172.16.33.0/24 [90/1812992] via 172.16.10.3, 00:07:13, Ethernet0
•
Table of Contents
D
172.16.34.0/24 [90/1812992] via 172.16.10.3, 00:07:13, Ethernet0
•
Index
•
Examples
D
172.16.16.4/30 [90/2195456] via 172.16.10.4, 00:07:13, Ethernet0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 D Karl Solie172.16.16.0/30 [90/1787392] via
C
172.16.10.0/24 Publisher: Cisco Press
172.16.10.3, 00:07:13, Ethernet0
is directly connected, Ethernet0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
D
172.16.2.0/24 [90/307200] via 172.16.10.4, 00:07:14, Ethernet0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ringo#
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with tworouter. of the best-selling CCIE Example 2-5 lists the configuration of the route map onvolume the ringo Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 2-5.putting Configuration the ringo Experience concepts into of practice with labRouter scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Loopback20 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam192.168.10.10 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip address 255.255.255.0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not ! covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interfaceportions Ethernet0 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ip book address 172.16.10.10 255.255.255.0 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty <<>> level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! router eigrp 65001 network 172.16.0.0 network 192.168.10.0 no auto-summary
no eigrp log-neighbor-changes ! router ospf 7 log-adjacency-changes • • •
Table of Contents
redistribute eigrp 65001 subnets route-map set_tag3 Index
Route-map called
Examples
network 172.16.10.10 0.0.0.0 area 0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bydefault-metric Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 10 ,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
access-list 5 permit 172.16.10.3 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
access-list 50 permit any
Match route 172.16.10.3 only Match all remaining routes
! route-map set_tag3 permit 100 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. match ip route-source 5 Match routes from 172.16.10.3 / ACL 5 set tag 3 set the tag to three Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-map set_tag3 permit 200 Second Route-map instance Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match ip address 50 Call access-list 50 to match all routes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set lab metric-type type-1 them with a series Set OSPF routelaboratory type to exercises. External AType-1 CCIE exam by presenting of challenging perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics setcovered tag 500 the tagmaps, to 500 for these routes not in Volume I, like the Cisco CatalystSet 3550, route BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and In the preceding example, the for second instance of the route map calls ACL 50. Access 50 will includes suggested references further reading. Laboratory exercises covering eachlist of the coreallow the remaining routes to providing be redistributed and will set a tag of 500 the metric-type to an OSPF type-1 technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the and technologies in real network external. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty By viewing OSPFreaders database, can clearly seetothe tags andwill how redistribution is working. level. They the present withyou scenarios similar what they face on the actual lab exam.Example 2demonstrates the show ip ospf database command on the ringo router. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 2-6. show ip ospf database Command
ringo#show ip ospf database OSPF Router with ID (192.168.10.10) (Process ID 7)
Router Link States (Area 0) Link ID
ADV Router
Age
Seq#
172.16.10.5
172.16.10.5
1005
0x8000000B 0x18D8
1
192.168.10.10
192.168.10.10
1027
0x8000000A 0x7017
1
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Checksum Link count
Net Link States (Area 0)
CCIE Studies Volume II LinkPractical ID ADV Router
Age
Seq#
Checksum
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
172.16.10.5
172.16.10.5
1005
0x8000000A 0x75DA
Publisher: Cisco Press
Type-5 AS External Link States
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Link ID ADV Router
Age
Seq#
Checksum Tag
Pages: 1032
172.16.2.0
192.168.10.10
1027
0x80000009 0x10E0
500
172.16.16.0
192.168.10.10
1027
0x80000009 0xD285
3
172.16.16.4 192.168.10.10 0x80000009 500 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE1027 Lab Exam with volume two0x3BA6 of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 172.16.33.0 192.168.10.10 1027 0x80000009 0x291B 3 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you 172.16.34.0 192.168.10.10 1027 0x80000009 0x1E25 3 in applying what you know 192.168.10.0 192.168.10.10 1027 0x80000009 0x8BB0 500 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ringo# Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Examining the route table of a downstream OSPF router, such as clanton, you can see the effects of the se not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. metric-type type-1 command. Notice in Example 2-6 that the 172.16.2.0/24, 192.168.10.0/24, and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 172.16.16.4/30 routes are OSPF external type 1 routes. Normally, or by default, the routes would be OSPF switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. external type 2 routes. For more information on the different link-state advertisement (LSA) types and the use, refer begins to CCIEwith Practical Studies,Volume I. You will learn more aboutonthe setexam commands The book brief coverage of the core technologies required thevarious CCIE lab and in the upcoming section. Example 2-7 lists the forwarding table of the clanton router. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example 2-7. Route clanton Router comprehensive practice labsTable includeof allthe of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. clanton#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set •
Table of Contents
•
Index
O E1 192.168.10.0/24 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 04:47:26, Ethernet0/0 •
Examples
172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 6 subnets, 2 masks
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 O Karl E2 Solie172.16.33.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10,
04:47:27, Ethernet0/0
O E2 172.16.34.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 04:47:27, Ethernet0/0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
O E1 O E2 C
172.16.16.4/30 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 04:47:27, Ethernet0/0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
172.16.16.0/30 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 04:47:27, Ethernet0/0 172.16.10.0/24 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
O E1 172.16.2.0/24 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 04:47:27, Ethernet0/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical clanton#Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know BGP uses many specific match commands, as the next couple of examples show. BGP can use route maps Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation to call an AS-Path rather than an ACL to control routing information. Table 2-2 lists the syntax for the match as-path command. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Table match Command not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco2-2. Catalyst 3550,as-path route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Command Description
The bookas-path begins [1-199] with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the lab exam match Used in BGP to match an autonomous system list.CCIE The valid path and list is 1–199. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These You can use this command in BGP to match the autonomous system path (AS_PATH) attribute. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers scenarios similarcommunity. to what they You will face on the actual lab Another BGP-specific matchwith command is match can use route maps toexam. match and set th Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. COMMUNITY attribute(s) in BGP. The syntax for the match community command is as follows: match [community|extcommunity|exactmatch] Thecommunity keyword is used in BGP to call an IP community list. The valid range is 1 through 99 for a standard community list, and 100 through 199 for an expanded community list; alternatively, you can use exact-match to perform precise matching of communities.
You can use route maps to base the selection of the global address pool on the output interface as well as an ACL match for NAT. The match interface command is used in NAT applications. You can also use it to match routes whose next-hop address is an interface, such as a static route pointing at an interface. Table 2-3 shows the syntax for the match interface command.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Table 2-3. match interface Command
CCIE Command Practical Studies Volume IIDescription By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Used Lynch in CCIE No. 7220 match interface route maps
interface_name
for NAT to match the output interface, or routes that have an interface as the next-hop address rather than an IP address.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN:effectively 1-58705-072-2 Tags very enable you to control and track routes during redistribution. Cisco routers enable the Pages: 1032 network engineer to mark certain routes with a numeric value. A tag value is an extra value that is transported along by the routing protocol. The tag value does not influence router forwarding decisions and has no intrinsic value to the routing protocol. The tag is used primarily during redistribution to tag or flag routes. After a route has been tagged, the tag value can be acted on during the redistribution process to control route redistribution. Tags are supported in RIPv2, OSPF, Integrated IS-IS, EIGRP, BGP, and CLNS. IGRP and RIPv1experience do not support tags. ToLab view tags,with usevolume the show ip_address Gain hands-on for the CCIE Exam twoeigrp of thetopology best-selling CCIE subnet_mask and the show ip ospf database commands for EIGRP and OSPF, respectively. You can also view the tag Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. value by using the extended show ip route command show ip routeip_address.Table 2-4 shows the syntax for the match tag command. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Table 2-4. match tag Command Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Command Description CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect match tag [0Use the match tag command to match tag values in routing protocols such as companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 4294967295] RIPv2, IS-IS, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, and CLNS. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. You can also use route maps to match specific route types in Cisco IOS Software 12.0. For instance, you ca match EIGRP external routes or OSPFofexternal 1 or typerequired 2 routes.on The match route-type The book begins with brief coverage the coretype technologies the CCIE lab exam andkeyword enables to match the following route types: includes you suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These OSPF external typelabs 1 (Oinclude E1) and 2 routes (O E2),and NSSA external type 1 (O N1) type 2 (O N2), comprehensive practice alltype of the technologies gradually increase in difficulty intra-area routes (O), and interarea routes (O IA) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. EIGRP external routes (D EX) IS-IS level 1 routes (L1) and level 2 routes (L2) BGP external routes The syntax for the match route-type command is as follows:
Match route-type {local|internal|external[type-1|type-2]|level-1|level2|nssa-external} •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Volume keywords II You can use Studies the following
with the match route-type command:
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
External— External route (BGP, EIGRP, and OSPF type 1/2) Publisher: Cisco Press Internal— Internal route (including OSPF intra/interarea and EIGRP routes) Pub Date: November 07, 2003
level-1— ISBN:IS-IS 1-58705-072-2 level 1 route Pages: 1032
level-2— IS-IS level 2 route local— BGP locally generated route
nssa-external— NSSA external route Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies Although you cantitle use from multiple Cisco match Press.statements in a single line, you should use only one match criterion per line. This will make troubleshooting and modifying the route map easier. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Practical Example: Matching Tags
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Manipulating the model from the preceding practical example, the following example has the router clanton running Take OSPF fiveand full-blown IGRP as practice the routing labs that protocols. mimicThe the clanton actual lab router exam will environment call a route map on redistribution. This route map will redistribute routes with a tag of 3 and OSPF external type 1 (O E1) routes into IGRP. CCIE Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the FigurePractical 2-2 shows the new network model. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing FigureI, 2-2. Route Mapwill Practical Example: Matching Tags and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 2-8 liststitle the from routeCisco table Press. of the clanton router, with the OSPF external type-1 routes highlighted. Practical Studies Example 2-9 lists the OSPF database on the clanton router, highlighting the routes that have a tag of 3. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Example 2-8. Route Table of the clanton Router Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment clanton#show ip route CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Codes: - connected, S -them static, - IGRP, R - RIP, laboratory M - mobile, B - BGP CCIE labCexam by presenting with aI series of challenging exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics D - inEIGRP, EIGRP external, - OSPF, - OSPF areaand QoS. not covered VolumeEX I, like the Cisco CatalystO3550, routeIA maps, BGP,inter Multicast, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and - OSPFofNSSA external 1, N2Security, - OSPF and NSSAService external typelab 2 exams. switchingN1portions the Routing andtype Switching, Provider - OSPF type of 1,the E2core - OSPF external type 2, E - CCIE EGP lab exam and The bookE1 begins withexternal brief coverage technologies required on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core i - follow, IS-IS,providing L1 - IS-IS level-1, - IS-IS the level-2, * - candidate default technologies detailed guides L2 to applying technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These U - per-user route, - ODR comprehensive practice static labs include all ofo the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Gateway last resort techniques is not set Study tipsof and test-taking are included throughout the book. O E1 192.168.10.0/24 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 01:59:17, Ethernet0/0 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 6 subnets, 2 masks O E2
172.16.33.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:49:44, Ethernet0/0
O E2
172.16.34.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:49:44, Ethernet0/0
O E2
172.16.16.0/30 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:49:44, Ethernet0/0
C
172.16.10.0/24 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
O E2
172.16.2.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:49:44, Ethernet0/0 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
•
Table of Contents
O E1
10.10.3.0 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 01:59:18, Ethernet0/0
• •
Index
clanton#
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Database of the clanton Router Example 2-9. OSPF ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
clanton#show ip ospf database OSPF Router with ID (172.16.10.5) (Process ID 7) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Router Link States (Area 0) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Link what ID you know ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count Learn how to build a practice lab 557 for your CCIE lab exam preparation 172.16.10.5 172.16.10.5 0x80000006 0x22D3
1
Take five full-blown practice labs 1642 that mimic the0x80000005 actual lab exam environment 192.168.10.10 192.168.10.10 0x7A12 1 CCIE Practical Studies, II leads(Area CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Net Volume Link States 0) CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Link ID ADV Router Age this book provides Seq# Checksum not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get0x80000005 comprehensive coverage of the routing and 172.16.10.5 172.16.10.5 557 0x7FD5 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Type-5 AS External Link States The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 10.10.3.0 192.168.10.10 1642 0x80000004 0x9904 500 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 172.16.2.0 192.168.10.10 1133 0x80000005 0x87DF 3 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 172.16.16.4
192.168.10.10
1642
0x80000004 0x45A1
500
172.16.33.0
192.168.10.10
1133
0x80000005 0x3117
3
172.16.34.0
192.168.10.10
1133
0x80000005 0x2621
3
192.168.10.0
192.168.10.10
1643
0x80000004 0x95AB
500
clanton#
To control redistribution between OSPF and IGRP, use a route map on the redistribution process. The route map to accomplish must have two route map instances. The first route map instance will match all routes i OSPF that have a tag value of 3. The second route map instance will match OSPF external type 1 routes. • Table of Contents Example 2-10 lists the significant portions of the configuration on the clanton router. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 2-10. Route Map Configuration on the clanton Router ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date:clanton November 07, 2003 hostname ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
!
Pages: 1032
router ospf 7 network 172.16.10.5 0.0.0.0 area 0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router igrp 65002 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying redistribute ospf 7 route-map match_me Redistribute OSPF and call the route-map what you know network Learn172.16.0.0 how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation default-metric Take five full-blown 10000 practice 100 254labs 1 1500 that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling permit first edition, route-map to match_match_me 10 this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with of the match tag 3 Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive Match routes coverage with a tag 3 routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references permit for further route-map match_match_me 20 reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the type-1 book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These match route-type external Match OSPF external type-1 routes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
To verify redistribution and that the route maps worked properly, view the route table of the mclaury route Example 2-11 lists the route table of the mclaury router. Notice that routes with a tag value of 3 are present: 172.16.2.0/24, 172.16.33.0/24, and 172.16.34.0/24. Also, notice that the OSPF external type 1 routes are present: 192.168.10.0/24 and 10.0.0.0/8 as summarized subnets.
Example 2-11. Route Table of the mclaury Router
mclaury#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area • • •
Table of Contents
N1 -Index OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 Examples
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie No. 4599L1 , Leah No. 7220 i CCIE - IS-IS, - Lynch IS-ISCCIE level-1, Publisher: Press * -Cisco candidate
L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area
default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
P -1-58705-072-2 periodic ISBN:
downloaded static route
Pages: 1032
Gateway of last resort is not set I
192.168.10.0/24 [100/1200] via 172.16.10.5, 00:00:50, Ethernet0
172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 4 subnets Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. I 172.16.33.0 [100/1200] via 172.16.10.5, 00:00:50, Ethernet0 I C
172.16.34.0 [100/1200] via 172.16.10.5, 00:00:50, Ethernet0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 172.16.10.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 172.16.2.0 [100/1200] via 172.16.10.5, 00:00:50, Ethernet0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment I 10.0.0.0/8 [100/1200] via 172.16.10.5, 00:00:50, Ethernet0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the mclaury# CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. You can also use route maps to match a route's metric. This is the metric for the route as it appears in the The book begins with brief coverage of the core required on for theinstance, CCIE lab match exam and route/forwarding table. If an OSPF route has an technologies associated metric of 20, metric 20 is includes suggested references further reading. exercises of the core used to match this route. Tablefor 2-5 lists the syntaxLaboratory used with the matchcovering metric each command. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques included throughout book. Tableare 2-5. match metricthe Command I
Command
Description
match metric [04294967295]
Enter the metric value as it appears in the route/forwarding table of the router.
Using Figure 2-1 as a guide, Example 2-12 lists the route table of the clanton router followed by the route
map configuration used to match the OSPF routes with a metric of 20. This example redistributes OSPF routes into EIGRP routes that have a metric of 20.
Example 2-12. Demonstration of the match metric Route Map •
Table of Contents
clanton# show ip route • Index •
Examples
Codes: C - Studies connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP CCIE Practical Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area
Publisher: Press N1 Cisco - OSPF
NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: E1 1-58705-072-2 - OSPF external
type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP
Pages: 1032
i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. O E1 192.168.10.0/24 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 00:19:58, Ethernet0/0 172.16.0.0/16 isconcepts variably subnets, 2 that masks Experience putting intosubnetted, practice with6 lab scenarios guide you in applying what you know O E2 172.16.33.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 00:19:59, Ethernet0/0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation O E2 172.16.34.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 00:19:59, Ethernet0/0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment O E1 172.16.16.4/30 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 00:19:59, Ethernet0/0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect O E2 lab exam 172.16.16.0/30 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 00:19:59, Ethernet0/0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. C covered 172.16.10.0/24 isthe directly connected, Ethernet0/0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing andvia Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. O E2 172.16.2.0/24 [110/10] 172.16.10.10, 00:19:59, Ethernet0/0 The book begins withis brief coverage of core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 10.0.0.0/24 subnetted, 1 the subnets includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network O E1 10.10.3.0 [110/20]detailed via 172.16.10.10, 00:19:59, Ethernet0/0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. hostname clanton ! <<>> ! router ospf 7
network 172.16.10.5 0.0.0.0 area 0 ! router eigrp 65002 redistribute ospf 7 route-map match_metric_20 • • •
Table of Contents
network 172.16.0.0 Index
Examples
default-metric 10000 100 254 1 1500
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip Publisher: classless Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
route-map match_metric_20 permit 10 match metric 20 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying In the preceding example, the routes 10.10.3.0/24, 172.16.16.4/30, and 192.168.10.0/24 were what you know redistributed into EIGRP.
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Thematch clns address command is used in ISO CLNS routing much in the same way that it is used in IP routing. The match clns address command calls a CLNS address list and compares the address being Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment testing against it. The next-hop and route-source keywords are used to call an OSI filter set during polic routing. Use the CLNS commands in theCCIE samecandidates manner asthrough their IPthe counterparts. The syntaxfor of the the match CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads process of preparing clns command is as follows: CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These match clns {address [filter set]|route-source [filterinset]} comprehensive practice [name]|next-hop labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Use the match clns address command to match routes that have a network address matching one or mor in the specified OSI filter set. Thenext-hop keyword is used to match routes that have a next-hop address matching one or more in the specified OSI filter set. Theroute-source keyword is used to match routes that have been advertised by routers matching one or
more in the specified OSI filter set.
The last match command discussed here is the match length command. This match statement is used primarily in policy routing when ACLs are insufficient for proper traffic distribution. The match length command enables you to match the Layer 3 packet length in bytes, including headers and trailers. You can use a route map such as this to send little interactive packets, such as Telnet traffic, one way, and large bulk-data transfers, such as a large FTP transfer, another way. Table 2-6 lists the syntax for the match length command. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Table 2-6. match length Command
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Command
Description
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Match length [min_packet_length_0ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 2147483647] [max_packet_length_0Pages: 1032 2147483647]
Used to match the Layer 3 packet length in bytes with all associated headers and trailers included. You must enter the minimum and maximum packet length.
For an example of the match length command, see the later section "Configuring Policy-Based Routing (PBR)." Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
set Commands
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Theset commands are executed after a successful match has been made in the route map instance. The se command is optional and may be omitted. If you are using route maps on redistribution, or just to filter Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation networks, for instance, there is no need to use a set command unless you want to tag or further influence the route. If no match statements are present in the route map instance, all set commands are executed Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment for all routes. You may also use multiple set commands in each route map instance. The set commands discussed hereStudies, are supported Software Release 12.2 the andprocess are listed in Table 2-7. CCIE Practical VolumeinIICisco leadsIOS CCIE candidates through of preparing for The the set commands have been divided into three categories: BGP-specific set commands, routing CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect protocol/redistribution-specific set commands, policy-routing specific commands. The policycompanion to the best-selling first edition, thisand book provides coverage of set CCIE lab exam topics routing specific set commands are covered in the upcoming section "Configuring Policy-Based not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Routing (PBR)." Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Table set Commands technologies follow, providing detailed guides2-7. to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
set Command
Description
BGP-specific setcommands as-path
Prepend string for a BGP AS_PATH attribute
community|extcommunity Set BGP COMMUNITY attributes comm-list
•
Table of Contents
•dampeningIndex •
Examples
local-preference
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
BGP community list for deletion Set BGP route flap dampening parameters Set BGP LOCAL_PREF path attribute
origin BGP By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah LynchSet CCIE No.origin 7220 weight
code
Set BGP weight
Publisher: Cisco Press
Routing setcommands Pub Date:protocol/redistribution-specific November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 metric
Set metric value for destination routing protocol
Pages: 1032
metric-type
Type of metric for destination routing protocol
tag|automatic-tag
Tag value for destination routing protocol
Policy-routing specific set commands Gain hands-on experience for the Labrouting Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE default SetCCIE default information Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Set the Output interface, used in point-to-point links ip
IP-specific information Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
BGP-Specific set Commands
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The first set commands covered here are the ones related to BGP. This section discusses the syntax of the CCIE Practical Studies, for Volume II leads through thespecific processand of preparing for the various set commands BGP and theirCCIE basiccandidates application. For more detailed information on th CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect application of the BGP-specific set commands, see Chapter 8, "Introduction to BGP-4 Configuration," and companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Chapter 9, "Advanced BGP Configuration." not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIEin candidate will get one comprehensive coverage of the routing Theset as-path command is used BGP to prepend or more autonomous systems to theand well-known switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. mandatory transitive AS_PATH attribute. In BGP, this can be used to influence routing decisions. BGP view routes that have one or more autonomous systems prepended to the current AS_PATH attribute as less The book begins withprove brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and desirable, which can useful in aofmultihomed BGP network. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.CAUTION They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The purpose of the prepend command is essentially to make the AS_PATH longer—thereby forming a less desirable path—not to completely change it. When using the set as-path prepend command in production environments, always use the same ASN that the route is from. If a different ASN is used, and that autonomous system is encountered by the advertised route, the receiving autonomous system/router will not accept the route. Modifying the AS_PATH by prepending a different autonomous system directly affects the inherent loop prevention provided by the AS_PATH attribute. Some Cisco IOS Software levels will not even enable you to enter an AS_PATH different from your own. For educational purposes, some of the examples in this text show the prepending of different autonomous systems; this is done to highlight the placement of
the prepended autonomous system only.
Note an important difference in how the prepend command works with inbound and outbound route maps When the prepend command is used on outbound route maps, the prepended autonomous system is adde after the advertising router's autonomous system. This is because the prepended autonomous system will be in place before the route update is sent. When the update is sent, the advertising router's autonomous • Table of Contents system is the first one on the list. If you prepend AS 10 10 to an outbound route map, for instance, and • Index your router's autonomous system is 5, the receiving router/neighbor will have an AS_PATH of 5 10 10. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Volume II If you apply Studies the prepend command
on an inbound route map, the autonomous system that is prepended will actually precede the originating By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIEAS_PATH. No. 7220 This is because the autonomous system prepend is happening after the route has been received from its neighbor. If you prepend AS 10 10 on an inbound route map, and the router/neighbor you are receiving the route from has the AS_PATH of 5 500, for Publisher: Cisco Press example, the AS_PATH to that route will be 10 10 5 500. The syntax for the set as-path command is as Pub Date: November 07, 2003 follows: ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. set as-path {prepend [as_path1|as_path2|as_path3]|[tag]} Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Use the set as-path command in BGP networks to modify the AS_PATH attribute, by prepending one or Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment more autonomous systems to it. You can use this command on inbound and outbound route maps.
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Thetag keyword is used in BGP to recover the AS_PATH information from the tags of Interior Gateway CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Protocol (IGP)-redistributed routes. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, to Multicast, and QoS. Theset as-path tag command is Cisco used in BGP when doing redistribution preserve a consistent and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing andin the form correct AS_PATH across an IGP. The Cisco BGP implementation automatically conveys AS_PATH switching portions of the Routing and an Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. of a tag when redistributing BGP into IGP. When redistributing IGP routes into BGP, however, AS_PATH
information is lost. To recover the AS_PATH information from the tag of a redistributed IGP, use the set as The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and path tag command. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Practical Example: Setting the AS_PATH comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. The network model shown techniques in Figure 2-3 two routers running between them. The turkey_creek Study tips and test-taking arehas included throughout theBGP book. router is in autonomous system 65001, and the ringo router is in autonomous system 65002. The router turkey_creek will advertise the network 192.168.192.0/24 via BGP. In this example, a route map will be used to prepend the AS_PATH with autonomous system 65001 2001 on outbound updates from the turkey_creek router.
Figure 2-3. Route Map Practical Example: Setting the AS_PATH
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 2-13 lists the configuration to manipulate the AS_PATH attribute on the turkey_creek router. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 2-13. BGP Configuration of the turkey_creek Router Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learnturkey_creek how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation hostname !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the <<>> CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and router bgp 65001 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no synchronization The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 192.168.192.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 172.16.100.10 remote-as 65002 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 172.16.100.10 ebgp-multihop 10 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 172.16.100.10 update-source Loopback20 neighbor 172.16.100.10 route-map set_as out
Call route-map "set_as" for outbound updates
!
route-map set_as permit 10 set as-path prepend 65001 2001
prepend AS-PATH with 65001 2001
!
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
You might be tempted to think that the AS_PATH for route 192.168.192.0/24 would read 65001 2001 • Examples 65001; after all, the command says "prepend." Because this is an outbound route map, however, the CCIE Practical Studies Volume II prepended autonomous system will occur before the advertisement is sent. Therefore, the "prepended" By Karl Solie will CCIEappear No. 4599 , Leahthe Lynch CCIE No. 7220 AS_PATH after originating autonomous system to the downstream router. The AS_PATH on the downstream router, the ringo router, will read 65001 65001 2001. Example 2-14 demonstrates this by listing the output of the show ip bgp command on the ringo router. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Example 2-14. show ip bgp Command on the ringo Router Pages: 1032
ringo#show ip bgp 192.168.192.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE BGP routing table entry for 192.168.192.0/24, version 4 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Notwhat advertised you know to any peer 65001 65001 2001 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 172.16.200.10 Take five full-blown (metric practice 1915392) labs thatfrom mimic 172.16.200.10 the actual lab exam (192.168.192.7) environment CCIE Practical Volume0, II localpref leads CCIE candidates through the process Origin Studies, IGP, metric 100, valid, external, best of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ringo# not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book2-15 begins with brief coverage core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam Example applies the route map of to the inbound updates on the ringo router. The route map and will append th includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of theinbound core AS_PATH 2001 65002 65001 to the routes from the turkey_creek router. Because this is an route technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network map, the final AS_PATH on the ringo router will read 2001 65002 65001 65001. On inbound route maps, th settings. The final chapter of theimplies. book concludes lab exercises. prepend functions like its name Examplewith 2-15five listshands-on the relevant portions ofThese the configuration of the comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ringo router, followed by the show ip bgp command. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 2-15. Configuration of the ringo Router, and the show ip bgp Command
Hostname ringo !
<<>> ! router bgp 65002 no synchronization •
Table of Contents • bgp log-neighbor-changes Index •
Examples
neighbor CCIE Practical 172.16.200.10 Studies Volume II
remote-as 65001
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 172.16.200.10 ebgp-multihop 10 Publisher: Cisco Press neighbor 172.16.200.10 update-source Loopback20 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 172.16.200.10 route-map modify_as in ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Route-map "modify_as" is called
Pages: 1032
! route-map modify_as permit 10 set as-path prepend 2001 65002 65001 Prepended AS Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! ____________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ringo#show ip bgp 192.168.192.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BGP routing table entry for 192.168.192.0/24, version 2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Notlab advertised to any peer companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not2001 covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 65002 65001 65001 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 172.16.200.10 (metric 1915392) from 172.16.200.10 (192.168.192.7) The book beginsIGP, with metric brief coverage of the core technologies required onbest the CCIE lab exam and Origin 0, localpref 100, valid, external, includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ringo# settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Theset community command is used in BGP to set various community attributes. As discussed in the late chapters on BGP, communities can be a powerful and efficient way to apply policies to a group of routes. The community is an optional transitive route attribute and communicated among BGP peers. The set community command enables you to form community membership. After routes become members of a community, they can be assigned policies, such as "do not export this route to any E-BGP neighbors or advertise this route the Internet community." To send the community attribute in BGP, the neighbor a.b.c.d send-community command must be used. The syntax for the set community command in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2 is as follows:
•
Table of Contents
• Index{community-number_1-4294967200|AA|NN|no-export|no-advertise |internet set community • Examples CCIE Practical [additive]}|none Studies Volume II |local-AS ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Use the set community command to designate or form communities from routes and to apply specific 1-58705-072-2 policiesISBN: to those routes. The valid parameters and values are as follows: Pages: 1032
Community number— A valid number from 1 to 4,294,967,200; the routes will be designated to this community number. AA:NN— This format can also be used to designate communities. The AA is a 16-bit ASN between 1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE and 65,535. NN is an arbitrary 16-bit number between 1 and 65,440. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Internet— The Internet community. Advertise these routes to the Internet community and any route belonging it. Experienceto putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
what you know no-export— Do not advertise these routes to an E-BGP peer. Routes with this community are sent to peers other subautonomous systems within confederation. Learn in how to build a practice lab for your CCIEalab exam preparation
local-as— Do not advertise routes to peers outside local autonomous system. These routes Take five full-blown practice these labs that mimic the actual labthe exam environment will not be advertised to other autonomous systems or subautonomous systems if confederations are CCIE place. Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the
CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect no-advertise— Do not advertise these routes any peer (internal external). Used for I-BGP peer companion to the best-selling first edition, this bookto provides coverage ofor CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Additive— (Optional) Adds the community to the already existing communities. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Service exams. None— Removes the COMMUNITY attributeSecurity, from the and prefixes thatProvider pass thelab route map.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Practical Example: Settingdetailed BGP Community Attributes technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive Consider the same practice network labsmodel include from all of the the preceding technologies example, and gradually with the turkey_creek increase in difficulty and the ringo router level. They running BGP present between readers them.with (Seescenarios Figure 2-4.) similar Theto turkey_creek what they will router faceisoninthe AS actual 65001,lab and exam. the ringo route Study is in AS tips 65002. and test-taking The router techniques turkey_creek arewill included advertise throughout the network the book. 192.168.192.0/24 via BGP and place it community 7. The turkey_creek router will also advertise another route, 128.168.192.0/24. The turkey_creek router will put this route in community 8 and set the COMMUNITY attribute to no-export. Th no-export COMMUNITY attribute will instruct the ringo router not to advertise this route to E-BGP neighbors.
Figure 2-4. Route Map Practical Example: Setting Communities
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Example 2-16 lists the route map used to accomplish this. Pages: 1032
Example 2-16. Route Map for Communities on turkey_creek Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Hostname turkey_creek Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying whatomitted>>> you know <<
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router bgp 65001 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no synchronization CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network 128.168.192.0 mask 255.255.255.0 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network 192.168.192.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 172.16.100.10 remote-as 65002 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 172.16.100.10 technologies follow, providingebgp-multihop detailed guides 10 to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 172.16.100.10 update-source comprehensive practice labs include all of the Loopback20 technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 172.16.100.10 send-community send-community must be enabled Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 172.16.100.10 route-map set_communities out ! <<>> !
route-map "set_communities" calle
access-list 10 permit 192.168.192.0 0.0.0.255
allow network 192.168.192.0/24 only
access-list 11 permit 128.168.192.0 0.0.0.255
allow network 128.168.192.0/24 only
! route-map set_communities permit 100 • • •
Table of Contents
match ip address 10 Index
Examples
set community 7
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Match ip access-list 10 or 192.168.192.0/24 set the community to 7
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
route-map set_communities permit 200 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
matchISBN: ip 1-58705-072-2 address 11 Pages: 1032
set community 8 no-export
Match ip access-list 11 or 128.168.192.0/24 set the community to 8 and don't export to future E-BGP peers
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. By observing the routes on the ringo router, you can see that route 192.168.192.0/24 is in community 7. Route 128.168.192.0/24 is in community 8 with the no-export option set. Example 2-17 lists the output o Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying theshow ip bgp command on the ringo router. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 2-17. Routes with Communities Set on the ring Router Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ringo# show ipby bgp 192.168.192.0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not Volumeentry I, like for the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP covered routingin table 192.168.192.0/24, version 3 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the best Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Paths: (1portions available, #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) The book begins withto brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Not advertised anycoverage peer includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 65001 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of from the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 172.16.200.10 (metric 1915392) 172.16.200.10 (192.168.192.7) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included the book. best Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, throughout valid, external, Community: 7 ringo# ringo#show ip bgp 128.168.192.0 BGP routing table entry for 128.168.192.0/24, version 2
Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table, not advertised to EBGP peer) Not advertised to any peer 65001 • • •
Table of Contents
172.16.200.10 (metric 1915392) from 172.16.200.10 (192.168.192.7) Index
Examples
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external, best
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Community: 8 ,no-export
ringo# Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Use the set comm-list delete command to remove the COMMUNITY attribute of an inbound or outbound route update. The syntax is as follows: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation set comm-list {[standard | extended community list]} delete Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect For more examples of the various communities commands and how in topics BGP, see Chapte companion to the best-selling firstset edition, this book provides coverage of they CCIEfunction lab exam 7 through 9 on configuring BGP. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Another feature that and you Switching, can set is dampening. Because the longlab time it takes BGP network switchingBGP-specific portions of the Routing Security, and ServiceofProvider exams. to converge, an unstable route, or "route flapping," can have significant and detrimental impacts on large BGP networks. If with a route goes down, of a WITHDRAWN messagerequired is sent via requesting all peers The book begins brief coverage the core technologies on BGP the CCIE lab exam and to remo that route from their tables. An instable route in your autonomous system will cause constant sending and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core withdrawing of messages to other autonomous systems. This effect multiplied by the hundreds or thousand technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network of routes that may be in an autonomous system can negatively affect BGP. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Dampening allows routers categorize routes as to either well behaved oron ill the behaved. level. They present readerstowith scenarios similar what they will face actual Obviously, lab exam. a wellbehaved route should be very stable over an extended period of time. On the other end of the spectrum, a Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ill-behaved route could be a route that is unstable, or flapping. When route dampening is enabled in BGP, with the BGP router command bgp dampening, the router will start a history file on how many times each route flaps. The route dampening feature will start to assign a penalty to a route each time it flaps. The penalties start to accumulate for each route, and when the penalty is greater than an arbitrary number called the suppress value, the route will no longer be advertised. The route will remain suppressed until either the penalty falls below the reuse-limit or the max_suppress timer is exceeded. The penalty for a rou can be decreased over time. The half-life timer is a timer, expressed in minutes, that must elapse before th penalty will be reduced by one-half. If the route remains stable, over time the penalty for that route will decrease. When the penalty is below another arbitrary timer called the reuse-limit, the route will be
unsuppressed and advertised once again. Figure 2-5 illustrates the time and penalty relationship in route dampening.
Figure 2-5. Route Dampening Timer Relationship •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Note that this type of route map is called from the BGP router command bgp dampening [route-map Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying route-map_name]. A route map called on the neighbor statement will not work for route dampening. what you know Theset dampening command in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2 is as follows: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. set dampening {half-life_1-45 reuse_1-20000 suppress_1-20000 max_suppress_time_1-255} The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Use the set dampening command how the router react when it encounters unstable comprehensive practice labs includetoallinfluence of the technologies and will gradually increase in difficulty routes. The present half-life parameter a time to (inwhat minutes) thatface mustonpass a route being stable, level. They readers with represents scenarios similar they will the with actual lab exam. after thetest-taking penalty value is reduced half. The default is the 15 minutes, and the valid range is 1 to 45 Studywhich tips and techniques areby included throughout book. minutes. Thereuse parameter enables you to mark a point, or a reuse, point that allows the route to be advertised. When the penalty value falls below the reuse point, the route is unsuppressed and re-advertised. The default value is 750, and the valid ranges are 1 to 20,000.
When the penalty exceeds the suppress parameter, the route is suppressed and no longer advertised. The valid range is from 1 to 20,000; the default is 2000.
Themax_suppress_time is a value expressed in minutes that specifies how long a route should be suppressed by the dampening feature. The default value of this is 4 times the half-life timer, or 60 minutes The valid range is from 1 to 255 minutes. When a prefix is withdrawn, BGP considers the withdrawn prefix as a flap and increases the penalty by 1000. When BGP receives an attribute change, the penalty is increased by 500. InFigure 2-6, the router ringo is advertising 129.168.192.0/24 to the turkey_creek router via BGP. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 2-6. Route Dampening
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The turkey_creek router has route dampening enabled, with a route map to apply the dampening to route 129.168.192.0/24. UseVolume the show ip bgp dampened-paths command and the show ip bgp a.b.c.d CCIE Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the command to view whether route dampening has occurred and to view what the current penalty CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect count. Note that information to thefirst dampening not appear until the route has actually flapped. companion to therelated best-selling edition, does this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Example 2 18 shows the penalty and dampening occurring on the turkey_creek router for route 129.168.192.0/24. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Example 2-18. Verifying Dampening
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These turkey_creek# show ip bgp dampened-paths comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.table They present scenarios what they will face on the actual lab exam. BGP versionreaders is 9, with local routersimilar ID isto192.168.192.7 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network
From
*d 129.168.192.0/24 172.16.100.10 turkey_creek#
Reuse
Path
00:38:00 65002 i
turkey_creek#show ip bgp BGP table version is 9, local router ID is 192.168.192.7 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete • • •
Table of Contents
Network Index
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II *> 128.168.192.0/24 0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
*d 129.168.192.0/24 172.16.100.10 Publisher: Cisco Press
*> 192.168.192.0
0.0.0.0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
0 0
0 65002 i 32768 i
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 turkey_creek# Pages: 1032
turkey_creek#show ip bgp 129.168.192.0 BGP routing table entry for 129.168.192.0/24, version 9 Paths: (1 available, path) Gain hands-on experienceno forbest the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Not advertised to any peer Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 65002, (suppressed due to dampening) what you know 172.16.100.10 (metric 2323456) from 172.16.100.10 (172.16.100.10) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external, ref 2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Dampinfo: penalty 3717, flapped 4 times in 00:04:36, reuse in 00:37:50 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect turkey_creek# companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Example lists thebrief BGPcoverage configuration for thetechnologies preceding example and routeand maps of the The book2-19 begins with of the core required onthe theassociated CCIE lab exam turkey_creek router. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example 2-19. Configuration the turkey_creek Router comprehensive practice labs include all of of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. hostname turkey_creek ! <<>> !
router bgp 65001 no synchronization bgp dampening route-map set_dampening
Dampening enabled with route-map
network 128.168.192.0 mask 255.255.255.0 • • •
Table of Contents
network 192.168.192.0 Index
Examples
neighbor 172.16.100.10 remote-as 65002
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byneighbor Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 172.16.100.10 ebgp-multihop
10
neighbor 172.16.100.10 update-source Loopback20 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
access-list 11 permit 129.168.192.0 0.0.0.255 ! route-map set_dampening permit 100 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title 11 from Cisco Press. match ip address Match network 129.168.192.0/24 set dampening 20 1000 2000 80 Set dampening parameters Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation For more andpractice examples onthat route dampening, seelab BGP Chapters 7 through 9. Takeinformation five full-blown labs mimic the actual exam environment
You also use route Volume maps in II BGP to set thecandidates well-known discretionary LOCAL_PREF attribute. The CCIEcan Practical Studies, leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the LOCAL_PREF attribute is a numeric value ranging from 0 to 4,294,967,295, where the higher the value, th CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect more preferred the route is. The default LOCAL_PREF value is 100. Table 2-8 lists the syntax used in settin companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics the LOCAL_PREF attribute. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Tablesuggested 2-8. setreferences local-preference Command in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2 includes for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of Description the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Command comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty set local-preference {0- with Usescenarios the set local-preference command toon setthe theactual LOCAL_PREF of a route. level. They present readers similar to what they will face lab exam. 4294967295} The validare range is from 0 to 4,294,967,295. Study tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book. The default value is 100.
Another BGP attribute that you can set with route maps is the well known mandatory transitive ORIGIN attribute. The ORIGIN attribute is a well-known mandatory attribute. The ORIGIN attribute, as the name states, specifies the origin of the route with respect to the autonomous system that originated it. BGP supports three different types of origin: IGP(i)— The network layer reachability information (NLRI) is internal to the originating autonomous
system. This is a remote IGP system. The route originates from the network command.
EGP(e)— The NLRI is learned via the EGP. This is a local EGP system. The route is redistributed from EGP.
Incomplete(?)— The NLRI is learned from some other means. The route is redistributed from an IGP or static. • Table Contents Table 2-9 lists theofsyntax used in setting the origin. • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Table 2-9. set origin Command in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2
Publisher: Cisco Press
Command Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Description
set origin {igp | egp Pages: 1032 [as_number] |incomplete}
Use the set origin command to set the ORIGIN attribute of a route/routes. The valid origin types are IGP, EGP, and incomplete.
The final BGP-specific set command discussed here is the set weight command. The WEIGHT attribute is a Cisco proprietary feature used to measure a route's preference. The WEIGHT attribute is local to the router Gain hands-on experience forbetween the CCIErouters; Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling and does not get exchanged therefore it is only effective on inbound CCIE route maps. Use the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. WEIGHT attribute to influence routes from multiple service providers to a central location. Like LOCAL_PREF, assigning a higher weight to a route makes that route more preferred. The WEIGHT attribute also has the highest precedence of any BGP attribute. For more information on BGP, see Chapters 7 throug Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 9.Table 2-10 lists the syntax used in setting the WEIGHT attribute. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Table 2-10. set weight Command in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Command Description companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not Volume likeset theweight Cisco Catalyst 3550, route Multicast, andThe QoS. setcovered weightin {0UseI,the command to set the maps, weightBGP, of a route/routes. valid weight Combined I, the CCIE routing and 65535] with Volume range is from 0 candidate to 65,535,will andget thecomprehensive default weight coverage of a routeofisthe 32,768. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Practical Example: Configuring BGPreading. Attributes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter thesame booknetwork concludes with as five lab exercises. These This practical example usesofthe model inhands-on the previous examples and sets the BGP comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty attributes of LOCAL_PREF, WEIGHT, and ORIGIN. Figure 2-7 is the same network shown earlier. This level. They present readers withmap scenarios to whatrouter. they will face on the lab exam.will set the example calls an inbound route on thesimilar turkey_creek The route mapactual set_attributes Study tipsattributes: and test-taking techniques included throughout theORIGIN book. to be EGP from autonomous following WEIGHT to 1000,are LOCAL_PREF to 5000, and system 65002. In this example, the setting local-preference is for education purposes only. Normally, local-preference would not be used or effective on E-BGP peers.
Figure 2-7. Configuring BGP Attributes
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 2-20 lists the BGP and route map configuration to accomplish this on the turkey_creek router.
Example 2-20. BGP Attribute Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. hostname turkey_creek Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ! what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation <<>> !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the router bgp 65001 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no synchronization not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network with 128.168.192.0 mask 255.255.255.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network 192.168.192.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 172.16.100.10 remote-as 65002 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 172.16.100.10 ebgp-multihop 10 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 172.16.100.10 update-source Loopback20 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 172.16.100.10 route-map set_attributes in
call route-map "set_attributes"
! route-map set_attributes permit 100 set local-preference 5000
Set local-preference to 5000
set weight 1000
Set weight to 1000
set origin egp 65002 !
Set the ORIGIN to EGP in AS 65002 *note with no match parameter all routes are matched from the neighbor 172.16.100.10
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
To verify the effectiveness of the route map, use the show ip bgp command, as demonstrated in Example CCIE Practical Studies Volume II 2-21. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Verifying the Attributes Example 2-21. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
turkey_creek#show ip bgp BGP table version is 4, local router ID is 192.168.192.7 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Hop into practice with Metric LocPrf Weight Path Experience putting Next concepts lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 128.168.192.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 129.168.192.0/24 172.16.100.10 0 5000 1000 65002 e Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 192.168.192.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect turkey_creek# companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. turkey_creek# Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. turkey_creek# show ip bgp 129.168.192.0 The begins with entry brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and BGP book routing table for 129.168.192.0/24, version 2 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network Paths: (1 available, best detailed #1) settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs peer include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Not advertised to any level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 65002 172.16.100.10 (metric 2323456) from 172.16.100.10 (172.16.100.10) Origin EGP, metric 0, localpref 5000,weight 1000, valid, external, best, ref 2 turkey_creek#
Configuring Routing Protocol/Redistribution-Specific set Commands
Theset commands covered next relate primarily to IGP routing protocols and are used mostly during route redistribution. The set metric, set metric-type and set tag commands can all be used to change the • of Contents metric or theTable tag of a route during redistribution. As mentioned previously, the metrics and tags can also b • matched andIndex used for further route control during redistribution. •
Examples
The most common of the CCIE Practical Studies use Volume II set metric command is to set the metric of the route for the destination routing protocol. If you are redistributing EIGRP routes into OSPF, for example, you can use a route map in ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 conjunction with the set metric command to set the new OSPF metric. If you are redistributing into IGRP EIGRP, the metric value you enter is the composite metric only. This differs slightly from setting the defaul Publisher: Cisco Press metric or the metric on redistribution without a route map, where you would set all five submetrics. Anothe Date:set November 07, command 2003 usePub of the metric is to set the BGP optional nontransitive MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 The syntax for the set metric command in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2 is as follows: Pages: 1032
set metric {[-/+<0-4294967295>]|1-4294967295]
The+ and – keywords enable you to increase or decrease the current metric. To increase the metric by 10, for example, the command would be set metric +10. To set just the composite metric for EIGRP, the command is set metric 4295. For more information on IGP routing protocol metrics, refer to CCIE Practic Gain hands-on CCIE Lab Examon with twoattribute of the best-selling CCIE Studies, Volumeexperience I. You can for findthe more information thevolume BGP MED in Chapters 7 through 9 of this Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. book.
Theset metric-type command is rather limited. It is used primarily in BGP, OSPF, and IS-IS. You can use Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying it to set IS-IS external and internal metrics and OSPF type 1 and type 2 external metrics. The set metricwhat you know type command can also be used in BGP to use the IGP metric as the MED for BGP. The syntax for the set metric-type command Cisco IOS Software 12.2 is as follows: Learn how to build in a practice lab for yourRelease CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. set metric-type [internal|external|type-1|type-2] The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty IS-IS external level.external— They present readers withmetric. scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. internal— Use the metric of the IGP as the MED for BGP. Also used for setting IS-IS internal metric. type-1— Use to match the OSPF type 1 metric. type-2— Use to match the OSPF external type 2 metric.
The final set command discussed in this section is the set tag command. The set tag command enables you to set the administrative tag of route. For IGPs, the tag value is usually set with a route map and the set tag command. In BGP, when you redistribute BGP into an IGP, the ASN of BGP is automatically put int the tag value. BGP does this to preserve the AS_PATH attribute across an IGP domain. For IGPs, the tag is
an administrative value that certain routing protocols carry within the routing update. The tag value has no impact on routing decisions. Instead, it is used to mark routes or flag routes or to track the AS_PATH for BGP. The tag value may also be acted upon during a redistribution process. When the automatic-tag command is used with the BGP table-map command, the tag value includes the ASN and the origin. The syntax used to manipulate the tag value in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2 is as follows:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
setPublisher: {tag [0-4294967295]|automatic-tag} Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Use the set tagvalue command to set the tag value. Use the set automatic-tag command when redistributing an IGP into BGP to recover the tag value as an AS_PATH attribute. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
NOTE Experience into practice with lab scenarios that guide in applyingIf you have You can alsoputting use theconcepts tag value strictly for documentation purposes in anyou internetwork. what you know an OSPF domain, where RIP routes and EIGRP routes are redistributed, for example, you may want to tag the routes from EIGRP with a value of 100 and tag the routes from IGRP with a value Learn to the build a practice lab is forviewed, your CCIE labbe exam of 110.how When OSPF database it will easypreparation to determine the origin of specific routes. This can prove a handy documentation tool for troubleshooting route redistribution. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Tags are supported in RIPv2, OSPF, Integrated IS-IS, EIGRP, BGP, and CLNS. IGRP and RIPv1 do not companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics support tags. To view tags, use the show ip eigrp topology ip_address subnet_mask command and the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. show ip ospf database command for EIGRP and OSPF, respectively. You can also view the tag value in Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and other routing protocols by using the extended show ip route command, show ip routeip_address. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Practical Example: Setting for Route Tags and Metric Types includes suggested references further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter book concludes withturkey_creek, five hands-onearp, lab exercises. These In the internetwork model of in the Figure 2-8, the routers holliday, and ringo are running comprehensive practice all of theto technologies and gradually increase in difficulty EIGRP. The ringo router labs also include has a BGP peer the turkey_creek router and is running OSPF and to the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. clanton router. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 2-8. Route Tagging and Metric Setting
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE To demonstrate tagging and metric setting, the following example writes a route map on the ringo Practical Studiesroute title from Cisco Press. router. The route map will be used on the ringo router when redistributing EIGRP routes into OSPF. The route map will first tag the routes from the earp router, 172.16.10.3, with a tag of 3. Next, the route map will tag all other putting routes with a taginto of 500 while with making routes OSPF external type 1 routes. Example Experience concepts practice lab these scenarios that guide you in applying 2-22 what lists the to accomplish this on the ringo router. youconfiguration know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 2-22. Configuration of the ringo Router
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect hostname ringo companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ! Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. <<>> The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network router 65001 settings.eigrp The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty redistribute bgpreaders 65002 with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They present Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 172.16.0.0 network 192.168.10.0 default-metric 10000 1000 254 1 1500 no auto-summary eigrp log-neighbor-changes
! router ospf 7 log-adjacency-changes redistribute eigrp 65001 subnets route-map set_tag3
Redistribute and call route-map
•
Table of Contents • redistribute Indexbgp 65002 •
Examples
network 172.16.10.10 0.0.0.0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
area 0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
default-metric 10
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: bgp1-58705-072-2 65002 Pages: 1032
no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 172.16.200.10 remote-as 65001 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 172.16.200.10 ebgp-multihop 10
!
neighbor 172.16.200.10 update-source Experience putting concepts into practiceLoopback20 with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation access-list 5 permit 172.16.10.3 Match routes from 172.16.10.3 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list 50 permit any Match all routes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered set_tag3 route-map in Volume permit I, like the 100 Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching match ipportions route-source of the Routing 5 and Switching, Match Security, routes and from Service 172.16.10.3 Provider lab exams. The with brief coverage of the coreSet technologies setbook tag begins 3 the TAG required value toon3the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practicepermit labs include route-map set_tag3 200 all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study test-taking throughout the routes book. matchtips ipand address 50 techniques are included Match all other
!
set metric-type type-1
Set the OSPF metric to External Type-1
set tag 500
Set the TAG value to 500
By observing the route table of the ringo router followed by the OSPF database, you can see the effects of the route maps, as shown in Example 2-23.
Example 2-23. Route Map Effects on the ringo Router •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ringo#show ip route CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area Publisher: Cisco Press
N1 November - OSPF 07, NSSA Pub Date: 2003 external
type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP
Pages: 1032
i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE P - periodic downloaded static route Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Gateway of last resort is not set B
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 192.168.192.0/24 [20/0] via 172.16.200.10, 01:07:04 what you know 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 8 subnets, 2 masks Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
D
[90/1915392] via 172.16.10.3, 01:07:08, Ethernet0 Take172.16.200.0/24 five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
D 172.16.33.0/24 [90/1812992] via 172.16.10.3, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through01:07:08, the processEthernet0 of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect D 172.16.34.0/24 [90/1812992] via book 172.16.10.3, 01:07:08, Ethernet0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. D [90/2195456] via 172.16.10.4, 01:07:08, Ethernet0 Combined172.16.16.4/30 with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. D 172.16.16.0/30 [90/1787392] via 172.16.10.3, 01:07:08, Ethernet0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and C 172.16.10.0/24 is for directly connected, Ethernet0 includes suggested references further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network D 172.16.2.0/24 via 172.16.10.3, 01:07:09, Ethernet0 settings. The final chapter [90/284160] of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty C 172.16.100.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback20 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ringo# ringo#show ip ospf database OSPF Router with ID (172.16.100.10) (Process ID 7) Router Link States (Area 0) Link ID
ADV Router
Age
Seq#
Checksum Link count
172.16.10.5
172.16.10.5
1151
0x80000015 0x4E2
1
172.16.100.10
172.16.100.10
1875
0x80000003 0xC969
1
Net Link States (Area 0) Link ID •
ADV Router
Age
Seq#
Checksum
1151
0x80000003 0x1693
Table of Contents
• 172.16.10.5 Index 172.16.10.5 •
Examples
Type-5IIAS CCIE Practical Studies Volume
External Link States
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Link ID
ADV Router
Publisher: Cisco Press 172.16.2.0 172.16.100.10
Age
Seq#
Checksum Tag
1875
0x80000002 0x8E2E
3
1875
0x80000002 0xE1CF
3
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 172.16.16.0 172.16.100.10 Pages: 1032
172.16.16.4
172.16.100.10
1875
0x80000002 0x4AF0
500
172.16.33.0
172.16.100.10
1875
0x80000002 0x3865
3
172.16.34.0 172.16.100.10 0x80000002 3 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE1875 Lab Exam with volume two0x2D6F of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 172.16.100.0 172.16.100.10 1875 0x80000002 0xE403 500 172.16.200.0 172.16.100.10 1875 0x80000002 0x4F1 3 in applying Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you what you know 192.168.192.0 172.16.100.10 1876 0x80000002 0x4A22 65001 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ringo# Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion first edition, book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Notice that to at the the best-selling end of the OSPF databasethis is the BGP route 192.168.192.0/24. This route has a tag of not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 65001 because BGP will try to preserve the AS_PATH attribute when redistributing BGP into an IGP that Combined withBGP Volume I, the CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing and supports tags. will use a tag value equal will to its autonomous system ID. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. You can also see the effects of the route map on the clanton router. Example 2-24 lists the route table of th The book beginshighlighting with brief coverage of the coreroute technologies required the CCIE lab examand and clanton router, the different OSPF types. Notice howon the 172.16.16.4/30 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 1 routes. 172.16.100.0/24 routes are not set as default OSPF external type 2 routes, but are external type technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network This is due to the set route-type type-1 command in the route map on the ringo router. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 2-24. Route Table of the clanton Router Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
clanton#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area
N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Gateway of last resort is not set O E2 192.168.192.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:00:14, Ethernet0/0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599,is Leahvariably Lynch CCIE subnetted, No. 7220 172.16.0.0/16
8 subnets, 2 masks
O E2 172.16.200.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:00:14, Ethernet0/0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
O E2 O E2 O E1
172.16.33.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:00:14, Ethernet0/0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
172.16.34.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:00:14, Ethernet0/0 172.16.16.4/30 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 01:00:14, Ethernet0/0
O E2 172.16.16.0/30 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:00:14, Ethernet0/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. C 172.16.10.0/24 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0 O E2
172.16.2.0/24 [110/10] via 172.16.10.10, 01:00:15, Ethernet0/0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know O E1 what172.16.100.0/24 [110/20] via 172.16.10.10, 01:00:15, Ethernet0/0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation clanton# Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Route Maps and Policy-Based Routing not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Sometimes in the modern internetwork, the forwarding decisions of a router need be more complex than switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider labtoexams. the decision information offered by the routing protocols and route table. Routers for the most part base their forwarding the destination address of packet. Policy-based routing the network The book begins decisions with brief on coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE labenables exam and engineer to configure policies that selectively causeLaboratory packets toexercises take paths that differ from thecore next-hop pat includes suggested references for further reading. covering each of the specified by the route table. This section discusses the benefits and configuration policy-based routing. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real of network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Policy-based routing offers the following comprehensive practice labs include all ofbenefits: the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Forwarding decision not based on the destination address— Policy routing enables the network engineer to define a path based on attributes of a packet, source/destination IP address, application port, and packet lengths, and to forward them according to a different policy. Policy routing can be configured to set the packet's next hop or the packet's default next hop/interface. Policy routing may also be used to route the packet to the null interface, essentially discarding them.
Quality of service (QoS)— Route maps and PBR can provide QoS by enabling you to set the type of service (ToS) values and the IP precedence values in the IP header. QoS configuration is performed o the edge routers. This improves performance by preventing additional configuration on the core devices.
Cost saving by using alternative paths— IP traffic can be manipulated with PBR, for instance, traffic such as large bulky batch file transfers can be sent over low-cost, low-bandwidth links, wherea more time-sensitive, user-interactive traffic is sent over higher-cost and higher-speed links.
Multiple and unequal path load sharing based on traffic characteristics— Policy routing can be used to load balance traffic across multiple and unequal paths based on traffic characteristics versus the route cost. •
Table of Contents
• Index Assuming that PBR is enabled and configured on the router and interface, PBR operates in the following manner: • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Step 1. All packets received on a PBR-enabled interface are considered for policy routing. Each pack received on that interface is passed through an associated route map.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Press Step Cisco 2. The match
commands are called by the route map; if all match commands are met, the as a permit or deny, and no further route maps instances are executed. If a ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 match statement is not present, the route map and any set commands apply to all packets.
Pubroute Date: November 07, 2003 map is marked Pages: 1032
Step 3. If the route map has a permit statement, all set commands are applied and the packet is forwarded according to the new policy. You can use multiple set commands in a single route map instance.Table 2-7 lists the set commands that are specific to PBR. If you use multiple set command in conjunction with one another, they are applied in the same order as follows: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the[value_0-8 actual lab exam environment set ip {precedence [value_0-7 | name] | tos | name]} CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set ip next-hop ip_address CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics set interface interface_name not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and set ip default next-hop ip_address switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. set default interfaceinterface_name The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Each of these commands is covered detail later inand thisgradually section. increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include in allfurther of the technologies level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 4. If the route map has a deny statement, normal the forwarding Study Step tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout book. is used, as specified in the route/forwarding table. The set statements will not be applied to the packet.
Step 5. At the end of all the route map instances, an implicit route map will deny all packets. If the packet has not found a match in the previous route map instances, the packet will hit the implicit den route map instance. When this occurs, the packet will be forwarded by the router following the norm route table.
NOTE Policy routing only works on inbound packets; therefore, it must be applied to the incoming traffic or to the interface receiving the traffic to be policy routed. To policy route local traffic, you must have local policy routing enabled.
•
Table of Contents
Practical Example: Policy-Based Routing • Index •
Examples
CCIE Studies Volume This Practical section examines howIIyou
may use policy routing to control traffic in the internetwork. In the network model depicted in 4599 Figure 2-9, a policy route By Karl Solie CCIE No. , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220exists on the tombstone router to control traffic from the ringo and curly_bill routers. The policy states that all IP traffic from the ringo router will be forwarded to holliday whereas all IP traffic from the curly_bill router will be forwarded to earp. All other IP traffic will be handled Publisher: Cisco Press by the normal routing procedure. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 2-9. Policy-Based Routing
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
To control the traffic from the ringo and curly_bill routers, this example uses policy routing and route maps on the tombstone router. Policy routing will be enabled on the E0/1 interface of the tombstone router. This is the inbound interface, or the interface that will be receiving traffic from the ringo and curly_bill routers. The route map used in this model, policy_1, will have two route map instances. One will match packets fro the ringo router, 172.16.64.10, and set the next hop to be 172.16.10.4, the holliday router. The other rout
map instance will match packets from the curly_bill router, 172.16.64.5, and set the next hop to be 172.16.10.3, the earp router. The route/forwarding table on the tombstone router shows that there are two paths to the routes 172.16.33.0/24, 172.16.34.0/24, and 172.16.200.0/24 that reside on the turkey_creek router. One path passes through the earp router, whereas the other one passes through the holliday router. Example 2-25 lists the route table of the tombstone router. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Example 2-25. Route Table of the tombstone Router • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
tombstone#show ip route Publisher: Cisco Press
Codes: Pub Date: C -November connected, 07, 2003 S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
D -1032 EIGRP, Pages:
EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area
N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam volume two of the CCIEarea i - IS-IS, L1 - for IS-IS level-1, L2 -with IS-IS level-2, ia -best-selling IS-IS inter Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying P you - periodic downloaded static route what know Gateway ofhow last resort is notlab set Learn to build a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation 172.16.0.0/16 is practice variably 9 subnets, masks Take five full-blown labssubnetted, that mimic the actual lab 2exam environment D CCIE Practical 172.16.200.0/24 Studies, Volume [90/40665600] II leads CCIE candidates via 172.16.10.3, through the 03:58:24, process ofEthernet0/0 preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling[90/40665600] first edition, thisvia book 172.16.10.4, provides coverage 03:58:24, of CCIEEthernet0/0 lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined172.16.33.0/24 D with Volume I, the [90/40563200] CCIE candidatevia will 172.16.10.3, get comprehensive 03:58:24, coverage Ethernet0/0 of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. [90/40563200] via 172.16.10.4, 03:58:24, Ethernet0/0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core D 172.16.34.0/24 [90/40563200] via 172.16.10.3, 03:58:24, Ethernet0/0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of[90/40563200] the book concludes five hands-on lab exercises. These via with 172.16.10.4, 03:58:24, Ethernet0/0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers [90/40537600] with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. D 172.16.16.4/30 via 172.16.10.4, 03:59:03, Ethernet0/0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. D 172.16.16.0/30 [90/40537600] via 172.16.10.3, 04:56:26, Ethernet0/0 C
172.16.10.0/24 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
D
172.16.2.0/24 [90/284160] via 172.16.10.3, 03:59:03, Ethernet0/0
D
172.16.100.0/24 [90/409600] via 172.16.64.10, 03:49:42, Ethernet0/1
C
172.16.64.0/24 is directly connected, Ethernet0/1
tombstone#
By issuing an extended traceroute command on the tombstone router from the address 172.16.64.6 to 172.16.200.10, you can see that EIGRP is using load sharing between the earp and holliday routers. Policy • Table of Contents routing will override this process by sending IP traffic from the ringo router to holliday, and IP traffic from • Index as shown in Example 2-26. curly_bill to earp, •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Example 2-26. Extended Trace on the tombstone Router Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
tombstone# traceroute ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Protocol [ip]: Target IP address: 172.16.200.10 Source address: 172.16.64.6 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco Press. Numeric Studies displaytitle [n]: Timeout in seconds [3]: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Probe count [3]: 4 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Minimum Time to Live [1]: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Maximum Time to Live [30]: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Port Number CCIE lab exam[33434]: by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Loose, Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[none]: not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Type escape sequence abort. switching portions of the to Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Tracing route 172.16.200.10 The book the begins with to brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 1 172.16.10.4 msec technologies follow,0providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 172.16.10.3 0 msec comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 172.16.10.4 0 msec techniques are included throughout the book. Study tips and test-taking 172.16.10.3 0 msec 2 172.16.16.5 8 msec 172.16.16.1 12 msec 172.16.16.5 8 msec
172.16.16.1 12 msec tombstone#
The configuration needed for PBR on the tombstone router is listed in the next example, Example 2-27. • Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
Example Policy-Based Routing Configuration on tombstone CCIE Practical 2-27. Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher:tombstone Cisco Press hostname Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 172.16.10.6 255.255.255.0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Ethernet0/1 ip address 172.16.64.6 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip route-cache policy Optional fast switching for policy routing Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip policy route-map policy_1 Call route-map "policy_1" for policy routing Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labeigrp exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect router 65001 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered172.16.0.0 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. network Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no auto-summary The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing guides to applying in real network access-listfollow, 100 permit ip detailed host 172.16.64.10 any the technologies match packets from 172.16.64.10 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsip include of the technologies and gradually increase from in difficulty access-list 101 permit host all 172.16.64.5 any match packets 172.16.64.5 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! route-map policy_1 permit 100
!
route-map "policy_1"
match ip address 100
call ACL 100 for match criteria
set ip next-hop 172.16.10.4
set IP next hop to holliday
route-map policy_1 permit 200 match ip address 101 set ip next-hop 172.16.10.3
next route map instance call ACL 101 for match criteria set IP next hop to the earp router
! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
To test the new policy, issue the traceroute commands on the ringo and curly_bill routers to the IP addres By Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch on CCIE No.turkey_creek 7220 ofKarl 172.16.200.10, which resides the router. The traceroute from the ringo router will sho that packets pass to the tombstone router, and then to holliday, and finally to turkey_creek. Example 2-28 demonstrates Publisher: Cisco the Press traceroute command on the ringo router with PBR enabled. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Example 2-28. traceroute Performed on the ringo Router Pages: 1032
ringo#traceroute 172.16.200.10 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Type escape sequence to abort. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Tracing the route to 172.16.200.10 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 1 172.16.64.6 4 msec 4 msec 4 msec what you know 2 172.16.10.4 8 msec 4 mseclab 4 msec Learn how to build a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs* that mimic the actual lab exam environment 3 172.16.16.5 20 msec 8 msec CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ringo# CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the and Switching, Security, and Service Provider on labthe exams. To test theportions new policy for Routing the curly_bill router, issue the traceroute command curly_bill router to the IP address of 172.16.200.10. The packets will pass to the tombstone router, and then to earp, and The book begins with brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab curly_bill exam androuter. finally to turkey_creek. Example 2-29ofdemonstrates the traceroute command on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example 2-29. traceroute Performed on the curly_bill Router comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. curly_bill#traceroute 172.16.200.10 Type escape sequence to abort. Tracing the route to 172.16.200.10 1 172.16.64.6 4 msec 4 msec 4 msec
2 172.16.10.3 4 msec 4 msec 0 msec 3 172.16.16.1 12 msec 9 msec * curly_bill#
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
CAUTION
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Whenever implementing policy routing, take care to consider the applications running on the forward and return paths of the network traffic. In models such as this preceding example, you could implement policy routing on the turkey_creek router to avoid asymmetrical Pub Date: November 07, 2003 routing. Asymmetrical routing refers to when IP packets are forwarded along one path toward a ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 destination, but follow a different path back, which can lead to problems with some applications, Pages: 1032 such as multicast.
network and the Publisher: Cisco Press
Configuring Policy-Based Routing (PBR) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE
Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. You can configure PBR by following these steps. Some of the steps may be omitted depending on your application for PBR. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Stepyou 1. Define what know and configure the route map needed for the policy. This is accomplished with the route-map command, as discussed previously. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Step 2. Define and configure the match statements the route map will use. The most common matc Take five full-blown labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment statements used arepractice the following: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core match ip address [access-list number] technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Thematch ip address is used to call a standard, extended, or expanded-range ACL. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
match length [min_packet_length_0-2147483647] [max_packet_length_0-2147483647]
Thematch length is used to match the Layer 3 packet length, in bytes, with all associated headers and trailers included. You must enter the minimum and maximum packet length. Use the match length command to policy route traffic based on packet size. You can deploy this to route traffic with large or sma packet sizes to specific areas of the network. • • •
Table of Contents
Step 3. Configure and define the new routing policy with set commands. Multiple set commands ma Index be used; if multiple commands are used, they are executed in the following order: Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
set ip {precedence [value_0-7 | name] | tos [value_0-8 | name]} set ip next-hopip_address Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE set interface interface_name Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. set ip default next-hopip_address Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying set default interface_name what you interface know Set ip precedence {[1-7]|[routine|critical|flash|flashLearn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation override|immediate|internet|network|priority]} Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling this book coverage of CCIE 2, labofexam topics By setting the precedence, youfirst areedition, manipulating the provides first 3 bits, bits 0 through the 8-bit ToS field in not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. the IP header. Earlier texts on TCP/IP state that this field is unused and ignored by routers, except for som Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate comprehensive of the routing and routing protocols. This may have been true in will the get past; however, withcoverage the advent of Voice over IP and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. newer QoS features, the Precedence field is finding new life and meaning. IP precedence becomes a factor during periods of congestion on an interface. By default, Cisco routers do not manipulate the precedence The book begins with brief coverage core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and value in the IP header; it remains at of itsthe original setting as when it arrived at the router. When Weighted Fa includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Queuing (WFQ) is enabled and the precedence bits are set, the packets are ordered for transmission technologies follow, providingvalue. detailed applying the technologies in real according to the precedence Theguides higherto the precedence value, the higher itsnetwork place in the queue for settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. transmission. For the router to act on precedence, the link must be congested, andThese queuing must be comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually in difficulty enabled; otherwise, the labs packets are transmitted in first in, first out (FIFO)increase order. When setting precedence level. They present readers withof scenarios similar to they of willthe face on the actual lab exam. you may use the numeric value the precedence or what the name precedence. Precedence should be se Study tipsdownstream and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. such that IP devices can take advantage of the settings you use. Table 2-11 lists the valid names values for the set precedence command. For detailed information about the set precedence command, see Chapter 5, "Integrated and Differentiated Services," and Chapter 6, "QoS – Rate Limiting and Queuing Traffic."
Table 2-11. set precedence Commands in CISCO IOS Software Release 12.2
Command
Function
routine
Set routine precedence (value = 0)
priority
Set priority precedence (value = 1)
immediate
Set immediate precedence (value = 2)
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
flash
Set Flash precedence (value = 3)
•flash-override Examples Set Flash override precedence (value = 4) CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
critical
Set critical precedence (value = 5)
internet
Set internetwork control precedence (value = 6)
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
network
Set network control precedence (value = 7)
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
NOTE For a router's queuing mechanisms to act on the precedence bits, the following two conditions must met: Gainbe hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The outbound link must be congested. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you link know The outbound must be configured for WFQ or Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED). Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Set ip tos {[1-15]|[normal|min-delay|max-throughput|max-reliability|min-monetaryCombined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. cost|priority]} The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network The set ipThe tosfinal command enables you to set bits 3with through 6 in the IPlab header's 8-bit ToS field. The ToS bits settings. chapter of the book concludes five hands-on exercises. These are composed ofpractice 4 bits. These bits are to as the following: comprehensive labs include allreferred of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. D bit (bit 3)— Normal = off, low delay = on T bit (bit 4)— Normal = off, high throughput = on R bit (bit 5)— Normal = off, high reliability = on C bit (bit 6)— Unused in Cisco Routers. RFC 1349 calls it the minimiz e monetary cost. Some TCP/IP implementations ignore this bit or implement it differently.
Bit 7 in the ToS field is currently unused and is set to 0. If all 4 bits are set to 0, it implies normal service. Table 2-12 lists the recommended guidelines for setting ToS by protocol type.
•
Table 2-12. Table of Contents
Recommended ToS Values by Protocol
•
Index
•Protocol
Examplesmin-delay
max-throughput
max-reliability
min-monetary-cost
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Telnet/Rlogin
1
0
0
0
HTTP
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
FTP control
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
FTP data ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 0 Pages: 1032
Any bulk data
0
1
0
0
TFTP
1
0
0
0
SMTP commands
1
0
0
0
Gain SMTP hands-on data phase experience 0 for the CCIE 1 Lab Exam with volume 0 two of the best-selling 0 CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. DNS UDP query 1 0 0 0 DNS TCP query 0 0 0 0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying DNSwhat zone you xferknow 0 1 0 0 ICMPLearn how to build 0 a practice0lab for your CCIE lab0 exam preparation0 IGPsTake five full-blown 0 0 1 0 practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment SNMP 0 0 1 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE BOOTP lab exam by presenting 0 them0 with a series of challenging 0 laboratory0exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics NNTP 0 I, like the Cisco 0 0 1 not covered in Volume Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and NOTE includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network CiscoThe IOSfinal Software considers the precedence bits five of the ToS fieldlab if there is traffic that is queued in settings. chapter of the book concludes with hands-on exercises. These WFQ, WRED, or Weighted Round Robin (WRR). The precedence bits are not considered when policy comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty routing, Priority Queuing (PQ), Custom Queuing (CQ), or Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. (CBWFQ) configured. Study tips andare test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
set ip next-hop {ip_address}
Use this command to set IP address of the next-hop router to which the packet will be forwarded. The IP address used must be an adjacent router. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
setPub interface {interface_name} Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Use this command to set the output interface for the matched packet.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know set ip default {ip_address} Learn how tonext-hop build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
This command CCIE Practical Studies, is used like Volume the ip II next-hop leads CCIEcommand. candidatesItthrough specifiesthe which process IP address of preparing to forward for the packets to CCIE lab there is not exam an explicit by presenting route to them the destination with a series inof the challenging route table. laboratory Think of exercises. this command A perfect as a default route companion to use for policy to therouting. best-selling The next-hop first edition, address this book must provides be an adjacent coverage router. of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.default They present readers{interface_name} with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. set interface Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
This command functions much like the ip default next-hop command; it specifies which interface to forward a matched packet to if there is not an explicit route to the destination. Used on point-to-point links
NOTE
Theset ip next-hop and set ip default next-hop commands are similar but function differently. Theset ip next-hop command causes the router to use policy routing first and then use the route table. The set ip default next-hop command causes the router to use the route table first and then policy route to the specified default next hop.
• • •
Step 4. (Optional) Define and configure any ACLs that will be used with the new routing policy. With extended ACLs, for example, you can use policy to forward traffic based on traffic type (for instance, traffic one and FTP traffic another). You can also use ACLs to route traffic from specific Tableway, of Contents addresses. When you use standard ACLs, policy routing compares the source IP address in the packe Index to the ACL. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Step 5. Configure policy routing on the inbound interface. To configure policy routing for an interface
ByKarl Solie CCIEfollowing No. 4599, Leah Lynch command: CCIE No. 7220 use the interface Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router(config-if)#ip policy route-maproute-map_name Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Step 6. (Optional) Enable fast switching for PBR. In Cisco IOS Software Release 12.0, PBR can be fa Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying switched. Prior to Cisco IOS Software Release 12.0, PBR could only be processed switched. In a what you know process-switched environment, the switching rate is approximately 1000 to 10,000 packets per second. This not considered fast enough for many applications. You can enable fast Learn how to speed build awas practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation switching of PBR with the following interface command: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
router(config-if)# The book begins with ip brief route-cache coverage of the policy core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the fast-switched technologies and increase difficulty PBR must be configured before you configure PBR.gradually Fast-switched PBRindoes not support the level. present readers with scenarios to what they will face oninterface the actualcommand lab exam.is supported set ipThey default next-hop and set default similar interface commands. The set Studypoint-to-point tips and test-taking areroute included throughout the over links ortechniques with a static cache entry equal tobook. the interface specified in the set interface command.
Step 7. (Optional) Configure local PBR. Packets generated by the router are not policy routed. If you want to policy route traffic generated by the router, you must enable it. To enable local PBR, use the following global configuration command.
router(config)#ip local policy route-maproute-map_name
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples Practical Example: Configuring PBR and Setting ToS CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
In this section, you apply a couple of these concepts to a practical example in policy routing. For the network depicted in Figure 2-10, create a policy route that will forward Telnet traffic to the earp router, Publisher: Cisco Presssetting the ToS bit to minimum delay. All other IP traffic will be forwarded to the hollida 172.16.10.3, while Pub Date: November 07, 2003 router, 172.16.10.4. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 2-10. Policy-Based Routing
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Following the multistep process for configuring PBR, Steps 1 through 3 call for you to first configure the route map with the necessary match and set commands. The route map will call an ACL that matches Telnet traffic, and the set command will set the IP next hop to be the IP address of the earp router. Table 12 specifies that Telnet traffic should have the ToS set to min-delay; therefore, the route map will set this bit for Telnet traffic in the ToS value to min-delay. Another route map instance will be used to match all other traffic and forward it to the holliday router. Because the route map instance will match all traffic, the
is no need to include a match command. Example 2-30 lists the route map configuration on the tombstone router to accomplish this.
Example 2-30. Route Map Configuration on the tombstone Router •
Table of Contents
route-map policy_2 permit 100 • Index •
Examples
match ip address 101 II CCIE Practical Studies Volume ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Call access-list 101
set ip next-hop 172.16.10.3
Set the next hop to 172.16.10.3/earp
Publisher: Cisco Press set ip tos min-delay
Set the TOS to min-delay
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
route-map policy_2 permit 200 set ip next-hop 172.16.10.4
Match all routes and set the next hop
to 172.16.10.4/holliday Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Now you any ACLs the route map will need. In this case, configure a single ACL to match whatmust you configure know TCP telnet traffic from any IP address. The ACL you will use resembles the following: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing andany Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. access-list 101 of permit tcp any eq telnet
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The finaltochapter of ACL the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These There is no need write an to catch all the regular traffic. As discussed earlier, the absence of a matc comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty statement, such as in the second route map instance, will match all routes or all packets. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques throughout the book. The last two steps call for you to applyare theincluded policy route to an interface and to enable fast switching for PBR This is accomplished with the interface commands ip policy route-map and ip route-cache policy. In this model, you will enable PBR on the E0/1 interface of the tombstone router. With PBR enabled on the E0/1 interface, all Telnet traffic will be forwarded to the earp router, whereas all other IP traffic will be forwarded to the holliday router. Example 2-31 lists the complete PBR configuration of the tombstone router.
Example 2-31. PBR Configuration on the tombstone Router
hostname tombstone ! interface Ethernet0/0 • • •
!
Table of Contents
ip address 172.16.10.6 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Ethernet0/1
ipPublisher: address 172.16.64.6 255.255.255.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip route-cache policy ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip policy route-map policy_2
enable PBR fast-switching Call route-map "policy_2" for PBR
! router eigrp 65001 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. networkStudies 172.16.0.0 no auto-summary Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no eigrp log-neighbor-changes !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list 101 permit tcp any any eq telnet Match Telnet traffic CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics priority-list 1 protocol ip Cisco high Catalyst 3550, route Priority queuing for TOS not covered in Volume I, like the maps, BGP, Multicast, and enforcement QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and priority-list 1 of default low and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions the Routing ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core route-map permit detailed 100 technologiespolicy_2 follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These match ip address 101 call 101 and match Telnet comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies andaccess-list gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. set ip 172.16.10.3 Set the Study tipsnext-hop and test-taking techniques are included throughout the next book. hop to earp/172.16.10.3 set ip tos min-delay
Set TOS min-delay bit
! route-map policy_2 permit 200 set ip next-hop 172.16.10.4
Match all other traffic Set the next hop to holliday/172.16.10.4
!
In this model, because you are setting ToS values, you need to configure WRED or WFQ on the outbound interface. WFQ is not the default queuing method on Ethernet interfaces. It is the default queuing method on serial interfaces with 2.048 Mbps or less of bandwidth. This portion of the configuration is not present in • Table of Contents this example. For more information on configuring WRED and WFQ, see Chapters 5 and 6. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Big Show for Route Maps ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
CCIE Practical Studies,Volume I introduced what was called the Big Show and Big D. These terms were use Publisher: Cisco Press because the discussion focused on only a select few show and debug commands considered most useful. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1-58705-072-2 The BigISBN: Show and Big D commands for route maps are rather limited in their use. The best way to test the Pages: 1032 functionality of route maps and policy routing is to actually see how they are performing by viewing the route table and using traceroute commands. The show commands offered by Cisco are very good at showing where the route map is applied and the logical order in which it is operated. The Big Show commands discussed here are as follows:
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE show route-map Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. show ip policy Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying show ip cache policy what you know
Theshow route-map command enables you to determine the logical order and execution of the route map Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation If PBR is enabled, the command also shows the number of matches and the number of bytes that were policyTake routed. from the previous network models, Example 2-32 demonstrates the show routefiveWorking full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment map command on the tombstone router. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Example 2-32. show route-map Command on the tombstone companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE labRouter exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. tombstone#show route-map The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for sequence further reading. route-map policy_2, permit, 100 Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Match The clauses: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.ip They present(access-lists): readers with scenarios address 101 similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Set clauses: ip next-hop 172.16.10.3 ip tos min-delay Policy routing matches: 264 packets, 15852 bytes route-map policy_2, permit, sequence 200
Match clauses: Set clauses: ip next-hop 172.16.10.4 Policy routing matches: 60 packets, 4478 bytes •
Table of Contents
• Index route-map policy_1, permit, sequence 100 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Match clauses: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip address (access-lists): 100 Publisher: Cisco Press
Set clauses:
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 1-58705-072-2 ipISBN: next-hop 172.16.10.4 Pages: 1032
ip tos max-throughput Policy routing matches: 85 packets, 6880 bytes route-map policy_1, permit, 200 with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the sequence CCIE Lab Exam Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Match clauses: Experience concepts into101 practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ip addressputting (access-lists): what you know Set clauses: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip next-hop 172.16.10.3 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Policy routing matches: 43 packets, 3318 bytes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect tombstone# companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Use show ip with policy command toofverify which interfaces have PBR on enabled andlab which route The the book begins brief coverage the core technologies required the CCIE exam andmap they are currently using for PBR. Example 2-33 demonstrates the show ip policy command on the tombstone includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 2-33.readers show with ip policy Command on they thewill tombstone Router level. They present scenarios similar to what face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
tombstone#show ip policy Interface
Route map
Ethernet0/1
policy_2
You can use the show ip cache policy command to verify whether fast switching is enabled for policy routing. This command shows the policy type, the route map in use, and the age of the cache entries. If th policy is a next-hop policy, the next hop also displays. Example 2-34 lists the output of the show ip cache policy command on the tombstone router. •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Example 2-34. show ip cache policy Command on the tombstone Router • Index CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
tombstone#show ip cache policy Publisher: Total addsCisco 4, Press total deletes 2 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Type Routemap/sequence ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Age
Interface
Next Hop
Pages: 1032
NH
policy_2/100
00:38:27
Ethernet0/0
172.16.10.3
NH
policy_2/200
00:43:56
Ethernet0/0
172.16.10.4
tombstone# Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 3: Configuring Complex Route Maps and Using Tags—Part I •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Practical Scenario • Index
Route maps Studies are oneVolume of most CCIE Practical II powerful features you can use on a router. You can use them during redistribution, in PBR, in BGP, and in many other scenarios. This lab gives you practice in ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 configuring complex route maps that will be used during redistribution. You then practice setting and using route tags. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Lab Exercise Pages: 1032
GameNetworks.com is an upstart company focusing on providing WAN and LAN connectivity for console games. GameNetworks.com enables its customers to play the latest and greatest console games online through its private network. GameNetworks.com has two new locations in Wisconsin and California. Your task is to configure an IP network using the following strict design Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE guidelines: Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Configure the GameNetworks.com IP network as depicted in Figure 2-11. Use EIGRP as the Experience putting concepts with system lab scenarios guide you in unreal, applying routing protocol and 2002 asinto the practice autonomous ID on that the wisconsin_x, and what you know halo routers. Use EIGRP as the routing protocol on the california_x router and the gamenet router; the autonomous system of this router will be 65001. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Figure GameNetworks.com CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads2-11. CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Join the EIGRP routing domains with OSPF on the gamenet and wisconsin_x routers. Configure the Frame Relay network as depicted in Figure 2-11. Configure all IP addresses as depicted in Figure 2-11. Use the "Lab Objectives" section for configuration specifics. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Lab Objectives • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Configure the routing protocols as depicted in Figure 2-11. The only interface on wisconsin_x broadcasting EIGRP updates should be the LAN interface.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Configure OSPF the Pub Date: November 07,on 2003
wisconsin_x and gamenet routers. The serial interface of wisconsin_x will be in OSPF area 2. The serial s0.1 interface of the gamenet router is in ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 OSPF area 2, and the LAN interface is in OSPF area 0. Pages: 1032 The s0.2 interface of the gamenet router will be configured for EIGRP, using AS 65001. All interfaces of the california_x router will be in the EIGRP domain.
Configure a loopback interface on the unreal router with an IP address of 172.16.11.11/24, Gain hands-on and on theexperience halo router for with thean CCIE address Lab Exam of 172.16.6.6/24. with volume two Advertise of the these best-selling networks CCIE via Practical EIGRP. Studies title from Cisco Press. Assign a tag value of 100 to all routes future and present advertised by the halo router. Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios guide you in applying This includes all locally connected and LANwith networks. In the that future, other networks may be what you know added to the halo router; ensure that these networks get a tag of 100, too. Learnahow to is build a practice labvalue for your CCIE lab exam After route tagged with the of 100, ensure that preparation the tag value is preserved in the routing domain for EIGRP 65001. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Routes advertised only by the halo router, and no other router, should appear as OSPF type CCIE 1Practical Studies, Volume CCIE candidates routes when they arrive II onleads the gamenet router. through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion best-selling edition, book 172.16.11.0/24 provides coverage of the CCIE lab exam topics Assignto anthe OSPF tag valuefirst of 10 to thethis network from unreal router. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Whenwith redistributing Volume I, OSPF the CCIE into candidate EIGRP 65001 will get on the comprehensive gamenet router, coverage only redistribute of the routing those and switching routes portions with a of tagthe value Routing of 100. andThe Switching, california_x Security, routerand should Service be able Provider to ping labthe exams. halo network of 172.16.6.0/24, but not the network 172.16.11.0/24 on the unreal router. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes Do suggested not allow the references private LAN for further 10.0.101.0/24, reading. on Laboratory california_x, exercises to be covering redistributed each into of the thecore technologies OSPF routing follow,domain. providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Equipment Needed Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Six Cisco routers; three will be connected via V.35 back-to-back cable or similar fashion to a single router serving as the Frame Relay switch. Four LAN segments, provided via hubs or switches. The figure shows the california_x router with two LAN interfaces; one of these interfaces may be substituted with a loopback interface.
Physical Layout and Prestaging Connect the hubs and serial cables to the routers as shown in Figure 2-11. A Frame Relay switch with two PVCs is also required. Example 2-35 lists the Frame Relay configuration used in this lab. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
• ExamplesFrame Relay Switch Configuration Example 2-35. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
hostname frame_switch Publisher: Cisco Press !
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032 frame-relay switching
! interface Serial0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE no ip address Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. encapsulation frame-relay Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no fair-queue Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation clockrate 2000000 Take five intf-type full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment frame-relay dce CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the frame-relay route 102 interface Serial1 101 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay route 302 interface Serial4 206 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Serial1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no ip address technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These encapsulation frame-relay comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. clockrate 2000000 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 101 interface Serial0 102 ! <<>>
! interface Serial4 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
clockrate 64000
frame-relay intf-type dce CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE route No. 4599206 , Leahinterface Lynch CCIE No. 7220 frame-relay Serial0
302
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 3: Configuring Complex Route Maps and Using Tags—Part II •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Lab Walkthrough • Index
Configure the Frame RelayIIswitch and attach the three routers in a back-to-back fashion to the frame CCIE Practical Studies Volume switch. Use V.35 cables to connect the routers. Create the four Ethernet LANs by the use of switches or ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 hubs, as illustrated in Figure 2-11. Publisher: Cisco Press After the physical connections are complete, assign IP addresses to all LAN and WAN interfaces as depicted Pub Date: in November Figure 2-11. 07, 2003 Configure a Frame Relay point-to-point network between the gamenet and wisconsin_x routers and ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 between the gamenet and california_x routers. Use the data-link connection identifiers from the diagram. Example 2-36 lists the Frame Relay configuration of the gamenet, Pages:(DLCIs) 1032 wisonsin_x, and california_x routers.
Example 2-36. Frame Relay Configurations for gamenet, wisonsin_x and california_x Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying hostname gamenet what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Serial0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip address CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect no ip directed-broadcast companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. encapsulation frame-relay Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no ip mroute-cache The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and frame-relay lmi-type cisco includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty interface Serial0.1 point-to-point level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 192.168.1.5 255.255.255.252 no ip directed-broadcast frame-relay interface-dlci 102 ! interface Serial0.2 point-to-point
ip address 192.168.1.9 255.255.255.252 no ip directed-broadcast frame-relay interface-dlci 302 ________________________________________________________________ •
Table of Contents
hostname wisconsin_x • Index •
!
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Serial1/0
noPublisher: ip address Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
encapsulation frame-relay ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
frame-relay lmi-type cisco ! interface Serial1/0.1 point-to-point Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 192.168.1.6 255.255.255.252 frame-relay interface-dlci 101 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation --------------------------------------------------Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the hostname california_x CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Serial0/0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The no book ip address begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies no ip directed-broadcast follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive encapsulation practice frame-relay labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Serial0/0.1 point-to-point ip address 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.252 frame-relay interface-dlci 206
After configuring all the LAN and WAN interfaces, assign IP addresses and verify local connectivity. All routers should be able to ping their adjacent routers. For instance, unreal, wisconsin_x, and halo should all be able to ping the others' Ethernet address. When local connectivity is verified, you can begin to configure routing protocols. Before attempting to control routing updates and writing route maps, confirm that you have IP connectivity across the network, redistributing all routes freely without filters. By so confirming, you • Table of Contentsroute maps when the problem may be related to route redistribution or other can avoid troubleshooting problems with • Index the routing protocols. •
Examples
Begin by configuring the EIGRP domain between the wisconsin_x, unreal, and halo routers. The CCIE Practical Studies Volume II configuration of EIGRP on these three routers is rather straightforward. On the wisconsin_x router, you ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 need a network statement and a default-metric because you need to redistribute OSPF into EIGRP. Example 2-37 lists the EIGRP configuration of the wisconsin_x router. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Example 2-37. EIGRP Configuration for wisonsin_x Pages: 1032
hostname wisconsin_x ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router eigrp 2002 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying redistribute ospf 2002 what you know network 192.168.64.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation default-metric 1000 100 254 1 1500 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no auto-summary CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and The EIGRP configuration on the unreal and halo routers will be identical. In Example 2-38, the EIGRP switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. configuration demonstrates the two ways to configure the network for EIGRP. In Cisco IOS Software Release EIGRP a wildcard mask the network statement. Network The book12.1, begins withsupports brief coverage of the corewith technologies required on the CCIE lab 172.16.11.0 exam and is using this method of configuration, and this example is following the standard way to configure EIGRP includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core for the 192 networks. This is done purely for educational proposes. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 2-38.readers EIGRPwith Configuration halo Routers level. They present scenarios similarof to the whatunreal they will and face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
! hostname unreal ! router eigrp 2002
network 172.16.11.0 0.0.0.255 network 192.168.64.0 no auto-summary eigrp log-neighbor-changes •
Table of Contents
• !
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
hostname halo !
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1-58705-072-2 routerISBN: eigrp 2002 Pages: 1032
network 172.16.6.0 0.0.0.255 network 192.168.64.0 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. eigrp log-neighbor-changes Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know how to build practice labonfor your CCIE lab exam preparation Then Learn you configure OSPFaand EIGRP the gamenet router. The autonomous system ID used for EIGRP is 65001. The only interface sending EIGRP updates is interface s0.2, 192.168.1.9. The interface five full-blown practice labsE0 that mimic actual lab exam environment S0.1 Take is in OSPF area 2, and interface is in OSPFthe area 0. Example 2-39 lists the OSPF and EIGRP configuration on the gamenet router. At this time, no route maps have been configured on any routers. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Example 2-39. EIGRP and OSPF Configuration of gamenet not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. hostname gamenet The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These router eigrp 65001 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. redistribute ospf 2002 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. passive-interface Ethernet0 passive-interface Serial0.1 network 192.168.1.0 default-metric 1000 100 254 1 1500
no auto-summary ! router ospf 2002 redistribute eigrp 65001 subnets • • •
Table of Contents
network 192.168.1.5 0.0.0.0 area 2 Index
Examples
network 192.168.5.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bydefault-metric Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 100,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The california_x router will be configured for EIGRP with an autonomous system ID of 65001. Example 2-40 lists the EIGRP configuration of the california_x router. Gain hands-on experience for Configuration the CCIE Lab Examof with volume two of the best-selling Example 2-40. EIGRP the california_x Router CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying hostname california_x what you know !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
router Take eigrp five full-blown 65001 practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 10.0.0.0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network 192.168.1.0 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no auto-summary switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive include therouters, technologies gradually increase in difficulty After configuringpractice routinglabs protocols onallallofthe verifyand IP connectivity with standard ping tests. Be level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual labEnsure exam.that the sure the california_x router can ping the gamenet LAN and the halo and unreal routers. Study tipsnetworks and test-taking techniques included loopback are advertised andare reachable bythroughout the unreal the andbook. halo routers. Do not attempt to write route maps for filters and such without first verifying IP reachability. The lab instructions call for you to write a route map to tag the routes from the halo router with a tag of 100, and to tag the routes from the unreal router with a tag of 10. You will also tag route 192.168.64.0/24 with a tag of 100. Therefore, on the wisconsin_x router, you will write a route map to accomplish this during redistribution. Following the five-step process for configuring route maps, you will begin by first configuring the route map with its associated match and set commands. The route map, called set_tag, will match routes
using the match ip route-source command. Routes from the source IP address of 192.168.64.11, the unreal router, will have the tag set to 10. Routes from the source IP address of 192.168.64.6, the halo router, will have the tag set to 100. Routes from this source will also have the metric set to be an OSPF type 1 metric. Example 2-41 lists the syntax for the route map on the wisconsin_x router.
Example 2-41. Route-map set_tag Configuration on the wisconsin_x Router •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
hostname wisconsin_x CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press permit 10 route-map set_tag
First route-map instance
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
matchISBN: ip 1-58705-072-2 route-source 1
Match ACL 1, 192.168.64.11
Pages: 1032
set tag 10
Set tag to 10
! route-map set_tag permit 20 Second route-map instance Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. match ip route-source 2 Match ACL 2, 192.168.64.6 set Experience metric-type type-1 Set route to Ext OSPF type-1 putting concepts into practice withtype lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know set tag 100 Set tag to 100 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment route-map set_tag permit 30 Third route-map instance CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labip exam by presenting them with a series challenging laboratory match address 10 Match ACLof 10, all other routesexercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Set Catalyst route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. setcovered tag 100 tag 3550, to 100 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter ofthrough the book five hands-on lab exercises. This now The completes Steps 1 3 concludes required towith configure route maps. Now you These apply the route comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty maps. In this model, you apply the route map during redistribution of EIGRP into OSPF on the level. They present scenarios to what they will of face the actual router, lab exam. wisconsin_x router. readers Examplewith 2-42 lists the similar complete configuration theon wisconsin_x including Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. the ACLs.
Example 2-42. Configuration of the wisconsin_x Router
hostname wisconsin_x
! <<>> ! interface Serial0 • • •
Table of Contents
no ip address
Index Examples
no ip directed-broadcast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byencapsulation Karl Solie CCIE No. frame-relay 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
noPublisher: ip mroute-cache Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay lmi-type cisco ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Serial1/0.1 point-to-point ip address 192.168.1.6 255.255.255.252 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiesinterface-dlci title from Cisco Press. frame-relay 101 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying whatomitted>>> you know <<
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Ethernet2/0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address 255.255.255.0 CCIE lab exam192.168.64.3 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and router 2002 switchingeigrp portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. redistribute 2002coverage of the coreredistribute OSPF on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins ospf with brief technologies required includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 192.168.64.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These default-metric 1000 labs 100include 254 1 all 1500 default metric comprehensive practice of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no auto-summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! router ospf 2002 redistribute eigrp 2002 subnets route-map set_tag network 192.168.1.6 0.0.0.0 area 2
Redistribute and call route-map
default-metric 10
default metric
! access-list 1 permit 192.168.64.11
match routes from 192.168.64.11
access-list 2 permit 192.168.64.6
match routes from 192.168.64.6
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
access-list 10 permit any !
match all other routes/192.168.64.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599permit , Leah Lynch route-map set_tag 10 CCIE No. 7220
route-map "set_tag" begins
match ip Cisco route-source 1 Publisher: Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
set tag 10 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
route-map set_tag permit 20 match ip route-source 2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies titletype-1 from Cisco Press. set metric-type set tag 100 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-map set_tag permit 30 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match ip address 10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set lab tagexam 100 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Another requirement of this model is to only redistribute routes, on the gamenet router, into EGIRP 65001 from OSPFwith withbrief a tag value ofof 100, preserve this tag. You thislab by exam creating The book begins coverage theand coretotechnologies required oncan thedo CCIE andand applying a route map to the redistribution process Laboratory that matches only routes with each a tagof ofthe 100. You can includes suggested references for further reading. exercises covering core use the match tag command this purpose. the required route map. technologies follow, providing for detailed guides toExample applying2-43 the lists technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present scenarios similar to what will face on theRouter actual lab exam. Example 2-43.readers Routewith Map match_tag100 onthey the gamenet Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
hostname gamenet ! route-map match_tag100 permit 10 match tag 100
begin route-map "match_tag100" match the tag value of 100
set tag 100
set the tag for EIGRP.
!
•
Table of Contents
•
Examples
The route map will be applied during redistribution from OSPF into EIGRP. Before you apply this route • Index map, however, configure the last route map needed in the model. CCIE Practical Studies Volume The last requirement is to II also
prevent the private LAN, 10.0.101.0/24, from the california_x router, to beKarl redistributed into OSPF on7220 the gamenet router. You can prevent this with a route map By Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leahfrom LynchEIGRP CCIE No. applied during redistribution. The route map used to filter this subnet will call an ACL that matches only network 10.0.101.0/24. Example 2-44 lists the route map, called filter_net, used to filter network Publisher: Cisco Press 10.0.101.0/24 and the associated ACL. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 2-44. Route Map filter_net on the gamenet Router
hostname gamenet Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! access-list 10 deny 10.0.101.0 0.0.0.255 deny network 10.0.101.0/24 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know access-list 10 permit any Allow other networks to be redistributed Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-map filter_net permit 10 begin route-map "filter_net" Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match ip address 10 Match ACL 10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. At this time, youVolume can apply both route maps during the redistribution coverage process. Example 2-45 lists Combined with I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the routing and the final configuration router. switching portions of the gamenet Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 2-45.references Final Configuration of the gamenet Router technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Theygamenet present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. hostname Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 192.168.5.7 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast media-type 10BaseT
! <<>> ! interface Serial0 • • •
Table of Contents
Index no ip address Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
no ip directed-broadcast
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
encapsulation frame-relay Publisher: Cisco Press
noPub ipDate: mroute-cache November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
frame-relay lmi-type cisco Pages: 1032
! interface Serial0.1 point-to-point Gain ip address hands-on192.168.1.5 experience for255.255.255.252 the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no ip directed-broadcast Experienceinterface-dlci putting concepts 102 into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying frame-relay what you know !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
interface Serial0.2 point-to-point Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 255.255.255.252 CCIE Practical 192.168.1.9 Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect no ip directed-broadcast companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. frame-relay interface-dlci 302 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and router 65001 includes eigrp suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network redistribute 2002 match_tag100 call "match_tag100" settings. The finalospf chapter of route-map the book concludes with five hands-on lab route-map exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty passive-interface Ethernet0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. passive-interface Serial0.1 network 192.168.1.0 default-metric 1000 100 254 1 1500 no auto-summary !
set default metric
router ospf 2002 redistribute eigrp 65001 subnets route-map filter_net
call route-map "filter_net"
network 192.168.1.5 0.0.0.0 area 2 network 192.168.5.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 •
Table of Contents • default-metric Index 100 •
set default metric
Examples
! CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
access-list 10 deny
10.0.101.0 0.0.0.255
Publisher: Cisco access-list 10Press permit any Pub Date: November 07, 2003
route-map filter_net permit 10 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
match ip address 10 ! route-map match_tag100 permit 10 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. match tag 100 set Experience tag 100 putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation To verify Takethe five configuration, full-blown practice ensurelabs thatthat the mimic california_x the actual router lab sees exam only environment the routes with a tag of 100, and that it can ping the 172.16.6.0/24 subnet but not the 172.16.11.0/24 subnet. Example 2-46 CCIE Practical the Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the demonstrates routeVolume table and the ping test on the california_x router. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 2-46. in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Example Verifying the Configuration onmaps, california_x Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and california_x#show ip route includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set
172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets D EX
172.16.6.0 [170/3097600] via 192.168.1.9, 02:47:46, Serial0/0.1
D EX 192.168.64.0/24 [170/3097600] via 192.168.1.9, 02:48:50, Serial0/0.1 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets •
Table of Contents
C •
10.0.100.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0 Index
•
Examples
C
10.0.101.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 2 7220 192.168.1.0/30 is Lynch subnetted, subnets
C
Publisher: 192.168.1.8 Cisco Press
is directly connected, Serial0/0.1
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
D
192.168.1.4 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
[90/2681856] via 192.168.1.9, 02:58:26, Serial0/0.1
Pages: 1032
california_x# california_x#show ip route 172.16.6.0 Routing entry for 172.16.6.0/24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco distance Press. Known Studies via "eigrp 65001", 170, metric 3097600 Tag 100, type external Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Redistributing via eigrp 65001 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Last update from 192.168.1.9 on Serial0/0.1, 02:48:18 ago Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Routing Descriptor Blocks: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the * 192.168.1.9, from 192.168.1.9, ago, via laboratory Serial0/0.1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a 02:48:18 series of challenging exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Routein metric 3097600, traffic is 1 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered Volume is I, like the Cisco Catalystshare 3550, count route maps, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Total delay is 21000 minimum and bandwidth is 1000 lab Kbit switching portions of the Routingmicroseconds, and Switching, Security, Service Provider exams. The book Reliability begins with 254/255, brief coverage minimum of theMTU core1500 technologies bytes required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies Loading follow, 1/255, providing Hops detailed 1 guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty california_x# level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking california_x# ping 172.16.6.6 techniques are included throughout the book. Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.16.6.6, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 32/34/36 ms
california_x#ping 172.16.11.11 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.16.11.11, timeout is 2 seconds: ..... •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Success rate is 0 percent (0/5) california_x#
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
To verify that the private subnet, 10.0.101.0/24, is filtered from OSPF, you can view the route table of Pub Date: November 07, 2003 the wisconsin_x router, as demonstrated in Example 2-47. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 2-47. Final Route Table of the wisconsin_x Router
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE wisconsin_x#show ip route Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying D EIGRP, what you know EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 how - OSPF NSSAa practice external 1, N2 - lab OSPF NSSA external type 2 Learn to build labtype for your CCIE exam preparation Take E1five - OSPF full-blown external practice type labs1, that E2 mimic - OSPF theexternal actual lab type exam2, environment E - EGP CCIE Practical Studies,L1Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing the i - IS-IS, - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter for area CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, this bookstatic provides coverage CCIE lab exam topics * -tocandidate default, U - per-user route, o -ofODR not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing and P with - periodic downloaded static will route switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Gateway of last resort is not set The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further 172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 reading. subnetsLaboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book via concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These D 172.16.11.0 [90/409600] 192.168.64.11, 03:00:27, Ethernet2/0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will faceEthernet2/0 on the actual lab exam. D 172.16.6.0 [90/409600] via 192.168.64.6, 03:00:27, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. C
192.168.64.0/24 is directly connected, Ethernet2/0
O IA 192.168.5.0/24 [110/58] via 192.168.1.5, 03:01:39, Serial1/0.1 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets O E2
10.0.100.0 [110/100] via 192.168.1.5, 03:01:03, Serial1/0.1 192.168.1.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets
O E2
192.168.1.8 [110/100] via 192.168.1.5, 03:01:44, Serial1/0.1
C
192.168.1.4 is directly connected, Serial1/0.1
wisconsin_x# •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 4: Configuring Policy-Based Routing—Part I Practical Scenario •
Table of Contents
Route maps are • Index also used for PBR. You can use PBR to force traffic to paths that are different from the ones in the normal forwarding/route table. You can use PBR to control traffic based on • Examples ToS,Practical packet size and type,IIand source address, among others. This lab gives you practice in CCIE Studies Volume configuring complex PBR route maps using packet size and in controlling default routes. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press
Lab Exercise Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Wizards of the Woods is the leading manufacturer of fantasy card games, fantasy role-playing Pages: 1032 games, and computer games. Wizards of the Woods has organized its divisions by geographic locations. To each division, there are two Frame Relay PVCs from the headquarters router, called the wow router. One PVC operates at T1 speeds; this runs between the wow and plains router. The other is a low-speed PVC, 64 kbps, between the wow and swamp router. The wow router also provides Internet service to the division. Wizards want to control and streamline traffic Gain hands-on experience forwow the servers CCIE Lab twoisoftothe best-selling through the WAN and to the byExam usingwith PBR.volume Your task configure an IPCCIE network Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. and PBR using the following strict design guidelines: Experience putting concepts practice with lab that guide you in applying Configure the Wizards of theinto Woods IP network asscenarios depicted in Figure 2-12. Use EIGRP as what you know the routing protocol and 65002 as the autonomous system ID on all routers. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Figure 2-12. Wizards of the Woods
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Configure the Frame Relay network as depicted in Figure 2-12. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Configure all IP addresses as depicted in Figure 2-12. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references section for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Usesuggested the "Lab Objectives" for configuration specifics. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Lab level. Objectives They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Configure EIGRP as the routing protocol, as depicted in Figure 2-12. Use 65002 as the autonomous system ID. Configure EIGRP such that the routing protocol will prefer the higher-bandwidth link between the plains and wow routers over the swamp and wow routers for traffic that comes from the forest router. EIGRP should prefer this path when routing traffic for the forest, mountain, and island routers. (Hint: Set the bandwidth properly on the serial interfaces.)
The testing and functionality of this lab will be greatly enhanced if there is an available connection to the Internet. The wow router will be configured to advertise a default route for Internet traffic. If an Internet connection is not available, you may simulate it with a loopback address or another router. Configure PBR using the following guidelines: • • •
of Contents - Table IP traffic from the mountain and island routers with a small packet size, 0 to 1199 Index bytes, destined for the wow servers should use the high-speed link between the Examples plains and the wow routers.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
- IPNo. traffic mountain and ByKarl Solie CCIE 4599from , Leah the Lynch CCIE No. 7220
island routers with a large packet size, 1200 to 1544 bytes, destined for the wow servers should use the low-speed link between the swamp and wow routers.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: -November 07,traffic 2003 Internet
from the mountain router should use the high-speed link through the
ISBN: plains 1-58705-072-2 router. Pages: 1032
- Internet traffic from the island router should use the low-speed link through the swamp router. - Configure fast switching for PBR. Gain hands-on for the CCIE with about volume two of the best-selling CCIE - Forexperience the purposes of the lab,Lab do Exam not worry the return route of the traffic. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. EIGRP will load share for return traffic. (Optional) If you have access to the Internet, enhance the lab and your practice by making Experience putting into lab scenariosNAT thatonguide you in applying this model as close concepts as you can to practice the real with thing. Configure the wow router, such what you know that all routers including the mountain and island routers can reach the Internet. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Equipment Take five full-blown Neededpractice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Seven lab exam byrouters; presenting them a series ofvia challenging laboratorycable exercises. A perfect Cisco three willwith be connected V.35 back-to-back or a similar companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics fashion to a single router serving as the Frame Relay switch. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with segments, Volume I, the CCIE via candidate get comprehensive coverage the router routingwith and Four LAN provided hubs orwill switches. Figure 2-12 shows theofwow switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. two LAN interfaces; one of these interfaces may be substituted with a loopback interface or another router to simulate the Internet, if a real Internet connection is not available. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering the core Yousuggested may want references to use IP workstations or servers to simulate response for theeach wowofservers. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Physical Layout and Prestaging level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Connect the hubs and serial cables to the routers as shown in Figure 2-12. A Frame Relay switch with two PVCs is also required. Example 2-48 lists the Frame Relay configuration used in this lab.
Example 2-48. Frame Relay Switch Configuration
hostname frame_switch ! frame-relay switching • !
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Serial0 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
no ip address
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
encapsulation frame-relay Publisher: Cisco Press Date: November 07, 2003 noPub fair-queue ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
clockrate 2000000 Pages: 1032 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 102 interface Serial1 101 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE frame-relay route 302 interface Serial4 206 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying interface Serial1 what you know no ip address Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment encapsulation frame-relay CCIE Practical2000000 Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the clockrate CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay intf-type dce not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will 102 get comprehensive coverage of the routing and frame-relay route 101 interface Serial0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core <<>> technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present interface Serial4readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no ip address encapsulation frame-relay clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 206 interface Serial0 302
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 4: Configuring Policy-Based Routing—Part II Lab Walkthrough •
Table of Contents
Configure theIndex • Frame Relay switch and attach the three routers in a back-to-back fashion to the frame switch. Use V.35 cables to connect the routers. Create the four Ethernet LANs by the use of switches • Examples or hubs, as illustrated in Figure 2-12. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
After the physical connections are complete, assign IP addresses to all LAN and WAN interfaces as depicted in Figure 2-12. Configure a Frame Relay network as a single multipoint network between all Publisher: CiscoWAN. Press Use the DLCIs from the diagram. Because the Frame Relay network is a routers on the Pub Date: November 07, 2003 multipoint, keep in mind that you will need to disable EIGRP split horizon at some point. At this time, you will ISBN: also1-58705-072-2 want to set the bandwidth statements so that EIGRP chooses the best possible path through the1032 network. Example 2-49 lists the Frame Relay configuration of all the routers. Pages:
Example 2-49. Frame Relay Configurations for the wow, plains, and swamp Routers Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. hostname wow Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Serial0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bandwidth 1544 BW for EIGRP CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address 192.168.1.7 255.255.255.0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics encapsulation frame-relay not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no ip split-horizon eigrp 65002 used to disable split-horizons switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book ip mroute-cache The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay map providing ip 192.168.1.3 broadcast Map statement to plains technologies follow, detailed 102 guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.4 broadcast Map statement todifficulty swamp comprehensive practice labs include all302 of the technologies and gradually increase in level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay lmi-type cisco Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! ________________________________________________________________ hostname plains !
interface Serial1/0 bandwidth 1544
BW for EIGRP
ip address 192.168.1.3 255.255.255.0 encapsulation frame-relay • • •
Table of Contents
frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.4 101 broadcast Index
Examples
frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.7 101 broadcast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Map statement to swamp Map statement to wow
Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahcisco Lynch CCIE No. 7220 lmi-type
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
________________________________________________________________ ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
hostname swamp ! interface Serial0/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies bandwidth 64 title from Cisco Press. BW for EIGRP ip address 192.168.1.4 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know encapsulation frame-relay Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip mroute-cache Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.3 206 broadcast Map statement to plains CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the frame-relay mappresenting ip 192.168.1.7 206 broadcast Map statement to Awow CCIE lab exam by them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay lmi-type cisco not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network After configuring the LAN WAN concludes interfaces,with assign addresses verify local connectivity. All settings. The finalall chapter of and the book fiveIPhands-on laband exercises. These routers should be able tolabs ping their adjacent For instance, plains,increase swamp, in and forest should comprehensive practice include all of therouters. technologies and gradually difficulty all be They able to ping the others' Ethernet address. When localthey connectivity is verified, you begin to level. present readers with scenarios similar to what will face on the actual labcan exam. configure protocols. Study tipsrouting and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Begin by configuring the EIGRP domain between all the routers, starting with the wow router. On the wow router, you need two network statements, one for network 172.16.0.0 and one for 192.168.1.0. This router also needs to generate a default route for Internet traffic. To generate a default route, configure a default static route to the address 206.191.241.41 with the command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 206.191.241.41. For the wow router to advertise this route, it needs to be redistributed into EIGRP.Example 2-50 lists the configuration of EIGRP on the wow router.
Example 2-50. EIGRP Configuration for wisonsin_x
hostname wow ! •
Table of Contents
router eigrp 65002 • Index •
Examples
redistribute static CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
redistribute the default route
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 172.16.0.0
Publisher:192.168.1.0 Cisco Press network Pub Date: November 07, 2003
default-metric 10000 100 254 1 1500 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
default metric
Pages: 1032
no auto-summary ! ip classless Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 206.191.241.41 default route Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment NOTE CCIEPackets Practicalwill Studies, Volume II leads CCIEwhen candidates through process of preparing for the only follow a default route ip classless is the enabled. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Because the with Frame Volume Relay I, network the CCIEiscandidate a multipoint, will get youcomprehensive should disable coverage split horizon of the for routing EIGRP on and the switching serial interface portions withofthe thecommand Routing and no Switching, ip split-horizon Security, eigrp and65002. ServiceWithout Providerdisabling lab exams. EIGRP split horizon, if the Ethernet link between the plains and swamp routers were broken, routes from the The book begins withnot brief coverage of the core technologies the CCIE lab exam and part swamp router would reach the plains router, and routing required would beon broken. Another important includes suggested references for in further reading. Laboratory covering of each the core of the EIGRP configuration, listed the preceding example, isexercises the configuration theof bandwidth technologieson follow, providing detailed to applying technologies in real network statements the serial interface. The guides configuration of thethe bandwidth statements will allow EIGRP to settings. The possible final chapter book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These pick the best path of forthe routing. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. The EIGRP They configurations present readers onwith the scenarios plains andsimilar swamptorouters what they resemble will face that onofthe theactual wow router. lab exam. Example Studylists 2-51 tipsthe andconfigurations. test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 2-51. EIGRP Configuration of the plains and swamp Routers
hostname plains !
router eigrp 65002 network 172.16.0.0 network 192.168.1.0 •
no auto-summary
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
________________________________________________________________ ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
hostname swamp Publisher: Cisco Press
!
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
router eigrp 65002 Pages: 1032
network 172.16.0.0 network 192.168.1.0 Gain no auto-summary hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know The EIGRP configurations on the forest, mountain, and island routers are pretty straightforward, as shown in Example 2-52. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 2-52. EIGRP Configuration of the forest, mountain, and island CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Routers CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and hostname with forest switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router eigrp 65002 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These networkThe 172.16.0.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no auto-summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! ________________________________________________________________ hostname mountain ! router eigrp 65002
network 172.16.0.0 no auto-summary ! ________________________________________________________________ •
Table of Contents
• Index hostname island • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ! ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
router eigrp 65002 Publisher: Cisco Press
network 172.16.0.0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
no auto-summary Pages: 1032
After configuring all the routers for EIGRP, you should have IP end-to-end connectivity. The island and Gain hands-on mountain routers experience should befor able theto CCIE reach Lab the Exam wowwith servers. volume A default two of route the best-selling should alsoCCIE be advertised Practical by EIGRP. Studies Example title 2-53 from lists Cisco thePress. route table of the island router. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Example 2-53. Route Table of the island Router what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation island# show route practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Take five ip full-blown Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - candidates IGRP, R - through RIP, M the - mobile, - BGP CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE process ofB preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect D -toEIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, - OSPF, IA coverage - OSPF inter companion the best-selling first edition, this Obook provides of CCIEarea lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. N1with - OSPF NSSA external type 1,will N2 get - OSPF NSSA external type 2 routing and Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate comprehensive coverage of the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes isuggested for further reading. exercises each of the core - IS-IS,references L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 -Laboratory IS-IS level-2, * covering - candidate default technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings.UThe final chapter of the route, book concludes - per-user static o – ODRwith five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They readers is with172.16.2.6 scenarios similar to what 0.0.0.0 they will face on the actual lab exam. Gateway ofpresent last resort to network Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 3 subnets D
172.16.7.0 [90/2246656] via 172.16.2.6, 01:07:24, Ethernet0/0
D
172.16.1.0 [90/307200] via 172.16.2.6, 02:10:57, Ethernet0/0
C
172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
D
192.168.1.0/24 [90/2221056] via 172.16.2.6, 02:10:57, Ethernet0/0
D*EX 0.0.0.0/0 [170/2246656] via 172.16.2.6, 01:07:24, Ethernet0/0 island#
• Table of Contents Theoptional portion of this lab calls for you to configure NAT on the wow router for reachability to the • Indexactual IP hosts for testing will help you verify whether the route maps and policy Internet. Having • Examplesproperly. Actual IP hosts may be substituted by loopback interfaces and by routing are working CCIE Practical Studies Volume II enabling local policy routing.
When configuring NAT, configure the serial 0 and E4 interfaces of the wow as No. NAT4599 inside interfaces. E3 interface will be the NAT outside interface. Because you By Karlrouter Solie CCIE , Leah Lynch CCIE The No. 7220 have only a single IP address, you will be using Port Address Translation (PAT), sometimes referred to as the Overload feature. The NAT/PAT configuration used in this model is listed in Example 2-54. For Publisher: Cisco Press more detailed information on configuring NAT, refer to CCIE Practical Studies,Volume 1. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 2-54. NAT/PAT Configuration on the wow Router
hostname wow Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Ethernet3 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 206.191.241.43 know ip address 255.255.255.248 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip directed-broadcast Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip nat outside NAT outside interface/Internet CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the media-type CCIE lab exam10BaseT by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Ethernet4 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip book address 172.16.7.7 255.255.255.0 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no ip directed-broadcast technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip nat inside NAT inside interface comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. media-type Study tips and10BaseT test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Serial0 bandwidth 1544 ip address 192.168.1.7 255.255.255.0
no ip directed-broadcast ip nat inside
NAT inside interface
encapsulation frame-relay no ip split-horizon eigrp 65002 • • •
Table of Contents
no ip mroute-cache Index
Examples
frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.3 102 broadcast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Lynch CCIE No. 7220 map ip,Leah 192.168.1.4 302 broadcast
frame-relay cisco Publisher: Cisco lmi-type Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip nat inside source list 101 interface Ethernet3 overload
PAT enabled for E3
! access-list 101 permit ip any any translate all traffic Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying To configure the routing policy specified by the lab, you need to configure policy routing on the forest what you know routers. This lab does not require traffic to take the same return path as which it originated, however, for extra practice, you may want to configure PBR on the wow router, such that traffic does follow the Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation same return path. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The lab objectives call for you to configure PBR with the following guidelines: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect IP traffic from the mountain and island routers with a small packet size, 0 to 1199 bytes, companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics destined for the wow servers should use the high-speed link between the plains and wow not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. routers. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Security, Service lab to exams. IP traffic fromofthe mountain and Switching, island routers with aand large packetProvider size, 1200 1544 bytes, destined for the wow servers should use the low-speed link between the swamp and wow The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and routers. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies detailed guides applying the high-speed technologieslink in real network Internetfollow, traffic providing from the mountain router to should use the through the plains settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These router. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.Internet They present with scenarios what will face the actual lab exam. trafficreaders from the island router similar should to use the they low-speed linkon through the swamp router. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Configure fast switching for PBR. The route map for policy routing on the forest router will have four route map instances. The first instance will match traffic from the router mountain, 172.16.2.10, and island, 172.16.2.5. After traffic is verified from these sources, a match on small packet length, 0 to 1199, will be performed. Traffic that passes both of these criteria will have a next hop set to 172.16.1.3, to use the high-speed link of the plains router. The second route map instance will match the same addresses, but this instance will match large packet lengths, 1200 to 1544. Traffic that passes both of these matches will be forwarded to the next hop of 172.16.1.4, to the lower-speed link of the swamp router.
The final two route map instances are for Internet traffic. One instance will match traffic from the mountain router, 172.16.2.10, and set the IP default next hop to the plains router, 172.16.1.3. The other instance will match traffic from the island router, 172.16.2.5, and set the IP default next hop to the swamp router, 172.16.1.4. Recall that the IP default next-hop address will be used when the router does not have the destination address of the packet in its forwarding/route table. Recalling the steps to configure PBR, you have the following: • • •
Table of Contents
Step 1. Configure ACLs. Index Examples
Step 2. Configure route map instances.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 StepCCIE 3. Configure match commands. Publisher: Step Cisco 4. Configure Press set
commands.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 5. Configure PBR on the interface. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Step 6. Configure fast switching. Step 7. (Optional) Configure local PBR.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE of Lab Exam volume the best-selling CCIE Example 2-55 covers the configuration Steps 1 with through 4 on two the of forest router. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 2-55. Route Map and ACL Configuration on the forest Router Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Hostname forest Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam110 by presenting a series of challenging exercises. A perfect access-list permit ipthem hostwith 172.16.2.10 172.16.7.0laboratory 0.0.0.255 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in 110 Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. access-list permit ipthe host 172.16.2.5 172.16.7.0 0.0.0.255 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and access-list 130 deny ip any 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network access-list 130 deny ip detailed any 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive130 practice labsip include of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty access-list permit host all 172.16.2.10 any level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! access-list 140 deny
ip any 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255
access-list 140 deny
ip any 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255
access-list 140 permit ip host 172.16.2.5 any !
route-map policy_1 permit 10
PBR small packets
match ip address 110 match length 0 1199 set ip next-hop 172.16.1.3 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
route-map policy_1 permit 20 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
PBR large packets
Bymatch Karl Solie No. 4599110 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ipCCIE address
match length 1200 1544 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
set ip next-hop 172.16.1.4 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
route-map policy_1 permit 30
PBR for default routing
match ip address 130 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco Press. set ip Studies defaulttitle next-hop 172.16.1.3 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know permit 40 route-map policy_1 PBR for default routing Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation match ip address 140 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment set ip default next-hop 172.16.1.4 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The last part of the configuration, Steps 5 and 6, calls for you to apply the PBR and to enable fast switching for PBR. This is accomplished withcore thetechnologies interface commands route-map The book begins with brief coverage of the requiredip onpolicy the CCIE lab examand andip route-cache policy. Example 2-56 lists the entire Laboratory configuration of the forest router. includes suggested references for further reading. exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 2-56. Configuration the forest Router level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. hostname forest ! <<>> !
interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 172.16.1.6 255.255.255.0 ! interface Ethernet0/1 • • •
Table of Contents
ip address 172.16.2.6 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
ip route-cache policy
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ipKarl policy route-map policy_1
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: eigrp 65002 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 172.16.0.0 no auto-summary no eigrp log-neighbor-changes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! ip classless Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know no ipwhat http server !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list 110 permit ip host 172.16.2.10 172.16.7.0 0.0.0.255 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the access-list permit ipthem hostwith 172.16.2.5 0.0.0.255exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam110 by presenting a series of172.16.7.0 challenging laboratory companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics access-list deny ipthe any 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255 not covered in 130 Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and access-list 130 of deny ip any 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. access-list 130 permit ip host of 172.16.2.10 any The book begins with brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core access-list 140 deny ip detailed any 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255 technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These access-list deny labsip any 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 comprehensive140 practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. access-list permit techniques ip host 172.16.2.5 Study tips and140 test-taking are included any throughout the book. route-map policy_1 permit 10 match ip address 110 match length 0 1199 set ip next-hop 172.16.1.3
! route-map policy_1 permit 20 match ip address 110 match length 1200 1544 • • •
!
Table of Contents
set ip next-hop 172.16.1.4 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,permit Leah Lynch route-map policy_1 30CCIE No. 7220
match ip Cisco address Publisher: Press 130 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
set ip default next-hop 172.16.1.3 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
route-map policy_1 permit 40 match ip address 140 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco Press. set ip Studies defaulttitle next-hop 172.16.1.4 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Example 2-57 lists the PBR configuration of the wow router. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 2-57. PBR Configuration of the wow Router
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not coveredwow in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. hostname Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ip subnet-zero includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ip name-server 206.191.193.1 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tipsomitted>>> and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. <<
ip nat outside media-type 10BaseT ! interface Ethernet4 • • •
Table of Contents
ip address 172.16.7.7 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
no ip directed-broadcast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byip Karlnat Solie inside CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
media-type 10BaseT Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial0 bandwidth 1544 ip address 192.168.1.7 255.255.255.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no ip directed-broadcast ip nat inside Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know encapsulation frame-relay Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip split-horizon eigrp 65002 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip mroute-cache CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the frame-relay mappresenting ip 192.168.1.3 102 broadcast CCIE lab exam by them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay map ip I,192.168.1.4 broadcast not covered in Volume like the Cisco302 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and frame-relay lmi-type cisco and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the Routing ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router eigrp 65002 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These redistributepractice static labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 172.16.0.0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 192.168.1.0 default-metric 10000 100 254 1 1500 no auto-summary !
ip nat inside source list 101 interface Ethernet3 overload ip classless ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 206.191.241.41 no ip http server •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
access-list 101 permit ip any any CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
To test the policy, several extended pings from the mountain and island routers. By using the Pub Date: Novemberissue 07, 2003 show ISBN: route-map command on the forest router, you will be able to determine whether packets are 1-58705-072-2 being policy routed. Example 2-58 demonstrates two pings on the mountain router—one ping to the Pages: 1032 wow server and one to www.cisco.com (on the Internet).
Example 2-58. Testing and Verifying PBR Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. mountain#ping Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Protocol what [ip]: you know Target IP how address: Learn to build172.16.7.11 a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Repeat Take count five full-blown [5]: 50 practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Datagram size [100]:Volume 100 II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling Timeout intoseconds [2]: first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Extended with commands [n]: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Sweep range of sizes [n]: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Type escape sequence to abort. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. chapterICMP of the book to concludes with five timeout hands-onis lab2exercises. Sending The 50, final 100-byte Echos 172.16.7.11, seconds:These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Success rate is 100 percent (50/50), round-trip min/avg/max = 8/8/12 ms mountain# mountain#ping www.cisco.com Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 198.133.219.25, timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 136/700/1116 ms mountain# •
Table of Contents
• forest#showIndex route-map •
Examples
CCIE Practical policy_1, Studies Volume II route-map permit,
sequence 10
small packets matched
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Match clauses: Publisher: Cisco Press
ip address (access-lists): 110
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
length 0 1199 Pages: 1032
Set clauses: ip next-hop 172.16.1.3 Policy routing matches: 51 CCIE packets, 5814with bytes Gain hands-on experience for the Lab Exam volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. route-map policy_1, permit, sequence 20 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Match clauses: what you know ip address (access-lists): 110 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation length 1200 1544 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Set clauses: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip next-hop 172.16.1.4 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Policy routing matches: 0 packets, 0 bytes Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. route-map policy_1, permit, sequence 30 Internet traffic The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Match suggested clauses: references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ip address settings. The final (access-lists): chapter of the book130 concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty SetThey clauses: level. present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip default next-hop 172.16.1.3 Policy routing matches: 10 packets, 1140 bytes route-map policy_1, permit, sequence 40 Match clauses: ip address (access-lists): 140
Set clauses: ip default next-hop 172.16.1.4 Policy routing matches: 0 packets, 0 bytes forest# •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By performing the same test on the island router, with the exception of making the ping packet size of ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 1500 bytes, you can observe the policy routing working on the forest router. Example 2-59 lists the output of the show route-map command performed on the forest router, after running the test from Cisco Press the Publisher: island router. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Example Pages: 1032 2-59. show route-map Command on the wow and forest Routers
forest#show route-map Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE route-map policy_1, permit, sequence 10 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Match clauses: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ip what address you know (access-lists): 110 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation length 0 1199 five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment SetTake clauses: CCIEip Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the next-hop 172.16.1.3 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling this5814 bookbytes provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Policy routing matches: first 51 edition, packets, not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate20 will get comprehensive coveragematched of the routing and route-mapwith policy_1, permit, sequence Large packets switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Match clauses: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip address (access-lists): 110 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These length 1200 1544 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Set clauses: Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip next-hop 172.16.1.4 Policy routing matches: 101 packets, 152914 bytes route-map policy_1, permit, sequence 30 Match clauses:
ip address (access-lists): 130 Set clauses: ip default next-hop 172.16.1.3 Policy routing matches: 10 packets, 1140 bytes •
Table of Contents
•
Index
route-map policy_1, permit, sequence 40 •
Internet traffic
Examples
Match clauses:
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarlip Solie CCIE No. (access-lists): 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE 140 No. 7220 address
Set clauses: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ipISBN: default next-hop 172.16.1.4 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Policy routing matches: 12 packets, 1286 bytes forest#
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Part III: Multicast Routing Chapter 3 Confguring Multicast Routing •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 3. Configuring Multicast Routing Multicast has been used for different purposes for many years. Saying "multicast" these days typically conjures up the idea of streaming video or audio from a particular event. At a much more basic level, • Table however, of Contents multicast is a technology that allows one host to send a single stream of traffic to reach • Index any number of destination hosts. •
Examples
Without multicast, the only options available are CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Unicast streams— A number of specific copies equal to the number of destination hosts. Publisher: Cisco Press
Broadcast streams— Although only one stream from the source, this replicates to all stations regardless of their intent to receive.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
In thePages: early1032 days of media streaming, unicast was actually the method used to receive the streams over the Internet. This led to a huge amount of wasted bandwidth on the senders' part, the receivers' networks, and virtually everything in between. As with many things in the real world, changes, fixes, and new RFCs quickly emerged as a way to deal with the growing demand for online multimedia of this nature. Multicast Backbone Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE (MBONE) was one of the original methods of distributing multicast transmissions across the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Internet and between providers. The purpose of this chapter is not into to educate you onlab all scenarios the nuances ofguide multicast network design Experience putting concepts practice with that you in applying and maintenance. It is to serve as a refresher—and then as a series of examples on how to what you know configure things, particularly in reference to the CCIE lab exam! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Multicast Basics Thinking about the idea of a single stream sent out to multiple destinations, but not all destinations, leads you to the concept of multicast groups. Destination stations must maintain membership in a particular multicast group to receive the information. Without the membership, • of Contents the multicastTable stream cannot be delivered to stations on the network. •
Index
To understand • Examples the efficiency of multicasting, consider a video server offering a single channel of content, CCIE Practical as shown Studiesin Volume Figure II 3-1. For full-motion, full-screen viewing, a video stream requires approximately 1.5 Mbps of bandwidth. In a unicast environment, the server ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah server-to-client Lynch CCIE No. 7220 must send a separate video stream to the network for each client. (This consumes 1.5 * n Mbps of link bandwidth, where n = number of client viewers.) With a 10-Mbps Ethernet interface on Publisher: Cisco Press the server, it takes only six or seven server-to-client streams to completely saturate the network Pub Date: November 2003 interface. Even with07, a highly intelligent Gigabit Ethernet interface on a high-performance server, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 the practical limit would be from 250 to 300 1.5-Mbps video streams. Therefore, the server Pages: 1032 interface capacity can be a significant bottleneck, limiting the number of unicast video streams per video server. Replicated unicast transmissions consume a lot of bandwidth within the network, which is another significant limitation. If the path between server and client traverses h3 router hops and h2 switch hops, the "multi-unicast" video consumes 1.5 * n * h3 Mbps of router bandwidth, plus 1.5 * n * h2 Mbps of switch bandwidth. With 100 clients separated from the by 2 experience router hops, switch hops (aswith shown in Figure 3-2), single multi-unicast Gainserver hands-on forand the2CCIE Lab Exam volume two of the abest-selling CCIE channel consumes 300 Mbps of router bandwidth and 300 Mbps of switch bandwidth. Even if you Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. scale back the video stream bandwidth to 100 kbps (which provides acceptable quality in smaller windows on the screen), the multiple unicast streams consume 20 Mbps of both router and switchExperience bandwidth. putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Figure 3-1. Object of Multicast: One-to-Many Routing
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 3-2. Multicast Versus Unicast Efficiency
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIEappropriate Lab Exam with volume of the best-selling Multicast packets are replicated down paths in the two network with Protocol CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Independent Multicast (PIM), Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), and other associated protocols to create the most efficient routing mechanism possible. Experience putting conceptsadvantage: into practice with lab scenarios guide you in applying Multicast provides a tremendous the potential to savethat overall bandwidth and what you know conserve processing power. However, there are disadvantages as well. Multicast traffic is mostly UDP in nature. Although this makes perfect sense for how to treat a video stream, or audio Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation stream, consider what this actually means. UDP traffic, by definition, is "best delivery," which, of course, means "if you get it, you get it. If you don't, it's okay." Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment UDP inherently has more dropped packets throughout a transmission. UDP offers no congestion CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the control mechanisms, such as windowing or retransmission. Sequencing is another possible CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect problem with UDP-based transmissions. You can expect to see degradation of the video or sound companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics quality as packets are missed. Playing them back out of order would make no sense. The same not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. holds true for duplicate packets. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
IP Multicast Addressing IP addresses represent a specific set of the IPv4 address space known as Class D addresses. In a specific binary method, all the class addresses are laid out. Table 3-1 shows a listing of IPv4 class addressing. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Table 3-1. IPv4 Class Addressing
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher:Class Cisco Press Address
Binary Representation
Decimal Notation
0xxxxxxx
First octet 1–126
10xxxxxx
First octet 128–191
C
110xxxxx
First octet 192–223
D
1110xxxx
First octet 224–239
A B
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
E 1111xxxx First octet 240–255 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Note that certain restrictions apply to the address values listed in Table 3-1. For instance, the Experience putting conceptsfor into practicetesting with lab that In guide you inthe applying 127.0.0.0/8 address is reserved loopback of scenarios various sorts. addition, Class E what you know addresses are reserved for future or research purposes. The Class D address space, as it relates to multicast, is the focus here. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Class D addresses differ from any other preceding class. Typically, an IP address is thought of as Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic actual environment a value representing a single, particular host that the resides on lab the exam network (source address). In Class D addresses, the address denotes the recipient group, wherever it is. The multicast group CCIE Practical Studies, Volumeboundaries II leads CCIE candidates thefor process of preparing for the has no geographic or location in most cases. through The source multicast packets is CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect always noted as the unicast source address (Class A, B, or C). companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Ciscodown Catalyst route maps, segments BGP, Multicast, Class D addresses are further broken into 3550, some manageable along and the QoS. way. The Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) controls the assignment of IPv4 address routing space, and switching portions of the Routing andhas Switching, Security, Service labspecific exams. including multicast addresses. IANA broken the Class Dand space downProvider into some groups for easy assignment. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes for globally further reading. Laboratory coveringofeach of the core Note thatsuggested addressesreferences are assigned and given out one atexercises a time, instead in binary technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies inDreal network ranges like other IPv4 addresses. Tableguides 3-2 shows a breakdown of the Class address space. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Table 3-2. Class D Multicast Address Allocations
Description
IPv4 Address Range
Local-link address (reserved)
224.0.0.0/24
Globally scoped address (Assigned)
224.0.1.0 to 238.255.255.255
(Subset) Source-specific multicast
232.0.0.0/8
(Subset) GLOP addresses
233.0.0.0/8
•
Table of Contents
•Administratively Index scoped addresses (local) • Examples
239.0.0.0/8
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Local-Link Addresses Publisher: Cisco Press
ThePub range of 224.0.0.0 through 224.0.0.255 has been reserved by IANA for use by network Date: November 07, 2003 protocols on local network segments (subnets). Local-link address multicast packets have a ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Time-To-Live (TTL) of 1, so they are not forwarded by other routers onto different segments. Pages: 1032
Many routing protocols use multicast addresses to maximize their efficiency. Table 3-3 lists some examples of local addresses.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Table 3-3. Well-Known Multicast Groups
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying IP Multicast Protocol Usage what youAddress know 224.0.0.1 All systems Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 224.0.0.2 All routers Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 224.0.0.5 All OSPF routers CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 224.0.0.6 All OSPF designated routers CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion this bookrouters provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 224.0.0.9 to the best-selling first edition,All RIPv2 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 224.0.0.10 All Cisco Enhanced IGRP routers Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service 224.0.0.12 DHCP server and relay agentProvider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of theAll core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 224.0.0.13 multicast PIM routers includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core This is not an exhaustive list of the local multicast addresses have been assigned but more technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the that technologies in real network of a common representation thereof. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Globally Scoped Addresses
The majority of the Class D multicast address space is known as the globally scoped addresses. IANA controls and assigns these addresses for specific multicast applications and uses. These addresses again represent the groups listening to a particular packet flow and do not represent the source of the information. These addresses are also individually assigned without the concept of ranges or subnets. Table 3-4 shows some examples.
Table 3-4. Globally Scoped Addresses for Common Applications IP Multicast Address •224.0.1.1
Table of Contents
•
Index
Protocol Usage All systems (Network Time Protocol)
•224.0.1.39 Examples
Cisco RP announce (auto-RP)
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Cisco RP discovery (auto-RP)
224.0.1.40
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Cisco Press ThisPublisher: range of multicast address assignment is further defined in RFC 1112, Host Extensions forIP Multicasting. Pub Date: November In addition, 07, 2003 you can research all current assignments at http://www.iana.org/assignments/multicast-addresses. Some further addresses are reserved in ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 RFC 1112. Pages: 1032
Source-Specific Addresses Gainaddresses hands-on that experience for the 232.0.0.0/8 CCIE Lab Exam with volume twofor of source-specific the best-sellingmulticast. CCIE The fall within range are reserved Practical Studies title fromthat Cisco Press. This is a type of multicast allows some features of the multicast network, such as a rendezvous point (RP)— discussed later—to be bypassed after learning specific source information through a directory service. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Source-specific multicast might also remove the requirement of Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) or other inter–autonomous system multicast shared tree arrangements. As an Learnofhow build a practice for your than CCIEthe labRP exam extension the to PIM protocol, otherlab machines can preparation provide "out-of-band" multicast services. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Typically, a receiver must issue a join command to a multicast group address. If multiple CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the recipients join the same multicast group, even if information is sent from different source CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect servers, both applications receive traffic from both sending servers. This solution yields extra companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics traffic throughout the network. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will comprehensive the routing In a source-specific multicast implementation, theget router sees the joincoverage messageofspecific to a and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. particular multicast source. This is accomplished through the "include" mode within IGMP version 3. The router then sends the request directly to the source instead of sending it to the RP The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and typically used. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies detailed to applying themulticast; technologies in real network There are no follow, shared providing trees when dealingguides with source-specific everything is handled settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These through source trees. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
GLOP Addresses
Multicast addresses falling in the 233.0.0.0/8 range are reserved by RFC 2770 for GLOP. As an interesting note, GLOP does not stand for anything as an acronym; however, it is an interesting word! This is where any holder of an autonomous system number is automatically granted multicast addresses that route throughout the Internet. An autonomous system number is a 16-bit number (1–65,535) used to signify separate systems of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) speakers on the Internet. Fitting nicely into the equation here,
taking those 16 bits and fitting them into the two middle octets yields 256 multicast addresses per octet. For example, AS 22222 is represented by 01010110 11001110 in binary—or 86.206 split into two octets and converted back to decimal. So AS 22222 is automatically granted 233.86.206.0/24 multicast addresses to use as it sees fit throughout the Internet. •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Administratively Scoped Addresses • Index CCIE Studies Volume II addresses, administratively scoped addresses fall within the range Also Practical known as limited-scope of 239.0.0.0/8. RFC 2365 sets these ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIEaddresses No. 7220 aside to be used within a company or organization. Private companies, campuses, or other networks can use these addresses to run multicast applications that will not be forwarded outside their autonomous system. Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Service provider routers are typically configured to filter this type of multicast traffic to be sure ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 applications do not flow outside the appropriate multicast domain. Large organizations might also separate Pages: 1032 these into scopes (the multicast theory of subnetting) to separate them across smaller multicast domains.
Layer 2 Multicast Addresses Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical titleinterface from Cisco Press. Typically,Studies a network card (NIC) on a system is capable of recognizing only frames destined for their burned-in MAC address (BIA) or the broadcast MAC address (all Fs). In the networks using IP multicast, multiple hosts need to be able to receive a single data stream with Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying a common address. The 802.3 standards actually allowed this to occur by using the least what you know significant bit (bit 0) of the most significant byte (far-left byte). When this bit is set to 0, it represents individual address tolab which the NIC registers only its BIA. When this bit is set to a Learn an how to build a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation 1, it represents a group address encompassing broadcasts and multicasts. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment For those who remember back to their CCIE written exam, this is the bit that was referred to as the bit in an Ethernet MAC address. CCIEI/G Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect As an example of Layer 2 multicast addresses, the Intermediate companion to the best-selling first edition, this consider book provides coverage ofSystem-toCCIE lab exam topics Intermediate System (IS-IS) routing protocol. A derivation of the OSI Connectionless not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, andNetwork QoS. Service (CLNS) protocolI,suite, IP IS-IS uses awill Layer multicast address when it to Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate get2comprehensive coverage oftalks the routing and neighbors: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Levelbegins 1 IS-IS routers with 01-80-C2-00-00-14. The book with brief talk coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Level 2 IS-IS routers talk with 01-80-C2-00-00-15. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These As a side note, the next least significant bit (bit 1) of that same byte represents a locally comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty assigned MAC address (LAA), which allows multiple individual addresses to be received. This is a level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. common occurrence on Token Ring networks where "functional addresses" are used for devices Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. assuming necessary roles in network operation. Figure 3-3 shows a MAC address bit layout.
Figure 3-3. MAC Address Bit Layout
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Again, as you might remember from those days of the CCIE written exam and other Ethernetrelated trivia, the first three octets in a MAC address represent the OUI code. The IANA has been Publisher: Cisco Press allocated an organizational unique identifier (OUI) code for Ethernet multicast MAC addresses. Date: November 07, 2003 One additional bit is allocated and forced to be a 0 value. This adds ThisPub OUI code is 01:00:5E. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 up to 25 bits out of 48 total pre-allocated, leaving 23 bits to vary, as shown in Figure 3-4.. Pages: 1032
Figure 3-4. IP Multicast-to-MAC Addressing Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Now, for suggested some interesting trivia tofurther go withreading. the mapping values, look at the binaryeach values shown includes references for Laboratory exercises covering of the core here by the OUI allocation code—the E guides value intoparticular. E intechnologies hexadecimalinisreal 1110 in binary. All technologies follow, providing detailed applying the network Class D IP addresses beginof with values of with 11100000 (224) through 11101111 (239). The settings. The final chapter the binary book concludes five hands-on lab exercises. These first nibble of allpractice multicast addresses is 1110 in hex). comprehensive labs include all of the(E technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. This means thattest-taking out of the techniques 32 binary bits all multicast addresses, at least 4 of them are always Study tips and are in included throughout the book. the same and statically represented in the OUI allocation representing multicast IP on an Ethernet network. Regarding the mapping of IP multicast addresses into MAC addresses, however, you can see that this still leaves you with 23 bits to remap. The lower 23 bits of a 32-bit multicast IP address are mapped in here. Because the leading 4 bits are already represented by the E, this leaves 5 bits unmapped as shown in Figure 3-5.
Figure 3-5. Overlap of Multicast MAC Addresses
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. An Ethernet multicast MAC address has some overlap—the same MAC address is assigned to 32 different multicast groups. If one user on an Ethernet segment subscribes to multicast group 225.1.1.1, and another subscribes to 225.129.1.1, both users receive Experience puttinguser concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guideboth you multicast in applying streams. In engineering multicast networks on LAN segments, this overlap needs to be what you know specifically watched for and engineered to avoid the problem. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation With Token Ring networks, the overlap is even greater. As mentioned earlier, Token Ring uses the concept of functional Also, Token Ring uses noncanonical Take five full-blown addresses. practice labs thatremember mimic thethat actual lab exam environment addressing, so the bits are swapped on a byte level. Layer 3 IP multicast addresses are mapped to a single functional address, a little bit of overlap. first 4 bitsfor that CCIE Practical Studies, Volumeleaving II leadsjust CCIE candidates throughSubtracting the process the of preparing the all IP lab multicast addresses have in common leavesof28 bits of overlap, or approximately CCIE exam by presenting them with a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 268,435,200 addresses single MAC address. companion tomulticast the best-selling firstmapped edition, into this abook provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Needless say,Volume the best to engineer multicast Layer 2 is to not use Token Ring. Within Combinedtowith I, way the CCIE candidate will getoncomprehensive coverage of the routing and Cisco configuration, mechanism is to map multicast packetsProvider into broadcast frames switching portions ofthe thedefault Routing and Switching, Security, and Service lab exams. (FFFF.FFFF.FFFF). The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and If you want to use the Token Ring functional address, use the ip multicast use-functional includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core command on the Token Ring interface. This uses C000.0004.0000 to map the multicast IP technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network packets. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Multicast Distribution Trees Multicast routers create distribution trees to control the path that multicast traffic takes throughout a network infrastructure to deliver traffic. Distribution trees consist of two basic types: source trees and shared trees. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples Source Trees CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Thesource distribution tree is also known as the shortest-path tree, and just like it sounds, it is a small spanning tree with the shortest path from the root (source) of the tree to each of the Publisher: Cisco PressFigure 3-6 shows an example of a multicast source tree. leaves (recipients). Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 3-6. Multicast Source Tree
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The notation of S,G represents a pairing of the source (unicast) address and the group (multicast) address; this pair discovers the shortest-path tree. In Figure 3-6, the S,G noted is (192.168.1.1, 224.1.1.1). This S,G notation is used for each source tree. Every individual source sending to each specific group results in a separate S,G tree being noted. In large networks, this can lead to an inordinate number of S,G trees being planted in a network. This inefficiency necessitated shared trees and encouraged their use.
Shared Trees Unlike source trees, all multicast groups have a common root, regardless of source. The shared root in all these trees is known as the rendezvous point (RP). Unlike the S,G mappings that you see with source trees, with shared trees, you see *,G mappings because the source is not specifically noted; therefore, the asterisk (*) represents any source. •
Table of Contents
•
Index The shared tree is unidirectional in nature; all traffic is sent from the source to the RP. Traffic is • Examples then forwarded down from the shared tree and RP to reach each of the receivers; however, CCIE Practical Studies Volume II exceptions to this rule do apply. If the receiver is located between the source and RP, for instance, By Karl Solie the CCIEreceiver No. 4599is , Leah handled Lynch through CCIE No. 7220 a source tree directly.
After working within the shared tree and communicating with the RP, any intermediate multicast Publisher: Cisco Press router might determine that it is a shorter path to the multicast source rather than through the Pub Date: November 07, 2003 RP shared tree. In this instance, a multicast router joins a source tree (S,G) and prunes from the sharedISBN: tree.1-58705-072-2 The shortest path is determined by the routing tables. Pages: 1032
Figure 3-7 shows a multicast network with an RP. Because all sources in the multicast group use the same tree, the multicast *,G tree maps as (*,224.2.2.2). One of the difficulties with this shared tree concept is that all multicast routers do not automatically learn of new multicast groups. With PIM spare mode, all sources register with a registration message to the RP indicating a new multicast for source. All other to the inquire of the RPCCIE as clients Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab multicast Exam withrouters volumeknow two of best-selling join various multicast groups. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what youFigure know 3-7. Rendezvous Point in Multicast Network Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Both shared trees and source trees are loop free. Throughout the topology, multicast packets are sent only down active tree branches, as client systems join or leave multicast groups. When all receivers on a branch leave a group, the routers prune back the tree. If more clients join, the routers dynamically modify the tree.
Routers keep path information for each source. In large networks, with hundreds or thousands of groups being monitored, you need to consider the memory consumption on the router and the size of the multicast routing table in the multicast design. Shared trees inherently require less memory because of the common path to the RP. Similarly, in network design, consider the placement of the RP with respect to the position of multicast sources and the size of the share tree. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Multicast Forwarding • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
In a normal unicast network, all decisions are based on the destination address of a packet. In a ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 multicast network, paths are determined in a more arbitrary fashion that varies based on which branches within a tree have active clients and which ones do not. Publisher: Cisco Press
In source Pub Date: trees, November traffic 07, 2003 is forwarded based on the source address among other factors. In general, traffic is viewed ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 as moving away from the source rather than toward the receivers. Pages: 1032
Reverse Path Forwarding The unicast routing database creates a multicast distribution tree. PIM selects the reverse path Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE with two of the table best-selling CCIE both from the receivers toward the source to Lab set Exam this up. PIMvolume uses the routing to determine Practical Studies from Ciscointerface. Press. Depending on which PIM mode you use (sparse or the upstream andtitle downstream dense), the reverse path forward (RPF) check might be based on a distribution tree toward the RP or toward the multicast source. The following section discusses PIM trees in more detail. The Experience putting concepts practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying RPF check helps guarantee that a into multicast distribution tree is loop free. what you know When a multicast packet comes through a router, as Figure 3-8 shows, the router performs an Learnon how build aIfpractice for your CCIE the lab exam RPF check thetopacket. the RPFlab check succeeds, packetpreparation is forwarded. If the RPF check fails, the packet is dropped. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 3-8. Reverse Path Decision companion to theFigure best-selling first edition, this bookForwarding provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The router first looks up the source address in the unicast routing table to see whether the packet that arrived on the same interface would be the reverse path back to the source. If the packet arrives on the correct interface leading back to the source, the check succeeds and the packet is forwarded. As Figure 3-8 shows, if it arrives on any other interface, the RPF check fails and the packet is dropped.
Protocol Independent Multicasting Protocol Independent Multicasting (PIM) is a routing protocol-independent method of moving multicast packets throughout an internetwork. Regardless of which routing protocol you use, including everything from static routes to OSPF and BGP, PIM uses the information from the • Table of Contents Routing Information Base (RIB) to perform multicast routing. Although PIM uses the unicast • routing tableIndex for the RPF check, it does not send and receive routing updates like other routing • protocols do.Examples All PIM modes are configured on a per-interface basis. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
For the CCIE exam, you need to know about ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220the following three PIM forwarding modes: Publisher: Cisco Press PIM dense mode Pub Date: November 07, 2003
PIM sparse mode ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Bidirectional PIM
PIM Dense Mode Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE PIM dense mode title usesfrom a push method to move multicast packets through a network. In simple Practical Studies Cisco Press. terms, a multicast router sends all multicast traffic out on all interfaces until another device tells it to be quiet (pruning). Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Densewhat mode you is know persistent, however. It resets this flooding behavior every 3 minutes and must be repruned. PIM dense mode supports only source trees and cannot be used to build a shared Learn how(Note to build practice laboffor CCIE here lab exam preparation multicast tree. theaimportance theyour wording regarding tree types.) Take five full-blown practice mimic the actual exam environment To configure PIM dense mode, uselabs the that following command inlab interface configuration mode: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Router(config-if)# ip pim dense-mode technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
PIM Sparse Mode PIM sparse mode uses a pull method to move multicast packets through the network. Network branches with active receivers are the only segments to receive multicast traffic. The various multicast routers paying attention to joins and leaves of a multicast group activate or prune traffic as necessary. PIM sparse mode requires an RP. After receivers register, the data is sent down the shared tree toward the receivers. Each multicast router compares the metric of the RP address to the metric
of the source address of the multicast group. If the metric for the source is better (highlighting the location of the RP in the network), the S,G tree is built. The trees might take the same path for a short time and , therefore, are considered congruent paths, as demonstrated in Figure 3-9.
Figure 3-9. Differences in Shared Tree and Source Tree •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment To configure sparseVolume mode, II use the following command in interface configuration mode: CCIE PracticalPIM Studies, leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Router(config-if)# ip pim sparse-dense-mode settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. This is the typical way of representing PIM sparse mode, allowing it to also work in dense mode for certain operations or compatibility. If your design states that you are not allowed to use dense mode, you can issue the following command:
Router(config-if)#ip pim sparse-mode
•
Table of Contents
You can configure • Index RPs manually on each multicast router, telling them where communication needs to flow to, as in the following example: • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Router(config)#ip pim rp-address (ip#) [(acl#)]
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The optional access list limits which particular multicast groups the RP listed serves. If your design scenario of source in sparsethat mode, youyou must not use the Experience puttingdisallows conceptsthe intouse practice withtrees lab scenarios guide in applying pim sparse-dense command; instead, use the following: what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Router(config-if)# ipI,pim spt-threshold infinity Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides applyingthe thepaths technologies real network SPT is the shortest-path tree algorithm, which to compares betweeninsource-specific settings. The final the booktrees concludes five command hands-on lab exercises. These multicast trees andchapter shared of multicast to the with RP. This disables the cost comparison comprehensive practice include allshortest-path of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty between the source and labs the RP for the algorithm. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Bidirectional PIM Bidirectional PIM expands on the previously learned methods of tree creation. In forwarding packets downstream (RP to receivers), there is not much difference between sparse mode and bidirectional PIM. To forward packets in an upstream direction, however, there are significant differences. PIM sparse mode cannot move packets in an upstream direction. This would violate the RPF
check that all multicast routers perform. All join traffic is contained in a register message toward the RP only while all other significant traffic flows downstream from the RP in a shared tree. Bidirectional PIM elects a designated forwarder (DF) router to keep the multicast topology loop free. Every network segment and point-to-point link elects a DF. The DF is responsible for forwarding appropriate multicast traffic upstream. The router with the best route toward the RP becomes the DF for the network segment. •
Table of Contents A DF is elected for each RP on a network. Because the election takes place based on routing • Index metrics toward an RP, there might actually be multiple DF routers per segment when dealing • with multipleExamples RPs per network. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Most functions areLynch handled same way that they are in a sparse mode PIM By Karl multicast Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE in No.the 7220 network. There are more technical improvements in protocol handling, but for the scope of this chapter, be aware that the DF election is important. Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 5: Set Up Basic Multicasting Given the topology in Figure 3-10, configure all routers within VLAN B and VLAN 60 so that they join to multicast group 239.42.42.42. There should be no unnecessary multicast traffic exchanged between the routers. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Figure 3-10. Multicast Lab Network Diagram
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 5: Solution The wording is key when considering this type of scenario. The fact that the scenario did not want unnecessary traffic to be exchanged indicates that you should not use the PIM dense mode. The next issue in the configuration is where you should place the pim statements and who
should be the RP. Obviously, all routers need the ip multicast-routing command configured in global mode. In addition, all interfaces between the most distant endpoints participating in multicast groups must be configured with the ip pim sparse-mode interface command. Which router chosen to be the RP in this example is negligible? No preference is indicated by the scenario question, and the topology is not large enough to make any difference as to which router is chosen. In live multicast networks, the placement of the RP can prove critical when viewing functional choices such as the SPT algorithm and designing overall traffic flow. •
Table of Contents
• The next stepIndex is to configure all other routers with the ip pim rp-address command. A common • Examples question arising from this is whether the rp-address command must be placed on the actual CCIE Practical Volume II router that isStudies the RP. The answer
is that it does not matter. If explicitly configured, the router knows. If not asLynch otherCCIE routers send PIM join and prune messages, the router knows By Karl Solie CCIEconfigured, No. 4599, Leah No. 7220 to assume the RP role automatically. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
NOTE
Pages: 1032
Check the Cisco IOS Software release notes regarding this concept. Newer versions of Cisco IOS Software actually require you to configure the rp-address command on the RP itself. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. To test the scenario and complete the joins, you must select some interfaces in both VLANs and issue Experience the ip igmp join-group 239.42.42.42 command. After issuing these putting concepts into practiceinterface with lab scenarios that guide you in applying commands, youknow can ping the multicast group and receive responses from each joining router. what you Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Lab Take 5: Configurations five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Example 3-1. Command Entries Edited from show runningcompanion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics configuration on Routers not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. R2 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip multicast-routing technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface ethernet 0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip pim sparse-mode ip igmp join-group 239.42.42.42 ! ip pim rp-address 10.1.23.3
________________________________________________________________
R3 ip multicast-routing •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface ethernet 0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byip Karlpim Soliesparse-mode CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
________________________________________________________________ ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 R6
Pages: 1032
ip multicast-routing ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface ethernet 0 ip pim sparse-mode Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip igmp join-group 239.42.42.42 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface serial 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip pim sparse-mode CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip pim rp-address 10.1.23.3 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ________________________________________________________________ technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These R8 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip multicast-routing Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface ethernet 0 ip pim sparse-mode ip igmp join-group 239.42.42.42
! interface serial 0 ip pim sparse-mode ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip pim rp-address 10.1.23.3 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Multicast Frame Relay Running multicast over Frame Relay networks is similar to running it over any other network, except for some distinct differences that you might actually notice in real-life networks. With point-to-point Frame Relay interfaces, things such as routing protocols and other options tend to • Table of Contents work "normally." •
Index
In multipointExamples • interfaces, consider the differences. Frame Relay is a nonbroadcast multiaccess network. CCIE Practical TheStudies word Volume "broadcast," II much like in Ethernet MAC marking, indicates multicast packets as well. To make routing protocols work, you use frame-relay map commands with the ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 broadcast parameter. Cisco YouPublisher: also need toPress also consider how the Frame Relay interface handles multicast traffic. On a Pub Date: November 07, 2003 physical interface, there are two interface queues—one handles normal traffic, and the other ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 handles broadcast traffic. The broadcast queue is a strict-priority queue and is typically used for important Pages:items, 1032 such as routing protocol updates. The Frame Relay interface does not have a way to differentiate multicast traffic flows such as video or audio streaming from other multicast items such as OSPF routing protocols.
Traffic traversing the broadcast queue is also process switched by default, not fast switched. Gain experience forcares. the CCIE Lablife, Exam with avolume two of the best-selling CCIE In thehands-on lab networks, nobody In real having bandwidth-intensive video stream Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. monopolize a strict-priority queue and starving out other "normal" traffic is a much more important event. To remedy this problem, you must instruct the router to deal with nonrouting multicast traffic, just as it would with any other "normal" traffic on the interface. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Frame Relay handling of multicast might raise other issues, too. Typically, PIM works on an interface basis. In a normal multipoint Frame Relay environment, there might be many paths out Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation the same actual interface. When it comes to properly processing join and prune messages, this can lead tofive difficulties where one router's message cuts offexam traffic for every other router. Take full-blown practice labs thatprune mimic the actual lab environment Much of the technical arecandidates beyond thethrough scope of this book. of (You can consult CCIE Practical Studies,differences Volume II involved leads CCIE the process preparing for the some of the reference material listed at the end of this chapter for further reading.) CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics For lab-based scenarios as well as most real-life scenarios, you need to address the different not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. handling of Frame Relay interfaces with regard to multicast traffic. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Theip pim nbma-mode interface command enables you to do this. This command works only with PIM sparse mode because it relies on PIM join messages to indicate traffic types. This The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and command is issued in addition to the ip pim sparse-mode command. This command, among includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core other functions, allows multicast traffic to be fast switched over Frame Relay network interfaces. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Watch the wording and topology within your CCIE lab scenarios. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Multicast TTL As multicast packets traverse a router, the TTL is decremented. If the TTL is less than or equal to 0, the packet is dropped. If the TTL is greater than 0, it might be compared to the TTL threshold manually configured on the router. If the packet's TTL is greater than the threshold, it is • forwarded. Table of Contents •
Index
Typically, TTLExamples • thresholds are set only on multicast or autonomous system boundary routers to makePractical CCIE sure traffic Studies does Volume notIIcross where it should not. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
To set a TTL threshold, use the ip multicast ttl-thresholdttl-value interface command. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Multicast Boundary As a more stringent control, if multicast traffic is not desired to cross an imaginary line in a router, you can set up a multicast boundary. You can restrict this to certain multicast groups through a standard IP access list. •
Table of Contents
• Indexboundary (acl#) interface command enables you to create multicast Theip multicast boundaries. Multicast • Examples boundaries are bidirectional in nature. You can also add a parameter of filter-autorp CCIE Practical Studies to the Volume command II to filter multicast range announcements within the auto-RP messages. Auto-RP is discussed ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynchnext. CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Router(config-if)#ip multicast boundary 1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Router(config)# access-list deny 239.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 Practical Studies title from Cisco 1Press. Router(config)#access-list 1 permit 224.0.0.0 15.255.255.255 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
PIM Auto-RP Instead of manually configuring the RP to each multicast router, the RP can announce itself. This proves especially useful in large network environments. • of Contents Auto-RP usesTable 224.0.1.39 and 224.0.1.40 multicast groups to send information. Auto-RP floods • Index this information through PIM dense mode. For auto-RP to work properly, the routers must use theip pim sparse-dense-mode • Examples interface command. Without the dense mode capability, the RP will never CCIE Practical beStudies learned. Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
The auto-RP functionality also includes mapping agents. Mapping agents hear about RPs (via the 224.0.1.39 multicast group) and send RP-to-group mappings in a discovery statement via Publisher: Cisco Press 224.0.1.40. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The mapping agents receive messages from candidate RPs throughout the network. The ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 mapping agent Pages: 1032 is responsible for creating consistent multicast group-to-RP mappings and sending these announcements to all multicast routers by dense mode flooding. In a Frame Relay environment using auto-RP, you must address a few considerations. All candidate RPs must have a map statement or otherwise connect to the mapping agents. All mapping agents must connect to all multicast routers. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco To configure the router as the RPPress. and announce so that other multicast routers can automatically learn, use the ip pim send-rp-announce source intfscopettl-value global command. Experience putting concepts intothe practice lab scenarios thatscope guidettl-value you in applying To function as a mapping agent, use ip pimwith send-rp-discovery global what you know command. Learnloopbacks how to build a practice labRP foraddresses your CCIE lab exam preparation Typically, are used for the (source interface). The loopback interface must be reachable with an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and must have PIM enabled on the Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface. Select loopback interfaces because they will be an "always up" interface, and, therefore, are reachable through any other "up" interface. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered RP Anycast in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. A newer method ofof controlling multicast RP stability throughout an internetwork is called anycast RP. Some new concepts and protocols relate to this approach. The gist behind anycast RP is that The bookIPbegins with brief coverage of theas core required on the CCIE lab exam and a single address is statically configured thetechnologies RP throughout a network. (See Example 3-2.) includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guidessimultaneously. to applying the (This technologies network This IP address can exist on multiple routers concept in is real one that causes settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These on many people to have a puzzled expression.) Yes, you can configure the same IP address comprehensive practice include all things of the technologies and gradually increase in/32 difficulty multiple routers. One of labs the interesting about IP addresses, particularly for a route, is level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. that routing tables all across a network could care less where an IP exists. All routing tables pull Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.Routing protocols information from RIBs, which are exchanged through routing protocols. differentiate IP reachability based on metrics. If multiple routers advertise the same IP network, the best path is chosen based on metric value. No router actually knows where a route exists or compares information beyond that. Multicast senders and receivers join their closest RP based on routing metrics. Working with this general concept, you need to understand how basic routing functionality and multiple IP address existence can help. You need to consider an additional protocol. Typically designed for service provider types of interdomain multicast, the Multicast Source
Discovery Protocol (MSDP) is in this scenario to make sure that all the configured RPs contain the same basic information about multicast sources and multicast groups. MSDP sessions run between all RP routers. As shown in Figure 3-11, an IP network can have multiple RPs present. Each multicast router throughout the network has the RP address statically configured. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Figure 3-11. Anycast RP Diagram
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know to buildhas a practice lab configured for your CCIE exam preparation Each Learn of the how RP routers a loopback withlab the IP address that is considered the RP. In addition, each router has some other IP address to uniquely identify it. This second IP address full-blown practice labs thatyou mimic actual lab exam environment peersTake with five MSDP. In larger environments, canthe configure MSDP as a full mesh between peers. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Example 3-2. Configuration of MSDP onprovides Anycast RP Routers companion to the best-selling first edition, this book coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. RP1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and interface loopback 0 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ip address 10.1.1.1 settings. The final chapter 255.255.255.255 of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface loopback 1 ip address 10.0.0.101 255.255.255.255 ! ip msdp peer 10.0.0.102 connect-source loopback 1 ip msdp originator-id loopback 1
________________________________________________________________ RP2 interface loopback 0 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 •
Table of Contents
! •
Index
•
Examples
interface 1 II CCIE Practical loopback Studies Volume ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip address 10.0.0.102 255.255.255.255
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 ip msdp peer 10.0.0.101 connect-source loopback 1 Pages: 1032
ip msdp originator-id loopback 1
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE MSDP peers with title a TCP session exchanges any new source active (SA) messages with all Practical Studies from Ciscoand Press. other peers. The commands listed are the minimum necessary to make MSDP operational. This minimum is listed here not to belittle the technology but because this theory is commonly oriented toward service and practice not toward typical enterprises. topic, has Experience putting providers concepts into with lab scenarios that This guide you however, in applying comewhat underyou increasing scrutiny to those preparing for the CCIE Routing and Switching lab. know The commands in Example shared and unique (10.0.0.101 and Learn how listed to build a practice3-2 labestablish for your a CCIE lab (10.1.1.1) exam preparation 10.0.0.102) IP address on each RP. The ip msdp commands specify the peering RP, as well as whichTake interface five full-blown is the connect practice source labsand that originator mimic the IDactual for alllab messages. exam environment This avoids confusion and obvious difference in each router's routing table. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 6: Set Up Frame Relay Multicast Routing Using the same network from Figure 3-10, configure VLAN A and Backbone 1 to participate in multicast group 225.3.3.3. R13 needs to be the RP for all multicast groups, except administratively scoped addresses, but should not be explicitly configured on any other routers. • Table of RP Contents R5 needs to be the for the administratively scoped addresses. •
Index
Make sure that • Examples multicast packets do not cross back into VLAN B or other networks. These other networks CCIE Practical might Studies be Volume runningIIseparate multicast groups. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Lab 6 Solution Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
For all ISBN: CCIE1-58705-072-2 scenarios, everything is in the wording. Running multicast on VLAN A and Backbone 1 tellsPages: you that 1032 R5, R6, and R13 must be involved in the multicast network, which, of course, is a Frame Relay multipoint network interface. Therefore, in addition to the ip multicast-routing commands on these three routers, the Frame Relay interfaces must also run the ip pim nbma-mode command. Gain experience formode the CCIE Labused Exam with volume two the best-selling CCIEuse Next,hands-on you realize PIM sparse will be because there is anof RP. Because you must Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. auto-RP commands, however, PIM dense mode is needed, too. Each Frame Relay interface (the links between each of the multicast routers) will be configured with IP PIM sparse dense mode. Experience concepts into practice with lab scenariosOn that guide you in applying You must create putting access lists to filter certain multicast networks. R13, administratively scoped what you know addresses are not served as RP. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and access-list 13 deny 239.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. access-list 13 with permit The book begins brief 224.0.0.0 coverage of15.255.255.255 the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty That list denies administratively scoped addresses allon thethe other addresses. On level.access They present readers with scenarios similar to what but theypermits will face actual lab exam. R5, just the opposite takes place: Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
access-list 5 permit 239.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
The access list implicitly denies all other multicast addresses. Each router then uses the ip pim send-rp-announce src-intf scope 16 group-listacl# global • Table of Contents command to begin advertising itself as the RP for the multicast groups in the access lists. •
Index
• ExamplesFrame Relay interface that all traffic between R5 and R13 must join. With R6 is the multipoint CCIE Volume that Practical in mind,Studies it is the best II choice
for the mapping agent (multicast RP relay). Use the ip pim send-rp-discovery scope 16 global command to make it the mapping agent. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Finally, the scenario requires that you set up a boundary between the Frame Relay cloud Publisher: Cisco Press multicast network and any other network below. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. access-list 6 deny any ip multicast Experienceboundary putting concepts 6 into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take fiveis,full-blown labs that mimic the actual labThe exam environment The question where dopractice you place the multicast boundary? answer is wherever you need to, ensuring that no line will be crossed. Three other interfaces on R6 serve other networks: the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Ethernet interface, the serial link to R8, and another Frame Relay subinterface to R1. You need CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect to place the multicast boundary command on each of these interfaces. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Lab 6: Configurations switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with with brief command coverage of the core technologies on the lab exam and To configure a router entries, refer to Examplerequired 3-3 to see howCCIE the show includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core running-configuration works on a router. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 3-3. Command Entries Edited from show runninglevel. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. configuration on Routers Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
R5 ip multicast-routing !
access-list 5 permit 239.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 ! ip pim send-rp-announce ethernet 0 scope 16 group-list 5 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface ethernet 0 •
Examples
ip pim spare-dense-mode
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byip Karligmp Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 join-group 225.3.3.3
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface serial 1 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip pim sparse-dense-mode ip pim nbma-mode ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ________________________________________________________________ R6
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip multicast-routing !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip pim send-rp-discovery scope 16 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics access-list deny any not covered in 6Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface serial multipoint The book begins with1.1 brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip pim sparse-dense-mode technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip pim nbma-mode comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface serial 1.2 point-to-point ip multicast boundary 6 ! interface ethernet 0
ip multicast boundary 6 ! interface serial 0 ip multicast boundary 6 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 R13
ip Publisher: multicast-routing Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
access-list 13 deny 239.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 access-list 13 permit 224.0.0.0 15.255.255.255 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1/0 scope 16 group-list 13 ip pim send-rp-announce ethernet !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 1/0 interface ethernet Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip pim sparse-dense-mode Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip igmp join-group 225.3.3.3 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface 1/0 not covered serial in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip pim sparse-dense-mode switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip book pim nbma-mode The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Multicast Joining From the solution for Lab 5 (and from the implications of Lab 6), you are aware of the ip igmp join-group mcast# interface command. To make your router (lab) actually respond to multicast and join the group, you must type in an igmp command like this. What else is it used for, • Table of Contents however? •
Index
In real life, you • Examples can use it to supply multicast groups to a LAN segment, enabling clients to interpret CCIE Practical multicast Studies but Volume notIIenabling them to initiate group membership through IGMP. With the interface participating in theLynch group, multicast ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 traffic is forwarded to that LAN segment. Be aware of this functionality when it comes to paying attention to the wording of a CCIE lab scenario. Publisher: Cisco Press There is a downside—in real life—to this. Because the packets are processed by the router before Pub Date: November 2003 being sent out, they07, are only process switched. This can degrade the performance of your router overallISBN: and 1-58705-072-2 is not necessarily a good thing to do. In the lab, however, you do not have those same Pages: concerns. 1032
But wait—there's a better way to accomplish this! As you consider the wording of a CCIE lab scenario, look for the concept wording about forwarding multicast traffic on to a LAN segment without receiving IGMP messages from clients. In addition, watch for references to ensure that the router does not process the multicast packets; optimize the processing speed of the router Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE while doing this. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. What does this mean? Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying If you use the ip igmp static-group mcast# interface command, it accomplishes exactly that. what you know Therefore, watch for the wording in the lab scenario to tell you what you need to know. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation With the ip igmp static-group command, multicast packets are automatically fast switched without interaction with the RP. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Another scenario to watch out for deals with converting incoming multicast traffic into some CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the other type of packet, such as broadcasts. This is used for clients who are not properly capable of CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect receiving multicasts. The downside, of course, is that when converting to broadcast packets, companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics many more stations might receive (and process) the multicast traffic than actually want it. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and This conversion process uses multicast helper addresses and "bouncing" through a UDP port. The switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. whole operation is similar to how Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay works. First, the unique, high UDP port is selected and a filtering access list is created, using the The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and following commands: includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Router(config)#ip forward-protocol udp 4400 Router(config)#access-list 101 permit udp any any eq 4400 Router(config)#access-list 101 deny udp any any
Next, these are bound to the conversion process on a LAN segment interface. To flood things out, you must use PIM dense mode as specified in the following commands:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Router(config-if)# Publisher: Cisco Press ip pim dense-mode Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Router(config-if)# ip directed-broadcast ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Router(config-if)#ip multicast helper-map broadcast 225.4.4.4 101
Gain experience for thegroup CCIE 225.4.4.4 Lab Exam to with twospecified of the best-selling CCIE Thesehands-on commands bind multicast thevolume UDP port in access list 101 and Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. handle the conversion process of that group into broadcast packets for the interface. Note the ip directed-broadcast command here. The default in Cisco IOS Software 12.0 or later is to not allow subnet-level broadcasts to come in to the interface. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know open up a security flaw by working this scenario. But again, in the CCIE You might potentially lab, you are not always concerned with these things. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 7: Multicast Joining Consider the network topology from Figure 3-10 again. Clients on Backbone 2 cannot send IGMP join messages but need to listen to a multicast stream 225.9.13.5 from source 10.1.60.6. No multicast traffic should run over the Frame Relay cloud. R1 should be optimized to handle the multicast traffic • of Contents because it is Table already an overtaxed router. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Lab 7: Solution
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
A few things going on here are important. Isolate the provided information. The source is 10.1.60.66 Publisher: CiscoR6) Pressrunning over multicast group 225.9.13.5. The destination is clients on Backbone 2 (VLAN 60 from Pub Date: November 07, 2003 (off of R1). ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Remember Pages: that 1032 multicast trees follow the unicast best-route mentality when traversing a network. This tells you that the Frame Relay line between R6 and R1 is the preferred path. However, it is not allowed to work that way. Who said the CCIE lab was easy? All routers run the ip multicast-routing global command. Gain hands-on experience for at the with two of and the best-selling CCIE Handle the scenario one step a CCIE time. Lab You Exam can set up volume R6 as the RP, E0/0 can join the IGMP group Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 225.9.13.5 at this point. In a scenario such as this, where no preference is given to sparse-only versus sparse-dense PIM, the latter is typically chosen. (See Example 3-4.) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Example 3-4. Command Entries Edited from show running-configuration on Routers Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the R6(config-if)# ip pimVolume sparse-dense-mode CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to theip best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics R6(config-if)# igmp join-group 225.9.13.5 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book you begins with of each the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Globally, need to brief definecoverage the RP on router: includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
R6(config)#ip pim rp-address 10.1.60.6
All routers between R6 and R1 (not through the Frame Relay cloud) need to have multicast and PIM
enabled to forward the traffic. R1 needs to join the multicast group on its Ethernet segment but needs to be optimized as well. A nonoptimized router spends a lot of time processing packets and using memory that it should not use. This leads you to using the static-group rather than the join-group command. The fact that clients were unable to use IGMP joins should have also told you this. (See Example 3-5.) •
Table of Contents
Example 3-5. Command Entries Edited from show running-configuration on • Index Routers • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
R1(config-if)#ip pim dense-mode Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 2003 static-group 225.9.13.5 R1(config-if)# ip 07, igmp ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The final thing you must consider is the routing of the multicast packets. This chapter has not yet addressed the concept of overriding the multicast routes; however, you need to think of these things and consider how to address issues that you might not have faced prior to seeing them on the CCIE lab! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Multicast packets are automatically checked for RPF based on the anticipated interface back to the IP source of the multicast sender. If a multicast packet arrives on an interface that is not the direction back Experience to the sender's IP, the packetinto is dropped. Because you movethat multicast around, all these putting concepts practice with lab scenarios guide packets you in applying interfaces need to be multicast-capable in this scenario, too. what you know You definitely need to "adjust" R1 for need to do so with other routers depends on Learn how to build a practice labrouting. for yourWhether CCIE labyou exam preparation what the IP routing table demands for next hop. On R1, you can adjust the choice manually with a staticTake multicast route as follows: five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering {rpf each of the|core R6(config)# ip mroute 10.1.60.6 255.255.255.255 [protocol as-number] IP# intf} technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These [(admin. Distance)] comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. On R1, the RPF IP is the address on R2; or like IP static routes, you can route to the interface itself. The ip mroute command enables you to denote multicast source IP addresses in the address portion of the command.
Lab 7: Configuration
This section presents the router configuration for this lab solution. (See Example 3-6.)
Example 3-6. Command Entries Edited from show running-configuration on Routers •
Table of Contents
• R6
Index
•
Examples
ip CCIEmulticast-routing Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press interface ethernet 0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 ip pim sparse-dense-mode Pages: 1032
! interface serial 0 ip pim sparse-dense-mode Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ________________________________________________________________ Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment R8 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip multicast-routing companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume10.1.60.6 I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip pim rp-address Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with0 brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and interface serial includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ip pim sparse-dense-mode settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking interface ethernet 0 techniques are included throughout the book. ip pim sparse-dense-mode !
________________________________________________________________
R2 ip multicast-routing ip pim rp-address 10.1.60.6 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface ethernet 0 •
Examples
ip pim sparse-dense-mode
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface serial Publisher: Cisco Press 1 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip pim sparse-dense-mode ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. R1 ip multicast-routing Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 10.1.60.6 ip pim rp-address !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface serial 1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip pim sparse-dense-mode CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface ethernet 0 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the ip book pim dense-mode The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip igmp static-group 225.9.13.5 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip mroute 225.9.13.5 serialthroughout 1 Study tips and test-taking255.255.255.255 techniques are included the book. !
Controlling Multicast When it comes to controlling multicast in networks, you face several issues and have several points at which you can control it. Such control is of particular concern when it comes to rate limiting. How can you rate limit multicast traffic? The short answer is, in several ways depending • of Contents on the deviceTable performing the rate limiting. •
Index
On the Catalyst • Examples 3550, you can rate limit on a per-port basis with a function known as storm control. CCIE Practical To make Studies sure Volume thatIImulticast traffic occupies no more than 10 percent of a particular port (or EtherChannel group), issue following ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynchthe CCIE No. 7220command: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Cat3550(config-if)#storm-control multicast level 10 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. On a Experience router, inclusive of concepts WAN links, you can rate limit issuing the multicast putting into practice with labby scenarios thatipguide you in rate-limit applying (in | out) [group-list what you know(acl#)] [source-list(acl#)]interfacekbps command. If this command is not present, no rate limiting is being performed. If this command is present but no bandwidth is Learn how is to0, build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation set, the default meaning no multicast is allowed. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Fast Switching CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion As you might to recall, the best-selling special care first was edition, taken this withbook the ip provides igmp static-group coverage of CCIE command lab exam to ensure topics not covered that multicast in packets Volume would I, like be thefast Cisco switched Catalyst through 3550, route a router. maps, Now, BGP, consider Multicast, whatand youQoS. need to Combined do if the scenario with Volume calls for I, the the CCIE disabling candidate of fastwill switching. get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The process is similar to what you use for unicast forwarding. Fast switching involves the use of The a route book cache begins to store with brief recently coverage used route of thechoices core technologies and speed required up subsequent on thepath CCIEselection. lab examTo and includesthis disable suggested in unicast, references use the for no further ip route-cache reading. Laboratory interface command. exercises covering In multicast, each the of the logic core is technologies the same. The follow, no ipproviding mroute-cache detailed interface guides tocommand applying handles the technologies this. in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Multicast Stub Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. When building a PIM tree, you can have branches (segments) with only one possible way to go in each direction. Similar to a stub network in the unicast world, you can limit the amount of control traffic in and out of the stub area because there is actually no path choice to be made. Figure 3-12 shows a multicast stub network.
Figure 3-12. Multicast Stub Network
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
On the stub router (Router A), the outward-facing link uses the ip igmp helper-address By Karl Solie interface CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIEforwards No. 7220 all IGMP messages to the central router, without 10.0.0.2 command. This processing the typical IGMP report and query messages necessary itself, to make PIM work. Publisher: Cisco Press
On the central router (Router B), the link facing the stub would have a filter command calling Pub Date: November 07, 2003 an access list to stop the PIM mechanism between Router A and Router B. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. RouterB(config)#access-list 11 deny host 10.0.0.1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip pim neighbor-filter 11 RouterB(config-if)# Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment After these configuration steps, the IGMP messages from any hosts behind Router A forward on CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the to Router B. Router A does participate in any PIM trees and does not participate based on the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect filter command. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching Load Balancing portions of the or Routing Disconnected and Switching, Multicast Security, Networks and Service Provider lab exams. The book does begins with brief coverage of or theload coresharing technologies the CCIE an labRPF exam and Multicast not offer load balancing (in anyrequired sense). on It performs check, includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the and the answer is either yes or no, with no gray area. How do you share between equal-cost core technologies follow, providing detailed guides applying thethe technologies real network paths? How do you run multicast between twoto routers when network in in the middle does not settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These support multicast? Like many things in the CCIE world, you need to think outside the box. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers similar to what theyofwill on theTunnels actual lab exam. One simple word: tunnel. Dowith not scenarios forget about tunnels as part theface solution. provide a Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. simple way to encapsulate otherwise nonroutable traffic and deliver it from point A to point B. By encapsulating multicast (or any other) traffic into an IP unicast generic routing encapsulation (GRE) packet, the encapsulated packet takes on unicast properties. With that, the routers in the middle see only an IP packet destined for some place. The unicast IP packet can be load balanced because the router is concerned only with destination now and not source or group information as in the multicast world.
Lab 8: Advanced Multicast Delivery Working from the network shown in Figure 3-10, enable multicast traffic for group 226.7.6.5 between VLAN A, VLAN B, and source on VLAN 60. The WAN cannot directly carry multicast traffic. Make sure that VLAN B does not use more than 2 Mbps of traffic for multicast. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples Lab 8: Solution CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
As with any other configuration, you must issue the ip multicast-routing global command on all appropriate routers. All Ethernet interfaces need the appropriate ip pim sparse-densePublisher: Cisco Press mode command, too. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
To allow multicast through the Frame Relay cloud indirectly, create a tunnel on both R13 and R6, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 using Pages: the following commands: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying R13(config)#interface Tunnel 0 what you know R13(config-if)# unnumbered 1/0 CCIE lab exam preparation Learn how toip build a practice Serial lab for your R13(config-if)# ip pim practice sparse-dense-mode Take five full-blown labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment R13(config-if)# tunnel source Serial 1/0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect R13(config-if)# destination 138.1.11.156 companion to the tunnel best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief ofencapsulation the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and This creates the tunnel andcoverage allows the of multicast packets. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies You must complete follow,another providing step, detailed however, guides to to override applying thethe typical technologies RPF check in(which real network looks to settings. Serial 1/0The directly final as chapter the path), of theas book follows: concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
R13(config)#ip mroute 10.1.60.0 255.255.255.0 Tunnel 0
With the source on VLAN 60, it is not necessary to override multicast routing (RPF) on R6. For VLAN B's limiting, you must make configuration changes on the Catalyst 3550. Of course, the numbers you pick depend on whether the interface is 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps! Remember that storm control is a percentage-based algorithm. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Cat3550(config)#interfaceintf ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
! Note:
10 megabit Ethernet interface
Cat3550(config-if)#storm-control multicast level 2
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Or Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Cat3550(config)# interfaceintf companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ! Note: with 100 megabit interface Combined Volume I,Ethernet the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Cat3550(config-if)#storm-control multicast level 20 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These If your lab scenario specifies a multicast you can place limiting on a router with a comprehensive practice labs include all ofsource, the technologies and rate gradually increase in difficulty specific source IP listing instead. The semantics of to your labthey scenario dictate which waylab to exam. level. They present readers with scenarios similar what will face on the actual configure. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 8: Configurations This lab also demonstrates how to use command entries edited from the show runningconfiguration on routers. (See Example 3-7.)
Example 3-7. Command Entries Edited from show runningconfiguration on Routers
R8 • ip multicast-routing Table of Contents •
Index
! •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
interface ethernet 0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip pim sparse-dense-mode Publisher: Cisco Press Date:join-group November 07, 2003 ipPub igmp 226.7.6.5 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
!
Pages: 1032
interface serial 0 ip pim sparse-dense-mode Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ________________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying R6 what you know ip multicast-routing Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, 0Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface ethernet CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip pim sparse-dense-mode not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip igmp with join-group 226.7.6.5 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface serial references 0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip pim The sparse-dense-mode comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface tunnel 0 ip unnumbered serial 1.1 ip pim sparse-dense-mode tunnel source serial 1 tunnel destination 138.1.11.130
! ________________________________________________________________ R13 ip multicast-routing •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
interface ethernet 1/0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip pim sparse-dense-mode Publisher: Cisco Press
ipPub igmp join-group 226.7.6.5 Date: November 07, 2003 !
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface tunnel 0 ip unnumbered serial 1/0 Gain ip pim hands-on sparse-dense-mode experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. tunnel source serial 1/0 Experience putting 138.1.11.156 concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying tunnel destination what you know !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
ip mroute 10.1.60.0 255.255.255.0 tunnel 0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Cat3550 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. interface 0/8Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Combined with switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. description Link to R8-VLAN B The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and storm-control 20 reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggestedmulticast references level for further technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE You do not need to add other VLAN B routers because they will not route multicast traffic anywhere according to the diagram.
DVMRP Multicast Routing Because multicast routing and unicast routing deal with separate topologies, policy requires that PIM follow the multicast topology to build loop-free distribution trees. PIM can use any unicast routing protocol to reference for RPF checks, but multicast-specific protocols might be better for • tree building.Table of Contents •
Index
Using Distance • Examples Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP), Cisco routers can exchange DVMRP unicast CCIE Practical routes Studies with Volume other routers II or mrouted-based machines. PIM can also use this for RPF information. The important note here is that ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220DVMRP is a routing protocol for unicast routes that are used within the multicast routing topology. It is not a method for routing multicast through a network directly, nor is it a better path mechanism for normal unicast routing. Publisher: Cisco Press
Pubrouters Date: November 07, 2003 DVMRP routes but will not actually route multicast via decisions Cisco can exchange ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 reached through DVMRP. Running DVMRP allows PIM to use the multicast topology, however, which Pages: allows sparse mode PIM throughout the Internet topology. MBONE is another application 1032 of this type, where participants use a multicast routing protocol to build efficient multicast topologies over otherwise discontiguous networks.
After DVMRP unicast routing is engaged, learned routes are cached in a separate RIB for DVMRP. PIM prefers routes in the DVMRP RIB to routes in other RIBs learned by other unicast routing Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE protocols. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The DVMRP unicast routing can run on any interface type. With GRE tunnels, a special operating mode exists to dictate the tunnel be used for PIM topology building. Under the tunnel interface, Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying issue the following command: what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Router(config)# interface tunnel 0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Router(config-if)#tunnel mode dvmrp The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs include of the technologies gradually in difficulty As noted earlier,practice this does not enableall true multicast routingand decisions but increase allows PIM to make level. They present readers with similar to what they topology. will face on the actual lab exam. tree-building decisions based on scenarios a more streamlined multicast Overall, the router must Studywhich tips and test-taking techniques included throughout book. topology. You can know interfaces to cache DVMRPare information for to buildthe a multicast accomplish this by issuing the following command:
Router(config)#interfaceintf ! Any interface Router(config-if)#ip dvmrp unicast-routing
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
• Examples By default, only 7000 DVMRP routes are exchanged over any single interface. These interfaces CCIE Practical Studies Volume II are ones where DVMRP is specifically
enabled, or DVMRP tunnels where DVMRP neighbors are discovered. YouNo. can change this default by using the ip dvmrp route-limitlimit-value By Karl Solie CCIE 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No.number 7220 global command. In addition, you can enhance the routing topology by summarizing the address. This is an interface-specific command: Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Router(config)# interface intfPress. Practical Studies title from Cisco ! Any interface Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip dvmrp summary-addressnet-addr net-mask [metricvalue] Router(config-if)# Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment DVMRP automatically summarizes to classful boundaries; however, the ip dvmrp summaryCCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the address (mcast-net#)(mask) interface command enables you to override this. Alternatively, CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect theno ip dvmrp auto-summary interface command enables you to turn it off. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Remember about potentially needing to use the multicast static route command to override Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and and further manipulate this routing table. Like other routing protocols, you can also apply offset switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. lists to the metric values in more complicated scenarios with the ip dvmrp metric-offset [in | out]increment command. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core You might run into increasingly complicated scenarios on the CCIE lab. Just remember unicast technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network routing and processing concepts. After all, multicast routing and processing mirrors unicast to a settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These great extent. Other important points to remember include that you can allow a default route into comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty the PIM unicast topology with the ip dvmrp default-information originate command, and you level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. can specifically filter or change routes with the ip dvmrp accept-filteraccess-list [distance | ip Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor-listaccess-list] command.
PIM Version 2 Much of the basic multicast operation discussed so far, particularly with the RP, worked with PIM version 1. PIM version 1 had an interesting way of building trees and routing multicast through the unicast routing structure. PIM version 2 made some enhancements to this. Remember the • Tablediscussed of Contentsearlier? That is a Cisco proprietary feature. It is a nice feature, and auto-RP feature • Index everyone likes it, but Cisco devices are the only ones that understand it. PIMv2 has a bootstrap • router (BSR)Examples that provides the same type of functionality and announcement features. PIMv2 CCIE Practicalare Studies Volume II and PIMv1 not automatically compatible with each other. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
PIMv1 worked with RPs in an active mode. In the topology, there could be one or more RPs, but all of them were in an active state and processing messages and tree and routing information. Publisher: Cisco Press With PIMv2, there is now a concept of backup BSR (RP). With the presence of a backup, the Pub Date:that November 07, 2003 to keep the topology running are fewer than before. Much of the messages are needed 1-58705-072-2 detail, ISBN: although nice to know, is beyond the scope of this chapter. Pages: 1032
If you have PIMv1 routers, do not use a BSR. Use the auto-RP (if all Cisco) feature or manual RP assignments instead. With the BSRs, you can configure multiple BSR candidates within a multicast domain. The one with the highest priority takes over, but this design allows failover concepts within the network. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE The BSR handles the announcement features that auto-RP did. A discovery-like feature is also Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. present, in that the BSR does not necessarily need to be the RP within a network. To configure the PIM version on a router, use the ip pim version (1 | 2) global command. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know When selecting the BSR, use the ip pim bsr-candidate src intf hash-length# priority# global command. The hash-length value relates to the length used in the hash of exchanged messages. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Although not required, it is recommended that this value be the same between all BSR candidates. Thefull-blown higher priority value the the BSR. Take five practice labsbecomes that mimic actual lab exam environment To make sure PIMv1 and PIMv2IInetworks do not interferethrough with one another, have twofor the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates the processor of to preparing separate PIMv2 domains, set up multicast boundaries. This works both ways. For PIMv2, use the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip pim border interface command so that BSR messages do not cross. For PIMv1, use the ip companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics multicast boundary interface command and associate it to an access list matching 224.0.1.39 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. and 224.0.1.40 to prevent theCCIE auto-RP multicast from traversing that interface. Combined with Volume I, the candidate will groups get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Beyond that, set up routers to become candidates for acting as RP to some or all multicast groups. the ip pim rp-candidate intf)technologies (ttl#) [group-list global command to The bookUse begins with brief coverage of (src the core required(acl#)] on the CCIE lab exam and set up a router as an RP candidate. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 9: PIM Again, using the network described in Figure 3-10, set up Backbone 1 and VLAN A to use PIMv1. R5 needs to automatically announce itself as the RP. Set up VLAN 60 and VLAN B to use PIMv2. All PIMv2 routers need to be BSR candidates, although R3 should win this election. R2 should be • Table of of Contents RP for the first half the multicast group range, and R8 should be RP for the second half. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Lab 9: Solution
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
More complicated labs take some more time to set up. This lab requires a little thinking and Publisher: Cisco the Pressway. tweaking along Pub Date: November 07, 2003
VLAN AISBN: and1-58705-072-2 Backbone 1 are represented by R5 and R13. To talk to each other, however, Serial 1.1 of Pages: R6 must 1032 also participate in this version of multicast routing. All routers need IP multicast routing enabled. With this half of the multicast network, working in the Frame Relay cloud, R5 needs to be the RP and announce itself. This alerts you to a few different requirements. First, PIM sparse dense mode is necessary. Second, because the Frame Relay between R5 and R13 is a multipoint interface on R6, you also Gain for thetoCCIE Lab the Exam volume two on of the best-selling CCIE need hands-on to set up aexperience mapping agent forward RPwith announcements to R13. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Being a Frame Relay cloud as well, you should have the ip pim nbma-mode command on serial interfaces, too. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying whatnot yourequired, know Although you can also specify IP PIMv1 on R5 and R13. R6 should not have this command because the second portion of this scenario specifically requires version 2. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Looking at the second half of this network and scenario, you can see that multicast is called for Take full-blown that mimic the actual lab exam environment on VLAN 60five and VLAN B. practice There arelabs a number of routers therein. Obviously, each needs IP multicast routing enabled. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them here with a seriesbe of BSR challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect The scenario states that all routers should candidates; therefore, each needs the ip companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam pim bsr-candidate commands, although R3 should have a higher weight than the otherstopics to not covered in Volume like the router. Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. actually be elected the I, bootstrap Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions Switching, Security, Service Provider lab exams. After you take careofofthe theRouting BSR, it and is time to look at the RPsand in this part of the network. R2 and R8 both need to be RPs, although for different groups. Therefore, use the ip pim rp-candidate The book begins brief the core technologies required command with a with group list coverage calling anof access control list on each router.on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed guides to applying in real network This exercise follow, calls for a little knowledge of binary to createthe an technologies access list covering half of the settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These is multicast range. Remember that the overall range is 224.0.0.0/4. Therefore, 224.0.0.0/5 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty needed for one, and the rest (232.0.0.0/5) goes to the other side. Binary—it makesinlife exciting! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 9: Configurations This lab demonstrates another use of command entries and how you can edit them from the show running-configuration on routers. (See Example 3-8.)
Example 3-8. Command Entries Edited from show runningconfiguration on Routers
R13 ip multicast-routing ip pim version 1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
interface ethernet 1/0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip pim sparse-dense-mode Publisher: Cisco Press
!
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
interface serial 1/0 Pages: 1032
ip pim sparse-dense-mode ip pim nbma-mode Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ________________________________________________________________ what you know R5
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
ip multicast-routing Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip pim version 1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. interface ethernet Combined with Volume0I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip pim sparse-dense-mode The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface 1 settings. Theserial final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip pim sparse-dense-mode level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip pim nbma-mode ! ip pim send-rp-announce ethernet 0 scope 16
________________________________________________________________
R6 ip multicast-routing ip pim bsr-candidate ethernet 0 30 10 ip pim send-rp-discovery scope 16 •
Table of Contents
! •
Index
•
Examples
interface 1.1 II CCIE Practical serial Studies Volume ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip pim sparse-dense-mode Cisco Press ipPublisher: pim nbma-mode Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface ethernet 0 ip pim sparse-dense-mode ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface serial 0 ip pim sparse-dense-mode Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ________________________________________________________________ CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect R8 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip multicast-routing Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip pim bsr-candidate ethernet 0 Switching, 30 10 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface serial 0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip pim sparse-dense-mode level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface ethernet 0 ip pim sparse-dense-mode ! access-list 8 permit 232.0.0.0 7.255.255.255
ip pim rp-candidate ethernet 0 group-list 2
________________________________________________________________ R3 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip multicast-routing
ip pim bsr-candidate ethernet 0 30 20 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface ethernet 0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip pim sparse-dense-mode ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. R2 ip multicast-routing Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip pim bsr-candidate ethernet 0 30 10 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface ethernet 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip pim sparse-dense-mode CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and access-list 2 permit 224.0.0.0 switching portions of the Routing and7.255.255.255 Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip ethernet 0 of group-list 2 Thepim bookrp-candidate begins with brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Monitoring and Testing After you configure multicast routing on devices throughout your network topology, it is always good to test the full functionality. In the CCIE lab, the object in any scenario is to think like the router—be the router. •
Table of Contents
• To that end, Index a number of commands enable you to "see" what the router sees and attempt to think like theExamples • router thinks. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
show and debug Commands Publisher: Cisco Press
A variety Pub Date: ofNovember show and 07, 2003 debug commands enable you to troubleshoot and monitor a multicast network. The basics of troubleshooting multicast networks are similar to those for ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 troubleshooting unicast networks because of the reliance of multicast on the unicast routing Pages: 1032 table for its decisions. When troubleshooting multicast, you must consider two primary areas: Gain hands-on The flow of experience the packets forthemselves the CCIE Lab (forExam example, with volume comparing twothe of the unicast best-selling routing table CCIE to the Practical configuration Studies title commands from Cisco used) Press. The signaling of multicast, RP selection and use, and associated configurations there Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Somewhat commands you know to use are as follows: Learn how show ip pim to build neighbor a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five show ip pim full-blown interface practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE show Practical ip pim Studies, rp Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect show to ip the mroute companion best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. showwith ip mroute Combined Volumesummary I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. show ip igmp groups The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and show ip igmpreferences interface for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network show ip rpf (ip#) settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty debug ip pim (multicast#) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Studydebug tips and techniques are included throughout the book. ip test-taking igmp debug ip mroute (multicast#) debug ip mpacket
mtrace, mrinfo, and mstat Commands
Themtrace, mrinfo, and mstat commands are built in to Cisco IOS Software and provide some useful features. Themtrace command enables you to perform an RPF check and trace from the multicast source through a multicast tree to a particular destination or what a group might see. The basic command syntax for this command is as follows: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
mtrace source-addr [destination-addr] [group-addr] Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 3-9 shows some sample output from this command.
Gain hands-on experience forCommand the CCIE Lab Output Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 3-9. mtrace Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Router> mtrace 172.16.0.0 172.16.0.10 239.254.254.254 what you know Type Learn escape sequence abort. how to build ato practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Mtrace from to 172.16.0.10 via the group 239.254.254.254 Take five 172.16.0.0 full-blown practice labs that mimic actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the From source (?) to destination (?) CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companionfull to thereverse best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Querying path... not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 0 172.16.0.10 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. -1 172.16.0.8 PIM thresh^ 0 0 ms The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core -2 172.16.0.6 PIMreferences thresh^ for 0 2further ms technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The finalPIM chapter of the concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These -3 172.16.0.5 thresh^ 0 book 894 ms comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present with0 scenarios -4 172.16.0.3 PIMreaders thresh^ 893 ms similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. -5 172.16.0.2 PIM thresh^ 0 894 ms -6 172.16.0.1 PIM thresh^ 0 893 ms
Themrinfo command enables you to determine which other routers exchange PIM information with the router currently tested. Use flags to discuss particular capabilities of the multicast
routers, too. The basic command syntax for this command is as follows:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
mrinfo [mcast-neighbor#] [interface] CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Example 3-10 shows Pub Date: November 07,some 2003 sample output from this command. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 3-10. mrinfo Command Output
Router#mrinfo Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 172.31.7.37 (r8.lab.emanon.com) [version cisco 12.1] [flags: PMSA]: 172.31.7.37 ->putting 172.31.7.34 [1/0/pim] Experience concepts(r4.lab.emanon.com) into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 172.31.7.37 -> 172.31.7.47 (r7.lab.emanon.com) [1/0/pim] Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 172.31.7.37 -> 172.31.7.44 (r14.lab.emanon.com) [1/0/pim] Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 10.11.26.10 -> 10.11.26.9 (routera.lab.emanon.com) [1/32/pim] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I,output the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and The flags included in this indicate the following: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book beginscapable with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and P— Prune includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies M— Mtrace follow, capable providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These S— SNMP capable comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. capable techniques are included throughout the book. StudyA— tipsAuto-RP and test-taking Themstat EXEC command enables you to view the IP multicast packet rates and loss information for a multicast source, destination, or group address. The basic command syntax for this command is as follows:
mstat source-addr [destination-addr] [group-addr]
•
Table of Contents
•
Multicast Index Troubleshooting Example •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
As you can see from the multicast network in Figure 3-13, multicast packets come into E0 of By Karl Solie CCIE source No. 4599150.1.1.1 , Leah Lynchand CCIEsend No. 7220 Router A from to group 225.3.3.3. This yields an S,G of (150.1.1.1, 225.3.3.3). Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Figure 3-13. Troubleshooting Multicast Networks
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Hosts connected Router A correctly receive multicast feed, but those connected to Router companion to thetobest-selling first edition, thisthe book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics B docovered not. Your first stepI,should beCisco to look at the3550, multicast routing both routers. not in Volume like the Catalyst route maps,table BGP,on Multicast, and QoS. Example theI,configuration for Router Combined3-11 withshows Volume the CCIE candidate will A. get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins withConfiguration brief coverage of the technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 3-11. forcore Router A
includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs225.3.3.3 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty RouterA#show ip mroute level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. IP Multicast Routing table Flags: D - Dense, S - Sparse, C - Connected, L - Local, P - Pruned R - RP-bit set, F - Register flag, T - SPT-bit set, J - Join SPT M - MSDP created entry, X - Proxy Join Timer Running A - Advertised via MSDP
Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, Next-Hop or VCD, State/Mode (*, 225.3.3.3), 00:01:23/00:02:59, RP 0.0.0.0, flags: D Incoming interface: Null, RPF nbr 0.0.0.0 • • •
Table of Contents
Outgoing interface list: Index
Examples
Ethernet1, Forward/Sparse-Dense, 00:01:23/00:00:00
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE 225.3.3.3), No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 (150.1.1.1, 00:01:23/00:03:00,
flags: TA
Incoming interface: Ethernet0, RPF nbr 0.0.0.0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Outgoing interface list: ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Ethernet1, Forward/Sparse-Dense, 00:01:23/00:00:00
Gain hands-on experience CCIEmode, Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Because the router runs in for PIMthe dense the *,G route is not important. The flag showing D Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. denotes dense mode. The S,G route indicates incoming and outgoing interfaces that should be expected. Router A appears to be working correctly. Example 3-12 shows the configuration for Router B. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Example 3-12. Multicast for Validation Learn how to build a practiceshow lab forCommands your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the RouterB# show Studies, ip mroute 225.3.3.3 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics IP Multicast Routing table not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume CCIE candidate will get comprehensive Flags: D with - Dense, S I, - the Sparse, C - Connected, L - Local, P coverage - Prunedof the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. R - RP-bit set, F - Register flag, T - SPT-bit set, J - Join SPT The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes Msuggested references for further Laboratory - MSDP created entry, X - reading. Proxy Join Timer exercises Running covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings.AThe final chapter via of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These - Advertised MSDP comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Timers: Uptime/Expires Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Interface state: Interface, Next-Hop or VCD, State/Mode (*, 225.3.3.3), 00:05:36/00:02:19, RP 0.0.0.0, flags: DJC Incoming interface: Null, RPF nbr 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: Ethernet0, Forward/Sparse-Dense, 00:05:36/00:00:00
Ethernet1, Forward/Sparse-Dense, 00:05:37/00:00:00
The multicast routing table in Example 3-12 does not show the S,G group, which means that Router B is not forwarding the multicast packets. Refer to Example 3-13 to see the show ip pim • Table of Contents neighbor command used in validation work. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 3-13. Multicast show Commands for Validation ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
RouterB# show ip pim neighbor Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
PIM Neighbor Table Pages: 1032 Neighbor Address 200.10.1.1
Interface Ethernet0
Uptime 2d00h
Expires 00:01:15
Ver
Mode
v2
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Router A is shown as a PIM neighbor, expected. 3-14 that shows the you show rpf Experience putting concepts into as practice withExample lab scenarios guide in ip applying 150.1.1 command used to provide validation. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 3-14. Multicast show Commands for Validation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect RouterB# show by ip presenting rpf 150.1.1.1 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. RPF covered information for I,?like (150.1.1.1) Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions ofEthernet2 the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. RPF interface: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and RPF neighbor: ? (4.1.1.2) includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network RPF route/mask: 150.1.1.1/32 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty RPF type: unicast (static) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. RPF recursion count: 1 Doing distance-preferred lookups across tables
This shows the IP route to 150.1.1.1 comes up as the Ethernet2 interface of Router B as expected. Based on the figure, E0 should be expected, but you never knows what else in a scenario affects the IP routing table. Example 3-15 shows how the multicast debug output for
validation works.
Example 3-15. Multicast debug Output for Validation
RouterB# debug mpacket • Tableip of Contents •
Index
*Jan 14 09:45:32.972: IP: s=150.1.1.1 (Ethernet0) • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
d=225.3.3.3 len 60, not RPF interface
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
*Jan 14 09:45:33.020: IP: s=150.1.1.1 (Ethernet0) Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 d=225.3.3.3 len 60, not RPF interface ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
*Jan Pages: 14 09:45:33.072: IP: s=150.1.1.1 (Ethernet0) 1032 d=225.3.3.3 len 60, not RPF interface *Jan 14 09:45:33.120: IP: s=150.1.1.1 (Ethernet0) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE d=225.3.3.3 len 60, not RPF interface Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Based on the debug, you see what was determined with the RPF check. The multicast packets arriveLearn on anhow interface that is not associated withCCIE the lab RPFexam check; therefore, the interface drops to build a practice lab for your preparation the multicast packets. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The simplest fix to this problem, assuming that the unicast routing table is the way that it is CCIE Practical II leads CCIE candidates the multicast process ofroute preparing based on otherStudies, scenarioVolume questions or good reasons, is to through set a static for thefor the CCIE lab exam by source presenting them with a seriesinterface of challenging laboratory A perfect 225.3.3.3 group's to reset the expected to Ethernet0. The exercises. following ip mroute companionmight to theassist best-selling this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics command in fixingfirst thisedition, dilemma. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They presentipreaders with scenarios 255.255.255.255 similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Router(config)# mroute 150.1.1.1 ethernet0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Multicast Routing Manager (MRM) The MRM is a great tool to use on multicast networks and on any routers therein. Three pieces are necessary to perform a "live" multicast test: a test sender (multicast source), test receiver (multicast receiver), and test manager.
The network in Figure 3-14 shows how an MRM test can be laid out.
Figure 3-14. Multicast Testing •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The ofStudies, multicast routersIIwithin Multicast Forwarding is irrelevant. Place CCIEnumber Practical Volume leads the CCIE candidates through Network the process of preparing for the the test sender and test receiver appropriately to test and troubleshoot different parts of the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect network. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. The test sender, on its Ethernet0 interface, will use the ip mrm test-sender interface Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and command. Likewise, the test receiver, on its Ethernet0 interface, will use the ip mrm testswitching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. receiver interface command. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The test manager will require more configuration steps. First, you must configure access lists includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core delineating the senders and receivers on a network. A standard access list delineates specific technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network hosts. ACL 1 is the sender list and ACL 2 is the receiver list: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Manager(config)#access-list 1 permit 10.1.1.2 Manager(config)#access-list 2 permit 10.1.4.2
Next, configure an MRM test and denote the senders and receiver within that test. Notice that the senders' and receivers' lines call the access lists to specify the senders and receivers. You can set more than one concurrent test on the manager: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Manager(config)# mrm manager mynettest Pub Date: November ip 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Manager(config-mrm)#manager ethernet0 group 239.2.3.4 Pages: 1032
Manager(config-mrm)#senders 1 Manager(config-mrm)#receivers 2 sender-list 1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. After completing configuration, you can start the test from the EXEC mode using the mrmtestExperience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying name start command. what you know MRM is a complete test of the multicast network. Senders and receivers must join a specific Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation multicast group (224.0.1.111) to talk with the manager. Control messages are passed through this multicast group. Also, a series of UDP messages and RTP messages test procedures (in Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment addition to the desired group). CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the After a test begins, the MRM sends unicast control messages to the sender and receivers, after CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect which the manager begins to send test beacons. The sender and receivers send companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics acknowledgments to the beacons and initiate the testing of the configured multicast group. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Report information is sent to the manager to determine the success or failure throughout the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and test. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. While the test is in progress, the sender sends RTP packets to the configured multicast group The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and address every 200 milliseconds (default). The receivers expect to receive packets within the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core same window, thus giving reportable statistics to the manager. If the receivers detect packet technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network loss within a 5-second window, a report is sent to the manager: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Manager#mrm mynettest start *Mar 20 10:29:51.798: IP MRM test mynettest starts ......
Manager#
No updates automatically appear on the screen. To display a status report at the manager router, enter the following command: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Manager# show ip mrm status ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
IP MRM status report cache: Timestamp
Manager
Test Receiver
Pkt Loss/Dup (%)
Ehsr
*Mar 20 14:12:46 10.1.2.2 10.1.4.2 1 (4%) 29 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title10.1.2.2 from Cisco Press. 10.1.4.2 *Mar 20 Studies 18:29:54 1 (4%) 15 Manager# Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation The report shows that thepractice receiverlabs (10.1.4.2) sentthe twoactual separate statusenvironment reports (one line each). Take five full-blown that mimic lab exam Each report contains one packet loss during the interval window (default of 1 second). The Ehsr value shows the estimated nextIIsequence number value from the the MRM sender. the MRMfor the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through process of If preparing receiver duplicate packets, it shows negative number in the Pkt Loss/Dup column. CCIE labsees exam by presenting them with aaseries of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics To the test, enter the following command: notstop covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Manager# Study tipsmrm andmynettest test-taking stop techniques are included throughout the book. *Mar 20 10:31:32.018: IP MRM test mynettest stops Manager#
CCIE Multicast Lab Scenario When studying multicast for the CCIE lab, think about the wording of things. This chapter provided a number of examples from which you can understand the importance of isolating the key words. You must ascertain exactly how the CCIE lab wants you to perform the work. •
Table of Contents
• Index the multicast routing table with the unicast routing table, you might encounter When comparing "gotchas," asExamples • outlined previously in the "Multicast Troubleshooting Example" section. You might encounter CCIE Practical other Studies unforeseen Volume II difficulties. Know where the "IP Multicast" section is on the "Configuration Guide" of the CD-ROM. This section is crucial to your ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599section , Leah Lynch CCIEDocumentation No. 7220 research of unknown or unforeseen difficulties. In it, you might also come across small hints that jog your memory. Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Further Reading RFC 2362, Protocol Independent Multicast-Sparse Mode •
Table of Contents
RFC 1075, Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Developing IP Multicast Networks: The Definitive Guide to Designing and Deploying Cisco IP By Karl SolieNetworks, CCIE No. 4599 , Leah I, Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Multicast Volume by Beau Williamson (Cisco Press, 2000) Publisher: Cisco Press
Cisco Connection Online—Documentation CD—Configuring IP Multicast Guides Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Part IV: Performance Management and Quality of Service • • •
Table of Contents Chapter 4 Router Performance Management Index
Chapter 5 Integrated and Differentiated Services Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Chapter 6 QoS — Rate
Limiting and Queuing Traffic
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 4. Router Performance Management • Table of Contents At some point in the life cycle of almost every network, some type of quality mechanism must be • implementedIndex to provide a level of service. With some networks, it may only be necessary to perform simple • Examples hardware or software upgrades every few years. Other networks may require the use of CCIE Practical Service Studies LevelVolume Agreements II (SLAs), either as customer or as service provider, to guarantee a certain level of service. A number ofNo. methods can be used to establish a certain level of quality ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE 7220 of service (QoS); the method that you choose will be determined by the availability of the solution, the cost, and the value that it presents to your organization. When determining your Publisher: Cisco Press required level of service, you must decide whether you require a "best effort" level of quality, or Pub Date: whether youNovember require07, a 2003 certain level of guaranteed QoS. For instance, your network may only 1-58705-072-2 requireISBN: a guaranteed amount of bandwidth availability during certain peak hours of operation, a certainPages: data1032 transfer rate over the transmission medium, or you may have applications on your network that have very specific requirements that must be met. In each of these situations, you can use a QoS method to ensure that your network is performing within the established limits. You must also consider that to achieve guaranteed levels of service, redundant links and hardware may be required, costing more money to implement and support.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE In many cases, network quality issues result from issues that cannot be fixed using QoS. Before Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. designing or applying Cisco IOS QoS techniques, verify that your network is already operating at its best. For instance, I am sure everyone has seen at least one instance where a certain router is constantly causing network delays. on with the network commonly complain the network Experience putting concepts into Users practice lab scenarios that guide you that in applying is slow, butyou no know one can determine why until someone takes a good look at the router's Ethernet what interface and notices a high number of errors. The type of errors found on the interface indicates a badLearn Ethernet and after thelab cable replaced, everything works great. The following howcable, to build a practice for is your CCIE lab exam preparation simple quality-control issues are not addressed with Cisco IOS QoS: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment limitations— dropping packets theirofresources CCIE Router Practicalresource Studies, Volume II leadsRouters CCIE candidates throughbecause the process preparingare for the CCIE exhausted lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Routerinhardware Bad interfaces causing performance problemsand QoS. not covered Volume I,problems— like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Layer 1 network cabling Security, or cables and that Service exceed Provider specifications switching portions of theproblems— Routing andBad Switching, lab exams. Router resource generallyof occur whentechnologies routers are required no longeron able support trafficand The book begins limitations with brief coverage the core thetoCCIE lab exam characteristics, or features that are currently used in today's networks are still in use. These includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core issues can usually beproviding fixed by adding or applying replacingthe outdated equipment. technologies follow, detailedmemory guides to technologies in realRouter network hardware problems, which tend to be harder to find, but easiest to fix, tend to disappear settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These when you start taking a good look at your network. And Layer 1 cabling problems can cause myriad comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty strange and complicated problems that are difficult to trace. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The beginning of this chapter covers quality-control issues, and includes several quick troubleshooting exercises that lead to a speedy problem diagnosis and resolution. An entire book could be dedicated to quality-control issues; this chapter just identifies tools that already exist within Cisco IOS Software, and shows how the output from these tools can provide valuable troubleshooting data. The output from the commands covered in this section is referred to throughout the rest of this book. After this discussion, the chapter takes over where the first edition left off by exploring ATM QoS technologies. The ATM section begins by providing a quick ATM review before diving directly into ATM QoS. This chapter then explores the different Cisco IOS switching methods, and how they
can be used to improve network interface performance. This chapter ends with an in-depth look at interface compression, exploring how you can use it to improve network performance by sending more packets over existing interfaces without costly network bandwidth upgrades.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Determining Router Performance Before attempting to determine the types of QoS that are required on your network, accomplish the following few tasks first: • • •
Table of Contents
Verify that your network hardware is properly configured and in good working order. Index Examples
PerformStudies a network baseline CCIE Practical Volume II
to determine whether your hardware is adequate to support your requirements, and whether you have sufficient bandwidth to support your network ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 applications. The baseline also shows whether any of the applications on your network have certain link speed or quality requirements. Publisher: Cisco Press
Interview key network Pub Date: November 07, 2003
stakeholders. Determine who needs to be involved in network planning activities, and make sure that you know their current and future network ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 requirements. Pages: 1032
Verifying Cisco IOS Software and Memory Configuration A number Gain hands-on of key experience commands forhelp the you CCIE determine Lab Examwhether with volume a router tworunning of the best-selling Cisco IOS Software CCIE is Practical properly. working Studies title Gather fromand Cisco record Press. information over a period of time, taking into consideration how your network performs under peak- and low-utilization periods. How long you gather and record information depends on the size and scale of your network. To begin, determine which Experience putting concepts practice lab scenarios thatcheck guidethe youamounts in applying version of Cisco IOS Software yourinto routers are with currently running and of Flash what you know memory and DRAM on your router. Verify that the version of software and amount of memory are adequate to support the features that you currently have and will require in the near future. how to to build practice laboffor yourIOS CCIE lab exam preparation On a Learn Cisco router, finda the version Cisco Software and the amount of installed memory, use the show version command, as shown in Example 4-1. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example 4-1. show version Command CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Router# version switchingshow portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Cisco Internetwork Operating System Softwarer includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing(C2600-JS-M), detailed guides Version to applying the technologies in real network (fc1) IOS (tm) C2600 Software 12.0(3)T3, RELEASE SOFTWARE settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs by include all Systems, of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Copyright (c)practice 1986-1999 cisco Inc. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and included throughout the book. Compiled Thu test-taking 15-Apr-99 techniques 17:05 by are kpma Image text-base: 0x80008088, data-base: 0x80C2D514 ROM: System Bootstrap, Version 11.3(2)XA4, RELEASE SOFTWARE (fc1) 2610 uptime is 2 hours, 21 minutes System restarted by reload
System image file is "flash:c2600-js-mz.120-3.T3.bin" cisco 2610 (MPC860) processor (revision 0x203) with 24576K/8192K bytes of memory. Processor board ID JAD04180ETY (2670216847) M860 processor: part number 0, mask 49 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Bridging software.
X.25 software, Version 3.0.0. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599copyright , Leah Lynch CCIE 7220 SuperLAT software 1990No.by Meridian
Technology Corp).
TN3270 Emulation Publisher: Cisco Press software. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1 Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
2 Serial network interface(s) 16 terminal line(s) 32K bytes of non-volatile configuration memory. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press. 8192K bytes of title processor board System flash (Read/Write) Configuration register is 0x2102 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Router# Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment In thisPractical example, the router is running Release through 12.0(3),the image nameofc2600-js-mz. CCIE Studies, Volume II leadsCisco CCIEIOS candidates process preparing for120the 3.T3.bin in 8 MB of Flash memory; this router also has 32 MB of DRAM, 25 MBAofperfect system CCIE lab stored exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. memory, and MBbest-selling shared packet Cisco IOSprovides Software versionsofand quantities oftopics Flash companion to 8 the first memory. edition, this book coverage CCIE lab exam memory andinrandom-access be 3550, tracked and maps, recorded forMulticast, referenceand purposes. not covered Volume I, like memory the Ciscoshould Catalyst route BGP, QoS. You can use this information track software bugs, features, and prepare forof upgrades. At and this Combined with Volume I,tothe CCIE candidate willtrack get comprehensive coverage the routing time, it is portions also useful to note how and the router was Security, started; inand theService example, this router was switching of the Routing Switching, Provider lab exams. restarted by reload. It is always good to note when the router has an error, and if so, remember the watch future recurrences: The error book and begins withfor brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
System restarted by error - a SegV exception, PC 0x808da564
Logging unexpected system restarts can save troubleshooting time and provide valuable
information that you can use to find the source of the router restarts. You can find this information by searching for the error at Cisco.com, or opening a case with the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC). You may find the following tools useful when diagnosing router restarts: Bug Tracker Searching the TAC website •
Table of Contents
•
Index Error Message Decoder
•
Examples
If you find that yourVolume routers CCIE Practical Studies II frequently experience real hardware or software problems, concentrate on fixing the problems first; after you have fixed the problems, you can approach ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 your network application's requirements and find solutions to enhance application performance. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Determining Network Application Requirements ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
If possible, try to obtain information on new network applications that will be deployed in your network. Try to find out what their network use requirements will be, how many computers will use the new applications, where they are located, and whether there are any bandwidth or link quality requirements. If you cannot increase the amount of bandwidth on your network, you may still be able to increase network performance by the use of Cisco IOS Software QoS features, Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE including the following: Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Simple queuing and traffic prioritization Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Advanced switching methods Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Compression Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Congestion avoidance CCIE Advanced Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the queuingVolume and congestion management CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Trafficto shaping the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Trafficwith policing Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Applying ATM QoS The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Lowsuggested Latency Queuing includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Classifying traffic to provide QoS concludes at various with network settings. The final chapter of the book five points hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty The battle to learn and understand the effects of new applications and technologies will always level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. drive the need for network quality enhancements. For instance, you may find that branch routers Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. with smaller WAN links require compression to support the network applications that have been or are going to be deployed. After determining that the router will require the applications of compression techniques, you may find that the compression algorithm is very demanding on the router's processor or memory. After you have decided to move forward with the plan to implement compression, you may have to increase the amount of memory or, in some cases, replace older equipment to support other technologies. To check the processor use and process CPU allocation, use the show processes cpu command, as shown in Example 4-2.
Example 4-2. show processes cpu Command
Router#show processes cpu CPU utilization five seconds: 1%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% • Table offor Contents •
Index
• PID
Runtime(ms) Examples
Invoked
uSecs
5Sec
1Min
5Min TTY Process
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
1
4
1650
2
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 Load Meter
2
1573
2653
592
1.31%
0.49%
0.34%
0 Exec
990
5758
0.00%
0.04%
0.05%
0 Check heaps
0
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 Pool Manager
5
0
2
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 Timers
6
4
61
65
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 Serial Backgroun
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub 3 Date: November 5701 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
4
Pages: 1032
Gain7 hands-on experience for the CCIE0Lab 0.00% Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 0 276 0.00% 0.00% 0 Environmental mo Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 8
0
143
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 ARP Input
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 9 what you know 5 6 833 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 DDR Timers 10 Learn how to0build a practice 2 0.00% 0.00% 0 Dialer event lab 0 for your CCIE0.00% lab exam preparation 11 Take five full-blown 8 2 labs 4000 0.00% Entity MIB API practice that 0.00% mimic the actual 0.00% lab exam0environment CCIE 12 Practical Studies, 0 Volume1II leads0CCIE 0.00% candidates 0.00% through 0.00% the process 0 SERIAL of preparing A'detectfor the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion 13 to the 0 best-selling 1 first edition, 0 this 0.00% book0.00% provides 0.00% coverage 0 of Critical CCIE lab Bkgnd exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined 14 with Volume 52 I, the 992 CCIE candidate 52 0.00% will get 0.00% comprehensive 0.00% coverage 0 Net Background of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 15 4 59 67 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 Logger The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested exercises each of the core 16 48 references 8228for further 5 reading. 0.00% Laboratory 0.00% 0.00% 0 covering TTY Background technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final 8chapter 8380 of the book 0 concludes five hands-on These 17 0.00%with 0.00% 0.00% lab 0 exercises. Per-Second Jobs comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. with scenarios similar what they will face the actualCheck lab exam. 18 They present 16 readers8312 1 0.00% to0.00% 0.00% 0 on Partition Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 19 88 725 121 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 Net Input 20
12
1651
7
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 Compute load avg
21
3915
141
27765
0.00%
0.05%
0.00%
0 Per-minute Jobs
The first line is often the most important part of the show processes cpu command: CPU utilization for five seconds: 1%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0%. This one line displays the CPU utilization in 5-second, 1–minute, and 5-minute increments. This data can be displayed locally on the router by repeatedly issuing the command for immediate use, or you can use data collection software to collect data over a period of time and use it to find network trends, and determine future network requirements. The router shown in the preceding example is running at 0-percent utilization. If you notice a router that constantly runs at or more than 75percent utilization, you may have to consider a router upgrade, or, in the case of the previous • Table of Contents compression example, you may consider upgrading the smaller WAN circuit and disabling • Index compression. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
To gather performance trend information from a router, the output of the show processes cpu By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah when Lynch CCIE No. 7220 command is most valuable gathered over a period of time, including peak- and low-traffic times. If processor utilization is high, log the process IDs from the PID column that are consuming Publisher: the Ciscomost Press time. You might be able to disable some processes to save resources. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
While gathering processor utilization, you can gather memory utilization as well. Although ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 sometimes difficult to read or understand, the show memory commands display quite a bit of Pages: information1032 about the system utilization. There are many variations of the show memory command, one of the most useful of which is the show memory dead command. As shown in Example 4-3, the show memory dead command displays a summary of the memory use, total, used, and free memory statistics, and then goes on to display all the dead processes that still have memory their use. If this two number is best-selling large, you may need to Gain hands-on experience for the allocated CCIE Lab for Exam with volume of the CCIE find the dead process and work the Cisco TAC and fix the problem. Practical Studies title from Ciscowith Press. Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Example 4-3.putting show memory dead Command what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Router# show dead Take five memory full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Head Volume Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) CCIE Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through Lowest(b) the process Largest(b) of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Processor 6416900 3884876 2532024coverage 2495784 2508960 companion to811E15FC the best-selling first edition, this book provides of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. I/Owith1800000 8388608 1566808 6821800 6819308 Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of6821756 the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Processor memory The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Addresssuggested Bytes Prev. PrevF NextFexercises Alloccovering PC What includes references Next for further Ref reading. Laboratory each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 8120E740 64 chapter 8120E6E8 8120E7AC 1 808AF3AC CEF These process settings. The final of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 812A3F44 92 812A3EB0 812A3FCC 1 timer block level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will801D4870 face on theTTY actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 812A8C00 24 812A8BBC 812A8C44 1 808AF3AC CEF process 812A8DDC
24 812A8D98 812A8E20
1
808AF3A0
CEF process
In addition to displaying the memory summary and memory allocated for dead processes, it is also helpful to check for memory allocation failures, using the show memory failures alloc
command. This command displays any memory allocation failures, which, when gathered over a period of time, might indicate a need to increase the amount of memory. Under normal circumstances, this command should not have any output. As a rule, routers should never run at a constant high processor or memory load. There are a number of beliefs about how one should judge the processor and memory utilization of their routers. Generally, as a precautionary method, before performing any QoS feature additions, make sure that your routers can handle the additional load added by the new QoS techniques. If • Table of Contents your router's memory utilization is already high, adding new features, even those as simple as a • Index change in switching modes, such as Cisco Express Forwarding (CEF) switching, may push the • Examples router over its limits. After you have verified that the router has the basic capabilities to perform CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the functions that you require, using the processor and memory commands just shown, or you By Karl identified Solie CCIE No. , Leah CCIEupgrade No. 7220 or replacement, next verify that the router has have the4599 need for Lynch a router enough interface capacity to handle the proposed traffic load. The next section covers router interface performance evaluation. This section shows you how to identify interface hardware and Publisher: Cisco Press cable faults, traffic bottlenecks, and the efficiency of the route switch-mode selection. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Verifying Router Interface Performance One of the most useful performance management show commands is the show interface command. The show interface commands display information about interface hardware, configuration, queuing. Example 4-4 shows output for the show Gain hands-onutilization, experienceerrors, for theand CCIE Lab Exam with volume two the of the best-selling CCIE interface serial command, and Table 4-1 shows the show interface serial command output Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. descriptions. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Example 4-4. show interface Output Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Router#show interface serial s 0/1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Serial0/1 is by up,presenting line protocol is aup CCIE lab exam them with series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics PowerQUICC Serial notHardware covered inisVolume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Internet address isRouting 175.25.33.98/24 switching portions of the and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. MTU 1500 bytes, 1544 Kbit,ofDLY 20000 usec, The book begins with BW brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core reliability 255/255, detailed txload guides 1/255,torxload technologies follow, providing applying1/255 the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not comprehensive practice labs include all of set the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Keepalive (10 sec) Study tips andset test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Last input 00:00:02, output 00:00:03, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Input queue: 0/75/0 (size/max/drops); Total output drops: 0 Queueing strategy: weighted fair
Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) Conversations
0/2/256 (active/max active/max total)
Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated) 5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec • • •
Table of Contents
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Index
Examples
179 packets input, 12647 bytes, 0 no buffer
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No.70 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Received broadcasts, 0 runts,
1 input Publisher: Cisco errors, Press
0 giants, 0 throttles
0 CRC, 1 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
173 packets output, 17321 bytes, 0 underruns ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 78 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
106 carrier transitions Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical StudiesDSR=up title from Cisco Press. DCD=up DTR=up RTS=up CTS=up Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
4-1. show interface Output Description Take fiveTable full-blown practice labs that mimicserial the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Item Description CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion toPowerQUICC the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam Hardware is Describes the hardware name for the interface specified. Intopics this not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Serial case, the hardware is a PowerQUICC WIC-1T Serial module. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security,type anddescription Service Provider lab exams. A more detailed hardware and interface specific troubleshooting counters can be found using the show The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and controllers command. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Internet address is providing detailed The IP address assigned to the the technologies interface. technologies follow, guides to applying in real network 175.25.33.98/24 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These This information only appears ongradually IP interfaces. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. MTU 1500 bytes MTU size for this interface. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. You can change the MTU size for an interface by using the mtu command in interface configuration mode. The no mtu command sets the MTU size to default.
BW 1544 Kbit
•
Table of Contents
•
Index DLY 20000 usec
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Displays the bandwidth for this interface. The bandwidth value does not actually change the bandwidth available for the interface. This command just provides a metric that is used to limit Hello traffic for the EIGRP or IGRP routing protocols. The default bandwidth value will be that of the interface, or another more precise value that can be manually entered using thebandwidth command in interface configuration mode. The average interface delay of the interface in microseconds. Also, note that the Delay value shown here is only a metric that is to be used for EIGRP or IGRP routing protocols.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date:255/255 November 07, 2003 reliability
You can change the delay for an interface by using the delay command in interface configuration mode. The average reliability of the link over a period of 5 minutes.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
255/255 refers to 100 percent. 127/255 would be 50 percent. 1/255 would be 0 percent.
txload 1/255 experience for the TheCCIE transmit load for thevolume interface a 5-minute period. Gain hands-on Lab Exam with twoover of the best-selling CCIEA load of 255/255 is 100-percent interface utilization. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. rxload 1/255
The receive load for the interface over a 5-minute period. A load of 255/255 is 100-percent interfacethat utilization. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide you in applying what you know Encapsulation HDLC The interface encapsulation type. loopback Learnnot how set to build a practice Shows labwhether for your aCCIE loopback lab exam has been preparation configured. Interface loopbacks can be used to test physical connectivity problems by Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the lab destination, exam environment transmitting a signal toactual a remote sometimes referred to as "looping an interface" to a service provider. To configure an CCIE Practical Studies, Volumeinterface II leads CCIE candidates through the command process of in preparing loopback, use the loopback interfacefor the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect configuration mode. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Keepalive sec) I, like the Displays the keepalive themaps, interface. standard keepalive not coveredset in (10 Volume Cisco Catalyst 3550,for route BGP,The Multicast, and QoS. for a candidate serial interface is comprehensive 10 seconds. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE will get coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. To change the interface keepalive, use the keepalive command under of interface The book begins with brief coverage the coreconfiguration technologiesmode. required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Last input 00:00:02 Displays the last time input was received on this interface. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes withoutput five hands-on lab exercises. These output 00:00:03 Displays the last time was transmitted on this interface. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty output hang never readers with Displays thesimilar last time the interface because level. They present scenarios to what they willwas facereset on the actual alab exam. transmission took too long. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Last clearing of show interface counters never
Displays the last time the counters for this interface were cleared. You can clear the interface counters by using the clear interface command from enable mode.
Input queue: 0/75/0 (size/max/drops)
Displays the input queue size for the interface. size shows the current input queue size. max shows the maximum size of the queue.
•
Table of Contents
•Total outputIndex drops: 0 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
drops displays the number of packets dropped when the maximum queue size is exceeded. Displays the total number of output drops. Output drops occur when the router is attempting to transmit data and has no available buffers and so the packet is dropped.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Queuing strategy: weighted fair Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Displays the queuing strategy for the interface. The default queuing type for a serial interface under 2 Mb (E1) is Weighted Fair. If no queuing type has been configured, or Weighted Fair Queuing has been disabled, the default queuing type is FIFO.
Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 Displays the output queue size for the interface. (size/max size shows the current size of the queue. total/threshold/drops) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE max total shows the maximum size of the queue. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. threshold shows the number of packets that can be stored in the queue new packets are discarded. Experience putting concepts intobefore practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know drops shows the number of dropped packets. Learn how 0/2/256 to build a practice lab for CCIE lab exam preparation Conversations Displays theyour Weighted Fair Queuing settings for the interface. (active/max active/max Weighted Fair Queuing is covered in detail in the next chapter. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment total) active displays the current number of Weighted Fair Queuing CCIE Practical Studies, Volumeconversation II leads CCIEqueues. candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first bookthe provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics maxedition, active this displays maximum number of Weighted Fair not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Queuing queues that can concurrently be active. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Service Provider Weighted lab exams. max total displaysSecurity, the totaland number of dynamic Fair Queuing queues. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Reserved Conversations 0/0 for When RSVPreading. has been enabled, the current numbereach of RSVP includes suggested references further Laboratory exercises covering of the core (allocated/max allocated) resourceguides allocations and maximum number of resource technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies in RSVP real network allocations are displayed. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 5 minute input rate 0 Displays the 5-minute average input rate for the interface. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 5 minute output rate 0 Displays the 5-minute average output rate for the interface. bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
235 packets input
These counters display the following:
15967 bytes
The number of packets received.
0 no buffer
The number of bytes received on the interface. The number of times the router ran out of buffer space.
•Received 126 Table of Contents broadcasts • Index
These counters display the following:
•
The number of broadcasts received.
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
0 runts
The number of runts received. A runt is a packet that is smaller packet size for the interface.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No.minimum 7220 than the Publisher: Cisco Press
0 giants
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The number of giants received. A giant is a packet that exceeds the MTU size for the interface.
0 throttles
The number of throttles received. A throttle occurs when the router runs out of buffer or processor resources, and as a result, the interface's receiver is disabled.
2 input errors
These counters display the following:
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The combined number of all input errors. An input error is any Gain hands-on experience for the packet CCIEthat Labarrives Exam with at the volume interface twowith of the anybest-selling error type.CCIE Packets Practical Studies title from Cisco with Press. more than one error type are only counted once. 0 CRC The number of CRC errors received. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying This number should be less than 0.0001 percent of the total bytes what you know received on the interface using the formula (CRC errors/total bytes) 100 = Percentage CRC preparation errors. High errors could indicate Learn how to build a practice labxfor your CCIE lab exam Layer 1 problems. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The number of incoming framing errors received. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 2 frame The number of buffer overruns occurring onexercises. incoming packets. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory A perfectAn overrun occurs when the interface is receiving data faster companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab examthan topics 0 overrun theCisco system buffers can process it. BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume I, like the Catalyst 3550, route maps, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing The number of will ignored packets. Packets are ignored when the and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 0 ignored interface runs out of buffer space and has to ignore new packets until resources become available. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes 0 abort suggested references for Thefurther abort counter reading.indicates Laboratory the exercises number of covering times the each interface of the core technologies follow, providing detailed received guides an illegal to applying series of the 1s. technologies Interface aborts in real usually network indicate a settings. The final chapter of the clocking book concludes error. with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 236 packets outputreaders with These counters display the following: level. They present scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The number of packets transmitted. 22838 bytes
The number of bytes transmitted.
0 underruns
The number of times that the router detects that the data sender is sending faster than the router can receive.
0 output errors
These counters display the following:
0 collisions
The number of output errors. The number of packets retransmitted because of collisions—serial interfaces should not have collisions.
80 interface resets •
Table of Contents
•0 output buffer Indexfailures •
Examples
The number of times the interface has reset itself. These counters display the following: The number of times the router received a no resource error upon output.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
0 output buffers swapped
The number of times the router swapped packets to DRAM.
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 out
106 carrier transitions Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The number of carrier transitions sensed on this interface. A carrier transition occurs when the carrier detect signal changes state.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
DCD=up Pages: 1032
DCD(Data Carrier Detect)— Signal sent by DCE indicating that the carrier detect signal has been received from the DTE.
DSR=up
DSR(Data Set Ready)— Signal sent by the DCE to notify the DTE that the DCE is ready.
DTR=up DTR (Data Terminal Ready)— Signal sent the DTE toCCIE the DCE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of theby best-selling for new connections or to maintain an existing connection. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. RTS=up
RTS(Request to Send)— Signal sent by the DTE to notify the DCE that the DTE is ready to transmit. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know CTS=up CTS(Clear to Send)— Sent by the DCE indicating that the DCE is ready to receive data from the DTE. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Example 4-5 shows the output from the show interface fastethernet command, and Table 4-2 shows the command output descriptions. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 4-5. in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Example show interface fastethernet Command Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the 1750a>show interface fastethernet 0 core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, detailed guides applying the technologies FastEthernet0 is providing administratively down,toline protocol is down in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs include all ofis the0004.2722.81d8 technologies and(bia gradually increase in difficulty Hardware ispractice PQUICC_FEC, address 0004.2722.81d8) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study and test-taking techniques areDLY included throughout the book. MTU tips 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, 100 usec, reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255 Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set Keepalive set (10 sec) Auto-duplex, 10Mb/s, 100BaseTX/FX
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last input never, output 01:03:50, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Queueing strategy: fifo • • •
Table of Contents
Output queue 0/40, 0 drops; input queue 0/75, 0 drops Index
Examples
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599rate , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 5 minute output 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
0 packets input, Publisher: Cisco Press
0 bytes
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
0 watchdog 0 input packets with dribble condition detected Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical titleoutput, from Cisco Press. 177Studies packets 35436 bytes, 0 underruns 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Table 4-2. Ethernet-Specific show interface Output The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Item Description technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five and hands-on lab exercises. FastEthernet0 is Displays the current interface line protocol states; These the possible comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase administratively down, states for Fast Ethernet interfaces are administratively in up difficulty or down. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. line protocol is down. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. up down administratively down For an interface to be in an up state, it must have received a keepalive within the amount of time configured.
Hardware is PQUICC_FEC
Displays the type of hardware installed.
address is 0004.2722.81d8 (bia 0004.2722.81d8)
Displays the current MAC address and the burned-in address (BIA). You can change the MAC address by using the mac-address command in interface configuration mode.
•MTU 1500 bytes Table of Contents MTU. • Index
Kbit •BW 100000 Examples
Bandwidth.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
DLY 100 usec
Delay of the interface in microseconds.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Auto-duplex
These values are usually best left at their intended values; changing the bandwidth or delay of an interface delay or bandwidth does not change the actual value; however, MTU values are sometimes changed to provide interoperability between different vendors' hardware. These values do not change on a dynamic basis. Duplex mode for the interface.
The duplex mode for the interface can be changed using either the full-duplex or half-duplex commands in interface configuration mode. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 10Mb/s Displays the speed of the interface. For Fast Ethernet interfaces or greater, you can change the interface Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying speed by using the speed command in interface configuration mode. what you know The speed can either be forced to a specific speed, or if the speed Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation has been changed, it can be set back to automatic by specifying auto. labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Take five full-blown practice 100BaseTX/FX Displays the Ethernet media type. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE ARP lab type: exam ARPA by presenting Displays them with the a ARP series type. of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics You change the ARP type by maps, using the arp type command in not covered in Volume I, like thecan Cisco Catalyst 3550, route BGP, Multicast, and QoS. interface configuration mode. The default coverage ARP type of is ARPA. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Displays the ARP timeout [more]. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and You can change the ARP timeout by using the arp timeout includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core command in interface configuration mode. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter of the book concludes five for hands-on lab exercises. These QueuingThe strategy: fifo Displays the queuing with strategy the interface; on Ethernet comprehensive practice labsinterfaces, include allthe of the technologies and gradually default queuing type is FIFO. increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 0 watchdog Displays the of throughout times the watchdog Study tips and test-taking techniques arenumber included the book.timer has expired. The watchdog timer usually expires when packet sizes exceed 2048 bytes. 0 input packets with dribble condition detected
Displays the number of frames that are oversized but still forwarded.
0 interface resets
Displays the number of times the interface has reset itself.
0 collisions
Indicates the number of collisions received on an interface. Collisions do not typically occur on Fast Ethernet interfaces.
0 babbles
These counters display the following: The number of times the transmit jabber timer expired.
•0 late collision Table of Contents The number of late collisions, when a collision occurs after the frame •
Index
preamble has been transmitted.
•
Examples
The number of packets that have been deferred because the carrier was asserted.
0 deferred CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
0 lost carrier
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
0 no carrier
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Displays the number of times the interface lost the carrier during transmission. Displays the number of times the interface found no carrier during transmission.
Pages: 1032
After verifying the state of the interface over a period of time, you will be able to determine the type of problem that the router in question is displaying. At this point, you should see a clear trend pointing you in one of three directions. Perhaps the router is out of resources and dropping packets. Or, theexperience router hasfor a physical qualitywith problem. Neither these problemsCCIE can be Gain hands-on the CCIElayer Lab Exam volume two ofof the best-selling fixed with QoS. Alternatively, perhaps the router is under a load of traffic that requires additional Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. tuning, and the network quality may be improved using QoS: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying A router resource problem— Indicated by a large number of throttles or buffer failures. what you know This may be fixed with buffer tuning, but will, most likely, eventually require a router or memory upgrade Learn how to builddepending a practiceon labthe forsituation. your CCIE lab exam preparation A physical layer problem— Indicated by a the large number of errors, which can be fixed Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic actual lab exam environment using good old-fashioned troubleshooting. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the high traffic load on the router— Indicated by a high txload, rxload, a high A number CCIE A lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. perfectof dropped underruns, and buffer errors. companion to packets, the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. To further isolate a problem the quality of interface performance,coverage you can of take few more Combined with Volume I, thewith CCIE candidate will get comprehensive thea routing and steps. Youportions can takeofa the more detailed at the interface or,Provider if the interface has an switching Routing andlook Switching, Security,controllers and Service lab exams. integrated channel service unit/data service unit (CSU/DSU), you can monitor any alarm conditions. Whenwith troubleshooting link-quality problems, one of the firstonplaces to look the and The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies required the CCIE lab is exam show controllers show controllers command displayscovering information includes suggested command. references The for further reading. Laboratory exercises eachabout of thethe core interface hardware, well as detailed cable type and clocking information. The lastinfew lines of the technologies follow, as providing guides to applying the technologies real network show controllers command alsobook display hardware-specific errors. Example 4-6 shows settings. The final chapter of the concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. Thesethe show controllers serial command. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 4-6. show controllers serial Command Output
Router#show controller s 0/1 Interface Serial0/1 Hardware is PowerQUICC MPC860
DTE V.35 TX and RX clocks detected. idb at 0x8129D3E8, driver data structure at 0x812A2958 SCC Registers: General [GSMR]=0x2:0x00000030, Protocol-specific [PSMR]=0x8 •
Table of Contents
• Index Events [SCCE]=0x0000, Mask [SCCM]=0x001F, Status [SCCS]=0x06 • Examples CCIE Practical Volume II Transmit onStudies Demand [TODR]=0x0,
Data Sync [DSR]=0x7E7E
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Interrupt Registers: Publisher: Cisco Press
Config [CICR]=0x00367F80, Pending [CIPR]=0x00000800 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Mask
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
[CIMR]=0x20200400, In-srv
[CISR]=0x00000000
Pages: 1032
Command register [CR]=0x640 Port A [PADIR]=0x0000, [PAPAR]=0xFFFF [PAODR]=0x0000, [PADAT]=0xF0F7 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Port B [PBDIR]=0x03A0F, [PBPAR]=0x0C00E Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying [PBODR]=0x0000E, [PBDAT]=0x31DDD what you know Port C [PCDIR]=0x00C, [PCPAR]=0x000 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation [PCSO]=0x0A0, [PCDAT]=0xF30, [PCINT]=0x00F Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Receive Ring CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect rmd(68012330): status 9000 length 18 address 1935788 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. rmd(68012338): status 9000 length 11D address 1932388 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. rmd(68012340): status 9000 length 18 address 1938508 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and rmd(68012348): status 9000 reading. length Laboratory 18 addressexercises 1937E88covering each of the core includes suggested references for further technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network rmd(68012350): 9000 lengthwith 18 five address 1933D88 settings. The final chapter ofstatus the book concludes hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty rmd(68012358): 9000 length 18what address 1937808 level. They present readers status with scenarios similar to they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. rmd(68012360): status 9000 length 18 address 1937188 rmd(68012368): status 9000 length 18 address 1934A88 rmd(68012370): status 9000 length 11D address 1936488 rmd(68012378): status 9000 length 18 address 1935E08 rmd(68012380): status 9000 length 11D address 1934408
rmd(68012388): status 9000 length 18 address 1933088 rmd(68012390): status 9000 length 18 address 1936B08 rmd(68012398): status 9000 length 18 address 1933708 rmd(680123A0): status 9000 length 18 address 1932A08 • • •
Table of Contents
rmd(680123A8): status B000 length 18 address 1938B88 Index Examples
Transmit Ring CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie tmd(680123B0): CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 status 5C00 length Publisher: Cisco Press tmd(680123B8):
18 address 193A158
status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
tmd(680123C0): ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158
Pages: 1032
tmd(680123C8): status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158 tmd(680123D0): status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158 tmd(680123D8): status 5C00 length 123 address 1950098 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. tmd(680123E0): status 5C00 length 123 address 194DE38 tmd(680123E8): status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know tmd(680123F0): status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation tmd(680123F8): status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment tmd(68012400): status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the tmd(68012408): status 5C00a length address laboratory 193A158 exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with series of18 challenging companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics tmd(68012410): status 5C00 length 18 address 193A158 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and status 5C00 lengthSecurity, 123 address 194F2D8 switching tmd(68012418): portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. The book tmd(68012420): begins with brief coverage of thelength core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and status 5C00 123 address 1950098 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies tmd(68012428): status 7C00 length 18 address 193A158 in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty SCC GENERAL PARAMETER RAM (at 0x68013D00) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Rx BD tips Base [RBASE]=0x2330, Fn Code [RFCR]=0x18 Tx BD Base [TBASE]=0x23B0, Fn Code [TFCR]=0x18 Max Rx Buff Len [MRBLR]=1548 Rx State [RSTATE]=0x18008440, BD Ptr [RBPTR]=0x2380 Tx State [TSTATE]=0x18000548, BD Ptr [TBPTR]=0x23B8
SCC HDLC PARAMETER RAM (at 0x68013D38) CRC Preset [C_PRES]=0xFFFF, Mask [C_MASK]=0xF0B8 Errors: CRC [CRCEC]=0, Aborts [ABTSC]=0, Discards [DISFC]=0 Nonmatch Addr Cntr [NMARC]=0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Retry Count [RETRC]=0
Max Frame Length [MFLR]=1608 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. Cnt 7220 RxKarl Int Threshold [RFTHR]=0, Frame
[RFCNT]=65046
User-defined 0000/0000/0000/0000 Publisher: Cisco Address Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
User-defined Address Mask 0x0000 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
buffer size 1524 PowerQUICC SCC specific errors: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Cisco Press. 0 input Studies aborts title on from receiving flag sequence 0 throttles, 0 enables Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 0 overruns Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 0 transmitter underruns Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 0 transmitter CTS losts CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Another command that comes in handy when will troubleshooting WAN interface card (WIC) modules Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing and with integrated CSU/DSU controller's quality Security, is the show command. switching portions of the Routing and link Switching, andservice-module Service Provider serial lab exams. As shown in Example 4-7, this command displays information about the internal CSU/DSU, such as alarm status and self-test information. You should noterequired and track over Thethe book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies onCSU/DSU the CCIE alarms lab exam and time. Example 4-7 shows the show service-module serial command and Table 4-3 core includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercisesoutput, covering each of the describes thefollow, output.providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readersservice with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 4-7. show module serial Command Output Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Router#show service-module serial 0/0 Module type is 4-wire Switched 56 Hardware revision is B, Software revision is 1.00, Image checksum is 0x42364436, Protocol revision is 1.0
Receiver has no alarms. CSU/DSU Alarm mask is 0 Current line rate is 56 Kbits/sec Last module self-test (done at startup): Passed •
Table of Contents
• Indexof alarm counters 02:13:56 Last clearing • Examples CCIE Practical oos/oofStudies Volume II
:
0,
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
loss of signal
:
0,
:
0,
rate adaptation attemp:
0,
Publisher: Cisco Press
loss of frame
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press. Tabletitle 4-3. show service-module serialCommand Output Item Experience putting concepts into practice Description with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Module type is 4-wire Switched 56 Type of CSU/DSU module. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Hardware revision is B, Software revision 1.00 Takeisfive full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Image checksum is 0x42364436, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Protocol revision 1.0 CCIE lab exam by is presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, provides coverage lab exam topics Receiver has no alarms, CSU/DSU This this areabook shows any alarms that of areCCIE currently being not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Alarm mask is 0 detected by the CSU/DSU. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching Current line portions rate isof56 the Kbits/sec Routing and Switching, Displays the Security, currentand rateService of line.Provider lab exams. Lastbook module self-test (done at status of the last module The begins with brief coverage of Displays the core the technologies required on the self-test. CCIE lab exam and startup): Passed includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed Displays guides tothe applying thethe technologies in realcounters network were Last clearingfollow, of alarm counters last time CSU/DSU alarm settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 02:13:56 cleared. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. oos/oof: They0,present readers with scenarios The similar out-of-synchronization to what they will(OOS) face on alarm the actual indicates lab aexam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are clocking included synchronization throughout the problem. book. An out-of-frame (OOF) alarm indicates about one-fourth of the framing bits have been missed. Loss of signal: 0,
A loss-of-signal (LOS) alarm indicates that no physical signal is detected.
Loss of frame: 0,
A loss-of-frame (LOF) alarm indicates missing framing bits.
Rate adaptation attempt: 0,
Indicates that the receiver attempted rate adaptation.
After you have either fixed a router interface problem, or verified that the router does not have any hardware or software problems that may be causing link-quality issues, you can address two more issues before moving on to QoS configuration. First, you can verify that the router is using the most efficient switching mode possible; and then, if the interface is still too congested, you • of Contents may need to Table consider compression or QoS. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
ATM: The Other WAN Technology
One of the obstacles network professionals encounter on a regular basis is the introduction of new technolo Although Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) is not a new technology—the first ATM specifications were developed in the early 1990s, and ATM hardware appeared soon after—and although most network profess • Table of Contents have plenty of experience with other WAN protocols such as High-Level Data Link Controller (HDLC), PPP, F • Index Relay, and X.25, many people are not as familiar with the newer ATM technologies. The goal of this section • not to repeatExamples the ATM information from Volume I of this series; this section is designed to provide a basic CCIE Practical Studies Volume II performance and QoS technologies. This section explores the following ATM-s understanding of ATM router topics: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Understanding
basic ATM concepts
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Comparing ATM and Frame Relay technologies ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ATM performance management (displaying interface data, and basic troubleshooting of ATM) Basic ATM QoS on Cisco routers (concepts, application, and troubleshooting) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE The Similarities Differences of ATM and Frame Relay Practical Studies title and from Cisco Press.
All the Layer 2 WAN technologies mentioned earlier in this section share several similarities. For instance, a into practice with lab scenarios that guideLayer you in2applying TableExperience 4-4 shows,putting HDLC, concepts PPP, ISDN, X.25, and Frame Relay all have similar frame formats and are what you know on similar framing Layer 2 standards. Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB); Link Access Procedure on t channel (LAPD); Link Access Procedure for Frame Relay (LAPF), and Synchronous Data Link Control (SDLC how toframe build formats a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation theseLearn use similar containing Flag, Address, Control, Information, FCS, and Flag fields. Howe each of these technologies was originally intended for use with low-bandwidth interfaces, such as T1, ISDN Take five full-blown practice labs that mimicuse thewere actual lab exam PRI, or DS3. The frames that these technologies designed to environment handle variable-length packets, beca the protocols were designed to work primarily with variable-length Layer 3 data units. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Table 4-4. Layer 2 WAN Protocols switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Layer 2 Protocol Interface Encapsulation Type includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core LAPB X.25 to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, providing detailed guides settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These LAPF, LAPD Frame Relay comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. SDLCThey present readers with scenarios HDLC similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. LAPD ISDN B-ISDN[*]
[*]
ATM
B-ISDN = broadband ISDN
ATM was created to use much-higher-bandwidth interfaces, at consistent data rates. From the beginning, t ATM protocol was designed to be able to support voice, data, and video traffic, commonly referred to as multiservice traffic. This is accomplished by the use of fixed-length ATM cells. ATM switches provide a netw
core, similar to the core provided by Frame Relay switches that provides CPE devices, such as routers' virtu circuits using virtual paths and virtual channels. In fact, when you lease a Frame Relay circuit from a servic provider, they will, most likely, provision your Frame Relay circuit on an ATM switch, such as a Cisco MGX switch. When you document your network, you will show routers connected to a Frame Relay cloud like tha shown in Figure 4-1, because your service provider will probably not provide detailed network information their network. The Frame Relay traffic is encapsulated in ATM cells, sent through the ATM core network as traffic, and translated back into Frame Relay at the edge ATM switch, as shown in Figure 4-2. Because this is primarily focused on routing and switching technologies, ATM switching is not covered in any detail. • Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 4-1. Customer Perception of Frame Relay Networks
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience Figure for the CCIE LabFrame Exam with volume two ATM of the Networks best-selling CCIE 4-2. Relay over Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These What makes the two technologies so similar is the fact that they both use virtual circuits to provide certain comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty of service. Frame Relay virtual circuits are identified using locally significant Data-Link Connection Identifie level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. (DLCIs). Generally speaking, Frame Relay circuits are provisioned with certain levels of service; a Committ Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Information Rate (CIR), which dictates the guaranteed access rate. It is possible to order less-expensive, b effort Frame Relay service. With Zero CIR service, the switch only forwards Frame Relay traffic during perio no congestion; the term is not necessarily referring to the connection between your routers. At some point congestion within your service provider's network may affect traffic that you cannot see from your routers. Frame Relay also supports bursting, or the transmission of excess frames during periods of low utilization. Frame Relay traffic can be controlled, or shaped, using the Sustained Burst Rate (Bc) and Excess Burst Rat to perform traffic shaping on the edge router.
With Frame Relay, low-priority traffic is marked for discard eligibility using the Discard Eligible (DE) bit. Wh Frame Relay switch receives a frame containing a DE=1 bit during a period of congestion, it considers the D
frame low priority and it is discarded. Unfortunately, in most cases, when the DE bit is not changed from 0 default value, and the network is congested, all frames leaving the router are considered discard eligible. A the Frame Relay switches in a congested network path may indiscriminately drop any of those frames. Bec Frame Relay is a connectionless protocol, it relies on upper-layer protocols, such as TCP, to retransmit the from those lost frames.
Frame Relay networks also have a QoS congestion notification system. This system uses forward explicit congestion notification (FECN) and backward explicit congestion notification (BECN) frames to notify up- or • Table of Contents downstream neighbors of congested network paths. Because the use of the FECN and BECN frames must • Index explicitly be configured throughout the network on customer and service provider equipment, however, if • Examples congestion notification is not configured, it does not offer much value. When devices are not configured to CCIE Practical Studies Volume II upon congestion notification frames, the only benefit they provide is a historical reference of network reliab By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No.So, 7220 byKarl means of the Frame Relay counters. during periods of congestion, Frame Relay networks that are n configured to use traffic shaping and congestion notification may prove to be very unreliable. Publisher: Cisco Press
ATM was designed to support many of the same technologies that were originally created for Frame Relay Pub Date: November 07, 2003 networks. When Frame Relay was originally designed, most of the QoS features were left for vendor ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 implementation, so the use of these features depends on the Frame Relay hardware/software vendor's Fra Pages: 1032 Relay implementation, and the service provider's Frame Relay network design and configuration. Because A a newer technology and it was designed after the technical community had experience with older X.25 and Frame Relay technologies, however, ATM networks inherently support QoS by use of the ATM Adoption Lay (AAL) types and ATM classes of service, shown in Table 4-5. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Table 4-5. AAL Types and Their Intended Uses Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know AAL AAL Description Intended Use Type Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
AAL-1 Constant bit rate (CBR)— Designed to support applications requiring a low Voice and video tra Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment cell loss requirement and minimal cell delay variation (CDV). CBR circuits not intended for bu are designed to mimic classic circuits by providing and enforcing a hard limit traffic such as data CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the on cell rates like a real TDM circuit. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect
companion to AAL the best-selling first edition, thisconnection-oriented book provides coverage of CCIE with lab exam topics AAL-2 This type is designed to support applications Voice and video tra not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. variable-rate, delay-sensitive traffic. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and AALAAL-3/4 originally to support Switched Datalab exams. Legacy SMDS data switching portionswas of the Routingintended and Switching, Security, andMultimegabit Service Provider 3/4 Service ( SMDS) traffic. traffic The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and AAL-5 suggested AAL-5 wasreferences specificallyfor designed support bursty, variable-rate data traffic. traffic includes further to reading. Laboratory exercises covering each ofData the core AAL-5 does not work well with delay-sensitive applications. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present withoriginally scenariosdesigned similar toaswhat they willtechnology, face on theATM actual labdesigned exam. as a broa Unlike Frame Relay,readers which was a baseband was Study tips and techniques are high-speed included throughout book. technology andtest-taking was designed to run over networks.the Most ATM interfaces have built-in ATM logi are designed specifically for ATM networks that are not interchangeable with other serial interfaces. Theref is very important to plan ATM networks carefully. Because the ATM specification was designed for broadban networks, ATM interfaces are usually available in DS3 or greater data rates, and for this reason, the locatio use of ATM interfaces should be planned in advance.
NOTE
There are a few types of interfaces (ATM-Data Exchange Interface [ATM-DXI], Digital Subscriber Line [DSL], and inverse multiplexing over ATM [IMA]) that support ATM at rates lower than DS3. These type of networks are not covered in this book.
When configuring an ATM subinterface, you also have different AAL-5 encapsulation types from which to ch AAL-5 Subnetwork Protocol (SNAP) encapsulation is the default encapsulation type for ATM interface • Table ofAccess Contents and is appropriate for most data traffic. Table 4-6 shows the AAL encapsulation types, their description, an • Index recommended traffic type. • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Table 4-6. AAL-5 Encapsulation Types
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 AAL-5 Pages: 1032 Encapsulation Type Description
Recommended Traff Type
aal5ciscoppp
PPP traffic over ATM
Cisco PPP over AAL-5 encapsulation
aal5mux AAL-5 MUX encapsulation for multiplexing different AAL IP or voice traffic Gain hands-on experience foron the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE types different permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) running Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. on a single physical circuit
aal5nlpid AAL-5 network layer protocol identification (NLPID) RFC 1483 multiprotoco Experience putting encapsulation concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying data traffic what you know aal5snap AAL-5 logical link control (LLC)/SNAP encapsulation The default, RFC 1490 multiprotocol traffic Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Cisco IOS Software's atm commands have greatly matured over the past few major releases. Currently, yo CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIEtypes. candidates through the process ofreleases, preparing for AAL the types are encounter three different ATM configuration In later Cisco IOS Software ATM CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect referred to as encapsulation types on Cisco routers, and can be configured in VC configuration mode. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume thethe Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, As acovered quick review, let's I, golike over steps required for building a standard ATM PVCand on aQoS. Cisco router and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing compare ATM to Frame Relay configuration. In this example, we will use the latest Cisco IOS and Software switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. configuration commands. The book begins with the briefphysical coverage of the core required on the CCIE lab exam and Step 1. Enable interface and technologies configure global interface properties. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Frame Relay
ATM
Enable the serial interface.
Enable the physical ATM interface.
interface Serial0/0 • • •
Table of Contents
interface ATM0
Index no shutdown Examples
no shutdown
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Configure Frame Relay encapsulation type.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 encapsulation
frame-relay IETF
Optionally, configure Local Management Interface (LMI) two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume type. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying frame-relay what you know lmi-type ansi Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Optionally, configure interface clocking or CSU/DSU. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. clockrate 1300000 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Step 2.follow, Createproviding a multipoint subinterface. technologies detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
• • •
Frame Relay
ATM
Create a multipoint subinterface; as a best practice, you may consider using a subinterface number that relates to the PVC's DLCI number.
Create a multipoint subinterface; as a best practice, you may consider using a subinterface number that relates to the PVC's virtual path identifier/virtual channel identifier (VPI/VCI) numbers.
Table of Contents Index Serial0/0.651 multipoint interface Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
interface ATM0.4 multipoint
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 3. Assign an IP address to the subinterface. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Serial0/0.651 multipoint Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip address 192.168.26.1 255.255.255.252 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment or CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologiesATM0.4 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface multipoint settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs 255.255.255.252 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip address 192.168.25.2 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 4. Assign a Layer 2 address to the subinterface.
Frame Relay
ATM
Assign a DLCI to the Frame Relay subinterface.
Assign a VPI/VCI pair and an optional Virtu Circuit Descriptor (VCD) name or number t subinterface using the pvc [vcd-name]vpi command.
interface Serial0/0.651 multipoint • •
Table of Contents Index ip address 192.168.26.1 255.255.255.252
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume frame-relay mapIIip
interface ATM0.4 multipoint 192.168.26.2 651 broadcast
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
ip address 192.168.25.2 255.255.255 pvc 4/482
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
or on a physical interface
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial0/0 ip address 192.168.26.1 255.255.255.252 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE interface-dlci Practicalframe-relay Studies title from Cisco Press. 651 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment NOTE
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the With Frame Relay networks, you can either use the frame relay map command or the frame-relay CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect interface dlci command, but not both. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in With Volume like the Ciscoan Catalyst 3550, route type maps, BGP,on Multicast, Step 5. ATMI,only, choose ATM encapsulation based the ATMand AALQoS. provisioned by the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and service provider: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface ATM0.4 multipoint ip address 192.168.25.2 255.255.255.252 pvc 4/482 encapsulation aal5snap
Map the Layer 2 identifier to the Layer 3 IP address of the remote nonbroadcast multiaccess (NBMA) neigh and, optionally, enable pseudo-broadcast replication.
Frame Relay
ATM
•
of Contents If you have Table not already done so, map the DLCI to an IP Map the VCD and VPI/VCI pair to an IP address and enable broadcast replication.
•address andIndex enable broadcast replication. • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Serial0/0.651 multipoint Publisher: Cisco Press
ip address 192.168.26.1 255.255.255.252
interface ATM0.4 multipoint ip address 192.168.25.2 255.255.255.252
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 frame-relay map ip 192.168.26.2 651 broadcast Pages: 1032
pvc 4/482 protocol ip 192.168.25.1 broadcast encapsulation aal5snapCCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Step 6. Optionally, configure ATM QoS parameters. This is covered later in this section. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Look Take at thefive complete ATMpractice and Frame network waslab used for environment the examples shown in the previous full-blown labsRelay that mimic thethat actual exam configuration steps. Figure 4-3 shows the complete ATM/Frame Relay networks, including all Layer-2 and L 3 addressing. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Figure The Complete ATM/Frame RelayofNetworks Combined with Volume I, the 4-3. CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
In this Learn example, how to the build Freda and practice Wilma labrouters for your belong CCIE to labthe exam ATMpreparation network, and the Betty and Barney routers belong to the Frame Relay network, and a Token Ring LAN interconnects both networks. This example illus Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the and actual labnetworks. exam environment the similarities and differences between Frame Relay ATM Example 4-8 shows the configura for the Fred router. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Example 4-8. Configuration for the Fred ATM Router not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. hostname Fred with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface Loopback100 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip address 255.255.255.248 Study tips and192.168.25.9 test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface ATM0 no ip address no atm ilmi-keepalive
! interface ATM0.4 multipoint ip address 192.168.25.2 255.255.255.252 pvc 4/482 • • •
Table of Contents
protocol ip 192.168.25.1 broadcast Index
Examples
encapsulation aal5snap
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
router eigrp Publisher: Cisco 1911 Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 192.168.25.0 0.0.0.3 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 192.168.25.8 0.0.0.7 no auto-summary no eigrp log-neighbor-changes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Three commands were used to configure and enable the ATM interface and then configure Enhanced Interio what you know Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) routing over the ATM interface in this preceding example. First, the pvc 4/482 command was used to create a PVC on the ATM0.4 multipoint ATM interface. This PVC was mapped Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation the IP address on the subinterface using the protocol ip 192.168.25.1 broadcast command. The additio thebroadcast allows EIGRPlabs to function over the NBMA network ATM network. And the encapsulati Take five option full-blown practice that mimic the actual lab exam environment aal5snap command enables AAL-5 SNAP adaptation on the subinterface. Example 4-9 shows the opposite of thePractical ATM circuit configuration onleads the Wilma router. CCIE Studies, Volume II CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 4-9. Example in Volume Configuration I, like the Ciscofor Catalyst the Wilma 3550, route Router maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins hostname Wilma with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty interface TokenRing0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and10.17.6.1 test-taking 255.255.255.0 techniques are included throughout the book. ip address ring-speed 16 ! interface ATM0 no ip address
no atm ilmi-keepalive ! interface ATM0.4 multipoint ip address 192.168.25.1 255.255.255.252 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
pvc 4/481 •
Examples
protocol ip 192.168.25.2 broadcast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 encapsulation aal5snap
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: eigrp 1911 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 10.17.6.0 0.0.0.255 network 192.168.25.0 0.0.0.3 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying As you can see, the Fred and Wilma routers both have very similar ATM configurations. These configuration what you know also be tested using one of several atm show commands. For instance, the show atm interface atm0.4 command displays information about the type and number of packets that have been transmitted on an AT Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface, as shown in Example 4-10. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Example 4-10. Studies, show Volume atm II leads interface CCIE candidates atm0.4through Command the process on the of preparing Fred Router for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined I, theatm CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Fred#showwith atmVolume interface 0.4 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Interface ATM0.4: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for Maximum further reading. Laboratory exercises each of the core AAL enabled: AAL5 AAL3/4, VCs: 1023, Current VCCs:covering 1 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter of the 0book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Maximum The Transmit Channels: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers withMIDs/VC: scenarios 1024 similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Max. Datagram Size: 4528, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. PLIM Type: SONET - 155000Kbps, TX clocking: LINE 1981 input, 1986 output, 0 IN fast, 0 OUT fastUBR+ : 4 Avail bw = 154996 Rate-Queue 0 set to 56Kbps, reg=0x0 DYNAMIC, 1 VCC Config. is ACTIVE
When troubleshooting an ATM interface, it is helpful to be able to see the protocol mappings. The show at map command displays the Layer 2–to–Layer 3 protocol mapping information for all VCs on a router, like show frame-relay map command on Frame Relay networks. Example 4-11 shows the show atm map command output from the Fred router. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples Example 4-11. show atm map Command on the Fred Router CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Fred# show Cisco atm Press map Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Map list ISBN:ATM0.4pvc1 1-58705-072-2 : PERMANENT Pages: 1032
ip 192.168.25.1 maps to VC 1, VPI 4, VCI 482, ATM0.4 , broadcast Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
The preceding example shows that ATM interface 0.4 has a permanent PVC mapping for the IP address 192.168.25.1 to putting VPI 4 and VCI 482. VPI/VCI 4/482 belongs to VCthat 1, and thisyou VC in supports pseudo-broadca Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide applying whichwhat was you configured earlier using the protocol ip 192.168.25.2 broadcast command under the ATM know subinterface. The show atm vc command shows the VC configuration for an ATM router, similar to the sho frame-relay pvc on Frame Relay networks, shown in Example 4-12. Learn how tocommand build a practice lab for your CCIE labas exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 4-12. show atm vc Command on the Fred Router
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Fred# show atm vc Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions Provider lab exams. VCD /of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Peak Avg/Min Burst The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Interface Name VPI VCI Type Encaps SC Kbps Kbps Cells Sts includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 0.4 1 4 482 PVC SNAP UBR 155000 UP settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Theshow atm vc command displays the interface the VC exists under, the VCD name, VPI and VCI numbe the VC type, encapsulation, ATM class of service, the peak cell rate, the average cell rate (both in kilobits/second), the burst rate in cells, and the VC status. Each of these parameters should match the information provided by the service provider or ATM switch configuration. Therefore, in this example, the F router's ATM 0.4 interface is an unspecified bit rate (UBR) circuit with a peak cell rate of 155,000 kbps, the line rate, and the circuit is up. Example 4-13 shows the configuration from the ATM switch.
Example 4-13. Configuration for the ATM Switch
interface ATM1/0/0 no ip address •
Table of Contents • logging event Index subif-link-status •
Examples
no Practical atm ilmi-keepalive CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press interface ATM1/0/2 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no ipISBN: address 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
logging event subif-link-status no atm ilmi-keepalive atm pvc 4 482 interface ATM1/0/0 4 481 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Example what4-14 you shows know the configuration for the Barney and Betty Frame Relay routers, highlighting the Fram Relay configuration. You can compare this information to the ATM configuration shown earlier in Examples through 4-13how to determine the differences and similarities between the ATM and Frame Relay configuration Learn to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation methods. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads for CCIEthe candidates through process of preparing for the Example 4-14. Configuration Barney and the Betty Router CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and hostname Barney switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface Serial0/0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no ip address comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. encapsulation frame-relay IETF Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. clockrate 1300000 frame-relay lmi-type ansi ! interface Serial0/0.651 multipoint
ip address 192.168.26.1 255.255.255.252 frame-relay map ip 192.168.26.2 651 broadcast ! interface TokenRing0/0 • • •
Table of Contents
ip address 10.17.6.2 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
ring-speed 16
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byip Karlrsvp Solie CCIE No. 4599,822 Leah Lynch bandwidth 24 CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: eigrp 1911 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 10.17.6.0 0.0.0.255 network 192.168.26.0 0.0.0.3 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no eigrp log-neighbor-changes ________________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what Betty you know hostname !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Loopback100 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address 255.255.255.252 CCIE lab exam192.168.26.9 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered ip directed-broadcast not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Serial0/1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no ip address technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These encapsulation frame-relay IETF all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. clockrate 1300000 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. frame-relay lmi-type ansi ! interface Serial0/1.156 multipoint ip address 192.168.26.2 255.255.255.252
frame-relay map ip 192.168.26.1 156 broadcast ! router eigrp 1911 network 192.168.26.8 0.0.0.3 • • •
Table of Contents
network 192.168.26.0 0.0.0.3 Index
Examples
no auto-summary
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Table lists some07, of2003 the ATM and Frame Relay similarities and differences. Pub4-7 Date: November ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Table 4-7. ATM and Frame Relay Comparison Frame Relay experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on Technology Technology ATM Technology Technology Description Practical Studies title from Cisco Description Press. DLCI
Identifies Frame Relay VCs.
VPI/VCI
Identifies ATM VCs.
into practice scenarios that guide you in applying ATM signaling LMI Experience putting Used concepts to communicate Layerwith 2 lab ILMI Communicates what you knowsignaling information from information between ATM swit Frame Relay switch to FRAD. and ATM CPE interface on rout Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Serial subUsed to create logical point-to- ATM subinterfaces Used to create logical point-to Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interfaces point or point-to-multipoint point or point-to-multipoint AT Frame Relay circuit interfaces. circuit interfaces. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Frame Maps Frame Relay DLCI to of challenging Map lists orlaboratory protocol exercises. Maps ATM VCD, and VPI/VCI t CCIE labRelay exam by presenting them with a series A perfect Map Statements Layer 3 IP first address and,this book mappings (depending Layer IP address, companion to the best-selling edition, provides coverage of CCIE lab3exam topics and option optionally, enables use of3550, onroute Ciscomaps, IOS Software enables theQoS. use of NBMA pseu not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco the Catalyst BGP, Multicast, and NBMA pseudo-broadcast. or broadcast. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will getversion comprehensive coverage of the routing and configuration switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. preference) The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Frame Relay One of the 11 encapsulation ATM interface The only type of encapsulation includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core encapsulation on types available on a serial encapsulation available on an ATM interface. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network a serial interface interface. interfaces have ATM hardware settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These support built in. Other ATM comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty encapsulation types can be level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. selected and applied on a VC-b Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. VC basis.
CIR and The Frame Relay QoS SLA for a CBR, ABR, UBR, VBR. optionally Be, Bc virtual circuit.
The ATM circuit QoS type. On switches, VCs are built for one the following ATM classes of service: CBR
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ABR UBR
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
VBR-rt
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
VBR-nrt DEPublisher: Cisco PressFrame Relay DE bit— Used to Pub Date: November mark 07, 2003 frames as discard ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 eligible, or low priority. DE=0 priority Pages: 1032 DE=1 low priority
CLP
ATM cell loss priority (CLP) bit Used to mark cells with a prior for use to determine discard eligibility on congested interfa CLP=0 priority CLP=1 low priority
FECN/BECN Forwardfor and EFCI and ER A mode ofCCIE congestion notificat Gain hands-on experience thebackward CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling congestion notification frames, used with the ATM ABR class o Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. sent by Frame Relay switches service. Explicit forward conge to indicate congestion. indication (EFCI) is a mode fo Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying forward notification, and expli what you know rate (ER) mode is used for backward congestion notificati Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation FRTS Frame Relay traffic shaping Inherent ATM QoS ATM circuits inherently suppor Take five full-blown (FRTS)practice uses Frame labs that Relay mimic CIR, the actual lab exam environment some mode of ATM QoS. The A Be, and Bc to shape Frame circuit type determines the typ CCIE Practical Studies, Volume CCIERelay candidates through the processQoS of preparing forand the the type o Relay trafficIIonleads a Frame supported, CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect egress interface to control QoS provided by the ATM rout companion to the best-selling first edition, book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics determine Frame Relay frame loss this during interface is partially not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. times of congestion. configuration. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Now that you have seen some of the of ways and Frame Relay technologies contrast, The book begins with brief coverage the that coreATM technologies required on the CCIE lab exam the andnext sectio introduces you to the ATM QoS mechanisms and how they are implemented using Cisco IOS includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the Software. core
technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive ATM QoS practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study andRelay test-taking techniques areforward includedorthroughout the book.on discard eligibility, ATM networks Unlike tips Frame networks that either drop frames based four main classes of service that can be provisioned on ATM switches: constant bit rate (CBR), variable bit (VBR), unspecified bit rate (UBR), and available bit rate (ABR). Two of these main classes also have subcla there are two forms of VBR circuits: VBR real-time (VBR-rt) and VBR non-real-time (VBR-nrt), and UBR an UBR+. All of these choices are usually provisioned at the ATM switch and the CPE devices. The routers hav matching QoS parameters that allow the routers to comply with the switch configurations. The type of circu provisioned will depend on the SLA, and the pricing for the circuit will depend on the required level of servi Each class of service has different behaviors during periods of congestion, and will provide very distinct lev service, so it is always best to plan ATM networks for the type of traffic that the network will support. Table shows the ATM classes of service and traffic types that they support.
Table 4-8. ATM Classes of Service ATM •Class of
Table of Contents
•Service
Service Level Traffic Characteristics Index
•
Examples
CBR
Provides a constant bit rate similar to that of a physical circuit. Like physical circuits, CBR circ do not allow for traffic bursts; when the bit rate has been exceeded, any excess traffic is drop
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
CBR circuits are best suited for traffic that requires a constant bit rate and does not tolerate delay—such as constant-use voice or video traffic on service provider networks. For this reaso Publisher: Cisco Press CBR circuits are usually not provisioned for data networks. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 VBR-rt VBR real-time is recommended for traffic that has real-time data requirements and does not Pages: 1032 tolerate delay or jitter.
VBR-rt circuits are usually provisioned for voice or video networks that do not require full line bandwidth all the time, and are more suitable for VoIP networks or videoconferencing system that are not used on a constant basis.
Gain hands-on experience for thecircuits CCIE Lab Examvarying with volume two of thethat best-selling CCIE bursts like thos VBR-nrt VBR non-real-time provide rates of service support traffic Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. seen on data networks.
VBR-nrt is frequently deployed in enterprise networks for use by bursty data applications that Experience putting concepts into practice with by labprotocol scenarios that guide you applying tolerate varying rates of delay, either retransmission or in network application supp what youfor know retransmission.
UBR Learn how UBR tocircuits build a are practice usually labprovisioned for your CCIE for lab networks exam preparation that require only a "best-effort" class of serv
Take fiveUBR full-blown circuitspractice can be thought labs that ofmimic more the like actual Frame lab Relay exam 0-CIR environment circuits; they provide the best lev service depending on network congestion. UBR circuits are suitable for WAN circuits between CCIE Practicalnetworks Studies, running Volume II leads CCIEthat candidates theretransmission process of preparing for the applications support through delay and or Internet traffic. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect UBR+ circuits arefirst notedition, provisioned as UBR+ on ATM switches; UBR+ is exam specific to UBR service companion toUBR+ the best-selling this book provides coverage of CCIE lab topics UBR+ on a Cisco router. not covered inconfigured Volume I,as like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS.
Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and UBR+ofconfiguration enables you to configure a router withProvider a minimum cell rate (MCR), which switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service lab exams. communicated to the ATM switch. The ATM network does not necessarily guarantee UBR+ ser levels; must be with an ATMrequired service on provider andlab agreed in an SLA. The book begins withthey briefstill coverage ofnegotiated the core technologies the CCIE examtoand
includes suggested references for a further reading. Laboratory coveringproviding each of the ABR ABR circuits provide negotiated level of quality exercises in ATM networks an core MCR, and allo technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network burst when the network is not congested. With ABR circuits, the ATM network provides a base settings. The level final chapter of the concludes with five status hands-on lab exercises. These of service, andbook communicates network information to routers by setting informati comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty contained in resource management (RM) cells that allows the routers'inATM interfaces to use e level. They present readers with during scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network resources periods of low traffic. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
To gain the full benefit of the ATM classes of service, certain ATM QoS parameters must be configured on th router's ATM interface. Each ATM class of service has its own parameters; these parameters are configured PVC configuration mode using the ATM class of service commands. The exact configuration values and availability will depend on the ATM interface type and ATM switch configuration. Before ordering an ATM ci make sure that you are prepared to have the proper ATM hardware to use the circuit; some platforms supp only certain ATM circuit types. The remainder of this section focuses mainly on router configuration using C 4500 and 4700 series NP-1A-OC3 interfaces. Most of the commands that apply to the 4500 series apply to
newer routers.
Configuring VBR-nrt Circuits
As the name implies, VBR-nrt circuits are designed to support traffic that does not require real-time characteristics and can tolerate jitter and delay. Although ATM service level configuration is not required, t • Table of Contentsto support the proper ATM traffic-shaping values in order to provide the level of router must be configured • Index service provisioned by the ATM service provider. VBR-nrt VCs require three parameters to properly shape t • These includeExamples the following: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Sustained cell rate (SCR)
Publisher: Ciscorate Press(PCR) Peak cell Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Maximum burst size (MBS) ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Each of these parameters is configured under PVC configuration mode using the following command:
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know vbr-nrtpcr scr [mbs] Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
The described in kbps, is the absolute rate that the ATM network accept. The uses CCIEPCR, Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIEpeak candidates through the processwill of preparing forinterface the value to throttle traffic peaks them and smooth that traffic bursts will not be discarded in the ATM netw CCIE lab exam by presenting with a traffic series so of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect The SCR is the sustained rate that the ATM this network allow coverage traffic to be transited at. The MBS, measured companion to the best-selling first edition, book will provides of CCIE lab exam topics cells, is the maximum will be accepted. not covered in Volumeburst I, likesize the that Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and NOTE includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network When calculating yourofbandwidth requirements, order circuits with room to grow, and your settings. The final chapter the book concludes with always five hands-on lab exercises. These ATM VCs should always be provisioned at the sustained rate. Never design networks to use the peak comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty rate; otherwise, you may end up with an unusable or unstable network. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Examples 4-15 and 4-16 show how an ATM VBR-nrt circuit is created between the Wilma and Fred routers.
Example 4-15. Using VBR-nrt on the Wilma Router
interface ATM0 no ip address no atm ilmi-keepalive ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface ATM0.4 multipoint •
Examples
ip address 192.168.25.1 255.255.255.252
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl4/481 Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 pvc
protocol ip Press 192.168.25.2 broadcast Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
vbr-nrt 44209 9000 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
encapsulation aal5snap
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 4-16. VBR-nrt Practical Studies titleUsing from Cisco Press. on the Fred Router Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying interface what you ATM0 know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip address Takeilmi-keepalive five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no atm CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface to ATM0.4 multipoint not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with192.168.25.2 Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 255.255.255.252 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. pvc 4/482 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core protocol ip 192.168.25.1 broadcast technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These vbr-nrt 44209 9000 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. encapsulation aal5snap Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE
If the MBS is not specified during configuration, as in the preceding example, the router uses a defaul
value.
You can test this configuration by using extended pings with the show atm pvc, show atm vc detail, and show controller atm 0.4 | begin Packet switching commands, as shown on the Fred router in Example 17. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Example 4-17. Verifying the ATM Configuration Using atm show Commands on • Examples Fred Router CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Fred# show Cisco atm Press pvc Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 VCD /
Peak
Avg/Min Burst
Pages: 1032
Interface
Name
0.4
1
VPI
VCI
Type
Encaps
SC
4
482
PVC
SNAP
VBR
Kbps 44209
Kbps 9000
Cells
Sts
95
UP
Fred#show atm vc detail Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ATM0.4: VCD: 1, VPI: 4, VCI: 482 VBR-NRT, PeakRate: 44209, Average Rate: with 9000, Cells: 95 Experience putting concepts into practice lab Burst scenarios that guide you in applying what you know AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype:0x0, Flags: 0x20, VCmode: 0x401 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation OAM frequency: 0 second(s) Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment InARP frequency: 15 minutes(s) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting withInBytes: a series of1169546091, challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect InPkts: 329444, OutPkts: them 329722, OutBytes: 1169566161 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 1593 route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. InPRoc: 329444, OutPRoc: 328129, Broadcasts: Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the0, Routing InFast: 0, OutFast: InAS:and 0, Switching, OutAS: 0 Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The begins with brief OAM book cells received: 0 coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow,0providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network OAM cells sent: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Status: UP level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking atm techniques included throughout the book. Fred#show controllers 0.4 | are begin Packet switching Packet switching Fastswitched
0
To-process
329564
Bridged
0
Transmit errors
• • •
Restarts
0
Pktid misses
0
Bad pktid
0
Table of Contents
Wrong queue
Index
No pkt
0
Examples
0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl CCIE No. 4599 Tx Solie errors 0 ,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Bad VC Cisco Press0 Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Receive errors ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Bad pktid
0
Wrong queue
0
No pkt 0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title CRC 0 from Cisco Press. Length 0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Giant 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Reas tout 0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment AAL5 format 0
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. In the preceding example, theCCIE show atm pvcwill command shows the VC configuration the ATM Combined with Volume I, the candidate get comprehensive coverage of the for routing and PVC betw the Fred and Wilmaofrouters, and the atm vc detail and and Service show controller atm 0.4 | begin Packet switching portions the Routing andshow Switching, Security, Provider lab exams. switching commands verify that packets were successfully transmitted without errors. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailedCircuits guides to applying the technologies in real network Configuring UBR and UBR+ settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty UBR do not readers guarantee that all traffic sent out on anthey interface willon necessarily across level.circuits They present with scenarios similar to what will face the actualbe labtransmitted exam. ATM network. These circuits are generally used under two circumstances: The traffic sent across the netwo Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. tolerant of delay and jitter and only requires best-effort service, or there is a cost limitation preventing a b level of service. Standard UBR circuits require only one configuration parameter, the PCR, and are configur PVC configuration mode using the ubrpcr command (where pcr is measured in kbps).
UBR+ circuits also allow for an MCR value, measured in kbps that allows for the support of peak and minim cell rates. UBR+ is configured under PVC configuration mode using the ubr+pcr mcr command. Example 4 shows how the ATM UBR+ service level is used after configuring an additional 100-Mbps PVC between the F and Wilma routers. This example shows the PVC configuration from the Fred router.
Example 4-18. Adding a UBR+ PVC to the Mix
interface ATM0.5 multipoint ip address 192.168.25.5 255.255.255.252 •
Table of Contents
pvc 5/582 Index • •
Examples
protocol ip 192.168.25.6 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
broadcast
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ubr+ 106000 100000
Publisher: Cisco Pressaal5snap encapsulation Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
You can verify this configuration by using atm show commands. Example 4-19 shows the output of show pvc and show atm vc vcd commands from the Fred router. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 4-19. the Configuration on the Fred Router Practical Studies titleVerifying from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Fred#what showyou atmknow pvc Learn how VCDto/build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Peak Avg/Min Burst Take five full-blown practice thatType mimic the actual lab environment Interface Name VPI labs VCI Encaps SC exam Kbps Kbps Cells
Sts
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 0.4 1 4 482 PVC SNAP VBR 44209 9000 95 UP CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 0.5 4 5 582 PVC SNAP UBR+ 106000 100000 UP not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Fred#show atm vc 4 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ATM0.5: VPI: 5,coverage VCI: 582 The book VCD: begins4, with brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core UBR+, PeakRate: Rate: the 100000 technologies follow,106000, providingMinimum detailed Guaranteed guides to applying technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These AAL5-LLC/SNAP, etype:0x0, Flags: 0x20, VCmode: 0x1 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. OAM frequency: 0 second(s) Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. InARP frequency: 15 minutes(s) InPkts: 9877, OutPkts: 9969, InBytes: 25996105, OutBytes: 26002689 InPRoc: 9877, OutPRoc: 9878, Broadcasts: 91 InFast: 0, OutFast: 0, InAS: 0, OutAS: 0
OAM cells received: 0 OAM cells sent: 0
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Switching Modes Status: UPRouters use two modes to determine the paths and forward traffic, routing, and switching. Each protocol uses a routing method to determine the destination location for data unit packets, frames, or cells. Layer 3 and Layer 2 addresses are mapped to each other, and • of Contents then, if routeTable caching is configured, this information is stored in a route cache. When route • Index caching is enabled after the destination for a packet is known and has been stored in the route • Examples cache, any future packets belonging to the same flow, containing the same destination address CCIE Practical Studies Volume IIto their destination interface using the information from the route information, are forwarded cache; otherwise, mapping is done on a per-packet basis. The process of By Karl Solie CCIE No. the 4599destination , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 mapping Layer 2 to Layer 3 addresses and forwarding to a destination interface is referred to as switching. Each interface has a default switching method; even if you do not explicitly configure Publisher: Cisco Press a particular type of switching, the router will switch packets using its default method. The Pub Date: November 07, 2003 effectiveness of the switching method depends on the features you have enabled and the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 switching mode that is in use. Before discussing how QoS can be configured to improve existing Pages: 1032 network performance, it is important to verify that the router interfaces are using the most efficient switching method.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE NOTE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Some QoS and security techniques have certain switching method requirements. When selecting a QoS method, always to plan for the required switching Experience putting concepts intoremember practice with lab scenarios that guide you inmethod. applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Process Switching Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Depending CCIE Practical on the Studies, type Volume of hardware II leads andCCIE software candidates installed, through different the router process models of preparing use different for the CCIE lab exam switching modes. byThe presenting most basic them switching with a series modeofischallenging process switching. laboratory Process exercises. switching A perfect copies companion the first packet to the in best-selling a flow to thefirst system edition, buffer. thisThe book destination provides coverage is looked of upCCIE in thelab routing exam table. topics not covered The cyclic redundancy in Volume check I, like (CRC) the Cisco is computed Catalyst 3550, using the route route maps, processor. BGP, Multicast, Then the and Layer QoS. 2 Combined with information for Volume the packet I, the is rewritten CCIE candidate and sent will toget thecomprehensive destination interface. coverage Any ofsubsequent the routing and switching packets belonging portions to of the same Routing flow and are Switching, switched Security, using the and same Service switching Provider Layerlab 3–to–Layer exams. 2 path. Process switching has the highest latency of all the switching types because it uses the The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required the CCIE lab exam and system buffers and processor to process and store each packet as it is on received. Process includes suggested for the further reading. Laboratory exercisesswitching covering using each of the core switching is enabledreferences by disabling default of either fast or optimum the technologies providing to detailed to applying technologies in realargument network to command no follow, ip route-cache disableguides fast switching andthe adding the optimum settings.optimum The finalswitching. chapter ofProcess the book concludes with five hands-on These disable switching is sometimes requiredlab for exercises. certain processorcomprehensive practice labsprocesses, include all such of theastechnologies and gradually increase in difficulty intensive packet-processing debugging IP packets. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Fast Switching Fast switching uses the route cache to store information about packet flows. When fast switching is enabled, the first packet in a flow is stored in packet memory, a separate area in the system buffer, the system processor is used to perform the Layer 3–to–Layer 2 mapping, and then the path information is stored in the route cache so that any subsequent packets from the same flow can be fast switched. The next packet and any further packets from the same flow are fast switched. Because the destination of the packet flow is already known, with fast switching, the
route cache is consulted to find the destination interface. After the destination has been found and stored in the cache, the packet is rewritten with the proper Layer 2 header, and the CRC is computed using the interface's processor. The packet never interrupts the system processor, and because the destination interface information is known, the system buffer is not used to store the packet information. Fast switching is the default switching mode for many Cisco routers, including the 1600, 1700, 2500, and 2600 on Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, and serial interfaces. If fast switching has been disabled, it can easily be re-enabled using the ip route-cache command on the interface. You can monitor fast switching information by using the show ip cache • Table of Contents command. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Optimum and Distributed Switching ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 TwoPublisher: other switching methods—not available to the 1600, 1700, 2500, or 2600 platforms—are Cisco Press optimum switching and distributed switching. With optimum switching, the same process used in Pub Date: November 07, 2003 fast switching is followed; the difference is that after the first packet has been processed, the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 path information for each subsequent packet from the flow is stored in the optimum switching Pages: 1032 cache, which is faster. Distributed switching requires the use of a Versatile Interface Processor (VIP) card to process switching information. The optimum switching method also uses a more efficient search algorithm that decreases the amount of lookups that must be performed by the VIP card. The VIP card retains a copy of the route cache and performs all switching locally so that the interface does not need to wait for the use of the shared packet memory in the system buffers or the system processor. VIP cardswith canvolume also be two installed further increase Gain hands-on experience for theMultiple CCIE Lab Exam of thetobest-selling CCIE switching performance. This makes distributed switching even faster than fast or optimized Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. switching. Optimum switching mode is available only on high-end Cisco routers, such as the 7200. To enable optimum switching, use the ip route-cache optimum command on each Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you applying interface where itputting is required. To monitor or troubleshoot optimum switching, useinthe show ip what you know cache optimum command. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
NetFlow Switching Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads candidates through the process of preparing for the NetFlow switching enables you to collectCCIE and store accounting IP traffic data that you can use for CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect billing of network utilization. NetFlow switching uses the default fast or optimum switching mode companion to the best-selling edition, book provides coverage of CCIE lab information exam topics for forwarding IP traffic; and infirst addition to this route caching, NetFlow switching tracks not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. this about IP network traffic flows. Flows are tracked by user, protocol, port, and type of service; Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and information can then be exported to a network management station. NetFlow switching operates switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. by first performing standard fast, optimum, or CEF switching, as mentioned earlier; however, after a flow has been established, all new packets belonging to the same flow bypass access lists The book beginsinterface, with briefand coverage of the technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and for the NetFlow statistics for core that flow are collected. Because NetFlow accounting includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of data is stored in the routing cache, the NetFlow switching data collection processes are the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies real network transparent to all other network devices. NetFlow switching does, however,inincrease the load on settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. the process or memory for the router, so it is a good idea to be aware of how muchThese memory is comprehensive labs include all of themethod. technologies and gradually increase difficulty required before practice implementing this switching By default, the NetFlow cacheinuses 64 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. bytes of memory per flow. If the default 65,536 flows are used, 4 MB of DRAM are required to Study tips test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. support theand NetFlow process for one interface.
NOTE If a route caching method has not been configured and NetFlow switching is enabled, the default switching method (CEF, fast, or optimum) is enabled by default.
NetFlow switching is enabled using the ip route-cache flow command in interface configuration mode and monitored using the show ip cache flow command. This command shows the percentage of packets received at different packet sizes, the size of the NetFlow cache in bytes, the number of active and inactive flows, flow allocation problems, and detailed flow information, including source and destination interfaces. To export NetFlow cache entries to a network management station, use the ip flow-export command to specify the address of the station and • Table of Contents the UDP port that will be used to send the data. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Cisco Express Forwarding ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Cisco Express Forwarding (CEF) is the most efficient way to switch Layer 3 traffic. The reason Publisher: Cisco Press why CEF switching is more advanced than fast or optimum switching is that CEF switching is less Pub Date: November 07, 2003 CPU intensive with the use of the Forwarding Information Base (FIB) and adjacency table. The ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 FIB lookup table is used to store all known routes from the routing table using a more advanced Pages: 1032 and data structure, bypassing the need for process switching. Unlike the other search algorithm route caching switching methods, CEF uses the FIB, which adjusts to network topology changes as they happen. The adjacency table is used to store information about CEF neighbors. CEF nodes are considered to be neighbors if they are only one hop away from each other. The adjacency table stores Layer 2 next-hop addressing information for each of the FIB entries. Routes might have more than oneCCIE path Lab per Exam entry, with making it possible use CEF to switch Gain hands-on experience for the volume two of to the best-selling CCIE packets load balancing across multiple paths. Each time a packet is received on a CEFPracticalwhile Studies title from Cisco Press. enabled interface, the FIB is consulted to look up the route, encapsulate the Layer 2 data, and switch the packet. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying CEF switching what you is know enabled globally using the ip cef command. After the ip cef command has been entered in global configuration mode, CEF switching is enabled on all CEF-capable interfaces by Learn howhas to build practiceon lab your CCIE lab be exam preparation default. If CEF been a disabled anfor interface, it can re-enabled by issuing the ip routecache cef command in interface configuration mode, and disabled using the no version of the five full-blown labs that mimic lab exam sameTake command. There is practice also a distributed versionthe of actual CEF available forenvironment high-end Cisco routers, which is enabled by default after the ip cef command has been issued. You can monitor CEF by CCIE Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through process of the using Practical the show ip cef command, and you can learn detailed CEFthe information bypreparing using thefor show CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip cef detail routing command, as shown in Example 4-20. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example 4-20. show ip cef detail Command Output switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Router# showfollow, ip cef detail detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies providing settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These IP CEF with switching (Table Version flags=0x0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the10), technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 10 routes, 0 reresolve, 0 unresolved (0 old, 0 new) Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 13 leaves, 17 nodes, 19240 bytes, 13 inserts, 0 invalidations 0 load sharing elements, 0 bytes, 0 references 2 CEF resets, 0 revisions of existing leaves refcounts:
1061 leaf, 1058 node
Adjacency Table has 2 adjacencies 0.0.0.0/32, version 0, receive 1.1.1.1/32, version 6, connected, receive 35.132.253.0/24, version 7, attached, connected, cached adjacency to Serial0/2 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
0 packets, 0 bytes •
Examples
via Serial0/2, 0 dependencies
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarlvalid Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 cached adjacency
35.132.253.0/32, Publisher: Cisco Press version 4, receive Pub Date: November 07, 2003
35.132.253.1/32, version 3, receive ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
35.132.253.255/32, version 5, receive 167.56.24.0/24, version 8, attached, connected, cached adjacency to Serial0/1 0 packets, 0 bytes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title0from Cisco Press. via Serial0/1, dependencies valid cached adjacency Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 167.56.24.0/32, version 1, receive Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 167.56.24.31/32, version 0, receive Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 167.56.24.255/32, version 2, receive CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 224.0.0.0/4, version 9 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 0 bytes, I,Precedence routine notpackets, covered in0 Volume like the Cisco Catalyst(0) 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and via 0.0.0.0, switching portions0ofdependencies the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. next begins hop 0.0.0.0 The book with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core valid drop adjacency technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 224.0.0.0/24, version 2,include receive comprehensive practice labs all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 255.255.255.255/32, version 1, receive Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
CEF Load Balancing As mentioned earlier, you can use CEF to load balance packet switching over multiple paths. CEF can be configured to load balance either per destination or per packet, depending on network
requirements. Balancing traffic on a per-destination basis sends packets with the same source and destination over the same path, distributing the traffic load of same-source destination traffic over the same path. If you use per-destination load balancing, packets with the same source and destination take the same path in each direction, not always the same return path, depending on routers in the reverse path. Because per-destination load balancing guarantees that packets follow the same path, packets arrive at their destination in the order that they were sent. This type of load balancing is best for traffic that requires packets to arrive in a certain sequence andTable is enabled by default when using CEF switching. If you will be requiring load • of Contents distribution of traffic equally over multiple paths, consider using per-packet load balancing; • Index however, it is important to remember that per-packet load balancing does not guarantee that • Examples packets will take the same path, which may cause packets to arrive out of order. Per-packet load CCIE Practical Studies Volume II balancing works best in situations where traffic must be evenly distributed over multiple paths By KarltoSolie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 due uneven traffic loads. To change from per-destination to per-packet load balancing, disable per-destination load balancing on each required interface using the ip load-sharing perdestination command, and per-packet balancing is enabled using the ip load-sharing perPublisher: Cisco Press packet command, in Example 4-21. Pub Date: November as 07,shown 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 4-21. Changing to Per-Packet Load Balancing
Router(config)8int serial 0/1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Router(config-if)#no ip load-sharing per-destination Router(config-if)# ip concepts load-sharing per-packet Experience putting into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Router(config)#int serial 0/2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Router(config-if)#no ip load-sharing per-destination Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Router(config-if)#ip load-sharing per-packet CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Verifying CEF Configuration switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Thedetermine book begins briefconfigured coverage of the coremode technologies requireduse on the and To thewith current switching for an interface, the CCIE showlab ip exam interface includes suggested further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core command. Example references 4-22 showsfor how this command was used to display the current switching technologies follow,serial providing detailed guides applying the technologies in output, real network mode for interface 0/1. According to theto show ip interface command serial 0/1 is settings. The final the book concludes withfast fiveswitching hands-onon lab exercises. These and currently using thechapter default of fast switching mode with the same interface comprehensive practice enabled. labs include allswitching of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty multicast fast switching Flow and distributed fast switching are in currently not level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. enabled. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 4-22. Viewing the Current Route Switch Configuration
Router#show ip interface serial 0/1 Serial0/1 is up, line protocol is up
Internet address is 167.56.24.31/24 Broadcast address is 255.255.255.255 Address determined by setup command MTU is 1500 bytes • • •
Table of Contents
Helper address is not set Index
Examples
Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599list , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Outgoing access is not set
Inbound access Publisher: Cisco Press list is not set Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Proxy ARP is enabled ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Security level is default Split horizon is enabled ICMP redirects are always sent Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Press. ICMP unreachables areCisco always sent ICMP mask replies are never sent Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying know IP what fastyou switching is enabled Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation IP fast switching on the same interface is enabled Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment IP Flow switching is disabled CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the IP lab Fast switching turbothem vector CCIE exam by presenting with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics multicast fast I,switching is Catalyst enabled3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. notIPcovered in Volume like the Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and IP multicast switchingSecurity, is disabled switching portionsdistributed of the Routingfast and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. Router Discovery is disabled The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core IP outputfollow, packet accounting is guides disabled technologies providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These IP access violation accounting is the disabled comprehensive practice labs include all of technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. TCP/IP header compression is disabled Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. RTP/IP header compression is disabled Probe proxy name replies are disabled Policy routing is disabled Network address translation is disabled
WCCP Redirect outbound is disabled WCCP Redirect exclude is disabled BGP Policy Mapping is disabled
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
To enable NetFlow switching and disable multicast route caching, use the ip route-cache flow • Examples commands on the interface, as shown in Example 4-23. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 4-23. Changing the Route Switch Configuration Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Router(config-if)#ip route-cache ? Pages: 1032 cef
Enable Cisco Express Forwarding
flow
Enable Flow fast-switching cache
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE policy Enable fast-switching policy cache for outgoing packets Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. same-interface
Enable fast-switching on the same interface
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Router(config-if)#ip flow Learn how to build aroute-cache practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Router(config-if)#^Z Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Router# show ip int sVolume 0/1 II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion best-selling first edition, Serial0/1 to isthe up, line protocol is upthis book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volumeis I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Internet address 167.56.24.31/24 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Broadcast address is 255.255.255.255 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Address determined by setup command technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. finalbytes chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These MTU isThe 1500 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Theyaddress present readers Helper is not with set scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Outgoing access list is not set Inbound
access list is not set
Proxy ARP is enabled Security level is default
Split horizon is enabled ICMP redirects are always sent ICMP unreachables are always sent •
ICMP mask replies are never sent Table of Contents
• IP fast switching Index is enabled • Examples CCIE Studies Volume IPPractical fast switching onIIthe
same interface is enabled
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
IP Flow switching is enabled Publisher: Cisco Press
IP Flow switching turbo vector Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
IP multicast fast switching is disabled Pages: 1032
IP multicast distributed fast switching is disabled Router Discovery is disabled IP hands-on output packet accounting is Lab disabled Gain experience for the CCIE Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. IP access violation accounting is disabled Experience putting concepts is intodisabled practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying TCP/IP header compression what you know RTP/IP header compression is disabled Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Probe proxy name replies are disabled Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Policy routing is disabled CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Network address translation is disabled companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. WCCP Redirect outbound is disabled Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. WCCP Redirect exclude is disabled The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and BGP Policy Mapping is disabled includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Table describes techniques each of theare switching modes available Cisco IOS Software and lists Study 4-9 tipsbriefly and test-taking included throughout theinbook. the commands used to activate them.
Table 4-9. Switching Modes
Switching Mode
Description
Process switching
Each packet is processed one at a time by the system processor no ip routeand buffers; address information is processed for each packet as cache well.
Fast
The first packet in a flow is process switched; each subsequent
•switching •
Table of Contents packet in a flow is fast switched using the route cache. Index
•Optimum
The first packet in a flow is process switched; each subsequent Examples switching packet in aIIflow is fast switched using the optimum switching CCIE Practical Studies Volume route cache. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
IP Switching Command
ip routecache ip routecache optimum
Distributed Packet processing is performed locally using a VIP card, switching packets from the need to use the system processor, Publisher: Ciscopreventing Press route cache, or buffers. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip routecache distributed
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 NetFlow Store accounting data that can be used for network utilization Pages: 1032collection and billing. switching
ip routecache flow
CEF switching
Stores Layer 3 routing information in an FIB table and Layer 2 To enable CEF neighbor information in an adjacency table. Topology globally: information stored in the FIB changes dynamically with the ip cef routing table. This makes CEF the most efficient switching Gain hands-on experience for the Lab switching Exam withisvolume two method because noCCIE process involved in of thethe best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Per interface: switching process. ip routeExperience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying cache cef what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Compression
Another way to increase the number of packets that can be transmitted is to reduce the size of frames by enabling compression. Because compressed frames are smaller in size, more compressed frames can be sent across the media, improving transmission times. Compression is implemented either in hardware or • Table of Contents in software, depending on the Cisco IOS Software version installed, the type of interface and encapsulation • Index in use, and the hardware platform that it is installed onto. This chapter covers only software compression • Examples techniques, in particular the STAC and Predictor compression algorithms. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Before enabling compression on any ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIErouter, No. 7220it is very important to check the processor and memory utilization. If a router's memory utilization exceeds 40 percent, compression will not be a helpful solution. It is also important to note that STAC and Predictor both support different encapsulation protocols and Publisher: Cisco Press have different memory and CPU requirements. Table 4-10 outlines these issues. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Table 4-10. Compression Issues Compression Method Protocol System Requirements Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE STAC Studies title from CiscoHDLC, Higher CPU requirements Practical Press.PPP, LAPB, X.25 Predictor
PPP, LAPB
Higher memory Requirements
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know The amount of traffic being transmitted, the type of packets being sent, and the amount of available Learn also how affect to build practice labcompression for your CCIE labon exam preparation bandwidth thea impact that has a router. If you are considering implementing compression on an interface that is mainly used to download data that has already been compressed, for Takeenabling five full-blown practice labs mimic thebecause actual lab exam environment example, compression will notthat be beneficial data cannot be compressed twice. If an interface has a large amount of bandwidth, and large amounts of data are being transmitted, the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the dictionaries in memory are likely to be very large. To check memory utilization, use the show memory CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect summary command and compare the total memory to the free memory. If you do not have much free companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics memory, your router will probably not be able to handle compression. To verify CPU utilization, use the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. show process cpu command; note the average processor utilization over a period of time. If it Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and consistently reaches 40 percent, compression is probably not a performance solution. Example 4-24 shows switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. the processor utilization for a router before and after STAC compression was enabled. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example How Compression Utilization technologies4-24. follow, providing detailed guidesAffects to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Before STAC Study tips andCompression test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Lilo#show proc cpu CPU utilization for five seconds: 2%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 4% After STAC Compression Lilo#show proc cpu
CPU utilization for five seconds: 44%/36%; one minute: 47%; five minutes: 25%
The Stacker Compression Algorithm •
Table of Contents
Thestacker algorithm, referred to as STAC LZS, is a compression algorithm based on the Lemple-Ziv • Index standard algorithm, which replaces characters in a data stream with codes. These codes are stored in a • Examples dictionary containing definitions matching the symbolic code used to compress the data to the actual data CCIE Practical Studies Volume II characters. The dictionary is constantly changing based on the types of traffic being compressed. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Cisco IOS Software supports the STAC compression method for PPP, LAPB, HDLC, Frame Relay, and X.25 interface encapsulations. Because the dynamic STAC compression dictionary stored in memory is Publisher: Cisco Press constantly changing, it is very important to monitor the memory utilization on routers running the STAC Pub Date: November 07, 2003 algorithm. Due to the constant examination of packets, interfaces that use the STAC compression ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 algorithm require large amounts of available processor time. Pages: 1032
To configure STAC compression on either a PPP- or HDLC-encapsulated point-to-point interface, you just use the command compress stac on both sides of the connection. Example 4-25 shows how STAC was used on an HDLC connection between the Lilo and Stitch routers. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies titleSTAC from Cisco Press. Example 4-25. Compression Example Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know hostname Lilo !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial0/2 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address CCIE lab exam175.25.25.1 by presenting255.255.255.0 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered ip directed-broadcast not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and clockrate 1300000 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. compress stac with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ________________________________________________________________ technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These hostname Stitch comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Serial0 ip address 175.25.25.2 255.255.255.0 no ip mroute-cache compress stac
To verify the operation of STAC compression, use the show compress command, as shown in Example 426. This command displays information about compression-enabled interfaces; the number of bytes compressed on 1-, 5-, and 10-minute intervals; and the statistics for the number of uncompressed and compressed bytes that were sent and received. •
Table of Contents
• Index Example 4-26. •
Using the show compress Command
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Router#show compress Publisher: Cisco Press
Serial0/2 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Software compression enabled Pages: 1032
uncompressed bytes xmt/rcv 7313/6614 1
min avg ratio xmt/rcv 0.000/0.992
Gain hands-on 5 min avg experience ratio xmt/rcv for the CCIE 0.000/0.993 Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 10 min avg ratio xmt/rcv 0.000/0.926 Experience putting into0practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no bufs xmt 0 noconcepts bufs rcv what you know resyncs 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Additional Stacker Stats: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Transmit bytes: Uncompressed 18653960 through Compressed = 6053of preparing for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE=candidates the process CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Received bytes: Compressed Uncompressed 0 lab exam topics companion to the best-selling first edition,=this book5604 provides coverage of=CCIE not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The Predictor Compression Algorithm includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network The Predictor is concludes also a dictionary-based compression algorithm. While processing settings. The compression final chapter algorithm of the book with five hands-on lab exercises. These data, however, Predictor tries to predict the next series of characters in a data stream, using an index in comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty the compression dictionary, which stores these sequences. If the next stream of data matches the first, the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. data sequence stored in the dictionary replaces the data sequence in the data stream. This prediction Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. makes Predictor more efficient with its CPU use, but it also uses more memory than STAC.
To enable the Predictor compression method on a PPP- or LAPB-encapsulated interface, use the compress predictor command. Example 4-27 shows how the Predictor compression method was used between the Lilo and Stitch routers.
Example 4-27. Using the Predictor Compression Method
hostname Lilo ! interface Serial0/2 • ip addressTable of Contents 255.255.255.0 175.25.25.1 • Index • no ip directed-broadcast Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
encapsulation ppp ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 no ip mroute-cache Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 clockrate 1300000 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
compress Pages:predictor 1032 ! ________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE hostname Stitchtitle from Cisco Press. Practical Studies ! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying interface Serial0 what you know ip address Learn how 175.25.25.2 to build a practice 255.255.255.0 lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment encapsulation ppp CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip mroute-cache CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics compress predictor not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and To check the status of Predictor compression in Cisco IOS Software, use the show compress command. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 4-28 shows how the show compress command was used with Predictor to display information technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network about the Predictor-enabled interface. The show compress command displays information about the settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These number of compressed/uncompressed bytes that were sent out; the 1-, 5-, and 10-minute compression comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ratios; and displays troubleshooting information about memory issues in the no bufs area. When the two level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ends of a connection lose synchronization between their dictionaries, time must be spent resynchronizing, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. which adds latency to the connection. Information about dictionary resyncs is displayed in the dictionary resyncs area.
Example 4-28. Using the show compress Command with Predictor
Lilo#show compress
Serial0/2 Software compression enabled uncompressed bytes xmt/rcv 681/544 1
min avg ratio xmt/rcv 0.414/0.328
5
minIndex avg ratio xmt/rcv 0.211/0.118
• •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
10 minStudies avg Volume ratio II xmt/rcv CCIE Practical
0.211/0.118
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
no bufs xmt 0 no bufs rcv 0
Publisher: Cisco 0 Press resyncs Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
When running either of the compression algorithms, it is a good idea to monitor the processor and memory utilization for each router. Example 4-29 shows the processor and memory utilization differences between the Lilo and Stitch routers. Notice that both routers experienced an increase in memory utilization, but not much of a change in processor utilization. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 4-29. Memory and CPU Use with Predictor Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Lilo Learn Before Predictor full-blown Lilo#Take showfive process cpu practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Lilo#show mem sum not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Head Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) Lowest(b) Largest(b) switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Processor 8148D770 5712016 3997864 1714152 1504420 1637856 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core I/O 1A00000 6291456 1909112 4382344 4382344 4382300 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Lilo After Predictor comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Lilo#show proc cpu Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. CPU utilization for five seconds: 1%/0%; one minute: 2%; five minutes: 0% Lilo#show memory sum
Processor
Head
Total(b)
Used(b)
Free(b)
8148D770
5712016
4132576
1579440
Lowest(b) Largest(b) 1504420
1506656
I/O
1A00000
6291456
1909112
4382344
4382344
4382300
Stitch Before Predictor Stitch#show process cpu CPU utilization for five seconds: 11%/11%; one minute: 2%; five minutes: 2% •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Stitch#show memory sum Head
Used(b)
Free(b)
Lowest(b)
Largest(b)
By Karl Solie CCIE 81257BA0 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 72203578052 Processor 5932128
2354076
2149660
2228244
6642164
6642164
6642108
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
I/O Cisco 1800000 Publisher: Press
Total(b)
8388616
1746452
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
StitchISBN: After Predictor 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Stitch#show process cpu CPU utilization for five seconds: 1%/0%; one minute: 2%; five minutes: 1% Stitch#show memory sum Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Head Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) Lowest(b) Largest(b) Processor 81257BA0 5932128 3711024 2221104 2149660 2097044 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what I/Oyou know 1800000 8388616 1746452 6642164 6642164 6642108 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
After haveStudies, verified Volume that the II router runcandidates the intended software, there are no Layer 1for problems, the CCIE you Practical leadscan CCIE through the process of preparing the router is using most efficient switching mode,ofand you possibly considered using compression, you CCIE lab exam the by presenting them with a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect have addressed allbest-selling the basic issues that could affecting router performance. advanced companion to the first edition, thisbe book provides coverage of CCIE Another, lab exammore topics way to improve router performance is to configure a QoS mechanism. The next twoand chapters not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, QoS. explain how various QoS types differ,I,how they are configured andcomprehensive monitored, andcoverage where each QoS feature works best. Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Labbook 10:begins ATM with QoS includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network This chapter on a number of quality-troubleshooting and -refining practices that you can use in the settings. The focused final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These field or in a laboratory environment to provide better levels of quality for network applications. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty The lab for this chapter focusesreaders on ATMwith QoSscenarios techniques and their applications. level. They present similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab Objectives The primary focus of this lab is ATM technologies and QoS techniques; however, this lab also provides practice with the following technologies: EIGRP routing over NBMA networks
Policy routing Voice over IP
Equipment Needed • • •
Table of Contents
One Cisco LightStream 1010 ATM switch with two ATM OC-3 interfaces Index Examples
Two Cisco routers with ATM OC-3 interfaces; one with one Token Ring interface, and one with one serial interface
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
One Cisco router with one Token Ring and one Ethernet interface Publisher: Cisco Press
One Cisco router with one Ethernet interface and one FXS voice module
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
One Cisco router with one serial interface and one FXS voice module Pages: 1032
One multistation access unit (MSAU) and Ethernet switch or hub
Physical Layout and Prestaging
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies titlethe from Cisco Press. For this lab, you use network layout shown in Figure 4-4. The City VetNet router will reach the Tom's Barn (TomsBarn) router via the OC-3 connection running from the City router and the Country Store (CntryStr) router. The CntryStr router connects to the Feed Store (FeedStore) router via a Token Ring Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying network. VoIP is used between the FeedStore router and the TomsBarn router, and between the TomsBarn what you know router and the rest of the network over an Ethernet connection. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Step 1. Cable the routers as shown in Figure 4-4. Verify that all Layer 1 connections are working properly before continuing of the Take five full-blown practicewith labsthe thatrest mimic thelab. actual lab exam environment Step 2. Configure the ATM usingcandidates the interfaces and VPI/VCI pairs in Table 4-11. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II switch leads CCIE through the process of shown preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume Figure I, the 4-4. CCIE Emergency candidate willVeterinarian get comprehensive Network coverage(VetNet) of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsTable include 4-11. all of the technologies gradually increase in difficulty ATM Switchand Configuration level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Switch ATM Interface VPI VCI Router Name and Interface ATM 1/0/0
3
107 CntryStr—ATM0.3
ATM 1/0/0
5
107 CntryStr—ATM0.5
ATM 1/0/2
3
108 City—ATM0.3
ATM 1/0/2
5
108 City—ATM0.5
Example 4-30 shows the ATM configuration and the show atm vc command output from the ATM switch.
Example 4-30. ATM VC Configuration
• ATM-Switch# Table showofatm Contents vc interface atm 1/0/0 •
Index
hostname ATM-Switch • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
!
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface ATM1/0/0 Publisher: Cisco Press November 07, 2003 noPub ipDate: address ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
!
Pages: 1032
interface ATM1/0/1 no ip address Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface ATM1/0/2 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no ip address what you know atm pvc 3 how 108 tointerface ATM1/0/0 3 107CCIE lab exam preparation Learn build a practice lab for your Take5five practice labs that5mimic atm pvc 108full-blown interface ATM1/0/0 107 the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics CRLF not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ATM-Switch# show atm I, vcthe interface atm 1/0/0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Interface VPI VCI Type X-Interface X-VPI X-VCI Encap Status The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of ATM1/0/0suggested references 0 5 for further PVC ATM2/0/0 0 39 QSAAL UPthe core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. of16the book with five hands-on lab35 exercises. ATM1/0/0The final chapter 0 PVC concludes ATM2/0/0 0 ILMIThese UP comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will on the actual lab ATM1/0/0 3 107 PVC ATM1/0/2 3 face108 UP exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ATM1/0/0
5
107
PVC
ATM1/0/2
5
108
UP
ATM-Switch#show atm vc interface atm 1/0/2 Interface
VPI
VCI
Type
X-Interface
X-VPI X-VCI Encap
Status
ATM1/0/2
0
5
PVC
ATM2/0/0
0
41
QSAAL
UP
ATM1/0/2
0
16
PVC
ATM2/0/0
0
37
ILMI
UP
ATM1/0/2
3
108
PVC
ATM1/0/0
3
107
UP
ATM1/0/2
5
108
PVC
ATM1/0/0
5
107
UP
•
Table of Contents
Lab Exercise • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II IP Step 1. Configure all
addresses as shown in Table 4-12. Make sure that all routers are able to interface before you move to Step 2. Configure the ATM interfaces to use the ATM encapsulation type most suited to burst data traffic.
pingCCIE theirNo. directly connected neighbor's ByKarl Solie 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Table 4-12. IP Addressing for This Network Model
Router Name
RouterInterface
IP Address
TomsBarn FastEthernet0 192.168.61.254/24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 192.168.62.15/32 Practical Studies title from CiscoLoopback0 Press. FeedStore
Ethernet0/0
192.168.61.1/24
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying TokenRing0/0 192.168.60.254/24 what you know CntryStr ATM0.3 172.16.5.5/30 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ATM0.5 172.16.5.1/30 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab 192.168.60.1/24 exam environment TokenRing0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through172.16.5.6/30 the process of preparing for the City ATM0.3 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ATM0.5 172.16.5.2/30 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like theSerial2 Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 10.53.6.1/30 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and VetNet Serial1 10.53.6.2/30 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Loopback0 10.53.5.5/32 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing to applying in real network Step 2.follow, Configure EIGRPdetailed routing guides for all routers, andthe puttechnologies all router interfaces in EIGRP AS 62. Make settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on labdo exercises. sure that EIGRP routers only advertise the most specific routes; not allowThese auto-summarization. comprehensive labsare include of the technologies and gradually in difficulty Verify thatpractice all routers able all to ping the loopback interfaces on theincrease TomsBarn and VetNet routers level. before They present readers with 3. scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. proceeding to Step Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 3. Configure the ATM PVCs on the City and CntryStr routers so that the PVC on interface ATM 0.3 will have an unspecified bit rate with a maximum burst rate of 149,344 Mbps, and a minimum cell rate of 44,209 Mbps, and interface 0.5 will have a non-real-time variable bit rate with a maximum burst rate of 6.176 Mbps, and a minimum guaranteed rate of 1.544 Mbps. Step 4. Configure Voice over IP between the TomsBarn and VetNet routers. Use the loopback0 IP addresses for the session targets, and use FXS voice port 2/0 for the phones. Test the configuration by issuing test calls between the phones connected to the two routers.
Step 5. Configure policy routing on the CntryStr and City routers so that all voice, and only voice traffic (including call setup), will be sent through the 1.5-Mbps ATM interface. Verify that the voice traffic takes the path through the proper interface.
•
Step 6. The new OC-3 has caused a bottleneck to form on the serial line between the VetNet and City routers. Enable compression on these routers using the compression method with the most efficient CPU utilization. This lab is complete when you have successfully placed test calls from the TomsBarn and VetNet phones. Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Lab Walkthrough CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Step 1. Configure all IP addresses as shown in Table 4-12. Make sure that all routers are able to ping their directly connected neighbor's interface before you move on to Step 2. Configure the ATM Publisher: Cisco Press interfaces to use the ATM encapsulation type most suited to burst data traffic. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 AAL5Snap is the ATM encapsulation type that was created specifically for today's burstier data traffic encapsulation is configured using the encapsulation aal5snap command under PVC configuration mode, as shown on the CntryStr router in Example 4-31.
Pages: 1032 needs. AAL5Snap
Example 4-31. Using AAL5Snap Encapsulation Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface ATM0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip address Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no atm ilmi-keepalive Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface ATM0.3 multipoint CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 172.16.5.5 255.255.255.252 not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and pvc 3/107portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching The protocol book begins ip 172.16.5.6 with brief coverage broadcast of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies encapsulation follow,aal5snap providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive ! practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface ATM0.5 multipoint ip address 172.16.5.1 255.255.255.252 pvc 5/107 protocol ip 172.16.5.2 broadcast
encapsulation aal5snap
•
Step 2. Configure EIGRP routing for all routers, and put all router interfaces in EIGRP AS 62. Make sure that EIGRP routers only advertise the most specific routes; do not allow auto-summarization. You may not use EIGPR neighbor statements in this laboratory. Verify that all routers are able to ping the loopback interfaces on the TomsBarn and VetNet routers before you proceed to Step 3. Table of Contents
•
Index
There are two ways to make EIGRP neighbors converge over an NMBA network. The first way is to Examples use EIGRP neighbor statements to configure static neighbor relationships between the peers, which CCIE Practical Studies Volume II is not allowed in this lab. The second way is to use a Layer 2–to–Layer 3 protocol mapping with ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch to CCIE No. 7220 pseudo-broadcast support allow the ATM interfaces to create pseudo-broadcasts, allowing EIGRP to converge over the NMBA network. This step requires an accurate ATM configuration to work properly. you remember back to the ATM review section of this chapter, in newer versions of Cisco Publisher: Cisco If Press Layer PubIOS Date:Software, November 07, 2003 2–to–Layer 3 protocol mappings on ATM networks are created using the protocol ip ip address broadcast statement in PVC configuration mode under the ATM subinterface. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Example 4-32 shows the ATM configuration for the City router. •
Pages: 1032
Example 4-32. The City Router's ATM Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface ATM0 no ip addressputting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience what you know no atm ilmi-keepalive Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface ATM0.3 multipoint CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam172.16.5.6 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip address 255.255.255.252 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not pvc covered 3/108 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. protocol ip 172.16.5.5 broadcast The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and encapsulation aal5snap includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface ATM0.5 multipoint ip address 172.16.5.2 255.255.255.252 pvc 5/108 protocol ip 172.16.5.1 broadcast encapsulation aal5snap
After verifying the ATM configuration, you can check the NMBA broadcast support by issuing a show atm map command and verifying that each PVC has an associated broadcast statement as shown, on the City router, in Example 4-33.
Example 4-33. show atm map on the City Router • Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
City#show atm map
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Map list ATM0.3pvc1 : PERMANENT Publisher: Cisco Press Date: November 07, 2003 ip Pub 172.16.5.5 maps to VC 1, VPI 3, VCI 108, ATM0.3 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
, 1032 broadcast Pages: Map list ATM0.5pvc2 : PERMANENT ip 172.16.5.1 maps to VC 2, VPI 5, VCI 108, ATM0.5 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE , broadcast Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying You can verify what you that knowthe EIGRP configuration is working properly by pinging the loopback interfaces from the TomsBarn and VetNet routers. Example 4-34 shows the EIGRP configuration from the CntryStr router and the Learn pings how from to build the TomsBarn a practiceand lab VetNet for yourrouters. CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 4-34. EIGRP Configuration from the CntryStr Router CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. router eigrp Combined with 62 Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network 172.16.5.0 0.0.0.3 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and networksuggested 172.16.5.4 0.0.0.3 includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network networkThe 192.168.60.0 settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty no auto-summary level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. TomsBarn#ping 10.53.5.5
Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.53.5.5, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/6/8 ms VetNet#ping 192.168.62.15
Type escape sequence to abort. •
Table of Contents
Sending 5, Index 100-byte ICMP Echos to 192.168.62.15, timeout is 2 seconds: • •
Examples
!!!!! CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/6/8 ms Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
NOTE Earlier versions of Cisco IOS Software required PVC-independent map lists to map Layer 2–to–Layer 3 protocols. These commands still exist in newer versions of the software if you want to Gainuse hands-on them. experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 3. Configure the ATM PVCs on the City and CntryStr routers so that the PVC on interface ATM 0.3 will have an unspecified bit rate, with a maximum burst rate of 149,344 Mbps, and a minimum Experience into practice with scenarios that guidevariable you in applying cell rate of putting 44,209 concepts Mbps, and interface 0.5 willlab have a non-real-time bit rate, with a what you know maximum burst rate of 6.176 Mbps, and a minimum guaranteed rate of 1.544 Mbps.
Learn howtraffic-shaping to build a practice lab for CCIE lab exam The ATM exercise for your this lab requires youpreparation to configure each PVC on the City and CntryStr routers with a separate level of ATM service. The first, bigger PVC is set to use a sustained Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment rate of 45 Mbps (DS3), and it is also able to burst to 150 Mbps; this is accomplished using the UBR+ ATM service level on the ATM 3/107 and 3/108 PVCs. This configuration can be verified by using the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the show atm vc command. Example 4-35 shows the UBR+ configuration for the City router. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Example 4-35. The City Router's UBR+ Configuration Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface ATM0.3 references multipoint technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of255.255.255.252 the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 172.16.5.6 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. pvc 3/108 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. protocol ip 172.16.5.5 broadcast ubr+ 149344 44209 encapsulation aal5snap City# show atm vc VCD /
Peak
Avg/Min Burst
Interface
Name
0.3
1
VPI
VCI
Type
Encaps
SC
Kbps
3
108
PVC
SNAP
UBR+ 149344
Kbps
Cells
44209
Sts UP
The second, smaller, T1-sized PVC should be configured to use the VBR-nrt service level with a PCR of • Tablean of Contents 6,176 kbps, and SCR of 1,544 kbps, as shown on the CntryStr router in Example 4-36. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 4-36. The CntryStr's VBR-nrt Configuration ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
interface ATM0.5 07, multipoint Pub Date: November 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
ip address 172.16.5.1 255.255.255.252 Pages: 1032 pvc 5/107 protocol ip 172.16.5.2 broadcast Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE vbr-nrt 6176 1544 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. encapsulation aal5snap Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment NOTE CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Even when you change the ATM service class for an ATM interface, the bandwidth parameter shown CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect when the show interface command is issued will not be changed. Remember, the bandwidth companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics shown using the show interface command is only the EIGRP bandwidth metric for the interface. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I,Voice the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage of the and Stepwith 4. Configure over candidate IP between the TomsBarn and VetNet routers. Userouting the loopback0 IP switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. addresses for the session targets, and use FXS voice port 2/0 for the phones. Test the configuration by issuing test calls between the phones connected to the two routers. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core This step is very straightforward, assuming the rest of the configuration up to this point is working technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network properly. All you have to do is set up two dial peers on each router, and set a session target and por settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These to the local and remote dial peers. Example 4-37 shows the voice configuration for the TomsBarn comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty router. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 4-37. TomsBarn Voice over IP Configuration
dial-peer voice 5557676 pots destination-pattern 5557676
port 2/0 ! dial-peer voice 5558989 voip destination-pattern 5558989 • • •
Table of Contents
session target ipv4:10.53.5.5 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. StepCCIE 5. Configure policy routing on7220 the
CntryStr and City routers so that all voice, and only voice traffic (including call setup), will be sent through the 1.5-Mbps ATM interface. Verify that the voice trafficCisco takes the path through the proper interface. Publisher: Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
This requires a few tasks to work properly. First, on one of the routers, in this example you use ISBN:step 1-58705-072-2 the CntryStr router, create an access list that matches voice traffic coming from the TomsBarn Pages: 1032 router. Next, create a route map that matches that traffic and sends it to interface ATM 0.5. Then, test and, if necessary, fine-tune that configuration using the debug ip policy command and test calls initiated from the phone in TomsBarn. Then, after you have the configuration correct, repeat the same steps on the City router. Example 4-38 shows the policy routing configuration from the CntryStr router. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 4-38. The Policy Routing Configuration for the CntryStr Router Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Learn how TokenRing0 to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five 192.168.60.1 full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip route-cache CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no ip mroute-cache not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip policywith route-map voice-traffic switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ring-speed 16 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final the host book 192.168.61.254 concludes with fivehost hands-on lab exercises. access-list 150 chapter permit oftcp 10.53.6.2 eq 1720These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers tcp with host scenarios similar to what willhost face on the actual lab exam. access-list 150 permit 192.168.61.254 eqthey 1720 10.53.6.2 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. access-list 150 permit tcp host 192.168.61.254 host 10.53.5.5 eq 1720 access-list 150 permit udp host 192.168.61.254 host 10.53.6.2 range 16384 32767 route-map voice-traffic permit 10 match ip address 150 set interface ATM0.5
In the preceding example, the first three lines specify H.323 call setup traffic between the two routers, and the last line specifies the RTP voice traffic. Route mapped voice traffic is used to configure the policy that sends the access list 150 traffic to interface ATM 0.5. You can verify this by making test calls from the TomsBarn router to the VetNet router, and by using show route-map and debug ip policy to show policy matches, as shown in Example 4-39. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Example show CCIE Practical 4-39. Studies Volume II route-map and debug ip policy ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press CntryStr#show route-map voice-traffic Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 route-map voice-traffic, permit, sequence 10 Pages: 1032
Match clauses: ip address (access-lists): 150 Set clauses: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface ATM0.5
Policy routing matches: 3942 328996 bytes that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts intopackets, practice with lab scenarios what you know 02:24:57: IP: s=192.168.61.254 (TokenRing0), d=10.53.5.5, len 346, policy match Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 02:24:57: IP: route map voice-traffic, item 10, permit Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 02:24:57: IP: s=192.168.61.254 (TokenRing0), d=10.53.5.5 (ATM0.5), len 346, policy routed CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam presenting them with a 172.16.5.2 series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 02:24:57: IP:by TokenRing0 to ATM0.5 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered IP: in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, d=10.53.5.5, route maps, BGP, and QoS. 02:24:58: s=192.168.61.254 (TokenRing0), lenMulticast, 40, policy match Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of themap Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 02:24:58:portions IP: route voice-traffic, item 10, permit The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required(ATM0.5), on the CCIE lab40, exam and routed 02:24:58: IP: s=192.168.61.254 (TokenRing0), d=10.53.5.5 len policy includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing to detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 02:24:58: IP: TokenRing0 ATM0.5 172.16.5.2 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and gradually in difficulty 02:24:58: IP:practice s=192.168.61.254 (TokenRing0), d=10.53.6.2, len increase 60, policy match level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and techniques are included the book. 02:24:58: IP:test-taking route map voice-traffic, itemthroughout 10, permit 02:24:58: IP: s=192.168.61.254 (TokenRing0), d=10.53.6.2 (ATM0.5), len 60, policy routed
Step 6. The new OC-3 has caused a bottleneck to form on the serial line between the VetNet and City routers. Enable compression on these routers using the compression method with the most efficient CPU utilization. This lab is complete when you have successfully placed test calls from the TomsBarn and VetNet phones.
The Predictor compression algorithm makes the most efficient use of the router's CPU resources. Before you can use Predictor compression, however, you must use PPP encapsulation. After you have configured PPP and Predictor on the City and VetNet routers, you should be able to make successful test calls between the TomsBarn and VetNet routers. Example 4-40 shows the compression configuration for the VetNet router. • • •
Table of Contents
Example Index 4-40. The VetNet Compression Configuration Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Serial1
Cisco Press ipPublisher: address 10.53.6.2 255.255.255.252 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 encapsulation ppp Pages: 1032
clockrate 1300000 compress predictor Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. After you complete the test calls, this lab is finished. Compare your router configuration to those shown in Example 4-41. putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience what you know Learn how to build a practiceRouter lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Example 4-41. Complete Configurations for This Lab Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the hostname TomsBarn CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip cef switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesLoopback0 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 192.168.62.15 255.255.255.255 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface FastEthernet0 ip address 192.168.61.254 255.255.255.0 ! router eigrp 62
network 192.168.61.0 network 192.168.62.15 0.0.0.0 no auto-summary ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip classless !
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch dial-peer voice 5557676 potsCCIE No. 7220
destination-pattern 5557676 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
port ISBN: 2/0 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
dial-peer voice 5558989 voip destination-pattern 5558989 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco Press. sessionStudies targettitle ipv4:10.53.5.5 ________________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what FeedStore you know hostname !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip cef CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered Ethernet0/0 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 192.168.61.1 255.255.255.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesTokenRing0/0 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 192.168.60.254 255.255.255.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ring-speed Study tips and16 test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! router eigrp 62 network 192.168.60.0 network 192.168.61.0
no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ hostname CntryStr ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip cef !
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface TokenRing0
ipPublisher: address 192.168.60.1 255.255.255.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip route-cache policy ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip route-cache cef ip policy route-map voice-traffic ring-speed 16 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface ATM0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip address Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no atm ilmi-keepalive !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface ATM0.3 multipoint CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 172.16.5.5 255.255.255.252 not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and pvc 3/107portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching protocol ip 172.16.5.6 broadcast The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ubr+ 149344 44209 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These encapsulation aal5snap comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface ATM0.5 multipoint ip address 172.16.5.1 255.255.255.252 pvc 5/107 protocol ip 172.16.5.2 broadcast
vbr-nrt 6176 1544 encapsulation aal5snap ! router eigrp 62 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
network 172.16.5.0 0.0.0.3 •
Examples
network 172.16.5.4 0.0.0.3
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 192.168.60.0
noPublisher: auto-summary Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip classless !
access-list 150 permit tcp host 192.168.61.254 host 10.53.6.2 eq 1720 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press.192.168.61.254 eq 1720 host 10.53.6.2 access-list 150title permit tcp host access-list 150 permit tcp host 192.168.61.254 host 10.53.5.5 eq 1720 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 150 know access-list permit udp host 192.168.61.254 host 10.53.6.2 range 16384 32767 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-map voice-traffic permit 10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match ip address 150 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set lab interface CCIE exam by ATM0.5 presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and hostname City switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip cef technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface Serial0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 10.53.6.1 255.255.255.252 encapsulation ppp no ip route-cache cef ip policy route-map voice-traffic
compress predictor ! interface ATM0 no ip address • • •
!
Table of Contents
no atm ilmi-keepalive Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface ATM0.3 multipoint
ipPublisher: address 172.16.5.6 255.255.255.252 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
pvc 3/108 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
protocol ip 172.16.5.5 broadcast ubr+ 149344 44209 encapsulation aal5snap Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface ATM0.5 multipoint Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 172.16.5.2 know ip address 255.255.255.252 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation pvc 5/108 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment protocol ip 172.16.5.1 broadcast CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the vbr-nrt 6176 CCIE lab exam by 1544 presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics aal5snap notencapsulation covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. router The bookeigrp begins62 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 10.53.6.0 0.0.0.3detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, providing settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 172.16.5.0 comprehensive practice 0.0.0.3 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 172.16.5.4 0.0.0.3 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no auto-summary ! ip classless !
access-list 1 deny
172.16.5.4 0.0.0.3
access-list 1 permit any access-list 150 permit tcp host 10.53.6.2 host 192.168.61.254 eq 1720 access-list 150 permit tcp host 10.53.6.2 eq 1720 host 192.168.61.254 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
access-list 150 permit tcp host 10.53.6.2 host 192.168.62.15 eq 1720 access-list 150 permit udp host 10.53.6.2 host 192.168.61.254 range 16384 32767 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE 10 No. 7220 route-map voice-traffic permit
match ip Cisco address Publisher: Press 150 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
set interface ATM0.5 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
________________________________________________________________ hostname VetNet ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Loopback0 ip address 10.53.5.5 255.255.255.255 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Serial0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 10.53.6.2 255.255.255.252 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the encapsulation ppp CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics clockrate not covered in1300000 Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and compressportions predictor switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router eigrp 62 providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 10.53.5.5 comprehensive practice0.0.0.0 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 10.53.6.0 0.0.0.3 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no auto-summary ! ip classless !
dial-peer voice 5558989 pots destination-pattern 5558989 port 2/0 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
dial-peer voice 5557676 voip •
Examples
destination-pattern 5557676
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bysession Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 target ipv4:192.168.62.15 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Further Reading RFC 2330, Framework for IP Performance Metrics, by Paul L.Della Maggiora, Christopher E. Elliott, Robert L. Pavone, Jr., Kent J. Phelps, and James M. Thompson. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Network Consultants • Examples Handbook, by Matthew J. Castelli. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Internetworking Troubleshooting Handbook , Second
Edition, by Cisco Systems.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 5. Integrated and Differentiated Services • Table of Contents The preceding chapter explored router performance and examined several route-switching • mechanisms Index that you can use to provide certain levels of Quality of Service (QoS) by reducing latency and jitter • Examples caused by errors and device resource utilization. This chapter focuses on more granular CCIE Practical QoSStudies techniques Volumeprovided II by integrated and differentiated services. This chapter covers the following topics: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Press How toCisco provide
a guaranteed level of service using Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP)
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
How mark traffic with priority levels using the built-in Internet Protocol (IP) Type of ISBN:to1-58705-072-2 Service (TOS) bits Pages: 1032 How to prioritize traffic using IP precedence bits How to use the new differentiated services codepoint bits for advanced traffic classification and marking Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE While analyzing topics, thisPress. chapter also applies these technologies using practical Practical Studiesthese title from Cisco examples and gives you the opportunity to gain real hands-on experience with the protocols with practical laboratory experiments. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Integrated Services Integrated services, commonly referred to as IntServ, is an architecture for providing end-to-end QoS. IntServ solutions allow end stations to make quality requests upon the network; the network participates in this QoS scheme by either reserving or not reserving network resources for the • Table of Contents requesting end stations. The integrated services architecture provides a way of guaranteeing network • Index quality levels by specifically reserving services and controlling the load of the traffic on devices to • Examples provide the guaranteed service requirements. The most common implementation of the integrated CCIE Practical Studies Volume services architecture is theIIRSVP signaling protocol. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Bandwidth Publisher: CiscoReservation Press Using RSVP Pub Date: November 07, 2003
RSVP, ISBN: also known 1-58705-072-2 as Resource Reservation Setup Protocol, is defined in RFC 2205 as a signaling protocol used for resource reservation, provides an end-to-end QoS reservation that is initiated by a Pages: 1032 requesting host or application. RSVP supports multicast or unicast IP traffic in flows. A flow is basically defined as traffic from a particular IP address, protocol type, and port number that is destined to a specific IP address or multicast group on a specific port using a specific protocol type. Because flows are defined by source and destination protocol information, each flow provides a unidirectional description of a conversation between end stations. Using RSVP, real-time applications can specify the network quality Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE parameters required for the application to function as designed. In RSVP, hosts usually request specific Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. QoS features and routers along the path between the hosts providing the services. It is also important to note that RSVP requests are unidirectional flowing from the requesting host to the destination, with each device in between participating in into the RSVP session. RSVP uses the information the routing tables Experience putting concepts practice with lab scenarios that guide youfrom in applying to find routes the destination. With the information provided by the routing tables and the different what youtoknow message types, RSVP dynamically adjusts to changing network conditions. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation RSVP also sends periodic refresh messages that are used to maintain the RSVP state. If the messages are not received within the specified period of time, defined RSVP request messages, the RSVP state Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual in lab exam environment times out and the reservation is deleted. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the RSVP requests flow specifications referred to of aschallenging flowspecs and filter specs to formAaperfect flow descriptor; CCIE lab exam use by presenting them with a series laboratory exercises. the flow descriptor is used to describe the characteristics of a flow. The flowspec defines the requesting companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics host's qualityinrequirements; scheduler usesroute the information byand the QoS. flowspec to not covered Volume I, likethe thepacket Cisco Catalyst 3550, maps, BGP,provided Multicast, determine the scheduling for thewill flow, the filter speccoverage is used to the and Combined with Volume I, requirements the CCIE candidate getand comprehensive of define the routing requirements for the packetand classifier. The Security, packet scheduler determines packets are to be switching portions of host's the Routing Switching, and Service Providerwhen lab exams. forwarded, and the packet classifier determines the QoS characteristics for the packets in the flow. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Two types of flow reservations arefurther classified in RSVP: distinct reservations and shared reservations. includes suggested references for reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Distinct reservations are defined by a flow thatto has been initiated by one sender one reservation technologies follow, providing detailed guides applying the technologies in realwith network created each whereas shared reservation may havelab originated from one or more settings.for The finalsender, chapter of the book concludes withflows five hands-on exercises. These sender. A separate reservation is created sender that a distinct comprehensive practice labs include all of for theeach technologies andrequests gradually increasereservation; in difficulty only one reservation is created and shared for senders utilizing shared Theactual sharedlab reservation type level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what theyreservations. will face on the exam. is typically usedtest-taking by applications. Tableare 5-1included summarizes the RSVP types and briefly describes Study tips and techniques throughout thereservation book. their application.
Table 5-1. RSVP Reservation Types
Reservation Type
Description
Distinct reservation
One sender originates traffic flow.
Shared reservation
At least one sender originates flow(s). These flows are generally not operating at the same time; therefore, they can share the same reservation.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
RSVP reservations use two types of lists to define groups of senders. Explicit sender-selection lists CCIE Practical Studies Volume II specify senders using a filter spec that defines single senders, and wildcard lists specify senders that use By Karl Solie filter CCIE No. 4599 , Leahthe Lynch CCIE No. characteristics. 7220 the same spec using same QoS Explicit senders use the fixed-filter (FF) style for distinct reservations or the shared-explicit (SE) style for shared reservations. Wildcard senders use the wildcard-filter (WF) Publisher: Cisco Press style for shared reservations and do not have a definition for distinct reservations. Table shows how Pub5-2 Date: November 07,filter 2003 types are matched to sender selections and the characteristics that belong to each ofISBN: the 1-58705-072-2 styles. Pages: 1032
Table 5-2. RSVP Reservation Styles Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Reservation Sender Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Filter Style Description Type Selection Wildcard-filter style Uses a single reservation that is shared by Shared Wildcard Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying (WF) multiple flows what you know Fixed-filter style Uses a single reservation for packets from Distinct Explicit a practice labflow for your CCIE lab exam preparation (FF) Learn how to build one particular Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the with actual lab examShared environment Shared-explicit Used by multicast applications flows Explicit style (SE) from multiple sources CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics As mentioned earlier, RSVP is an end-to-end QoS model, which means that each device in an RSVP path not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. must request resources from another device. Each RSVP-enabled router in the path must make two Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and decisions before granting a request: whether the router itself has adequate resource to provide the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. requested resources, and whether the requesting host has permission to make a reservation. These decisions made bybrief the Admission Control Module and the required Policy Control The Admission The book are begins with coverage of the core technologies on theModule. CCIE lab exam and Control M odule determines whether the router has the resources to grant, and the Policy Control includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the coreM odule determines whether the requesting host has the right to request the service. If both conditions are met, technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network a resource reservation is made. If either condition fails, the router refuses the reservation request, but settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These the traffic is still sent using regular service. RSVP uses several message types to pass reservation comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty requests and reservation request parameters. These message are on covered shortly, this level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what theytypes will face the actual lab after exam. chapter describes the steps required to set up an RSVP path. To set up an RSVP path, follow these Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. steps: Step 1. The RSVP sender, the host requesting services, sends an RSVP PATH message that describes the data it intends to send. Step 2. Each RSVP router in the path to the destination reads the PATH message, saves the information about the previous-hop IP address, adds its IP address to the message as the previous hop, and then sends the message on to the next router.
Step 3. The receiving host receives the PATH information. Step 4. After reading the PATH message, the RSVP receiver requests a resource reservation back to the sending host, using the exact reverse path and using the RSVP RESV message.
• • •
Step 5. The RSVP-enabled routers either refuse the RSVP requests, if they do not have adequate resources, or they merge the request and request a reservation from the next router (in the reverseTable path). of Contents Index
Step 6. The original sending host receives the request from the closest next-hop router (the Examples router that reserved the resources) and uses the reserved path.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Figure 5-1 shows a diagram of how RSVP sessions are created using RSVP PATH and RESV messages. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 5-1. RSVP Session Setup Diagram
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Remember a few key terms when using the RSVP protocol. An RSVP sender is the host who initiated the putting concepts into youto. in applying RSVPExperience reservation. The RSVP receiver is practice the hostwith wholab thescenarios resourcesthat are guide reserved Any routers that what you know have been configured to run the RSVP protocol in between the sender and receiver are referred to as RSVP-enabled routers. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Theresource reservation path (RSVP PATH) message, the message initially sent by the RSVP sender to Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment request a reservation, lists all the hops along the RSVP path that are used to reach the RSVP receiver. The RSVP PATH message also makes it possible for each RSVP-enabled router to store an RSVP state for CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the each reservation request. The resource reservation request (RSVP RESV) message is sent by the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect receiving host and processed by each RSVP-enabled router in the path until it arrives at the destination companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics host, the RSVP sender. The sender receives and replies to RESV messages, sending them back to the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. receiving host using the exact reverse path that was originally used to send the request. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core NOTE technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These The original RSVP RESV message sent by the RSVP receiver may not always be sent all the comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty way back to the sending host in all situations. If multiple receivers send an RSVP RESV level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. message, and there is a point where the flowspecs for these reservations merge, only the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. largest flowspec is forwarded all the way back to the sender. The RSVP RESV message may also include a request for a confirmation of the resource reservation. When that is the case, either the sender or the RSVP router (at the flowspec merge point) sends a confirmation to the receiver.
RSVP uses the IP protocol for all of its communication. Because IP is not a reliable protocol, sometimes RSVP messages will not be received by all required devices. To solve this problem, RSVP sends periodic refresh messages using the hello interval specified in the original PATH message. These messages are
sent using RSVP PATH and RESV messages. When a sending host application is finished using the resources, it should send an RSVP TEARDOWN message. The next hop router receives the TEARDOWN message, removes the reservation, and sends a TEARDOWN message to the next-hop router along the path. The use of RSVP TEARDOWN messages is not limited to the RSVP sending host; the RSVP receiver may also send a TEARDOWN message, at any time, if it decides to end the RSVP session. In the event that a TEARDOWN message is lost, there is no need for concern, because RSVP sessions automatically time out when an interval called the cleanup timeout interval has been exceeded. •
Table of Contents
RSVP uses a number of message types to set up, maintain, and tear down RSVP sessions. In the event • Index of a problem, these messages can be used to troubleshoot an RSVP session. Table 5-3 describes these • messages in Examples detail. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Table 5-3. RSVP Message Types
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Message Pages: 1032Message Details Type
Message Description
PATH
A required message used PATH messages store information about the RSVP path state, to set up an RSVP session including the IP address of the previous hop; this information is to be used by the receiving host as the reverse path to Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Labreach Examthe with volume two of the best-selling CCIE sender. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The PATH message includes the following fields: Experience putting concepts into practice with labDescribes scenariosthe that guide you in applying SESSION— receiver's destination IP address what you know (unicast or multicast), protocol type, and port number Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE labThe exam RSVP_HOP— IP preparation address and logical outgoing interface (LIH) of each RSVP-enabled device in the path, specifying Take five full-blown practice labs thateach mimic the actual lab exam environment previous hop (PHOP) and next hop (NHOP) in the path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process preparing the TIME_VALUES— The refresh periodof for the RSVPfor session CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, The thisPATH book message provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics which also contains a Sender Descriptor, not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. is used to describe the sending host's characteristics, using Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing the will SENDER_TEMPLATE and SENDER_TSPEC. The and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. SENDER_TEMPLATE contains the sending station's IP address, protocol type, and port number. The The book begins with brief coverage of theSENDER_TSPEC core technologies required the CCIE lab exam and defines the on required characteristics for the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core flow, such as the source and destination IP address, protocol technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying technologies in real network types, and port the numbers. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies andalso gradually increase inhello difficulty PATH messages are used as periodic messages to level. They present readers with scenarios keep similar to what they alive. will face the actual exam. RSVP sessions Theon default hello lab interval is 30 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included seconds.throughout the book. PATH ERROR
An optional error message sent out when there is an error found in a PATH message
This message is sent to the sender as error notification when an error has been found in PATH messages.
PATH TEARDOWN
RESV
• • •
An optional error message sent out notifying the next hop router that the PATH is no longer valid and should be deleted A required message sent out by RSVP receivers to Index share flow specifications Table of Contents Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
PATH TEARDOWN messages are sent out when a path is to be removed immediately. They can either be sent by an RSVP sender or RSVP-enabled router. The messages are sent to all RSVP-enabled routers along the reservation path and are forwarded to all RSVP receivers. RESV messages are used to transmit RSVP reservation requests and request data between RSVP-enabled devices. RESV messages contain the following data: The SESSION, RSVP_HOP, and TIME_VALUES fields as previously in the RSVP PATH message
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 specified
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
RESV_CONFIRM— Contains the IP address of a receiver requesting RSVP session confirmation SCOPE— Contains an explicit list of senders that this message applies to STYLE— The reservation style for the message Flow Descriptor List— The list of flow descriptors
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE LabFlow Exam with volume two of descriptor the best-selling CCIE Descriptor— The flow for this message, which Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. includes the flowspec, the filter spec, and the reservation style (FF, WF, SE) Experience concepts lab scenarios you applying RESV Anputting optional error into practice This with message is sent tothat the guide receiver asinerror notification what you know ERROR message sent out when when an error has been found in an RESV message. an RESV message error Learn howhas to been build found a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five An full-blown labs thatThis mimic the actual labout exam environment RESV optionalpractice message sent message is sent to the receiver to notify the receiver CONFIRM by the sender to the of an end-to-end RSVP session. CCIE Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the receiver Volume as a notification CCIE lab examthat by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect the message applies companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics end to end not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. RESV optional message sent TEARDOWN messages are sent out when path is to be Combined withAn Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of thea routing and TEARDOWN by RSVP removed immediately. TheseProvider messages be sent either by switching portions of thereceivers Routing and and Switching, Security, and Service labcan exams. intermediate RSVPRSVP-enabled routers or by RSVP receivers and should be The book begins enabled with brief routers coverage to of theforwarded core technologies upstream required to all RSVP-enabled on the CCIE lab routers examand andRSVP includes suggested indicate references that an for RSVP further reading. senders.Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, resource providing shoulddetailed be guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final deleted chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking can techniques are included throughout the book. Two types of reservations be requested using RSVP: controlled load services and guaranteed bit rate services.Controlled load services allow an RSVP session to flow through the network with the least possible interruption from other traffic flows, somewhat like an emulated circuit. Guaranteed bit rate services try to guarantee the worst-case delay that will be incurred by the flow when traveling across the network. Guaranteed bit rate services compute the delay taken from PATH messages along the RSVP path of a flow and provide this information to the receiver during resource reservation requests. Now that you have seen how RSVP uses the various message types to set up, maintain, and tear down RSVP reservations, it's time to look at how RSVP is configured on Cisco routers.
RSVP Configuration The configuration of RSVP requires two steps. First, all router interfaces along the RSVP path must be configured to use Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ). WFQ is required to provide flow support and queuing to RSVP on a per-interface basis. RSVP bandwidth must be reserved on each interface. By default, RSVP may reserve up to 75 percent of an interface's bandwidth. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
NOTE
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Low Latency Queuing (LLQ) can also be used to provide RSVP support. LLQ is covered in Chapter 6, "QoS—Rate Limiting and Queuing Traffic."
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 1. Enable WFQ along the RSVP path. For each router that is to have an interface ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 participating in the RSVP reservation process, WFQ must be enabled. By default, WFQ is enabled Pages: 1032 on interfaces with less than E1 speeds. To enable WFQ, use the fair-queue command on each interface.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know fair-queue [discard-threshold] [reservable-queues] Learn how to build a practice lab[dynamic-queues] for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE the Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE value, candidates through thesettings process will of preparing With exception of the reservable-queues the default WFQ generallyfor be the sufficient CCIE lablow-bandwidth exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A to perfect for any interface. The WFQ discard-threshold is a value ranging from 1 4096. This companion to the best-selling first aedition, this interface book provides of CCIE lab examany topics value specifies how many packets congested shouldcoverage queue before discarding new not covered Volume I, like the The Cisco Catalyst 3550, parameter route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. packets; thein default value is 64. dynamic-queues enables you to specify the number of Combinedflows withthat Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and dynamic should be allowed on a congested interface; the range for the dynamic-queues switching portions the queues. Routing By anddefault, Switching, Provider exams. parameter is 16 to of 4096 WFQSecurity, supportsand 256Service dynamic queues.lab The reservable-queues parameter enables you to configure a limit on the number of RSVP reservable queues that WFQ will The bookyou begins brief coverage of the core technologies required on the lab exam and not support; can with configure any number of queues ranging from 0 to 1000. ByCCIE default, WFQ does includes reservable suggested queues. references forisfurther reading. Laboratory exercises support WFQ covered in detail in the next chapter.covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The chapter of the book concludes with limitations five hands-on exercises. These Step 2.final Configure RSVP bandwidth reservation perlab interface using the ip rsvp comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies increase in difficulty bandwidth command. Table 5-4 shows the optional and RSVPgradually bandwidth arguments and their level. descriptions: They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
ip rsvp bandwidth [reservable-bandwidth] [largest-flow]
Table 5-4. RSVP Bandwidth Arguments •
Table of Contents
•Command Index Description •
reservablebandwidth
Examples
(Optional) This command parameter enables you to configure the total amount of bandwidth that can be configured on an interface in kbps. The default setting is 75 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. percent 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 ofLynch the available bandwidth in kilobits. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
largest-flow
(Optional) This command parameter enables you to specify the size of the largest flow size in kbps. By default, the largest flow is limited to 75 percent of the available Pub Date: November 07, 2003 bandwidth in kilobits per second.
Publisher: Cisco Press
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
In addition to the RSVP bandwidth allocation configuration, you can use a number of other optional RSVP commands to customize the performance and security of RSVP. To configure RSVP with a static neighbor assignment, use the command ip rsvp neighbor and specify either a standard or extended numbered access-list (lists 1 through 199): Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip rsvp neighbor [access-list] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. If you are using NetFlowI,switching RSVP,will theget ip rsvp flow-assist command enables RSVP Combined with Volume the CCIE with candidate comprehensive coverage of the routing andto use NetFlow forofRSVP: switchingsupport portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip rsvp flow-assist
You can also configure RSVP to change the IP precedence or DSCP value of packets by using either the ip rsvp precedence or ip rsvp signalling commands. Using the ip rsvp precedence command, you can change the IP precedence to a value between 0 and 7. With the ip rsvp signalling dscp command,
you can change the DSCP value to a value between 0 and 63. You can use the ip rsvp tos command to change the type of service (ToS) value to a value between 0 and 31. With each of these commands, you can either change packets that conform to the flow size, packets that exceed the flow size, or both. IP precedence, ToS, and DSCP packet marking are covered later in this chapter:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip rsvp precedence [conform | exceed] precedence-value [conform | exceed] Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
precedence-value Pages: 1032
ip rsvp signalling dscpdscp-value Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip rsvp tos [conform | exceed] tos-value [conform | exceed] tos-value Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Simulating RSVP Messages
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
In a lab environment, is possible to simulate static RSVP senders receivers using thefor ip the rsvp CCIE Practical Studies,itVolume II leads CCIE candidates through theand process of preparing sender-host rsvp reservation-host commands. The iplaboratory rsvp reservation-host command CCIE lab examand by ip presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect simulates RESV message, and thethis ip rsvp command simulates an topics RSVP PATH companionan toRSVP the best-selling first edition, booksender-host provides coverage of CCIE lab exam message. Table 5-5 shows thethe RSVP sender and 3550, reservation parameters not covered in Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst route command maps, BGP, Multicast, and and their QoS. descriptions: Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip rsvp reservation-hostdestination-address source-address [IP-protocol-number | tcp | udp] destination-port source-port next-hop-address interface-name interface-number [ff | se | wf] [load | rate] average-bit-rate maximum-burst ip rsvp sender-hostdestination-address source-address [IP-protocol-number | tcp | udp] destination-port source-port next-hop-address interface-name interface
-number [ff | se | wf] [load | rate] average-bit-rate maximum-burst
• •
Table of Contents
NOTE Index
•
Examples Theip-rsvp reservation-host and ip rsvp sender-host commands may have different options available on different router platforms. You may need to issue a test run of the ByKarlcommand Solie CCIE No. to find 4599which , Leah Lynch options CCIEare No. available 7220 on your router platform before deciding which options you will use. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Table 5-5. rsvp simulation Command Parameters Command Parameter Description Parameter Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Press. IP address of the RSVP session. destination-address TheCisco destination source-address The source IP address of the RSVP session. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying [IP-protocol-number The port number associated with the RSVP flow. This port can be TCP, UDP, or a what you know | tcp | udp] specific IP protocol number ranging from 0 to 255. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation destination-port The destination port number, ranging from 0 to 65,535. For unspecified ports, use 0 as both source port numbers. Take five full-blown practice labsthe that mimicand thedestination actual lab exam environment source-port The source port number, ranging from 0 to 65,535. For unspecified ports, use 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the as both II the source andcandidates destination port numbers. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion [ff | se | wf] to the best-selling (ip rsvp first reservation-host edition, this bookcommand provides coverage only) Specifies of CCIE thelab reservation exam topics style: not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. (Fixed-Filter style)— Single reservation shared by multiple flows and Combined with Volume FF I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. SE (Shared-Explicit style)— Single reservation for one flow The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and WF (Wildcard-Filter style)—Laboratory Multicast application support each for multiple flows includes suggested references for further reading. exercises covering of the core technologies detailed reservation guides to applying the technologies realload network [load | rate]follow, providing The bandwidth type, either load or rate.inThe parameter is used settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. to specify controlled load service, and the rate parameters These specify a guaranteed comprehensive practicebit labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty rate. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study average-bit-rate tips and test-taking Thetechniques reserved average are included bit rate, throughout in kbps. the Thisbook. value can range from 0 to 10,000,000. maximum-burst
The maximum burst size in kilobytes. This value can range from 0 to 65,535.
Example 5-1 shows how two hosts shown in Figure 5-2, a sender and a receiver, are set up using the ip rsvp sender-host and reservation-host commands. To simulate RSVP senders or receivers, you must enable RSVP on an interface, and the address for the source address of the RSVP sender/receiver must exist locally on the router.
Example 5-1. RSVP Simulation on the Apu Router
Apu#show run | begin Loopback •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Loopback10
• ip addressExamples 192.168.16.1 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl ip rsvp Solie bandwidth CCIE No. 45997000 , Leah Lynch 7000 CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Ethernet0/0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 ip rsvp bandwidth 7000 7000 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical eigrp router Studies170 title from Cisco Press. network 192.168.1.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 192.168.16.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no auto-summary Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment eigrp log-neighbor-changes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip reservation-host 192.168.16.1 192.168.42.1 TCP 0BGP, 0 FFMulticast, RATE 128 8 QoS. not rsvp covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies real network Figure 5-2. detailed Simulating RSVP RESV and PATHinMessages settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
In this example, the Apu router is simulating an RSVP session with the Moe router. The ip rsvp reservation-host command is used to simulate RSVP RESV messages from the Loopback10 interface on the Apu router to the Loopback10 interface on the Moe router. Example 5-2 shows the detailed RSVP
reservation information from the Apu router.
Example 5-2. show ip rsvp reservation Information from the Apu Router
Apu# show ipTable rsvp reservation detail • of Contents •
Index
RSVP Reservation. • Examples Destination is 192.168.16.1,Source is 192.168.42.1, CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Protocol is TCP, Destination port is 0, Source port is 0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Reservation Style is Fixed-Filter, QoS Service is Guaranteed-Rate Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 2003 Average Bitrate07,is 128K bits/sec,Maximum Burst is 8K bytes ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
MinPages: Policed 1032 Unit: 0 bytes, Max Pkt Size: 65535 bytes Resv ID handle: 00001301. Policy: Forwarding. Policy source(s): Default Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. As you can see, the Apu concepts router created a reservation from the Moe router's IP address. Experience putting into practice with lab scenarios that guide192.168.42.1 you in applying This reservation will apply to any IP traffic. The Apu router reserves a guaranteed 128-kbps average bit what you know rate, allowing a maximum burst of 8 kilobytes; therefore, the maximum amount of data that can be supported 192tokbps during bursts. verifying thispreparation RSVP session from end to end, you can Learnishow build a practice labTo forcontinue your CCIE lab exam use the show ip rsvp senders command on the Barney router to verify that it received the RSVP PATH Takefrom five the full-blown practice labs that mimic the5-3. actual lab exam environment message Moe router, as shown in Example CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered NOTE in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and The formula to Routing find the and burstSwitching, rate for RSVP is as and follows: switching portionsused of the Security, Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. R = Bit-rate (in kbps) T = Time interval (always 1 second) B = Burst (converted from kilobytes to kilobits) BR = Burst Rate
R(T) + B = BR So, if you use the information from the previous example, this is how you find the burst rate. 128kbps(1s) + 64kbit = 192 kilobit •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
To convert from kilobytes to kilobits, use the following formula (where B is equal to the burst
ByKarlvalue Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 in kilobytes): Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
B * 8 = burst value in kilobits Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 5-3. Using the show ip rsvp sender Command to Verify End-to-End Take five full-blown practice labs Router that mimic the actual lab exam environment Reservations on the Barney CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Barney# showin ip rsvp I,sender not covered Volume like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and To From Pro DPortSecurity, Sport Prev Hop I/Flab BPS Bytes switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider exams. 192.168.16.1 192.168.42.1 0 0 192.168.2.2 128K 8K The book begins with brief coverage ofTCP the core technologies required on the Fa0/1 CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty As youThey can present see, the readers Barney router receivedsimilar the RSVP PATHthey message from router showing a level. with scenarios to what will face onthe theMoe actual lab exam. previous hop of 192.168.2.2, the Moe router's Ethernet0/0 interface, and a destination host IP address Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. of 192.168.16.1, the Apu router's Loopback10 interface. As a final end-to-end verification, Example 5-4 shows the configuration and show ip rsvp sender detail information on the Moe router.
Example 5-4. RSVP Simulation on the Moe Router
Moe#show run | begin Loopback10
interface Loopback10 ip address 192.168.42.1 255.255.255.0 ip rsvp bandwidth 7000 7000 ! •
Table of Contents
• Index interface Ethernet0/0 • Examples CCIE Volume II ip Practical addressStudies 192.168.2.2
255.255.255.0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip rsvp bandwidth 7000 7000 !
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1-58705-072-2 routerISBN: eigrp 170 Pages: 1032
network 192.168.2.0 network 192.168.42.0 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no eigrp log-neighbor-changes Experience putting 192.168.16.1 concepts into practice with lab tcp scenarios that 8guide you in applying ip rsvp sender-host 192.168.42.1 0 0 128 what you know Moe#show ip rsvp sender detail Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation PATH Session address: 192.168.16.1, port: 0. Protocol: TCP Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Sender address: 192.168.42.1, port: 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Traffic params - Rate: 128K bits/sec,Max. burst: 8K bytes companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Min Policed Unit: 0 bytes, Max Pkt Size 65535 bytes Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Path ID handle: 00000601. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Incoming policy: Accepted. Policy source(s): Default includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Output on Ethernet0/0.Policy status: Forwarding. Handle: 00000601 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. In the preceding example, an RSVP sender, host 192.168.42.1, the IP address of loopback interface 10, is set up to create an RSVP reservation to host 192.168.16.1 on TCP port 0. The ip rsvp sender-host 192.168.16.1 192.168.42.1 tcp 0 0 128 64 command was used to create the RSVP PATH simulation message from the Moe router. This command does not appear in the running configuration.
Creating Static RSVP Reservations
RSVP reservations can also be statically configured using the ip rsvp reservation and ip rsvp sender commands. The ip rsvp reservation command, shown next, creates a static reservation for an RSVP receiver, and the ip rsvp sender command creates a static reservation for an RSVP sender. These two commands enable you to configure both sides of an RSVP session reservation:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip rsvp reservationdestination-address source-address [IP-protocol-number | tcp Publisher: Cisco Press
| Pub udp] destination-port source-port next-hop-address interface-name interfaceDate: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
number [ff | se | wf] [load | rate] average-bit-rate maximum-burst Pages: 1032 ip rsvp senderdestination-address source-address [IP-protocol-number | tcp | udp]destination-port source-port previous-hop-address interface-name Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE interface-number average-bit-rate maximum-burst Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Both the ip rsvp reservation and ip rsvp sender commands have several required parameters. Table 5-6 lists these command arguments and their Learn howrsvp to build a practice lab for your CCIEdescriptions. lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by Table presenting them with arsvp seriesCommands of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 5-6. static and Descriptions companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. RSVP Command Description Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Argument switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. destination-address The IP address or host name of the RSVP receiver. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. exercises source-address The IP address or host nameLaboratory of the RSVP sender. covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network [IP-protocolIP-protocol-number is an IPwith protocol ranging from 0 to 255, These or the TCP or UDP settings. The final chapter of the book concludes five hands-on lab exercises. number | tcp | protocol. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty udp] They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. Study tips and test-taking techniques are the0book. destination-port The destination portincluded number,throughout ranging from to 65,535. source-port
The source port number, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
next-hop-address or
Theip rsvp reservation command requires the IP address or host name of the next hop.
previous-hopaddress
Theip rsvp sender command requires the IP address or name of the previous hop.
[ff| se | wf]
FF— Fixed-Filter reservations provide a single reservation for one flow. SE— Shared-Explicit reservations provide shared reservations for specified flows. WF— Wildcard-Filter reservations provide shared reservations for all senders.
[load| rate] •
Load— Represents controlled load service. Used to provide controlled load services by isolating flow with minimal interference from other flows by Table of Contents specifying an average bit rate and a maximum burst rate.
•
Index
•
Examples
Rate— Represents guaranteed bit rate. Used to provide a guaranteed bit rate by an average bit rate and a maximum burst rate.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II specifying
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
average-bit-rate
This value, ranging from 1 to 10,000,000, specifies the average bit rate to reserve in kbps.
Publisher: Cisco Press
maximum-burst This value, ranging from 1 to 65,535, specifies the maximum amount that the Pub Date: November 07, 2003 reserved flow can burst in kilobits. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Example 5-5 shows how the ip rsvp reservation command was used to set up a reservation from sender 152.148.89.91 to receiver 10.1.1.11 for TFTP traffic that is being sent to the next hop of 10.2.2.2 using an FF reservation with a 64-kbps average bit rate and a 4-kb maximum burst. The output of the show ip rsvp host receivers is also shown. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 5-5. Using Static Reservations Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn howshow to build for your CCIE lab exam preparation RSVP-Example# runa practice | beginlab Serial0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface FastEthernet0/0 CCIE Practical 10.1.1.1 Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address 255.255.255.0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip rsvp bandwidth 75000 75000 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Serial0/0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip address 10.2.2.1 255.255.255.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip rsvp bandwidth 1158 1158 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip rsvp reservation 10.1.1.11 152.148.89.91 UDP 69 0 10.2.2.2 Serial0/0 FF RATE 64 4 RSVP-Example#show ip rsvp host receivers To
From
Pro DPort Sport Next Hop
10.1.1.11
152.148.89.91 UDP 69
0
10.2.2.2
I/F
Fi Serv BPS Bytes
Se0/0 FF RATE 64K
4K
In the preceding example, a static RSVP session is configured between hosts 10.1.1.11 and 152.148.89.91. Host 152.148.89.91 will request the RSVP session using an RSVP PATH message, and host 10.1.1.11 will respond to the message using an RSVP RESV message. This RSVP session is reserved for any TFTP Table traffic sent by host 152.148.89.91. • of Contents •
Index
Now that you have seen examples of how RSVP can be used for simulated RSVP sessions, dynamic RSVP • Examples sessions, or static RSVP reservations, it's time to look at other ways you can use RSVP for multiservice CCIE Practical Studies Volume II voice applications. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Reserving thePress Proper Amount of Bandwidth for Voice Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 When configuring voice over IP for use with RSVP, it is very important to remember that there are many different voice Pages: 1032codecs that are available to choose from, and each of these codecs will have different QoS requirements from the network. The codec used to sample and encode packets will affect the performance and quality of the calls. Complex codecs that sample data more often have a greater packetization delay; however, they also have lower required transmission rates because they compress the data and send fewer packets. To select a voice codec, use the codeccodec-name command under the remote voice over IP dial-peer to select a codec rate; the default codec is g729r8. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
NOTE what you know
Packetization is practice a measurement of the time it exam takes preparation to sample raw voice data and encode Learn how to delay build a lab for your CCIE lab that sampled data into a packet for transmission. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Table 5-7exam showsbythe various voice on a Cisco 1750 series router, the codec name, CCIE lab presenting themcodecs with a rates seriesavailable of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect the codec rate in bits per second, packetization andcoverage the actualofRSVP that the codec will companion to the best-selling firstthe edition, this bookdelay, provides CCIE rate lab exam topics request. Make youI,select a codec will require a reasonable amount of bandwidth from the not covered in sure Volume like the Ciscothat Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. network. you Volume do not configure RSVP with enough bandwidth to create a reservation, and you CombinedIfwith I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and configure request or and accept RSVP settings, the calls will not be accepted. switching dial-peers portions ofto the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Table 5-7. Voice IP Codecs settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with Over five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Codec Rate
Codec Name
Codec Rate in bps
Packetization Delay
ActualRSVP Rate Requested
g711alaw
G.711 A Law
64,000 bps
10 to 30 ms
80 k
g711ulaw
G.711 u Law
64,000 bps
10 to 30 ms
80 k
30 ms
18 k
•
G.723.1 ANNEX- 5300 bps A of Contents Table
•
Index
•
Examples
30 ms
18 k
30 ms
18 k
6300 bps
30 ms
18 k
16,000 bps
10 to 30 ms
32 k
24,000 bps
10 to 30 ms
40 k
g723ar53 g723ar63
G.723.1 ANNEX- 6300 bps A
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
g723r53 bps7220 By Karl Solie CCIE G.723.1 No. 4599, Leah Lynch 5300 CCIE No. g723r63
G.723.1
Publisher: Cisco Press
g726r16
G.726
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 g726r24 G.726 Pages: 1032
g726r32
G.726
32,000 bps
10 to 30 ms
48 k
g728
G.728
16,000 bps
10 to 30 ms
32 k
g729br8
G.729 ANNEX-B
8000 bps
10 to 30 ms
24 k
Gain hands-onG.729 experience for the8000 CCIEbps Lab Exam with two of the best-selling CCIE g729r8 10 volume to 30 ms 24 k Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Theshow dialer-peer | include codec command displays that the current codec configuration; you Experience puttingvoice concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide you in applying can use this information to calculate the RSVP reservation information for voice traffic as shown in what you know Example 5-6. The full version of the show dial-peer voice command displays detailed information for each Learn of the how dial-peers. to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 5-6. Using Show Commands to Find the Codec
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volumeshow I, like the Cisco Catalyst routecodec maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Show-me-the-codec# dial-peer voice |3550, include Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching codec portions the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. = of g729r8, payload size = Security, 20 bytes, The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Using RSVP for Voicelabs Traffic level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking are included throughout To configure Voice over IP techniques (VoIP) to request RSVP service, use the the book. req-qos command under the dial peer for the VoIP session. The req-qos command, which is short for request qos, is used to request a certain QoS level from the network and can request three different types of service: best-effort, controlled-load, or guaranteed-delay. The acc-qos command defines the minimum amount of acceptable types of service that will be accepted from the network. The controlled-load command is used to request or accept traffic. The best-effort command is used to remove a preexisting RSVP reservation from a dial-peer connection. Table 5-8 summarizes the dial peer qos command parameters and gives a brief description of their usage.
Table 5-8. rsvp voice qos Command Summary RSVP Voice Command
Command Description
best-effort
Best-effort service is, like its name implies, a best effort. Devices in the path between best-effort devices attempt to deliver packets to the best of their capability, but no Index special effort is made to prioritize best-effort traffic. This command is used to remove Examples acontrolled-load or guaranteed-delay command from a dial peer.
•
Table of Contents
• •
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
controlledProvides reservation that By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah a Lynch CCIE No. 7220
provides a limited amount of delay and packet drop for real-time delay-sensitive applications. Similar to ATM VBR-rt PVCs, controlled-load reservations provide bandwidth reservations that limit the amount of delay and Publisher: Cisco Press packet loss that real-time network applications will experience when traversing a Pub Date: November 07, 2003 loaded network.
load
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
guaranteedPages: 1032 delay
Provides a guaranteed rate, similar to ATM CBR PVCs, by gathering data from RSVP PATH messages.
The following four steps are required to enable VoIP reservation requests using the req-qos or acc-qos commands: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 1. Configure the local and remote VoIP dial peers using the dial-peer command. Step 2. From dial-peer configuration mode, acc-qos or guide req-qos Experience putting concepts into practice withadd lab the scenarios that youcommands in applyingto the VoIP dial peer. what you know Learn Step how 3. Each to build interface a practice that will labbe forforwarding your CCIE voice lab exam traffic preparation will have to have WFQ configured before the RSVP configuration can be applied. Prior to enabling RSVP, enable WFQ on the interface Take full-blown practicecommand. labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment level five using the fair-queue CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the RSVP, process of preparing thehow Step 4. Configure RSVP for each interface. Before through configuring make sure you for know CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect much bandwidth and delay that voice codec will require. After you know how much bandwidth to companion to the best-selling edition, this book provides ofip CCIE lab exam topics reserve, configure RSVP first for each RSVP-enabled interfacecoverage using the rsvp bandwidth bandwidth not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. command. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core NOTE technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The ofconfigure the book your concludes five hands-on lab These If you didfinal not chapter explicitly voice with codec and you need toexercises. find the codec type in use, comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty you can do this using the show voice | include codec command mentioned in earlier in this level.chapter. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The following example shows how the previously outlined steps are used to enable RSVP for VoIP calls on the Bender router. Figure 5-3 shows the voice connection between the Bender router and its VoIP dial peer on the Frye router. Step 1. Configure the local and remote VoIP dial peers using the dial-peer command. The following example shows the dial-peer configuration for the Bender router. In this example, dialpeer 5555678 specifies the local destination pattern, 5555678, and the local FXS port, port 2/1.
Dial-peer 5558765 specifies the remote peer that resides on the 129.44.85.1 router and is assigned the 5558765 destination pattern. The g726r16 voice codec is used for calls to this dial peer:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. dial-peer 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE 5555678 No. 7220 Bender(config)# voice
pots
Bender (config-dial-peer)# destination-pattern 5555678 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
BenderISBN: (config-dial-peer)# port 2/1 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Bender (config)# dial-peer voice 5558765 voip Bender (config-dial-peer)# destination-pattern 5558765 Bender (config-dial-peer)# session target ipv4:129.44.85.1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco codec Press. g726r16 Bender (config-dial-peer)# Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Step 2. From dial-peer configuration mode, add the acc-qos or req-qos commands to the VoIP dial peer. In this example, the Bender router is configured to request and accept controlled load Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation service from the network: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Bender(config-dial-peer)# dial-peer 5558765 voip The book begins with brief coverage of thevoice core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Bender(config-dial-peer)# controlled-load technologies follow, providing req-qos detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Bender(config-dial-peer)# acc-qos controlled-load comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 3. Each interface that will be forwarding voice traffic will have to have WFQ configured before the RSVP configuration can be applied. Therefore, prior to enabling RSVP, enable WFQ on the interface level using the fair-queue command. One quick way to find the queuing strategy that is currently being used on an interface is to use theshow queueing interface interface-name interface-number | include strategy command. You will see a queuing strategy of none if FIFO queuing is enabled; in this case, WFQ should be enabled before configuring RSVP:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Bender#show queueing interface fastEthernet 0 | include strategy CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Interface FastEthernet0 queueing strategy: none ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
In the example, Pub following Date: November 07, 2003the Bender router connects to the Frye router using its FastEthernet0 interface, so WFQ must ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 be enabled here: Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Bender(config)#interface FastEthernet0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip address 129.44.85.5 255.255.255.0 Bender(config-if)# Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Bender(config-if)#fair-queue Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Step 4. Configure RSVPthem for each Before configuring RSVP,exercises. make sureAyou know how CCIE lab exam by presenting withinterface. a series of challenging laboratory perfect much to bandwidth and delay voicethis codec will require.coverage Because of theCCIE Bender has already companion the best-selling firstthat edition, book provides lab router exam topics been configured the Cisco g726r16 codec,3550, you know RSVP requires at least a 32-kbps not covered in Volume to I, use like the Catalyst routethat maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. bandwidth reservation. make sure that configuration will allow reservations for that Combined with Volume I, the To CCIE candidate willthe getRSVP comprehensive coverage of the routing and amount of bandwidth, use the rsvp bandwidth command, as shown switching portions of the Routing andipSwitching, Security,32 and Service Provider labhere: exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Bender(config)#interface FastEthernet0 Bender(config-if)#ip rsvp bandwidth 32
Figure 5-3. Bender and Frye Network
•
Table of Contents
To connection, place a test call from one of the routers and, while the test call is in progress, • verify theIndex use the show ip rsvp installed and show ip rsvp reservation detail commands to display the • Examples current RSVP reservations. CCIE Practical Studies Volume IIThe show ip rsvp installed command displays a quick summary of the current RSVP sessions. The show ip rsvp reservation detail command displays all the characteristics ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 that apply to each RSVP reservation, as shown in Example 5-7. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 the show ip rsvp reservation detail Command to Verify Example 5-7. Using VoIPISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Bender#show ip rsvp installed RSVP: FastEthernet0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. BPS To From Protoc DPort Sport Weight Conversation putting concepts into practice UDP with lab 17176 scenarios that guide you 264 in applying 32K Experience 129.44.85.1 129.44.85.5 18930 0 what you know Bender#show ip rsvp reservation detail Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation RSVP Reservation. Destination is 129.44.85.1,Source is 129.44.85.5, Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Protocol is UDP, Destination port is 17176, Source port is 18930 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Next Hop is 129.44.85.1, Interface is FastEthernet0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Reservation Style is Fixed-Filter, QoS Service is Controlled-Load Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Average Bitrate is 32K bits/sec, Maximum Burst is 160 bytes The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Min Policed Unit: 80 bytes, Max Pkt Size: 80 bytesexercises covering each of the core includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Resv ID 00000E01. settings. Thehandle: final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Policy: Forwarding. source(s): Default level. They present readersPolicy with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. RSVP Reservation. Destination is 129.44.85.5,Source is 129.44.85.1, Protocol is UDP, Destination port is 18930, Source port is 17176 Reservation Style is Fixed-Filter, QoS Service is Controlled-Load Average Bitrate is 32K bits/sec, Maximum Burst is 160 bytes Min Policed Unit: 80 bytes, Max Pkt Size: 80 bytes
Resv ID handle: 00000C01. Policy: Forwarding. Policy source(s): Default
In time a phone call is made between the 555-5678 and 555-8765 phones, two RSVP • this example, Tableeach of Contents reservations are made, one from 129.44.85.1 to 129.44.85.5, and one from 129.44.85.5 to • Index 129.44.85.1. Each reservation uses a controlled-load service to provide a 32-kbps average bit rate to • Examples each call. As soon as the call has ended, the reservation is removed and the bandwidth is released for CCIE Practical Studies Volume II other purposes. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 5-8 shows the full configurations for the RSVP controlled rate service for the VoIP session from the Publisher: Bender Cisco and Press Frye routers used in the preceding example. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Example 5-8. Using VoIP and RSVP Pages: 1032
Bender#show run | begin FastEthernet Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE interface FastEthernet0 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 129.44.85.5 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying fair-queue 64know 256 1 what you ip rsvp bandwidth 32 a32 Learn how to build practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Serial1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics dial-peer to voice 5555678 pots not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I,5555678 the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and destination-pattern switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. port 2/1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. Thevoice final chapter of voip the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These dial-peer 5558765 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. destination-pattern 5558765 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. session target ipv4:129.44.85.1 req-qos controlled-load acc-qos controlled-load codec g726r16 ________________________________________________________________
Frye#show run | begin FastEthernet interface FastEthernet0 ip address 129.44.85.1 255.255.255.0 fair-queue 64 256 1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index ip rsvp bandwidth 32 32 •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
!
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
dial-peer voice 5558765 pots Publisher: Cisco Press
destination-pattern 5558765 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
port 2/0
Pages: 1032
! dial-peer voice 5555678 voip Gain destination-pattern hands-on experience5555678 for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. session target ipv4:129.44.85.5 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying req-qos controlled-load what you know acc-qos controlled-load Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation codec g726r16 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and NOTE switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. If voice RSVP QoS parameters onlycore specified on one required side of a on connection, will never The book begins with brief coverageare of the technologies the CCIE the lab call exam and complete successfully. To successfully allow a voice call using RSVP, one side of the connection includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core must request a providing level of service, and the other side must willing to accept level of technologies follow, detailed guides to applying thebe technologies in realthat network service. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Troubleshooting RSVP You can use a number of commands for RSVP troubleshooting. Before beginning the RSVP troubleshooting process, however, you should check a couple of items. First, verify that WFQ has been enabled for the RSVP interface. If it has not, enable WFQ using the fair-queue command. Second, when using RSVP on fractional circuits, such as Frame Relay DS0s, remember to configure the interface bandwidth because serial interfaces default to 1158 kbps, or 75 percent of the interface's bandwidth. Theshow ip rsvp neighbor command displays interfaces that have RSVP-attached neighbors and the
IP address of the neighbor, as demonstrated in Example 5-9.
Example 5-9. Showing RSVP Neighbors
Silly# show Table ip rsvp neighbor • of Contents •
Index
Interfac Neighbor • Examples
Encapsulation
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Se1.1
192.168.1.2
RSVP
Se1.2
192.168.2.2
RSVP
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Theshow ip rsvp sender and show ip rsvp request commands provide a summarization of RSVP sender and other related information about the RSVP requests. To view detailed information about RSVP requests, use the detail version of the show ip rsvp request of the command. Examples of these commands are shown in Example 5-10. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 5-10. RSVP show rsvp sender and request Commands
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Smiley#show ip rsvp sender Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation To
From Pro DPort Sport Prev Hop I/F BPS Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Bytes
192.168.1.2 192.168.2.2 UDP 18182 18050 192.168.2.2 Se1.2 24K 1K CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 192.168.2.2 192.168.1.2 UDP 18050 18182 192.168.1.2 Se1.1 24K 1K companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Smiley#show ip rsvp request Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. To From Pro DPort Sport Next Hop I/F Fi Serv BPS Bytes The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 192.168.1.2 192.168.2.2 18182 18050 192.168.2.2 Se1.2 FF RATE 24K 1K includes suggested references for UDP further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 192.168.2.2 UDP 18050 18182 Se1.1 FF RATE 24K 1K settings. The final192.168.1.2 chapter of the book concludes with192.168.1.2 five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Grumpy# show ip rsvp request detail similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They present readers with scenarios Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. RSVP Reservation. Destination is 192.168.2.2, Source is 192.168.1.2, Protocol is UDP, Destination port is 18634, Source port is 18540 Next Hop is 192.168.2.1, Interface is Serial0 Reservation Style is Fixed-Filter, QoS Service is Guaranteed-Rate Average Bitrate is 24K bits/sec, Maximum Burst is 1K bytes
Theshow ip rsvp installed command, shown in Example 5-11, gives information about current RSVP reservations, such as the RSVP interface, the size of the reservation in bps, the source and destination IP addresses, the protocol, the source and destination ports, the weight of the RSVP flow, and the conversation number. The show ip rsvp interfaces command, also shown in Example 5-11, displays information about of the router's RSVP interfaces. • Table ofeach Contents •
Index
•
Examples
Example show CCIE Practical 5-11. Studies Volume II ip rsvp installed Command ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Grumpy#show ip rsvp installed Pub Date: November 07, 2003 1-58705-072-2 RSVP: ISBN: Serial1 Pages: 1032
BPS
To
From
Protoc DPort
Sport
Weight Conversation
RSVP: Serial1.1 BPS To From Protoc DPort two Sport Conversation Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume of theWeight best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 24K 192.168.1.2 192.168.2.2 UDP 18182 18050 6 265 RSVP:Experience Serial1.2 putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know BPS To From Protoc DPort Sport Weight Conversation Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 24K 192.168.2.2 192.168.1.2 UDP 18050 18182 6 266 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Grumpy#show ip rsvp interfaces CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presentingi/f them withflow a series challenging A perfect interface allocated max maxofpct UDP IPlaboratory UDP_IPexercises. UDP M/C companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not I, like 1158K the Cisco Catalyst maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Se1 covered in Volume 48K 1158K 3550, 4 route 0 0 0 0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions Security, Se1.1 24Kof the Routing 128Kand Switching, 128K 18 0 and1 Service 0 Provider 0 lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Se1.2 24K 128K 128K 18 0 1 0 0 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. To view information about all the current RSVP reservations, use the show ip rsvp reservation Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. command. This command shows you the source and destination IP addresses for each reservation, the protocol and source and destination port number, the next-hop IP address and interface used to reach each of the senders, the reservation filter type (FF, SE, or WF), the reservation type (RATE or LOAD), the reservation size in bps, and the burst size in bytes, as shown in Example 5-12.
Example 5-12. show ip rsvp reservation Command
Grumpy#show ip rsvp reservation To
From
Pro DPort Sport Next Hop
I/F
192.168.1.2
192.168.2.2
UDP 18182 18050 192.168.1.2
Se1.1 FF RATE 24K
1K
192.168.2.2
192.168.1.2
UDP 18050 18182 192.168.2.2
Se1.2 FF RATE 24K
1K
UDP 18502 16808 192.168.2.2
FF LOAD 24K
1K
•
Table of Contents
192.168.2.3 • Index192.168.1.2 •
Fi Serv BPS Bytes
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Practical Example: RSVP and VoIP
VoIP requires a certain level of QoS to function properly. When using VoIP in a WAN environment over small, congested links, in most cases, some form of QoS will have to be implemented. Fortunately, VoIP ha built-in support for RSVP, making it simple to configure. In the following lab, you practice your VoIP • Contents configurationTable and of use RSVP to support the voice. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Lab Exercise
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Dan's Pizza has more than 4000 locations nationwide. Each store has a Frame Relay connection to its local Cisco Press hubPublisher: site. The hub sites provide each district with access to the corporate network, support for all network Pub Date: November 07,phone 2003 applications, and one line for internal calls. In the past few months, several new applications have been deployed, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 making voice traffic somewhat jittery and causing conversation to be difficult to understand RSVP Pages: will be implemented to reserve enough bandwidth to smooth out the voice calls. In this lab, you 1032 configure part of the subnetwork, area 140, to provide quality service for voice traffic.
Lab Objective
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies titlelab from Cisco The objective of this is to use Press. RSVP to reserve bandwidth for voice traffic between two store locations. For this network model, you use the portion of the Dan's Pizza network shown in Figure 5-4. This exercise demonstrates how RSVP is configured, using VoIP as the test application. The RSVP configuration is verifie Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying using RSVP show and debug commands. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Figure 5-4. Pizza 140 Take five full-blown practice labs thatDan's mimic the actualSubnetwork lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Equipment Needed To use RSVP and reserve bandwidth for voice traffic between the two store locations, the following equipment is needed: Two Cisco routers with at least one voice port and one serial port • • •
Table of Contents
One Cisco router with one serial port Index Examples
One Cisco router with three serial ports to act as a Frame Relay switch
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Two Solie telephones CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynchpurposes CCIE No. 7220 for testing Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, and 2003 Prestaging Physical Layout ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
To
Pages: 1032 complete the
physical layout and prestaging, perform the following:
Cable the routers as shown in Figure 5-4. Attach one phone to a voice port on each of the voice routers. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Relay Cisco switch Press. to use the PVC information in Table 5-9. Configure the Frame Verify that all interfaces are in an up/up state. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Table 5-9. Frame Switch for the Example Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic Configurations the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads through the process of preparing for DLCI the Local Interface Local DLCICCIE candidates Remote Interface Remote CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Serial 0 to the best-selling 148 first edition, this book Serial provides 3 coverage of CCIE lab exam 841 topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Serial 2 with Volume I, the 149 Serial 3 Combined CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the941 routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Serial 3 841 Serial 0 148 The Serial book 3 begins with brief coverage 941 of the core technologies Serial 2 required on the CCIE lab 149 exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Lab Tasks comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are thetasks: book. To complete this lab exercise, you need toincluded completethroughout the following Configure the IP network as shown in Figure 5-5, applying IP addressing and Frame Relay configuration using subinterfaces on the Hub 140 router and physical interfaces on the Store routers.
Figure 5-5. Physical Layout for This Lab
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Configure OSFP on all routers; all serial interfaces should belong to OSPF area 0. Verify that all router Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE are reachable. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Configure Store 148 and Store 149 to be able to call each other using the phone numbers from Figure 5-5. Test phone connections. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Configure the required RSVP support to allow Store 148 to call Store 149, and vice versa, with RSVP guaranteed bit rate service. Each flow should receive and average a bit rate of at least 24 kbps, and Learn to build to a practice lab for75 your CCIEof lab exam preparation shouldhow be allowed burst to a full percent the interface bandwidth. Test and verify that the RSVP sessions work properly. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
To do so, perform the steps in the following section. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Lab Walkthrough not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Stepportions 1. Attach eachRouting router and to the Frame Relay switch; Hub 140, Provider Store 148, Store 149 should switching of the Switching, Security, and Service laband exams. connect to the Frame Relay switch using serial data terminal equipment/data circuit-terminating The book begins with brief coverage of theNote coreeach technologies required and on the lab exam and equipment (DTE/DCE) connections. serial connection useCCIE this information to configure includes references further reading. Laboratory covering eachStore of the core thesuggested Frame Relay switch. for Store 148 should use DLCI 148 exercises on its serial interface, 149 should be technologies follow, providing detailed toshould applying technologies in real configured to use DLCI 149, and guides Hub 140 be the assigned DLCIs 841 andnetwork 941. Configure each of settings. finalto chapter of their the book concludes with five hands-on exercises. theThe routers support Frame Relay connections. Becauselab Store 148 andThese Store 149 use physical comprehensive include of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty interfacespractice for theirlabs Frame Relayallconnections, they should be configured with in a Frame Relay map level. pointing They present readers with140 scenarios similar to subinterfaces, what they will so face on the actual lab exam. to Hub 140. Hub uses multipoint it can also use Frame Relay map Study commands tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.Relay switch configuration and the on each subinterface. Example 5-13 shows the Frame Frame Relay routes.
Example 5-13. Frame Relay Switch Configuration
frame-relay-switch#show run | begin frame
frame-relay switching ! interface Serial0 no ip address • • •
Table of Contents
encapsulation frame-relay IETF Index
Examples
clockrate 1300000
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahansi Lynch CCIE No. 7220 lmi-type
frame-relay dce Publisher: Cisco intf-type Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay route 148 interface Serial3 841 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Serial2 no ip address Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco IETF Press. encapsulation frame-relay frame-relay lmi-type ansi Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know frame-relay intf-type dce Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation frame-relay route 149 interface Serial3 941 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Serial3 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered ip address not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and encapsulation switching portionsframe-relay of the RoutingIETF and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. clockrate 1300000 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay lmi-type ansidetailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, providing settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay intf-type comprehensive practice labsdce include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay 841 interface Serial0 148throughout the book. Study tips androute test-taking techniques are included frame-relay route 941 interface Serial2 149 frame-relay-switch#show frame-relay route Input Intf
Input Dlci
Output Intf
Output Dlci
Status
Serial0
148
Serial3
841
active
Serial2
149
Serial3
941
active
Serial3
841
Serial0
148
active
Serial3
941
Serial2
149
active
•
Table of Contents
Step 2. After you have verified Frame Relay connectivity between routers, assign the IP addresses. Index Store 148 interface Serial 0 should use IP address 192.168.1.2/30. Store 149's serial interface shoul • Examples be assigned IP address 192.168.2.2/30, Hub 140 interface's Serial 0.1 should use 192.168.1.1/30, CCIE Practical Studies Volume II and 0.2 should use 192.168.2.1/30. Before moving on, you should verify that all Store router ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interfaces can ping their directly connected hub subinterface. •
Step Cisco 3. Configure Publisher: Press
OSFP on each router so that each router can ping its neighbor and each of the sto other. Use a nonbroadcast Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) configuration for
can ping each Pubrouters Date: November 07, 2003 this ISBN:example. 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
To configure OSPF for the nonbroadcast connections between the hub router and the two stores, you must configure OSPF for a nonbroadcast network. In this case, this requires the use of the ip ospf network non-broadcast command and static neighbor configurations. Example 5-14 shows how th ip ospf network command is used on the Hub 140 router. Before moving on to Step 4, verify the OSPF configuration by pinging from one store router to the other using the IP addresses on their Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE serial interfaces. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Exampleputting 5-14.concepts Hub 140 Router's Configuration Experience into practice withOSPF lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Hub-140#show run | begin Serial0/0.1 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial0/0.1 multipoint CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam192.168.1.1 by presenting255.255.255.252 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip address companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip ospf network non-broadcast Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the192.168.1.2 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay mapofip 841 broadcast The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface Serial0/0.2 multipoint settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs 255.255.255.252 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip address 192.168.2.1 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tipsnetwork and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip ospf non-broadcast frame-relay map ip 192.168.2.2 941 broadcast ! router ospf 1 log-adjacency-changes
network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 neighbor 192.168.2.2 neighbor 192.168.1.2 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Step 4. After all routers can ping each other, configure VoIP on Store 148 as follows: Create one dia peer. (In this example, I used peer number 4801 to keep things simple.) Assign dial-peer 4801 the ByKarl Solie CCIE No. dial 4599pattern , Leah Lynch CCIEDial No. peer 7220 4801 must also be assigned to a port. (In this case, I used destination 4801. port 2/0.) To dial the 4901 extension from the Store 149 router, you must create a VoIP dial peer tha specifies Publisher: CiscoStore Press 149's serial IP address and assign it the destination pattern 4901. Store 149 should b similarly Pubconfigured Date: November 07, 2003to store 148. After each router's voice configuration is complete, you should be able to call the 4801 extension from Store 149's phone and the 4901 extension from Store 148's ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 phone.Example 5-15 shows the VoIP configuration for the Store 148 router. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Pages: 1032
Example 5-15. The Store-148 Router's Voice Over IP Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Store-148#sho run | begin dial-peer dial-peer voice 4801 concepts pots Experience putting into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know destination-pattern 4801 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation port 2/0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting dial-peer voice 4901 voipthem with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, 4901 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. destination-pattern Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. session portions target of ipv4:192.168.2.2
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Step 5. After you have tested the voice connectivity, it is time to configure RSVP. The first step in th settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These RSVP configuration is to enable WFQ, if it is not already configured. WFQ is enabled using the faircomprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty queue command. Because this is a simple WFQ configuration, you can just type the fair-queue level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. command and accept the defaults. After configuring WFQ, enable RSVP on the interface by using the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip rsvp bandwidth command. Make sure to reserve at least 24 kbps and allow bursting to 75 percent of the interface's bandwidth, in this case 1158 kbps. Next, enable voice over ip rsvp bandwidth requests using the req-qos command to request a guaranteed bit rate. Example 5-16 shows the VoIP and RSVP configuration for the Store 149 router, and Example 5-17 shows the outpu from the show ip rsvp reservation detail command from the Store 148 router.
Example 5-16. RSVP and Voice Configuration for Store 149
Store-149#show run | begin Serial interface Serial0 ip address 192.168.2.2 255.255.255.252 • ip ospf network Table of Contents non-broadcast •
Index • ip ospf priority Examples 0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
frame-relay map ip 192.168.2.1 149 broadcast
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip rsvp bandwidth 1158 24 Publisher: Cisco Press
!
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
dial-peer voice 4901 pots Pages: 1032 destination-pattern 4901 port 2/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. dial-peer voice 4801 voip Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying destination-pattern 4801 what you know session ipv4:192.168.1.2 Learntarget how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment req-qos guaranteed-delay CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Example 5-17. Reservation Information from the Store 148 Router Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Store-148# show ipreferences rsvp reservation detail Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested for further reading. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network RSVP Reservation. Destination is concludes 192.168.1.2, Source is 192.168.2.2, settings. The final chapter of the book with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Protocol is UDP, Destination port similar is 17188, Source port ison 19346 level. They present readers with scenarios to what they will face the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Next Hop is 192.168.2.1, Interface is Serial0 Reservation Style is Fixed-Filter, QoS Service is Guaranteed-Rate Average Bitrate is 24K bits/sec, Maximum Burst is 120 bytes Min Policed Unit: 60 bytes, Max Pkt Size: 60 bytes Resv ID handle: 00007601.
Policy: Forwarding. Policy source(s): Default RSVP Reservation. Destination is 192.168.2.2, Source is 192.168.1.2, Protocol is UDP, Destination port is 19346, Source port is 17188 Reservation Style is Fixed-Filter, QoS Service is Guaranteed-Rate •
Table of Contents is 24K bits/sec, Maximum Burst is 120 bytes • Average Bitrate Index •
Examples
Min Policed Unit: 60IIbytes, CCIE Practical Studies Volume
Max Pkt Size: 60 bytes
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Resv ID handle: 00007201.
Publisher: Cisco Press Policy: Forwarding. Policy source(s): Default Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
As you can see, in the preceding example, the Store 148 router reserved an average bit rate of 24 kbps, with a maximum burst rate of 120 bytes; this RSVP reservation is a guaranteed rate.
Another way to test the configuration is to enable detailed RSVP debugging using the debug ip rsvp deta Gain hands-on experience for from the CCIE Lab Exam with volume theup best-selling CCIE you should command and then dial 4901 the Store 148 router. When two you of pick the 4901 phone, Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. receive output similar to that shown in Example 5-18. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
Example 5-18. what you knowSample debug ip rsvp detail Output
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *Mar Take 1 05:28:57.294: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: Static CCIE Practical is Studies, reservation new Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling requested first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Comment: New reservation not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I,RSVP-RESV: the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *Mar 1 05:28:57.294: Locally created reservation. No admission/traffic switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. control needed The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core *Mar 1 suggested 05:28:57.298: RSVPforsession 192.168.1.2_17598: Sending PATH message for technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 192.168.1.2 on interface Serial0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. TheyRSVP present readers with scenarios to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Comment: PATH information from similar 192.168.1.2 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Comment: Reservation information - IP addresses and port numbers *Mar
1 05:28:57.298: RSVP:
version:1 flags:0000 type:PATH cksum:31D8 ttl:255 reserve
:0 length:136 *Mar
1 05:28:57.298:
*Mar
1 05:28:57.298:
SESSION
type 1 length 12:
Destination 192.168.1.2, Protocol_Id 17, Don't Police ,
DstPort 17598 Comment: RSVP Destination Information *Mar
1 05:28:57.298:
*Mar
1 05:28:57.298:
• •
*Mar •
type 1 length 12: C0A80202 : 00000000
Table of Contents Index
1 05:28:57.302: Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
*Mar
HOP
1 05:28:57.302:
TIME_VALUES
type 1 length 8 : 00007530
SENDER_TEMPLATE
type 1 length 12:
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
*Mar
1 05:28:57.302:
Source 192.168.2.2, udp_source_port 18180
Publisher: Cisco Press
Comment: RSVP Sender information Pub Date: November 07, 2003 *Mar
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
1 05:28:57.302:
Pages: 1032
SENDER_TSPEC
type 2 length 36:
*Mar
1 05:28:57.302:
version=0, length in words=7
*Mar
1 05:28:57.302:
Token bucket fragment (service_id=1, length=6 words
Gain hands-on experience for the parameter CCIE Lab Exam with volume twoparameter of the best-selling CCIE *Mar 1 05:28:57.302: id=127, flags=0, length=5 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *Mar 1 05:28:57.302: average rate=3000 bytes/sec, burst depth=120 bytes putting concepts peak into practice lab bytes/sec scenarios that guide you in applying *Mar Experience 1 05:28:57.302: rate with =3000 what you know *Mar
1 05:28:57.306: min unit=60 bytes, max pkt size=60 bytes Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Comment: Reservation parameters contained in TSPEC Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *Mar 1 05:28:57.306: ADSPEC type 2 length 48: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *Mar 1 05:28:57.306: version=0 length in provides words=10coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion to the best-selling first edition, this book not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *Mar 1 05:28:57.306: General Parameters break bit=0 service length=8 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *Mar 1 05:28:57.306: IS Hops:1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and *Mar 05:28:57.306: MinimumLaboratory Path Bandwidth (bytes/sec):193000 includes1 suggested references for further reading. exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network *Mar 1 The 05:28:57.306: Path (microseconds):0 settings. final chapter of the book concludes with fiveLatency hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty *Mar 1 05:28:57.306: Path MTU:1500 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *Mar 1 05:28:57.306: Controlled Load Service break bit=0 service length=0 Comment: Minimum bandwidth, latency, and MTU requirements *Mar
1 05:28:57.306:
*Mar
1 05:28:57.346: RSVP:
:0 length:136
version:1 flags:0000 type:PATH cksum:0000 ttl:254 reserve
*Mar
1 05:28:57.346:
*Mar
1 05:28:57.350:
SESSION
type 1 length 12:
Destination 192.168.2.2, Protocol_Id 17, Don't Police ,
DstPort 18180 Comment: RSVP PATH information from 192.168.2.2 •
Table of Contents
Comment: Reservation information - IP addresses and port numbers • Index •
Examples
*Mar 1 05:28:57.350: CCIE Practical Studies Volume IIHOP
type 1 length 12: C0A80201
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
*Mar
1 05:28:57.350:
Publisher: Cisco Press *Mar 1 05:28:57.350:
: 00000000
TIME_VALUES
type 1 length 8 : 00007530
SENDER_TEMPLATE
type 1 length 12:
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*Mar
ISBN: 1 05:28:57.350: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
*Mar
1 05:28:57.350:
*Mar
1 05:28:57.350:
Source 192.168.1.2, udp_source_port 17598 SENDER_TSPEC
type 2 length 36:
*Mar 1 05:28:57.354: version=0, length in words=7 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *Mar 1 05:28:57.354: Token bucket fragment (service_id=1, length=6 words *Mar Experience 1 05:28:57.354: parameter length=5 putting concepts parameter into practiceid=127, with lab flags=0, scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 1 05:28:57.354: average rate=3000 bytes/sec, burst depth=120 bytes Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *Mar 1 05:28:57.354: peak rate =3000 bytes/sec Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *Mar 1 05:28:57.354: min unit=60 bytes, max pkt size=60 bytes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory *Mar lab 1 exam 05:28:57.354: ADSPEC type 2 length 48: exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *Marcovered 1 05:28:57.354: version=0 length3550, in words=10 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing andParameters Switching, Security, Service Provider lab exams. *Mar 1 05:28:57.354: General break and bit=0 service length=8 *Mar
The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the lab exam and *Marbook 1 05:28:57.354: IS CCIE Hops:2 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network *Mar 1 05:28:57.354: Minimum Path Bandwidth (bytes/sec):193000 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty *Mar 1 05:28:57.358: Path Latency (microseconds):0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Path MTU:1500 *Mar tips 1 05:28:57.358: *Mar
1 05:28:57.358:
Controlled Load Service
break bit=0
service length=0
*Mar
1 05:28:57.358:
*Mar
1 05:28:57.358: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: Received PATH
Message for 192.168.2.2(Serial0) from 192.168.2.1, rcv IP ttl=253
*Mar
1 05:28:57.358: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: start requesting
24 kbps FF reservation for 192.168.1.2(17598) UDP-> 192.168.2.2(18180) on Serial0 neighbor 192.168.2.1 *Mar
1 05:28:57.366: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: Sending RESV
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
message 192.168.2.2(18180) <- 192.168.1.2(17:17598) •
*Mar
Examples
1 05:28:57.366: RSVP session 192.168.2.2_18180: send reservation to
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE about No. 4599192.168.2.2 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 192.168.2.1
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Comment: Exchanging RSVP PATH and RSVP messages to create reservations ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 *Mar
Pages: 1032
1 05:28:57.450: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: RESV CONFIRM
message for 192.168.2.2 (Serial0) from 192.168.2.1 Comment: RSVP CONFIRM message Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from RSVP Cisco 192.168.2.2_18180-192.168.1.2_17598: Press. *Mar 1 Studies 05:29:08.662: remove sender host PATH 192.168.1.2(17598) <- 192.168.2.2(17:18180) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know *Mar what 1 05:29:08.662: RSVP 192.168.2.2_18180-192.168.1.2_17598: remove Serial0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation RESV 192.168.1.2(17598) <- 192.168.2.2(17:18180) *Mar
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 1 05:29:08.662: RSVP 192.168.2.2_18180-192.168.1.2_17598: remove sender
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the host PATH 192.168.1.2(17598) 192.168.2.2(17:18180) CCIE lab exam by presenting them<with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *Mar 1 05:29:08.666: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598: send teardown not covered in Volume I, like thesession Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP,path Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and multicast about of 192.168.1.2 on Serial0 switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Comment: Teardown remove sender 192.168.1.2 The book begins with session, brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core <packet data omitted> technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These *Mar 1 05:29:08.678: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: remove receiver comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. host 192.168.2.2(18180) <- are 192.168.1.2(17:17598) Study RESV tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book. *Mar
1 05:29:08.678: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: remove Serial0
RESV request 192.168.2.2(18180) <- 192.168.1.2(17:17598) *Mar
1 05:29:08.678: RSVP session 192.168.2.2_18180: send reservation teardown
to 192.168.2.1 about 192.168.2.2
Comment: Teardown session, remove receiver 192.168.2.2 *Mar
1 05:29:08.682: RSVP:
version:1 flags:0000 type:RTEAR cksum:572F ttl:255
reserved:0 length:100 <packet data omitted> •
*Mar •
Table of Contents
1 05:29:08.702: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: PATH TEAR message Index
•
Examples
for 192.168.2.2 (Serial0) from 192.168.1.2 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE 4599,message Leah Lynch from CCIE No. 7220 Comment: RSVPNo.TEAR 192.168.1.2
*Mar 1 05:29:08.706: RSVP 192.168.1.2_17598-192.168.2.2_18180: remove Serial0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
PATH ISBN: 192.168.2.2(18180) <- 192.168.1.2(17:17598) 1-58705-072-2 *Mar
Pages: 1032
1 05:29:08.714: RSVP:
version:1 flags:0000 type:RTEAR cksum:0000
ttl:255 <packet data omitted> Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from RSVP Cisco 192.168.2.2_18180-192.168.1.2_17598: Press. *Mar 1 Studies 05:29:08.726: RESV TEAR message for 192.168.1.2 (Serial0) from 192.168.2.1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you Comment: RSVPknow TEAR message from 192.168.2.2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
When the call is first initiated, should seecandidates RSVP PATHthrough and RESV thefor RSVP CCIE Practical Studies, Volumeyou II leads CCIE themessages process ofcreating preparing the session. During the call,by you should see further PATH RESV messages as exercises. hello messages are sent to CCIE lab exam presenting them withRSVP a series of and challenging laboratory A perfect maintain the session through the call.this Thebook RSVP PATH messages the topics RSVP reservation companion toRSVP the best-selling first edition, provides coverageshould of CCIEcontain lab exam parameters the call,I,including average rate, bytes second, peak rate, and packet sizes not covered for in Volume like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, per route maps,burst BGP,depth, Multicast, and QoS. After you hang the call, youCCIE should see RSVP messages. In addition torouting the RSVP Combined with up Volume I, the candidate willTEARDOWN get comprehensive coverage of the anddebug output, you can display RSVP and configuration the show commands listedlab earlier in the chapter. switching portions of thethe Routing Switching,using Security, and Service Provider exams. Example shows complete configuration for all the routers in this lab.CCIE lab exam and The book5-19 begins with the brief coverage of the core technologies required on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The5-19. Example final chapter Complete of the book Router concludes Configurations with five hands-on forlab This exercises. Lab These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The Hub-140 Router interface Serial0 encapsulation frame-relay fair-queue 64 256 48 frame-relay lmi-type ansi
ip rsvp bandwidth 1536 1536 ! interface Serial0.1 multipoint ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.252 •
Table of Contents
• ip ospf network Index non-broadcast • Examples CCIE Practical Studies II frame-relay mapVolume ip 192.168.1.2
841 broadcast
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip rsvp bandwidth 1158 24 !
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 interface Serial0/0.2 multipoint Pages: 1032
ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.252 ip ospf network non-broadcast frame-relay map ip 192.168.2.2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE941 Lab broadcast Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip rsvp bandwidth 1158 24 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know router ospf 1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment !
network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 192.168.2.2 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor 192.168.1.2 priority 1 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ________________________________________________________________ The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The Store-148 Router includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty interface Serial0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 192.168.1.2 255.255.255.252 encapsulation frame-relay fair-queue 64 256 37 frame-relay lmi-type ansi ip ospf network non-broadcast
ip ospf priority 0 frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.1 148 broadcast ip rsvp bandwidth 1158 24 ! •
Table of Contents
router ospfIndex 1 • •
Examples
log-adjacency-changes
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 0 7220 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.3 area
neighbor Publisher: Cisco 192.168.1.1 Press priority 1 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
voice-port 2/0 ! voice-port 2/1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! dial-peer voice 4801 pots Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know destination-pattern 4801 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation port 2/0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the dial-peer voice 4901 voipthem with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics destination-pattern not covered in Volume I, 4901 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and session portions target of ipv4:192.168.2.2 switching the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The req-qos book begins guaranteed-delay with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ________________________________________________________________ settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive The Store-149practice Router labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and interface Serial0 test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 192.168.2.2 255.255.255.252 encapsulation frame-relay IETF fair-queue 64 256 37 frame-relay lmi-type ansi
ip ospf network non-broadcast ip ospf priority 0 clockrate 1300000 frame-relay map ip 192.168.2.1 149 broadcast • • •
!
Table of Contents
ip rsvp bandwidth 1158 24 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
router ospf 1 Press Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 192.168.2.1 priority 1 ! voice-port 2/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! voice-port 2/1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation dial-peer voice 4901 pots Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment destination-pattern 4901 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the portlab 2/0 CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and dial-peer voice of 4801 switching portions the voip Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. destination-pattern 4801 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core session target technologies follow,ipv4:192.168.1.2 providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These req-qos guaranteed-delay comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Now that you have seen how IntServ can be applied to provide end-to-end QoS, it's time to explore how differentiated services classify packets for specific levels of QoS.
Differentiated Services
Differentiated services, commonly referred to as DiffServ, provide a method of classifying packets into clas or classes of service (COS). Classes of service are defined by the values defined in the type of service (TOS field of the IP header. The contents of this field were originally defined in RFCs 1122 and 1349, as the • TableType of Contents Precedence and of Service fields. Several working groups made many valiant attempts at packet • Index classification methods, but most of these efforts were not realized until recently, when newer multiservice • Examples applications began to require more quality control and fine-tuning from the network. RFC 1349 defined bits CCIE Practical Studies Volume through 6 of the ToS byte II as the Type of Service field with ToS definitions shown in Table 5-10. The ToS fie was as aLynch mechanism classify packets into different service types by marking the By Karloriginally Solie CCIE intended No. 4599, Leah CCIE No.to 7220 application's network requirements for delay, throughput, reliability, and cost. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 NOTE
DiffServ classes of service are not be confused with Layer 2 classes of service for Inter-Switch Link (ISL), or 802.1Q frame-marking services on local-area networks. This chapter only uses the term class of service to refer to Layer 3 packet marking. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Table 5-10. Type of Service Values what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Hexadecimal Bits Decimal Value Type of Service Cisco IOS Software ToS Values mimic the actual lab exam environment 0000Take five full-blown 0 practice labs thatNormal normal CCIE candidates process of preparing for the 1000Practical Studies, 8Volume II leads CCIE Minimize delaythrough themin-delay CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 0100 4 max-throughput companion to the best-selling first edition,Maximize this bookthroughput provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 0010 2 Maximize reliability max-reliability Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 0001 1 Routing and Switching, Minimize cost min-monetary-cost switching portions of the Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Using the ToS values, it is possible to mark packets from certain applications and use that classification technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network information later in the network when congestion is encountered to provide these applications with higher settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These levels of service. By default, all IP packets have a ToS value of 0000, specifying that they should be deliver comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty with a normal "best-effort" service level. With Cisco IOS Software, it is possible to change the ToS values t level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. define application traffic using access lists, as shown in Example 5-20. Using access lists, you can classify t Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ToS value for packets using the ToS value name or a decimal value ranging from 0 to 15.
Example 5-20. Using the ToS Values with Access Lists
interface Serial1
ip address 192.168.1.2 255.255.255.252 ip ospf network non-broadcast ip ospf priority 0 ip policy route-map throughput • • •
!
Table of Contents
frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.1 148 broadcast Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ipKarl local policy route-map throughput
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
access-list 150 permit udp host 192.168.1.2 range 16384 32767 host 192.168.2.2 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
range 16384 32767 access-list 150 permit udp host 192.168.2.2 range 16384 32767 host 192.168.1.2 range 16384 32767 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press.192.168.1.2 eq 1720 host 192.168.2.2 access-list 150title permit tcp host access-list 150 permit tcp host 192.168.1.2 host 192.168.2.2 eq 1720 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-map throughput permit 10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match ip address 150 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set max-throughput CCIEip labtos exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and dial-peer voice of 4801 switching portions the pots Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. destination-pattern 4801 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core port 2/0 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. dial-peer voice 4901 voip Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. destination-pattern 4901 session target ipv4:192.168.2.2
In the preceding example, route-map throughput is used to mark all voice and signaling traffic specified
access list 150 (UDP traffic ranging from ports 16,384 to 32,767 and TCP traffic on port 1720) with the maximum throughput ToS. This information can be used later in the network to provide the voice traffic wi better levels of service using DiffServ applications such as packet classifying, metering, marking, shaping, and policing.
The remainder of this chapter focuses on DiffServ technologies, exploring packet marking using IP precedence, differentiated services codepoint (DSCP) values, and congestion control using Weighted Rando Early Detection (WRED). The next chapter covers advanced traffic shaping and policing features, such as • Table of Contents using generic traffic shaping and class-based shaping, traffic policing, and traffic classification using • Index committed access rate (CAR). •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Setting IP Precedence Publisher: Cisco Press
IP Precedence is a field in the ToS area of the IP header. Eight levels of precedence are possible, ranging Pub Date: November 07, 2003 from 0 to 7, as shown in Table 5-11. Like the ToS values, IP precedence values can also be set to specify ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 classifications for traffic. Pages: 1032
Table 5-11. IP Precedence Values Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Cisco Press. Value Studies title from Description Routine (0) The default setting for IP packets. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Priority (1) what you know Sets priority precedence. Immediate (2) Sets immediate precedence. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Flash (3) Sets Flash precedence. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Flash-Override (4) Sets Flash-override precedence. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Critical Highestthem setting foranonrouter IP traffic. laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab(5) exam by presenting with series of challenging companion to the best-selling first edition, book provides coverage of CCIE lab such examas topics Internet (6) Sets Internet control this precedence. Reserved for router traffic, routing update not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Network Control network control precedence. Reserved for coverage router traffic androuting network control Combined with VolumeSets I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the and (7) traffic. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested reading. Laboratorytoexercises each by of the core all IP traf When changing the references precedencefor of further IP packets, it is important note twocovering things. First, default, technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network except router-generated control and routing traffic uses the routine precedence value. If you do not make settings. final chapter thesetting. book concludes with five hands-on lab to exercises. These and Network changes, The all IP packets useofthis Second, although it is possible use the Internet comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Control values when changing IP precedence, these values are generally reserved for router and network level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. control traffic; using them for other types of traffic may disrupt router operation, interrupting network Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. service.
On Cisco routers, one of the simplest ways to set IP precedence is by using route maps. For more informat on the configuration of route maps, refer to Chapter 2, "Configuring Route Maps and Policy-Based Routing. Two basic steps are required for using route maps to set IP precedence: defining the packets to be set, and creating the route map to specify the change. Step 1. Define the packets that are to be set using a standard or extended access list to specify the traffic that is to have its precedence value changed. The following access list specifies all traffic from host 10.1.1.4:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Router(config)#access-list 15 permit host 10.1.1.4 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Step 2. Create a route map to specify the packets to be modified and the change to be made: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for precedence the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Router(config)# route-map Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Router(config-route-map)#match ip address 15 Experience putting concepts with ? lab scenarios that guide you in applying Router(config-route-map)# set into ip practice precedence what you know <0-7> Precedence value Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation critical Set practice critical (5)actual lab exam environment Take five full-blown labsprecedence that mimic the flash flash (3) CCIE Practical Studies,Set Volume II precedence leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect flash-override Set flash precedence (4) coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion to the best-selling firstoverride edition, this book provides not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. immediate Set immediate precedence (2) Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. internet Set internetwork control precedence (6) The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and network Set network control precedence (7)exercises covering each of the core includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network priority Set priority (1)five hands-on lab exercises. These settings. The final chapter of the bookprecedence concludes with comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty routine Set routine precedence level. They present readers with scenarios similar(0) to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Router(config-route-map)#set ip precedence 5 Router(config-route-map)#exit
Step 3. Apply the route map to an interface using the ip policy route-map command:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Router(config)#interface ethernet 0/0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Router(config-if)#ip policy route-map precedence ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
To monitor the status of the policy, you can use the show route-map command or debug ip policy. The ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 show route-map command displays configuration and statistical information about the route map, and Pages: 1032 debug ip policy shows policy matches and misses. Be extremely cautious using the debug ip policy command on production routers; if the policy is working properly and you have too many matches, you ma either overload the router or be unable to see your debugging information. Example 5-21 shows output fro theshow route-map command. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
NOTE
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what know The ip you policy route-map route-map-name command is used to apply policy routing on an interface-by-interface basis. This does not include locally router-generated packets. To apply policy Learn how to build a practice lab for your lab exam routing to router-generated traffic, use theCCIE ip local policypreparation route-maproute-map-name in global configuration mode. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Example 5-21. show route-map Command companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Router#show route-map precedence The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested route-map precedence, references permit, for further sequence reading. 10 Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. Match The clauses: final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.ip They address present(access-lists): readers with scenarios 15 similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Set clauses: ip precedence critical Policy routing matches: 5 packets, 766 bytes Router#debug ip policy 00:38:09: IP: s=10.1.1.1 (local), d=10.1.1.4, len 100, policy match
00:38:09: IP: route map precedence, item 15, permit
00:38:09: IP: s=10.1.1.1 (local), d=10.1.1.4, len 100, policy rejected -- normal forwardi 00:38:09: IP: s=10.1.1.1 (local), d=10.1.1.4, len 100, policy match 00:38:09: IP: route map precedence, item 15, permit •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
As internetwork standards newer packet classification methods are constantly being added to Cisco ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahevolve, Lynch CCIE No. 7220 IOS Software. At the time of this writing, there are several new ways to use the IP precedence values to classify and react to marked packets. These include the following: Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Marking ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 packets with access lists Pages: 1032
Marking packets with route maps or policy routing Using packet classification with RSVP
Classifying packets for queuing prioritization using WFQ, Priority Queuing (PQ), Custom Queuing (CQ Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE and Class-Based WFQfor (CBWFQ) Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Advanced packet classification with CAR and traffic policing Experience puttingtraffic concepts into practice withshaping lab scenarios guide you in applying Shaping classified using generic traffic (GTS),that class-based shaping, and Frame Relay what you know traffic shaping (FRTS) Learn how to build a practice for your lab exam preparation Prioritizing Real Time Protocollab (RTP) trafficCCIE by setting IP RTP Priority Take five full-blown labs that the actual lab exam environment Prioritizing real-timepractice traffic using Low mimic Latency Queuing (LLQ)
CCIE Congestion Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the controlVolume using WRED CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Marking to voice the best-selling traffic using first DiffServ edition, values this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. With the exception of FRTS, covered in get the comprehensive first edition of the CCIE Practical Studies series, thes Combined with Volume I, thewhich CCIEwas candidate will coverage of the routing and technologies are covered in Chapter Unfortunately, because book must fitlab within a hard cover, they switching portions of the Routing and6.Switching, Security, and this Service Provider exams. say that we must limit its size to a certain number of pages and eventually stop writing so that it can be The book begins published. Therefore, with brief we cannot coverage go into of the detail coreontechnologies each type ofrequired packet classification. on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Marking Traffic with DSCP comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. In the tips pastand fewtest-taking years, the ToS field in are the included IP headerthroughout has been redefined Study techniques the book.to support newer DiffServ features The new Differentiated Service (DS) field contains two subfields that are broken down into what is referred as codepoints. Codepoints are basically subclassification of the values within the DS field of an IP packet th contain the same value in the DSCP field. The DS field contains two codepoints: the Class Selector Codepoints, formerly known as the IP Precedence field; and the Assured Forwarding (AF) Codepoints. To remain compatible with IP precedence, the class selector codepoints are bits 0, 1, and 2 (the first 3 bits in the DS field XXX000). The first 6 bits of the DS field belong to the DSCP field, which creates 64 possible classes to be used for packet marking. The AF codepoints are covered later in this section.
RFC 2474 and RFC 2475 describe the definition and architecture for DiffServ applications by using the DSC
field for packet marking. Packet marking is basically the process of reading, using, or changing the value o the DSCP field to provide a per-hop behavior (PHB) for traffic conditioning, metering, shaping, or policing. PHB is defined as a behavior or forwarding treatment that is applied to a Behavior Aggregate (BA) on a DiffServ-compliant device. BAs are packets with the same codepoint going in the same direction.
• • •
NOTE Table of Contents Index
The useExamples of the DSCP field is defined in RFCs 2474, 2475, 2597, 2598, and 2697, and later updated
CCIE Practical Volume II in RFCsStudies 3168 and 3260. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Within these 64 DSCP classes, the IETF has specified three class pools, as shown in Table 5-12. The first po Pub Date: November 07, 2003 which uses the first 5 bits of the DSCP field ending with a 0, is reserved for standard class assignments tha ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 are administered by IANA. For example, the prefixes 000, 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110, and 111 are set Pages: 1032 compatible with IP precedence. 000000 is reserved for best-effort traffic, and any traffic th aside to remain does not match any other class is sent to the 00000 codepoint.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Table 5-12. DSCP Pools Pool Number Codepoint Value Reservation Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 1 Bits 0,1,2,3,4 Reserved for standards administered by IANA Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation xxxxx0 2
Bits 0,1,2,3 Reserved for experimental localenvironment use Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual labor exam
xxxx11Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Practical Studies, CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 3 Bits 0,1,2,3 Reserved for experimental or local use and future standards expansion companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. xxxx01 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Using the begins DSCP field packet marking allows the creation of many for lab traffic prioritization, The book withfor brief coverage of the core for technologies required onclasses the CCIE exam and which is valuable when you arefor working trafficLaboratory that requires a guaranteed bandwidth with l includes suggested references furtherwith reading. exercises coveringamount each ofofthe core jitter and latency, such as voice or video. For this reason, the RFCtechnologies 2598 describes the network use of Expedited technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying in real Forwarding PHB. EF PHB provides the highest QoS defined for use DiffServ. EF PHB provides AF settings. The(EF) final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab with exercises. These classes for high-priority with the class beingand the gradually highest priority with greatest quality comprehensive practice traffic, labs include all of the 101110 technologies increase in the difficulty provisions. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. You can also use DSCP values with WRED to control the proactive drop of TCP packets by specifying AF classes. RFC 2597 defines AF classes for specification of packet-drop priority. To illustrate the use of AF classes in a network environment, suppose you have defined three types of traffic as high priority; howeve when network congestion reaches the point where packets must be dropped, with AF classes you can speci the order in which packets are dropped. Table 5-13 shows the AF classes and their drop priority. All bits in Class 1 begin with the standard IP Precedence value of 001, which is priority precedence. Class 2 begins w the value 010, which is immediate precedence, Class 3 begins with the value 011, which is Flash precedenc and Class 4 begins with the value 100, which is Flash-override precedence.
NOTE The use of WRED is covered in detail later in this chapter.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Table 5-13. AF Classes and Drop Priority
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Drop Precedence
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Publisher: Low drop Cisco Press
AF11
AF21
AF31
AF41
DSCP 10
DSCP 18
DSCP 26
DSCP 34
001010
010010
011010
100010
AF12
AF22
AF32
AF42
DSCP 12
DSCP 20
DSCP 28
DSCP 36
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Medium drop
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 001100 010100 011100 100100 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. High drop
AF13
AF23
AF33
AF43
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab22scenarios thatDSCP guide30you in applying DSCP 14 DSCP DSCP 38 what you know 001110 010110 011110 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
100110
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The DSCP value can be used with Cisco IOS Software in a number of ways. It can be used with access lists CCIE Practical specify DSCP values Studies, in IP Volume packets. II leads It can CCIE be used candidates with class through mapsthe and process policy maps of preparing to mark for packets. the The CCIE lab DSCP bit exam can also by be presenting used with them CARwith to specify a series actions of challenging to perform laboratory on packets exercises. based on A their perfect DSCP values. companion DSCP can be toused the best-selling with WRED first to specify edition, which this traffic book provides to drop first coverage in a proactive of CCIE lab packet-drop exam topics scenario. Tabl not covered 5-14 shows the in Volume DSCP values I, like that the Cisco can be Catalyst set, either 3550, byroute namemaps, or by BGP, decimal Multicast, number, and and QoS. their descriptions. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references furtherCisco reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Tablefor 5-14. IOS Software's DSCP Values technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These DSCPValue practice DSCPValue Decimal comprehensive labs include alland of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Name Hexadecimal Description level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout book. af11 10 AF11— Assuredthe forwarding, low drop probability, Class 1 DSCP, and priority precedence 001010 af12
12
AF12— Assured forwarding, medium drop probability, Class 1 DSCP, and priority precedence
001100 af13
14 001110
AF13— Assured forwarding, high drop probability, Class 1 DSCP, and priority precedence
af21
18
AF21— Assured forwarding, low drop probability, Class 2 DSCP, and immediate precedence
010010 af22
20
AF22— Assured forwarding, medium drop probability, Class 2 DSCP, and immediate precedence
010100 •af23
Table22 of Contents
•
Index
AF23— Assured forwarding, high drop probability, Class 2 DSCP, and immediate precedence
010110 Examples
•
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
af31
26
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
AF31— Assured forwarding, low drop probability, Class 3 DSCP, and Flash precedence
011010 Publisher: Cisco Press af32 28 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
AF32— Assured forwarding, medium drop probability, Class 3 DSCP, and Flash precedence
011100 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 af33 Pages: 1032 30
AF33— Assured forwarding, high drop probability, Class 3 DSCP, and Flash precedence
011110 af41
34
AF41— Assured forwarding, low drop probability, Class 4 DSCP, and Flash-override precedence Gain hands-on experience 100010 for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. af42 36 AF42— Assured forwarding, medium drop probability, Class 4 DSCP, and Flash-override precedence Experience 100100 putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know af43 38 AF43— Assured forwarding, high drop probability, Class 4 DSCP,lab and Flash-override Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE exam preparationprecedence 100110 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment cs1 1 CS1 or Priority IP precedence 1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 001000 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the provides coverage of CCIE lab cs2 2 best-selling first edition, this book CS2 or Immediate IP precedence 2 exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume 010000I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. cs3 3 CS3 or Flash IP precedence 3 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 011000 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, applying the technologies in real network cs4 4 providing detailed guides toCS4 or Flash-override IP precedence 4 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 100000 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. cs5 tips and test-taking 5 CS5throughout or Critical IP 5 Study techniques are included theprecedence book. 101000 cs6
6
CS6 or Internet IP precedence 6
110000 cs7
7 111000
CS7 or Network Control IP precedence 7
default
0
The default "best-effort" value for all traffic
000000 ef
46
EF-PHB— Expedited forwarding, highest service level
101110 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
The most standard application of DSCP classification is with access lists. Example 5-22 shows two ways to • Examples use the AF DSCP value to mark all UDP voice traffic with the lowest drop probability and high precedence. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II The recommended DSCP value for voice signaling traffic is DSCP 26 or AF31. This is essentially the same a By Karl Soliethe CCIE No. 4599 , Leah No. 7220 marking traffic with the Lynch FlashCCIE IP precedence value. By marking the packets with the AF31 DSCP value, you can ensure that queuing or congestion control mechanisms, such as WFQ or WRED, will give these packets Publisher: high Cisco priority, Press recommended for voice signaling traffic, least drop probability, and you can also use other advanced to control the quality levels provided to these applications. Pubmore Date: November 07,methods 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 5-22. Using DSCP Classification to Prioritize Voice Traffic
interface Serial1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 192.168.1.2 255.255.255.252 frame-relay map ip 192.168.1.1 broadcast Experience putting concepts into148 practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip rsvp bandwidth 1158 24 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip rsvp signalling dscp 26 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting dial-peer voice 4801 potsthem with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, 4801 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. destination-pattern Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching port 2/0portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow,4901 providing dial-peer voice voip detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty destination-pattern 4901 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. session target ipv4:192.168.2.2 req-qos guaranteed-delay ip qos dscp af31 signalling
In the preceding example, the ip rsvp signalling dscp 26 command is used to assign RSVP signaling traf
the AF DSCP value of af31 (low drop/Flash). The second highlighted command, ip qos dscp af31 signalling, provides prioritized classification for voice signaling traffic, which can be used to prioritize this traffic in other parts of the network. Each of these commands allows for the two separate protocols to rece higher priorities for weighted queuing or congestion strategies during periods of congestion.
• •
NOTE Table of Contents Index
•
The act Examples of marking traffic with DSCP values by itself does not guarantee that the traffic will receive Packet marking just identifies the traffic so that you can apply QoS to4599 that,Leah traffic at other places ByKarltechniques Solie CCIE No. Lynch CCIE No. 7220 in the network. CCIE Practical Studies Volume better treatment in a II network.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Now that you have learned ways to use the DSCP values to classify traffic for congestion control, it is time ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 examine how congestion control itself works and how it is configured. Pages: 1032
Avoiding Congestion with WRED
When no congestion avoidance mechanism is in place, interfaces drop packets based on tail drop. Tail drop Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE basically means that when the queue for an interface is full, any new packets arriving for transmission on Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. that interface are dropped until the interface has enough queue space to service new packets. Another way manage network congestion is by avoiding it altogether; Weighed Random Early Detection (WRED) is designed to do just that.concepts Based oninto the practice Randomwith Early Detection (RED) algorithm, developed Experience putting lab scenarios that guide you in applying by Sally Floyd and others, WRED proactively drops packets based on the estimated average queue size, minimum queue what you know size, where no packets are dropped, and a maximum queue size, where all packets are dropped. WRED dropsLearn packets when congestion is encountered a queue to prevent a scenario called global how to build a practice lab for your on CCIE lab exam preparation synchronization. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion NOTEto the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. For more on CCIE RED, candidate check out RFC 2309 and the RED research at Combined withinformation Volume I, the will get comprehensive coveragepapers of the routing and http://ftp.ee.lbl.gov/floyd/red.html or Sally Security, Floyd's website at http://www.icir.org/floyd/. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Global synchronization occurs detailed when a network is applying congested and packets areindropped, causing all TCP end technologies follow, providing guides to the technologies real network stations simultaneously back andconcludes then retransmit thehands-on dropped lab packets, whichThese wastes network settings.to The final chapter of theoff book with five exercises. resources. During incidents global all synchronization, network will continuously frequently peak and comprehensive practice labsofinclude of the technologies andtraffic gradually increase in difficulty then because the end stations running TCP have synchronized. is designed to level.drop Theyoff present readers with scenarios similar toapplications what they will face on the actualWRED lab exam. prevent global by proactively dropping packetsthe from larger traffic flows, causing some of th Study tips and synchronization test-taking techniques are included throughout book. dominant network end stations to decrease their TCP window size and send fewer packets between acknowledgments, reducing their network utilization, making more room for smaller traffic flows and preventing further packet loss.
NOTE
The major difference between WRED and RED is that WRED weighs traffic flows based on the value of the IP Precedence field in the IP header and RED does not. With WRED, higher-priority traffic has a higher weight and is less likely to be dropped during periods of network congestion.
It is important to note that WRED works only with TCP traffic, because TCP is connection oriented, requirin flow control using windowing and acknowledgments. Because UDP, IP, and other non-IP protocols such as • Table of Contents Internetwork Packet Exchange (IPX) and AppleTalk are connectionless and do not provide a windowing • Index mechanism like TCP, they may be adversely affected by WRED. If interface congestion consists mostly of • Examples connectionless, or non-IP traffic, the WRED congestion avoidance method will not provide a benefit. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
InKarl Cisco IOS Software, you Lynch can configure an interface using WRED in two ways. The simplest way to By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 configure WRED is by enabling it on an interface using the random-detect command. After enabling WRE youPublisher: may also configure the weight for the mean queue depth calculation by using the random-detect Cisco Press exponential-weighting-constant command. This command specifies a weight to be used by WRED when Pub Date: November 07, 2003 calculating the average queue length; the default weight factor is 9: ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. random-detect exponential-weighting-constantexponent Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Acceptable exponent values range from 1 to 16 and are in the format 2^n. To configure the IP precedence Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment the values used to weigh the packets use the random-detect precedence command, which specifies the minimum and maximum WRED packet thresholds and the mark probability denominator. By default, the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the minimum threshold for an IP precedence of 0 is set to half maximum threshold for the interface. Table 5-15 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect explains the minimum and maximum thresholds and the mark probability denominator in more detail: companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty random-detect precedence precedence-value threshold level. They present readers with scenarios similarminimum-threshold to what they will facemaximum on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. [mark-probability-denominator]
Table 5-15. WRED and IP Precedence Values
Command Argument
Description
precedence-value
The specific IP precedence-value to be matched, ranging from 0 to 7.
minimumthreshold
The minimum number of packets that will be queued before packets with the specified precedence value will be randomly dropped.
The maximum number of packets that will be queued before all packets of the specifie •maximum- Table of Contents •threshold
Index
precedence value will be tail dropped.
•
Examples [mark-probability(Optional) This value represents the fraction for the amount of packets that will be denominator] dropped during periods of congestion when the average queue size is at maximum ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch 7220 before the maximum threshold has been met, one out of capacity. In CCIE otherNo. words, every 10 mark probability denominator packets will be dropped. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
You can customize WRED configurations for network applications by setting individual precedence threshol ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 The minimum and maximum packet queue sizes can be defined for each of the eight IP precedence values. Pages: 1032 You can use the mark-probability-denominator argument to change the rate at which packets are dropped. For example, the default mark-probability-denominator for a WRED interface is 10, so when t packet level is between the minimum and maximum threshold values, one out of every 10 packets will be dropped. After the maximum threshold is met, packets of this precedence value will be tail dropped. Exam 5-23 shows how WRED has been configured to limit the size of the lower-priority queues, queues 0 to 4, an Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE increase the minimum average queue size for critical (precedence 5) traffic to 35 packets. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 5-23. Using WRED IP with Precedence Experience putting concepts into and practice lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Sally-1#show run | begin Serial0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam289.22.78.1 by presenting255.255.255.0 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip address companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip covered ospf network point-to-point Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no ip mroute-cache The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and random-detect includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network random-detect precedence 0 17 40 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty random-detect precedence 1 19 40 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. random-detect precedence 2 21 40 random-detect precedence 3 23 40 random-detect precedence 4 25 40 random-detect precedence 5 35 40 20
Example 5-24 shows a before and after snapshot of the WRED parameters as seen using the show queuei random-detect command on a serial interface.
Example 5-24. Before and After the WRED Configuration Change •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Sally-1# show queueing random-detect CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Current random-detect configuration: Publisher: Cisco Press Serial0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Queueing ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 strategy: random early detection (WRED) Pages: 1032
Exp-weight-constant: 9 (1/512) Mean queue depth: 0 Class Random Tail Minimum Maximum Mark Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. drop drop threshold threshold probability 0 0 concepts 0 40 1/10 Experience putting into practice20 with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 1 0 0 22 40 1/10 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 2 0 0 24 40 1/10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 3 0 0 26 40 1/10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab them 4 exam by presenting 0 0 with a series 28 of challenging 40 laboratory 1/10 exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume Catalyst maps, BGP, 5 0 I, like the Cisco 0 313550, route40 1/10 Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching Switching, Provider lab exams. 6 portions of0the Routing and 0 33 Security, and 40 Service 1/10 The book on the CCIE lab exam and 7 begins with0 brief coverage 0 of the core 35technologies 40required 1/10 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies detailed guides 37 to applying the rsvp follow, providing 0 0 40 technologies 1/10 in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Sally-1#show practice queueing random-detect level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tipsrandom-detect and test-taking configuration: techniques are included throughout the book. Current Serial0 Queueing strategy: random early detection (WRED) Exp-weight-constant: 9 (1/512) Mean queue depth: 0
Class
• • •
Random
Tail
Minimum
Maximum
drop
drop
threshold
threshold
0
0
0
17
40
1/10
1
0
0
19
40
1/10
0
0
21
40
1/10
0
0
23
40
1/10
25
40
1/10
0
35
40
1/20
0
0
33
40
1/10
0
0
35
40
1/10
0
0
37
40
1/10
2 3
Table of Contents Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie 4 CCIE No. 4599 0 ,Leah Lynch CCIE 0 No. 7220
5 Publisher: Cisco Press
0
Mark probability
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
6
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
7
rsvp
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. As seen in the preceding example, the show queueing random-detect command displays the WRED configuration for each WRED-enabled interface, including the exponent weight constant, the number of Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying packets dropped for each precedence value, and the minimum and maximum values for each of the eight I what you know precedence values and RSVP.
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation As previously mentioned, by default WRED works with the IP precedence values to prevent high-priority packets from being dropped during periods of congestion. If the volume of traffic is high enough that an Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface still becomes congested, and the packet levels are between the minimum and maximum threshol packets of a certain precedence be candidates dropped according the configured thresholds. WRED can al CCIE Practical Studies, Volume IIvalue leadswill CCIE throughto the process of preparing for the be leveraged to work with DSCP values using the random-detect dscp-based command, as CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect shown in Example 5-25. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
NOTE The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core In the event that an interface receives a high volume of non-TCP traffic, high-priority traffic, technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network marked with IP precedence or DSCP values, may exceed the maximum thresholds, causing settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These prioritized packets to be tail dropped. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Example 5-25. Using DSCP Values with WRED
Store-148#sho run | begin Serial1 interface Serial1
no ip address encapsulation frame-relay random-detect dscp-based frame-relay lmi-type ansi •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
In the preceding example, WRED was configured so that the weight will be calculated using DSCP values By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah WRED's Lynch CCIE No. 7220 are greatly enhanced when it is used in combination with rather than IP precedence. capabilities DSCP classification. Instead of supporting the eight IP precedence queues supported by precedence-based WRED, DSCP-based Publisher: Cisco Press WRED supports all the AF- and CS-based DSCP values, and each of these queues can altered using the random-detect dscp-baseddscp-value minimum-threshold, maximum-threshold markPub Date: November 07, 2003 probability-denominator command. Example 5-26 shows the output from the show queueing command ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 after configuring DSCP-based WRED. Pages: 1032
Example 5-26. show queueing and DSCP-Based WRED Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Sally-1#show queueing Current fair queue configuration: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Interface Discard Dynamic Reserved Link Priority Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation threshold queues queues queues queues Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Serial0 64 256 37 8 1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Current DLCI by priority queue configuration: companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Current priority queue configuration: Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portionsqueue of the configuration: Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Current custom The book random-detect begins with brief configuration: coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Current includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies Serial1 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsrandom include early all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Queueing strategy: detection (WRED) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Exp-weight-constant: 9 (1/512) Mean queue depth: 0 dscp
Random drop
Tail drop
pkts/bytes af11
0/0
Minimum Maximum
pkts/bytes 0/0
33
thresh 40
thresh 1/10
Mark prob
af12
0/0
0/0
28
40
1/10
af13
0/0
0/0
24
40
1/10
af21
0/0
0/0
33
40
1/10
af22
0/0
0/0
28
40
1/10
0/0
24
40
1/10
0/0
33
40
1/10
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 af32 0/0 0/0
28
40
1/10
af33 Publisher: Cisco 0/0 Press
0/0
24
40
1/10
0/0
0/0
33
40
1/10
0/0
0/0
28
40
1/10
0/0
0/0
24
40
1/10
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
af23 af31
0/0 0/0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
af41 af42 af43
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
cs1 0/0 0/0 22 40 1/10 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies0/0 title from Cisco Press. cs2 0/0 24 40 1/10 cs3
0/0 0/0 26 40 1/10 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying cs4 what you know 0/0 0/0 28 40 1/10 cs5
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 0/0 0/0 31 40 1/10
cs6
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 0/0 0/0 33 40 1/10
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the cs7 0/0presenting them with 0/0 a series of challenging 35 40 1/10 exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by laboratory companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ef 0/0 0/0Catalyst 3550,37route maps, 40 BGP, 1/10 Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and rsvp 0/0of the Routing and 0/0 37 1/10 switching portions Switching, Security, and 40 Service Provider lab exams. default 20 40 1/10 The book begins0/0 with brief coverage0/0 of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Current per-SID configuration: technologies follow,queue providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. WRED information is also summarized with the show interface command, which displays the number of dropped packets, as shown in Example 5-27.
Example 5-27. show interface Command and WRED
Sally-1#show interface serial 0
Serial0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is PQUICC with 56k 4-wire CSU/DSU Internet address is 2.2.2.1/24 • •
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, Table of Contents
Index reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume Encapsulation HDLC, II loopback
not set
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Keepalive set (10 sec) Publisher: Cisco Press
Last input 00:00:17, output 00:00:02, output hang never Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Pages: 1032
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0 Queueing strategy: random early detection(RED) 5 minute input rate 0 0 packets/sec Gain hands-on experience forbits/sec, the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Experience putting concepts into practice with scenarios that guide you in applying 2826 packets input, 201606 bytes, 0 nolab buffer what you know Received 2821 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 1427 input errors, 99 CRC, 479 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 841 abort Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 3934 packets output, 274630 bytes, 0 underruns CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 243 interface resets companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 175 carrier transitions The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and DCD=up DSR=up DTR=up RTS=upreading. CTS=up includes suggested references for further Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. WRED alsoand includes support for RSVP.are By default has a 37-packet Study tips test-taking techniques includedWRED throughout the book. minimum average queue size for RSVP traffic, the largest of all average queue sizes. You can customize the RSVP WRED configuration by using the random-detect precedence rsvp or random-detect dscp rsvp commands to configure minimum and maximum average queue sizes.
NOTE If you are planning to use FIFO queuing on an interface running WRED and you are considering
another queuing method, such as WFQ, CQ, or PQ, in the future, you should be aware that WRED and WFQ, CQ, and PQ are all mutually exclusive technologies. After WRED has been configured, it must be removed before any other queuing method can be enabled.
WRED can also be configured to support individual traffic flows. Flow-Based RED is commonly referred to a FRED. Each flow consists of a source and destination IP address and port number. FRED monitors the state • Table of Contents information for each flow and prevents any resource-intensive flows from monopolizing the resources by • Index allocating buffers to each flow. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume To enable FRED, you mustIIfirst
enable WRED using the random-detect command, and then enable FRED using the random-detect and then, if necessary, configure the average queue depth and By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah flow Lynchcommand, CCIE No. 7220 the number of dynamic queues allowed. By default, FRED is limited to 256 flows with an average queue depth factor of 4. The average depth factor is used to scale the number of buffers available to each flow, Publisher: Cisco Press which determines how many packets permitted per queue, and is configurable using the random-detect Pub Date: November 07, 2003 flow average-depth-factor command. The depth factor can be 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16; the default average dep ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 factor is 4. Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying random-detect flow average-depth-factor depth-factor what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The maximum number of active flows is set using the random-detect flow count command. The flow cou can fromStudies, 16 to 32,768, the default value of 256 flows.the process of preparing for the CCIErange Practical Volumewith II leads CCIE candidates through CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network random-detect count flow-count settings. The finalflow chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
These FRED flow configuration tools enable you to create more granular congestion control configurations s that you can apply different congestion control actions to traffic based on DSCP values, limit the number of flows, and define the size of the queues, as shown in Example 5-28.
Example 5-28. Creating Custom WRED Configurations
Store-148#sho run | begin Serial1 interface Serial1 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay •
Table of Contents
• Indexdscp-based random-detect •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II random-detect flow ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
random-detect flow average-depth-factor 2 Publisher: Cisco Press
frame-relay lmi-type ansi Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The preceding example created three new fields in the output of the show queueing random-detect command. The mean queue depth, which is also shown when WRED is enabled, displays the average queu depth by taking an average of the minimum and maximum queue depth sizes for each queue. The Max flow count field displays the maximum number flowswith thatvolume will be permitted the current Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE LabofExam two of the with best-selling CCIEconfiguration. Th Average factor the current average depth factor configuration, and the flows field show Practical depth Studies title field from displays Cisco Press. the number of active flows, the maximum number of active flows, and the maximum number of possible active flows given the current configuration. Example 5-29 shows the output of the show queueing Experience putting concepts into practice with labconfiguration scenarios that guideearlier you in in applying random-detect command after the application of the shown Example 5-28. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Example 5-29. show queueing Command Output After Flow Configuration Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Sally-1# showby queueing random-detect interface Seriallaboratory 1 CCIE lab exam presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Current random-detect configuration: not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Serial1portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching Queueing random early detection (WRED) The book beginsstrategy: with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Exp-weight-constant: (1/512) technologies follow, providing 9detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Mean queue depth: 0 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Max count: 256 Average depththroughout factor: 2 Study tipsflow and test-taking techniques are included the book. Flows (active/max active/max): 0/0/256 dscp
af11
Random drop
Tail drop
Minimum Maximum
Mark
pkts/bytes
pkts/bytes
thresh
thresh
prob
0/0
0/0
33
40
1/10
af12
0/0
0/0
28
40
1/10
af13
0/0
0/0
24
40
1/10
af21
0/0
0/0
33
40
1/10
af22
0/0
0/0
28
40
1/10
0/0
24
40
1/10
0/0
33
40
1/10
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 af32 0/0 0/0
28
40
1/10
af33 Publisher: Cisco 0/0 Press
0/0
24
40
1/10
0/0
0/0
33
40
1/10
0/0
0/0
28
40
1/10
0/0
0/0
24
40
1/10
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
af23 af31
0/0 0/0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
af41 af42 af43
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
cs1 0/0 0/0 22 40 1/10 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies0/0 title from Cisco Press. cs2 0/0 24 40 1/10 cs3
0/0 0/0 26 40 1/10 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying cs4 what you know 0/0 0/0 28 40 1/10 cs5
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 0/0 0/0 31 40 1/10
cs6
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 0/0 0/0 33 40 1/10
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the cs7 0/0presenting them with 0/0 a series of challenging 35 40 CCIE lab exam by laboratory1/10 exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ef 0/0 0/0Catalyst 3550,37route maps, 40 BGP, Multicast, 1/10 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and rsvp 0/0of the Routing and 0/0 37 1/10 lab exams. switching portions Switching, Security, and 40 Service Provider
default 20 40 1/10CCIE lab exam and The book begins0/0 with brief coverage0/0 of the core technologies required on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty This covered severalwith ways to provide QoS to to what applications using andlab differentiated level.chapter They present readers scenarios similar they will face integrated on the actual exam. services. of the technologies areare difficult to understand the application of a queuing, shaping Study tipsMany and test-taking techniques included throughoutwithout the book. or policing mechanism to apply an actual action upon receiving a marked packet. The full benefits of a goo DiffServ design will not be seen until advanced queuing, shaping, and policing techniques are applied. The next chapter explores how DiffServ technologies can be extended and added to by applying more advanced queuing, shaping, policing, and classification techniques.
Practice Scenario The following practical scenario is provided to help reinforce some of the concepts that have been discussed in this chapter. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Lab 11: The Jetsons Meet IntServ and DiffServ • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Integrated and differentiated services provide several enhancements to today's congested ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 networks. In this practical scenario, you explore the various ways that these technologies can be used together to provide more efficient networks. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Lab Exercise Pages: 1032
In this lab scenario, you configure integrated and differentiated service to provide better VoIP quality for the users in the Jetsons network. The network used in this scenario will make use of many of the technologies in this chapter, including RSVP with DSCP classification and WRED for congestion control through the ATM WAN. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Lab Objectives Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying In this lab,you youknow complete the following objectives: what Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Use RSVP to reserve resources for VoIP traffic. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Apply DSCP marking for certain types of RSVP and voice signaling traffic. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the WREDby to presenting control congestion across the of wide-area network. CCIE Use lab exam them with a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Apply voice codecs to provide the best compression, quality, and reliability. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume CCIE candidate will get to comprehensive coverage of the routing and Refresh ATM skills I, bythe applying WRED and RSVP ATM WAN interfaces. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Configure a LightStream 1010 ATM switch for PVC connections between ATM router The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and interfaces. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Equipment Needed comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. The following needed: are included throughout the book. Study tips andequipment test-takingistechniques One LightStream ATM switch with two OC-3 modules Two Cisco routers with ATM OC-3 interfaces; one router with at least one serial interface, and the other router with one Token Ring interface One router with one Ethernet and one Token Ring interface One router with one serial and one FXS voice interface and a phone for testing
One router with one Fast Ethernet and one FXS voice interface and a phone for testing One hub or switch for Ethernet connectivity, and one multistation access unit (MSAU) for Token Ring connections
• • •
Table of Contents
NOTE Index Examples
This labStudies makesVolume use ofIIATM CCIE Practical
equipment as the wide-area core network. If you do not have ATM equipment, simulate these connections with Frame Relay. This lab also uses ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Token Ring interfaces; because Token Ring is not one of the key components for this experiment, however, you can use Ethernet in its place. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Physical Layout and Prestaging Pages: 1032
The following physical layout and prestaging needs to be completed: Cable the experience routers as shown Figure and connect thetwo ATM interfaces to the ATM Gain hands-on for theinCCIE Lab5-6, Exam with volume ofOC-3 the best-selling CCIE switch. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Figure 5-6. The Jetsons Network Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Connect the Elroy and Astro serial interfaces using back-to-back cables. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Connect the Jane and George routers to an MSAU. Connect the Judy and George routers using an Ethernet switch or hub. Connect telephones to the FXS ports on the Elroy and Judy routers. Configure the ATM switch using the information from Table 5-16.
Table 5-16. ATM PVC Configuration Router Interface
VPI VCI Switch Interface
VPI VCI
Astro ATM0
6
65
ATM1/0/2
6
65
6
66
ATM1/0/0
6
66
•Jane ATM0 Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical ATM Studies Volume IIfor Configuring switching
two PVCs is a very simple process. Just create one ATM PVC statement on one the interfaces specifying By Karl Solie CCIE No. of 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 that ATM traffic on that PVC should go to the other ATM interface connected to the remote network. Example 5-30 shows the configuration for the ATMPublisher: switch.Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Example 5-30. ATM Switch Configuration Pages: 1032
interface ATM1/0/2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE no ip address Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. atm pvc 6 65 interface ATM1/0/0 6 66 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Configure all IP addresses onlabs the that serial, ATM,the Token Ring, Ethernet interfaces as shown Take five full-blown practice mimic actual lab and exam environment in the preceding figure. Verify that all routers are able to reach their directly connected using pings. CCIE neighbor Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Lab Tasks in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Follow these steps of to the complete this lab: The book begins with Enhanced brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam Step 1. Enable Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) process 32074 onand all includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core routers, and make sure that they do not classfully summarize networks. Verify IP technologies follow, providing detailed connectivity before proceeding toguides Step 2.to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs of theconnected technologies andFXS gradually increase inElroy difficulty Step 2. Configure VoIPinclude for theall phones to the interfaces on the and level. Judy They routers present using readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual the phone numbers shown in Figure 5-5. The phones should lab exam. Study automatically tips and test-taking techniques are taken included theone book. dial each other when off throughout the hook. Use of the voice codecs that consumes the least amount of bandwidth. Verify this configuration by test calls in both directions. Step 3. Configure RSVP request and acceptance for guaranteed delay service on all VoIP traffic. Make sure all RSVP and voice signaling traffic is classified as the highest priority using DSCP marking. Do not allow an interface to use more bandwidth that 50 percent of the smallest Jetsons network interface. The largest flow should not be any larger than the flow size required for the voice codec in use. Test the configuration on both phones before continuing to Step 4. This step requires quite a few tasks to work properly.
Step 4. Enable WRED to control congestion on the serial interfaces of the Astro and Elroy routers. Each router should weigh the priority of packets based on their DSCP values; packets marked with the 000000 DSCP value should be discarded after 20 bytes, and there should be no more than default DSCP packets before WRED begins to discard them as well. •
Table of Contents
After all routers have been cabled, verify connectivity using the show cdp neighbors and show • Index ip interface brief commands. This will save a lot of time troubleshooting cabling and clock rate • Examples problems. After verifying Layer 2 connectivity, assign IP addresses to each of the routers using CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the information from Figure 5-6. After you have assigned all IP addresses, verify Layer 3 By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599directly , Leah Lynch CCIE No.networks 7220 connectivity between connected using the ping command. Then, after you have verified that all directly connected router interfaces are reachable, you are ready to proceed with thePress rest of this lab. Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Lab Walkthrough Pages: 1032
The following walkthrough shows the steps that were followed to successfully complete this practical scenario: Step 1. Enable EIGRP process 32074 on all routers, and make sure that they do not Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE classfully summarize networks. Verify IP connectivity before proceeding to Step 2. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. This step sounds a little easier than it is. In the beginning as you are enabling EIGRP routing, you may begin to notice that thewith Astro and Jane routers do not automatically Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that guide you in applying become neighbors. This is because they are connecting over a nonbroadcast multiaccess what you know (NBMA) ATM network. Two tasks must be completed before these two peers will become EIGRPhow neighbors. Learn to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - Create an ATM map list to map the Layer 2 to Layer 3 addresses and enable broadcasts, just likeIIaleads Frame Relay map statement, apply the list to for thethe CCIE Practical Studies, Volume CCIE candidates through and the process ofmap preparing ATMbysubinterface using with the map-group map-list-name command as shown in CCIE lab exam presenting them a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Example 5-31. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will getfor comprehensive Example 5-31. ATM Configuration the Astrocoverage Routerof the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Astro#show run | begin ATM technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface ATM0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no ip address Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no atm ilmi-keepalive ! interface ATM0.20 multipoint ip address 10.14.168.65 255.255.255.252
map-group atm atm pvc 20 6 65 aal5snap ! map-list atm •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip 10.14.168.66 atm-vc 20 broadcast CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah the Lynch No. 7220 The atm map-group maps IPCCIE address to the
ATM address of the interface. After you have applied the map group to the ATM subinterface, you should be able to verify the ATM configuration using Publisher: Cisco Pressthe show atm map and show atm vc commands, as shown in Example 532. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 5-32. Verifying the ATM Configuration on the Astro Router
Astro# show atm map Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Map list atm : PERMANENT ip 10.14.168.66 maps concepts to VC 20 Experience putting into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know , broadcast Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Astro#show atm vc Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment VCD / Peak Avg/Min Burst CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presentingVPI them with series ofEncaps challenging A perfect Interface Name VCI a Type SClaboratory Kbps exercises. Kbps Cells Sts companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not Multicast, and QoS. UP 0.20covered in20Volume I, like the 6 Cisco 65Catalyst PVC 3550, SNAProute maps, UBR BGP, 155000 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested create references for EIGRP furtherneighbor reading. assignment Laboratory exercises each of the - Optionally, a static using the covering EIGRP neighbor IP- core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network address interface-name interface-number command. Example 5-33 shows the EIGRP settings. The final chapter of Astro the book concludes five hands-on exercises. These configuration from the router and thewith resulting show ip lab eigrp neighbors command comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty output. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 5-33. The EIGRP Configuration for the Astro Router
Astro#show run | begin eigrp router eigrp 32074
network 10.14.168.64 0.0.0.3 network 10.148.13.8 0.0.0.7 neighbor 10.14.168.66 ATM0.20 no auto-summary •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Astro#show ip eigrp neighbors IP-EIGRP neighbors for process 32074 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 H KarlAddress Interface Publisher: Cisco Press
Hold Uptime
SRTT
(sec)
(ms)
RTO
Q
Seq Type
Cnt Num
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1
10.14.168.66 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
0
10.148.13.13
Pages: 1032
AT0.20
13 00:18:05 1264
Se0
13 00:19:28
1
5000
0
7
200
0
8
S
Step 2. Configure VoIP for the phones connected to the FXS interfaces on the Elroy and Gain hands-on experience forphone the CCIE Lab Exam with volume5-6. twoThe of the best-selling Judy routers using the numbers shown in Figure phones should CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. automatically dial each other when taken off the hook. Use one of the voice codecs that consumes the least amount of bandwidth. Verify this configuration by test calls in both directions. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know This step requires most of the same principles applied in all the other VoIP examples so far: configuring two dial peers; and setting destination patterns, session targets, ports, Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation and codecs. The least resource-intensive voice codec is one of the g.723 codecs. The only difference in this configuration isthat the automatic configuration. This is easily Take five full-blown practice labs mimic the dial actual lab exam environment accomplished using the connection plar dial-string command under the voice port. ExampleStudies, 5-34 shows the VoIP configuration for thethrough Judy router. This example also shows CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process of preparing for the thatexam two calls were successfully placed. Youofcan display active call summary information CCIE lab by presenting them with a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect by using to the show call active command onprovides both routers. companion the best-selling first voice edition, this book coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions 5-34. of the Routing Switching, Security, Service labJudy exams. Example VoIP and Configuration and and Test DataProvider for the
Router
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Judy#show run | begin voice-port comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. voice-port 2/0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. connection plar 5554668 ! voice-port 2/1 !
dial-peer voice 5558810 pots destination-pattern 5558810 port 2/0 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
dial-peer voice 5554668 voip •
Examples
destination-pattern 5554668
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bysession Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 target ipv4:10.148.13.13
codec g723ar63 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Astro#ISBN: show1-58705-072-2 call active voice Pages: 1032
Telephony call-legs: 1 SIP call-legs: 0 H323 call-legs: 1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from voice Cisco Press. Judy#show call title active Telephony call-legs: 1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know SIP call-legs: 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation H323 call-legs: 1 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Step 3. Configure RSVPthem request acceptance for guaranteed delay service on all VoIP CCIE lab exam by presenting withand a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect traffic.toMake sure all RSVP and voice this signaling traffic is classified the highest priority companion the best-selling first edition, book provides coverage as of CCIE lab exam topics using DSCP marking. not allow any interface to usemaps, more BGP, bandwidth that and 50 percent not covered in Volume I, likeDo the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route Multicast, QoS. of the smallest Jetsons network interface. The largest flow should coverage be no larger than the flow Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the routing and size portions requiredof forthe theRouting voice codec in use. Test the configuration onProvider both phones before switching and Switching, Security, and Service lab exams. continuing to Step 4. This step requires quite a few tasks to work properly. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core First enable RSVPdetailed on all interfaces the the reserved bandwidth of 772 bps, which technologies- follow, providing guides to using applying technologies in real network is 50 percent of the smallest interface bandwidth of a serial interface. The largest settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These reservable flow should not be greater than 18 bps, the rate of the voice codec. And comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty all RSVP signaling traffic should be marked with the EF DSCP value. This can all be level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. accomplished using two commands: ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18, and ip rsvp Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. signalling dscp 46. - Next, you need to configure all voice traffic to request and accept guaranteed delay service from the network. This requires only two configuration tasks: entering the req-qos guaranteed-delay, acc-qos guaranteed-delay, and ip qos dscp ef signalling commands in the dial-peer configuration for the remote peer on both the Elroy and Judy routers. Example 5-35 shows the RSVP configuration for the Elroy router.
Example 5-35. Elroy VoIP RSVP Configuration
Elroy#show run | begin Serial1 interface Serial1 •
Table of Contents 10.148.13.13 255.255.255.248 • ip addressIndex •
Examples
fair-queue 64 256 26 II CCIE Practical Studies Volume ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18
Cisco Press ip Publisher: rsvp signalling dscp 46 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
voice-port 2/0 connection plar 5558810 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. voice-port 2/1 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know dial-peer voice 5554668 pots Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation destination-pattern 5554668 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment port 2/0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered voice in Volume I, like voip the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. dial-peer 5558810 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the 5558810 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. destination-pattern The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and session target ipv4:172.17.15.6 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network req-qos guaranteed-delay settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty acc-qos controlled-load level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. codectips g723ar63 ip qos dscp ef signalling
You can verify this step by using the show ip rsvp reservation detail command on the Elroy router. This command should display data similar to that shown in Example 5-36.
Example 5-36. show ip rsvp reservation detail Command Output from the Elroy Router
Elroy#show ip rsvp reservation detail • RSVP Reservation. Table of Contents Destination is 10.148.13.13, Source is 172.17.15.6, •
Index is UDP, Destination port is 16394, Source port is 19344 • Protocol Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Reservation Style is Fixed-Filter, QoS Service is Guaranteed-Rate
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Average Bitrate is 18K bits/sec, Maximum Burst is 80 bytes Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Min Policed Unit: 40 bytes, Max Pkt Size: 40 bytes ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Resv ID 1032 handle: 0000B801. Pages: Policy: Forwarding. Policy source(s): Default RSVP Reservation. Destination is 172.17.15.6, Source is 10.148.13.13, Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Protocol is UDP, Destination port is 19344, Source port is 16394 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Next Hop is 10.148.13.10, Interface is Serial1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Reservation Style is Fixed-Filter, QoS Service is Guaranteed-Rate what you know Average Bitrate is a18K bits/sec, Maximum is 80 bytes Learn how to build practice lab for your CCIEBurst lab exam preparation five full-blown practice that mimic the40 actual lab exam environment MinTake Policed Unit: 40 bytes,labs Max Pkt Size: bytes CCIE Practical Studies,0000BA01. Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Resv ID handle: CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Policy: to Forwarding. Policy source(s): Default not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Step 4. Next, enable WRED to control congestion on the serial interfaces of the Astro and The book begins withEach briefrouter coverage of the core technologies requiredbased on the exam and Elroy routers. should weigh the priority of packets onCCIE theirlab DSCP includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core values; packets marked with the 000000 DSCP value should be discarded after 20 bytes, technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network and there should be no more than default DSCP packets before WRED begins to discard settings. The them asfinal well.chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. This Theycommand present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on and the actual laba exam. only requires two tasks: enabling DSCP-based WRED creating limit Study for tipspackets and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. with the default DSCP value. The WRED configuration for the Elroy router is shown in Example 5-37.
Example 5-37. WRED Configuration for the Elroy Router
Elroy#show run | begin Serial1
interface Serial1 ip address 10.148.13.13 255.255.255.248 random-detect dscp-based random-detect dscp 0 20 30 •
Table of Contents 772 18 • ip rsvp bandwidth Index •
Examples
ip Practical rsvp signalling dscp CCIE Studies Volume II
46
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Cisco Press As aPublisher: final WRED configuration step, you can verify the WRED default DSCP values using the Pub Date: November 07, 2003 show queueing random-detect | begin default command, as shown in Example 5-38. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 5-38. Verifying the WRED Configuration on the Elroy Router
Elroy# Gain hands-on show queueing experience random-detect for the CCIE Lab | begin Exam with default volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. default 0/0 0/0 20 30 1/10 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build practice lab for your CCIE Example 5-39 shows theacomplete configurations for lab thisexam lab. preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 5-39. The Complete for Lab 5 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads Configurations CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Elroy Router Configuration Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Serial1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes ip address suggested 10.148.13.13 references 255.255.255.248 for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. random-detect The final dscp-based chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. random-detect They presentdscp readers 0 20 with 30 scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 ip rsvp signalling dscp 46 ! router eigrp 32074 network 10.148.13.8 0.0.0.7
no auto-summary no eigrp log-neighbor-changes ! voice-port 2/0 •
Table of Contents
• connectionIndex plar 5558810 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ! ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
voice-port 2/1 !
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 dial-peer voice 5554668 pots Pages: 1032
destination-pattern 5554668 port 2/0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. dial-peer voice 5558810 voip destination-pattern 5558810 into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts what you know session target ipv4:172.17.15.6 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation req-qos guaranteed-delay Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment acc-qos controlled-load CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labg723ar63 exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect codec companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip covered qos dscp ef signalling Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ________________________________________________________________ The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Astro Router Configuration includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface Serial0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip address 10.148.13.10 255.255.255.248 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. random-detect dscp-based random-detect dscp 0 20 30 clockrate 1300000 ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 !
interface ATM0 no ip address no atm ilmi-keepalive ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface ATM0.20 multipoint CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byip Karladdress Solie CCIE 10.14.168.65 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 255.255.255.252
map-group atmPress Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
atm pvc 20 6 65 aal5snap ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 ! router eigrp 32074 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from 0.0.0.3 Cisco Press. networkStudies 10.14.168.64 network 10.148.13.8 0.0.0.7 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor 10.14.168.66 ATM0.20 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no auto-summary !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the map-list atm by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered 10.14.168.66 atm-vc not in Volume I, like 20 thebroadcast Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ________________________________________________________________ switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Jane Router Configuration The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesTokenRing0 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 10.82.16.22 comprehensive practice labs 255.255.255.248 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ring-speed Study tips and16 test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 ! interface ATM0 no ip address
no atm ilmi-keepalive ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 ! interface ATM0.20 multipoint • • •
Table of Contents
ip address 10.14.168.66 255.255.255.252 Index
Examples
map-group atm
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byatm Karl Solie 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 pvc CCIE 20 6No.66 aal5snap
ipPublisher: rsvp bandwidth 772 18 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router eigrp 32074 network 10.14.168.64 0.0.0.3 network 10.82.16.16 0.0.0.7 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 10.14.168.65 ATM0.20 no auto-summary Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation map-list atm Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip 10.14.168.65 atm-vc 20 broadcast CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ________________________________________________________________ CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics George Router Configuration not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Ethernet0/0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip book address 172.17.15.3 255.255.255.248 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, providing settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface TokenRing0/0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 10.82.16.17 255.255.255.248 ring-speed 16 ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 !
router eigrp 32074 network 10.82.16.16 0.0.0.7 network 172.17.15.0 0.0.0.7 no auto-summary •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ Judy Router Configuration CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface FastEthernet0
ipPublisher: address 172.17.15.6 255.255.255.248 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip rsvp bandwidth 772 18 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip rsvp signalling dscp 46 ! router eigrp 32074 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. networkStudies 172.17.15.0 0.0.0.7 no auto-summary Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation voice-port 2/0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment connection plar 5554668 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics voice-port not covered in2/1 Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. dial-peer voice 5558810 pots The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core destination-pattern 5558810 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These port 2/0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. dial-peer voice 5554668 voip destination-pattern 5554668 session target ipv4:10.148.13.13 req-qos guaranteed-delay
acc-qos controlled-load codec g723ar63 ip qos dscp ef signalling
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Further Reading RFC 1122, Requirements for Internet Hosts—Communication Layers, by Robert Braden. •
Table of Contents
RFC 1349, Type of Service in the Internet Protocol Suite , by Philip Almquist. • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
RFC 2205, Resource ReSerVation Protocol (RSVP)—Version 1 Functional Specification , by Bob By Karl Solie CCIEZhang, No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Braden, Lixia Steve Berson, Shai Herzog, and Sugih Jamin. Publisher: Cisco Press
RFC 2309, Recommendations on Queue Management and Congestion Avoidance in the Internet , Pub Date: November 07, 2003 by Craig Partridge, Larry Peterson, K. K. Ramakrishna, Scott Shaker, John Wroclawski, and Lixia ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Zhang. Pages: 1032
RFC 2474, Definition of the Differentiated Services Field (DS Field) in the IPv4 and IPv6 Headers , by Kathleen Nichols, Steven Blake, Fred Baker, and David L. Black. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE RFC 2475, An Architecture for Differentiated Services, by Steven Blake, David L. Black, Mark A. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Carlson, Elwyn Davies, Zheng Wang, and Walter Weiss. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying RFC 2597, Assured Forwarding PHB Group , by Juha Heinanen, Fred Baker, Walter Weiss, and what you know John Wroclawski. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation RFC 2598, An Expedited Forwarding PHB, by Van Jacobson, Kathleen Nichols, and Kedarnath Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Poduri. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting a series of challenging exercises. A perfect RFC 2697, A Single Rate Threethem Colorwith M arker, by Juha Heinanen laboratory and Roch Guerin. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with VolumeVoIP I, thetoCCIE candidate willNetwork get comprehensive coverage Douskalis, Bill. Putting Work, Softswitch Design and Testing . of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Douskalis, Bill. IPwith Telephony. The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Huston, Internet Performance Guide. settings.Geoff. The final chapter of the bookSurvival concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Ibe, Oliver C. Converged Network Architectures. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 6. QoS — Rate Limiting and Queuing Traffic • Table Contents discussed router performance management, equipment-quality The preceding twoofchapters • Index management, ATM quality of service (QoS), Layer 3 switching methods, compression, applying end-to-end QoS • Examples with integrated services, and marking traffic priority with differentiated services. AfterPractical CCIE you have Studies applied Volume these II QoS methods, you then need to consider the most effective queuing mechanism for each specific traffic type. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. Each 7220 interface uses some type of queuing; the type you decide to use will depend on the amount of control over traffic your service policies require, the link bandwidth, and the traffic-quality requirements. This chapter discusses various queuing Publisher: Cisco Press methods and their application, including the following: Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
First-In, First-Out Queuing Pages: 1032 Weighted Fair Queuing Priority Queuing Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Custom Queuing Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. After covering "the basic four" queuing types, this chapter explores more advanced traffic shaping, queuing, policing, and marking technologies, such as the following: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Generic traffic shaping Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Class-based shaping CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the policing CCIE Traffic lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Low Latency Queuing not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Setting IP RTPofPriority switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Usingbegins committed access rate to of enforce traffic policy The book with brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The Basics: FIFO Queuing First-in, first-out (FIFO) queuing is the default queuing strategy that applies to all interfaces with more than 2 Mbps, or, in other words, E1 size or greater interfaces. With the FIFO Queuing strategy, packets are forwarded through the interface in the order that they are received. For • Table of Contents example,Figure 6-1 shows three traffic conversations, or flows. Conversation A consists of • Index Telnet packets that are approximately 64 bytes; packets in conversation B are from a network • Examples application, and range from 750 and 1020 bytes; and packets from conversation C are HTTP web CCIE Practical Studies Volume II traffic packets, which are approximately 1500 bytes. When these three host stations send packets during periods of low network traffic By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220utilization, all three conversations should be successful; if these same three conversations take place during a period of high network utilization, however, packets from conversation C will be interspersed between the much smaller Publisher: Cisco Press packets from the A and B conversations, which could potentially cause jittery behavior from the Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Telnet session. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 6-1. Example of FIFO Queuing Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment In most situations, when network application traffic is within the line interface limits, there are CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIEwhen candidates through the process of preparing usually no problems running FIFO Queuing; an interface begins to encounter periodsfor of the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect high congestion, or has a high concentration of larger-sized packets, however, FIFO Queuing companion the best-selling firstthat edition, this book provides of CCIEthat lab exam topics might pose to problems to protocols use smaller packet sizescoverage or applications are not not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. tolerant of network delay. Real-time applications, such as voice and video applications, are also Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate get comprehensive of the routing highly sensitive to serialization delay, the timewill it takes an interface to coverage serialize packets; theseand switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. applications typically do not run well when interspersed with other data traffic on low-speed serial interfaces. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested further reading. Laboratory exercises covering limitations, each of the or core Therefore, when an references interface isfor consistently meeting or exceeding its bandwidth in technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network environments where networks experience frequent traffic bursts, a more advanced queuing settings. Themight final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These mechanism be required. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Weighed Fair Queuing Based on the min-max fair-share algorithm, Weighed Fair Queuing ( WFQ) is the default queuing method for interfaces with bandwidth less than E1 speed (2048 kbps). • of Contents The min-maxTable fair-share algorithm allocates resources based on demand in a round-robin • IndexWith the min-max fair-share algorithm, smaller packets are transmitted before queuing system. larger packets. • Examples Packets waiting to be transmitted are queued, based on an equation that takes the capacity CCIE Practical Studies of available Volumeresource II bandwidth and divides it by the number of packets waiting to be queued: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
One thing that sets the Cisco WFQ algorithm apart from the min-max fair-share algorithm is that WFQ bases its weight measurement on the value of the IP Precedence field from the IP header. The WFQ algorithm attempts to use this to fairly balance the load between large and small packets by weighing the packet size and considering the precedence of the packet. For a packet with an IP precedence value of 0, the default routine precedence, the weight is found using the Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE following formula: Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Table 6-1 shows the values used to generate weight values based on IP precedence values. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Table 6-1. Table companion to the best-selling first edition, this Weight book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume comprehensive coverage of the routing and IP Precedence Value I, the CCIE candidate will get Weight switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 0 32,768 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 1 16,384 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 2 10,923 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 3 8192 and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 4 6554 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 5 5461 6
4681
7
4096
NOTE In earlier versions of Cisco IOS Software, prior to IOS Release 12.0(5)T, weight was calculated using a different base value. To find the weight value for older Cisco IOS versions, replace the 32768 value with 4096, as shown here:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
WeightCisco = 4096 Publisher: Press
( IP Precedence + 1)
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
When stations communicate using source and destination IP addresses, IP protocols, and TCP or Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE two of the best-selling CCIE are UDP port numbers, this is considered a Lab flow.Exam WFQ with usesvolume two flow types: active flows, which Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. active conversations with packets waiting to be transmitted; and inactive flows, which are new conversations that have not been seen before, or idle flows from completed conversations. During the WFQ process, packet size is noted when new packets arrive. If the IP flow that they Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying belong to is new, a rounded packet size is also used. Together, the packet size, the rounded what you know packet size, and the value of the IP Precedence field are used to generate a sequence number. LowerLearn sequence numbers transmitted first. CCIE After lab the exam weightpreparation has been found, a sequence how to build a are practice lab for your number is generated for each packet waiting to be queued. Note that the IP precedence value for a flowTake is considered only for the first packet in a flow; subsequent packets use the weight of the five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment first packet: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling CCIE lab exam topics Sequence number for inactivefirst flowedition, this book provides coverage SN = (P of * W) +R not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Sequence with number for active SN = W + RN of the routing and Combined Volume I, the flow CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. SN = Sequence Number The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and P =book Packet size (bytes) includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies W = Weight follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty R = Rounded packet size level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. RN = tips Sequence number oftechniques last packetare in included an activethroughout flow Study and test-taking the book.
Figure 6-2 shows how the packets from different flows are queued and forwarded using WFQ. In this example, there are flows from four conversations: conversation A, with two 1024-byte packets with an IP precedence value of one, labeled A1 and A2; conversation B, with three 64byte packets with the default IP precedence value of 0; conversation C, with four 64-byte packets with an IP precedence of 5; and conversation D, with one 768-byte packet with an IP precedence value of 0. The packets arrive at the WFQ router in the order shown on the right side of the figure: C-1, A-1, B-1, B-2, C-2, C-3, C-4, A-2, B-3, and D-1. Because packet C-1 arrives
at the WFQ router first, it is the first packet for which the sequence number needs to be calculated. Packet C-1 is assigned a sequence number of 35,010, by applying the inactive flow formula shown in Example 6-1.
Example 6-1. Math Behind WFQ and the C Packets •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Packets C-1Examples is 64 bytes with IP Precedence = 5 • CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Weight = 32768/5+1 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 2003 Weight = 07, 5461 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
SN1032 = (64 Pages:
x 5461) + 60
SN = 349504 + 60 SN = 349564 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Packet C-2 is 64 bytes Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying = know 5461 + 349564 whatSN you SNhow = 355025 Learn to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Packet C-3 is 64 bytes: CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. CombinedSN with the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and = Volume 5461 + I, 355025 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. SN = 360486 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The is final64chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Packet C-4 bytes: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. SN = 5461 + 360486 SN = 365947
Figure 6-2. Weighted Fair Queuing Diagram
•
Table of Contents
•
Index In this example, packet C-1, a 64-byte packet with an IP precedence value of 5, is assigned a • Examples weight of 5461. The weight for this example is found by applying the Weight = 32,768 / CCIE Practical Studies Volume II (Precedence + 1) formula, and the sequence number is found by using the SN = (P * W) + R formula By Karl Solie forCCIE inactive No. 4599 flows , Leah mentioned Lynch CCIE earlier No. 7220 in this chapter. Any new packets that arrive for the C conversation will use the SN = W + RN formula to calculate the sequence number for an active flow. The sequence Publisher: Cisco Pressnumbers for packets C-2, C-3, and C-4 are found using the active flow formula just mentioned. The next packet, packet C-2, uses the weight and sequence number Pub Date: November 07, 2003 from packet C-1, W = 5461 and RN = 349,564 to yield a new sequence number of 355,025 for ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 packet C-2. Example 6-2 shows how the sequence number is found for packet A-1 and A-2. Pages: 1032
Example 6-2. Calculating the Sequence Number for Packets A-1 and A2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Packet A-1 is 1024 bytes with IP Precedence =
0
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying = 32768/0+1 whatWeight you know Weight 32768 Learn how to=build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation = full-blown (1024 x 32768) 1000 TakeSN five practice +labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the SN = Studies, 33554432 + 1000 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics SNto=the 33555432 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Packet A-2 is 1024: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These SN =final 32768 + 33555432 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. SNpresent = 33588200 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Because the A conversation is a new flow, the WFQ router calculates the sequence number for packet A-1 using the inactive flow formula, which yields a weight of 32,768, and a sequence number of 33,555,432. The weight and sequence number from packet A-1 is used to help find the sequence number for packet A-2, using the active flow formula, SN = W + RN, or 32,768 + 33,555,432 = 33,588,200. Packet B-1, a new flow, uses the inactive flow formula, and packets B-2 and B-3 use the active flow formula shown in Example 6-3.
Example 6-3. Finding the Sequence Number for Packets B-1, B-2, and B-3
Packets B-1Table is of 64Contents bytes with IP Precedence = 0 • •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Weight = 32768
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
SN = (64 x 32768) + 60 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: SNNovember = 2097152 07, 2003 +
60
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
SN1032 = 2097212 Pages:
Packet B-2 is 64 bytes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. SN = 32768 + 2097212 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying = know 2129980 whatSN you Packet B-3how is to 64build bytes: Learn a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical SN = Studies, 32768 +Volume 2129980 II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion SNto=the 2162748 best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The sequence book begins with brief coverage the core technologies on the CCIE lab exam and The number for packet D isofshown next, in Examplerequired 6-4. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The6-4. final chapter of the Number book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example Sequence for Packet D-1 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Packet D-1 is 768 bytes with IP Precedence = 0
Weight = 32768 SN = (768 x 32768) + 700
SN = 25165824 + 700 SN = 25166524
When all theTable information from the last few packets is put together, you end up with the outcome • of Contents shown in Table 6-2. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Table 6-2. Order in Which Packets Are Transmitted Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Packet Name
Sequence Number
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
C-1
Pages: 1032
349,564
C-2
355,025
C-3
360,486
C-4 365,947 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE B-1 2,097,212 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. B-2
2,129,980
lab scenarios that guide you in applying B-3 Experience putting concepts into practice with 2,162,748 what you know D-1 25,166,524 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation A-1 33,555,432 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment A-2 33,588,200 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect The sequence numbers in the preceding table applied to each packetofas it is lab scheduled for companion to the best-selling first edition, thisare book provides coverage CCIE exam topics transmission the WFQ interface, andCatalyst packets 3550, are transmitted in order of smallest to QoS. greatest not covered inonVolume I, like the Cisco route maps, BGP, Multicast, and sequence as shown Figure 6-3. The smaller packets with higher priority and smaller Combinednumber, with Volume I, theinCCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and sequence transmitted first, whereas larger packets with routine priority and larger switching number portions are of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. sequence number must wait for smaller packets to be transmitted. WFQ excels in environments The book begins with brief coverage of the technologies required lab exam and where there are conversations consisting ofcore smaller packets or packetson of the highCCIE IP precedence includes suggested references forspeeds further(Telnet reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core requiring real-time transmission packets, for instance). technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They presentFigure readers with similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 6-3.scenarios Transmit Order for WFQ Packets Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
As mentioned earlier, WFQ is the default queuing method on interfaces E1 size or smaller. If WFQ has been disabled, you can easily re-enable it by using the fair-queue command. Table 63 shows the fair-queue command arguments and their descriptions.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
fair-queue [congestive-discard-threshold] [dynamic-queues] [reservable-queues]
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Table 6-3. fair-queue Command Arguments
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 Argument
Description
congestive-discardthreshold
(Optional) The number of packets allowed in each queue. Range from 1 to 4096.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab discard Exam with volume Default congestive threshold is two 64. of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. dynamic-queues (Optional) The number of dynamic queues that can be created. range 0 towith 4096lab in scenarios powers ofthat 2 beginning with 16 (16, 32, Experience putting Values concepts into from practice guide you in applying 64, 128,256, 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096). what you know defaultlab number of dynamic is 256. Learn how to build The a practice for your CCIE lab queues exam preparation reservable-queues When RSVP hasthe been enabled, the number of reservable Take five full-blown(Optional) practice labs that mimic actual lab exam environment queues can be configured. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Rangethem fromwith 0 toa1000. CCIE lab exam by presenting series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics By default, there are no reservable queues. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. To enable WFQ with the default queue sizes, you can just type the fair-queue command with no The book begins with brief coverage thethe core technologies required on theand CCIE lab exam and arguments, and WFQ will be enabledof with default queue size of packets 256 dynamic includes To suggested further the reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of theTo core queues. remove references WFQ, whichfor changes queuing method to FIFO, type no fair-queue. technologies follow, providing detailed applyinguse thethe technologies in real command. network The view the current queuing method in useguides on an to interface, show interface settings. The final chapter of theshown book earlier concludes with five lab exercises. These 6-5. individual queuing values were in Table 6-3 hands-on and are highlighted in Example comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are Configuration included throughout the book. Example 6-5. Display Queuing
Vacation#show interface serial 0/1 Serial0/1 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is PowerQUICC Serial
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255 Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set Keepalive set (10 sec) • • •
Table of Contents
Last input 00:00:09, output 00:00:03, output hang never Index
Examples
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Soliequeue: CCIE No. 0/75/0 4599, Leah(size/max/drops); Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Input
Total output drops: 0
Queueing strategy: weighted fair Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Conversations
0/1/256 (active/max active/max total)
Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated)
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. To limit the display of queuing information, you can also use the show queueing interface command, which shows queuing information for a particular interface. As shown in Example 6-6, Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying this command displays the same queuing information as is available using the show interface what you know command. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 6-6. showpractice queueing interface Take five full-blown labs that mimic theCommand actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to thequeueing best-selling first edition, this book Vacation#show interface serial 0/1 provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Input queue: 0/75/0 (size/max/drops); Total output drops: 0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Queueing strategy: weighted fair The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for (size/max further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Outputsuggested queue: 0/1000/64/0 total/threshold/drops) technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludesactive/max with five hands-on Conversations 0/1/256 (active/max total)lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Reserved They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated) Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
When the show queueing command is used without any arguments, it displays all the queuing methods in use on each interface in a router and the queuing configurations. When the fair argument is used with this command, the output displays only information about WFQ, as show inExample 6-7.
NOTE Theshow queueing command does not display all queuing information for FIFO Queuing; this information is shown using the show interface command.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index Example 6-7. show queueing Command •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Vacation#show queueing Publisher: Cisco Press
Current fair queue configuration: Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Interface
Pages: 1032
Serial0/0
Discard
Dynamic
Reserved
threshold
queue count
queue count
64
256
0
Gain hands-on experience 64 for the CCIE Lab two of the best-selling CCIE Serial0/1 256Exam with volume 0 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Serial0/2 64 256 0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Current priority queue configuration: what you know Current custom queue configuration: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Current configuration: Takerandom-detect five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Router#show fair II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Practical queueing Studies, Volume CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Current fair queue configuration: companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Interface Discard Dynamic Reserved Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. threshold queue count queue count The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Serial0/0 64 for further 256 0 includes suggested references reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Serial0/1 256 settings. The final chapter 64 of the book concludes with five0 hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Serial0/2 256 0 they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They present readers64 with scenarios similar to what Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Sometimes, certain applications require real-time transmission speeds or are intolerant of the delays incurred by queuing traffic. If this is the case, you might need to remove WFQ or tune the queue sizes. Example 6-8 shows how the queue size on the Boston router is changed so that there are only 32 possible dynamic queues, and each queue will only hold 48 packets.
Example 6-8. Boston Router Queuing Configuration
Boston(config)#interface serial 0/1 Boston(config-if)# fair-queue 48 32 •
Table of Contents
Boston(config-if)#^Z • Index •
Examples
Boston# showStudies interface serial 0/1 CCIE Practical Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Serial0/1 is up, line protocol is up Publisher: Cisco Hardware is Press PowerQUICC Serial Pub Date: November 07, 2003
MTU ISBN: 15001-58705-072-2 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, Pages: 1032
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255 Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set Keepalive set (10 sec) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Last input 00:00:05, output 00:00:07, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters Experience putting concepts into practice with labnever scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Input queue: 0/75/0 (size/max/drops); Total output drops: 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Queueing strategy: weighted fair Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Output queue: 0/1000/48/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Conversations 0/0/32 (active/max active/max total) companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated) Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 5 minute inputofrate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec The begins with rate brief coverage of the0core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 5 book minute output 0 bits/sec, packets/sec includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides 455 packets input, 26845 bytes, 0 to noapplying buffer the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs include 0allrunts, of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Receivedpractice 455 broadcasts, 0 giants, 0 throttles level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study 3tips and test-taking are included throughout the book. input errors, 0 techniques CRC, 3 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort 457 packets output, 31892 bytes, 0 underruns 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 7 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out 2 carrier transitions
DCD=up
• • •
DSR=up
DTR=up
RTS=up
CTS=up
NOTE Table of Contents Index
Before changing queue sizes, always perform a detailed traffic analysis and test the Examples configuration to avoid causing production-network problems.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
As you learned the preceding chapter, WFQ is required to run other QoS features, such as Publisher: Cisco in Press WRED and Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP). WFQ is also the foundation of Low Latency Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Queuing (LLQ) and Class-Based Weighted Fair queuing (CBWFQ), so it is important to ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 understand how WFQ and traffic-classification and marking technologies work. Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Priority Queuing When situations call for a queuing scheme that allows certain applications to have priority over all others, Priority Queuing (PQ) should be considered. PQ has four queues, each with a different priority; packets from each queue are forwarded after the queue with the highest priority has • Table Contents emptied. With PQ,ofyou have four queue priorities: High, Medium, Normal, and Low. Within each • Index queue, packets are forwarded on a first-in, first-out basis. Keep in mind a few things when using • Examples PQ: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
The queue size does not necessarily affect the amount of forwarding time that packets in that queue receive. The limit of the queue size for PQ is configured in packets. Each queue Publisher: CiscoinPress is served order of priority. The High priority queue is always served first; then, if the Pub Date: Novemberqueue 07, 2003 High priority is empty, the Medium queue is emptied. Anytime a packet is received in ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 the High queue, that queue is emptied before processing any other queues. After the Medium priority queue is emptied, if there are not any packets in the High priority queue, Pages: 1032 the Normal queue is emptied. Finally, if the High, Medium, and Normal queues are empty, the Low priority queue is emptied. So, there is a possibility that when PQ is in use, packets in lower-priority queues will not be forwarded in a timely manner, adding delay for applications with packets that use the lower-priority protocols, causing network applications to time out. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. If a packet does not match any of the configured queues, that packet goes to the default queue, which is the Normal queue. You can change the default queue, as shown later in this chapter. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know PQ is not dynamic; it does not adjust to network patterns. When PQ is in use, it is a good idea periodically baselines traffic to make sure that the Learntohow to build aperform practicenetwork lab for your CCIEand lab analyze exam preparation queue sizes and protocol distributions are configured correctly to handle traffic at peak times. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Table 6-4 shows how each of the queues is serviced. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II four leadspriority CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Table 6-4. Priority Queues switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Queue
Description
High
Packets arriving in the High priority queue are serviced immediately. After the High priority queue has been emptied, the Medium, Normal, and Low priority queues are serviced. If at any time packets arrive for the High priority queue, they are forwarded before any other queue receives service, until the High priority queue has been emptied.
•
Table of Contents
The default size of the High priority queue is 20 packets.
•
Index
•Medium After Examples the High priority queue has been emptied, the Medium queue is serviced. If any CCIE Practical packets Studiesarrive Volumefor II
the High priority queue while the Medium priority queue is forwarding, the packets in the ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. High 7220 priority queue are forwarded first, until the queue is empty, and then the Medium queue receives attention again. Publisher:The Cisco Press default
size of the Medium priority queue is 40 packets.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Normal there are no packets in the High or Medium queues, the Normal queue is serviced. ISBN:If1-58705-072-2 If packets arrive in the High or Medium queues, they are forwarded in order of High Pages: 1032 to Medium, and after those queues have emptied, packets in the Normal queue are forwarded. The default size of the Normal priority queue is 60 packets. By default, all unspecified traffic assigned the Normal queue; however, Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE LabisExam with to volume two of priority the best-selling CCIE you cantitle change behavior Practical Studies from this Cisco Press. by using the default argument. Low
Packets in the Low priority queue are forwarded if all the other queues are empty. If a packet arrives in any of the other queues, queues are cleared in order of Experience putting concepts into practice with labthose scenarios that guide you first in applying until they are empty, and then the Low priority queue is serviced again. what priority, you know default size of the Low 80exam packets. LearnThe how to build a practice labpriority for yourqueue CCIE is lab preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Figure 6-4 shows how packets are queued when PQ is in effect. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Figure 6-4. Priority Queuing Diagram Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the technologies inYou realcan network To configure PQ, youproviding use the priority-list command to create a priority list. configure settings. The final priority chapter lists. of the book concludes five queues: hands-onHigh, lab exercises. These and up to 16 different Each list contains with the four Medium, Normal, comprehensive practice labs all of thequeues technologies gradually increase inprotocol, difficulty Low. Packets are assigned to include one of the four based and on their characteristics: level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they willdefined face onin the actual labfour exam. ingress interface, packet size, and so on. Traffic that has not been one of the Study tips and to test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.otherwise, is the Normal queues is sent the default queue, which, unless explicitly configured queue.Table 6-5 shows the priority-list command, its arguments, keywords, and their descriptions.
Table 6-5. priority-list Command and Descriptions
Command
Argument
Description
priority-list list-number default {high | medium normal | low}
None
Defines the default queue for the specified priority queue list number. The default queue is where packets that do not match any other statement are sent.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
• priority-list Examples None CCIE Practical Studies Volume II list-number
interface By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interfacenumber {high | Publisher: Cisco Press medium | normal | Pub Date: November 07, 2003 low}
If unspecified, the default queue is the Normal queue. Specifies that any traffic from the particular ingress interface is the traffic to be prioritized and the queue that those packets should be assigned to.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
priority-list Pages: 1032 list-number protocol argument
arp{high | medium | normal | low} [gt framesize | ltframe-size]
Specifies the ARP protocol. Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low queue.
(Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE than the specified ARP frame size, ranging Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying the specified ARP frame size, ranging from 0 what you know to 65,535. Learn how to build a practice for your lab exam preparation bridge {highlab | medium | CCIESpecifies transparent bridging protocols. normal | low} [gt frameTake five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low size | listaccess-listqueue. ltleads frame-size] CCIE Practical Studies,number Volume| II CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect (Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics than the specified frame size, ranging from not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 0 to 65,535. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, andlist Service Provider lab exams. (Optional) specifies an associated access list (200-299) should be used for The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and traffic designations. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the lt technologies in real size network (Optional) specifies a frame less than settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies 65,535.and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
bstun{high | medium | normal | low} [address BSTUN-group-number hexaddress | gtframe-size |ltframe-size]
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
cdp{high | medium | normal | low} [gt framesize | ltframe-size]
Specifies the Block Serial Tunnel (BSTUN) protocol. Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low queue. (Optional)address specifies a particular BSTUN group number, ranging from 1 to 255, and an address in hexadecimal. (Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater than the specified BSTUN frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than the specified BSTUN frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. Specifies the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP). Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low queue.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE (Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. than the specified CDP frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than what you know the specified CDP frame size, ranging from to 65,535. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE0 lab exam preparation compressedtcp Specifies compressed TCP traffic as the Take five full-blown practice labshigh that |mimic the actual lab exam environment medium | normal | low} protocol. frame-size lt CCIE Practical Studies,[gt Volume II leads| CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low frame-size] CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect queue. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. (Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and than the specified frame size, ranging from switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 0 to 65,535. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 65,535. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the and gradually dlsw {high | medium | technologies Specifies DLSw as the increase protocol.in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. normal | low} [gt frameStudy tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low size] [lt frame-size] queue. (Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
ip{high | medium | normal | low} [fragments |gtframe-size | list access-list-number | lt frame-size | tcpportnumber | udpportnumber] •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Specifies a protocol from the TCP/IP suite as the protocol. Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low queue. (Optional)fragment specifies the prioritization of IP packet fragments, that is, IP packets with the Fragment Offset field set to 1. (Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
(Optional)list specifies an associated access list (1–199) that should be used for traffic designations. (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
(Optional) that traffic CCIE from or Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volumetcp twospecifies of the best-selling to a particular TCP port as the designated Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. traffic. are port numbers 0 toin65,535 or a Experience putting concepts into practice with Ranges lab scenarios that guide you applying keyword from the following list: what you know chargen, cmd, daytime, discard, Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIEbgp, lab exam preparation domain, echo, exec, finger, ftp, ftpTake five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment data, gopher, hostname, ident, irc, klogin, kshell, login, lpd, nntp, pimCCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through thepop3, process of preparing auto-rp, pop2, smtp, sunrpc,for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect syslog, tacacs, talk, telnet, time, uucp, companion to the best-selling first edition, this bookwhois, provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics and www not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage the routing (Optional) udp specifies thatoftraffic from orand switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service labdesignated exams. to a particular UDP Provider port is the traffic. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory covering of the core Ranges areexercises port numbers 0 toeach 65,535 or a technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying thefrom technologies in real network keyword the following list: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These biff, bootpc, bootps,increase discard,indnsix, comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually difficulty echo, isakmp, mobile-ip, level. They present readers with scenarios similar todomain, what they will face on the actual lab exam. nameserver, netbios-ns, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout thenetbios-dgm, book. netbios-ss, ntp, pim-auto-rp, rip, snmp, snmptrap, sunrpc, syslog, tacacs, talk, tftp, time, who, or xdmcp
ipx{high | medium | Specifies the IPX protocol. normal | low} [gt frame(Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater size] [list listnumber] [lt frame-size] than the specified IPX frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
(Optional)list specifies an IPX standard or extended access list (800–999). (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than the specified IPX frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
llc2{high | medium | normal | low} [gt framePublisher: Cisco Press size] [lt frame-size] Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Specifies the Logical Link Control, Type-2 (LLC2) protocol. Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low queue.
Pages: 1032
(Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 65,535. pad{high | medium | Specifies the X.25 Packet Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying normal | low}[gtframeAssembler/Disassembler (PAD) protocol. what you know size] [lt frame-size] Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation queue. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment (Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater than through the specified frame size, ranging from CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process of preparing for the 0 to 65,535. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 65,535. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. qllc{high | medium | Specifies the Qualified Logical Link Control The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and normal | low}[gtframe(QLLC) protocol. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core size] [lt frame-size] technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying theHigh, technologies real network Specifies Medium,inNormal, or Low settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These queue. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to(Optional) what theygtwill face ona the actual exam. specifies frame sizelab greater Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
rsrb{high | medium | normal | low}[gtframesize] [lt frame-size]
Specifies the Remote Source Route Bridging (RSRB) protocol. Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low queue.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
snapshot{high | medium | normal | low}[gtframePub Date: November 07, 2003 size] [lt frame-size]
Publisher: Cisco Press
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
(Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. Specifies Snapshot routing traffic. Specifies High, Medium, Normal, or Low queue.
Pages: 1032
(Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 65,535. stun{high | medium | Specifies the Serial Tunneling (STUN) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying normal | low}[address protocol. what you know STUN-group STUN-address High, Medium, Normal, or Low |gtaframe-size ltyour CCIESpecifies Learn how to build practice lab|for lab exam preparation queue. frame-size] Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment (Optional)address specifies the STUN groupthrough number, ranging from 0 to 255, for andthe a CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process of preparing hexadecimal STUN address, which must be CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect in hexadecimal form lab (forexam example, companion to the best-selling first edition, this bookwritten provides coverage of CCIE topics 0x01). not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and (Optional)gt specifies a frame size greater switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. than the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to 65,535. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core (Optional)lt specifies a frame size less than technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network the specified frame size, ranging from 0 to settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 65,535. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar toChanges what they face on queue the actual exam. priority-list high-queue-limit thewill individual size lab limits for Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. list-number each of the priorities (High, Medium, medium-queue-limit queue-limit
normal-queue-limit low- Normal, and Low) for the PQ list number. queue-limit
As just shown, PQ enables you to classify traffic in different ways: Protocol type— This includes the major protocol type, such as IP or IPX, and any
subprotocol information, such as TCP or UDP port numbers. Interface— The interface from which the traffic is coming. Packet size— The size of the packet, either greater or less than a specified value, including the MAC encapsulation, in bytes. Fragments— Fragmented packets. • • •
Table of Contents Index Multiple criteria— Using an access list to define more than one traffic attribute. Examples
PQ configuration requires steps: define the queue assignments, customize the queuing CCIE Practical Studies Volume three II configuration, and apply the configuration to an interface: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Step 1. Define the queues. Using the priority-list command, specify the protocol for each of the four priority queues. In this example, access-list 188 Pubdefines Date: November 07, 2003 GRE and NTP packets; these packets are assigned to the High priority queue, Telnet packets are assigned to the Medium priority queue, SMTP packets are assigned to ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 the Normal priority queue, and HTTP web packets are considered low priority and sent to Pages: 1032 the Low priority queue using the priority-list command:
Publisher: Ciscoor Press attribute interface
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know access-list 188 permit gre any any Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation access-list 188 permit udp any any eq ntp Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment priority-list 1 protocol ip high list 188 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by priority-list 1 presenting protocolthem ip medium with a series tcp telnet of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume priority-list 1 protocol I, like the ipCisco normal Catalyst tcp 3550, smtp route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions priority-list 1 ofprotocol the Routing ipand lowSwitching, tcp www Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed guides to Configure applying the in for realunassigned network Step 2.follow, Customize queuing configuration. thetechnologies default queue settings. The final the book five all hands-on lab packets exercises. packets. If a chapter default of queue is notconcludes explicitly with defined, undefined areThese sent to the comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Normal queue: level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Bart(config)#priority-list 7 default medium
Optionally, you can change sizes for the four queues. The queue-limit command enables you to define the sizes, in packets, for each of the queues using the priority-listlist-number queuelimithigh-limit medium-limit normal-limit low-limit command:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Bart(config)#priority-list 7 queue-limit 40 20 30 20 Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: Step 1032 3. Assign
the priority list to an interface. Tunnels and subinterfaces might not be configured for PQ:
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Serial0/1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 10.2.1.1 255.255.255.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment priority-group 7 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, of thePQ CCIE candidate willuse getthe comprehensive coverage of the routing and To view thewith configuration on an interface, show interface command: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Queueing strategy: priority-list 7 Output queue (queue priority: size/max/drops): high: 34/40/54, medium: 0/20/0, normal: 0/30/0, low: 0/20/0
Example 6-9 shows how PQ was used to give voice traffic the greatest priority. Data-link switching (DLSw), Domain Name System (DNS), Telnet, and Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) traffic receive medium priority, and FTP and any other unspecified traffic wait in the Normal priority queue. In this example, World Wide Web traffic is of the lowest priority. Example 6-10 shows how this configuration looks using the show queueing priority command.
Example 6-9. • Table ofPriority Contents Queuing in Action •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
interface Serial0/1
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip address 158.42.18.12 255.255.255.0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November priority-group 1 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
!
Pages: 1032
access-list 101 remark High Priority Queue - voice traffic access-list 101 permit udp any any range 16384 32767 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE access-list 101 permit tcp any any eq 1720 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. access-list 102 remark Medium Priority Queue - DLSw, DNS, Telnet, OSPF Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying access-list permit tcp any any eq 2065 what you 102 know access-list 102 permit tcp any eq 2067 Learn how to build a practice labany for your CCIE lab exam preparation access-list Take five 102 full-blown permit practice tcp any labsany thatrange mimic1981 the actual 1983 lab exam environment CCIE Practical 102 Studies, Volume leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the access-list permit tcpIIany any eq candidates domain CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the first edition, thistelnet book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics access-list 102best-selling permit tcp any any eq not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with102 Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and access-list permit ospf any any switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. access-list 103 remark Normal Priority Queue - FTP and established The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references further access-list 103 permit tcpforany any reading. eq ftp Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final the any bookany concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These access-list 103 chapter permit oftcp gt 1023 established comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with similar priority-list 1 protocol ip scenarios high list 101 to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. priority-list 1 protocol ip medium list 102 priority-list 1 protocol ip normal list 103 priority-list 1 protocol ip low tcp www
Example 6-10. Displaying Priority Queuing Configuration Data
Bart#show queueing priority Current DLCI priority queue configuration: •
Table of Contents
Current priority queue configuration: • Index •
Examples
List Queue Args CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
1 1
high
protocol ip
Publisher: Cisco Press medium protocol
list 101
ip
list 102
ip
list 103
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 normal protocol Pages: 1032
1
low
protocol ip
tcp port www
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE After applying this configuration waiting for data transmissions, Example 6-11 shows that Practical Studies title from Cisco and Press. the High priority queue currently has 34 packets in the queue; the maximum size of the queue in packets is 20, and the High priority queue has dropped 54 packets. However, the Medium, Normal, and Lowputting priorityconcepts queues are andwith have droppedthat anyguide packets. case, you Experience intoempty practice labnot scenarios you In in this applying mightwhat wantyou to obtain know further packet analysis to re-adjust the queue sizes for a more even distribution of packets. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practicePriority labs that mimic the actual labTest examTraffic environment Example 6-11. Showing Queuing with CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Bart#show interfaces serial 0/1 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Serial0/1 is up, line protocol is up switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Hardware is PowerQUICC Serialof the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Internet follow, address is 158.42.18.12/24 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These MTU 1500 bytes, BW labs 1544 Kbit,allDLY 20000 usec, and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice include of the technologies level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 255/255, txloadare 1/255, rxload 1/255 the book. Study reliability tips and test-taking techniques included throughout Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set Keepalive set (10 sec) Last input never, output never, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0 Queueing strategy: priority-list 1 Output queue (queue priority: size/max/drops): high: 34/20/54, medium: 0/40/0, normal: 0/60/0, low: 0/80/0 • • •
Table of Contents
5 minute input rate 139000 bits/sec, 7 packets/sec Index
Examples
5 minute output rate 308000 bits/sec, 33 packets/sec
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. input, 4599, Leah240 Lynch CCIE No.07220 4 packets bytes, no
Received 0 broadcasts, Publisher: Cisco Press
buffer
0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
0ISBN: input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
228 packets output, 341544 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 0 carrier transitions DCD=up DSR=up DTR=up RTS=up CTS=up Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimicQueuing the actual lab exam environment Practical Example: Applying Priority CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the This a real network generatedlaboratory by a Windows PC and another CCIElab labtests examPQ byinpresenting themmodel with ausing seriestraffic of challenging exercises. A perfect Windows server. test the PQfirst configuration, configure PC and of server send and companion to theTo best-selling edition, thisyou book providesthe coverage CCIEto lab exam topics receive typical TCP/IP network messages by setting uproute Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. (DHCP), Microsoft Windows Internet Naming Service and DNS servicesofon the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get (WINS), comprehensive coverage the routing and workstation, and queuing this traffic the routers between theService client workstation the switching portions of the Routing andon Switching, Security, and Provider laband exams. server. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Lab Exercise settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs include all of theEthernet technologies and Ring gradually increase in difficulty This lab requirespractice two routers, each with one or Token interface and one serial level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab lab exam. interface. The two routers should be configured and cabled, as shown in Figure 6-5. This also Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. contains two end stations: one Microsoft Windows server running FTP server, WINS, and DNS services, and one Windows client PC configured to use the Windows server for DNS and WINS services. To validate the queuing configuration, the Windows PC and server are required. If you do not have a PC or server, you can still complete the router configuration portion of the lab. Without traffic-generating software, however, queue sizes are unlikely to increase.
Figure 6-5. North American Network
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Lab Objectives Publisher: Cisco Press
In this lab, you learn following: Pub Date: November 07,the 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
How to configure PQ How to test PQ configuration
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Equipment Needed Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. For this lab, you need two Cisco routers, each with one Ethernet or Token Ring interface Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying and one serial interface. what you know One PC running Windows software with a network card running TCP/IP. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation One PC running Windows Server software with a network card running TCP/IP with a DNS, Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment FTP, and WINS server configured. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Physical and Prestaging companionLayout to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of theasRouting Switching, Cableportions the routers, shown and in Figure 6-5. Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins brief of the core technologies required onFigure the CCIE Attach each with PC to the coverage network (the router's interface), as shown in 6-5.lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Lab Tasks comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Step 1. Configure routers, as shown in Figure 6-5. The Halifax router should have an Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Ethernet or Token Ring interface connected to the server and should connect to the Cancun router over its serial interface. The IP addresses should also be assigned, as shown earlier inFigure 6-5. Step 2. Configure a Windows server computer to provide DNS, WINS, and FTP services. The server should be configured to use the static IP address of 10.154.148.15/24. FTP clients will connect to the FTP server using passive FTP sessions. Later, a Windows client PC will be configured to use the services of WINS and DNS settings from the server. You can validate TCP/IP services on the client and server computers by using the ipconfig /all
command at the MS-DOS prompt. Step 3. Instead of configuring a static IP address, DNS server, and WINS server on the Windows client PC, configure the Cancun router to provide the information using DHCP. Use the following values to configure DHCP:
•
Table of Contents
•
DHCP Index scope:
201.111.222.0/24
•
Examples Default gateway:
201.111.222.1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
DHS server:
10.154.148.15
Domain name:
cciepsv2.net
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
WINS Server:
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
10.154.148.15
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Step 4. Configure PQ and any access lists that might be required to support the protocols shown in Table 6-6.
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience the Priority CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Table for 6-6. Queuing Configuration Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Queue Protocol Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying High DNS what you know WINS Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Medium Windows NetBIOS support Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment NetBIOS session, datagram and name services, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect and DNS and them WINSwith management companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume SNMP I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Normal Passive-mode FTPand Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the Routing Low World Wide Web HTTP traffic The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core All unspecified traffic technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Step 5. Assign thelabs PQ include process all to of thethe interface that will queue all client trafficinacross the comprehensive practice technologies and gradually increase difficulty WAN connection between the Cancun and Halifax routers. (Remember the rules for level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. queuing on different interface throughout types.) Study efficient tips and traffic test-taking techniques are included the book. Step 6. Validate that the client and server computer can ping each other. Using a passive FTP session, copy a file from the client PC to ServerNA01. Try to use FTP to get another file from the server. While copying these files, look at the queuing information from the show interface output.
Lab Walkthrough
Step 1. Configure routers, as shown in Figure 6-5. The Halifax router should have an Ethernet interface connected to the server and a serial interface connected to the Cancun router. The IP addresses should also be assigned, as shown earlier in Figure 6-5.
• • •
Step 2. Configure a Windows server computer to provide DNS, WINS, and FTP services. The server should be configured to use the static IP address of 10.154.148.15/24. FTP clients will connect to the FTP server using passive FTP sessions. Later, a Windows client PC will Table be configured to use the services of WINS and DNS settings from the server. You of Contents can validate TCP/IP services on the client and server computers by using the ipconfig /all Index command at the MS-DOS prompt. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 6-12 shows the output of the ipconfig /all command on the server and PC client problems with the server or client computers, remember to verify that each of the computers is configured to use the default gateway of the Ethernet interface on the router. Also, verify that each of the computers can ping its Publisher: Cisco Press gateway, each hop on the way to the other computer, and lastly, the other Pubdefault Date: November 07, 2003 computer. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. If 4599 , Leah Lynch No. 7220 computers. there are anyCCIE connectivity
Pages: 1032
Example 6-12. TCP/IP Configuration for Windows Server and Client Computers Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The Server C:\>ipconfig Experience/all putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Windows 2000 IP Configuration Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . : ServerNA01 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Primary DNS Suffix . . . . . . . : cciepsv2.net CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam presenting laboratory exercises. A perfect Node by Type . . . .them . . with . . a. series . . .of:challenging Hybrid companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Volume Enabled. I, like the Cisco route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. IP inRouting . . .Catalyst . . . 3550, . : No Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching WINS portions of the Routing and and Service Provider lab exams. Proxy Enabled. . . Switching, . . . . .Security, : No The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection: includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Description . . . . . . . . . . . : FEM656C-3Com Global 8-100+56K CardB level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. us PC Card-(Fast Ethernet) #2 Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-50-DA-AC-5D-4C DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : No IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.154.148.15 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 10.154.148.1 DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.154.148.15 Primary WINS Server . . . . . . . : 10.154.148.15 The Client •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
C:\>ipconfig /all
Windows 98 IP Configuration CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie Host CCIE No. 4599., Leah 7220 Name . .Lynch . . CCIE . . No. . . :
DNS Servers Publisher: Cisco Press
clientpc.cciepsv2.net
. . . . . . . . : 10.154.148.15
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Node Type . ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
. . . . . . . . : Hybrid
Pages: 1032
NetBIOS Scope ID. . . . . . :
IP Routing Enabled. . . . . : No WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . : No Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Uses Press.DNS : Yes NetBIOStitle Resolution 0 Ethernet adapter : Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Description . . . . . . . . : Xircom Ethernet 10/100 + Modem 56 PC Card Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Physical Address. . . . . . : 00-80-C7-1D-12-A7 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . : Yes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the IP Address. . . .them . . with . . a. series : 201.111.222.102 CCIE lab exam by presenting of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Subnet Mask I,.like . .the . Cisco . . .Catalyst . : 255.255.255.0 not covered in Volume 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Gateway . . and . . Switching, . . : 201.111.222.1 switching Default portions of the Routing Security, and Service Provider lab exams. . .coverage . . . .of.the . core : 201.111.222.1 The book DHCP beginsServer with brief technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Primary Server . . .guides . : 10.154.148.15 technologies follow,WINS providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Secondary WINS : technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labsServer include .all.of. the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Obtained. . . . . are . .included : 01 07throughout 02 7:23:30 Study tipsLease and test-taking techniques the PM book. Lease Expires . . . . . . . : 01 08 02 7:23:30 PM
NOTE In Windows 95, the ipconfig command does not exist. To verify the TCP/IP configuration in Windows 95, use the winipcfg.exe command from Run on the Start menu. As shown in Figure
6-6,winipcfg.exe is a graphical program that displays the same information as ipconfig does at the command prompt.
Figure 6-6. winipcfg.exe Program •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 3. Instead of configuring a static IP address, DNS server, and WINS server on the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Windows client PC, configure the Cancun router to provide the information using DHCP. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Use the following values to configure DHCP: companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. DHCP scope: 201.111.222.0/24 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Default gateway: 201.111.222.1 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies DHS server: follow, providing detailed guides 10.154.148.15 to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Domain name: cciepsv2.net comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. WINS server: 10.154.148.15 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. To configure DHCP for the client PC, on the Cancun router, the following steps were taken: a.Create a DHCP pool. In this example, the client-pcs pool was created:
ip dhcp pool client-pcs
• • •
b.Assign a network, Table of Contentsdefault router, DNS server, WINS server, and domain name to the DHCP pool: Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 201.111.222.0 255.255.255.0 default-router 201.111.222.1 dns-server 10.154.148.15 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. domain-name cciepsv2.net netbios-name-server 10.154.148.15 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation c.Set aside any addresses that you do not want to use for DHCP by using the excludeaddress command.practice In this example, the range addresses from 201.111.222.1 to 100 Take five full-blown labs that mimic the of actual lab exam environment were excluded from the DHCP range: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip dhcp excluded-address 201.111.222.100 technologies follow, providing 201.111.222.1 detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips6-13 Example andshows test-taking the DHCP techniques configurations are included for the throughout Cancun router. the book.
Example 6-13. Cancun Router's DHCP Configuration
ip dhcp excluded-address 201.111.222.1 201.111.222.100 !
ip dhcp pool laptops network 201.111.222.0 255.255.255.0 default-router 201.111.222.1 • • •
dns-server 10.154.148.15 Table of Contents Index
domain-name cciepsv2.net Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
netbios-name-server 10.154.148.15
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
4. Configure PQ PubStep Date: November 07, 2003
and any access lists that might be required to support the protocols
shown in Table 6-6. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
To configure the PQ, as shown earlier in Table 6-6, three access lists were used. Access list 101 was used to specify DNS and WINS traffic. Access list 102 was used to specify the Windows NetBIOS and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traffic. Windows uses TCP port 135 for DNS and WINS management traffic, TCP port 139, and UDP ports 137 and 138, or keywords netbios-ns and netbios-ss, for NetBIOS traffic between Gain hands-on the CCIE access Lab Exam volume of the best-selling Windows experience computers.for And finally, list with 103 was usedtwo to specify passive FTPCCIE traffic and Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. the use of the random TCP ports greater than 1023 that FTP uses during file copies. Without this specification, the return FTP traffic would have been sent to the Low priority queue rather than the Normal priority queue: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics access-list permit tcp host 10.54.148.15 domain not covered in 101 Volume I, like theany Cisco Catalyst 3550, routeeq maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and access-list 101 of permit udp any 10.54.148.15 netbios-ns switching portions the Routing andhost Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. access-list 101 permit udp any of any snmp The book begins with brief coverage theeq core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core access-list 102 permit tcpdetailed any host 10.54.148.15 eq technologies 135 technologies follow, providing guides to applying the in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These access-list permit any all host 10.54.148.15 comprehensive102 practice labsudp include of the technologies eq andnetbios-ns gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. access-list permit techniques udp any host 10.54.148.15 eq the netbios-ss Study tips and102 test-taking are included throughout book. access-list 102 permit tcp any host 10.54.148.15 eq 139 access-list 103 permit tcp any host 10.54.148.15 eq ftp access-list 103 permit tcp any host 10.54.148.15 gt 1023 established
The access list numbers were used with the priority-list command to create the four priority queues, and the default keyword was used to assign all unspecified traffic to the Low priority queue:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No.10 4599 , Leah Lynch No. list 7220 priority-list protocol ipCCIE high
101
priority-list 10 protocol ip medium list 102 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
priority-list 10 protocol ip normal list 103 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
priority-list 10 protocol ip low priority-list 10 default low
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title the fromPQ Cisco Press. Step 5. Assign process to the interface that will queue all client traffic across the WAN connection between the Cancun and Halifax routers. (Remember the rules for efficient traffic queuing on different interface types.) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know The PQ process was assigned to the serial interface of the Cancun router using the priority-group command: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Serial0/1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and priority-group includes suggested 10 references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 6. Validate that the and server can will pingface eachonother. Usinglab a passive level. Step They present readers withclient scenarios similarcomputer to what they the actual exam. copy a file from theare client PC to throughout ServerNA01.the Trybook. to use FTP to get another file Study FTP tips session, and test-taking techniques included from the server. While copying these files, look at the queuing information from the show interface output.
Experimenting with the traffic in this lab, a number of different traffic types, TFTP file copies, extended pings, packet generation, file copies in Windows Explorer, and web surfing were tried, which is how the results shown in the Example 6-14 were generated.
Example 6-14. Viewing the Queuing Information During FTP Sessions
Cancun#show interfaces serial 0/1 Serial0/1 is up, line protocol is up •
Table of Contents is PowerQUICC Serial • Hardware Index •
Examples
Internet address is II 193.168.24.2/29 CCIE Practical Studies Volume ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, Publisher: Cisco Press reliability
255/255, txload 28/255, rxload 1/255
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Keepalive set (10 sec) Last input 00:00:01, output 00:00:05, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:03:56 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Input queue: 0/75/0 (size/max/drops); Total output drops: 0 Queueing strategy: priority-list 10 with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice what you know Output queue (queue priority: size/max/drops): Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation high: 0/20/0, medium: 0/40/0, normal: 3/60/0, low: 0/80/0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 5 minute input rate 7000 bits/sec, 10 packets/sec CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series18 of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 5 minute output rate 174000 bits/sec, packets/sec companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volumeinput, I, like the Ciscobytes, Catalyst03550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 2726 packets 156448 no buffer Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security,0and Service Provider lab exams. Received 28ofbroadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, throttles The book beginserrors, with brief of the core technologies required on CCIE lab exam and 0 input 0 coverage CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 the abort includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing to applying the technologies in real network 4983 packets output, detailed 6970545guides bytes, 0 underruns settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs include all of the technologiesresets and gradually increase in difficulty 0 outputpractice errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study 0tips and test-taking techniques0are included throughout the book. output buffer failures, output buffers swapped out 0 carrier transitions DCD=up
DSR=up
DTR=up
RTS=up
CTS=up
You have completed this practical example when you have sent some test traffic and verified the
PQ configuration. Example 6-15 shows the completed configurations for the Halifax and Cancun routers.
Example 6-15. Complete Configurations for the Practical Example •
Table of Contents
hostname Cancun • Index •
Examples
! CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip dhcp excluded-address 201.111.222.1 201.111.222.100 !
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip dhcp ISBN: pool 1-58705-072-2 laptops Pages: 1032
network 201.111.222.0 255.255.255.0 default-router 201.111.222.1 dns-server 10.154.148.15 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. domain-name cciepsv2.net netbios-name-server 10.154.148.15 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Ethernet0/0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 201.111.222.1 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Serial0/1 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. interface Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip address 193.168.24.2 255.255.255.248 The book begins with priority-group 10 brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network clockrate follow, 1300000 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. routertips rip version 2 network 193.168.24.0 network 201.111.222.0 !
access-list 101 permit tcp any any host 10.54.148.15 eq domain access-list 101 permit udp any any host 10.54.148.15 eq netbios-ns access-list 101 permit udp any any eq snmp access-list 102 permit tcp any host 10.54.148.15 any eq 135 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
access-list 102 permit udp any host 10.54.148.15 any eq netbios-ns access-list 102 permit udp any host 10.54.148.15 any eq netbios-ss CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE 102 No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE host No. 7220 access-list permit tcp any 10.54.148.15
any eq 139
access-list 103 Publisher: Cisco Presspermit tcp any host 10.54.148.15 any eq ftp Pub Date: November 07, 2003
access-list 103 permit tcp any host 10.54.148.15 any gt 1023 established ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
priority-list 10 protocol ip high list 101 priority-list 10 protocol ip medium list 102 priority-list 10 protocol ip normal list 103 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies 10 titleprotocol from CiscoipPress. priority-list low priority-list 10 default low Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ________________________________________________________________ Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation hostname Halifax !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Ethernet0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 10.154.148.1 255.255.255.0 not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Serial0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip addressfollow, 193.168.24.1 technologies providing 255.255.255.248 detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. router rip version 2 network 10.0.0.0 network 193.168.24.0
Now that you have seen how PQ works, you might have noted one of the reasons why you might not want to enable PQ in your network: Low priority queue starvation. When you must queue traffic, but you do not have a strict-priority requirement, there are several other queuing mechanisms that you can consider as an alternative to strict PQ. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Custom Queuing Each of the queuing methods discussed so far make a best effort to forward traffic of a certain priority. These queuing methods also have rather static configuration capabilities. WFQ enables you to control only the size and number of the queues and does not allow for much • Table of Contents customization, which might be quite a problem if you must sort multiple traffic. PQ enables you • Index to configure only four queues and the number of packets allowed in those queues. PQ also has • Examples Lower-priority queues might not receive enough attention; and, in some one major drawback: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II cases, depending on the amount of high-priority traffic, they might not receive any attention at all. Custom Queuing (CQ) By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leahworks Lynch around CCIE No. many 7220 of these issues with its highly customizable configuration properties. Publisher: Cisco Press
Custom Queuing earns its name by having a total of 17 queues, 16 of which are configurable for Pub Date: November 2003The first queue, queue 0, is the system queue and is used by the Cisco user-defined traffic 07, types. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 IOS Software for system traffic; this queue is not user configurable. Each of the 16 other queues has a Pages: queue1032 size limitation in either bytes, or a limit on the number of packets that they are capable of containing. Each queue is serviced until the byte count or packet limit is met. If either of these events occur, the forwarding of the current packet is finished, and then the next queue is emptied (or reaches the byte or packet limit), and so on, in a round-robin approach, ensuring that each queue receives equal attention and that no one queue can prevent other queues from receiving attention. If a queue is full, any new packets for of that are dropped. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with destined volume two thequeue best-selling CCIE If a queue is empty, it is skipped and the next queue is serviced. CQ queue content is determined by Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. the following: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Ingress what youinterface know (the interface that they were received by). An access CQ supports alllab major protocols IPX, AppleTalk, and SNA Learn howlist, to build a practice for your CCIE including lab examIP, preparation protocols and their access lists. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Packet size, either greater or less than a specified size. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the protocol characteristic either by an address, port number, or ACisco IOS CCIE Or labspecific exam by presenting them withdefined a series of challenging laboratory exercises. perfect Software parameter. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. InFigure 6-7, for example, you can see that there are six queues. Queue 1 has been allocated to Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and use 50 percent of the available interface bandwidth. Queue 2 is allocated 20 percent of the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. bandwidth. Queue 3 is allocated 12 percent; Queue 4, 5 percent; Queue 5, 3 percent; and Queue 6 is allotted the remaining percentofofthe thecore bandwidth. The line with the arrow indicates theand The book begins with brief 10 coverage technologies required on the CCIE lab exam order in which the queues are serviced. Each queue is emptied, to its byte or packet limit, and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core then the next queue is serviced. With this queuing scheme, after Queue 1 has transmitted all of technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network its packets, Queues 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are serviced in that order. While the other queues were settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These being serviced, practice new packets the queues, and as shown in Figure 6-8.inAgain, each comprehensive labs arrived include in all most of theoftechnologies gradually increase difficulty of the queues is serviced until their allocated limits are reached, and then the next queue is level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. emptied toand its limit. If one techniques of the queues not contain any packets, Study tips test-taking aredoes included throughout the book.as is the case with Queue 4, it is skipped. After a queue's packet or byte size limitation is met, any new packets destined for that queue are dropped.
Figure 6-7. Custom Queuing Diagram
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidatesDiagram through theRevisited process of preparing for the Figure 6-8.IICustom Queuing CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know InFigure 6-8, Queue 2 isa100 percent A queue is lab full exam when preparation the numbers of items in the Learn how to build practice labfull. for your CCIE queue reach the queue limit, or the size of the queue, in bytes, has been reached. With CQ, whenTake a queue full, the last packet in that the queue transmitted the next queue is five is full-blown practice labs mimic is the actual lab before exam environment serviced. If a queue fills up while waiting for service, any new packets for the queue are dropped. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and NOTE switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Although there 17 coverage queues inof CQ, are user configurable. 0 islab used by and The book begins withare brief theonly core16 technologies required onQueue the CCIE exam the operating system to forward network control traffic. When you are using the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core queue-list command, thedetailed 0 queueguides will appear to be available for configuration; technologies follow, providing to applying the technologies in real network however, it should not be used for traffic unless the router generates it. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Thequeue-list command defines a set of 16 custom queues and up to 16 of these custom queue access lists can be defined per router. Table 6-7 shows the queue-list command, its arguments, parameters, and their descriptions.
Table 6-7. Custom Queuing Syntax
Command
Argument
Description
queue-listlistnumber default queue-number
None
Thedefault command defines the default queue for traffic that has not been specifically assigned to one of queues.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
queue-listlistNone Publisher: Cisco Press number interface Pub Date: November 07, 2003 interface-name ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 interface-number Pages: 1032 queue-number
Thelist-number specifies to which queue list the configuration is to be applied. This number ranges from 1 to 16. Thequeue-number specifies to which of the 17 queues the command is being applied. This number ranges from 0 to 16. Theinterface command is used to specify that all traffic from a certain ingress interface, defined by the following interface name and number, is to be assigned to the queue specified by the queue-number argument.
queue-listlistNone Thelowest-custom command is used to number lowestspecify the lowest queue number used by customqueuethe queue list if all 16 queues are not used Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE number for CQ. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. queue-listlistArguments for protocol: Theprotocol command is used to specify number protocol that all traffic from the following protocol Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying protocol queueis to be sent to the queue number what you know number specified. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation arp [gt frame-size | lt Thearp keyword is used to specify the ARP protocol. Take five full-blownframe-size] practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment (Optional)gt specifies traffic from the ARP CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the protocol with a packet size greater than CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. (Optional)lt specifies traffic from the ARP Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and protocol with a packet size less than that switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. The book begins with brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIEtolab examthe and bridge [gtofframe-size Thebridge keyword is used specify includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core transparently bridged traffic. |listlist-number | lt technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network frame-size] settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with(Optional) five hands-on lab exercises. These gt specifies traffic from a comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually difficulty bridged protocol withincrease a packetinsize greater level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they specified, will face on the actual exam. than that ranging fromlab 0 to Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout 65,535. the book. (Optional)list specifies traffic belonging to the access list (200–299) specified by the list number. (Optional)lt specifies traffic from a bridged protocol with a packet size less than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
bstun [address groupnumber hex-number | gt frame-size | ltframesize]
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
cdp [gt frame-size | lt frame-size]
Thebstun keyword is used to specify the BSTUN protocol. (Optional)address specifies traffic from a particular BSTUN group and address in hexadecimal format. The BSTUN groups range from 1 to 255. (Optional)gt specifies BSTUN traffic with a packet size greater than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies BSTUN traffic with a packet size less than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. Thecdp keyword is used to specify the CDP protocol.
Pages: 1032
(Optional)gt specifies CDP traffic with a packet size greater than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional) lt specifies CDP traffic CCIE with a Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling packet size less than that specified, Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ranging from 0 to 65,535. compressedtcp [gt with lab The compressedtcp keyword is used to Experience putting concepts into practice scenarios that guide you in applying frame-size | lt framespecify the compressed TCP traffic. what you know size] (Optional) gt specifies compressed TCP Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation traffic with a packet size greater than that from 0 to 65,535. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic thespecified, actual labranging exam environment (Optional) lt the specifies compressed TCPfor the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through process of preparing traffic withlaboratory a packet size less than that CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect specified,coverage ranging from 0 tolab 65,535. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides of CCIE exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. dlsw [gt frame-size | Thedlsw keyword is used to specify the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and DLSw+ protocol. lt frame-size] switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. (Optional)gt specifies DLSw+ traffic with The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and a packet size greater than that specified, includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ranging from 0 to 65,535. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These (Optional)lt specifies DLSw+ traffic with a comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty packet size less than that specified, level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ranging from 0 to 65,535. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
ip [fragments | gt frame-size | listlistnumber | ltframe-size tcptcp-protocol | udp udp-protocol]
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Theip keyword is used to specify the TCP/IP suite of protocols. (Optional) The fragments keyword specifies only fragmented IP packets of the fragmented packet are matched, not the first fragment. (Optional)gt specifies IP traffic with a packet size greater than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)list specifies traffic belonging to the access list (1–199 or 1300–1399) specified the by the list number. (Optional)lt specifies IP traffic with a packet size less than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
(Optional)tcp specifies that traffic from or to a particular TCP port number. Ranges are TCP port numbers 0 to 65,335 or a keyword thethe following list: CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volumefrom two of best-selling Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. bgp, chargen, cmd, daytime, discard, domain, echo, exec, finger, ftp, ftpExperience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying data, gopher, hostname, ident, irc, what you know klogin, kshell, login, lpd, nntp, pimauto-rp, pop2, pop3, smtp, sunrpc, Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab examtacacs, preparation syslog, talk, telnet, time, uucp, whois, and www Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment (Optional)udp specifies that traffic from CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing or to a particular UDP port number. for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. Ranges are UDP port numbers 0Atoperfect 65,335 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage CCIE lab exam or a keyword from of the following list: topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will getbiff, comprehensive coverage of the dnsix, routing and bootpc, bootps, discard, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. domain, echo, isakmp, mobile-ip, nameserver, netbios-dgm, netbios-ns, The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required the CCIE labrip, exam and netbios-ss, ntp,on pim-auto-rp, includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of snmp, snmptrap, sunrpc, syslog,the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the talk, technologies in real network tacacs, tftp, time, who, and settings. The final chapter of the book concludes withxdmcp five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar they will face thetoactual labthe exam. llc2 [gt frame-size | to what Thellc2 keyword is on used specify Study tips and test-taking are included throughout the book. LLC-2 protocol. lttechniques frame-size] (Optional)gt specifies LLC-2 traffic with a packet size greater than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies LLC-2 traffic with a packet size less than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
pad [gt frame-size | lt frame-size]
Thepad keyword is used to specify the PAD protocol. (Optional)gt specifies PAD traffic with a packet size greater than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
qllc [gt frame-size |
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ltframe-size] Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
(Optional)lt specifies PAD traffic with a packet size less than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. Theqllc keyword is used to specify the QLLC protocol. (Optional)gt specifies QLLC traffic with a packet size greater than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies QLLC traffic with a packet size less than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535.
rsrb [gt frame-size | Thersrb keyword is used to specify the RSRB protocol. lt frame-size] Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. (Optional)gt specifies RSRB traffic with a packet size greater than that specified, ranging fromthat 0 toguide 65,535. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios you in applying what you know
(Optional)lt specifies RSRB traffic with a packet size less than that specified, Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ranging from 0 to 65,535. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment snapshot [gt frameThesnapshot keyword is used to specify Snapshot routing traffic.of preparing for the size | II ltleads frame-size] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume CCIE candidates through the process CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect (Optional)gt specifies Snapshot routing companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics traffic with a packet size greater than that not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. (Optional)lt specifies Snapshot routing traffic with a packet size less than that The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
stun [address groupnumber hex-number | gt frame-size | ltframesize]
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
queue-listlistNone ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 number queuequeuePages: 1032 number [byte-count byte-size] [limit queue-entries]
Thestun keyword is used to specify the STUN protocol. (Optional)address specifies traffic from a particular STUN group and address in hexadecimal format. The STUN groups range from 1 to 255. (Optional)gt specifies STUN traffic with a packet size greater than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. (Optional)lt specifies STUN traffic with a packet size less than that specified, ranging from 0 to 65,535. Thebyte-count argument specifies a size limit in bytes for the specified queue. Byte counts range from 1 to 16,777,215.
Thelimit argument specifies a limit to the number of entries that may exit in the specified queue. This limit ranges from 0 tovolume 32,767.two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The use of these arguments is covered later in this section. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying queue-list listNone Thestun argument specifies STUN traffic what you know number stunqueuebelonging to the STUN group particular number address withexam the specific hexadecimal address. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab preparation group-number hexSTUN range from 1 to number Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic theThe actual labgroup exam numbers environment 255, and the hexadecimal address must be written with the the process 0x prefix. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like Ciscodefine Catalyst Multicast, and QoS. CQ configuration requires fourthe steps: the 3550, traffic route that ismaps, to be BGP, queued using access lists, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing the and create the queue list by creating queues and assigning traffic types to the queues, customize switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. queues, and apply the queues to an interface. In the next example, these steps are used to configure a sample network. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading.traffic Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Step 1. Create the queue list by assigning types to a queue. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The example, final chapter of the traffic, book concludes five hands-on lab exercises. These In this distribute as shownwith in Table 6-8. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Table 6-8. Protocol Distribution for Custom Queuing Exercise
• • •
Queue Number
Traffic Type
1
OSPF, SNMP
2
GRE
3
DLSw+
4 5 6
Table of Contents Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
DNS, SMTP and DHCP Windows NetBIOS support NFS
7 CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch Passive-mode ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 7220FTP 8
to 192.16.12.8, TFTP
WWW
Publisher: Cisco Press
9 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Other
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
To configure these nine queues, use seven IP access lists, as shown in Example 6-16. Pages: 1032
Example 6-16. Access Lists for Custom Queuing Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. access-list 101 permit ospf any any Experience putting concepts intoany practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying access-list 101 permit udp any eq snmp what you know access-list 102 permit gre any any Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation access-list 103 remark DLSw 2065, 2067, 1981, 1982, and 1983 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list permit tcpIIany any eq candidates 2065 CCIE Practical 103 Studies, Volume leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect access-list 103best-selling permit tcp any any eq companion to the first edition, this2067 book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. access-list permit tcp anycandidate any eq 1981 Combined with103 Volume I, the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. access-list 103 permit tcp any any eq 1982 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and access-list 103 permit tcpforany any reading. eq 1983Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested references further technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network access-list 104 chapter permit oftcp eq domain settings. The final the any bookany concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty access-list 104 permit any eq smtpto what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They present readers tcp with any scenarios similar Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. access-list 104 permit udp any any eq bootpc access-list 105 permit tcp any any eq 139 access-list 105 permit udp any any eq netbios-dgm access-list 105 permit udp any any eq netbios-ns access-list 105 permit udp any any eq netbios-ss
access-list 106 permit tcp any any eq 2049 access-list 106 permit udp any any eq 2049 access-list 107 permit tcp any 192.16.12.8eq ftp access-list 107 permit tcp any 192.16.12.8gt 1023 established •
Table of Contents
access-list 107 permit udp any any eq tftp • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Step 2. After the access lists have been configured, it is time to configure the queuing assignments. This is accomplished using the queue-list command and referencing the Publisher: Cisco Press access lists with the queue-list command, as shown in Example 6-17. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Example 6-17. Queue List Configuration
Pages: 1032
queue-list 3 protocol ip 1 list 101 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE queue-list 3 protocol 2 list Practical Studies title from ip Cisco Press.102 queue-list 3 protocol ip 3 list 103 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you queue-list 3 know protocol ip 4 list 104 Learn how to build a practice lab 105 for your CCIE lab exam preparation queue-list 3 protocol ip 5 list Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment queue-list 3 protocol ip 6 list 106 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the queue-list 3 protocol ip 7 list 107 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics queue-list 3 protocol ip 8 tcp www not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Step 3. Next, the queuing configuration. In this example, default The book begins withcustomize brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE IP labtraffic exam and should be sent out Queue 9: includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
queue-list 3 default 9
Step 4. Assign the queuing scheme to an interface. This is accomplished using the
custom-queue-list command in interface configuration mode:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
interface Serial0/2
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byip Karladdress Solie CCIE 165.11.2.1 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 255.255.255.0
custom-queue-list Publisher: Cisco Press 3 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
After CQ has been enabled for an interface, you can verify its configuration in two ways: the show queueing command and the show interface command. The show queueing command displays the current queuing configuration for the router. If more than one queuing type is in use, you can add the custom keyword onto the show queueing command to specify only the Gainconfiguration, hands-on experience CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE CQ as shownfor in the Example 6-18. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 6-18. Verifying CQ Configuration Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation FS_HQ#show queueing custom Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Current custom queue configuration: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labQueue List exam by Args presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 3 9 in Volume default I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching1 portions 3 protocol of the Routing ip and Switching, list 101 Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book2 begins protocol with brief coverage of thelist core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 3 ip 102 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing applying the technologies in real network 3 3 protocol ip detailed guides listto103 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsip include all of list the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 3 4 protocol 104 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips are included 3 5 and test-taking protocol techniques ip list 105throughout the book. 3
6
protocol ip
list 106
3
7
protocol ip
list 107
3
8
protocol ip
tcp port www
3
9
protocol ip
To see the queue packet size limits, use the show interface command. Example 6-19 shows that CQ 3 is in use with each of the 16 queues limited to 20 packets, the default.
Example 6-19. Using the show interface Command for Custom Queuing • Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
FS_HQ#sh int s0/2
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Serial0/2 is up, line protocol is up Publisher: Cisco Press
Hardware is PowerQUICC Serial Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Internet address is 165.11.2.1/24 Pages: 1032
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, reliability 255/255, txload 6/255, rxload 6/255 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Labset Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Keepalive set (10 sec) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Last input 00:00:00, output 00:00:02, output hang never what you know Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Input 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); output drops: 0 Takequeue: five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual Total lab exam environment Queueing custom-list 3 CCIE Practicalstrategy: Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Output queues: (queue #: size/max/drops) companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 0: 0/20/0 1: 0/20/0 2: 0/20/0 3: 0/20/0 4: 0/20/0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 5: 0/20/0 6: 0/20/0 7: 0/20/0 8: 0/20/0 9: 0/20/0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 10:suggested 0/20/0 11: 0/20/0for12: 0/20/0 13: Laboratory 0/20/0 14:exercises 0/20/0 covering each of the core includes references further reading. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 15:The 0/20/0 16: 0/20/0 settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 5 minute input readers rate 41000 bits/sec, 4 packets/sec level. They present with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 5 minute output rate 41000 bits/sec, 4 packets/sec 1087 packets input, 1437808 bytes, 0 no buffer Received 53 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort 1079 packets output, 1435130 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 6 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out 18 carrier transitions DCD=up
DSR=up
DTR=up
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
RTS=up
CTS=up
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Notice thatCCIE each is displayed with ByKarl Solie No.queue 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. the 7220current size of the queue, the maximum number of packets per queue, and the number of packets that have been dropped in each queue. In the preceding example, each of the queues is currently empty; this is because CQ is used only when Publisher: Cisco Press there is congestion on an interface, and in this case, this interface is transmitting less than one Pub Date: November 07, 2003 packet per second. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
You have control Pages: 1032 over the size of each of the queues with CQ. Before changing the bandwidth allocation for each of the queues, consider a few things. First, consider the average packet size when adjusting queue size by limiting the size of the queue in bytes. If you set the byte count size of your queue to 2000 bytes, and your average packet size is 1024 bytes, for example, only two packets will be sent from this queue each time it is serviced. Second, if you set a packet size that is too large, the bandwidth might not be properly allocated, resulting in wasted queue Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE space. Therefore, it is better to analyze average packet sizes before allocating bandwidth to the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. queues, because setting queue sizes that are too small will cause irregular packet transmission, and setting queue sizes too large will underutilize the queue size or cause one protocol to monopolize the interface bandwidth. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Nine basic steps are required to determine the size of bandwidth that should be allocated to each queue. The how byte-count enables you CCIE to control the size of the individual queues. The Learn to build command a practice lab for your lab exam preparation byte-count command is basically used to allocate bandwidth to particular traffic types based on a percentage traffic. Before allocating traffic, it is important determine the average packet Take fiveoffull-blown practice labs that mimic the actual labtoexam environment sizes per protocol and queue, and the total amount of interface bandwidth. Then determine the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE of candidates through the process of preparing for the percentage of interface bandwidth that each these queues requires. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect For example, steps outline how a book simpleprovides queuingcoverage scheme is of companion to the the following best-selling first edition, this ofcreated, CCIE labconsisting exam topics generic routing encapsulation (GRE), and3550, passive-mode FTPBGP, traffic, using the same not covered in Volume I, like the CiscoWWW, Catalyst route maps, Multicast, and QoS. protocols in the I, preceding Combineddefined with Volume the CCIEexample. candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Step 1. Find the average packet size for each protocol. Table 6-9 shows the average packets sizes forbrief the coverage protocols of forthe thiscore example. This table also provides the bandwidth The book begins with technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and allocation thatreferences should befor used for this example: includes suggested further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Average packet size (A) settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty amount readers of trafficwith in bytes (B) similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. Total They present scenarios Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Total number of packets (P) A = B/P
Table 6-9. Packet Sizes for Protocols
Protocol Bandwidth Allocation
Average Packet Size
GRE
55
794
WWW
20
746
FTP
25
678
•
Table of the Contents Step 2. Find ratio of packets that must be sent to accumulate the percentage of Index bandwidth allocated to the queue in bytes. The percentage of bandwidth should have been • Examples found before beginning the bandwidth allocation process. This ratio is found by dividing CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the percentage of bandwidth by the packet size (in bytes). Table 6-10 displays the results of this equation: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 •
Traffic ratio (R)
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Percentage of bandwidth (B) ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032 Packet size
(P)
R = B/P
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 55/794 = 0.06926 Take full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 20/746 = five 0.02680 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 25/678 = 0.03687 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Tablefor 6-10. Traffic Rations includes suggested references furtherCQ reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on These ProtocolThe Bandwidth Allocation Average Packet Size lab exercises. Ratio comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty GRE They present 55 794 to what they will face on the0.06926 level. readers with scenarios similar actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. WWW 20 746 0.02680 FTP
25
678
0.03687
Step 3. Normalize the ratio found in Step 2; this is accomplished by dividing each of the ratios by the lowest ratio found in Step 2. Table 6-11 shows the normalized ratios for this example: Lowest ratio (L)
Ratio (R) Normalized number (N) N = R/L
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
0.02680 isCisco thePress lowest ratio Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
0.06926/0.02680 = 2.58 rounded to 2.6 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
0.02680/0.02680 = 1 0.03687/0.02680 = 1.38 rounded to 1.4
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Table 6-11. CQ Normalized Rations what you know Learn Bandwidth how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Average Packet Normalized Protocol Allocation Size Ratio Ratio Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment GRE 55 794 0.06926 2.6 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the WWW 20 by presenting them with 746 a series of challenging 0.02680 1 CCIE lab exam laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics FTP 25 678 0.03687 1.4 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Stepportions 4. Round eachRouting ratio with decimal upSecurity, to the next number. The packet switching of the andaSwitching, andhighest Servicewhole Provider lab exams. ratio should be rounded to a whole number because CQ transmits the last full packet in the queue before moving on to theof next Table 6-12 required shows the for this in The book begins with brief coverage thequeue. core technologies onratios the CCIE lab example exam and whole numbers. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Table 6-12. CQ Whole Ratios Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Bandwidth Protocol Allocation
Average Packet Size
Ratio
Normalized Ratio
Whole Ratio
GRE
55
794
0.06926 2.6
3
WWW
20
746
0.02680 1
1
FTP
25
678
0.03687 1.4
2
Step 5. To convert the packet ratio to a byte count, the ratio must be multiplied by the average packet size. Table 6-13 displays the byte counts: Packet ratio (R) Average packet size (P) • • •
Table of Contents
Byte count (B) Index
Examples
B= R *P
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
3 x 794 = 2382 1 x 746 = 746 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical 2 x 678 Studies = 1356 title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
CQ Byte Take five full-blown Table practice6-13. labs that mimic theCounts actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Bandwidth Average Normalized Whole Byte CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Protocol Allocation Packet Size Ratio Ratio Ratio Count companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered55 in Volume I, like794 the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, GRE 0.06926 2.6 3 2382and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and WWW 20 746 and Switching, 0.02680 1 1 Provider746 switching portions of the Routing Security, and Service lab exams. FTP 25 678 0.03687 1.4 2 1356 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Step 6.follow, To findproviding the bandwidth distribution that this ratio represents, in combine the total technologies detailed guides to applying the technologies real network bandwidth used by all queues: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty distribution (D)scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. Bandwidth They present readers with Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Byte count (B) D = B + B + B (each B)
2382 + 746 + 1356 = 4484
Step 7. To find the total percentage of bandwidths, in bytes, used by each queue, divide Table of Contents each byte count by the total bandwidth distribution. Table 6-14 shows the percentages of Index bandwidth for this example:
• • •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Percentage of bandwidth (P)
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Bandwidth distribution (D) Publisher: Cisco Press
(B)07, 2003 PubByte Date: count November ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
P = B/D
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 4484 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 2382/4484 = 53 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 746/4484 = 17full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Take five 1356/4484 = 30 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with Table brief6-14. coverage CQ of Bandwidth the core technologies Percentages required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Average Percentage settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Bandwidth Packet Normalized Whole Byte of comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Protocol Allocation Size Ratio Ratio Ratio Count Bandwidth level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study techniques are included GRE tips and 55 test-taking794 0.06926 2.6 throughout 3 the book. 2382 53 WWW
20
746
0.02680 1
1
746
17
FTP
25
678
0.03687 1.4
2
1356
30
Step 8. If this ratio is not close enough to the original bandwidth allocation percentage, go back to Step 3 and multiply the ratio by another value. In this example, I tried using the numbers 2 and 3. Notice that 2 comes the closest to the required byte count, and 3 goes over the byte count. In this case, I decided to try 2.5, which is the closest to the original
required percentage of bandwidth allocation. Table 6-15 shows the final bandwidth percentage allocations and byte count sizes for this example:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
2.6 x 2 = 5.2 rounded to 6 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
1 x 2 = 2 Publisher: Cisco Press
1.4Pub x Date: 2 = November 2.8 rounded 07, 2003 to 3 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
6 x 794 = 4764/8288 = 58 Pages: 1032
2 x 746 = 1492/8288 = 18 3 x 678 = 2032/8288 = 25 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ---Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 8288 2.6 xExperience 3 = 7.8 putting roundedconcepts to 8 into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 1 x 3 = 3 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 1.4 xTake 3 =five 4.2full-blown rounded practice to 5 labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 8 x 794 = 6352/11980 = 53 II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 3 x 746 = to 2238/11980 = 19 first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion the best-selling not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 5 x 678 =with 3390/11980 28CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Combined Volume I,=the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ---The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 11980 references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 2.6 x 2.5 6.5 chapter rounded settings. The= final of to the 7book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 1 x 2.5 = present 2.5 rounded 3 scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They readersto with Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 1.4 x 2.5 = 3.5 rounded to 4 7 x 794 = 5558/10508 = 53% 3 x 746 = 2238/10508 = 21% 4 x 678 = 2712/10508 = 26% ----
10508
Table of ContentsFinal Bandwidth Allocations per Queue Table 6-15.
• •
Index
•
Examples
Average Percentage Bandwidth Packet Normalized Whole Byte of By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Ratio Protocol Allocation Size Ratio Ratio Count Bandwidth CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
GRE 55 Publisher: Cisco Press
794
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 WWW 20 746
FTP
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
25
Pages: 1032
678
0.06926 2.6
7
5558
53
0.02680 1
3
2238
21
0.03687 1.4
4
2712
26
Step 9. After the byte counts have been found, apply them to the queues using the queue-list byte-count command, as shown in Example 6-20. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 6-20. Practical Studies title fromComplete Cisco Press. CQ Custom Byte-Count Configuration Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Serial0/2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 165.11.2.1 255.255.255.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment custom-queue-list 5 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics access-list 110 permit gre any any not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and access-list 120 permit tcp any any eq ftp switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. access-list 120 permit tcp any of any 1023 established The book begins with brief coverage thegt core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core queue-list 5 protocol ip 1detailed list 110 technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These queue-list 5 protocol ipinclude 2 listall120 comprehensive practice labs of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. queue-list 5 test-taking protocol ip 3 tcp www Study tips and techniques are included throughout the book. queue-list 5 queue 1 byte-count 5558 queue-list 5 queue 2 byte-count 2238 queue-list 5 queue 3 byte-count 2712 FS_HQ#show queueing custom
Current custom queue configuration: List
Queue
Args
5
1
protocol ip
list 110
5
2
protocol ip
list 120
•
5 • •
5
3 1
Table of Contents
protocol ip
Index
tcp port www
Examples
byte-count 5558
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 5 Karl Solie 2 CCIE No.byte-count 2238
5
3 Cisco Press byte-count Publisher:
2712
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
This chapter began by discussing the four basic queuing types available in Cisco IOS Software. The remainder of this chapter goes beyond basic queuing techniques and applies technologies from the preceding two chapters, combining and contrasting them with queuing techniques from this chapter, to create customized QoS solutions. The next sections focus on more advanced Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling queuing, shaping, policing,for prioritization, and classification techniques, beginning withCCIE the next Practical which Studies title from Cisco Press. traffic policy enforcement techniques. section, discuses more advanced Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Enforcing Traffic Policy with QoS Networks generally have basic traffic policy requirements that must be enforced. For instance, service providers provide customers with WAN circuits such as ATM or Frame Relay. These circuits are provisioned with certain service level agreements that the service providers enforce • of Contents on customersTable to provide all customers certain service levels. Customers are responsible for • Index making sure that their network's traffic complies with those agreements by shaping, rate • limiting, andExamples prioritizing their own traffic with QoS tools supplied in Cisco IOS Software. This CCIE Practical Studies Volume II section explores these technologies and shows how they can be used to provide QoS to network applications. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Traffic Shaping Traffic shaping forces traffic to comply with certain bandwidth-allocation limitations by reducing the outbound traffic rate. Unlike traffic policing, which discards traffic that exceeds burst sizes, during traffic, bursts traffic-shaping buffers the additional packets and sends them out when bandwidth is • Contents available, or Table whenofthe number of buffered packets falls below the configured limit, thus smoothing the • Index flow of traffic. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
NOTE
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 2003 Traffic shaping 07, does not
replace proper circuit provisioning; it is designed to smooth traffic ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 bursts. Traffic shaping does not supply additional bandwidth to an interface. Interfaces that are continuously congested still discard packets. Pages: 1032
Traffic shaping uses a token-bucket system to determine whether to transmit, delay, or drop new packets. With the token-bucket system, each interface has committed information rate (CIR), which is Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE the rate at which the interface can transmit packets for an interval of time, or in token-bucket theory, Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. the rate at which the tokens are added to the bucket. The sustained burst rate (Bc) defines the maximum number of tokens that the bucket can contain at a given interval. When a packet arrives at an interface, it takesputting a tokenconcepts from theinto bucket. When a packet is transmitted, theyou token is released; and Experience practice with lab scenarios that guide in applying after what the time interval (Tc) , the token is returned to the bucket. If the bucket is empty, any new packets you know arriving at that interface are queued until the time interval has elapsed and the tokens have been replenished. If the tokens removed from the bucket faster than they Learn how to CIR buildisaconsistently practice labexceeded, for your CCIE lab are exam preparation are being replenished, filling the queue and causing packets to be dropped. The key to good trafficshaping design is to create a bucket that will constantly havelab enough to either queue and Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual examtokens environment forward each packet, and replace tokens after packets have been removed from the buffer and CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the transmitted. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Generic Traffic Shaping Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Traffic shaping can be applied to a number of different Layer 2 technologies, such as Ethernet, ATM (variable rate with [VBR] andcoverage availableofbit rate [ABR]), High-Level Dataon Link (HDLC), The book bit begins brief the core technologies required theControl CCIE lab exam PPP and (ISDN and dialup interfaces are not supported), and Frame Relay. With the exception Frame Relay, all these includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises coveringofeach of the core technologies support generic traffic shaping (GTS), introduced in Cisco IOS in Software Release 11.2; GTS follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies real network has the capability shapeof outgoing traffic on a per-interface basis. lab GTSexercises. can also shape settings. The final to chapter the book concludes with five hands-on These certain types of traffic defined inpractice an access list by specifying group traffic shaping. comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE For more information on Frame Relay traffic shaping (FRTS), see CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I, Chapter 5, "WAN Protocols and Technologies: Frame Relay."
Before enabling GTS, you must know a few things. First, like Frame Relay traffic shaping, to configure
GTS, you must know the target bit rate for the interface, commonly referred to as the committed information rate (CIR). This is the rate at which traffic is sent during normal circumstances. It is also helpful, but not necessary, to know the sustained and excess burst rates available for traffic burst. The sustained burst rate (Bc) is the rate in bits that traffic is allowed to burst beyond the normal traffic rate per interval. The excess burst rate (Be) is the rate at which traffic is allowed to burst beyond the sustained burst rate during the first interval. Tokens are replenished in the traffic-shaping token bucket each time interval (Tc). To properly configure traffic shaping, you must first know the time interval that traffic shaping uses to replenish the token bucket, which is found using the following formula: • Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
Tc = Bc/CIR
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
NOTE
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The time interval for traffic shaping cannot be less than 10 ms or greater than 125 ms. The ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 router finds the best time interval based on the Tc = Bc/CIR formula. The default time interval Pages: 1032 The time interval is a result of the CIR and Bc configuration and is not user is 125 ms. configurable. Cisco recommends that the Bc should be 1/8 the CIR, which will create eight 125-ms time intervals per second.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE To configure GTStitle for all interface traffic, use the traffic-shaping rate command on each interface Practical Studies from Cisco Press. where traffic shaping is required. To define specific traffic that is to be shaped, use the traffic-shaping group command and an access list. Table 6-16 shows the GTS command available in Cisco IOS Software Releaseputting 12.12(T), the command's arguments, and the argument descriptions: Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, | like theaccess-list} Cisco Catalysttarget-bit-rate 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. traffic-shape {group rate [sustained] [excess] [bufferCombined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching limit] portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Table 6-16. Generic Arguments Study tips and test-taking techniques areTraffic includedShaping throughoutCommand the book.
Command Argument
Description
group access-list
Specifies that all traffic matching the access list (1–2699) is to be shaped.
rate
Specifies that all traffic on this interface is to be shaped.
The normal rate that traffic will be transmitted (CIR) at, ranging from 8000 to the •target-bitTable of Contents •rate
Index interface's full bit rate in bits per second. For example, a 100-Mbps interface's full
•
CIR will range from 8000 to 100,000,000. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Some Cisco IOS Software versions have different range values for this command. You must use a value that exists in the range provided by the software version that the router is running.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
sustained (Optional) The sustained bit rate (Bc) that traffic is allowed to burst to, ranging from Pub Date: November 07, 2003 0 to 100,000,000 in bits per interval. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
The sustained burst rate that the traffic can burst per interval can be found using the following formula: Bc = Tc * CIR
excess (Optional) The excess bit rate (Be) that traffic is allowed to burst to beyond the Gain hands-on experience CCIE Labthe Exam volume two offrom the best-selling CCIE in bits per sustainedfor bitthe rate during firstwith interval, ranging 0 to 100,000,000 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interval. The Be is an optional parameter that assumes that the token bucket will be Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying completely full: what you know Be = Bc * 2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation buffer (Optional) Used to specify a buffer limit, ranging from 1 to 4096. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the GTS two steps: find the traffic-shaping and configure interface for CCIEconfiguration lab exam by requires presenting them with a series of challengingvalues, laboratory exercises.an A perfect traffic shaping. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Stepwith 1. Find the correct traffic-shaping values. To find the traffic-shaping for your Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage ofvalues the routing and particular traffic-shaping configuration, you need the following information: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and - CIR references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network - Bc settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive - Bepractice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. If They present withonly scenarios similar totowhat they will face the actualyou lab need exam.to know you will be readers configuring traffic shaping the interface's CIRon limitations, Study only tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. the CIR for the particular interface. For a more granular configuration, you can also provide the Bc. The Bc specifies the number of bits that the interface can transmit within a given interval. If you do not know your Bc, you can find it using the following formula: Bc = CIR * Tc And the final, optional, item that you must have before configuring GTS is the Be. The Be specifies the amount of traffic that can burst when the interface has replenished enough tokens to support a burst; this will generally be considered the first interval. The Be is found using the following formula:
Be = Bc * 2 If the interface will not be supporting burst, you use the following formula: Be = Bc Step 2. From interface configuration mode, enable traffic shaping using the traffic-shaping Table of Contents command. In the following example, traffic shaping is being used to limit the rate on all traffic on • Index interface serial0/0 to 256 kbps. This limit is imposed by delaying any traffic over 32 kb/interval; • Examples the interval of time used to shape traffic is 125 ms. So, in this case, during each 125-ms interval, CCIE Practical Studies Volume II interface serial0/0 can transmit up to 32 kb. Any amount of traffic that exceeds the 32 kb limit ByKarl Solie CCIE No. interval 4599, Leah Lynch No. 7220 during that will be CCIE queued until the next interval: •
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial0/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 10.1.1.5 255.255.255.0 traffic-shape rate 256000 32000 32000 1000 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Router#show traffic-shape Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Interface CCIE lab examSe0/0 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Access Target Sustain Excess Interval Increment Adapt not covered in Volume I, like Byte the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and VC Rate Limit bits/intand(ms) (bytes) Active switchingList portions of the Routing andbits/int Switching, Security, Service Provider lab exams. 8000 32000 32000 125 4000CCIE lab-exam and The book begins 256000 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty In Example packets from 136.78.65.0/28 network are will transmitted over the WAN interface, as level. They 6-21, present readers withthe scenarios similar to what they face on the actual lab exam. shown in Figure 6-9. Traffic shaping is used to constrain the amount of traffic leaving Ethernet 0, with Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. the source address beginning with 136.78.65.0/28, to 512 kbps, with a 64-kb/interval sustained bit rate. In this case, there is no excess burst rate. This means that traffic from the 136.78.65.0/28 network will be shaped to 64 kb for each of the eight 125-ms intervals, which will amount to 512 kbps. If the interface receives more than 64 kb in any one interval, the excess traffic will be queued until the next interval, preventing the interface from sending more than 512 kbps or 64 kb per 125 ms.
Example 6-21. Using GTS to Shape Traffic
interface Ethernet0 ip address 136.78.65.1 255.255.255.240 traffic-shape rate 512000 64000 64000 • !
Table of Contents
•
Index
• Examples interface Ethernet1 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
255.255.255.240 Byip Karladdress Solie CCIE 136.78.65.17 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 !
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Serial0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
ip
Pages: 1032 address 198.167.98.14
255.255.255.252
! access-list 136 permit ip 136.78.65.0 0.0.0.15 any Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. LAN-Router#show traffic-shape Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you Et0 know Interface Learn how to build a practice for your CCIE lab examInterval preparationIncrement Adapt Access Target Byte labSustain Excess VC
Take five full-blown practice that mimicbits/int the actual lab exam environment List Rate Limitlabsbits/int (ms) (bytes)
Active
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 136 512000 8000 64000 0 125 8000 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics LAN-Router#show traffic-shape statistics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Access Queue Packets Bytes Packets Bytes Shaping switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. I/F List Depth Delayed Delayed Active The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Et0 136 0 39 2886 0 0 no technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 6-9. Using GTS to Limit LAN to WAN Traffic
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know To view the how GTSto configuration, uselab thefor show command. The show traffic-shaping Learn build a practice yourtraffic-shaping CCIE lab exam preparation statistics command enables you to monitor GTS activity. The command displays information about the current Take queue five depth full-blown on each practice of the labs GTS-enabled that mimicinterfaces, the actual the lab number exam environment of packets sent with and without traffic-shaping queuing delays, and whether traffic shaping is currently active. As long as the CCIE Studies, II leadsrate, CCIEthe candidates through process of preparing the trafficPractical rate is below theVolume traffic-shaping traffic will not be the shaped. When the trafficfor rate exceeds CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect the configured traffic-shaping parameters—or, in other words, if packets are arriving at the interface companion to the best-selling first edition, thisexcess book provides coverage of CCIE labshaping exam topics faster than tokens are being replenished—the traffic will be shaped. Traffic will be active not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. only when an interface is exceeding its CIR, Bc, and Be. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Classifying and Marking Traffic with CAR
Committed access rate (CAR) is a traffic policy classification and marking method used to police IP traffic b on IP precedence, DSCP value, MAC addresses, or access lists.
• of Contentsinvolves defining a traffic policy and using CAR to enforce rate limits. Traffic tha Traffic policyTable classification • Index conforms to the configured rate limit can be forwarded as is, or it can be marked to provide QoS at differen points all theExamples • way through the network. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Marking changes the value of the IP precedence or DSCP in the ToS byte from the IP header. The trafficByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 marking action is defined either when a packet conforms to a value or when a packet exceeds a value. By marking traffic, CAR affects how traffic is treated at points later in the network because WFQ and WRED re Cisco Press the Publisher: CAR-assigned ToS values, giving higher-priority traffic a better weight. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
CAR uses the token-bucket scheme, similar to that used by traffic shaping to determine whether an interfa ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 has resources available to transmit a packet by checking to see whether there are enough tokens in the bu Pages: 1032 If the interface has the resources to forward the packet (tokens are available), the tokens are removed from bucket, the packet is transmitted, and, after the interval has elapsed, the tokens are added back into the bucket. If the interface does not have resources available, no tokens are available; CAR defines the action take on the packet. The actions that CAR matches are conform actions, where the packet conforms to a specified traffic trait, or exceed values, where traffic exceeds a certain traffic trait value. CAR uses three ra Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE definitions to define traffic rates: Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Normal rate— Like the CIR in traffic shaping, the normal rate in CAR can be described as the averag Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying rate of traffic, or the average rate that tokens are added to the bucket. what you know Normal burst— Like the sustained bit rate (Bc) in traffic shaping, the normal burst is the amount of Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation allowed to exceed the normal traffic rate during an interval of time.
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Excess burst— Traffic that exceeds the normal burst. When excess burst is configured, tokens are borrowed and added to the bucket to allow for a certain amount of traffic bursts. After the borrowed CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the tokens have been used, any further traffic received on that interface is dropped. Traffic bursts can occ CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect only for short periods of time, before causing the token bucket to run out of tokens: companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE willtraffic get comprehensive coverage of thetraffic routing and - Cisco recommends thatcandidate the normal rate be equal to the average rate over a perio switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. time. The normal burst rate should equal the normal rate in bytes (times 8 for bits) * 1.5 secon
you are planning to use an extended rate, the extended rate must be greater than the normal b The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and rate. If the extended burst rate is not greater than the normal burst rate (Bc = Be), the interfac includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core not allow for extended bursts. So the extended rate should be the normal burst rate times 2. If technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network have a rate of 1.544 Mbps, the normal burst is 2.316 Mbps, and the excess burst is 4.632 Mbps settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE
When determining which shaping or policing method you should deploy on your network, always follow one rule of thumb: Traffic shapers shape traffic using buffers, so shaping should always be done on an egress interface where excess traffic can be buffered. Traffic policing or CAR is more effective when applied to inbound traffic because policing and rate limiting do not buffer traffic.
To configure CAR, use the rate-limit command in interface configuration mode as shown here. Table 6-17 shows the rate-limit command arguments and their descriptions in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2(12)T
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
rate-limit {input | output} {rate | access-group {access-list-number | rate-limit accessByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
list-number} | dscp dscp-value | qos-group qos-group-index } normal-burst maximum-burst Publisher: Cisco Press
conform-action {continue | drop | set-dscp-continue dscp-value | set-dscp-transmit dscpPub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
valuePages: | set-mpls-exp-continue mpls-exp-value | set-mpls-exp-transmit mpls-exp-value | set 1032 prec-continueprecedence-value | set-prec-transmit precedence-value | set-qos-continue qos-group-index | set-qos-transmit qos-group-index | transmit) exceed-action {continue
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE | drop | set-dscp-continue dscp-value | set-dscp-transmit dscp-value | set-mpls-exp-conti Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. mpls-exp-value | set-mpls-exp-transmit mpls-exp-value | set-prec-continue precedenceExperience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying valuewhat | set-pres-transmit precedence-value | set-qos-continue qos-group-index | set-qosyou know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation transmit qos-group-index | transmit) Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. CARcandidate Command Arguments and TheirofDescriptions Combined withTable Volume6-17. I, the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Command Argument Description The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for further reading. input | suggested output Specifies the trafficLaboratory direction. exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network normal-rate average traffic rate, normal for a period of time settings. The final chapter of theThe book concludes with fiveunder hands-on lab circumstances, exercises. These bits/second ranging from 8000 to 2,000,000,000. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. access-group {access- techniques Specifies a standard or extended Study tips and test-taking are either included throughout the book.access list, ranging from 1 to 2699 a rate list. list-number | rate-limit rate-list-number} Rate lists 0–99 are used to specify IP precedence values, and rate lists 100–199 are used to specify MAC addresses. dscpdscp-value
Specifies a DSCP value ranging from 0 to 63.
qos-groupqos-groupindex
Specifies a QoS group ranging from 0 to 99.
normal-burst
Specifies the normal burst size in bytes, ranging from 1000 to 512,000,00 The normal burst is found using the following formula:
Normal burst (Bc) = normal rate (CIR in bytes) * •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
1.5 seconds
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
maximum-burst
Specifies the excess burst size in bytes, ranging from 2000 to 1,024,000,0
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
If used, you can find the excess burst by using the following formula:
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Excess Burst (Be) = Normal burst (Bc) * 2
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE excess burst equals normal burst, as shown here: Practical Studies title from CiscoOtherwise, Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Excess burst (Be) = normal burst (Bc) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment conform-action Any packets conforming to the normal rate will do the activity specified by CCIE Practical Studies, Volume IInext leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the value. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion continue to the best-selling first edition, processing this book provides ofthe CCIE lab exam topics Continues through coverage the rest of list. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. drop Immediately the packet and exits the list. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate drops will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. set-dscp-continuedscpSets the DSCP value to the specified value, ranging from 0 to 63, and continues the restrequired of the list. value The book begins with brief coverage of theprocessing core technologies on the CCIE lab exam and
includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core set-dscp-transmitdscpSets the DSCP value, ranging from 0 and 63, transmits the packet, and ex technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network the list without further processing. value settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty set-mpls-exp-continue Sets the MPLS experimental value, ranging from 0 to 7, and continues level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. mpls-exp-value processing the rest of the list. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. set-mpls-exp-transmit Sets the MPLS experimental value, ranging from 0 to 7, immediately trans mpls-exp-value the packet, and exits the list without any further processing. set-prec-continue precedence-value
Sets the IP precedence value, ranging from 0 to 7, and continues process t rest of the list.
set-prec-transmit precedence-value
Sets the IP precedence value, ranging from 0 to 7, transmits the packet, a exits the list without further processing.
• •
set-qos-continueqosgroup-index
Sets the QoS group number, ranging from 0 to 99, for the packet and continues processing the rest of the list.
set-qos-transmitqosgroup-index
Sets the QoS group number for the packet, ranging from 0 to 99, transmit packet, and exits the list without further processing.
transmit
Transmits the packet and stops evaluating the list. Table of Contents
exceed-action
Index
•
Examples
Specifies the action to take if the normal rate has been exceeded. The action to take upon an exceeded action.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
processing ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah LynchContinues CCIE No. 7220 continue
through the rest of the list.
Immediately drops the packet and exits the list.
drop Publisher: Cisco Press
set-dscp-continue Pub Date: November 07,dscp2003 valueISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
set-dscp-transmitdscpvalue
Sets the DSCP value to the specified value, ranging from 0 to 63, and continues processing the rest of the list.
Sets the DSCP value, ranging from 0 and 63, transmits the packet, and ex the list without further processing.
set-mpls-exp-continue Sets the MPLS experimental value, ranging from 0 to 7, and continues mpls-exp-value processing the rest of the list. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE set-mpls-exp-transmit the MPLS experimental value, ranging from 0 to 7, immediately trans Practical Studies title from CiscoSets Press. mpls-exp-value the packet, and exits the list without any further processing.
set-prec-continue Sets IP precedence value, ranging from 0 to in 7, applying and continues processin Experience putting concepts intothe practice with lab scenarios that guide you precedence-value the rest of the list. what you know
set-pres-transmit Sets precedence from 0 to 7, transmits the packet, a Learn how to build a practice labthe forIP your CCIE labvalue, exam ranging preparation precedence-value exits the list without further processing. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment set-qos-continueqosSets the QoS group number for the packet, ranging from 0 to 99, and processing thethrough rest of the group-index CCIE Practical Studies, Volume IIcontinues leads CCIE candidates thelist. process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect set-qos-transmit qosSets the QoS the packet, ranging from topics 0 to 99, transmit companion to the best-selling first edition, thisgroup book number providesfor coverage of CCIE lab exam packet, and exits the list without further processing. group-index not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and transmit Transmits the packet and stops evaluating the list. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory each oftraffic the core In Example 6-22, the rate-limit command is used with access exercises list 101 tocovering limit incoming for host technologies follow, providing guides to applying theand technologies in real network 195.42.48.155 to 2 Mbps with detailed a 375,000-byte normal burst 750,000-byte excess burst. Any traffic settings. Thetofinal chapter traffic of the rate bookwill concludes five hands-on labset exercises. These conforming the normal have itswith IP precedence value to Flash-override (4) and will by comprehensive practice labs include all of the and gradually increaseto in be difficulty transmitted immediately. Traffic exceeding thetechnologies normal burst rate will be continue processed. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study CAR Next, tips and is used test-taking to policetechniques and mark traffic. are included First, this throughout rate-limit thecommand book. is used with access list 102 to all passive FTP traffic to host 195.42.48.7 to 4 Mbps. Then, it is also used to set the normal burst rate to 75 bytes and the extended burst rate to 1,500,000 bytes. Any traffic that conforms to the rate limits should be transmitted, and the router should continue on with CAR list processing. Any FTP traffic that exceeds this r will be dropped.
NOTE
The following formulas were used to find the CAR parameters for the FTP example:
1. Normal rate in bytes = normal rate in bps * (1 byte / 8 bits = 125) 4,000,000 bits * 125 = 500,000,000 bits = 500,000 bytes • • •
Table of Contents 2. Normal burst = normal rate in bytes * 1.5 seconds Index
500,000 Examples bytes * 1.5 = 750,000 bytes
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
3. Excess burst = normal burst * 2
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
750,000 * 2 = 1,500,000 bytes Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 Example 6-22. Using CAR to Police and Mark Traffic
interface Ethernet0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ip address 195.42.48.1 255.255.255.0 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. rate-limit input access-group 101 2000000 375000 750000 conform-action set-precExperience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know continue 4 exceed-action continue Learn how to build a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation rate-limit input 2000000 3000lab 6000 conform-action Take five full-blown practice transmit exceed-action droplabs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the rate-limit input access-group 102 4000000 750000 1500000 conform-action continue CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics exceed-action drop not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and rate-limit output 2000000 3000 6000 conform-action switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. transmit exceed-action drop The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These access-list permit any host comprehensive101 practice labsip include all of 195.42.48.155 the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. access-list permit techniques tcp any host 195.42.48.7 eq ftp Study tips and102 test-taking are included throughout the book. access-list 102 permit tcp any
host 195.42.48.7 gt 1023 established
Another way to specify traffic with CAR is to use the access-list rate-limit command, in conjunction with rate list, to police traffic based on either IP precedence values or MAC addresses. The access-list rate-lim command is similar to the access-list command. Lists 0 through 99 are IP precedence lists used to either
specify an exact IP precedence value (0 through 7) or specify certain precedence values using a mask. List through 199 are used to specify MAC addresses:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
access-list rate-limitlist-number {precedence-value |precedence-mask) ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
access-list rate-limitlist-number MAC-address Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Precedence masks are created by converting the IP precedence values to 8-bit numbers. The routine value converted the 8-bit number 00000001, for instance, and the priority bit, 1, is converted to 00000010, as s inTable 6-18. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Table 6-18. IP Precedence Mask Values Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Precedence 8-Bit Number Value what youValue know Routine (0)how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam 00000001 Learn preparation
Priority (1) 00000010 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Immediate (2) 00000100 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Flashlab (3)exam by presenting them with a series of challenging 00001000 CCIE laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Flash-override (4) 00010000 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Critical (5)with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive 00100000 coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Internet (6) 01000000 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Network (7) 10000000 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These To find the bitmask value for include the IP precedence mask, add the number valuesinfor each of the precede comprehensive practice labs all of the technologies and8-bit gradually increase difficulty values to be matched. This number is then converted to hexadecimal, the format required for the comman level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. example, to match all high-priority traffic—Network, Internet, and Critical—a binary bitmask of 11100000 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. converted to hexadecimal. This equals E0.
So, to create an access list that matches the IP precedence values 1, 3, 5, and 7, you would create the ma 10101010, and the mask would convert to AA in hexadecimal.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example how the rate-limit ByKarl Solie6-23 CCIE shows No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No.access 7220 list is used to specify the odd IP precedence traffic and limit 256 kbps, with 48,000-byte normal burst and 96,000-byte excess burst. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Example 6-23. Using a Rate-Limit Access List ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
interface Serial0/0 ip address 36.128.42.11 255.255.255.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies rate-limit output title access-group from Cisco Press. 1 256000 48000 96000 conform-action continue exceed-action drop Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice access-list rate-limit 1 masklab AA for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect To verify and CAR behavior, use the show rate-limitofcommand. This command display companion to monitor the best-selling first edition, this bookinterface provides coverage CCIE lab exam topics information about each of the rate limits that have been configured on a per-interface basis. Example 6-24 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. shows the show interface rate-limit command for the CAR configuration from the Serial 0/0 interface in Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example 6-23. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested Example 6-24.references show interface for further rate-limit reading. Laboratory Command exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Simpson# show int readers e 0 rate-limit Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Simpson#show interfaces serial 0/0 rate-limit Serial0/0 Output matches: access-group 1 params:
256000 bps, 48000 limit, 96000 extended limit
conformed 2050 packets, 1534364 bytes; action: continue exceeded 629 packets, 514122 bytes; action: drop last packet: 160ms ago, current burst: 122 bytes last cleared 00:21:28 ago, conformed 9000 bps, exceeded 3000 bps •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Now seen basic ways toNo. control By Karlthat Solie you CCIEhave No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE 7220 traffic policies by using traffic shaping, and rate limiting, it's to examine how you can prioritize real-time voice traffic by using IP RTP Priority. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Prioritizing Real-Time Voice Traffic IP RTP priority allows all outbound Real Time Protocol (RTP) traffic to be strictly prioritized over all other traffic on an interface level; all other traffic is fairly queued using WFQ. IP RTP Priority is useful on links with speeds less than 1.544 Mbps (T1), where voice traffic is more at risk of • of Contents congestion, queuing, or serialization. Because voice traffic is realdelay due to Table fragmentation, • Index time traffic, it is extremely sensitive to delay. You enable IP RTP Priority by using the ip rtp • Examples priority command in interface configuration mode. The priority queue created by the ip rtp CCIE Practical Studies II priority command Volume is a strict-priority queue; after the bandwidth configured with the ip rtp priority has,Leah beenLynch exceeded, further packets in that queue are discarded until By Karl Soliecommand CCIE No. 4599 CCIE No.all 7220 queue space is available to store packets. Before configuring RTP Priority on any interface, you have some important information to gather: the number of voice calls that will be placed, the Publisher: Cisco Press voice codec in use, and the call frequency. You must also consider whether you will be Pub Date: November 07, 2003 prioritizing only voice traffic or whether you will also need to prioritize control traffic. For this reason,ISBN: it is1-58705-072-2 crucial that the IP RTP Priority bandwidth be correctly allocated. As with LLQ, it is Pages: 1032 always better to err on the safe side and allow slightly more bandwidth than required than to have packets dropped because of packet headers, network jitter, or control traffic. As with CBWFQ and LLQ, the sum of the bandwidth configured for IP RTP Priority cannot exceed 75 percent of the interface's available bandwidth; the remaining 25 percent is reserved for network control and routing traffic. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE To enableStudies IP RTP title Priority interface Practical fromfrom Cisco Press. configuration mode, use the ip rtp priority command. Table 6-19 lists the ip rtp priority command arguments and their descriptions: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labpriority exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip rtp starting-port-number port-range bandwidth companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Table 6-19.detailed ip rtpguides priority Command Arguments technologies follow, providing to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Command Description level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Argument Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. starting-port- The first RTP port number to assign to the priority queue. RTP port numbers are UDP ports ranging from 2000 to 65,535. number port-range
The RTP port range that when added to the starting port number equals the full range of RTP ports for prioritization, ranging from 0 to 16,383.
bandwidth
Specifies the maximum bandwidth to be used for the RTP Priority queue, ranging from 0 to 2000 in kbps.
Example 6-25 shows how RTP Priority is used to strictly prioritize all RTP traffic ranging from UDP ports 16,384 to 32,767 (the full range of RTP ports) and limit the priority queue to 64 kbps. All other traffic on this interface is queued fairly using WFQ.
Example 6-25. Using ip rtp priority to Prioritize Voice Traffic •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Serial0 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
bandwidth 256
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip address 85.114.95.1 255.255.255.0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 encapsulation frame-relay ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
fair-queue Pages: 1032 64 256 0 frame-relay interface-dlci 110 ip rtp priority 16384 16383 64 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. To verify RTP configuration, you can either use with the show interface orguide showyou queue command. Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that in applying Each what command shows the same type of RTP Priority data, the bandwidth reservation. Example you know 6-26 shows the show interface command output for an interface before RTP Priority was Learn to build a practice lab output for your CCIE lab examinterface preparation applied, andhow Example 6-27 shows the from the show and show queueing commands after RTP Priority has been applied. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example 6-26. Before Configuring RTP Priority CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Simpson#show interfaces serial | begin Security, Queue switching portions of the Routing and0Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. Queueing strategy: weighted The book begins with brief coveragefair of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Output queue: (size/max technologies follow,0/1000/64/0 providing detailed guides total/threshold/drops) to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Conversations (active/max active/max total) comprehensive practice 0/2/256 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Conversations 0/0 are (allocated/max allocated) Study Reserved tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book. Available Bandwidth 1158 kilobits/sec
Example 6-27. Display RTP Priority Bandwidth
Simpson#show queueing interface serial 0 Interface Serial0 queueing strategy: fair Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0 • • •
Queueing strategy: weighted fair Table of Contents Index
Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Conversations
0/2/256 (active/max active/max total)
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated) Publisher: Cisco Press
Available Bandwidth 1094 kilobits/sec
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Simpson#show interfaces serial 0 | begin Queue Queueing strategy: weighted fair Gain hands-on experience for the (size/max CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 total/threshold/drops) Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Conversations 0/2/256 (active/max active/max total) Experience concepts 0/0 into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Reserved putting Conversations (allocated/max allocated) what you know Available Bandwidth 1094 kilobits/sec Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the The the interface before applying RTP Priority. In this exercises. example, the interface CCIEfirst lab example exam byshows presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory A perfect has 1158 kbps available for allfirst interface traffic. (1158provides kbps is coverage exactly 75ofpercent of exam the serial companion to the best-selling edition, this book CCIE lab topics interface's other percent of the bandwidth is reserved for router and control and not coveredbandwidth; in Volume the I, like the25 Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, QoS. signaling traffic.) The second shows the router interface after RTP has and Combined with Volume I, the example CCIE candidate will same get comprehensive coverage of Priority the routing been applied. In this RTP Priority was configured to reserve kbps for the IP RTP switching portions of example, the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service64 Provider lab exams. strict-priority queue, so only 1094 kbps is left available for other all other unspecified traffic. The debug priority output drops for therequired strict-priority RTP queue. The book begins command with brief displays coverageWFQ of the core technologies on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core As you can see, setting RTP Priority for guides interfaces with smaller amounts of bandwidth can help technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network save resources for time-critical, delay-sensitive RTP traffic. This section has shown how settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. Theseyou can apply traffic shaping, rate limiting, prioritization on an interface to provide comprehensive practice labs includeand all voice of thetraffic technologies and gradually increasebasis in difficulty policy enforcement using QoS techniques. The next section explores more powerful and level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual labgranular exam. QoS techniques that can betechniques applied within Cisco IOS Software'sthe class-based queuing solutions. Study tips and test-taking are included throughout book.
Class-Based Queuing Solutions
Class-Based W eighed Fair Queuing (CBWFQ) combines advantages of CQ and WFQ to create an advanced q method that provides fair queuing to up to 64 user-defined classes. CBWFQ classes can be defined by proto access list, or input interface; each class has its own queue. Classes are customized using characteristics su • Table of Contents bandwidth, weight, and queue size. After a queue exceeds its maximum size, packets are dropped using ta • Index or WRED if configured to do so. Traffic that does not match any class characteristics, calle default behavior, • class, is sentExamples to the default queue where each flow (traffic sharing the same source and destination addres CCIE Practical Studies Volumeusing II number) is fairly queued WFQ. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Before configuring CBWFQ, you need to be aware of a number of rules, including the following: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 2003 Before CBWFQ07, can be
installed, interfaces must be running their default queuing method. CBWFQ ove default method of queuing. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Unless specified, CBWFQ uses tail drop rather than WRED when dropping packets.
If you are planning to use CBWFQ with WRED, make sure that the interface is not already running WR CBWFQ does not support subinterfaces; it must be installed on a physical interface. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE CBWFQ supports only Cisco ATM variable Practical Studies title from Press. bit rate (VBR) and available bit rate (ABR) circuits.
Policy maps can be used for more than one interface, saving configuration space. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying The bandwidth must not exceed 75 percent of the interface bandwidth. The other whatCBWFQ-configured you know used for overhead control and routing traffic. If the bandwidth used by a policy map exceeds that ava Learn howthe to build practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface, policyamap is denied and removed from all other interfaces.
Take fiveCQ, full-blown practice labs that the actual lab exam environment CBWFQ, PQ, WFQ, and WRED are mimic all mutually exclusive, service policies must be removed before queuing method can be installed. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE CBWFQ lab exam by presenting them with and a series of challenging exercises. A perfect supports queue size limits WRED, but not bothlaboratory in the same class policy. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics As the following is 3550, a powerful tool. Using CBWFQ,and youQoS. can configure extr notdiscussed covered ininVolume I, like section, the CiscoCBWFQ Catalyst routeQoS maps, BGP, Multicast, granular policies managing different types of get traffic in different ways on the interface. CombinedQoS with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will comprehensive coverage ofsame the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. CBWFQ can also use Network-Based Application Recognition (NBAR) protocol heuristics specified within a p protocol NBAR is notofcovered intechnologies great detail in this book, NBAR CBWFQ configuration is sh The bookname. beginsAlthough with brief coverage the core required on the CCIE lab exam and described later in this chapter.for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested references technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. NOTE Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NBAR protocol heuristics help identify protocols and applications that previously required long and complicated access lists. NBAR uses packet description language modules (PDLMs) to define protocol characteristics. PDLMs can be found on the Cisco website in the Software Download area under Cisco I Software, Other Cisco IOS Extensions, Packet Description Language Modules. PDLMs are loaded into a like any other software code or configurations. After you have loaded a PDLM, you can specify its loca using the ip nbar path:filename command in global configuration mode.
NOTE
CBWFQ NBAR support requires the use of Cisco Express Forwarding (CEF) switching on the interface w the service policy is applied. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
CBWFQ classes are defined using class maps. Class maps contain the match criterion, which is used to spec • Examples protocol that belongs to each class. Class maps make uses of the new Cisco IOS Software modular comma CCIE Practical Studies Volume II interface (CLI) and are created using the class-map command. The class-map command differs slightly f By Karlversion Solie CCIE No.and 459912.2. , Leah Lynch CCIEthe No.optional 7220 IOS 12.1 In 12.2, match-any or match-all statement is added.
In Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2 and higher, you can also specify the type of class map by using the op Publisher: Cisco Press match-all or match-any statements. The match-all class map matches all of the criteria (logical AND), a Pub Date: November 07, 2003 any class map matches any of the criteria specified by the class map (logical OR). ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Cisco
Pages:Software 1032 IOS
Release 12.1:
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know class-map class-name Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network class-map [match-any | match-all]class-name settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE
A number of QoS changes were made in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2. In this chapter, Cisco IOS S Release 12.2 is used in all examples. To remain compatible with Cisco IOS Software Release 12.1, I tr use commands that are available in versions 12.1 and 12.2.
After you have created the class map, you enter the class map configuration mode, where you can specify criteria. Using the match command within the class map configuration mode, you can define class maps to lists, input interfaces, protocol types, and many other items as definitions. Table 6-20 shows the class map configuration commands and their definitions as of Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2(7). •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Table 6-20. Class Map match Command Values
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Match Command
IOS Version
access-group {access-list-number | Pub Date: November 07, 2003
12.1
Matches an access list, ranging from 1 to 2699, or a named access list.
any
12.2
Matches any packets.
class-mapclass-map-name
12.2
Matches another nested class map.
Publisher: Cisco Press
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
nameaccess-list-name} Pages: 1032
Description
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam12.2 with volumeClass two of best-selling CCIE one coscos-value of the service (CoS) matches Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. of the IEEE 802.1Q/ISL class of service/user priority values, ranging from 0 to 7. Up to 4 CoS Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying value entries may be made using what you know spaces as separators. Learn how to build amac practice lab for your CCIE preparation destination-address hex-address 12.2lab examMatches an destination MAC address in hexadecimal Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment xxxx.xxxx.xxxx format. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of interface. preparing for the input-interface interface-name 12.1 Matches an input CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface-number not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
ip {dscpdscp-value | precedence
12.2
precedence-value | rtplower-portrange range}
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip dscp matches up to 8 DSCP values from 0 to 63, one of the 12 AF classes mentioned in Table 714, one of the 7 Class Selector (CS) codepoints corresponding to an IP precedence value, the default DSCP value, or the Expedited Forwarding (EF) PHB value. ip precedence matches (up to 4) IP precedence values using either an integer value (0–7), or the IP precedence names from Table 614.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
ip rtp matches a RTP UDP port number from 2000 to 65,535, and a RTP UDP port range from 0 to 16,383.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
mpls experimentalvalue
12.2
Multiprotocol label switching (MPLS).
up best-selling to 8 MPLS values, Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volumeMatches two of the CCIE ranging from 0 to 7. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Does not match an access-group, any,that class-map, destinationExperience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide you in applying number | any |class-mapclass-mapaddress, input-interface, ip, mpls, what you know qos-group, or sources-address nameLearn | destination-address maclab hexhow to build a practice for your CCIE lab examspecified. preparation not {access-groupaccess-list-
12.2
address input-interface interfaceTake| five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment namePractical interface-number | ip II{dscp CCIE Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect dscp-value precedence precedencecompanion to|the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. value | rtp lower-port-range range) | will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. mplsvalue | qos-groupqos-groupThe book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core index | suggested sources-address mac hextechnologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These address} comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. [*] protocol 12.1 Matches the specified protocol Study tips protocol-name and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. using NBAR heuristics: arp— IP ARP bgp— BGP protocol bridge— Bridging bstun— Block Serial Tunnel
cdp— Cisco Discovery Protocol citrix— Citrix traffic clns— ISO CLNS clns_es— ISO CLNS end system •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
clns_is— ISO CLNS intermediate system cmns— ISO CMNS compressedtcp— Compressed TCP
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
cuseeme— CU-SeeMe desktop videoconference custom-01— Custom protocol custom-01
custom-02— Custom protocol custom-02 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE custom-03— Custom protocol Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. custom-03 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying custom-04— Custom protocol what you know custom-04 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab examcustom-05— preparation Custom protocol custom-05 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment custom-06— Custom protocol CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the custom-06 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides custom-07— coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Custom protocol not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. custom-07 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Custom protocol switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, andcustom-08— Service Provider lab exams. custom-08 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Custom includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory custom-09— exercises covering eachprotocol of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the custom-09 technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These custom-10— Custom comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in protocol difficulty custom-10 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. dhcp— DHCP protocol dlsw— Data-link switching dns— DNS lookup egp— EGP routing protocol eigrp— EIGRP routing Protocol
exchange— MS-RPC for Exchange fasttrack— FastTrack traffic (KaZaA, Morpheus, Grokster, and so on) finger— Finger •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ftp— FTP protocol gnutella— Gnutella traffic (BearShare,LimeWire,Gnotella, and so on) gopher— Gopher
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
gre— GRE tunneling protocol
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
http— HTTP web traffic icmp— ICMP protocol imap— IMAP Protocol
protocol Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volumeip— twoIPv4 of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ipinip— IP in IP tunnel encapsulation Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ipsec— IP Security Protocol what you know (ESP/AH) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ipv6— IPv6 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ipx— Novell IPX CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Internet Relay Chat CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challengingirc— laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics kerberos— Kerberosand QoS. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, authentication Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. l2tp— L2F/L2TP tunnel The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and LDAP directory includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory ldap— exercises covering eachprotocol of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network llc2— LLC-2 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty napster— Napster traffic level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughoutnetbios— the book. NetBIOS netshow— Microsoft NetShow nfs— UNIX Network File System nntp— Network News Transfer Protocol notes— Lotus Notes
novadigm— Novadigm EDM ntp— Network Time Protocol pad— X.25 PAD
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
pcanywhere— Symantec pcANYWHERE pop3— Post Office Protocol pptp— Microsoft PPTP tunneling printer— LPD print spooler qllc— QLLC protocol
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
rcmd— BSD r commands (rsh, rlogin, rexec) realaudio— Real Audio streaming protocol
rip— RIP routing protocol Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. rsrb— RSRB bridging rsvp— RSVP protocol Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know rtp— Real Time Protocol Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab examsecure-ftp— preparation FTP over TLS/SSL Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab secure-http— exam environment Secured HTTP CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through secure-imap— the process of IMAP preparing over TLS/SSL for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect IRC lab overexam TLS/SSL companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides secure-irc— coverage of CCIE topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. secure-ldap— over TLS/SSL Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverageLDAP of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. secure-nntp— NNTP over TLS/SSL The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and POP3 over includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory secure-pop3— exercises covering each of the core TLS/SSL technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These secure-telnet— Telnet over comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty TLS/SSL level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughoutsmtp— the book. SMTP protocol snapshot— Snapshot routing protocol snmp— SNMP protocol socks— SOCKS sqlnet— SQL*NET for Oracle
sqlserver— MS SQL Server ssh— Secured Shell streamwork— Xing Technology StreamWorks player •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
stun— Serial Tunnel protocol sunrpc— Sun RPC syslog— System logging utility telnet— Telnet tftp— TFTP protocol
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
vdolive— VDOLive streaming video vofr— Voice over Frame Relay
xwindows— X Windows remote access Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. xns— Xerox Network Services qos-groupqos-group-index 12.2 Matches a specified QoS group, ranging from 0you to 99. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide in applying what you know source-address machex-address 12.2 Matches a source MAC address in Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab examhexadecimal preparation format (xxxx.xxxx.xxxx). Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE [*] Practical Studies,are Volume CCIEofcandidates through the process of preparing for the Not all protocols availableIIinleads all versions Cisco IOS Software. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion After you have to the entered best-selling class map firstconfiguration edition, this book mode, provides you cancoverage do a number of CCIE of things lab exam besides topics entering a m not coveredTo command. in configure Volume I,alike description the Ciscofor Catalyst your class 3550, map, route usemaps, the description BGP, Multicast, command. and QoS. To rename the cl Combined without removing with Volume it, useI,the therename CCIE candidate command. will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. After defining the class map, you must then define a policy map to make the policy that will be applied to y The book map. Policy begins mapswith are brief defined coverage using the of the policy-map core technologies policy-name required command, on thewhich CCIE enters lab exam youand into policy m includes suggested configuration mode,references specified by forthe further (config-pmap)# reading. Laboratory prompt. exercises The policy covering map iseach applied of the to core interfaces usin technologies policy. To enter follow, policy providing map configuration detailed guides mode, to use applying the policy-map the technologies command. in realInnetwork this mode, you can also settings. The description tofinal the policy chapter map, of the alter book theconcludes configuration, with or fiverename hands-on thelab policy exercises. map. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE
Using the Cisco Modular QoS command-line interface, you can also embed policies and classes within policies and classes, by which you can create very granular QoS configurations without the need to ret each class or policy definition.
After you are in policy map configuration mode, you must define the class that the policy will apply to using class-name command, which enters you into policy map class configuration mode specified by the (configprompt.
After you are in policy map class configuration mode, the mode used to configure the policy for the class p specified, you can define the parameters for the service policy. Table 6-21 shows the service policy parame •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Table 6-21. Service Policy Parameters
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Policy Command
IOS Version
Description
Publisher: Cisco Press
bandwidth {bandwidth-limit | percent Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
percentage | remaining percent Pages: 1032
remaining-percentage)
12.1
Assigns a bandwidth limit for the class. This limit can be either an amount specified in kbps or a percentage (not to exceed 75% of the interfaces bandwidth).
To use a specific amount of bandwidth, enter the amount, Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two offrom the best-selling CCIEin ranging 8 to 2,000,000 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. kbps. To specify a percentage of interface Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide in applying bandwidth, use you the percent or what you know remaining percent keywords, followed by a value ranging from Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 1-100 percent. police Take{rate-bps five full-blown {[normal-burst-] practice labs that mimic the actual lab examtraffic environment 12.2 Enables policing for the traffic defined in this class. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the [excess-burst]| [bcnormal-burst] CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratorypolicing exercises. A perfect Class-Based is covered companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics later in this chapter. [bcexcess-burst] |cirrate-bps not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and [normal-burst] [excess-burst] [bc switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. normal-burst] [beexcess-burst | pir The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core [peak-rate] excess-burst]} technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These [conform-action action]of [exceedcomprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. action action] [violate-action Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. action] }
priority {bandwidth burst | percent
12.1
percentage burst}
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
bandwidth defines a limit for the strict-priority queue, ranging from 8 to 2,000,000 in kbps. burst 32 to 2,000,000 in bytes.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
percent defines a percentage of bandwidth, from 1-100 percent.
Publisher: Cisco Press
burst ranges from 32 to 200000 in bytes.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
queue-limit number-of-packets Pages: 1032
Creates a strict-priority queue within the service policy, referred to as Low Latency Queuing (LLQ), which is covered later in this chapter.
12.1
Defines a maximum queue size. After the queue size has been exceeded, all packets are dropped using tail drop.
The range is from 1 to 512 packets. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE The default value is 64 on all nonPractical Studies title from Cisco Press. VIP-based platforms. random-detect [dscpdscp-value 12.1 [*] Enables WRED for packets that Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in queue applying exceed the maximum size. what you know minimum-threshold max-threshold dscpvalue matches (up to 4 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation values) a DSCP value from 0 to 63, mark-probability-denominator | dscpone of the of the 12 AF classes, one Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment of the 7 Class Selector (CS) codebased |ecn |exponential-weighingpoints to an IPfor the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through thecorresponding process of preparing precedence value (1–7), constant weighed-average | precCCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. Athe perfect DSCP value,lab theexam Expedited companion to the best-selling first edition, this book providesdefault coverage of CCIE topics Forwarding PHB value, or based |precedence not covered in Volume [precedence-value I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, (EF) Multicast, and QoS. RSVP traffic specifying a routing minimum Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the and and maximum threshold in packets minimum-threshold max-threshold switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. and optionally the RSVP mark ability denominator. You can mark-probability-denominator | rsvp The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies probrequired on the CCIE lab exam and find the AF, CS, and EF value includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core inin Table minimum-threshold max-threshold technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying thedescriptions technologies real 7-14. network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These dscp-based enables DSCP-based mark-probability-denominator] comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty WRED rather precedencelevel. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face onthan the actual lab exam. based WRED. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ecn—Explicit congestion notification. exponential-weighting-constant specifies the weight to be used by WRED when calculating average queue length; the default weight factor is 9.
Ranges from 1 to 16 in the format 2^[number]. prec-based enables precedencebased WRED, the default WRED behavior. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
precedence configures the parameters for the IP precedence values—for each IP precedence value from 0 to 7, the minimum and maximum threshold of a packet that must be reached for packet drop, and the mark probability denomi- nator that defines the fraction of packets that are dropped when the thresholds have been exceeded.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
service-policy
12.2
Specifies another nested policy map name.
12.2
Configures class-based shaping, covered later in this chapter. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. averageCIR[Bc] [Be]. shape
max-buffers configures a Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide in applying maximum bufferyou limit. what you know peakCIR[Bc] [Be]. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment [*] DSCP commands do not appear until 12.2
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the By default, all traffic that has not been defined as belonging to a class is provided with best-effort service; CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect default class can also be defined. Default classes allow for the configuration of any unclassified traffic. In th companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics unclassified traffic in the default class can either be given the same level of service that would achieved on not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. enabled interface, with each unclassified traffic flow receiving a fair share of the remaining bandwidth, or it Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and queued on a FIFO basis with a bandwidth restriction. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The default class is defined by creating a class-default class, using the command class class-default comm The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and policy map configuration mode, which enters you into policy map class configuration mode for the default c includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Router(config-pmap)#class class-default
When you are defining the class-default class, the fair-queue command becomes available, allowing all pr
unclassified traffic to be queued using WFQ. This command is available only for the default class:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
fair-queuedynamic-queue-limit CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Using fair-queue you can define a dynamic queue limit for all WFQ traffic in the default cla Pubthe Date: November 07,command, 2003 dynamic-queue-limit ranges from 16 to 4096 and can be entered in powers of 2 (2^[number]). ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Alternatively, instead of configuring WFQ for the remaining unclassified traffic, you can set a bandwidth lim FIFO best-effort queuing with the bandwidth command.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE NOTE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
When configuring the default class, it is important to note that either WFQ or a bandwidth limitation c Experience but putting intocannot practice lab scenarios that guide you in applying configured, bothconcepts commands bewith configured together. what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation The default class can also have class parameters, such as traffic policing, IP RTP Priority, tail dropping with five and full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment limits,Take WRED, class-based shaping, as mentioned previously in Table 6-21.
CCIE Practical II leads CCIEand candidates through thebeen process of preparing thea service p After the class Studies, map hasVolume been characterized the policy map has defined, you nowfor have CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect apply the service policy to an interface, use the service-policy command in interface configuration mode. companion the best-selling first edition, this book providesinterface coverage of CCIE lab exam topics or output theservice to policy command on either inbound or outbound traffic by using the input not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. arguments: Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Interface serial0 service-policy {input | output} policy-name
Using CBWFQ, you can classify traffic types into service groups and apply the appropriate policies to enforc traffic limitations or prioritization. In the following example, two classes are defined. ClassIP provides 25 p interface bandwidth to IP traffic and also uses WRED as a congestion-avoidance mechanism. ClassIPX prov
25 percent of the interface bandwidth to IPX traffic; because IPX is not supported by WRED, however, duri congestion, tail drop is used to discard packets. Any other remaining unclassified traffic is to be queued usi queues:
Step 1. The first step required for CBWFQ configuration is to define the class. In this example, Class to match all IP traffic: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Simpson(config)#class-map ClassIP Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Step 2. After the class has been defined, from within the class map configuration mode, define the c characteristics. The ClassIP class must match all IP packets, so the match protocol ip statement is the match criteria has been defined, you can exit class map configuration mode: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Simpson(config-cmap)#match protocol ip Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Simpson(config-cmap)# exit II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Stepwith 3. (Optional) anycandidate other required classes, up to 64. coverage This step of is the required forand each class d Combined Volume I,Create the CCIE will get comprehensive routing will be used for the service policy. In this example, ClassIPX is defined to match all IPX traffic: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Simpson(config)#class-map ClassIPX Simpson(config-cmap)#match protocol ipx Simpson(config-cmap)#exit
Step 4. Create a policy map. The policy map is used to define class policies. One policy map can con classes and their policies. In this example, the myPolicy policy is used for the class policy definitions and ClassIPX:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Simpson(config)# policy myPolicy Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 5. Specify the class map to be used with the service policy under the policy map. To create a se ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 for the IP traffic, ClassIP is specified under myPolicy:
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Simpson(config-pmap)# class ClassIP what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Stepfive 6. Within the policy map class mode, the policy parameters. As mentioned Take full-blown practice labs thatconfiguration mimic the actual labspecify exam environment ClassIP is assigned 50 percent of the interface bandwidth. This is accomplished using the bandwidth 50 command. ToVolume configure policy use WREDthrough for IP congestion avoidance, the for random-detect CCIE Practical Studies, II the leads CCIEtocandidates the process of preparing the used without any parameters: CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Simpson(config-pmap-c)# percent 50 comprehensive practice labsbandwidth include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Simpson(config-pmap-c)# random-detect Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Simpson(config-pmap-c)#exit
Step 7. (Optional) If necessary, repeat Steps 5 and 6 for each class definition. Next, ClassIPX is assi percent of the interface bandwidth:
Simpson(config-pmap)#class ClassIPX •
Table of Contents
Simpson(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 25 • Index •
Examples
Simpson(config-pmap-c)# CCIE Practical Studies Volume II exit ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Step 8. (Optional) Create a default class for all unclassified traffic. In this example, a default class is traffic using up to 16 dynamic WFQ queues:
Pubqueue Date: November 07, 2003 any unclassified ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Simpson(config-pmap)#class class-default Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Simpson(config-pmap-c)# fair-queue 16 what you know Simpson(config-pmap-c)# exit lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Learn how to build a practice Take five full-blown exit practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Simpson(config-pmap)#
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion best-selling edition, this book coverage of CCIE lab topics using the Step to 9. the After you finish first creating the class map provides and policy, apply the policy to exam an interface not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. policy command. To activate the service policy, it is applied to an interface. In this example, it is ap Combined with Volume I, interface the CCIE serial candidate outbound traffic on 0/1: will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Simpson(config)#int s 0/1 Simpson(config-if)#service-policy output myPolicy
Step 10. Example 6-28 shows the complete configuration for the example from the preceding steps.
Example 6-28. Final Configuration for the CBWFQ Example
class-map match-all ClassIPX match protocol ipx •
Table of Contents
class-map match-all ClassIP • Index •
Examples
match protocol ip CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press policy-map myPolicy Pub Date: November 07, 2003
class ISBN: ClassIP 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
bandwidth percent 50 random-detect class ClassIPX Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. bandwidth percent 25 class class-default Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know fair-queue 16 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial0/1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam192.168.3.1 by presenting255.255.255.252 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip address companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume ipxcovered network 10AB I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. service-policy output myPolicy
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies real network Step 11. Monitor and verify the configuration for the policy using theinshow policy-map or the show settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These map interface commands. The show policy-map myPolicy command shows how myPolicy was co comprehensive practice labsisinclude all ofwith the technologies increase in to difficulty this example, ClassIP configured 50 percent ofand thegradually interface bandwidth IP traffic using WFQ level. using They present readers with similar to what they will face actual lab percent exam. of the inte the default WRED IP scenarios precedence settings. ClassIPX limits all on IPXthe traffic to 25 Study bandwidth tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. using tail drop in the event of congestion. And all unclassified traffic is assigned to class-d class-default is queued using WFQ:
Simpson#show policy-map myPolicy Policy Map myPolicy Class ClassIP • • •
Bandwidth 50 (%)
Table of Contents Index exponential weight 9 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volumemin-threshold II class
max-threshold
mark-probability
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
---------------------------------------------------------Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
0
-
-
1/10
1
-
-
1/10
2
-
-
1/10
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on3experience- for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two1/10 of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 4 1/10 Experience 5 putting what you know 6 Learn how to build
concepts into practice- with lab scenarios that 1/10guide you in applying 1/10 a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
7 1/10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment rsvp 1/10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Class ClassIPX Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Bandwidth 25 (%) Max Threshold 64 (packets) The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Class class-default includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Flow Fair Queueing settings. The based final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Bandwidth 0 (kbps) Max Threshold 64 similar (packets) level. They present readers with scenarios to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Theshow policy-map interface serial 0/1 command displays detailed information on the service policy f 0/1, including the number of packets sent, packet transmission rate, number of dropped packets, number packets, and detailed queuing information.
Simpson#sh policy-map interface serial 0/1 Serial0/1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Service-policy output: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
myPolicy
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Class-map: ClassIP
(match-all)
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
5 packets, 520 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
bytes
Pages: 1032
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps Match: protocol ip Queueing Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Conversation Cisco Press. Output title Queue: 25 Bandwidth 50 concepts (%) Experience putting into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Bandwidth 772 (kbps) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation (pkts matched/bytes matched) 5/520 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment (depth/total drops/no-buffer drops) 0/0/0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam exponential by presenting weight: them9with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not coveredmean in Volume queue I,depth: like the0Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of thedrop core technologies required Minimum on the CCIE lab exam and class Transmitted Random Tail drop Maximum Mark includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologiespkts/bytes follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in realthresh network prob pkts/bytes pkts/bytes thresh settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice of the technologies 0/0 and gradually increase in difficulty 0 5/520 labs include all0/0 20 40 1/10 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are 1 0/0 0/0included throughout 0/0 the book. 22 40 1/10 2
0/0
0/0
0/0
24
40
1/10
3
0/0
0/0
0/0
26
40
1/10
4
0/0
0/0
0/0
28
40
1/10
5
0/0
0/0
0/0
30
40
1/10
6
0/0
0/0
0/0
32
40
1/10
7
0/0
0/0
0/0
34
40
1/10
rsvp
0/0
0/0
0/0
36
40
1/10
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Class-map: ClassIPX (match-all)
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 0 packets, 0 ,bytes
5 minute offered Publisher: Cisco Press
rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Match: protocol ipx
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Queueing Output Queue: Conversation 26 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title 25 from Cisco Press. Bandwidth (%) Bandwidth 386 (kbps) Max Threshold 64 (packets) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what(pkts you know matched/bytes matched) 0/0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation (depth/total drops/no-buffer drops) 0/0/0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEClass-map: lab exam by class-default presenting them(match-any) with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 140 packets, not covered in Volume 9840 I, like bytes the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 5 minute rate and 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps switching portionsoffered of the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Match: The book beginsany with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Queueing technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Flow Based comprehensive practiceFair labs Queueing include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Number techniques of Hashedare Queues 16 throughout the book. Study tipsMaximum and test-taking included (total queued/total drops/no-buffer drops) 0/0/0
When monitoring a CBWFQ-enabled interface, you can use the show interface output to display the defau configuration, including the queuing strategy, queuing counters, and whether WFQ is enabled, as well as in about the WFQ queues and RSVP conversations. Before you apply any CBWFQ commands, the bandwidth s
show interfaces command will be equal to the 75 percent of the interface bandwidth. That is the maximu amount available to be used by CBWFQ; the other 25 percent is reserved for router control traffic and rout this example, the available bandwidth prior to the CBWFQ configuration was 1158 kb, 75 percent of the 15 available on the serial interface. After applying the CBWFQ configuration, the interface's available bandwid 0 percent. If the bandwidth configured using the bandwidth command within a service policy exceeds the available, the policy will be removed from the interface and any other interfaces that it is applied to. You ca the amount of bandwidth available for CBWFQ by using the max-reserved-bandwidth percent command configuration mode, although using this command may seriously affect router performance. Example 6-29 • Table of Contents CBWFQ affects the output from the show interfaces command before and after applying CBWFQ. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 6-29. CBWFQ and the show interfaces Command ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Simpson# show interfaces serial 0/1 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Serial0/1 is up, line protocol is up Pages: 1032 Hardware is PowerQUICC Serial Internet address is 192.168.3.1/24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. reliability 252/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set what you know Keepalive set (10 sec) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Last Take input five full-blown 00:00:09, practice outputlabs 00:00:00, that mimic output the actual hanglab never exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volumeinterface" II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Last clearing of "show counters never CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the 0/75/0/0 best-selling(size/max/drops/flushes); first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Input queue: Total output drops: 0 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I,weighted the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Queueing strategy: fair switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Conversations 0/1/16for(active/max active/max total) technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The finalConversations chapter of the book concludes with fiveallocated) hands-on lab exercises. These Reserved 0/0 (allocated/max comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Available They presentBandwidth readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 1158 kilobits/sec Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 74999 packets input, 4663284 bytes, 0 no buffer Received 60312 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 7 input errors, 0 CRC, 7 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
60335 packets output, 4175959 bytes, 0 underruns 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 15 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out • • •
13 carrier transitions Table of Contents
DCD=upIndex DSR=up
DTR=up
RTS=up
CTS=up
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ________________________________________________________________ ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Simpson#show interfaces serial 0/1 Publisher: Cisco Press
Serial0/1 is up, line protocol is up Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Hardware is PowerQUICC Serial Pages: 1032
Internet address is 192.168.3.1/24 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255 two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Keepalive set (10 sec) what you know Last input 00:00:06, output 00:00:06, output hang never Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Queueing strategy: weighted fair companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Conversations 0/1/16 (active/max active/max total) The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Reserved Conversations (allocated/max allocated) includes suggested references for 2/2 further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Available 0 kilobits/sec settings. The final Bandwidth chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 5 minute input readers rate 0 with bits/sec, 0 similar packets/sec level. They present scenarios to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 74950 packets input, 4660302 bytes, 0 no buffer Received 60263 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 6 input errors, 0 CRC, 6 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort 60284 packets output, 4172143 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 14 interface resets 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out 13 carrier transitions DCD=up
DSR=up
DTR=up
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
RTS=up
CTS=up
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
This section introduced CBWFQ and described some ways that you can apply this technology to mark, queu ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 traffic based on classes. The next section discusses CBWFQ's own traffic-shaping mechanism: class-based Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Class-Based Shaping ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
As mentioned in the preceding section, as of Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2, it is possible to enable shap CBWFQ for service policies using class-based shaping. Class-based shaping enables you to configure shapin class-by-class basis within service policies rather than a per-interface basis using GTS. Class-based shapin from within CBWFQ by using the shape command in policy map class configuration mode. Table 6-22 show based shaping command and its arguments: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment shape {average target-bit-rate [sustained-bit-rate] [excess-per-interval] | peak CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the target-bit-rate [sustained-bit-rate] [excess-per-interval] | exercises. max-buffers buffers } CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Table 6-22. Class-Based Shaping Command Arguments and Their technologies follow, providing detailed Descriptions guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Command level. They present readers withDescription scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
averagetarget-bit-rate [sustained-bit-rate] [excess-per-interval]
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
The CBS average command configures the router to shape traffic to an average rate; with average-rate shaping, the shaper shapes all traffic to the normal burst rate for each interval. Like the GTS CIR, the target bit rate is the normal rate at which traffic will be transmitted (CIR), ranging from 8000 to the interface's full bit rate in bits per second. For example, a 1.544-Mbps interface's full CIR will range from 8000 to 154,400,000.
(Optional) Like the GTS sustained bit rate (Bc), the CBS sustained bit rate is that traffic is allowed to burst to a CCIE Practical Studies Volume II multiple of 128 ranging from 256 to 1,544,000 (on a serial ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface) in bits per interval. Cisco recommends that instead of manually calculating the value, you let the algorithm Publisher: Cisco Press configure the sustained bit rate. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
You can find the sustained burst rate that the traffic can burst per interval by using the following formula: Bc = Tc * CIR
(Optional) The excess bit/interval (Be) that traffic is allowed to burst to beyond the sustained bit rate, a multiple of 128 Gain hands-on experience for the ranging CCIE Lab fromExam 0 to 1,544,000 with volume (on two a serial of theinterface) best-selling in bits CCIEper Practical Studies title from Ciscointerval. Press. Cisco recommends that instead of manually calculating the value, you let the algorithm configure the sustained bit rate. If the Be is not entered, the software Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that guide you in applying assumes that Bewith = Bc. what you know Excess burst will always be greater than normal bursts, so Learn how to build a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation the lab recommended formula for finding Be is this: Take five full-blown practice Belabs = Bcthat * 2 mimic the actual lab exam environment peakPractical target-bit-rate CCIE Studies, Volume II The leads CBSCCIE peakcandidates command through configures thethe process routeroftopreparing shape for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them traffic with to a the series peakofrate challenging (Be + Bc)laboratory per interval. exercises. With peak-rate A perfect [sustained-bit-rate] companion to the best-selling first shaping, edition, if tokens this book areprovides available, coverage traffic isofshaped CCIE lab to the exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the normal Cisco burst Catalyst rate, 3550, but the route excess maps, burst BGP,per Multicast, interval.and Like QoS. the [excess-per-interval] Combined with Volume I, the CCIE GTScandidate CIR, the target will get bitcomprehensive rate is the normal coverage rate that of the traffic routing will and switching portions of the Routing beand transmitted Switching, at Security, (CIR), ranging and Service from 8000 Provider to the labinterface's exams. full bit rate in bits per second. For example, a 1.544-Mbps The book begins with brief coverage of thefull core technologies required CCIE lab exam and interface's CIR will range from 8000ontothe 1,544,000. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed (Optional) guides Liketo the applying GTS sustained the technologies bit rate (Bc), in real thenetwork CBS settings. The final chapter of thesustained book concludes bit ratewith is that five traffic hands-on is allowed lab exercises. to burst to These a comprehensive practice labs include multiple all of of the 128technologies ranging from and 256 gradually to 1,544,000 increase (on in a serial difficulty level. They present readers withinterface) scenariosinsimilar bits per to interval. what they Cisco will face recommends on the actual that instead lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques of manually are included calculating throughout the value, theyou book. let the algorithm configure the sustained bit rate.
peaktarget-bit-rate
You can find the sustained burst rate that the traffic can burst per interval by using the following formula:
[sustained-bit-rate] Bc = Tc * CIR [excess-per-interval]
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
(Optional) The excess bit/interval (Be) that traffic is allowed to burst to beyond the sustained bit rate, a multiple of 128 ranging from 0 to 1,544,000 (on a serial interface) in bits per interval. Cisco recommends that instead of manually calculating the value you let the algorithm configure the sustained bit rate. If the Be is not entered, the software assumes that Be = Bc.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
max-buffers Pages: 1032 buffers
Excess burst will always be greater than normal bursts, so the recommended formula for finding Be is this: Be = Bc * 2 (Optional) Used to specify a buffer limit ranging from 1 to 4096.
Theshape command is similar to the traffic-shape command used by GTS, having two choices for shape Gain hands-on average and peak. experience If you use for average, the CCIE Lab the Exam shaping with type volume traffictwo is shaped of the best-selling to the amount CCIE specified by the ta Practical (CIR), with Studies the option title from to configure Cisco Press. a sustained bit rate (Bc) and an excess bit rate (Be). The peak shaping traffic to burst past the CIR to a peak rate when bandwidth is available using the CIR, Be, and Bc supplied Example 6-30; however, Cisco does not recommend manual configuration of the normal and excess burst p whenExperience using CBS.putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 6-30. Using Class-Based Shaping with WFQ
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the class-map match-all Internet-traffic CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics protocol ip I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. notmatch covered in Volume Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and match access-group switching portions of the 101 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty policy-map Internet level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tipsInternet-traffic and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. class bandwidth percent 20 shape peak 768000 19200 38400 ! interface Serial0/1
ip address 36.128.42.11 255.255.255.0 service-policy output Internet ! access-list 101 permit tcp any any eq www •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
access-list 101 permit tcp any host 192.168.1.1 eq ftp access-list 101 permit tcp any host 192.168.1.1 gt 1023 established CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
In this example, all 07, web and passive FTP traffic exiting interface serial 0/1 is to be shaped to a 768-Kbit pe Pub Date: November 2003 limitedISBN: to 20 percent of the interface's bandwidth. Under circumstances where there is available bandwidth 1-58705-072-2 might burst up to the 38,400 bits per interval if tokens are available, which is specified with the peak com Pages: 1032 Example 6-31 verifies the configuration with the show policy-map command.
Example 6-31. Verifying the Class-Based Shaping Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Internet-Router#show policy-map Internet Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Policy Map know Internet what you Class Internet-traffic Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take Bandwidth five full-blown 20 (%) practice Max Threshold labs that mimic 64 (packets) the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Traffic Shaping CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companionPeak to theRate best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Traffic Shaping not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and CIR 768000 (bps) Max. Buffers Limit 1000 (Packets) switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Bc 19200 Be 38400 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Internet-Router# show policy-map interface serial 0/1 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Serial0/1 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Service-policy output: Internet
Class-map: Internet-traffic (match-all) 0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps Match: protocol ip Match: access-group 101 • • •
Queueing
Table of Contents
Index Queue: Conversation 265 Output Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Bandwidth 20 (%) ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Bandwidth 308 (kbps) Max Threshold 64 (packets) Publisher: Cisco Press
(pkts matched/bytes matched) 0/0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
(depth/total drops/no-buffer drops) 0/0/0
Pages: 1032
Traffic Shaping Target/Average
Byte
Sustain
Excess
Interval
Increment
Rate (bytes)CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the Limit CCIE Labbits/int Exam withbits/int volume two(ms) of the best-selling Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 2304000/768000 7200 19200 38400 25 7200 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Adapt Queue Packets Bytes Packets Bytes Shaping Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Active Depth Delayed Delayed Active Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 0 0 0 0 0 no CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Class-map: class-default (match-any) Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3 packets, 404 bytes The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and minute offered rate bps, reading. drop rate 0 bps exercises covering each of the core includes5 suggested references for 0further Laboratory technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Match: anychapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These settings. The final comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Now that you can see how easy it is to add traffic shaping policy to traffic classes using CBWFQ, consider h policing applies within CBWFQ.
Class-Based Policing
When traffic policy must be enforced, and actions are to be performed when traffic complies, exceeds, or v certain rates, you might consider using traffic policing. Traffic policing enables you to configure and enforce
policies that can limit either inbound or outbound traffic with user-defined criteria. You define the traffic cri using class maps and policy maps, and applying the resulting traffic service policies to interfaces. You can policing to enforce a maximum traffic rate by transmitting, dropping, or marking packets.
Earlier in the chapter, you learned about traffic shaping and rate limiting with CAR. This section examines use traffic policing to enforce traffic rates, the same type of principles that applied to traffic shaping and CA traffic shaping, for instance, when outbound traffic is being shaped, it is being buffered at the egress interf shaping and traffic policing both use a token-bucket algorithm; tokens are replenished at the traffic rate. T • Table of Contents packet, there must be enough tokens in the token bucket. Traffic policing applies to incoming and outgoing • Index does not use buffering to enforce policies. With traffic shaping, tokens are added only to the bucket at each • Examples with traffic policing, tokens are always being added back into the bucket. If there are not enough tokens in CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the packet is dropped or classified; traffic policing does not queue packets. Traffic policing does not remove By Karl the Soliebucket CCIE No. 4599,either Leah Lynch CCIE No. from when an exceed or7220 violate action take place.
During traffic bursts, traffic is either dropped or marked. Because traffic policing does not support buffering Publisher: Cisco Press shaping, traffic policing drops packets that exceed the interface's bandwidth limits. That is why traffic polic Pub Date: November 07, 2003 the classification of traffic upon actions. You can also use traffic policing to mark packets for later action by ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 QoS values, such as the ATM CLP bit, Frame Relay DE bit, IP precedence, or DSCP values. When traffic is m Pages: 1032 usually at an edge device, other QoS methods, such as WFQ, WRED, or traffic shaping, can be applied by d devices. So, if the interface has the bandwidth to forward a burst packet, and the traffic policy permits it, t forwarded with the appropriate traffic policy. The traffic policy for the transmitted burst packet should inclu type of action; this action should mark the packet as a burst packet by setting a discard bit or marking the normal and excess burst parameters are correctly configured, traffic policing should encourage end station their TCP window size when they packets dropped, global synchronization like Gain hands-on experience for the realize CCIE Lab Examhave with been volume two of preventing the best-selling CCIE does. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Another behavior that differs among traffic shaping, CAR, and traffic policing is the use of the two-bucket p putting practice with lab scenarios guide in applying trafficExperience shaping, when youconcepts define ainto violate action, you are actually that defining a you second bucket that will be use what you know that already exceed the normal and excess burst rate.
Learn howistoconfigured build a practice lab police for yourstatement CCIE lab exam preparation Traffic policing using the in policy map class configuration mode within a po There are several ways to configure traffic policing in Cisco IOS Software using the police command. The f Take five labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment shown here, is full-blown to enter allpractice the traffic-policing parameters, simultaneously, which can be quite cumbersome CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core police {rate-bps {[normal-burst] [excess-burst] | [bc normal-burst] [bc excess-burst] | technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These cir rate-bps [normal-burst] [excess-burst] [bc normal-burst] [be excess-burst | pir comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. [peak-rate]excess-burst]} [conform-action {action | exceed-action} [exceed-action Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. action [violate-action action]
The other way to configure traffic policing is by entering the policy map police configuration mode by issuin command, as shown here:
police {rate-bps {[normal-burst] [excess-burst] | • Table of Contents
[bc normal-burst] [bc excess-burst] |
•
Index [normal-burst] [excess-burst] [bc normal-burst] [be excess-burst | pir • cir rate-bps Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
[peak-rate]excess-burst]}
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 After the police command has been issued, you will be transferred into policy map police configuration mo by thePages: Router(config-pmap-c-police)# prompt. In this mode, you can issue or remove any conform, ex 1032 violate actions, one at a time, without having to type long commands. The conform, exceed, and violate ac follows:
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
conform-action set-clp-transmit | set-dscp-transmit dscp-value | set frde-transmi Learn how to{drop build a|practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual |lab exam environment precedence-value | | set-mpls-exp-transmit mpls-experimental-value set-prec-transmit
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads|CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set-qos-group gos-group-index transmit} CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the{drop best-selling first edition, this |book provides coveragedscp-value of CCIE lab exam exceed-action | set-clp-transmit set-dscp-transmit | settopics frde-transmit not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and | set-mpls-exp-transmit mpls-experimental-value | set-prec-transmit precedence-value | switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
set-qos-group gos-group-index transmit} The book begins with brief coverage of|the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core violate-action {drop | set-clp-transmit set-dscp-transmit dscp-value | set frde-transmi technologies follow, providing detailed guides to|applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These | set-mpls-exp-transmit mpls-experimental-value | set-prec-transmit | comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase inprecedence-value difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. set-qos-group gos-group-index | transmit} Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Table 6-23 shows the police command and policy map police configuration mode command arguments and descriptions.
Table 6-23. Traffic Policing Commands and Descriptions Command Argument
Description
traffic-rate
The average traffic rate, under normal circum a period of time in bits/second, ranging from 2,000,000,000:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
CIR = Tc/Bc in bps
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 normal-burst ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
(Optional) Specifies the normal burst size in ranging from 1000 to 512,000,000:
Pages: 1032
Bc(in bytes) = CIR(in bps) * (1byte)/ 1.5 seconds Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Note: 1.5 seconds is an average round-trip t what you know average round-trip time is not 1.5 seconds, y this value to accurately represent the Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab examchange preparation time. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment excess-burst (Optional) Specifies the excess burst size in b ranging from 1000 to 512,000,000: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Be(in bytes) * routing 2 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage= ofBcthe and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core conform-action (Optional) Any conforming to the no technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in packets real network will do the activity specified settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These by the next valu comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Specifies the conform action to be performed level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study the book. drop tips and test-taking techniques are included throughoutImmediately drops the packet and exits the l exceed-action
Skips redundant action configuration and lets straight to exceed action. This is used when and exceed actions are the same.
set-clp-transmit
Sets the ATM cell loss priority (CLP) bit and t the cell.
•
set-frde-transmit
Sets the Frame Relay discard eligible (DE) bi transmits the packet.
set-dscp-transmitdscp-value
Sets the DSCP value (ranging from 0 and 63 transmits the packet.
set-mpls-exp-transmitmpls-experimental-value
Sets the MPLS experimental value (ranging f and transmits the packet.
Table of Contents
• set-prec-transmit Index precedence-value •
Examples
Sets the IP precedence value (ranging from 0 transmits the packet.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
set-qos-groupgos-group-index
Sets the QoS group number (ranging from 0 transmits the packet.
transmit Publisher: Cisco Press
Transmits the packet.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 [exceed-action {drop |
(Optional) The exceed-action command spe action to take when traffic is in the normal to burst range (Bc to Be). The exceed-action c accompanied by an action to perform.
set-clp-transmit | set-frde-transmit | Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical set-dscp-transmit Studies title from dscp-value Cisco Press. | set-mpls-exp-transmitmpls-experimental-value | Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know set-prec-transmit precedence-value how to build a practice lab for | Learn set-qos-group gos-group-index | your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment transmit}]
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. (Optional) The violate-action command spe Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and action to take when traffic has surpassed the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. [violate-action {drop | burst range (Be). The violate-action comm accompanied an action to perform. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on theby CCIE lab exam and set-clp-transmit | includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network set-frde-transmit settings. The final chapter| of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty set-dscp-transmit dscp-value | level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. set-mpls-exp-transmitmpls-experimental-value | set-prec-transmitprecedence-value | set-qos-groupgos-group-index transmit}]
There are four or five steps (depending on whether you decide to use the long form of the command or the policy map police mode form of the command) required in traffic policy configuration: defining the service specify traffic characteristics, defining the policies that contain the police actions to take upon traffic classe the resulting service policy to an interface, and verifying and monitoring the configuration. •
Table of Contents
Step 1. Index Define the traffic class using the class-map command. The traffic class is used to define the matched by the policy. In this example, class IP-traffic is used to match all IP traffic, and ClassIPX-tr • Examples matches all IPX traffic: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Simpson(config)#class-map IP-traffic Simpson(config-cmap)#match protocol ip Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Simpson(config-cmap)#exit Simpson(config)# class-map IPX-traffic Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Simpson(config-cmap)# match protocol ipx Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Simpson(config-cmap)#exit Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting a seriespolicy of challenging laboratory exercises. perfect to classes. In Step 2. Define a policy them to usewith for service configuration, and assign trafficA policies companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics example, policy WAN-traffic is used to limit all IP traffic to 512 kbps with a 96,000-byte burst size us not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. CIR * (1byte) / (8 bits) * 1.5 seconds formula recommended by Cisco. Packets conforming to this po Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage the routing transmitted, and traffic exceeding the policy is dropped. The same type ofofpolicy is also and configured fo switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. using class IPX-traffic: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Simpson(config)#policy-map WAN-traffic Simpson(config-pmap)#class IP-traffic Simpson(config-pmap-c)#police 512000 96000 conform-action transmit exceed-action drop Simpson(config-pmap-c)#exit
Simpson(config)#policy-map WAN-traffic Simpson(config-pmap)#class IPX Simpson(config-pmap-c)#police 512000 96000 conform-action transmit exceed-action drop Simpson(config-pmap-c)#exit •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Simpson(config-pmap)#exit CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie No.if4599 CCIE No. 7220 StepCCIE 3. Or you,Leah usedLynch the modular policy
map police configuration mode method, you would use the 512000 96000 command to enter policy map police configuration mode. You would then enter the c exceed actions Publisher: Cisco Press in that mode, as shown here: Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Simpson(config-pmap-c)#police 512000 96000 Simpson(config-pmap-c-police)# Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Simpson(config-pmap-c-police)# conform-action transmit Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Simpson(config-pmap-c-police)#exceed-action drop Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Simpson(config-pmap-c-police)#exit CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Simpson(config-pmap-c)#class CCIE lab exam by presenting themIPX-traffic with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Simpson(config-pmap-c)# police 512000 96000 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Simpson(config-pmap-c-police)# switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Simpson(config-pmap-c-police)# transmit The book begins with brief coverageconform-action of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Simpson(config-pmap-c-police)#exceed-action drop the technologies in real network technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Simpson(config-pmap-c-police)#exit comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Simpson(config-pmap-c)#exit Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Step 4. Assign the policy map to an interface as a service policy:
Simpson(config)#interface serial 0/1 Simpson(config-if)#service-policy output WAN-traffic •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Step 5. Verify the configuration. To verify and monitor the traffic-policing configuration, use the sho Examples map or show policy-map interface command. The show policy-map command displays informat CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the current traffic policy configuration, and the show policy-map interface command displays deta ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 information about the state of the current traffic policies: •
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Simpson#show policy-map WAN-traffic Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Policy Map WAN-traffic Class IP-traffic Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know police cir 512000 bc 96000 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation conform-action transmit Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment exceed-action drop CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEClass lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect IPX-traffic companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. policein cir 512000 bcthe 96000 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switchingconform-action portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. transmit The bookexceed-action begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and drop includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providinginterface detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Simpson#show policy-map serial 0/1 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Serial0/1 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Service-policy output: WAN-traffic
Class-map: IP-traffic (match-all) 6887 packets, 5241646 bytes
5 minute offered rate 121000 bps, drop rate 75000 bps Match: protocol ip police: cir 512000 bps, bc 96000 bytes • • •
Table of Contents
conformed 4351 packets, 1857386 bytes; actions: Index
Examples
transmit
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 exceeded 2536 packets, 3384260
bytes; actions:
Publisher:drop Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
conformed 46000 bps, exceed 75000 bps
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Class-map: IPX-traffic (match-all) 0 packets, 0 bytes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco 5 Studies minute title offered rate Press. 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps Match: protocol ipx Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know police: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation cir 512000 bps, bc 96000 bytes Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment conformed 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the transmit CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics exceeded 0 packets, 0 Cisco bytes; actions: not covered in Volume I, like the Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching drop portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. conformed 0 bps, exceed 0ofbps The book begins with brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Class-map: class-default (match-any) comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 19 and packets, 1428 techniques bytes Study tips test-taking are included throughout the book. 5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps Match: any
Example 6-32 shows how traffic policing is used to assign traffic policies to different types of traffic. Class m
uses access list 101 to specify SNMP, DNS, DHCP, syslog, and TFTP traffic. Class user-traffic uses access lis specify NetBIOS and Telnet traffic as user traffic. And class internet uses access list 103 to define HTTP web passive FTP traffic to host 10.1.1.141 as Internet traffic. These classes are each assigned traffic policies us police command for each class under policy traffic-policy. Class management is assigned a 2-Mbps rate lim 375,000-byte normal burst and a 750,000-byte extended burst. Packets that conform to the normal traffic to an IP precedence value of Flash-override (4) and transmitted. When traffic from class management exce excess burst rate, it is still transmitted, but the IP precedence value for the packet is no longer changed. T the user-traffic class conforming to the normal traffic rate of 3 Mbps with a normal burst of 562,500 bytes • Table of Contents extended burst of 1,125,000 bytes has its IP precedence value set to Flash (3) and is still transmitted if the • Index burst rate has been exceeded. Traffic from the internet class that conforms to the rate limit of 5 Mbps with • Examples burst of 937,500 bytes and an extended burst of 1,875,000 is transmitted; traffic exceeding that rate is dro CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 6-32. Using Traffic Policing to Regulate Traffic Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
class-map match-all management Pages: 1032 match access-group 101 class-map match-all internet Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE match access-group 103 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. class-map match-all user-traffic Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying match 102 whataccess-group you know !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
policy-map Take five traffic-policy full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the class management CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the2000000 best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics police to cir bc 375000 be 750000 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate 4 will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and conform-action set-prec-transmit switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. exceed-action transmit The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core class suggested user-traffic technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. Thecir final3000000 chapter bc of the book be concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These police 562500 1125000 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. conform-action They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. set-prec-transmit 3 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. exceed-action transmit class internet police cir 5000000 bc 937500 be 1875000 conform-action transmit exceed-action drop
! interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 10.1.1.101 255.255.255.0 •
service-policy output traffic-policy Table of Contents
• !
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies access-list 101 Volume permitIIudp
any any eq snmp
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
access-list 101 permit udp any any eq domain Publisher: Cisco Press
access-list 101 permit tcp any any eq domain Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
access-list 101 permit udp any any eq bootps Pages: 1032
access-list 101 permit udp any any eq bootpc access-list 101 permit udp any any eq syslog access-list permit for udp any tftpwith volume two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on101 experience theany CCIE LabeqExam Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. access-list 102 permit udp any any eq netbios-dgm Experience putting concepts intoany practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying access-list 102 permit udp any eq netbios-ns what you know access-list 102 permit udp any any eq netbios-ss Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation access-list 102 permit tcp any any eq telnet Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list 103 permit tcp any any eq www CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect access-list 103 permit tcp any host 10.1.1.141 eq ftp companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. access-list 103 permit tcp any host 10.1.1.141 gt 1023 established Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 6-33follow, showsproviding how the show policy-map command and the show policy-map interface comman technologies detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network information about the traffic-policy policy. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 6-33. Using the show policy-map Command Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Simpson#show policy-map traffic-policy Policy Map traffic-policy Class management
police cir 2000000 bc 375000 be 750000 conform-action set-prec-transmit 4 exceed-action transmit Class user-traffic • • •
Table of Contents
police cir 3000000 bc 562500 be 1125000 Index
Examples
conform-action set-prec-transmit 3
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 exceed-action transmit
Class Cisco internet Publisher: Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
police cir 5000000 bc 937500 be 1875000 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
conform-action transmit
exceed-action drop
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. ethernet 0/0 Simpson#Studies show policy-map interface Ethernet0/0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Service-policy output: traffic-policy Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the (match-all) CCIEClass-map: lab exam by management presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 0 packets, 0 bytes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 5 minute rate and 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps switching portionsoffered of the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Match: 101 of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book beginsaccess-group with brief coverage includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core police: technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These cir 2000000 bps, bc 375000 bytes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. conformed 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. set-prec-transmit 4 exceeded 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: transmit conformed 0 bps, exceed 0 bps
Class-map: user-traffic (match-all) 0 packets, 0 bytes 5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps • • •
Match: Table access-group of Contents 102 Index
police: Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
cir 3000000 bps, bc 562500 bytes
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
conformed 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date:set-prec-transmit November 07, 2003
3
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
exceeded Pages: 1032
0 packets, 0 bytes; actions:
transmit conformed 0 bps, exceed 0 bps Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Class-map: internet (match-all) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 0 packets, what you know 0 bytes 5 minute rate 0lab bps, drop CCIE ratelab 0 exam bps preparation Learn how tooffered build a practice for your Take five full-blown practice Match: access-group 103labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical police: Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companioncir to the best-selling book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 5000000 bps, first bc edition, 937500 this bytes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and conformed 0 packets, 0 candidate bytes; actions: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. transmit The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes exceeded suggested 0references Laboratory exercises covering each of the core packets,for0 further bytes;reading. actions: technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These drop comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers scenarios conformed 0 bps, with exceed 0 bpssimilar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Class-map: class-default (match-any) 794 packets, 54247 bytes 5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps Match: any
Simpson#
The next example, Example 6-34, shows how a two-bucket traffic policy sets the ToS bits for different pack traffic type and burst size. Example 6-34 shows how class Servers sets the traffic policy for all traffic destin • Table of Contents network 209.145.63.0/27. Class apps specifies all traffic using the Telnet, SMTP protocols, or passive FTP t • Index 209.145.63.8, and class web specifies HTTP web traffic. In the example traffic belonging to the Servers cla • Examples conforms to the average bit rate of 4 Mbps with a 750,000-byte normal burst and 1,500,000-byte, extende CCIE Practical Studies Volume II have its DSCP value changed to cs2. Traffic exceeding the normal burst will have its DSCP value changed t By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Lynchthe CCIE No. 7220 any Servers traffic that,Leah violates excess burst rate will be transmitted without a DSCP value change. Cla specifies that traffic going to the servers on the 209.145.63.0/27 network will have a 3-Mbps average bit r 562,500-byte normal Publisher: Cisco Press burst, and a 1,125,000-byte extended burst. Traffic conforming to the apps policy wi DSCP value set to cs3, traffic exceeding the normal burst will have its DSCP changed to cs4, and traffic vio Pub Date: November 07, 2003 policy will be transmitted without a DSCP change. And finally, web traffic belonging to class web will have ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 traffic-policing configuration parameters as class apps; but the conform, exceed, and violate actions will di Pages: 1032 case, traffic conforming to the web policy will be transmitted with the DSCP value unchanged, and traffic th the excess and normal burst will be dropped. With this type of configuration, devices at the edge of the net specify ToS settings to alter the QoS treatment for downstream devices running WFQ or WRED. By changin value, the drop precedence of the packets is changed to a higher value, lowering the chances of those pack dropped. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 6-34. Using a Two-Bucket Traffic Policy Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know class-map match-all Learn how to build apps a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation match Takeaccess-group five full-blown 102 practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment class-map CCIE Practical match-all Studies, Volume Servers II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion match access-group to the best-selling 101 first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with class-map match-all Volume I, web the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. match access-group 103 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The policy1 final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These policy-map comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. class Servers Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. police cir 4000000 bc 750000 be 1500000 conform-action set-dscp-transmit cs2 exceed-action set-dscp-transmit cs4 violate-action transmit class apps
police cir 3000000 bc 562500 be 1125000 conform-action set-dscp-transmit cs3 exceed-action set-dscp-transmit cs4 violate-action transmit •
Table of Contents
• class webIndex • Examples CCIEpolice Practical cir Studies Volume II 3000000 bc
562500 be 1125000
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
conform-action transmit Publisher: Cisco Press
exceed-action drop
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 10.1.1.111 255.255.255.0 service-policy output for policy1 Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! Experience putting concepts into practice with 0.0.0.31 lab scenarios that guide you in applying access-list 101 permit ip any 209.145.63.0 what you know access-list 102 permit tcp any any eq telnet Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation access-list 102 permit tcp any any eq smtp Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list 102 permit tcp any host 209.145.63.8 eq ftp CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect access-list 102 permit tcp any host 209.145.63.8 gt 1023 established companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. access-list 103 permit tcp any any eq www Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 6-35follow, showsproviding the showdetailed policy-map policy1 and show policy-mapininterface command output. technologies guides to applying the technologies real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 6-35.readers Two-Bucket show Commands level. They present with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Simpson#show policy-map policy1 Policy Map policy1 Class Servers police cir 4000000 bc 750000 be 1500000
conform-action set-dscp-transmit cs2 exceed-action set-dscp-transmit cs4 violate-action transmit Class apps • • •
Table of Contents
policeIndex cir 3000000 bc 562500 be 1125000 Examples
conform-action set-dscp-transmit CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
cs3
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
exceed-action set-dscp-transmit cs4
Publisher: Cisco Press
violate-action transmit
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Class web Pages: 1032
police cir 3000000 bc 562500 be 1125000 conform-action transmit exceed-action Gain hands-on experiencedrop for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Simpson#show policy-map interface ethernet 0/0 Ethernet0/0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Service-policy output: policy1 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEClass-map: lab exam by Servers presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect (match-all) companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 0 packets, 0 bytes Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portionsoffered of the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 5 minute rate and 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps The book beginsaccess-group with brief coverage Match: 101 of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network police: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually cir 4000000 bps, bc 750000 bytes, be 1500000 bytes increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. conformed 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: set-dscp-transmit cs2 exceeded 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: set-dscp-transmit cs4 violated 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions:
transmit conformed 0 bps, exceed 0 bps, violate 0 bps
Class-map: apps (match-all) • • •
Table of Contents
0 packets, 0 bytes Index
Examples
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Match: access-group 102
police: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
cir 3000000 bps, bc 562500 bytes, be 1125000 bytes
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
conformed 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: set-dscp-transmit cs3
exceeded 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco cs4 Press. set-dscp-transmit violated 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know transmit Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation conformed 0 bps, exceed 0 bps, violate 0 bps Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the (match-all) CCIEClass-map: lab exam by web presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 0 packets, 0 bytes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 5 minute rate and 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps switching portionsoffered of the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Match: 103 of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book beginsaccess-group with brief coverage includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core police: technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These cir 3000000 bps, bc 562500 bytes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. conformed 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. transmit exceeded 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions: drop conformed 0 bps, exceed 0 bps
Class-map: class-default (match-any) 714 packets, 48821 bytes 5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps •
Match: Table any of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Sometimes, shaping and policing will not be the best solution to the problem. In some cases, certain traffic strict-priority queue. The next section shows how you can use Low Latency Queuing to provide strict-priori Cisco Press likePublisher: those created with PQ, within a class-based queuing design. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Low Latency Queuing (LLQ)
Low Latency Queuing (LLQ), also known as Priority-Based Weighted Fair Queuing, makes it possible to stric traffic classes from within a class-based policy using CBWFQ and the modular QoS CLI.
Gain hands-on experience for the Exam volume two of the best-selling CCIE a priority class LLQ allows traffic from at least oneCCIE classLab policy to with be sent to one strict-priority queue called Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. two major advantages to using LLQ over PQ or CBWFQ alone. With PQ, as long as the highest priority queu might be allowed to monopolize the bandwidth, starving out other lower-priority queues. With LLQ, howev priority queue is limited to a certain user-defined bandwidth. After this limit has been exceeded, any furthe Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying are dropped until sufficient resources have been made available. CBWFQ fairly allocates bandwidth among what you know This occasionally causes problems for applications that require guaranteed resources with little tolerance fo jitter. LLQ solves this problem by creating the one high-priority queue that, when configured properly, help Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation jitter.
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment To enable LLQ, use the priority command from within the policy class configuration mode. The policy com two bandwidth, and burst. The candidates bandwidththrough argument used toofspecify the for bandwidth limit f CCIEarguments: Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE theis process preparing the priority queue. The optional burst argument specifies the amount of traffic, in bytes, that is allowed to bur CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect bandwidth limit: companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Simpson(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth [burst] level. They present readers priority with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Under normal conditions, when there is no congestion, the strict-priority traffic is not limited by the bandw limitations; during periods of congestion, however, when the bandwidth limit has been reached, any new p arriving for transmission on the priority queue are dropped. Because LLQ has been designed with voice tra the priority class does not support the use of the random-detect command because WRED does not provi congestion avoidance with UDP traffic. When used with the priority command, the bandwidth command supported because the priority command has its own bandwidth parameter and because the priority class
use queue limits for traffic policing. The queue-limit command is also not supported in the priority classes unsupported commands are issued from within the priority class, an error appears warning that strict prior removed before the command can be issued.
Before you configure LLQ, it is important to know how much bandwidth will be required to support the amo that is specified for the priority class. LLQ has a traffic-metering algorithm that considers the Layer 2 head allocating traffic; however, it does not compensate for network jitter from upstream routers, ATM cell head router-generated control or routing traffic. If bandwidth allocations are not large enough to allow this traffi • Table of Contents might be dropped during periods of unusually high traffic or bursts. The following list displays the rules to • Index when using LLQ with CBWFQ: •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
uses,Leah its own bandwidth parameter ByKarl Because Solie CCIELLQ No. 4599 Lynch CCIE No. 7220
when policing traffic, the bandwidth command is no
in priority classes. Publisher: Cisco Press
To properly support connectionless voice traffic, WRED is not supported in priority classes.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Because LLQ uses bandwidth as its policing limitation, queue limits are not allowed in the priority clas Pages: 1032
LLQ is not supported with VoIP on Frame Relay.
To demonstrate the use of LLQ with CBWFQ for Voice over IP (VoIP) using routers with FXS ports, Figure 6 how Router Albuquerque and Router Santa Fe are connected over a serial HDLC point-to-point link. The ph connected to Router Albuquerque uses extension 4567, and the phone connected to Router Santa Fe uses e Gain experience forofthe CCIE Lab Exam with two from of theAlbuquerque best-selling have CCIE been very low q 7879.hands-on Lately, during periods network congestion, thevolume voice calls Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. this problem, LLQ is being implemented on the Albuquerque router. Because Router Albuquerque is using v g729r8, it has been determined that the priority queue on this interface will require only a maximum of 30 bandwidth. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Figure 6-10. Using LLQ with Voice Traffic
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Example shows service policy created to prioritize all voice traffic while providing accept The book6-36 begins with how briefacoverage of theiscore technologies required on the CCIE labstill exam and traffic throughput. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example 6-36. Using with over IPand gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs LLQ include all ofVoice the technologies level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. hostname Albuquerque ! class-map data match protocol ip
class-map voice match access-group 101 ! policy-map voice-data • • •
Table of Contents
class voice
Index Examples
priority 30
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie data CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 class
bandwidth Publisher: Cisco 1125 Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
random-detect ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
dial-peer voice 4567 pots destination-pattern 4567 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. port 2/0 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know dial-peer voice 7879 voip Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation destination-pattern 7879 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment session target ipv4:10.54.2.1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered Serial1 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 10.54.2.2 255.255.255.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. service-policy output voice-data The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These access-list permit any all any 16384 32767 comprehensive101 practice labsudp include of range the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. access-list permit techniques tcp any any eq 1720 throughout the book. Study tips and101 test-taking are included
The voice class matches all VoIP ports, defined in access list 101, and the data class matches the IP protoc policy map voice-data assigns the voice class to a strict-priority class using 30 kb of bandwidth, including r router jitter and control traffic, and the data class is limited to 1125 kb of bandwidth and will use WRED to discard packets during periods of congestion. Example 6-37 shows the show policy-map command outpu displays a summary of the policy configuration and how it works with the traffic sent across this network.
Example 6-37. show policy-map Command Output
Albuquerque#show policy-map voice-data •
of Contents Policy Map Table voice-data •
Index
• Weighted Examples Fair Queueing CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
voice ByKarlClass Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Strict Priority
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Bandwidth 30 (kbps)
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 Class data
Bandwidth 1125 (kbps) exponential weight 9 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE class min-threshold mark-probability Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.max-threshold ---------------------------------------------------------Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what 0 you know 1/10 Learn how to-build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 1 1/10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 2 1/10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3 1/10 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 4 1/10 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 5 1/10 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 6 begins with - brief coverage of-the core technologies 1/10 The book required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 7 - providing detailed -guides to applying the 1/10 technologies follow, technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These rsvp comprehensive practice labs include all-of the technologies 1/10 and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Albuquerque# policy-map interface serial 1 Study tips andshow test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Serial1
output : voice-data
Weighted Fair Queueing Class voice Strict Priority
Output Queue: Conversation 264 Bandwidth 30 (kbps) Packets Matched 152 (total drops/bytes drops) 0/0 Class data • • •
Table of Contents
Output Queue: Conversation 265 Index
Examples
Bandwidth 1125 (kbps) Packets Matched 48
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie (depth/total CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220drops) drops/no-buffer
exponential Publisher: Cisco Press
0/0/0
weight: 9
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
mean queue depth: 0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
drops: class 0
random
tail
min-th
max-th
mark-prob
0
0
20
40
1/10
1 0 0 22 40 1/10 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title 2 from 0Cisco Press. 0 24 40 1/10 3 0 0 26 40 1/10 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 4 0 0 28 40 1/10 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 5 0 0 30 40 1/10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 6 0 0 32 40 1/10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 0 them with 0 a series34 40 laboratory 1/10exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by 7presenting of challenging companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics rsvp I, like 0 the Cisco 0 Catalyst 3550, 36 1/10 not covered in Volume route40 maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and As you can see, CBWFQ can perform a number of QoS techniques. After covering you haveeach seenofsome of the ways th includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises the core can be applied, you will probably imagine all kinds of waysthe that you can apply thisnetwork technology in networks, technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying technologies in real following: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. for policy enforcement StudyMarking tips andtraffic test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Classifying traffic into policy groups Queuing certain traffic with WFQ or PQ technologies Performing tail drop or WRED, depending on traffic type Prioritizing traffic to reserve bandwidth Shaping traffic
Enforcing traffic policy by policing traffic
As you might imagine, these three chapters easily could have been expanded into an entire book of 1000+ best way to test and apply these QoS technologies is in a laboratory environment with test traffic and then QoS solution in production after completing several tests. With some creativity and knowledge of the skills these QoS chapters, you can create some extremely versatile QoS solutions. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Practice Scenarios Lab 12: Custom Queuing •
Table of Contents
The law firm Index • Blackerby, Smith, and Heitz, commonly referred to as BSH, has a network consisting of one headquarters site in Orlando containing all the servers and a PBX. They currently have two • Examples branch sites:Studies Columbia and CCIE Practical Volume II Atlanta. In the next two months, however, they plan to add two other new sites: one in Birmingham, and one in Greensboro, as shown in Figure 6-11. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Figure 6-11. Blackerby, Smith, and Heitz Network Diagram
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Equipment Needed
This lab requires the following: Three routers with one serial interface, one Ethernet interface, and two FXS voice ports One router with four serial interfaces to act as a Frame Relay switch (Optionally) Two computers with Ethernet interfaces • • •
Table of Contents
(Optionally) Index One extra router with one Ethernet interface Examples
The of this lab Volume requires CCIE core Practical Studies II four routers. Three of the routers require one serial interface, and one of the routers, which will act as a Frame Relay switch, requires four serial interfaces. The routers should ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 be attached by their serial interfaces as shown in Figure 6-12. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Figure 6-12. Physical Lab Configuration
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Physical Layout and Prestaging
Configure the Frame Relay as shown in Figure 6-13 using the IP addressing and DLCI assignments shown in Table 6-24.
Figure 6-13. Frame Relay DLCI Configuration •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Table 6-24. IP Address and to Frame Relay DLCI Assignments technologies follow, providing detailed guides applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs includeDLCI all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Router Interface IP Address level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 0/2 techniques 201 192.168.2.2/30 Study Atlanta tips andSerial test-taking are included throughout the book. Columbia Serial 0
301
192.168.3.2/30
Orlando Serial 1.102
102
192.168.2.1/30
Orlando Serial 1.103
103
192.168.3.1/30
Configure the Frame Relay switch as shown in Figure 6-13 using the DLCI assignments in Table 6-25.
Table 6-25. Frame Relay Switch DLCI Assignments Local Interface
Local DLCI
•Serial 4 •
Table of Contents201
•Serial 3
Examples
Remote Interface
Remote DLCI
Serial 2
102
Serial 2
103
Serial 4
201
Serial 3
301
Index
301
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Serial 2
102
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Serial 2
103
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Lab Objectives Pages: 1032
Each site has several computers that the local office staff uses to access files and applications at the headquarters site in Orlando. Each site also has two telephones that are used to dial the headquarters site. Calls to the Orlando site from the branch offices happen infrequently at various times during the day; both phone lines are rarely used at the same time. All the voice and data traffic between the Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Exam withcircuits volumewith two 256-kbps of the best-selling Orlando and Atlanta sites isfor carried overLab Frame Relay CIR. The CCIE headquarters Practical Studies from Cisco Press. site currently hastitle Frame Relay T1, with a 768-kbps CIR. The current traffic patterns have recently been analyzed, and it has been found that during peak hours, 9:00 to 10:30 a.m., 12:00 to 1:00 p.m., and 3:30 to 5:00 p.m., traffic is very bursty, and some of the applications are intolerant of the Experience concepts intoWhile practice with lab guide you in delays caused byputting the bursty periods. planning thescenarios upgrade that of the network forapplying the two new sites, what you know it has been decided that the Frame Relay circuit in Orlando will have its CIR increased to 1.544 Mbps. This should ease some of the issues with the bursty traffic. To prevent any new problems, it has been Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation decided that Custom Queuing will be implemented before the upgrade, only at the Orlando site. The objectives for this lab include the following: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Configure VoIP between the FXS cards on the Orlando and Columbia routers. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first book providesbased coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Configure Custom Queuing toedition, supportthis traffic limitations on byte count. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Lab Tasks
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Step 1. Configure the Orlando router to connect to the Atlanta and Columbus routers, without technologies providing map detailed guides toAlso, applying the technologies real networkrouters to the usefollow, of frame-relay statements. configure the Atlanta in and Columbia settings. Thethe final chapter of theAt book with five hands-on exercises. reach Orlando router. thisconcludes point, all routers should havelab both line and These protocol in an up comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty state. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study Step tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 2. Configure the IP addresses for each router, as shown in Figure 6-14. Configure all networks to belong to OSPF area 0 and verify IP connectivity.
Figure 6-14. Complete Network Diagram
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Step 3. If possible, configure VoIP between Columbia and Orlando, as shown in Figure 6-14. Configure one of thepractice phoneslabs in Columbia to use extension 5301 and the other to use 5302, and Take five full-blown that mimic the actual lab exam environment configure the Orlando site to have only one phone using extension 5000. Verify that all phones CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the can dial each other. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion best-selling first edition, this provides coverage of CCIE topics Step to 4. the Configure two computers, one onbook the 192.168.3.144 network andlab oneexam on the not covered in Volume network. I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 192.168.100.96 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching the Routing and Security,network. and Service Provider lab exams. Stepportions 5. Placeofanother router onSwitching, the 192.168.3.208 Configure this router with a default route to the 192.168.3.209 interface on the Atlanta router. Configure this router to allow Telnet The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and access. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies guides to applying the technologies in realcan network Step 6.follow, Verifyproviding that hostsdetailed on networks 192.168.3.144 and 192.168.100.96 Telnet to the settings. Theat final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These router 192.168.3.211. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Step They present with scenarios similar to what they will facefrom on the lab exam. 7. Usingreaders the information from Table 6-26 and the formulas theactual "Custom Queuing" Study section tips andearlier test-taking are included throughout the book. in the techniques chapter, enter the byte-count data in Table 6-27. The information from the Byte Count fields will be used to configure the byte-count queue limits.
Table 6-26. Bandwidth Percentages for This Lab
• • •
Queue Number
Protocol(s)
Percentage Bandwidth
Average Packet Size
1
Voice
25
64
2
DHCP, DNS, SNMP
5
79
3
Telnet
10
64
SMTP
10
625
Passive FTP to
10
315
5
1024
25
1042
4 5
Table of Contents Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume 192.168.3.211 II ByKarl Solie Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 6 CCIE No. 4599,WWW
7
Publisher: Cisco Press
Other
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Table 6-27. Byte-Count Limitation Data Average Bandwidth Packet Normalized Byte Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the Whole best-selling CCIE Protocol Size Ratio Ratio Ratio Count Practical Studies titleAllocation from Cisco Press. Voice 25% 64 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying DHCP, DNS, 5% 79 what you know SNMP Learn how to build Telnet 10%a practice lab 64for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown that mimic the actual lab exam environment SMTP 10%practice labs 625 CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Passive FTP toStudies, 10% 315 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 192.168.3.211 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics WWW 5% 1024 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Other 25% 1042 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief of theinterface core technologies required on the CCIE exam and Step 8. Configure CQcoverage for the serial on the Orlando router, using thelab byte-count includes suggested references forinfurther reading. Laboratory covering each of the lists core limitations that you found Table 6-27, for each of the exercises queues. Configure any access technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network necessary to sort the traffic into the queues. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs7 include all of the technologies and gradually Step 9. Make Queue is the default queue for all unspecified traffic.increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab Walkthrough Configure the Frame Relay switch so that the switch has DLCI 201. It should match up with DLCI 102 and DLCI 301, and it should also match up with 103. Example 6-38 shows the complete Frame Relay switch configuration.
Example 6-38. Frame Relay Switch Configuration
hostname Frame-Relay ! frame-relay switching •
Table of Contents
• !
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Serial2 Studies Volume II interface ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
description Connection to Orlando Publisher: Cisco Press
no ip address
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 encapsulation frame-relay Pages: 1032
frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 102 for interface Serial4 Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam201 with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. frame-relay route 103 interface Serial3 301 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Serial3 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
description Connection to Columbia Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip address CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect encapsulation frame-relay companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. frame-relay lmi-type ansi Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay intf-type dce The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and frame-relay route 301 interface Serial2 includes suggested references for further reading.103 Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty interface Serial4readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They present Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. description Connection to Atlanta no ip address encapsulation frame-relay frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type dce
frame-relay route 201 interface Serial2 102 ! end
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
In notice that the frame-relay route statements for interface serial 2 both have local • the example, Examples DLCI numbers for 102 CCIE Practical StudiesDLCI Volume II and 103. These numbers are matched to the DLCI numbers assigned to the Orlando router. The other two DLCI numbers, 201 and 203, are assigned to interfaces 3 and 4, ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 which connect to the Atlanta and Columbus routers. Example 6-39 shows the Frame Relay routing table from the Frame Relay switch. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Example 6-39. Frame Relay Routing Table of the Frame Relay Switch Pages: 1032
Frame-Switch#show frame route Input Intf Input Dlci Output IntfLab Output Status two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE ExamDlci with volume Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Serial2 102 Serial4 201 active Serial2 103 Serial3 301with active Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Serial3 301 Serial2 103 active Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Serial4 201 Serial2 102 active Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Step 1. Configure the Orlando router to connect to the Atlanta and Columbus routers without companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics the use of frame-relay map statements. Also, configure the Atlanta and Columbus routers to not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. reach the Orlando router. At this point, all routers should have both line and protocol in an up Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and state. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. To configure thebrief Layer 2 connections fromtechnologies the Orlando required router to on thethe Atlanta Columbus The book begins with coverage of the core CCIE and lab exam and routers without the use of frame-relay map statements, use subinterfaces on the Orlando includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router'sfollow, serial providing interface: detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Orlando(config)#interface Serial1 Orlando(config-if)#encapsulation frame-relay
Orlando(config-if)#clockrate 1300000 Orlando(config-if)#interface Serial0.102 point-to-point Orlando(config-if)#frame-relay interface-dlci 102 Orlando(config-if)#interface Serial0.103 point-to-point •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Orlando(config-if)#frame-relay interface-dlci 103 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599should , Leah Lynch No. 7220 The other two routers justCCIE need the encapsulation
frame-relay command and a clock rate if they are on the data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) side of the connection: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Atlanta(config-if)# int for s 0/2 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Atlanta(config-if)#encapsulation frame-relay Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Atlanta(config-if)# clockrate 1300000 what you know Columbia(config-if)#int s 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Columbia(config-if)# frame-relay Take five full-blownencapsulation practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Columbia(config-if)# clockrate 1300000 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Stepwith 2. Configure addresses for each router, as shown incoverage Figure 6-14. Configure all Combined Volume I,the theIPCCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the routing and networks to belong to OSPFand areaSwitching, 0 and verify IP connectivity. switching portions of the Routing Security, and Service Provider lab exams. To establish IP connectivity from and Columbus routers to the Orlando router, The book begins with brief coverage of the Atlanta core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam andthe following addresses are assigned. sureLaboratory to use the ip ospf network includes suggested references for furtherMake reading. exercises coveringpoint-to-point each of the core command for the OSPF connections. Theto following shows theinFrame Relay interface technologies follow, providing detailed guides applyingexample the technologies real network configuration for the of Orlando subinterfaces: settings. The final chapter the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Orlando(config)#interface Serial1.102 point-to-point Orlando(config-if)#ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.252
Orlando(config-if)#ip ospf network point-to-point
Orlando(config)#interface Serial1.103 point-to-point Orlando(config-if)# ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.252 •
Table of Contents
Orlando(config-if)# ip ospf network point-to-point • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
The Atlanta and Columbia routers are allowed to use frame-relay map statements. After all IP addresses have been assigned, each router will require OSPF configuration. The following example Publisher: Cisco Press shows the Frame Relay interface configuration for the Atlanta and Columbia routers: Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Atlanta(config)# int s 0/2 Atlanta(config-if)# ipconcepts address 192.168.2.2 Experience putting into practice with255.255.255.252 lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Atlanta(config-if)#frame-relay map ip 192.168.2.1 201 broadcast Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Atlanta(config-if)#ip ospf network point-to-point Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Columbiaconfig)#int s 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Columbia(config-if)# ip address 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.252 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,frame-relay like the Ciscomap Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Columbia(config-if)# ip 192.168.3.1 301 broadcast Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of theip Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Columbia(config-if)# ospf and network point-to-point The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed guides to applying theand technologies in shown real network Step 3.follow, If possible, configure VoIP between Columbia Orlando, as in Figure 6-14. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Configure one of the phones in Columbia to use extension 5301 and the other to use 5302, and comprehensive labssite include all of theone technologies andextension gradually5000. increase in difficulty configure practice the Orlando to have only phone using Verify that all phones level. can Theydial present each readers other. with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. If you have the two voice-capable routers with FXS cards required to complete this step, you need to create two dial peers on each router. One dial-peer statement will be for pots. This statement should specify the destination pattern, which is the number dialed from the telephone, and the port which is the locally connected voice port. The other dial-peer statement is the voip statement, which specifies the destination pattern for the remote telephone and the IP address that VoIP will use when that number is dialed:
Orlando(config)#dial-peer voice 5000 pots •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Orlando (config-dial-peer)#destination-pattern 5000 • Examples Orlando (config-dial-peer)# port 2/0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie (config-dial-peer)#dial-peer Orlando CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220voice 5301 voip
Orlando (config-dial-peer)# destination-pattern 5301 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Orlando (config-dial-peer)# session target ipv4:192.168.3.2 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Orlando (config-dial-peer)#dial-peer voice 5302 voip Orlando (config-dial-peer)# destination-pattern 5302 Orlando (config-dial-peer)# session target ipv4:192.168.3.2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco voice Columbia(config)#dial-peer Press. 5301 pots Columbia (config-dial-peer)# destination-pattern 5301 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what (config-dial-peer)# you know Columbia port 2/0 Learn(config-dial-peer)#dial-peer how to build a practice lab for yourvoice CCIE lab exam preparation Columbia 5302 pots Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Columbia (config-dial-peer)# destination-pattern 5302 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Columbia (config-dial-peer)# CCIE lab exam by presenting themport with a2/1 series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Columbia voice not covered(config-dial-peer)#dial-peer in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550,5000 routevoip maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Columbia (config-dial-peer)# destination-pattern 5000Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Columbia (config-dial-peer)# session target ipv4:192.168.3.1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Step 4. Configure two include computers, the 192.168.3.144 network and one the comprehensive practice labs all ofone theon technologies and gradually increase in on difficulty 192.168.100.96 network. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. If you have two extra computers, place one on the 192.168.3.144 network and one on the 192.168.100.96 network. Step 5. Place another router on the 192.168.3.208 network. Configure this router with a default route to the 192.168.3.209 interface on the Atlanta router. Configure this router to allow Telnet access. The fourth router should need only an IP address on its Ethernet interface and a default route to 192.168.3.209:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Router(config)#interface Ethernet0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Router(config-if)#ip address 192.168.3.211 255.255.255.240 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Router(config)#exit Publisher: Cisco Press
Router(config)# ip07,route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.3.209 Pub Date: November 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Router(config)#line vty 0 4 Pages: 1032
Router(config-line)#login Router(config-line)#pass cisco Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 6. Verify that hosts on networks 192.168.3.144 and 192.168.100.96 can Telnet to the router at 192.168.3.211. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know If you were able to complete Step 4, you should be able to verify that hosts on the networks 192.168.3.144 and 192.168.100.96 can ping each other. If you completed Step 5 successfully, Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation both of those hosts should also be able to Telnet to the router on the 192.168.3.208 network. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 7. Using the information from Table 6-26 and the formulas from earlier in the chapter, enter theStudies, byte-count dataIIinleads TableCCIE 6-27.candidates The information from Byte of Count fields for will the be used CCIE Practical Volume through the the process preparing to configure the byte-count queue 6-28 shows the byte-count sizesA for this lab. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with alimits. seriesTable of challenging laboratory exercises. perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Table 6-28. Byte-Count Sizes for Custom Queuing
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Protocol
Average Bandwidth Packet Allocation Size Ratio
Voice
25%
64
0.3906 79.7
80
5120
26.8%
DHCP, DNS, SNMP
5%
79
0.0633 12.9
13
1027
5.3%
•
Normalized Whole Byte Ratio Ratio Count
Actual Bandwidth
Table of Contents
•
TelnetIndex
10%
64
0.1563 31.9
32
2048
10.7%
•
SMTP Examples
10%
625
0.016
3.3
4
2500
13%
0.0317 6.5
7
2205
11.5%
1024
0.0049 1
1
1024
5.3%
1042
0.0240 4.9
5
5210
27.2%
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Passive FTP4599 to ,Leah 10%Lynch CCIE315 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. No. 7220 192.168.3.211
Publisher: Cisco Press WWW
5%
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Other
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
25%
Pages: 1032
19,134
Step 8. Configure CQ for the serial interface on the Orlando router, using the byte-count limitations that you found in Table 6-27 for each of the queues. Configure any access lists necessary to sort the traffic into the queues. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical fromlist Cisco ForStudies this lab,title access 101Press. was used to specify voice traffic; access list 102 was used to specify DHCP, DNS, and SNMP traffic; and access list 103 was used to specify FTP traffic. These access lists were used with queue list 1 to specify the traffic and byte counts for each queue. The queue Experience putting practice scenarios that guide you in applying list was applied to concepts interface into serial 1 usingwith the lab custom-queue-list command: what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Orlando(config)#access-list 101 permitwill tcpget any any eq 1720coverage of the routing and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate comprehensive switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Orlando(config)#access-list 101 permit udp any any range 16384 32767 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Orlando(config)#access-list remark Voice trafficexercises covering each of the core includes suggested references for 101 further reading. Laboratory technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Orlando(config)#access-list 102 remark DHCP, DNS hands-on and SNMPlab traffic settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Orlando(config)#access-list 102 permit udptoany any eqwill bootpc level. They present readers with scenarios similar what they face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Orlando(config)#access-list 102 permit udp any any eq domain Orlando(config)#access-list 102 permit tcp any any eq domain Orlando(config)#access-list 102 permit udp any any eq snmp Orlando(config)#access-list 103 remark FTP and random port for data Orlando(config)#access-list 103 permit tcp any host 192.168.3.211 eq ftp
Orlando(config)#access-list 103 permit tcp any host 192.168.3.211 gt 1023 established Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 protocol ip 1 list 101 Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 protocol ip 2 list 102 Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 protocol ip 3 tcp telnet •
Table of Contents
Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 protocol ip 4 tcp smtp • Index •
Examples
Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 protocol ip 5 list 103 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 protocol ip 6 tcp www Publisher: Cisco Press Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 protocol ip 7 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 queue 1 byte-count 5120 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 queue 2 byte-count 1027 Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 queue 3 byte-count 2048 Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 queue 4 byte-count 2500 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 queue 5 byte-count 2205 Orlando(config)#queue-list queue 6 byte-count 1024 that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts1 into practice with lab scenarios what you know Orlando(config)#queue-list 1 queue 7 byte-count 5210 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Orlando(config)#interface Serial1 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Orlando(config-if)#custom-queue-list 1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Make Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps,traffic. BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Step 9. Queue 1 the default queue for all unspecified Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, Provider lab exams. To make Queue 7 the default queue, you need to useand onlyService the default version of the queue-list command to specify Queue 7: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
queue-list 1 default 7
Example 6-40 shows the complete configuration for the Orlando router.
Example 6-40. Orlando Router Configuration
hostname Orlando ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
voice-port 2/0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
!
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
voice-port 2/1 Publisher: Cisco Press
!
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
dial-peer voice 5000 pots Pages: 1032
destination-pattern 5000 port 2/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. dial-peer voice 5301 voip Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying destination-pattern 5301 what you know session target ipv4:192.168.3.2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
dial-peer voice 5302Volume voip II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Practical Studies, CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect destination-pattern 5302 first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion to the best-selling not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. session with target ipv4:192.168.3.2 Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and interface Serial1references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network no ip address settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty encapsulation level. They presentframe-relay readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. custom-queue-list 1 clockrate 1300000 ! interface Serial1.102 point-to-point ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.252
ip ospf network point-to-point frame-relay interface-dlci 102 ! interface Serial1.103 point-to-point •
Table of Contents 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.252 • ip addressIndex •
Examples
ip Practical ospf network point-to-point CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
frame-relay interface-dlci 103
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 interface FastEthernet0 Pages: 1032
ip address 192.168.100.97 255.255.255.240 ! router ospf 101 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 network 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.3 into area 0 Experience putting concepts practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 192.168.100.96 0.0.0.15 area 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list 101 permit tcp any any eq 1720 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam101 by presenting them series of challenging access-list permit udp anywith anya range 16384 32767 laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in 101 Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. access-list remark Voice traffic Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing access-list 102 of remark DHCP,and DNSSwitching, and SNMPSecurity, trafficand Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage theeq core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and access-list 102 permit udp any of any bootpc includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing guides to applying the technologies in real network access-listfollow, 102 permit udpdetailed any any eq domain settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labstcp include of eq the domain technologies and gradually increase in difficulty access-list 102 permit any all any level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and102 test-taking are included access-list permit techniques udp any any eq snmp throughout the book. access-list 103 remark FTP and random port for data access-list 103 permit tcp any host 192.168.3.211 eq ftp access-list 103 permit tcp any host 192.168.3.211 gt 1023 established queue-list 1 protocol ip 1 list 101
queue-list 1 protocol ip 2 list 102 queue-list 1 protocol ip 3 tcp telnet queue-list 1 protocol ip 4 tcp smtp queue-list 1 protocol ip 5 list 103 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
queue-list 1 protocol ip 6 tcp www queue-list 1 protocol ip 7 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE 4599, Leah queue-list 1 No. default 7 Lynch CCIE No. 7220
queue-list 1 queue 1 byte-count 5120 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
queue-list 1 queue 2 byte-count 1027 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
queue-list 1 queue 3 byte-count 2048 queue-list 1 queue 4 byte-count 2500 queue-list 1 queue 5 byte-count 2205 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.1024 queue-list 1 queue 6 byte-count queue-list 1 queue 7 byte-count 5210 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Example 6-41 shows output from the show and show the queueing that CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIEinterface candidates through processcommands. of preparingNotice for the the show interface commandthem shows thata CQ is enabled and that there areexercises. currently A noperfect packets in CCIE lab exam by presenting with series of challenging laboratory the queues.to The queueing output used to display of information abouttopics the custom companion theshow best-selling firstcommand edition, this bookwas provides coverage CCIE lab exam queues usedin inVolume this lab.I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Example 6-41. Output from show interface and show queueing on the The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Orlando Router
includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsserial include 1all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Orlando#show interface level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tipsis and test-taking techniques Serial0 up, line protocol is are up included throughout the book. Hardware is PowerQUICC Serial MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, reliability 255/255, txload 42/255, rxload 1/255 Encapsulation FRAME-RELAY, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec) LMI enq sent
604, LMI stat recvd 597, LMI upd recvd 0, DTE LMI up
LMI enq recvd 0, LMI stat sent LMI DLCI 0 • • •
0, LMI upd sent
LMI type is ANSI Annex D
0
frame relay DTE
Table of Contents
FR SVC disabled, LAPF state down Index
Examples
Broadcast queue 0/64, broadcasts sent/dropped 1431/3, interface broadcasts 1224
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Last input 00:00:05, output 00:00:05,
output hang never
Last clearing Publisher: Cisco Pressof "show interface" counters 01:47:08 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Input queue: 0/75/2/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 33540 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Queueing strategy: custom-list 1 Output queues: (queue #: size/max/drops) 0: 0/20/0 1: 0/20/0 2: 0/20/0 3: 0/20/0 4: 0/20/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco 5: Studies 0/20/0 title 6: 0/20/0 7: Press. 0/20/33540 8: 0/20/0 9: 0/20/0 10: 0/20/0 11: 0/20/0 12: 0/20/0 13: 0/20/0 14: 0/20/0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what know 15: you 0/20/0 16: 0/20/0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 5 minute input rate 4000 bits/sec, 25 packets/sec Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 5 minute output rate 259000 bits/sec, 27 packets/sec CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 14023 input, 884229 0 challenging no buffer laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exampackets by presenting them with abytes, series of companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 1 input errors, CRC, and 1 frame, 0 overrun, ignored, 0 abort lab exams. switching portions of the 0 Routing Switching, Security,0and Service Provider 14672 packets output, 16220918 bytes, 0 underruns The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 4 interface technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying resets the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 0 outputpractice buffer labs failures, 0 output buffers swapped out increase in difficulty comprehensive include all of the technologies and gradually level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. transitions Study 15 tipscarrier and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. DCD=up
DSR=up
DTR=up
RTS=up
Orlando#show queueing Current fair queue configuration: Current priority queue configuration:
CTS=up
Current custom queue configuration: List
Queue
Args
1
7
default
1
1
protocol ip
•
1 • •
1
2 3
Table of Contents
protocol ip
Index
Examples
protocol ip
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
list 101 list 102 tcp port telnet
By 4599, Leah Lynch 1 Karl Solie 4 CCIE No.protocol ip CCIE No. 7220 tcp
1
5 Cisco Press protocol Publisher:
ip
port smtp
list 103
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1 1 1
6
protocol ip
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
7
protocol ip
1
byte-count 5120
tcp port www
1 2 byte-count 1027 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. 1 3Studies byte-count 2048 1 1
4 byte-count 2500 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what 5 you know byte-count 2205
1
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 6 byte-count 1024
1
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 7 byte-count 5210
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Current random-detect configuration: CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Example 6-42 shows the complete configuration for the Atlanta router, and Example 6-43 shows the complete for the Columbia router. The book configuration begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The6-42. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example Atlanta Router Configuration comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. hostname Atlanta ! interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 192.168.2.209 255.255.255.240 !
interface Serial0/2 ip address 192.168.2.2 255.255.255.252 encapsulation frame-relay •
ip ospf network point-to-point Table of Contents
• clockrate Index 1300000 •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies II frame-relay mapVolume ip 192.168.2.1
201 broadcast
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
! Publisher: Cisco Press
router ospf 101
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 Pages: 1032
network 192.168.2.208 0.0.0.15 area 0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 6-43. Columbia Configuration Experience putting concepts Router into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation hostname Columbia Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect voice-port 2/0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not ! covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions voice-port 2/1 of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty dial-peer voice 5301 labs pots level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking5301 techniques are included throughout the book. destination-pattern port 2/0 ! dial-peer voice 5302 pots destination-pattern 5302
port 2/1 ! dial-peer voice 5000 voip destination-pattern 5000 • • •
!
Table of Contents
session target ipv4:192.168.3.1 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Serial0
ipPublisher: address 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.252 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
encapsulation frame-relay ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip ospf network point-to-point clockrate 1300000 frame-relay map ip 192.168.3.1 301 broadcast Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface FastEthernet0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 192.168.3.145 know ip address 255.255.255.240 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router ospf 101 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.3 CCIE lab exam by presenting themarea with a0 series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network 0.0.0.15 0 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered192.168.3.144 in Volume I, like the Ciscoarea Catalyst Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 13: Managing Internet Traffic with CBWFQ and NBAR In this lab, you take the lessons learned up to this point and apply them to a real-world QoS • Tablesimulation of Contents applies CBWFQ to solve a common Internet problem: users using simulation. This • Index enterprise networks for personal entertainment. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Lab Exercise
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press In this lab, NBAR heuristics specify certain classes of data and apply a service policy to the class enforcing Pub Date: proper November Internet 07, 2003usage. This scenario includes the following technologies: ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Classifying traffic with NBAR Marking traffic with DSCP bits Configuring ATM QoS Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Prioritizing withCisco bandwidth Practical Studies traffic title from Press. reservations Selectively applying tail drop, WRED, and WFQ for certain traffic types Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Selecting appropriate queuing and switching types what you the know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Lab Take Objective five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The this labVolume is to apply the QoS used up the to this pointoftopreparing put together an CCIEobjective Practicalof Studies, II leads CCIEtechnologies candidates through process for the Internet policy for the them network shown in Figure 6-15. CCIE lab service exam by presenting withmodel a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 6-15. Model ofSecurity, an Internet Border switching portions of Figure the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Equipment Needed
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network One Cisco router with onedetailed OC-3 ATM interface settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labsone include of the technologies gradually increase in difficulty One Cisco practice router with OC-3all ATM interface and oneand serial interface level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. StudyOne tipsLightStream and test-taking included throughout the book. ATMtechniques switch withare two OC-3 ATM interfaces One Cisco router with one serial port and one Ethernet port One PC with an Ethernet NIC running TCP/IP One Ethernet switch or hub
Physical Layout and Prestaging
Cable the routers as shown in Figure 6-15. Attach the PC to the Ethernet switch or hub and configure it to be on the 10.1.1.0/24 network. Configure the ATM switch to use the PVC information from Figure 6-15. • • •
Table of Contents
Apply IPIndex addresses to each router interface, except for the ATM interfaces on the Border and ISPExamples routers, and verify that the routers can ping their directly connected neighbor.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Verify that all interfaces are in an up/up state.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Lab Tasks Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Step 1. Configure the ATM PVCs on the ISP and Border routers. Assign the ISP router's ATM 0.1 interface VPI: 3 and VCI 130, and the Border router's ATM 0.1 interface should be assigned VPI: 3 VCI: 131. Configure these routers to use VBR-nrt for a 45-Mbps sustained cell rate and a 50-Mbps peak cell rate. Verify that each of the routers can ping each other.
Pages: 1032
Step 2. Configure all routers except the ISP router to belong to EIGRP AS 148. Summarize Gain hands-on fornetwork the CCIEboundary; Lab Examdo with two of the best-sellingHave CCIEthe all routesexperience on their true notvolume use classful summarization. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Border router redistribute the default route pointing to the ISP router. Verify that all routers can ping all other routers in the network before moving to Step 3. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide you in applying Step 3. From the Border router, configure network addressthat translation (NAT) so that all what you know inside networks, 10.1.1.0/24 and 192.168.0.0/16, can get the Internet, beyond the ISP router, without any additional routing. Verify that the host PC can reach the ISP router on Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation its 108.205.11.9/32 interface. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 4. Configure a policy for the outbound interface on the LAN-rtr. This policy should match the variables shown Table 6-29. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II in leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Step to 5 .the Enable DSCP WRED on the outbound interface for the Border router. is companion best-selling first edition, this book ATM provides coverage of CCIE lab exam This topics where in the policies StepCatalyst 4 finish 3550, their execution. not covered Volume I,created like the in Cisco route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Table 6-29.reading. PolicyLaboratory Configuration includes suggested references for further exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Class Name
Traffic Type
Policy
HighPri_Internet
HTTP traffic to cisco.com
Reserve 15% bandwidth. Mark each packet with the EF DSCP value.
Med-PriInternet
All other HTTP and SSH traffic
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Low-PriInternet
FTP, Telnet, SFTP, HTTPS, and secure POP3
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Reserve 55% bandwidth. Mark these packets with the CS3 DSCP value. Reserve 5% bandwidth Apply WRED instead of tail-drop.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003MS NetShow, Napster, NoGnutella, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pri_Internet NNTP, Real Audio, Streamwork Pages: 1032 streaming protocol
Mark these packets with the CS1 DSCP value. Limit to 8 bps any packets conforming to this policy. Have their DSCP bits set to the default DSCP value. All packets exceeding this value are to be dropped.
Default Unclassified Use WFQ and WRED to queue and drop Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam withpackets. volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Lab Experience Walkthrough what you know Step how 1. Configure the ATM PVCs on your the ISP and Border Assign the ISP router's Learn to build a practice lab for CCIE lab exam routers. preparation ATM 0.1 interface VPI: 3 and VCI 130, and the Border router's ATM 0.1 interface should be Take assigned five full-blown VPI: 3 VCI: practice 131. Configure labs that these mimicrouters the actual to use labVBR-nrt exam environment for a 45-Mbps sustained cell rate and a 50-Mbps peak cell rate. Verify that each of the routers can ping each other. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab presenting them with a series of challenging Thisexam step by is relatively straightforward and requires only a laboratory few items. exercises. Configure A anperfect ATM PVC companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam on the ISP and Border routers using VBR-nrt shaping and verify that the routers cantopics reach not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. each other: Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ISP Router interface ATM0.1 multipoint ip address 108.205.11.9 255.255.255.252 pvc 3/130 protocol ip 108.205.11.10 broadcast
vbr-nrt 50000 45000 encapsulation aal5snap ________________________________________________________________ Border Router •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface ATM0.1 multipoint •
Examples
ip address 108.205.11.10 255.255.255.252
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl3/131 Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 pvc
protocol ip Press 108.205.11.9 broadcast Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
vbr-nrt 50000 45000 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
encapsulation aal5snap
Step 2. Configure all routers except the ISP router to belong to EIGRP AS 148. Summarize Gain hands-on fornetwork the CCIEboundary; Lab Examdo with two of the best-sellingHave CCIEthe all routesexperience on their true notvolume use classful summarization. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Border router redistribute the default route pointing to the ISP router. Verify that all routers can ping all other routers in the network before moving on to Step 3. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying This step requires only a few items to work properly. First, you must create the correct what you know network statements so that the entire 108.205.0.0/16 network is not advertised to the internal network beyond the Border router. Next, you must turn off auto-summarization to Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation prevent classful summarization, and last you need to use the redistribute static command to redistribute thelabs default shown here the environment Border router: Take five full-blown practice thatroute mimicasthe actual labon exam CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and router 148 references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes eigrp suggested technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network redistribute static settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty network level. They108.205.11.8 present readers0.0.0.3 with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 192.168.3.0 no auto-summary ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 108.205.11.9
Step 3. From the Border router, configure NAT so that all inside networks, 10.1.1.0/24 and 192.168.0.0/16, can get the Internet, beyond the ISP router, without any additional routing. Verify that the host PC can reach the ISP router on its 108.205.11.9/32 interface.
• • •
Only three task are required to configure Step 3: create an access list that specifies the two internal networks, create a NAT statement to NAT the addresses specified by the access Table list to the ATM 0.1 interface's IP address, and apply the NAT configuration to the of Contents ATM0.1 and Serial0 interfaces on the Border router, as shown here: Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial0 ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.252 ip nat inside Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface ATM0.1 multipoint Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 108.205.11.10 know ip address 255.255.255.252 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip nat outside Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment pvc 3/131 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the protocol ipby 108.205.11.9 broadcast CCIE lab exam presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 45000 notvbr-nrt covered 50000 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and encapsulation aal5snap switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip nat inside source list detailed 1 interface overload technologies follow, providing guides ATM0.1 to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. access-list permit 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255 Study tips and1test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. access-list 1 permit 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255
Step 4. Configure a policy for the outbound interface on the LAN-rtr. This policy should match the variables shown in Table 6-28. This step requires multiple items to work properly. First, you must define a class map for
each of the traffic types defined in the table, assigning each of the protocol types to the class to which it belongs. Next, create a policy map that references each class definition and apply the required policy to each of the classes. Then, create a class-default class to match all undefined traffic and apply the default policy. This policy is then applied to the Serial0/1 interface using the outbound service-policy command, as shown here, from the LAN-rtr router: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
class-map match-all No-Pri_Internet Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
match protocol gnutella Pages: 1032
match protocol netshow match protocol napster Gain hands-on experience match protocol nntp for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. match protocol realaudio Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying match protocol streamwork what you know class-map match-all Low-Pri-Internet Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation match ftp practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Takeprotocol five full-blown match protocol telnet CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect match protocol secure-ftp companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. match protocol secure-http Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. match protocol secure-pop3 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and class-map match-all High-Pri_Internet includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network match The protocol http host settings. final chapter of the "cisco.com" book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty class-map match-all Med-Pri-Internet level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. match protocol http match protocol ssh ! policy-map Internet-Policy class High-Pri_Internet
bandwidth percent 15 set ip dscp ef class Med-Pri-Internet bandwidth percent 55 • • •
Table of Contents
set ip dscp Index cs3 Examples
class Low-Pri-Internet CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
bandwidth percent 5
Publisher: Cisco Press random-detect Pub Date: November 07, 2003
setISBN: ip 1-58705-072-2 dscp cs1 Pages: 1032
class No-Pri_Internet police cir 8000 conform-action set-dscp-transmit default Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. exceed-action drop class class-default Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know fair-queue Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation random-detect Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect interface Serial0/1 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not Volume I, like 255.255.255.252 the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip covered addressin 192.168.3.2 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portionsoutput of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. service-policy Internet-Policy The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and clockrate 1300000 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsWRED include of outbound the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Step 5. Enable DSCP onall the ATM interface for the Border router. This is level. where They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. the policies created in Step 4 finish their execution. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The final step requires only one line of configuration, shown here. After you have completed this part of the configuration, any traffic marked with a DSCP value on the LANrtr router will have DSCP-based WRED applied on the outbound ATM interfaces upon exit from the Border router. Remember, the random-detect statement is supported only on physical interfaces:
interface ATM0 • •
no ip address
Table of Contents
Index no atm ilmi-keepalive
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
random-detect dscp-based ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Example 6-44 shows the complete router configurations for this lab. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Example 6-44. Complete Router Configurations
Gain hands-on hostname ISP experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying interface ATM0 what you know no ip address Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no atm Takeilmi-keepalive five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect interface ATM0.1 multipoint companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip address 255.255.255.252 Combined with108.205.11.9 Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. pvc 3/130 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes protocol suggested ip 108.205.11.10 references for broadcast further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. vbr-nrt The50000 final chapter 45000 of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. encapsulation They present aal5snap readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ________________________________________________________________ hostname Border ! ip cef !
interface Serial0 ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.252 ip nat inside ! •
Table of Contents
• Index interface ATM0 •
Examples
CCIE no Practical ip address Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
no atm ilmi-keepalive Publisher: Cisco Press
random-detect dscp-based Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface ATM0.1 multipoint ip address 108.205.11.10 255.255.255.252 ip nat outside Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. pvc 3/131 protocol ip putting 108.205.11.9 Experience conceptsbroadcast into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know vbr-nrt 50000 45000 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation encapsulation aal5snap Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labeigrp exam by router 148presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. redistribute static Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network portions 108.205.11.8 0.0.0.3 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and network 192.168.3.0 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network no auto-summary settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip nat inside source list 1 interface ATM0.1 overload ip classless ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 108.205.11.9 ! access-list 1 permit 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255
access-list 1 permit 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 ________________________________________________________________ hostname LAN-rtr ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip cef !
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 class-map match-all No-Pri-Internet
match protocol Publisher: Cisco Press gnutella Pub Date: November 07, 2003
match protocol netshow ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
match protocol napster match protocol nntp match protocol realaudio Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical titlestreamwork from Cisco Press. match Studies protocol class-map match-all Low-Pri-Internet Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying whatprotocol you know ftp match Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation match protocol telnet Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match protocol secure-ftp CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the match protocol secure-http CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics protocol secure-pop3 notmatch covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and class-map match-all switching portions of theHigh-Pri-Internet Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. match "cisco.com" The book protocol begins withhttp brief host coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core class-map Med-Pri-Internet technologiesmatch-all follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These match protocol http comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. match ssh techniques are included throughout the book. Study tipsprotocol and test-taking ! policy-map Internet-Policy class High-Pri-Internet bandwidth percent 15
set ip dscp ef class Med-Pri-Internet bandwidth percent 55 set ip dscp cs3 • • •
Table of Contents
class Low-Pri-Internet Index
Examples
bandwidth percent 5
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 random-detect
set ip Cisco dscpPress cs1 Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
class No-Pri-Internet ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
police cir 8000 conform-action set-dscp-transmit default exceed-action drop Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. class Studies class-default fair-queue Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know random-detect ! !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Ethernet0/0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 10.1.1.1 not Volume I, 255.255.255.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Serial0/2 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip addressfollow, 192.168.3.2 technologies providing255.255.255.252 detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These service-policy output Internet-Policy comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. clockrate 1300000 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! router eigrp 148 network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 network 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.3
no auto-summary
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Further Reading IP Quality of Service, by Srinivas Vegesna. •
Table of Contents
Cisco IOS 12.0 Quality of Service, by Cisco Systems. • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Cisco Voice over Frame Relay, ATM , and IP, by Scott McQuerry, Kelly McGrew, and Stephen Foy. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Integrating Voice and Data Networks, by Scott Keagy. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN:Cisco 1-58705-072-2 Deploying Voice over IP Solutions, by Phil Bailey. Pages: 1032
RFC 1122, Requirements for Internet Hosts—Communication Layers, by Robert Braden. RFC 1349, Type of Service in the Internet Protocol Suite , by Philip Almquist. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. RFC 2205, Resource ReSerVation Protocol (RSVP)—Version 1 Functional Specification , by Bob Braden, Lixia Zhang, Steve Berson, Shai Herzog, and Sugih Jamin. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know RFC 2474, Definition of the Differentiated Services Field (DS Field) in the IPv4 and IPv6 Headers , Learn how to build a practice forBaker, your CCIE lab exam preparation by Kathleen Nichols, Steven Blake, lab Fred and David L. Black. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment RFC 2475, An Architecture for Differentiated Services, by Steven Blake, David L. Black, Mark A. CCIE Practical II leads CCIE candidates Carlson, ElwynStudies, Davies, Volume Zheng Wang, and Walter Weiss. through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics RFC 2597, Assured Forwarding PHB Group , by Juha Heinanen, FredBGP, Baker, Walter Weiss, and not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, Multicast, and QoS. John Wroclawski. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. RFC 2598,begins An Expedited Forwarding Vantechnologies Jacobson, Kathleen and Kedarnath The book with brief coverage PHB, of theby core requiredNichols, on the CCIE lab exam and Poduri. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These RFC 2697, A Single Rate Three Color M arker, by Juha Heinanen and Roch Guerin. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Part V: BGP Theory and Configuration Chapter 7 BGP-4 Theory • • •
Chapter 8 Introduction to BGP-4 Configuration Table of Contents
Chapter 9 Advanced BGP Configuration Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 7. BGP-4 Theory Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP-4), the latest version of BGP, is an extension to BGP versions 3 and 2. BGP-4 is currently the routing protocol used to manage routing for the IPv4 Internet. BGP, originally drafted in RFCs 1105, 1163, and 1267, replaced Exterior Gateway • Table of Contents Protocol (EGP) as the Internet routing protocol in the early 1990s. This chapter introduces the • Index BGP protocol, explains BGP terminology, and covers BGP protocol operation. The next chapter • Examples focuses on BGP configuration. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Overview BGP-4, referred to in the rest of this book as BGP, is an interdomain routing protocol used to route IPv4 traffic between autonomous systems. Autonomous systems are defined as routing domains that are under the same administrative control and follow the same policies. Figure 7-1 • Table of Contents shows the connection of two autonomous systems, AS 1 and AS 2. Each of these autonomous • Index routers that follow the same policies, and are generally under the same systems contains • Examples administrative control. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Figure 7-1. BGP Autonomous Systems
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Like IP addresses, public autonomous system numbers (AS numbers) must be unique to each network and are assigned by a Regional Internet Registry (RIR), such as American Registry for Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Internet Numbers (ARIN) in the United States. Interior Gateway Protocols (IGPs) are used to manage the routing insidepractice of the routing domain and Exterior Gateway Take five full-blown labs that mimic(autonomous the actual labsystem), exam environment Protocols (EGP), such as BGP, are used to route between the various routing domains (autonomous CCIE Practicalsystems). Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect There are two BGPbest-selling session types: (I-BGP) and external BGP is used companion to the firstinternal edition, BGP this book provides coverage of (E-BGP). CCIE lab I-BGP exam topics to route traffic within an autonomous system. All traffic in this autonomous system must comply not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. with the same and present thewill same of the autonomous E-BGPand Combined withrouting Volumepolicies I, the CCIE candidate getview comprehensive coveragesystem of the to routing networks. E-BGP routes traffic between bordering autonomous systems. Each autonomous switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. system maintains its own routing policies, and border routers are used to enforce routing policy control. autonomous that in routing required with the on public a The bookEach begins with brief system coverage of participates the core technologies the Internet CCIE labrequires exam and unique AS number. AS numbers range from 1 to 65,535, with the range of 64,512 to 65,535 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core reserved for private autonomous system use. Routers participating in BGP sessions are referred technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network to as BGP speakers. BGP speakers form BGP peering sessions over reliable TCP connections settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These using TCP port 179. BGPlabs relies on theallTCP protocol to provide TCPincrease establishment, flow comprehensive practice include of the technologies andsession gradually in difficulty control, retransmission, and session teardown. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE For two BGP peers to form a BGP session, they must first have an active TCP session. When troubleshooting BGP connectivity problems, it is important to verify that each of the BGP peers are able to reach each other using TCP port number 179.
BGP sessions are initiated, maintained, and closed using different message types. These message types help BGP peers to progress through various connection states. After each of the peers has entered the Established state, they will then exchange routing updates. After the initial routing tables have been exchanged, BGP routing updates contain only route changes (additions, modifications, and route removals). If, for any reason, the TCP session between the BGP peers is broken, the BGP process is immediately terminated, and all routes learned through that BGP session are removed from the routing table. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
NOTE
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
BGP messages types are covered in detail in the "BGP Messages" section of this chapter.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
When exchanging routing information, each BGP speaker might receive multiple BGP paths but will only use and forward the best path to each destination network. If a BGP speaker cannot verify the reachability of a path using the information from the main IP routing table, BGP will not use the path. It will, however, store all the routes, including those that are not currently chosen as best experience paths, in one theCCIE other internal Gain hands-on forofthe Lab Exam BGP with tables. volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
NOTE what you know
The BGP route selection process covered in detail later in this chapter in the "Route Learn how to build a practice labisfor your CCIE lab exam preparation Selection Process" section. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Unlike distance-vector or link-state protocols, BGP routelaboratory determinations basedAon the AS CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of makes challenging exercises. perfect path that is to used reach a destination network. Theprovides AS path coverage is a list ofof autonomous systems companion theto best-selling first edition, this book CCIE lab exam topics that a route in passes through reach itsCatalyst destination. Because BGP was designed to and support not covered Volume I, liketothe Cisco 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, QoS.the entire Internet not awarewill of individual router hops; instead, BGProuting stores and Combined with routing Volumetable, I, the BGP CCIEiscandidate get comprehensive coverage of the information about the number of AS that areSecurity, used to and reach a destination. is why BGP switching portions of the Routing andhops Switching, Service ProviderThis lab exams. is referred to as a path-vector protocol, because BGP stores information about network paths, The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies on the lab of exam and rather than distance-vector or link-state routing information. required To decrease theCCIE number includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering of the core networks advertisedreferences and to increase the believability of the routes, networks are each usually technologies or follow, providingatdetailed guidesrouter. to applying the technologies in real network aggregated, summarized, an AS border Aggregation of networks keeps BGP routing settings. Theinfinal chapter of thethe book concludes with that five hands-on lab exercises. These tables down size, decreasing number of routes must be sent to neighboring routers comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty and allowing forpractice more controllable network policies. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE In later versions of Cisco IOS software, the Cisco implementation of BGP supports IPv4 and IPv6 unicast and multicast networks. This book only covers BGP for the unicast IPv4 protocol. When the term IP is used in the chapter, it refers to the IPv4 protocol. For more information on IPv6, see Cisco Self-Study: Implementing IPv6 Networks (IPv6), by Regis Desmeules.
Routing polices are configured using BGP attributes. Attributes are generally assigned to individual network paths, or to an entire autonomous system at the AS border router. BGP speakers use the path attributes to select the best path to each destination network. There are different path selection criteria for interior and exterior BGP sessions. Because exterior BGP speakers must choose from routes that originated in other autonomous systems, these BGP speakers select the with the shortest AS path, along with other BGP attributes. I-BGP • Table of paths Contents speakers forward and receive routes that belong to the same AS, so the autonomous system • Index path for these routes is blank; therefore, these BGP speakers must use other BGP attributes to • Examples choose the best path. To prevent routing loops, all interior BGP speakers belonging to the same CCIE Practical Studies Volume II autonomous system do not accept routes that contain their own AS number in the AS path. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
NOTE ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
BGP path attributes are covered in detail later in this chapter in the "BGP Path Attributes" section.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Routing Tables Routers running the BGP protocol use different routing tables for different purposes. The main IP routing table contains routes obtained through IGP routing processes, such as RIP or Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), static, or directly connected networks. There are also three other • Table of Contents conceptual BGP tables, referred to as Routing Information Bases (RIBs), which contain only BGP• Index specific routing information. The BGP tables are used to store information about BGP paths. This • Examples the best path to each destination network (used for local routing), the information includes CCIE Practical Studies II BGP peers, and information obtained from other BGP peers. After information to sendVolume to other BGP best a network, By Karlhas Solieselected CCIE No.the 4599 , Leahpath LynchtoCCIE No. 7220 that path is added to the main IP routing table. BGP uses two different routing tables to store incoming and outgoing network advertisements: Publisher: Cisco Press Adj-RIB-In and Adj-RIB-Out. These tables store information received from other BGP speakers Date: November 07, passed 2003 andPub information to be to other BGP peers. Each BGP speaker maintains one Adj-RIB-In ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 and one Adj-RIB-Out per BGP peer relationship. The Adj-RIB-In table stores unprocessed BGP Pages: 1032 information learned from other BGP peers. The information contained in this table is used to determine the best path to the destination network, based on its BGP attributes, using the BGP route selection process. Information from this table is processed by the BGP finite-state machine (the local BGP routing process) and sent to the local BGP table. Information in the Adj-RIB-Out table is sent to other BGP peers. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE After the local BGP decision process has finished selecting the best path to each destination Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. network, information is stored in the local BGP table, which is known as the Loc-RIB. Loc-RIB stores information about paths that conform to the locally configured BGP policies. The BGP speaker learns these routes by means of local BGP or byguide learning route Experience putting concepts into practice withconfiguration, lab scenarios that you the in applying through a BGP session with another BGP speaking router. Unlike the other two BGP routing what you know tables, there is only one Loc-RIB per router (for IPv4 BGP routing). Each path in the Loc-RIB is accompanied byto the following routing theCCIE next-hop IP address used to reach the networks, Learn how build a practice lab data: for your lab exam preparation the metric applied to the network path, the local preference of the path, the weight assigned to Takethe fiveAS full-blown practice labs that actual lab examthe environment the path, path used to reach each ofmimic these the networks, whether path was learned through an interior or exterior BGP process or undetermined network origin. If a local router is CCIE Practical Studies, Volume CCIEiscandidates throughan the process preparing for the able to verify that the next hop II toleads the route reachable—using IGP route of from the local CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect routing table, a static route, or from a directly connected network—the BGP process selects the companion to theitbest-selling edition,table. this book provides coverage of CCIE lab routing exam topics route and stores in the mainfirst IP routing Figure 7-2 illustrates how the BGP tables not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. are used during the exchange of BGP routes between two BGP peers, the Apples and Oranges Combined withexchanging Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and routers, while routes. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further LaboratoryTables exercises covering each of the core Figure 7-2.reading. BGP Routing technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core NOTE follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These The term RIB stands for include Routingall Information Base (database) and refers to a in routing comprehensive practice labs of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty table. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 1. BGP speakers, Apples and Oranges, form a BGP peering session. Step 2. The Apples router takes the routes from its local BGP table, Loc-RIB, processes the routes according to its outgoing BGP policy for the Oranges peer, and sends the routes that comply with the policy to the outgoing BGP table, Adj-RIB-Out. Step 3. The Apples router sends the Oranges all BGP routes matching the local BGP routing policy conforming to the policies configured for the Oranges router, which the
Apples router has stored in the Adj-RIB-Out table for the Apples/Oranges peer session. Step 4. The Oranges router receives the incoming routes from the Apples router and stores them in the Adj-RIB-In table for the Apples/Oranges peering session, to be processed by the BGP decision process. Step 5. The Oranges router processes each of the new routes contained in the Adj-RIB-In table, and stores the best path for each network that conforms to the incoming BGP • Table of Contents policies for the Apples peer in the Loc-RIB table. Although there is one Adj-RIB-In and one • Index Adj-RIB-Out per BGP session, there is only one main BGP Loc-RIB table per router. After • Examples the Oranges router has verified that the next hop to the path is reachable, by searching CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the main IP routing table for a matching route, and assuming that the main IP routing ByKarl Solie No.not 4599 , Leah Lynch No. 7220 tableCCIE does already haveCCIE a route to that network via an IGP routing protocol with a lower administrative distance, the path is then stored in the main routing table where it can be used for routing decisions. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 6. The Oranges router takes the routes from its local BGP table, Loc-RIB, processes ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 the routes according to the outgoing policy for the Apples router, and sends the routes to Pages: 1032 be advertised to the outgoing BGP table, Adj-RIB-Out. Step 7. The Oranges router sends the routes from its outgoing BGP table, Adj-RIB-Out, that conform to the outgoing policy to the Apples router, which stores them in its incoming BGP route table, Adj-RIB-In. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies fromrouter Cisco processes Press. Step 8. Thetitle Apples the routes in its Adj-RIB-In table, according to its incoming policy for routes from the Oranges peer, and stores the best path to each destination (that conforms to the incoming policy for the Oranges peer) in the local BGP Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying table, Loc-RIB. what you know Step 9. The Apples router then verifies that the next hop to each of the network paths Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation contained in the Loc-RIB table is reachable, and, so long as another route to the destination networkpractice with a lower administrative distance not already in the table, stores Take five full-blown labs that mimic the actual labisexam environment the reachable best path routes in its main IP routing table. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect After the routers completed update process and the routes have only companion to thehave best-selling firstthe edition, this book provides coverage of been CCIE processed, lab exam topics route additions, changes, and removals are sent. As long as the TCP session between the BGP not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. peers is established, theI,peering routers only will sendget route changes. If the TCP session lost, all Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate comprehensive coverage of theis routing and routes learned by means of that session are removed, and when the session is restored, the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. entire route exchange process takes place again. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and BGP speakers do not advertisefor anyfurther networks, unless they are explicitly to do includes suggested references reading. Laboratory exercises configured covering each of so. the core Before a BGP speaker advertises any network, that network must be explicitly configured technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real networkas a BGP network. BGP chapter networks configured inwith a number of ways:lab viaexercises. the network command; settings. The final of can the be book concludes five hands-on These as part of an aggregate network; by redistribution; or as a triggered network advertisement, comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty which is created by readers configuring advertisements. network configuration level. They present withcondition scenariosBGP similar to what they BGP will face on the actual lab exam. creates the outgoing BGP policy that will apply to each BGP peer. While creating an outgoing Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BGP policy, you can specify the BGP attributes that will apply to each of the BGP networks you have created. The BGP attributes can be used to influence the way other routers see a particular route, making it more or less desirable. Before a BGP speaker installs a route to a network in the main IP routing table, the router must know how to reach the next hop that is used to get to that network. Route reachability is verified by searching for a route to the next hop in the main IP routing table. Unlike IGP routing protocols, such as EIGRP and OSPF, which assume that a route is reachable if they learned it through a valid adjacency, BGP does not install routes that it cannot verify as reachable. If a
route to the next hop for a BGP network is found in the main IP routing table, BGP assumes that the network is reachable, and that the particular BGP route might be stored in the main IP routing table. If the router receives a route to a network that is not reachable, that route continues to be stored in the incoming BGP table, adj-RIB-In, and might be seen using the show ip bgp command, but is not placed in the main IP routing table. If a BGP route that has already been placed in the main IP routing table becomes unreachable (the next hop that is used to reach the network is removed from the main IP routing table), the route is removed. If another reachable route exists, that route is added to the main routing table in the other route's place. • Table of Contents When the original route becomes reachable, it might replace the other route, assuming it is the • Index best path to the destination network. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Neighbor Relationships For two BGP speakers to exchange routing information, they must form a peer relationship, sometimes referred to as a neighbor relationship. Each BGP speaker must form a peer relationship with each router with which it is to exchange routes. There are two types of BGP • Table of Contents neighbor relationships: internal and external. This section shows how TCP sessions are formed • between BGPIndex peers and describes how internal and external BGP peers form neighbor • relationships.Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Internal and External BGP Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003there are two types of BGP sessions: external BGP sessions, which As previously mentioned, interconnect ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 AS; and internal BGP sessions, which are used between BGP speakers within the same Pages: AS. Both 1032 external and internal BGP speakers forward information about BGP paths and rely on IGP routing protocols to maintain a routing table.
External BGP Operation Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical BGP External Studies is used title to from exchange Cisco Press. routing information between routers belonging to different ASs. Each AS has its own routing policies and is managed independently, usually by people in different organizations or departments. Because E-BGP peers belong to different networks, each Experience concepts intopolicies practice lab the scenarios that guide you inroutes applying E-BGP peer mustputting be configured with to with control propagation of internal to what you know external networks, filter internal networks that should not be advertised externally, aggregate routes as necessary, and provide session stability. Unless otherwise specified, E-BGP peering Learn how build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation routers must be to directly connected to each other. Figure 7-3 shows how E-BGP is used to form external BGP sessions between AS 1, AS 2, and AS 3. Notice that only the AS border routers Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment participate in E-BGP, and the E-BGP peers are directly connected to each other at the AS border. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 7-3.Catalyst E-BGP Logical Diagram not covered in Volume I, Figure like the Cisco 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Ciscoeach Press. After BGPStudies has been configured, of the peers negotiates a BGP session and exchanges routes. When you connect a local BGP router to a service provider, you will, most likely, be using a serial, ATM, or Frame Relay connection that goes from your Internet border router directly to Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying your service provider's customer-facing border router. In most cases, this connection is not what you know made across other non-BGP-speaking routers. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIENOTE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect With the security threats this thatbook mustprovides be considered in today's companion to ever-present the best-selling first edition, coverage of CCIEnetworks, lab exam Etopics BGP connections might need to pass through a firewall or other security device before not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. exitingwith the Volume network. the rulewill that E-BGP peers to beof directly Combined I, To theovercome CCIE candidate getrequires comprehensive coverage the routing and connected, you can use the ebgp-multihop command to specify that the BGP switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab session exams. will be formed over more than one hop. Chapter 8, "Introduction to BGP-4 Configuration," the use ofofthe command. The book begins withcovers brief coverage theebgp-multihop core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These When designingpractice BGP networks, stable should be and usedgradually to prevent route dampening. comprehensive labs include allinterfaces of the technologies increase in difficulty Route dampening occurs when an interface has repeatedly transitioned from anactual up to lab down level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the exam. state, and the BGP peering router dampens the route, temporarily suspending route Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. advertisements from the flapping router until a certain period of stability has been exceeded. Most service providers provide their customers with their route-dampening policy and the policy violation penalties. When configuring a multihomed router for E-BGP peering, it is always a good practice to set the BGP router ID to that of a loopback interface, so that the BGP session is least affected by network instabilities and routes are not dampened.
NOTE
Many service providers require that customers that do not have multihomed routers must use the IP addresses of directly connected networks for BGP sessions. To work around this problem, you can set the IP address of the BGP router ID to that of a loopback interface, and change the BGP update source to the IP address of the directly connected interface. Multihoming is covered in detail in Chapter 8. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
NOTE
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
It is generally a good idea to use a loopback interface for the BGP router ID. When OSPF and BGP are both used on the same router, however, you must plan your BGP Publisher: Cisco Press and OSPF router IDs even more carefully. RFC 1745 states, "The BGP/IDRP identifier Pub Date: November 07, 2003 must be the same as the OSPF router ID at all times that the router is up." If the OSPF ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 and BGP router IDs do not match, BGP cannot synchronize with OSPF, causing BGP not Pages: 1032 any unsynchronized routes to any peers. to advertise
In most enterprise environments, I-BGP is generally used to connect two or more enterprise border routers to multihome network to two or more service providers. some large Gain hands-on experience forathe CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the However, best-selling CCIE enterprise networks I-BGP between core routers and E-BGP between the core routers Practical Studies titlemight from use Cisco Press. in core sites to provide routing policy. On most enterprise networks, E-BGP sessions are more common than I-BGP connections. This is because E-BGP sessions are used to connect local Experience putting concepts intoservice practice with labusing scenarios that guide you in applying autonomous systems to the Internet providers I-BGP. There are quite a few ways what you know to connect private networks to the public Internet, the most common of which is to use a static route that provides a default route to any unknown network. When this configuration is used, the Learn how to build aall practice lab for from your within CCIE lab exam service provider provides BGP routing their ownpreparation network and advertises the customer's network from a block of addresses that the service provider has provided the Take In fivethis full-blown practice thaton mimic the actual lab exam As environment customer. case, BGP is not labs needed the customer's network. shown in Figure 7-4, the Internet router provides the only route to the Internet through the service provider's CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network. The customer's network runs its own IGP for interior routing for all internal traffic CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect between floors on the local network, and the Internet router provides a default route to the companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Internet using the service provider's network to provide any Internet routing. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Figure 7-4. Single-Homed The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologiesNetworks required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment If your network has its own scope of public IP addresses that has been allocated by a public address registry, such as ARIN (American Registry for Internet Numbers), an of organization that CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process preparing for the registers publicby IP presenting addresses and ASwith numbers, you must obtain laboratory your own unique BGPAAS CCIE lab exam them a series of challenging exercises. perfect number to advertise your public networks thebook Internet. companion to the best-selling first edition,to this provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
NOTE The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core For morefollow, information on Internet registration in the United States, out technologies providing detailed number guides to applying the technologies in realcheck network the ARIN website at www.arin.net. For European address registration, visit the settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Réseaux IPpractice Européens Centre (RIPE NCC), www.ripe.net. For comprehensive labsNetwork include Coordination all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Asian network address registration, visit the Asia Pacific Network Information Centre level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. (APNIC) www.apnic.net. Each are of these websites contains a book. great deal of information Study tips andattest-taking techniques included throughout the about Internet number allocation and assignment, policies for number assignment, and statistical information.
After you have been allocated a range of public IP addresses and have registered an AS number, you must then arrange to advertise this information to an upstream network service provider, following that service provider's policies. You can connect and advertise networks to upstream providers in a number of ways. The two most popular ways are single-homing a network, which
usually does not require an AS number or an RIR assigned public IP address allocation, and multihoming networks to more than one provider, which requires AS number and IP address assignments.Figure 7-5 shows how one campus network is multihomed to two different service providers using BGP. In this example, Notebook.com is connected to Service Provider 1 (AS 890) and Service Provider 2 (AS 123). Notebook.com advertises its IP networks using AS 567. In this example, Internet connection redundancy is provided to different service providers connecting to one router; this might be a solution in some cases where budget constraints limit you to one Internet border router; be aware, however, that having only one router does create a single • Table of Contents point of failure. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Figure 7-5. Single-Homed Campus to Multiple Providers
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty In theThey next present example, shownwith in Figure 7-6, similar Quicky to Web Title Registration uses Router 1 level. readers scenarios what they will face on theInternet actual lab exam. and Internet Router 2 to advertise its are Northwestern, Southwestern, Northeastern, and Study tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book. Southeastern regions' networks to their upstream service provider's network. Quicky's network uses AS 456 to advertise its public networks, and the service provider uses AS 876 to connect to AS 456. In this example, Internet redundancy is provided by connecting two Internet border routers to one service provider, which provides two different routers, WAN interfaces, and circuits for hardware redundancy, but causes a single point of failure with the Internet service provider. In this example, if the service provider has an outage, Quicky's entire Internet connection would be lost.
Figure 7-6. Multihomed Campus to Single Provider
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and InFigure 7-7, ServiceBank Incorporated uses AS 345 to connect to Service Provider 1 (AS 923) switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. and Service Provider 2 (AS 159). In this example, ServiceBank uses two Internet routers, each connected to a different service provider, multihome their network The book begins with brief coverage of thetocore technologies required to onmultiple the CCIEproviders. lab examIn and this case, I-BGP needs to be used to exchange routing information between the two E-BGP includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Internet routers. This exampledetailed uses twoguides routers, two circuits, two service providers; this technologies follow, providing to applying the and technologies in real network configuration eliminates any single points of failure. In this example, if ServiceBank has any one settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These failure with any router, circuit, or service provider, they will still be connected to the Internet comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty and able to present pass traffic. level. They readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 7-7. Multihomed Campus to Multiple Providers
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Figure 7-8exam shows Mighty them Software one of BGP AS, AS 5655, to connect its European and CCIE lab byhow presenting withuses a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect American to the Internet. In this example, Software's forms an companionnetworks to the best-selling first edition, this book Mighty provides coverageEurope of CCIErouter lab exam topics E-BGP connection, using with the service provider's AS 888. TheMulticast, Europe router is also not covered in Volume I, AS like5655 the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, and QoS. connected to theVolume Paris, Vienna, London, and Rome routers using a partial meshofofthe serial E1 WAN Combined with I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage routing and connections. The Paris, Vienna, London, and Rome routers and are connected via E1 lab circuits, and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, Service Provider exams. they use an IGP routing protocol to route internal networks. The Europe router handles all BGP routing with the service provider for European traffic,required and all the other European routers The book begins with brief coverage of the coreInternet technologies on the CCIE lab exam and use the Europe router to accessfor the Internet. Likewise, on the exercises American covering network,each the Unitedincludes suggested references further reading. Laboratory of the core States router follow, handles all Internet trafficguides using to an applying E-BGP connection to the service technologies providing detailed the technologies in real provider's network network, and final all U.S. routers form a partial meshwith to route to the Internet, the Europe network, settings. The chapter of the book concludes five hands-on lab exercises. These and to each other. In this example, few points where a failure can affect Internet comprehensive practice labs includethere all of are the very technologies and gradually increase in difficulty connectivity; the only real single point of failure isto the single Internet provider. level. They present readers with scenarios similar what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 7-8. Multihomed to Single-Provider International
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam with its volume twonumber. of the best-selling InFigure 7-9, Supernet hasfor two divisions, each having own AS Each AS is CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. multihomed to a single provider's network for Internet traffic. AS 2522 uses the Portland and New Jersey routers for E-BGP to Service Provider A (AS 5377), and AS 8995 uses the Boise and Detroit routers for E-BGP connections to Service Provider B's network (AS 919). Each of these Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying networks is partially meshed, and they all use an IGP routing protocol for internal routing. The what you know New Jersey and Boise routers are also used to form an E-BGP connection between the two ASs. I-BGPLearn connects required for communication between the Portland and New Jersey routers how are to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation and the Boise and Detroit routers. This example is the most redundant of all shown so far. Multiple sites multiple connections to multiple service the number of Take fivehave full-blown practice labs that mimic the actualproviders, lab exam limiting environment failure points. Whenever the resources are available, it is always best to create the most redundant architecture possible, the possible points of failure. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume IIlimiting leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Figure 7-9. Multihomed Multiple-Providers National Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidateto will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE After an E-BGP peer has been formed between an AS border router and an upstream Practical Studies titlerelationship from Cisco Press. service provider network, Internet border routers must run an internal BGP process to communicate with other BGP speakers within the local AS. The next section discusses I-BGP Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying operation and I-BGP rules. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
I-BGP Operation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment I-BGP is used between BGP peers within the same AS. As with E-BGP, each I-BGP speaker must CCIE Practical to Studies, Volume CCIE candidates through routers. the process preparing for for the be configured peer with eachIIofleads its neighboring BGP-speaking BGPofdoes not allow CCIE lab exam by presenting with apeering series of challenging laboratory exercises. perfect automatic neighbor discovery.them For I-BGP routers to provide a consistent viewAof the companion to the best-selling first in edition, this book coverage of CCIE labshown exam in topics network, they must be configured a full-mesh typeprovides of architecture, such as that not covered Volume I, in like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, QoS. Figure 7-10.in Each router anthe I-BGP peering relationship must be connected to all and other I-BGP Combined with BGP Volume I, the CCIEEach candidate comprehensive coverage thevarious routingBGP and peers via local configuration. I-BGP will peerget must also transition throughofthe switching of same the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service lab to exams. states, andportions send the BGP messages and form an Established BGPProvider connection each of its neighboring peers to exchange routing information. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes five hands-on lab exercises. These Figure 7-10. I-BGPwith Logical Diagram comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Unlike E-BGP peering routers, I-BGP routers do not have to be directly connected. In Figure 711, for example, AS 4589 contains five I-BGP peering routers: Las Vegas, Cleveland, Omaha, D.C., Experience and Tulsa. putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Figure 7-11. I-BGP Full-Mesh Versus E-BGP
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation five full-blown practice the peering actual lab exam environment Each Take I-BGP-speaking router in AS labs 4589that hasmimic an I-BGP connection with each other router within AS 4589, even if they are not directly connected. The E-BGP-speaking routers—Cleveland CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE direct candidates the process preparing the and Vancouver, and Tulsa and Juarez—have serial through connections that areof used to formfor the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect E-BGP sessions. Notice also that the other I-BGP-speaking routers do not form peer relationships companion to the best-selling first book provides coverage of CCIEeither lab exam topics with the E-BGP routers external to edition, their AS.this This is because each BGP session, I-BGP or Enot covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. BGP, must be explicitly configured on each of the peering routers. Table 7-1 shows the BGP peer Combined Volume I, BGP the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and connectionwith types and the peering neighbors. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides applying the technologies in real network Table 7-1. BGPtoPeer Connection settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Router
I-BGP Peers
E-BGP Peers
Las Vegas
Cleveland
None
Omaha Tulsa •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•Cleveland
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
D.C. Las Vegas
Vancouver
Omaha
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
D.C. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
D.C.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Tulsa Cleveland
None
Pages: 1032
Omaha Tulsa Las Vegas Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Omaha Studies title from Cisco Press. Cleveland None Practical Las Vegas Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying D.C. what you know Tulsa Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation TulsaTake five full-blown practiceLas Vegas Juarez labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume IIOmaha leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect D.C. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Cleveland Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. As earlier thiscoverage chapter, of BGP a path-vector routing protocol, which thatand Thementioned book begins with in brief theiscore technologies required on the CCIEmeans lab exam routers participate in BGP for routing processes traffic based on AS paths,each rather includesthat suggested references further reading.route Laboratory exercises covering of than the core individual router hops like distance-vector algorithms or other link-state metrics as costs. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in realsuch network For BGP to form loop-free it uses an attribute to as AS_PATH, whichThese contains the settings. The final chapter paths, of the book concludes withreferred five hands-on lab exercises. path that the BGP route labs traversed to all reach a destination. router adds its comprehensive practice include of the technologiesEach and E-BGP-speaking gradually increase in difficulty AS to They the AS_PATH on each with routescenarios it learns,similar and then forwards to downstream level. present readers to what theythat will information face on the actual lab exam. BGP routers, which use that information determine the return path. I-BGP neighbors do not Study tips and test-taking techniques aretoincluded throughout the book. forward (or re-advertise) routes learned from within their own AS (contained in the AS_PATH) to other I-BGP peers, which prevent routing loops from forming within an AS. When two routers in the same AS are each connected to two other E-BGP routers in other autonomous systems, they do not include their internal BGP AS number in the AS_PATH when forwarding routes internally.
NOTE
The AS_PATH attribute is covered in detail later in the "The AS_PATH Attribute" section of this chapter.
As shown in Figure 7-12, Router A is connected to Router C via E-BGP, and Router B is connected to Router D via E-BGP. Routers A and B also have I-BGP connections. When Router A learns of routes its E-BGP session with Router C, the AS_PATH for each of those routes • Tablethrough of Contents will include AS 209. When Router A forwards these routes to Router B, it does not include its AS • Index number, AS 400, in the AS_PATH, because Routers A and B have an I-BGP peer relationship. • Examples When Router B forwards the routes to Router D, however, it includes its AS number 400, in the CCIE Practical Studies Volume II path because Router D is an E-BGP peer. Therefore, Router D sees an AS_PATH of 400 and 209 By Karl Solie CCIE No.to 4599 , Leah C, Lynch 7220 when in the path Router butCCIE it isNo. unaware that AS 400 had multiple routes in the path. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Figure 7-12. ASm Paths and I-BGP
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
In the preceding example, when Router A receives updates from Router C, these updates contain an AS_PATH value of 209. When Router A forwards the updates to Router B to tell it about networks advertised by Router C, the updates still contain an AS_PATH value of 209, because Routers A and B both belong to the same AS. When Routers A and B forward routes from Router C to Router D, however, they add their AS number, 400, to the AS_PATH, so Router D sees that routes from Router C contain an AS_PATH of 400 and 209. Likewise, Router C sees routes from Router D with an AS_PATH value of 400 and 403.
If this topology changes and Router D forms two E-BGP connections, one with Router A and one with Router B, Router D still has one AS path to follow to reach Router C in AS 209. So, routes cannot loop between Routers A and B in AS 400 to reach AS 209. Figure 7-13 illustrates this. Router C uses Router A to reach Router D in AS 403. If the link between Routers A and D goes down, Routers A and D can still reach each other via Router B; and Router D can still reach router C in AS 209, if either of the links between itself and Routers A or B are down. • • •
Table of Contents Index
Figure Examples7-13. Adding a New E-BGP Connection to AS 400
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These For I-BGP-speaking routers send internal BGP routes to E-BGP-speaking peers, the I-BGPcomprehensive practice labsto include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty speaking router must first have an exact match for the BGP route in its IP routing table. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual labRoutes exam. that are not present, or synchronized the mainthroughout IP routing the table, are not advertised to any Study tips and test-taking techniques with are included book. BGP peers, because the I-BGP-speaking peer cannot verify reachability for a route that is not found in the main IP routing table. If the router does have an exact match for the route in its main IP routing table, however—learned through an IGP routing process, via a static route, or a directly connected network—that route is advertised to other BGP peers. This is referred to as therule of synchronization; routes in the BGP table must be synchronized with routes in the main IGP routing table (that is, an exact, valid, reachable match for the route must exist) before they can advertise routes to remote peers.
NOTE One key concept to remember with BGP is the rule of synchronization. Paths in the local BGP table (Loc-RIB) must be synchronized with valid, reachable routes from the IGP routing table before the local BGP process will advertise paths to remote BGP peers or store the BGP routes in the main IP routing table. In other words, routes learned through I-BGP are validated against routes learned via IGP protocols when • Table of Contents synchronization is enabled. Synchronization can be, and often is, disabled on BGP• Index speaking routers that run both I-BGP and E-BGP. If BGP synchronization is not • Examples disabled, and an IGP protocol is not providing routing information, the BGP speaker CCIE Practical Studies Volume II does not use or propagate routes that it does not know how to reach. The use of BGP ByKarlsynchronization Solie CCIE No. 4599 LynchinCCIE No. in 7220 is,Leah covered detail Chapter 8. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
To provide a consistent view of an AS to upstream BGP peers, by default, AS bordering routers ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 do not advertise unsynchronized routes learned through I-BGP sessions to E-BGP peers. This is Pages: 1032 due to the rule of synchronization. BGP synchronization allows I-BGP peers to provide upstream peers with a consistent view of their networks. Because I-BGP-speaking routers that have synchronized BGP and IGP routing tables assume that all other internal peers have the same routing tables, there should not be any unsynchronized routes. As long as all the speakers in an I-BGP network are fully meshed and have a consistent view of the BGP network, IGP to BGP Gain hands-on experience synchronization can be disabled. for theIn CCIE Figure Lab7-13, Examfor with example, volumeRouter two of A the will best-selling not advertise CCIE the Practical routes that Studies it hastitle learned fromfrom CiscoRouter Press.B to Routers C or D unless synchronization has been disabled or they are running an IGP routing protocol with synchronized IGP to BGP routes. Likewise, Router B will not advertise any routes it receives from Router A on to Router D unless Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying the IGP and BGP putting routes are synchronized or BGP synchronization is disabled. what you know Now that basic BGP operation and terminology have been covered, it is time to move on to more LearnBGP howoperation. to build a The practice your CCIE preparation advanced next lab few for sections coverlab theexam following topics in detail: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment BGP messages CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE The lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect BGP Finite-State Machine companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered BGP attributes in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Route reflectors andRouting confederations switching portions of the and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The BGP decision process The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Messages BGP uses a series of messages to initiate BGP sessions with peering routers, verify that sessions are active, send routing updates, and notify peer routers of error conditions. Each of these messages is used for a particular type of action. Table 7-2 shows a summary of the messages • Tablepeering of Contents used for all BGP sessions. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Table 7-2. BGP Message Summary
Publisher: Cisco Press
Message Message Type Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Number ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 1 2
Pages: 1032OPEN
message
UPDATE message
Message Description Used to open BGP sessions Carries route updates for established BGP sessions
3
NOTIFICATION Notifies a peer router of an error condition message Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 4 KEEPALIVE Sent between BGP peering routers to verify BGP session Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. message 5
ROUTE-REFRESH An optional (negotiated during Experience putting concepts into practice message with lab scenarios that guidecapability you in applying message advertisement) that is sent to request dynamic BGP route what you know updates from the Adj-RIB-Out table of a remote BGP speaker Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the NOTE CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics BGP-4 protocol operation was originally defined in RFC 1771; the IETF Inter-Domain not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Routing (IDR) working group has been working on a draft that will update that RFC. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and That Internet draft should reach RFC status by late 2003. For more information about switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. the IETF IDR working group, go to http://www.ietf.org/html.charters/idr-charter.html. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. Message The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These OPEN comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers each with scenarios to what will face on thepeers actual exam. To establish a BGP session, BGP peer similar must send eachthey of its neighboring anlab OPEN Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. message. The OPEN message contains information about the local BGP speaker, and is used after a TCP session has been established. All fields in the OPEN message must be negotiated and accepted before a session can exchange routing information. Table 7-3 describes the information that comprises the OPEN message. Figure 7-14 shows how Router A and Router B use BGP OPEN messages to form a BGP session. In this example, Router A sends an OPEN message to Router B containing its BGP version of 4, the My AS value of 402, a hold timer of 180 seconds, and the BGP ID of 204.168.75.1. Router B responds with its own OPEN message containing its local BGP version of 4, its My AS of 917, a hold timer of 180 seconds, and the BGP ID of 204.168.75.25. Notice that in this example, each
of the BGP speakers are in a different AS, identified by their My AS values; this indicates that they will participate in an E-BGP session.
Figure 7-14. Opening a BGP Session •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Table 7-3. into BGP OPEN Message Parameters Experience putting concepts practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Message Description Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Parameter Take five full-blown practice mimic the actual lab exam environment Version The version of BGPlabs usedthat by the local BGP speaker. CCIE Practical Studies, CCIErouter candidates through the process of preparing for the The BGPVolume versionIIofleads the local is usually the current version, but can be CCIE lab exam configured by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect to an older version to be compatible with a peering router running an companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics older BGP version. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with If Volume I, the CCIE do candidate will aget comprehensive coverage of the routing and the BGP versions not match, BGP session will not be opened. Each of the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. peering routers try to negotiate a compatible BGP version prior to opening a session. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and My AS suggested The AS number for used by the local BGP speaker.exercises covering each of the core includes references further reading. Laboratory technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network If the My ASofvalue doesconcludes not matchwith thatfive configured forlab theexercises. remote peer, a BGP settings. The final chapter the book hands-on These session will not be opened. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. The My AS value also defines whether the BGP peers will be participating in an Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. internal or external BGP session.
Hold Timer
The length of time a BGP speaker expects to wait before receiving either an UPDATE or KEEPALIVE message from its peer.
BGP peering routers must negotiate and agree on a hold time to establish a BGP session. On Cisco routers, the default hold time for a BGP session is 180 seconds. However, the hold timer is configurable to a value between 0 and 4,294,967,295. If a hold timer of 0 is configured, KEEPALIVE messages will not beof used to verify BGP session validity. If a hold time of 0 is not used, the hold • Table Contents timer must be configured to use a value greater than 3 seconds. Hold timers are • Index configured using the default timers bgp command, which is covered in Chapter • Examples 8. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. , Leah Lynch CCIE 7220 It is4599 very important to No. note that
each of the BGP neighbors must agree on an acceptable hold timer before a BGP session can be established, so this value Publisher: Ciscoshould Press not be changed unless the peering routers hold timer values will be changed as well. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 BGP ID The local BGP speaker's identification. Pages: 1032
The BGP ID is usually the local router ID that, like OSPF, is the highest IP address of a loopback interface. Loopback interfaces are used to provide the most stable interface for the router ID. The router ID can be changed to another local IP address using the bgp router-id command, which is covered in Chapter 8. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The BGP ID value must match the values configured by both the local and remote BGP peers for each BGP peer relationship, and the remote peer must be by the local peer with or the will that not be opened. Experiencereachable putting concepts intoBGP practice labsession scenarios guide you in applying what you know Optional Contains optional BGP parameters, such as the Marker field, which contains information; if authentication is not configured, the Marker field Learn howauthentication to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation will contain all 1s. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The optional Capabilities field contains information that allows for BGP feature negotiation; it isIIeither or unsupported between BGP If a for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leadssupported CCIE candidates through the process of peers. preparing option is not will be ignored by the exercises. remote peer, and the CCIE lab exam Capability by presenting them withsupported, a series ofitchallenging laboratory A perfect session will be renegotiated without capability. companion to the best-selling first edition, this bookthe provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions Routing andthat Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Example 7-1 showsofathe packet capture contains a BGP OPEN message. BGP uses the IP precedence value of Internetwork Control, shown as 110000, which is used for high-priority The book begins with brief coverage of the core required on the CCIE and routing traffic. For more detailed information ontechnologies the type of service (ToS) bits, referlab to exam Chapter includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 5, "Integrated and Differentiated Services." Notice in this message that the TCP session is using technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network the destination port 179, the BGP destination port. The BGP header for this OPEN message (BGP settings. chapter aofMarker the book concludes with hands-on lab exercises. These message The typefinal 1) includes field containing all five 1s, which indicates that MD-5 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase authentication is not in use, with a 45-byte header; the Version field specifies that in thedifficulty sending level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab and exam. host is using BGP-4. The host belongs to AS number 1 and the hold time is 180 seconds, the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. sending host's BGP ID is 192.168.5.1.
Example 7-1. BGP OPEN Message
Frame Status Source Address Dest. Address Size Rel. Time Delta Time Abs. Time
Summary 8 [10.50.4.1] [10.50.4.2] 99 0:00:37.326 0.003.216 04/28/2002 03:14:50 PM BGP: type = Open DLC: ----•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
DLC Header ----DLC:
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 DLC: Frame 8 No. arrived atLynch 15:14:50.2341;
frame size is 99 (0063 hex) bytes.
DLC: Destination Publisher: Cisco Press = Station 000427228197 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
DLC: Source = Station 0004272281D8 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
DLC: Ethertype = 0800 (IP) DLC: IP: ----- IP Header ----Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. IP: IP: Version = 4, header length = 20 bytes Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what of you service know IP: Type = C0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation IP: 110. .... = internetwork control Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment IP: ...0 .... = normal delay CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the IP: 0...by = presenting normal throughput CCIE.... lab exam them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics IP: .... .0.. = normal reliability not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and IP: .... portions ..0. = of ECT - transport protocol willand ignore the CE bitlab exams. switching thebit Routing and Switching, Security, Service Provider IP: .... begins ...0 = CE brief bit coverage - no congestion The book with of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core IP: Total length = 85 bytes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These IP: Identification 2 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice= labs level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. IP: Flags = 0X Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. IP: .0.. .... = might fragment IP: ..0. .... = last fragment IP: Fragment offset = 0 bytes IP: Time to live = 1 seconds/hops IP: Protocol = 6 (TCP)
IP: Header checksum = 9C7B (correct) IP: Source address = [10.50.4.1] IP: Destination address = [10.50.4.2] IP: No options •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
IP:
TCP: ----- TCP header ----CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 TCP:
TCP: Source port Publisher: Cisco Press = 11002 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
TCP: Destination port = 179 (BGP) ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
TCP: Sequence number = 3817488861 TCP: Next expected Seq number= 3817488906 TCP: Acknowledgment number = 3816595146 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title=from Cisco Press. TCP: Data offset 20 bytes TCP: Flags = 18 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying know TCP: what ..0.you .... = (No urgent pointer) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation TCP: ...1 .... = Acknowledgment Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment TCP: .... 1... = Push CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the TCP: .... .0.. (No reset) CCIE lab exam by =presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics TCP: .... ..0. = (No not covered in Volume I, SYN) like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and TCP: ....portions ...0 =of(No switching the FIN) Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. TCP: Window = 16384 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core TCP: Checksum = 97C3 (correct) technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These TCP: No TCP options comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. TCP: Bytes of data] Study [45 tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. TCP: BGP: ----- BGP Message ----BGP: BGP: 16 byte Marker (all 1's) BGP: Length = 45
BGP: BGP type = 1 (Open) BGP: BGP: Version = 4 BGP: AS number = 1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
BGP: Hold Time = 180 Second(s) BGP:
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By KarlIdentifier Solie CCIE No. = 4599 , Leah Lynch [192.168.5.1] CCIE No. 7220 BGP C0A80501,
BGP: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
BGP: Optional Parameters Length = 16 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
BGP: Unknown Option Data BGP: ADDR HEX ASCII 0000: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Press. 00 04 27Studies 22 81 title 97 00 04Cisco 27 22 81 d8 08 00 45 c0 | ..'"....'"....E. 0010: 00 55 00 02 00 00 01 06 9c 7b 0a 32 04 01 0a 32 | .U.......{.2...2 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you 2a know 0020:what 04 02 fa 00 b3 e3 8a 41 dd e3 7c 9e ca 50 18 | ..*.....A..|..P. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 0030: 40 00 97 c3 00 00 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff | @............... Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 0040: ff ff ff ff ff ff 00 2d 01 04 00 01 00 b4 c0 a8 | .......-........ CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 0050: 05exam 01 10 06 01 04 00 with 01 00 01 02of02 80 00 02laboratory | ................ CCIE lab by 02 presenting them a series challenging exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 0060: 02 02in 00 | ... not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core BGP Capabilities Advertisement technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Starting with BGP-4, BGP peer capabilities cantechnologies be negotiated during session BGP initialization, comprehensive practice labs include all of the and gradually increase in difficulty using the Optional Capabilities parameter, which is contained in the OPEN message. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actualBGP lab exam. capabilities negotiation is described inare RFCincluded 2842. This element the wasbook. added into BGP so that new Study tips and test-taking techniques throughout features could be added into the BGP specification without requiring upgrades to newer versions of the protocol. Using capabilities advertisement, peers can exchange capabilities and negotiate a session using the most agreed-upon features. If one of the peers does not support an optional parameter, it sends the advertiser a NOTIFICATION message with the error "Unsupported Optional Parameter." After receiving the NOTIFICATION message, the advertising peer resends the message without the unsupported parameter and so on, until both peers agree on a set of parameters.Table 7-4 describes the IANA-defined BGP capabilities codes.
Table 7-4. BGP Capabilities Codes Capabilities Code
Description
•0
Table of Contents Reserved
•
Index
•
Examples
1
Multiprotocol extensions for BGP-4
2 Practical Studies Volume IIROUTE-REFRESH CCIE
capability for BGP-4
By Lynch CCIE No.route 7220 3Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Cooperative
4
filtering capability
Multiple routes to a destination capability
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Unassigned 5–63
64
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Graceful restart capability
65
Support for 4-octet AS number capability
66
Support for dynamic capability
128–255 Vendor specific Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
UPDATE Message
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know After a BGP session has been established, the peering routers begin to exchange routing information using messages. contain information about each route Learn how toUPDATE build a practice labUPDATE for your messages CCIE lab exam preparation advertised to the peering router. In BGP routing, network prefixes are also referred to as Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI). Table shows the information contained in Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the 7-5 actual lab exam environment BGP UPDATE messages and descriptions of the BGP UPDATE message fields. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Table BGP UPDATE Message Information Combined with Volume I, 7-5. the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Message Description The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Parameters includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying technologies Unfeasible Route This fielddetailed contains the total number the of routes that areintoreal be network withdrawn settings. theBGP book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Length The final chapter fromofthe routing tables. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers scenarios to what will faceinon themessage. actual lab exam. If thiswith value is 0, no similar routes are to bethey withdrawn this Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Withdrawn Routes The Withdrawn Routes field contains prefixes that are to be removed from the BGP tables. This information is stored in a [length, prefix] format. Each route that is to be removed from an established BGP session is sent to the neighboring router in this format. Total Path Attribute Length
This field identifies the total length of the Path Attributes field (in octets).
Path Attributes
BGP path attributes (attribute type codes) are basically the metrics that are to be used by the decision process. There are 19 BGP path attributes defined by IANA, the top 10 of which are as follows:
1. ORIGIN •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
2. AS_PATH 3. NEXT_HOP
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
4. Lynch MULTI-EXIT-DISC ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 5. LOCAL-PREF
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 6.
ATOMIC-AGGREGATE
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
7. AGGREGATOR 8. COMMUNITY 9. ORIGINATOR_ID
Gain hands-on experience 10. for CLUSTER_LIST the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The Path Attributes field contains three values: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Attribute Type— Contains two subsections that describe each what you know attribute type code (listed here) and the flags that apply to those Learn how to build a practice attributes lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice Attribute labs Length— that mimicDefines the actual the lab length exam of the environment attribute CCIE Practical Studies, Volume Attribute II leadsValue— CCIE candidates Contains through the valuethe belonging process to of the preparing attribute for the CCIE lab exam by presenting type them code with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Attribute Type (a The Attribute Type field contains two items: Attribute Flags the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, the BGP, Multicast, andand QoS. subsection of the Attribute Type Code. Each of the attributes from the Attribute Type Code Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Path Attributes section of the Attributes field has anService associated Attribute Type switching portions of the Routing andPath Switching, Security, and Provider lab exams. field) category, which defines how the attribute is to be forwarded by other BGP coverage routers. There four attribute types: The book begins with brief of theare core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 1. ofWell-known mandatory comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 2. Well-known discretionary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 3. Optional transitive 4. Optional nontransitive The Attribute Flags field is covered shortly.
4.
NLRI
The NLRI field is the part of the UPDATE message field that contains paths that are to be advertised as reachable (network layer reachability information).
•
The NLRI field contains the prefixes for each of the paths to be advertised in a [length, prefix] format. This is the information that was taken from the local routers' Adj-RIB-Out database and will be added to the neighboring routers' Adj-RIB-In database. Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Studies AfterPractical two BGP peersVolume have II formed an established BGP session, they can exchange routing information in the form of messages. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, LeahUPDATE Lynch CCIE No. 7220 The UPDATE messages contain information about new routes that are to be added to the BGP table, routes that are no longer reachable (and are to be removed from the BGP table), and path attributes for the routes. Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: 07, 2003 table, the Unfeasible Route Length field contains the number of routes As shown inNovember the preceding ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 that are to be removed from the BGP table. The Withdrawn Routes field contains the actual routesPages: that 1032 are to be removed, in the [length, prefix] format. The Path Attributes field contains the attribute type codes for the paths sent in the update, and the Attribute Flags field specifies how attributes are to be handled by the routing process. And, finally, the NLRI field contains the new or changed routes that are being advertised.
In BGP, each routing update contains attributes that belong to all the NLRI paths in the Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE message. The 10 basic attribute type codes and attribute values you will most likely encounter Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. when working with BGP-4 in an IP environment are as follows: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know 1. what ORIGIN— Specifies the origin of the route: I-BGP, E-BGP, or Incomplete. how toContains build a practice your exam preparation 2. Learn AS_PATH— a list of lab ASsfor that theCCIE routelab traversed in its path. five full-blown practice labs that mimicthe thedestination actual lab route. exam environment 3. Take NEXT_HOP— The next hop taken to reach CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads candidates process of preparing the 4. MULTI-EXIT-DISC— Multiple ExitCCIE Discriminator is through a metricthe used to determine whichfor path CCIE to labtake exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect if there are multiple exit points to an AS. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in VolumeIndicates I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, Multicast, 5. covered LOCAL-PREF— preference for one pathroute over maps, othersBGP, within an AS. and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and chose Service lab exams. 6. ATOMIC-AGGREGATE— Indicates that the Security, local process a Provider less-specific path to a destination over one that is more specific. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory covering the core 7. AGGREGATOR— This attribute is used to indicate the IPexercises address of a routereach thatof has technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network aggregated a number of routes together. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive 8. COMMUNITY— practice Specifies labs include the local all of BGP theCOMMUNITY technologiesvalue; and gradually by default, increase all communityin difficulty level.aware They present routers readers belong to with thescenarios Internet community. similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 9. ORIGINATOR_ID— Specifies a route reflection with a route reflector cluster. 10. CLUSTER_LIST— Contains a reflection path that shows through which path a reflected route has passed. Each of these attribute code types is accompanied by an attribute flag that specifies how the attribute is to be treated when it is processed by a peer router. Table 7-6 shows the four attribute flags and their associated flags; these are covered in detail later in this chapter.
Table 7-6. BGP Attribute Flags Attribute Flag
Flag Name
Description
Optional bit •Highest bit Table of Contents
Defines whether an attribute is well known (0) or optional (1).
•
Defines whether an optional attribute is nontransitive (0) or transitive (1).
Index
Second Transitive bit highest bit Examples
•
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Third highest Partial Defines whether By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,bit Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
an optional transitive attribute is complete (0)
bit
or partial (1).
Publisher: Cisco Extended Press Fourth highest bitNovember Length bit Pub Date: 07, 2003
Defines whether the attribute length is 1 octet (0) or 2 octets (1). This flag is only used (set to 1) when the attribute length is greater than 255 octets.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 7-2 shows a protocol analysis of an UPDATE message. Notice in the example that this message is a 68-byte BGP type 2 UPDATE message, with a Marker field of all 1s, indicating no authentication is taking place. This update does not contain any withdrawn routes, indicated by the Unfeasibleexperience Routes Length. first attribute in this message Gain0 hands-on for theThe CCIE Lab Exam with volume two is of the thewell-known best-sellingtransitive CCIE type 1 ORIGIN attribute value of 0-IGP, indicating that the message came from an I-BGP Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. session. The next well-known transitive attribute is the type 2 AS_PATH attribute; this attribute lists the ASs through which the route has passed. The Path Segment Type field value of 2 (ASSEQUENCE) means that this update contains anwith ordered list of autonomous The Path Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that guide systems. you in applying Segment field value of 1 indicates that there is only one AS in the path, and the AS whatLength you know Identifier field value indicates that the packet originated from AS 2. The next well-known Learnattribute how to build practice lab for your CCIE that lab exam preparation transitive is theatype 3 NEXT-HOP attribute contains the next hop of 10.50.4.2. The final optional nontransitive attribute is the type 4 MED attribute. This attribute is used to Take five full-blown labs are thatmultiple mimic the lab environment determine which route to practice take if there exitactual points to exam an AS. The MED for this update is 0. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam presenting them with series of challenging A perfect The next field inby this update contains theaNLRI information. Thelaboratory NLRI field exercises. contains new or companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics changed routes that are being advertised in this message. This message contains routes to the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. networks 192.168.11.0/24, 192.168.12.0/24, 192.168.13.0/24, 192.168.14.0/24, and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get coverage of the routing and 192.168.15.0/24. Each of these routes is presented incomprehensive [prefix length, subnet mask, IP address] switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. format. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 7-2. BGP UPDATE Message technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Frame Status Source Address Dest. Rel. Time Delta Time Abs. Time Study tips and test-taking techniques areAddress included Size throughout the book. Summary 13 [10.50.4.2] [10.50.4.1] 141 0:00:37.537 0.001.028 04/28/2002 03:14:50 PM BGP: type = Update DLC: ----- DLC Header -----
DLC: DLC: Frame 13 arrived at 15:14:50.4449; frame size is 141 (008D hex) bytes. DLC: Destination = Station 0004272281D8 DLC: Source = Station 000427228197 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
DLC: Ethertype = 0800 (IP) DLC:
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl----Solie CCIE 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 IP: IP No. Header -----
IP:Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
IP: Version = 4, header length = 20 bytes ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
IP: Type of service = C0 IP: 110. .... = internetwork control IP: ...0 .... = normal delay Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco Press. IP: ....Studies 0... =title normal throughput IP: .... .0.. = normal reliability Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what ..0. you know IP: .... = ECT bit - transport protocol will ignore the CE bit Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation IP: .... ...0 = CE bit - no congestion Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment IP: Total length = 127 bytes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the IP: = 3 CCIEIdentification lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics IP: Flags =in 0X not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and IP: .0.. portions .... = of might fragment switching the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. IP: ..0. begins .... = last fragment The book with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core IP: Fragment offset = 0 bytes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These IP: Time to live = 1 labs seconds/hops comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. IP: Protocol = 6 (TCP) techniques are included throughout the book. Study tips and test-taking IP: Header checksum = 9C50 (correct) IP: Source address = [10.50.4.2] IP: Destination address = [10.50.4.1] IP: No options
IP: TCP: ----- TCP header ----TCP: TCP: Source port = 179 (BGP) •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
TCP: Destination port = 11002 TCP: Sequence number = 3816595210 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie No. 4599,Seq Leah Lynch CCIE 3816595297 No. 7220 TCP: NextCCIE expected number=
TCP: Acknowledgment number = 3817488925 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
TCP: Data offset = 20 bytes ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
TCP: Flags = 18 TCP: ..0. .... = (No urgent pointer) TCP: ...1 .... = Acknowledgment Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press. TCP: .... 1... title = Push TCP: .... .0.. = (No reset) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying know TCP: what ....you ..0. = (No SYN) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation TCP: .... ...0 = (No FIN) Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment TCP: Window = 16320 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the TCP: Checksum = presenting 19F9 (correct) CCIE lab exam by them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics TCP: No TCPin options not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and TCP: [87 portions Bytes of data] switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. TCP: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core BGP: ----- follow, BGP Message ----technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These BGP: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BGP: 16 byte Marker (all 1's) BGP: Length = 68 BGP: BGP type = 2 (Update)
BGP: BGP: Unfeasible Routes Length = 0 BGP: No Withdrawn Routes in this Update BGP: Path Attribute Length = 25 bytes •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
BGP: Attribute Flags = 4X BGP: 0... .... = Well-known CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie No. = 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 BGP: .1..CCIE .... Transitive
BGP: ..0. Cisco ....Press = Complete Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
BGP: ...0 .... = 1 byte Length ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
BGP: Attribute type code = 1 (Origin) BGP: Attribute Data Length = 1 BGP: Origin type = 0 (IGP) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from BGP: Attribute Flags = Cisco 4X Press. BGP: 0... .... = Well-known Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying know BGP: what .1..you .... = Transitive Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BGP: ..0. .... = Complete Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment BGP: ...0 .... = 1 byte Length CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the BGP: Attribute code them = 2 (AS CCIE lab exam by type presenting withPath) a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics BGP: Attribute Data I,Length 4 not covered in Volume like the=Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and BGP: Pathportions segment type = 2 (AS_SEQUENCE) switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. BGP: Path segment = 1 The book begins with length brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core BGP: AS Identifier = 2 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These BGP: Attribute Flags labs = 4X comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. BGP: .... = Well-known Study 0... tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BGP: .1.. .... = Transitive BGP: ..0. .... = Complete BGP: ...0 .... = 1 byte Length BGP: Attribute type code = 3 (Next Hop)
BGP: Attribute Data Length = 4 BGP: Next Hop = [10.50.4.2] BGP: Attribute Flags = 8X BGP: 1... .... = Optional •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
BGP: .0.. .... = Non-transitive BGP: ..0. .... = Complete CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie No. = 4599 Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 BGP: ...0CCIE .... 1 ,byte Length
BGP: Attribute type code = 4 (Multi Exit Disc) Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
BGP: Attribute Data Length = 4 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
BGP: Multi Exit Disc Attribute = 0 BGP: BGP: Network Layer Reachability Information: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from =Cisco Press. IP subnet mask [255.255.255.0] BGP: IP Studies Prefix title Length 24 bits, BGP: IP address [192.168.11.0] Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know BGP: what IP Prefix Length = 24 bits, IP subnet mask [255.255.255.0] Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BGP: IP address [192.168.12.0] Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment BGP: IP Prefix Length = 24 bits, IP subnet mask [255.255.255.0] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the BGP: IP exam address [192.168.13.0] CCIE lab by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics BGP: IP Prefix Length = 24 IP subnet mask [255.255.255.0] not covered in Volume I, like thebits, Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and BGP: IP address [192.168.14.0] switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. BGP: IP Prefix Length 24 bits, IP core subnet mask [255.255.255.0] The book begins with brief=coverage of the technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core BGP: IP address technologies follow,[192.168.15.0] providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These BGP: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. BGP: Marker (all 1's) Study 16 tipsbyte and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BGP: Length = 19 BGP: BGP type = 4 (KEEPALIVE) BGP:
DLC: --- Frame too short ADDR HEX
ASCII
0000: 00 04 27 22 81 d8 00 04 27 22 81 97 08 00 45 c0 | ..'"....'"....E. 0010: 00 7f 00 03 00 00 01 06 9c 50 0a 32 04 02 0a 32 | .........P.2...2 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
0020: 04 01 00 b3 2a fa e3 7c 9f 0a e3 8a 42 1d 50 18 | ....*..|....B.P. 0030: 3f c0 19 f9 00 00 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff | ?..ù............ CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie No. ff 4599ff , Leah CCIE 7220 0040: ff CCIE ff ff ffLynch 00 44 02No.00 00
00 19 40 01 01 | .......D.....@..
0050: 00 40 02Press 04 02 01 00 02 40 03 04 0a 32 04 02 80 | .@[email protected]... Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
0060: ISBN: 04 04 00 00 00 00 18 c0 a8 0b 18 c0 a8 0c 18 c0 | ................ 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
0070: a8 0d 18 c0 a8 0e 18 c0 a8 0f ff ff ff ff ff ff | ................ 0080: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 00 13 04 | .............
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. InFigure 7-15, for example, Routers A and B have an established BGP session and are now exchanging routing information using UPDATE messages. Router A sends an update removing Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying two routes: one to 50.1.1.0/24, and one to 50.2.2.0/24. This routing update also contains four what you know new routes: 51.3.3.0/24, 51.4.4.0/24, 51.5.5.0/24, and 60.1.1.0/24. These routes are sent out as routes learned through E-BGP, but originating from an I-BGP session (indicated by the Type 1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation IGP path attribute), with an AS path of AS 402, AS 10, and AS 30, with a next hop of 51.5.2.4. Router B receives the UPDATE message, removes to 50.1.1.0/24 and 50.2.2.0/24 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the the routes actual lab exam environment from its Adj-RIB-In table, and then adds the routes to the 51.3.3.0/24, 51.4.4.0/24, 51.5.5.0/24, 60.1.1.0 networks to its Adj-RIB-In table to be processed BGP decision CCIE Practicaland Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the processbyofits preparing for the process. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Figure 7-15.and Routers Exchanging Updates switching portions of the Routing Switching, Security, and BGP Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Router B then takes its routes from the local Adj-RIB-Out table, and sends an update to Router A Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE containing new routes to networks 197.62.59.0/24, 197.63.59.0/24, and 197.64.59.0/24. The Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. new routes all came from an E-BGP session, but originated from an I-BGP session, using an AS path of AS 917, AS 40, and AS 29, and have the next hop of 197.61.1.1. Router A takes these new routes and adds them to its Adj-RIB-In table tolab be scenarios processedthat by the BGP decision process, Experience putting concepts into practice with guide you in applying and then best routes to its local BGP routing table Loc-RIB. Until there are any route whatadds you the know changes, Routers A and B will not send any further routing updates; they will only send KEEPALIVE back and forth, each other that preparation the BGP session is still active. Learn messages how to build a practice labnotifying for your CCIE lab exam Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTIFICATION Message BGP NOTIFICATION messages are used to indicate an error condition resulting in BGP session termination. NOTIFICATION messages are always immediately followed by session termination. Upon termination of a BGP connection, the TCP session between the BGP peers is torn down, all • of Contents resources areTable released, "route withdrawal" messages are sent to peering BGP peers, and all BGP • Index routes are removed from the table. A BGP session might terminate in an error condition for a • ExamplesTable 7-7 describes the six major NOTIFICATION error messages. number of reasons. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Table 7-7. BGP NOTIFICATION Messages
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
MessageNumber Message Pages: 1032 Type 1
Description
Message Header Error
Indicates that an error was found processing a BGP message header. Message header errors include a subcode that indicates the reason for the error. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 2 OPEN Message Indicates a message found in an OPEN message. OPEN Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Error message errors include an error subcode that indicates the cause of the error. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 3 UPDATE Indicates a message found in an UPDATE message. what you know Message Error UPDATE message errors are accompanied by an error subcode that indicates the cause of the error. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 4 Hold Timer This error type indicates that the local system did not Take five full-blown practice labsreceive that mimic the actual exam message environment Expired a KEEPALIVE or lab UPDATE within the negotiated time interval. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. Amachine perfect 5 Finite-State When an unexpected errorlaboratory occurs, a finite-state companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage CCIE lab exam topics Machine Error error is sent to the peering router,of terminating the BGP not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. session. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 6 the immediately terminated BGP lab session. switching portions of Cease the Routing andIndicates Switching, Security, and Service Provider exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises coveringand each of the core Each NOTIFICATION message contains three fields: Error Code, Error Subcode, Data. The technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying in real network gives Error Code field specifies the type of NOTIFICATION error.the Thetechnologies Error Subcode, if provided, settings. The final chapter of of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These in a a more detailed explanation the error. One or more error subcodes might be included comprehensive message. practice labs all of the technologies and information gradually increase difficulty NOTIFICATION Theinclude Data field includes any diagnosis that is in related to the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will field. face on the actual lab exam. error. Not all NOTIFICATION messages include a value in the Data Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. When an error is found while processing a BGP header, a message header error NOTIFICATION message is generated. This message is generated in the event that a BGP header is received with an invalid Marker field, if the value of the length of a message header is greater or less than the required value, or if the type of the message header is unknown. Table 7-8 shows Message Header Error Notification subcodes and their descriptions.
Table 7-8. Message Header Error NOTIFICATION Subcodes Message Number
Message Subcode Type Description
0
No error subcode
Null field.
Connection Not Synchronized
Indicates that the Marker field in a BGP message is not the expected value.
1
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
OPEN message— All 1s, unless TCP MD-5 authentication is in use
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
All others— Negotiated in OPEN messages 2
Publisher: Cisco Bad Press Message Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Length ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The length of a message header is greater or less than the required value. This message contains the bad value in the Data field. OPEN— Minimum 29 octets, maximum 4096 octets UPDATE— Minimum 23 octets, maximum 4096 octets
KEEPALIVE— No greater or less than 19 octets (the size of Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam volume two of the best-selling CCIE an Lab empty BGPwith KEEPALIVE message) Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 3 Bad Message Type Indicates that an unrecognized message type was received. The value of the Type field is included in the Data field of Experience putting concepts into this practice message. with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BGP OPEN message errors can be caused by failed or misconfigured TCP MD-5 authentication attempts, TCP packets, or labs otherthat BGP configuration problems. message errors Take corrupt five full-blown practice mimic the actual lab examOPEN environment include a message subcode that describes the reason for the error message. Table 7-9 shows possible subcode messages andIItheir descriptions. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Error NOTIFICATION Subcodes switching Table portions7-9. of theOPEN RoutingMessage and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Message Number
Message Subcode Type
1
Unsupported Version
The BGP peer is using an unsupported BGP version. The Data field in this message includes the largest locally supported BGP version.
Bad Peer AS
The peering router's My AS value is not as expected. This error might be cause by a misconfiguration on one of the peering routers.
2 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Description
3 Practical Studies Bad Volume BGP IDII CCIE
The peering router's BGP ID value is not as expected. This error might be caused by a misconfiguration on either router. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 This value must be a valid IP address. 4
Publisher: CiscoUnsupported Press
The local router received an unsupported Optional value.
Optional Pub Date: November 07, 2003 5
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Authentication
This message is generated upon BGP authentication failure.
Pages: 1032Failure
6
Unacceptable Hold Time
The hold-timer value is not acceptable to the local system, any hold time might be rejected; hold timers must be negotiated on both BGP peers.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. After the OPEN messages have been received and the routers have established a valid BGP session, they begin to send UPDATE messages. A number of different errors might occur when processing UPDATE messages. These arewith generally the result of guide a misconfiguration on one Experience putting concepts intoerrors practice lab scenarios that you in applying of thewhat peeryou routers. knowTable 7-10 shows the various UPDATE message error NOTIFICATION messages and their descriptions. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical II leads CCIE candidates through the process Subcodes of preparing for the TableStudies, 7-10. Volume UPDATE Message Error NOTIFICATION CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Message not covered inMessage Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Number with Subcode Type Description Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 1 Malformed The length of the Unfeasible Route Length and/or Total Attribute List Attribute Length plus the fixed UPDATE header size (the fixed The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and size of the UPDATE header [19] plus the size of the Total Path includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Attribute Length field [2] plus the Unfeasible Route Length technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network field [2]) is too large. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty This message might also be sent if the same attribute appears level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. more than once in the same UPDATE message. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 2 Unrecognized Indicates an unknown well-known mandatory attribute. The Well-Known value of this attribute is included in the Data field of the Attribute message. 3
Missing WellKnown Attribute
Indicates that a well-known mandatory attribute is missing. The Data field includes the missing attribute.
4
Attribute Flag Error
The Attribute Flag field and Attribute Code field do not match. This might be a bad attribute, flag, code, or value. This information is included in the Data field for the message.
5
Attribute Length Error
The actual attribute length does not match the length specified by the Attribute Length field. The attribute data (attribute type, length, and value) is included in the Data field for the message.
•
Table of Contents
•6
Index Invalid Origin Examples Attribute
•
The ORIGIN value is not defined or is unrecognized. The value of the ORIGIN field is included in the error message.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
7
AS Routing Loop
The local AS number has been seen in an UPDATE message—an AS routing loop is assumed.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
8
Invalid Publisher: Cisco Press
9
Next-Hop Attribute Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Optional Attribute Pages: 1032 Error
10
Invalid Network Field
The next-hop value is not a valid IP address; this is a syntax error. The value is included in the message. Indicates an error in the value of a recognized optional attribute. The value of this error appears in the Data field of this message. Indicates a syntax error in the NLRI field for a message.
11 hands-onMalformed AS_PATH is syntactically Gain experience for theThe CCIE Lab Exam with volume incorrect. two of the best-selling CCIE AS_PATH Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying If a BGP session has no errors, you will not see any NOTIFICATION messages unless an interface what you know goes down or the BGP configuration has changed. After two BGP peers have formed a BGP session, they exchange messages verify session BGP integrity. The next section Learn how to buildKEEPALIVE a practice lab for yourtoCCIE lab exam preparation discusses the BGP KEEPALIVE message type. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the KEEPALIVE Message CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics After the BGP session has been successfully established, and BGP updates have been sent and not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. received, the BGP peers send each other periodic KEEPALIVE messages. KEEPALIVE messages Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and are sent by the peering routers every 60 seconds, by default, to notify neighboring peers that switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. the BGP connection is active. The KEEPALIVE message interval can be changed from the default value to any other value between 3 and 4,294,967,295 or setrequired to 0 to signify The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies on thethat CCIEKEEPALIVE lab exam and messages will not be exchanged. KEEPALIVE values of 1 or 2 seconds are not valid. If invalid includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core KEEPALIVE values are used, the BGP session will fail with the NOTIFICATION message "Open technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network failed: Connection refused by remote host." KEEPALIVE timers might also be set to 1/3 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. Thesethe negotiated hold-timer value, which is, 180 seconds. Figure 7-16 shows in thedifficulty process, comprehensive practice labs include allby of default, the technologies and gradually increase followed by each of the three BGP messages, including the KEEPALIVE messages sent during a level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. successful BGP session. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 7-16. BGP Messages
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The beginsmessage with brief coverage the core technologies on the labinexam The book KEEPALIVE contains noof data; it is just a 19-byterequired BGP header, asCCIE shown the and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core protocol analysis contained in Example 7-3. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 7-3. BGP KEEPALIVE Message level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Frame Status Source Address
Dest. Address Size
Rel. Time Delta Time Abs. Time
Summary 10 [10.50.4.1] [10.50.4.2] 73 0:00:37.336 0.008.155 04/28/2002 03:14:50 PM BGP: type =
KEEPALIVE DLC: ----- DLC Header ----DLC: DLC: Frame 10 arrived at 15:14:50.2443; frame size is 73 (0049 hex) bytes. •
Table of Contents
DLC: Destination = Station 000427228197 • Index •
Examples
DLC: SourceStudies = Station 0004272281D8 CCIE Practical Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
DLC: Ethertype = 0800 (IP) Publisher: Cisco Press DLC: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
IP: ----IP Header ----ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
IP: IP: Version = 4, header length = 20 bytes IP: Type of service = C0 IP: 110. .... = internetwork control Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco IP: ...0Studies .... =title normal delayPress. IP: .... 0... putting = normal throughput Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know IP: .... .0.. = normal reliability Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation IP: .... ..0. = ECT bit - transport protocol will ignore the CE bit Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment IP: .... ...0 = CE bit - no congestion CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIETotal IP: lab exam length by presenting = 59 bytes them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered IP: Identification in Volume = I, like 3 IP: theFlags Cisco Catalyst = 0X 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching IP: .0.. portions .... = of might the Routing fragment and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and IP: ..0. begins .... = last fragment includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network IP: Fragment offset = 0 bytes settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all ofIP: the Protocol technologies and gradually increase in difficulty IP: Time to live = 1 labs seconds/hops = 6 (TCP) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. IP: Header checksum = 9C94 (correct) IP: Source address = [10.50.4.1] IP: Destination address = [10.50.4.2] IP: No options IP:
TCP: ----- TCP header ----TCP: TCP: Source port = 11002 TCP: Destination port = 179 (BGP) •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
TCP: Sequence number = 3817488906 TCP: Next expected Seq number= 3817488925 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch =CCIE No. 7220 TCP: Acknowledgment number 3816595191
TCP: Data Cisco offset Publisher: Press = 20 bytes Pub Date: November 07, 2003
TCP: Flags = 18 TCP: ..0. .... = (No urgent pointer) ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
TCP: ...1 .... = Acknowledgment TCP: .... 1... = Push TCP: .... .0.. = (No reset) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press. TCP: .... ..0. title = (No SYN) TCP: .... ...0 = (No FIN) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you =know TCP: what Window 16339 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation TCP: Checksum = 7BB6 (correct) Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment TCP: No TCP options CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the TCP: [19exam Bytes data] them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab by of presenting companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics TCP: BGP: ----BGP I,Message -----Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume like the Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and BGP: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. BGP: 16 byte (all 1's) of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book beginsMarker with brief coverage includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core BGP: Lengthfollow, = 19 providing BGP: BGP detailed type = guides 4 (KEEPALIVE) technologies to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These BGP: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. BGP: Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ADDR HEX
ASCII
0000: 00 04 27 22 81 97 00 04 27 22 81 d8 08 00 45 c0 | ..'"....'"....E. 0010: 00 3b 00 03 00 00 01 06 9c 94 0a 32 04 01 0a 32 | .;.........2...2 0020: 04 02 2a fa 00 b3 e3 8a 42 0a e3 7c 9e f7 50 18 | ..*.....B..|..P.
0030: 3f d3 7b b6 00 00 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff | ?.{............. 0040: ff ff ff ff ff ff 00 13 04 | .........
Table of Contents ROUTE-REFRESH Message • •
Index
•
Examples
Prior to Cisco IOS Software Release 12.0(6)T, all BGP-speaking routers used to require a manual CCIE Practical Studies Volume II BGP session reset each time the local routing policy changed. This session reset allowed peers to By Karl Solie No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 apply newCCIE policies as the routers processed and received the incoming routing updates from their remote peers. In legacy versions of Cisco IOS software, this problem was solved, on a peer-by-peer basis, Publisher: Cisco Press using BGP soft reconfiguration. After BGP soft reconfiguration has been configured a legacy peer, that router stores the full, unmodified copy of the incoming AdjPub Date: on November 07, 2003 RIB-InISBN: table1-58705-072-2 that it received from each remote peer in memory. Although this feature promotes network stability by preventing BGP session interruptions, it also consumes large amounts of Pages: 1032 system resources. Soft configuration is triggered each time a soft-reconfiguration request is issued using the clear ip bgp {* | ip-address | peer-group}soft [in | out] command; the use of this command is covered later in Chapter 9, "Advanced BGP Configuration." When this command is issued, the local BGP peer acts as though it has just received a full routing update from the remote peer by refreshing routes stored in the Loc-RIB table using the Adj-RIB-In Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE information stored in memory. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The BGP ROUTE-REFRESH capability, specified in RFC 2918, also referred to in Cisco IOS Software as the BGP soft reset enhancement, which is automatically enabled in later releases of putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that guide you exchange in applying CiscoExperience IOS Software, is negotiated between BGPwith speakers during the capabilities what you know portion of BGP session initialization. This capability allows BGP peers to either request dynamic inbound updates or send outbound route updates to a peer without the soft reconfiguration. The Learn howROUTE-REFRESH to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation IANA-assigned capability (2) is contained in the Optional Capabilities field of the BGP OPEN messages. For ROUTE-REFRESH messages to be sent and understood, each of the Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment peers negotiating a BGP session must support the capability. If a peer that does not understand this receives Volume a ROUTE-REFRESH request message fromthe a remote peer, that peerfor the CCIEcapability Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through process of preparing ignores the message, logging an "Unsupported OPEN Parameter" error, and continues CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A on perfect uninterrupted. When the ROUTE-REFRESH is not supported in a BGP companion to the best-selling first edition, capability this book provides coveragebyofboth CCIEpeers lab exam topics peer relationship, neither of the be able to use themaps, capability, either soft not covered in Volume I, like thepeers Ciscowill Catalyst 3550, route BGP,and Multicast, and QoS. reconfiguration or manual session hascomprehensive to take place tocoverage refresh the Adj-RIB-In Combined with Volume I, the CCIEre-initialization candidate will get of the routing and table. If the ROUTE-REFRESH capability is successfully negotiated during session initialization, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. and a ROUTE-REFRESH request is, for some reason, unsuccessful, the session can still be manually cleared.with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Finite-State Machine Operation BGP peers transition through several states before becoming adjacent neighbors and exchanging routing information. During each of the states, the peers must send and receive messages, process message data, and initialize resources before proceeding to the next state. This process • TableBGP of Contents is known as the Finite-State Machine (FSM) . If the process fails at any point, the session is • Index torn down and the peers both transition back to an Idle state and begin the process again. Each • Examples time a session is torn down, all routes from the peer who is not up will be removed from the CCIE Practical Studies Volume II tables, which causes downtime. If configuration issues exist on one of the BGP peers, the peering routers continuously transition between states until the issue has been resolved. By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No.unestablished 7220 BGP peers transition through all the following states until an established BGP session has been created: Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Idle Pages: 1032
Connect Active OpenSent Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. OpenConfirm Established Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying youstates know also has accompanying input events (IEs). Input events are events Each what of these occurring during a BGP session that trigger an action. Table 7-11 shows the BGP IEs. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE BGP candidates through the process of preparing for the Table 7-11. Input Events CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Event not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ID Event Name I, the Description Combined with Volume CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 1 BGP Start Occurring during the Idle state, the BGP start event signals the beginning a BGP It also initializes for the The book begins with brief coverage ofof the core session. technologies required on the the resources CCIE lab exam and BGP process. The BGP start event is only listened for during includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the the Idle core state. If theguides local speaker receives a start eventinand is not in the technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies realit network that eventwith is ignored. settings. The final chapter ofIdle the state, book concludes five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsThe include of the technologies and gradually 2 BGP Stop BGP all Stop signals the termination of a BGPincrease session.in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 3 This eventare notifies the local speaker that the TCP connection is open Study tipsBGP andTransport test-taking techniques included throughout the book. Connection Open and the BGP resource initialization is complete. 4
BGP Transport Connection Closed
This event notifies the local speaker that the remote BGP speaker has closed the TCP session. This message also triggers the release of BGP resources and causes the local speaker to return to the Idle state.
5
BGP Transport Connection Failed
6
BGP Transport Fatal Error
This event notifies the local speaker that the TCP session to the remote BGP peer has failed. This message also triggers the release of BGP resources and causes the local speaker to return to the Idle state.
This event notifies the local speaker that the TCP session to the remote BGP peer has resulted in a fatal error. This message also triggers the release of BGP resources and causes the local speaker Table of Contents to return to the Idle state.
• •
Index
•7
Examples ConnectRetry This event occurs when the ConnectRetry timer has expired. When CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the ConnectRetry timer expires, it is restarted. Timer Expired ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
8
Hold Timer Expired
Publisher: Cisco Press
9
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
KEEPALIVE Timer Expired
This event indicates that the KEEPALIVE timer expired, signaling that a KEEPALIVE has not been received from the remote peer within the timeout period.
Receive Open Message
This event notifies the local system that a BGP OPEN message has been received by the remote peer, and the BGP session can move on to the OpenConfirm state.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
10
This event occurs when the hold timer has expired, meaning that the remote peer has not responded to a message from the local peer.
Gain experience for theevent CCIEnotifies Lab Exam 11 hands-on Receive This thewith localvolume systemtwo thatofa the BGPbest-selling KEEPALIVECCIE message Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. KEEPALIVE has been received by the remote peer, and the BGP session can Message
move on to the Established state.
into practice withlocal lab scenarios that guide youpeer in applying 12 Experience Receiveputting Updateconcepts This event notifies the system that the remote has whatMessage you know received a BGP UPDATE message. 13 Learn Receive This event notifies local that a BGP NOTIFICATION how to build a practice lab for your the CCIE labsystem exam preparation Notification message has been received, and the BGP session should be TakeMessage five full-blown practice terminated labs that immediately. mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Idle Stateto the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and According to RFC 1771, at the beginning of each BGP peer session, each of the peer routers must switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. pass through various BGP states. The first state that a router enters when configured for BGP is the Idle state. In the Idle state, the BGP-speaking router refuses incoming BGP session requests. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and At this point, the router has not allocated any resources to the BGP process and does not do so includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core until a BGP start event has either been initiated by the router's BGP process or by manual user technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network intervention.Table 7-12 summarizes the Idle state behaviors and the reasons for those settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These behaviors. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Table 7-12. Idle State Behaviors Idle State Behavior
Reasons
Refuses incoming The router has either just been configured and has not established a BGP sessions session with this peer before, or the BGP session has been reset. Incoming sessions are refused until a BGP start event has been issued. No BGP resource allocation
Newly configured peer session. Reset session.
•
Table of Contents Resources are allocated after a start event has been received. Index
•
•BGP start event ExamplesAfter the start event has been issued, the BGP peer initializes its resources,
either sent or starts II the CCIE Practical Studies Volume received
ConnectRetry timer, attempts to establish a TCP connection with the peer, and listens for incoming TCP connection attempts.
Upon error
TCP sessions will be closed.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
The router will remain in Idle state and the start event will re-occur; each time a start event is generated, the time between the current and last start ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 event exponentially increases.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Pages: 1032
Transition from other state to Idle state
Active state
Returns to Idle state upon other undefined error.
OpenSent state Returns to Idle state upon: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. OPEN message error BGP stop event (sent or received) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Hold timer expired Learn how to build a practice lab for yourOther CCIE undefined lab exam preparation error OpenConfirm Returns to Idlelab State upon: Take five full-blown practice state labs that mimic the actual exam environment Receiving through disconnect TCP for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates thenotification process of from preparing CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect expired companion to the best-selling first edition, thisHold booktimer provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. NOTIFICATION message receivedof the routing and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. BGP stop event The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Other undefined error includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, Established providing detailed applying the state technologies state guides to Returns to Idle upon: in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies UPDATE message and gradually error increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Receiving disconnect notification from TCP Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. NOTIFICATION message received BGP stop event Hold timer expired Other undefined error
BGP start events initially occur after initial BGP configuration, or, if the FSM has recently transitioned from another state to the Idle state, the next start event will occur after 60 seconds. To prevent routers from continuously bringing up and tearing down BGP sessions, each start event is issued at an exponentially increasing interval. After the start event has been issued, the router initializes its BGP resources and starts the ConnectRetry timer, which controls the frequency between TCP connection attempts. At this point, the router to establish a TCP session with its configured BGP peer, and also listens for • Table tries of Contents TCP session requests from that peer. If the TCP connection is closed or fails for any other reason, • Index the FSM remains in the Idle state, and the time between BGP start events increases • Examples exponentially, which greatly increases the time between BGP start events. Otherwise, the FSM CCIE Practical Studies Volume II transitions to the Connect state. Figure 7-17 shows the logical flow between steps that the FSM By Karl Solie CCIE the No. 4599 No. 7220 follows during BGP,Leah Idle Lynch state.CCIE In this figure, the black text boxes display the actions taking place, the gray text boxes display BGP events that might be associated with the actions taking Publisher: Ciscowhite Press text boxes show the detail for each action that takes place. place, and the Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 7-17. BGP Idle State
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE
• • •
Connection collisions occur when two BGP peering routers attempt to establish a TCP connection at the same time; or when a BGP session has already started, and the remote peer tries to restart a new connection. When connection collisions occur, the two peers compare BGP IDs, and the connection opened by the peer with the highest BGP ID is opened; the other connection is closed. In the case that the connection Table of Contents collision occurs on a BGP session that has already started, the new BGP session request Index is closed. Connection collisions can only be detected in the OpenSent, OpenConfirm, or Examples Established state.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarlIfSolie No. that 4599,aLeah Lynch No. 7220remaining youCCIE notice router isCCIE constantly
in the Idle state, you can check the
following: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Verify that the remote peer has the correct IP address and AS number configured You might need to change the BGP update source or the BGP Pages: 1032 ID so that the peer will see BGP requests coming from the right IP address. router Remember that BGP does not accept connections from unknown BGP peers. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 for the local peer.
Verify that you have the correct IP address and AS number configured for the remote peer. Remember, BGP verifies the contents of BGP OPEN messages; if the contents of the OPEN message received from volume a remote peer do not match the Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with two of the best-selling CCIE local BGP configuration for that peer, the routers will not form a BGP peer Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. relationship. Make sure the concepts routers can reach eachwith other the configured address and Experience putting into practice labusing scenarios that guideIPyou in applying number 179. You might need to add routes or change access lists or whatTCP you port know firewall rule sets to allow BGP peers to communicate. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Connect State CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion During the Connect to the best-selling state, the router first edition, is waiting this for book a successful provides coverage TCP connection of CCIEwith lab exam its BGP topics peer. not covered After a TCP session in Volume hasI,successfully like the Cisco been Catalyst established, 3550, route the FSM maps, clears BGP, theMulticast, ConnectRetry and QoS. timer, Combined finishes initializing with Volume BGP I, resources, the CCIEand candidate sends an willOPEN get comprehensive message to its coverage peer. Table of the 7-13routing shows and the switching various Connect portions state of the behaviors, Routing their and Switching, associated Security, events, and andthe Service associated Provider state labtransitions. exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the7-13. book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Table Connect State Behaviors comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Connect State Behavior
Reasons
Ignores incoming start events
Start events are only received and acknowledged in the Idle state. Any start events received during the Connect state are ignored.
BGP resource allocation The BGP process begins on the router; however, routing does not is completed occur until the FSM has entered the Established state. •
Table of Contents is sent After an OPEN message has been sent to the BGP peer, the router •OPEN message Index •to peer
Examples
enters OpenSent state.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Upon TCP connection
The ConnectRetry timer is reset. The router still listens for a TCP its peer, but it transitions from the Connect state to the Active state.
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 error session request from Publisher: Cisco Press
ConnectRetry timer The ConnectRetry timer is reset. The router tries to initialize a TCP Pub Date: November 07, 2003session with its peer, listens for connection attempts from its peer, expires ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 and stays in the Connect state. Pages: 1032
An undefined event occurs
If any other event occurs, the router releases its BGP resources and transitions back to the Idle state.
Transition from other Active If the ConnectRetry timer expires while a router is in the state to Connect state state Active state, that peer does the following: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Resets the ConnectRetry timer Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Attempts to initialize a TCP connection with its peer Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Listens for a TCP connection from its remote peer what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation During successful BGP peer sessions, the peering routers typically do not spend much time in the Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Connect state before they transition to the OpenSent state. Figure 7-18 shows the BGP Connect state behaviors and the reasons for these behaviors. In this figure, the black text boxes display CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the the actions taking place, the gray text boxes display BGP events that might be associated with CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect the actions taking place, and the white text boxes show the details for each action that takes companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics place. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Figure 7-18. BGP Connectrequired State on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. If the TCP session between two BGP peers in Connect state is closed or fails for any reason, the Experience putting concepts into practiceto with lab for scenarios that guide you in applying FSM resets the ConnectRetry timer, continues listen a TCP session request from its peer, what you know and enters the Active state. how to build a practice lab for your lab exam preparation WhenLearn BGP peers get stuck in the Connect state,CCIE it is usually because of a configuration error: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Always make sure that you have inbound and outbound TCP connectivity on port 179 (and CCIE aPractical leads CCIE process of preparing for the randomStudies, TCP portVolume greaterIIthan 1023 oncandidates the sourcethrough side) sothe that BGP sessions can be CCIE formed lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect in each direction. BGP TCP sessions are opened using a random source port, and a companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics TCP destination port of 179. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume the CCIE candidate will get Check comprehensive coverage of AS thenumbers routing and Verifywith the local andI,remote BGP configurations. the IP addresses and for switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. typos, and make sure the BGP routing process is numbered correctly. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Active State technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These If a router has entered Active state, it is because it wasand unable to establish a successful TCP comprehensive practicethe labs include all of the technologies gradually increase in difficulty connection onereaders of its BGP peers. Whilesimilar in the to Active a BGP speaker theexam. start level. They with present with scenarios whatstate, they will face on theignores actual lab event it is onlytechniques listened for during the Idle state), attempts Study (remember, tips and test-taking are included throughout the book.to initiate a TCP session with its peer, and resets the ConnectRetry timer. If a successful TCP session is established while the BGP speaker is in the Active state, it sends an OPEN message to its peer, sets the hold timer, which is used to determine the time that a peer should wait for a return message from its peer, and transitions to the OpenSent state. The hold timer's initial value is set to 4 minutes, and later, upon a successful BGP session establishment, it is changed to the value negotiated during the OPEN message processing. If the TCP session is not successfully established before the ConnectRetry timer expires, the FSM
restarts the ConnectRetry timer, attempts to initiate a TCP session, and continues to listen for a TCP session request from its peer while transitioning back to the Connect state. You might notice routers cycling between the Idle and Active states under the following conditions: The BGP peer ID is entered incorrectly during configuration. • • •
Table of Contents Index The BGP peer is not reachable via TCP port 179. Examples
Network congestion CCIE Practical Studies Volume is II causing
the ConnectRetry timer to expire.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
A flapping network interface.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 OpenSent State ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
In the OpenSent state, the BGP peer waits for an OPEN message from its peer. After an OPEN message has been received, it is checked for validity. At this time, all fields in the OPEN message are checked against the local BGP configuration. Any fields that do not match the expected values cause an OPEN message error to occur. At this time, the BGP peer also checks to verify that a connection collision has not occurred. If the message is valid, the peer sends a KEEPALIVE Gain hands-on experience forKEEPALIVE the CCIE Lab Exam with two of thetransitions best-selling message to its peer, sets the timer, sets thevolume hold timer, and to CCIE the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. OpenConfirm state. Table 7-14 shows the OpenSent state behaviors and their descriptions. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Table 7-14. OpenSent State Behaviors
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blownReasons practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment OpenSent State Behavior CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Ignores Start them events areaonly received and acknowledged in the Idle A state. Any CCIE lab incoming exam by presenting with series of challenging laboratory exercises. perfect start events start events received the Connect state are ignored. companion to the best-selling first edition, thisduring book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Waits for OPEN The BGP peer remains in the OpenSent state until the following occurs: Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and message from peer switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. A valid OPEN message is received. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested referencesAfor further reading. Laboratory TCP disconnect event occurs. exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludesmessage with fiveishands-on A NOTIFICATION received.lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with A stop scenarios event similar occurs. to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The hold timer expires. Any other undefined event occurs.
A number of events can cause a BGP speaker to transition from the OpenSent state to the Idle state. As mentioned previously, if the speaker receives an invalid OPEN message from its peer, an OPEN message error will occur. Upon an OPEN message error, the local router sends out a NOTIFICATION message specifying the cause of the error and transitions to the Idle state where
the connection process starts again. If a NOTIFICATION message is received from another peer router, the local router closes its TCP connection, resets the ConnectRetry timer, and transitions to the Active state. Upon receipt of a BGP stop event, hold-timer expiration, or other unexpected event, the local router also sends a NOTIFICATION message and transitions back to the Idle state. From the Idle state, the peering BGP routers once again try to launch a successful BGP session. Figure 7-19 shows the various events that might occur in the OpenSent state. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 7-19. BGP OpenSent State
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references forinfurther reading.state Laboratory the core BGP peers rarely appear to wait the OpenSent for longexercises amountscovering of time. each After of the local technologies follow, providing detailed to itapplying the technologies in real network router receives an OPEN message from guides its peer, sends its peer a KEEPALIVE message and settings. The chapter of thestate. book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These transitions to final the OpenConfirm comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
OpenConfirm State
In the OpenConfirm state, the local router is waiting for the receipt of a KEEPALIVE message from its peer. Upon receipt of a KEEPALIVE message, the BGP session transitions to the Established state. As with the OpenSent state, BGP peers might transition to the OpenConfirm state for a number of reasons. Table 7-15 shows these state transitions and other behaviors of the OpenConfirm state.
Table 7-15. OpenConfirm State Behaviors OpenConfirm State Behavior
Reasons
Ignores incoming start
Start events are only received and acknowledged in the Idle state. Any start events received during the OpenConfirm state are ignored.
•events
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Waits for KEEPALIVE message from peer
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
The BGP peer remains in the OpenConfirm state until the following occurs:
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
A KEEPALIVE message is received. A TCP disconnect message is received.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
A NOTIFICATION message is received. A stop event occurs. The hold timer expires.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Any other undefined event occurs. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. If the KEEPALIVE timer The KEEPALIVE timer might be reset up to three times the length expires of the hold timer before the hold timer will expire, and the local Experience putting concepts practice with lab Idle scenarios peer into will transition to the state. that guide you in applying what you know If a peer returns from the The BGP connection is closed. OpenConfirm state Learn howtotoIdle build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation All BGP resources for that BGP peering session are released. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Figure 7-20 shows the actions that can occur during the OpenConfirm state. The local router can CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect successfully transition to the Established state, after receiving a KEEPALIVE message or companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics transition back to the Idle state upon a Disconnect, Stop, or Notification event. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Figure 7-20. BGP State The book begins with brief coverage of the core OpenConfirm technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. BGP peers only stay in the OpenConfirm state long to receive KEEPALIVE message. If Experience putting concepts into practice withenough lab scenarios that aguide you in applying the KEEPALIVE is not received within the space of the hold timer, the session transitions back to what you know the Idle state. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Established State CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the BGP reachbythe Established state after they of have successfully exchanged OPEN and CCIEpeers lab exam presenting them with a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect KEEPALIVE messages. After the peers reachthis thebook Established state, they of begin tolab send UPDATE companion to the best-selling first edition, provides coverage CCIE exam topics messages containing routing and KEEPALIVE messages to verify the TCP Connection not covered in Volume I, like information the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. state. If anwith error is encountered at any time while a peer is in the Established local and Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coveragestate, of thethe routing peer sendsportions a NOTIFICATION message with the reason for the andProvider transitions to the switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, anderror Service labback exams. Idle state. Figure 7-21 shows the various events that might occur while a speaker is in the Established state.with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs Figure include 7-21. all of the BGP technologies Established and gradually State increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Now that the basic BGP operations have been covered, it is time to discuss the various attributes that exchanged within for BGPthe UPDATE messages. Gain are hands-on experience CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Path Attributes BGP path attributes describe the values that belong the paths sent in a BGP UPDATE message. All attributes contained in an UPDATE message apply to all paths specified by the NLRI field of the UPDATE. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples ORIGIN Attribute CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
TheORIGIN of a route describes the way that the path was introduced into the BGP path. ORIGIN is a well-known mandatory attribute, meaning all BGP implementations must accept and Publisher: Cisco Press of the ORIGIN attribute, and it is passed to other BGP peers. Table 7-16 understand the value Pub Date: November 07, 2003codes. If a route entered BGP from an I-BGP session, the route will shows three BGP ORIGIN have the ISBN: ORIGIN 1-58705-072-2 type 0, IGP. If the route was originally introduced into BGP by an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP) session, it is type 1, EGP. If the route entered BGP from an unknown Pages: 1032 (external to BGP) routing process, then the ORIGIN value is type 3, Incomplete.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Table 7-16. BGP ORIGIN Codes Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ORIGIN ORIGIN Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Code Code Name Description what you know 0 IGP The route originated on a BGP router. This route type includes any Learn how to build a practice route that lab for originated your CCIE from labthe exam BGPpreparation process on a BGP-speaking router. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The IGP ORIGIN type is the most preferred ORIGIN for a route and CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the is selected beforecandidates EGP or Incomplete. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 1 route originated from an EGPcoverage (not E-BGP) session. companion toEGP the best-sellingThe first edition, this book provides of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. EGP ORIGIN will typeget is more desirable than the Incomplete Combined with Volume I, theThe CCIE candidate comprehensive coverage of the routing and ORIGIN type. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 2 Incomplete The route originated from a routing process other than BGP, and The book begins with brief coverage theby core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and entered of BGP means of manual redistribution, such as includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core redistribution from an IGP protocol, static route, or connected technologies follow, providingroute. detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs The include all of theORIGIN technologies Incomplete type isand notgradually preferredincrease over IGPinordifficulty EGP. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Figure 7-22 shows a route with the attribute type 1, IGP. This route originated from an I-BGP session. As you can see, Router C originated the routes to networks 10.2.1.0/24 and 10.2.2.0/24, so Router C will assign these routes the IGP ORIGIN attribute as it does in the UPDATE message to Router B.
Figure 7-22. BGP ORIGIN Code IGP
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Figure 7-23 illustrates how the Incomplete ORIGIN type is used to mark paths whose origins are Take In five full-blown practice that mimic the actual lab exam unknown. this figure, Router R labs originates the route in AS 6565, but environment because the router was learned by means of a redistributed OSPF process, the paths are sent out with the Incomplete CCIE Practical Studies, Volume IIrouter leads that CCIEforwards candidates through process preparing for the ORIGIN type. Each downstream these paths the includes theof Incomplete CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ORIGIN value as well. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing andBGP Switching, Security, andIncomplete Service Provider lab exams. Figure 7-23. ORIGIN Code The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network AS_PATH Attribute settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. The AS_PATH They present is a well-known readers with mandatory scenariosattribute. similar toItwhat describes they will theface pathon that thethe actual route lab has exam. Study on taken tipsthe and way test-taking to its destination. techniques The areprimary included reason throughout for thethe BGP book. AS_PATH attribute is to prevent routing loops. BGP peers know that they have encountered a routing loop if they receive an UPDATE message that contains their local AS number in the AS_PATH. If a looped update is received, the UPDATE is ignored. Each AS border router that sends an update for a given path to an E-BGP peer prepends its AS number to the AS_PATH. The AS_PATH field contains three values: Thepath segment type, which has two possible values: AS_SET and AS_SEQUENCE.
Thepath segment length value contains the number of ASs in a segment. Thepath segment value contains the list of AS numbers. The AS_PATH Path Segment Type is generally of the AS_SEQUENCE type, where each E-BGP router prepends its AS number to the leftmost side of the AS_SEQUENCE field. The AS_PATH contains the path of AS numbers that the path has traversed to reach the current AS. Figure 724 shows how the AS_PATH value is used with the AS_SEQUENCE path segment type. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 7-24. AS_PATH Attribute with an AS_SEQUENCE
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. In this example, AS 1000 originates the route to the 134.25.98.0/24 network. Because this route is originated in AS 1000, the AS_PATH value for this NLRI contains only the local AS number of 1000. When AS 2000 receives the UPDATE and its AS 3000 bordering router sends the UPDATE off to its E-BGP peer in AS 3000, it pretends its own AS number to the AS_PATH, and the AS 3000 border router does the same for its E-BGP peer in AS 4000. The AS_PATH contains the sequence of AS numbers that must be traversed to reach the 134.25.98.0/24 network. The leftmost value is the closest AS number, and each number in between the leftmost and rightmost numbers is an AS along the path to the originating AS—the rightmost AS number.
The AS_SET value is used with aggregation. The AS_SET path segment type is used when routes that have differing AS_PATH values have been aggregated. Figure 7-25 shows how the AS_SET value is used within the AS_PATH sequence to show that two paths are required to reach all the networks for the 192.168.0.0/21 aggregate.
•
Table of Contents Figure 7-25.
•
Index
•
Examples
AS_PATH Attribute with an AS_SET
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. In this example, AS 700 has six routes—192.168.0.0/24, 192.168.1.0/24, 192.168.2.0/24, 192.168.3.0/24, 192.168.4.0/24, and 192.168.5.0/24—which it is advertising to its E-BGP peer The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and in AS 343. Each of these networks originated in AS 203. When the AS 700 border router sends includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core this update to its E-BGP neighbor in AS 343, it prepends its AS number to the AS_PATH, so the technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network full AS_PATH that AS 343 will use to reach the 192.168.0 through 5 networks is [700, 203]. AS settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 1001 also advertises 192.168.6.0/24 and 192.168.7.0/24 with an AS_PATH of [1001, 200]. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. To preserve the AS information for the aggregated routes when AS 343 aggregates the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 192.168.0.0/21 range of addresses, it must use an AS_SET AS_PATH segment code type to list the unordered path that is used to reach the networks. Figure 7-26 shows how the AS_PATH attribute is modified for the path to networks 183.25.96.0/20 and 183.25.16.0/20, as they cross various ASs.
Figure 7-26. Using the ORIGIN and AS_PATH Attributes
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the Rbook concludes hands-on lab exercises. This example shows how Router originates the with routefive to the 183.25.96.0/20 and These comprehensive practice labs include all ofthrough the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 183.26.16.0/20 networks that it learned its local OSPF routing process, originates the level. They present with ORIGIN, scenariosand similar tothem what off they face on thethe actual lab exam. routes as having anreaders Incomplete sends to will AS 7591 with AS_PATH value Study Router tips andR's test-taking techniques are included theA book. 6556, local AS number. Because Router throughout C and Router both belong to AS 7591, Router C does not prepend its AS number to the route as it advertises it to Router A. Because Router A is sending the route to its E-BGP peer Router Q, however, it does prepend AS number 7591 to the AS_PATH as it sends it out. Then Router Q receives the route, which still contains the Incomplete ORIGIN code with the AS_PATH of [7591, 6565] and prepends its AS number, 4888, to the AS_PATH and sends it to Router P in AS 202. When a router in AS 202 wants to reach the 183.25.96.0/20 or 183.26.16.0/20 networks, it follows the AS_PATH 4888, 7591, 6565, and its packets arrive at Router R, where the local OSPF process sends them to Router M.
NEXT_HOP Attribute The NEXT_HOP is a well-known mandatory attribute that specifies the IP address of the next hop that is taken to reach a path. The NEXT_HOP attribute is treated differently in I-BGP and E-BGP. Because of the rule of synchronization, mentioned earlier, I-BGP routers do not modify the NEXT_HOP attribute unless they are specifically told to do so using the next-hop-self command. E-BGP neighbors modify the next hop to be the egress interface used to reach their E-BGP peer. • Table Contents InFigure 7-27, forofthe Santa Fe router to reach any of the networks advertised by the Roswell • Index router, it must use the next-hop address of 192.168.4.5. Likewise, the Roswell router must use • Examples the 192.168.4.4 next-hop address to reach networks 207.23.12.0/22 and 207.23.24.0/22. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Figure 7-27. NEXT_HOP with E-BGP Peers
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
For an I-BGP peer to reach the next hop advertised by another I-BGP peer, it must be reachable using a route from the main routing table. If, for some reason, the I-BGP peer does not have a route to reach the next-hop address, the next-hop-self command can be used to alter the nexthop address specified in the outgoing UPDATE messages to that peer. Figure 7-28 illustrates how the NEXT_HOP attribute is used between I-BGP peering routers. In this example, the East router peers with the North and West routers in AS 7995, and forms an E• of Contents BGP session Table with the South router in AS 8245. The South router advertises the network • Index 147.50.0.0/18 to the East router, which receives the UPDATE and sends the route, unchanged, to • Examples its I-BGP peer, the North router. In this case, because the East router does not change the CCIE Practical Studies Volume II NLRI 147.50.0.0/18, the next hop for this route sent will be NEXT_HOP attribute for the 217.200.8.1, interface for AS By Karl Solie CCIEthe No.egress 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 8245. 7220 Therefore, the North and West routers will see the route to the 147.50.0.0/18 network with a NEXT_HOP of 217.200.8.1, and will consider this route unreachable. These routers will not advertise unreachable routes to E-BGP peers, and will Publisher: Cisco Press not store the route in their main routing tables. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 7-28. NEXT_HOP Attribute and I-BGP Peers
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
However,Figure 7-29 shows how this situation can be prevented using the next-hop-self command on the East router. After this command has been issued, the East router advertises the 147.50.0.0/18 route to the North router with a next hop of 204.168.52.1, and it advertises the same network to the West router with a next hop of 204.168.59.2. Because these are both reachable next hops, the North and West routers accept this route, advertise it to neighboring E• of Contents BGP routers,Table and store it in the main routing table. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 7-29. NEXT_HOP Attribute and I-BGP Peers
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
MED Attribute The MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED), or Multi Exit Discriminator, attribute is an optional nontransitive
attribute used as a metric to specify the preferred entry path when there is more than one point of entry into a network. The MED attribute is basically a metric used to send other bordering autonomous systems information about the preferred network entry point. The MED value ranges from 0 to 4,294,967,295, with the lowest value being the preferred value, and is configured on a per-neighbor basis. The default MED value is 0. The MED attribute is not passed beyond the neighboring AS and is only compared when both external peers belong to the same neighboring AS; this metric applies only to the connection between externally configured peers. Before considering the use of the MED attribute, consult your service provider and inquire • Table of Contents whether they accept the MED attribute, and how they prefer that it is used. •
Index
•
Examples Figure 7-30 shows how the MED attribute is used between AS 3898 and AS 8021. In this CCIE Practical Studies Volume II example, AS 3898 has two exit points—one between the Edge 1 and Internet routers, network By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,uses Leah Lynch No. 7220 and another connection between the Internet and 211.146.2.248, which a DS3CCIE connection; Edge 2 routers, network 211.146.2.252, which only uses a T1 connection. For the Internet router in AS 8021 Cisco to prefer Publisher: Press the DS3 connection to the 123.45.67.0/24, 123.45.68.0/24, and 123.45.69.0/24 networks via the path advertised by the Edge 1 router, the Edge 2 router, which Pub Date: November 07, 2003 is connected to the Internet router via a T1 connection on the 211.146.2.252 network, advertises ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 with a MED value of 50. The Edge 1 router advertises the same routes with the default MED Pages: 1032 value of 0. When the Internet router receives the routes from the Edge 1 and Edge 2 routers, it prefers the route from the Edge 1 router because it has a lower MED attribute.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIEthe Lab Exam volume two the best-selling Figure 7-30. Using MED with Attribute to of Select Paths CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
LOCAL_PREF Attribute The LOCAL_PREF, or Local Preference, attribute is a well-known discretionary attribute used between I-BGP peers as a metric to specify a preferred path to a destination when there is more than one path to that network. The LOCAL_PREF attribute is used to specify a degree of preference to a network that has more than one path to an external destination network. The LOCAL_PREF value ranges from 0 to 4,294,967,295, and, like the MED attribute, is also
configured on a per-neighbor basis. The default value of the LOCAL_PREF attribute is 100; this attribute is not passed to E-BGP peers. Figure 7-31 illustrates how the LOCAL_PREF attribute is used to specify a more desirable path to the Internet through multiple providers. AS 3679 has two Internet bordering routers, Internet 1 and Internet 2. Each Internet border router is connected to a different Internet service provider, shown in the figure as Provider 1 and Provider 2. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Figure 7-31. Using LOCAL_PREF to Select Paths
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. The Provider 1 and Provider 2 routers advertise the same three routes: 123.45.67.0/24, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 123.45.68.0/24, and 123.45.69.0/24. The Internet border routers, Internet 1 and Internet 2, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. forward these routes to the directly connected BGP peer routers DC-01 and DC-02; however, Internet 1 is geographically closer to DC-01 and Internet 2 is closer to DC-02. Therefore, unless The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and the connection from DC-01 to Internet 1 is down, DC-01 should prefer and use the routes includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core originating from Internet 1, and the exact same applies for Internet 2, and DC-02. To achieve technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network this effect, when Internet 1 sends routes to DC-01, it alters the LOCAL_PREF value from 0 to settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 150, and leaves the LOCAL_PREF value for the DC-02 router at the default value of 100. That comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty way, unless the connection between Internet 1 and DC-01 is broken, DC-01 always prefers level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. routes from the Internet 1 router; and if the connection does go down, routes from the Internet Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 2 router are used. This also applies to the DC-02 and Internet 2. The I-BGP peers always prefer the route with the largest local preference. Because the LOCAL_PREF values for the connection between Internet 1 and Internet 2 are not changed, those two routers always prefer to get the routes to the 123.45.67.0/24, 123.45.68.0/24, and 123.45.69.0/24 networks from their upstream providers (Provider 1 and Provider 2).
WEIGHT Attribute
The WEIGHT attribute is the only attribute covered in this book that applies only to Cisco routers. The WEIGHT attribute is another means to specify a preferred path to a destination network when more than one path exists. Larger weights are preferred to smaller weights, with 0 being the default value for a route received from a neighboring peer, and 32,768 being the default for locally generated routes. WEIGHT values range from 0 to 65,535. The WEIGHT attribute is not passed to any routers, E-BGP, or I-BGP; it is strictly a local BGP policy that applies to routes in the local BGP table. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
NOTE
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Because the WEIGHT attribute is the first item considered during the BGP path selection process, WEIGHT attribute modification can be a very useful tool that you can Publisher: Cisco Press use when creating a local BGP routing policy. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
NOTE is possible to use more than one Lab route to awith destination and load balance Gain It hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam volume network two of the best-selling CCIE overStudies these routes. With the maximum-paths command, you can use up to six paths Practical title from Cisco Press. to a destination network. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Figure 7-32 shows how the WEIGHT attribute is modified to specify a preferred route to a Learn howmore to build practice for your exam preparation network when thanaone routelab exists in theCCIE BGP lab table. In this example, the Engineering router has two possible paths to reach the 10.7.8.0/24 network advertised by the Factory router. Take five full-blown practice labs that prefer mimic the the path actual lab exam In this case, the Engineering router should through theenvironment Fast router over the path that passes through the Slow router. Because the decision to prefer the path over the Fast router CCIE Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the Router, process the of preparing more Practical than the Studies, path using the Slow router is local to the Engineering WEIGHT for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect attribute for the 10.7.8.0/24 route from the Fast router is changed to 1500. If the Fast router companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics were to fail, traffic between the Engineering and Factory routers would still be passed using the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. path through the Slow router because its WEIGHT was left at the default value of 0. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Figure 7-32. Locally Preferring Routes with WEIGHT includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ATOMIC_AGGREGATE Attribute not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and The ATOMIC_AGGREGATE is a well-known discretionary attribute used to notify downstream switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbors that path information for a specific route has been lost. This information loss is caused when more specific paths aggregated a technologies less-specific path. Theon ATOMIC_AGGREGATE The book begins with briefare coverage of theinto core required the CCIE lab exam and attribute is just a flag set in the UPDATE packet that notifies the downstream routers some includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering eachthat of the core path information has been lost during the aggregation. When the ATOMIC_AGGREGATE attribute technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network is set, theThe downstream routers must not remove with the attribute or send more specific route to settings. final chapter of the book concludes five hands-on laba exercises. These that network. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Figure 7-33 shows an example of the how the ATOMIC_AGGREGATE attribute is used to notify Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. the Showroom router that the Warehouse router aggregated the NLRI to network 10.1.0.0/21. The ATOMIC_AGGREGATE flag is set to notify the Showroom router that it must not send more specific routes to the 10.1.0.0/21 network because path information was lost.
Figure 7-33. ATOMIC_AGGREGATE Attribute
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect AGGREGATOR Attribute companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. The AGGREGATOR attribute is an optional transitive attribute that might be used if the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ATOMIC_AGGREGATE attribute has been used on an NLRI. The AGGREGATOR attribute contains switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. information about the speaker that aggregated the route. This attribute contains the BGP ID and AS of thewith router that createdofthe aggregate marking required that routeonwith Thenumber book begins brief coverage the core technologies the the CCIE lab exam and ATOMIC_AGGREGATE attribute. This information specifies the source of the less-specific includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core aggregate route, which can bedetailed used to guides find where the more specific routes originated. technologies follow, providing to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Figure 7-34 shows the AGGREGATOR in use for the route to the 10.1.0.0/21 network from Figure comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 7-33. In this example, the AGGREGATOR attribute was added to show that the router (BGP_ID level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 10.10.1.1 in AS 1202) aggregated the route. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 7-34. AGGREGATOR Attribute
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect BGPlab COMMUNITY Attribute companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. BGP communities, defined in RFC 1997 (usages defined in RFCs 1998 and 2519), optional Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of are thean routing and transitive attribute that define groups that follow the same policies. The policies assigned to switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. communities affect the way routers belonging to the communities accept or deny incoming routes. They might also be coverage used to specify preference for particular For a lab route to and The book begins with brief of the acore technologies requiredroutes. on the CCIE exam belong to a community, it must be locally configured to do so. All community-aware BGP includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core speakers belong to the Internetdetailed COMMUNITY a route with an unspecified technologies follow, providing guidesby to default. applyingIfthe technologies in real network COMMUNITY attribute is received, a new community might be added. If exercises. a route with a settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab These COMMUNITY attribute set is received, that COMMUNITY attribute might be modified. Because comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficultythe COMMUNITY attribute is notwith automatically by BGP speakers, theexam. level. They present readers scenarios forwarded similar to what they will face before on the sending actual lab COMMUNITY attribute to an E-BGP peer, you should first coordinate the proposed community Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. uses to the appropriate persons in that organization. The BGP COMMUNITY attribute is a 32-bit, 4-octet value that contains the local AS number in the first 2 octets and the locally defined value in the last 2 octets. Communities might be defined in three ways: as a decimal, with a value ranging from 1 to 4,294,967,295; as a hexadecimal value in an aa:nn format with the first decimal number as the local AS number, and the last 2 octets as the local defined value; or third by name, using one of the well-known BGP COMMUNITY names. Table 7-17 shows the various COMMUNITY values and their descriptions.
Table 7-17. Well-Known BGP COMMUNITY Values COMMUNITY •COMMUNITY Table ofValue Contents •Value (Hex) Index (Decimal) • Examples
0x0000000 to 0x0000FFFF
0 to 65535
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
COMMUNITY Name Reserved
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
0xFFFF0000 to 4294967041 to 0xFFFFFFFF 4294967295 Publisher: Cisco Press 0
Pub Date: November007, 2003
This range of COMMUNITY attributes has been reserved by IANA.
Internet
The default community, which all BGPCommunity aware routers belong to by default.
NO_EXPORT
Routes with this COMMUNITY attribute must not be advertised outside of the local AS or confederation.
Pages: 1032
4294967041
This range of COMMUNITY attributes has been reserved by IANA.
Reserved
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
0xFFFFFF01
Description
0xFFFFFF02 4294967042 Routestwo withofthis attribute Gain hands-on experience for the CCIENO_ADVERTISE Lab Exam with volume the COMMUNITY best-selling CCIE must not be advertised to any peer. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 0xFFFFFF03
4294967043
LOCAL_AS
Routes with this COMMUNITY attribute must not that be advertised external Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide youto in any applying confederation peer, referred to as what you know NO_EXPORT-SUBCONFED in RFC 1997. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Figure 7-35five shows how the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community is used to keep internal network routes from being advertised to the public Internet. In this example, the Border router CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the marks the 158.203.10.0/24, 158.203.20.0/24, and 158.203.30.0/24 routes as COMMUNITY CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect NO_EXPORT and sends them to the ISP.com router. When the ISP.com router receives these companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics routes, it might forward them to any router within its local AS, AS 2501, but no router within AS not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 2501 can forward that route beyond its local AS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Figure 7-35. the NO_EXPORT Community includes suggested references for Using further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Two more BGP later in will this get chapter—the CLUSTER_LIST attribute, and and the Combined with attributes Volume I, are the covered CCIE candidate comprehensive coverage of the routing ORIGINATOR_ID which apply only to route Each of lab these attributes switching portionsattribute—both of the Routing of and Switching, Security, andreflectors. Service Provider exams. is covered after an overview of BGP route reflector operation. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Route Reflectors As mentioned earlier in this chapter, the BGP-4 protocol requires that all BGP peers belonging to the same AS form an I-BGP session with all other peers in that AS. The original BGP specifications assumed that an IGP protocol was running within each AS to synchronize all I-BGP • Table of specification Contents sessions. Since the was written, however, more and more BGP users are no longer • Index using IGP synchronization, and it has become very difficult for large networks running I-BGP to • Examples routers form a full-mesh topology. Figure 7-36 shows how many have I-BGP-speaking CCIE Practical Studies Volume II connections would be required between six routers if I-BGP were to run in a full mesh, without route reflectors or 4599 confederations. By Karl Solie CCIE No. , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Figure 7-36. I-BGP Full Mesh Without Route Reflectors
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core In this example, each of the six I-BGP speakers must form an I-BGP session with each peer in technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network the local AS. As you can see, this configuration requires n * (n – 1) / 2, or 15 connections, which settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These becomes unmanageable and unacceptable over large wide-area networks with expensive WAN comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty connections. Each I-BGP session adds to the overall BGP memory and processor utilization load level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. that each I-BGP router will have to support, and adds to the administrative headaches for the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. people who have to support the BGP routers. In an effort to solve this problem, route reflectors (specified in RFC 2796) and confederations (specified in 3065) were created. Confederations are covered later in this chapter. Route reflectors are basically fully functional I-BGP speakers that form I-BGP sessions with other I-BGP speakers. However, router reflectors perform a second function: They forward routes from other I-BGP speakers to route reflector clients. Route reflector clients are BGP-speaking routers that only form I-BGP sessions with the route reflector, decreasing the number of I-BGP peering sessions and simplifying the BGP routing process. Figure 7-37 shows the same network previously shown in Figure 7-36. In the new figure, route reflectors are used to decrease the
number of I-BGP sessions.
Figure 7-37. Using Route Reflectors to Decrease the Number of I-BGP Sessions •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Notice in this that five of thelabs six that I-BGP peers, labeled one I-BGP session Take fivefigure full-blown practice mimic the actual RC, lab now examform environment with the route reflector, labeled RR. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the In review, routeby reflectors advertise I-BGP routesoftochallenging I-BGP neighbors, bothexercises. the fully meshed CCIE lab exam presenting them with a series laboratory A perfect neighbors who arebest-selling not route reflector clients, theprovides route reflector clients, which companion to the first edition, thisand book coverage of CCIE lab they examserve. topics Although route reflectors forward routes to route3550, reflector clients, clients cannot not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst route maps,route BGP,reflector Multicast, and QoS. forward routes route I, reflector servers unless they specifically configured to the do so. The and Combined with to Volume the CCIE candidate will getare comprehensive coverage of routing route reflector and of the route reflector clients formSecurity, clusters.and More than one cluster can exist switching portions the Routing and Switching, Service Provider lab exams. within an AS. Any I-BGP speakers that do not support route reflection must form I-BGP sessions with all other I-BGP with theofexception route reflector clients, behave as The book begins withrouters, brief coverage the core of technologies required on which the CCIE lab exam and though are fully meshed I-BGP peersreading. with their route reflector. Route reflector clients includesthey suggested references for further Laboratory exercises covering each of the core require only I-BGP with their route reflector, and the the technologies route reflector I-BGP technologies follow,sessions providing detailed guides to applying in forms real network connections routers thatbook are not route reflector settings. Thewith finalany chapter of the concludes with fiveclients. hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ORIGINATOR_ID Attribute Route reflector clusters are identified by a 4-byte (32-bit) ORIGINATOR_ID attribute, which is the BGP ID for the route reflector. The ORIGINATOR_ID is a loop-prevention device that identifies a route reflector cluster by the IP address of the route reflector. If a route reflector finds its own ORIGINATOR_ID in an UPDATE message, it assumes that a routing loop has occurred and that message is ignored. The ORIGINATOR_ID is an optional nontransitive attribute, described in RFC 2796 as the identifier for a route reflector cluster, which is used to prevent routing loops. If a route reflector
receives a route without an existing ORIGINATOR_ID value, it adds its own BGP ID to the ORIGINATOR_ID. If the route reflector sees its own IP address in the ORIGINATOR_ID field, it ignores the update. Figure 7-38 shows how the ORIGINATOR_ID attribute is used with route reflectors within an AS.
•
Figure 7-38. Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ORIGINATOR_ID and Route Reflectors
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
CLUSTER_LIST Attribute
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes The CLUSTER_LIST suggested references attribute, also for further definedreading. in RFC 2796, Laboratory is an optional exercisesnontransitive covering each attribute of the core technologies used to prevent follow, loops providing when more detailed than guides one route to applying reflector the cluster technologies exists within in real an AS. network The settings. The final CLUSTER_LIST is achapter 4-byte of value the that bookcontains concludes a list with offive CLUSTER_ID hands-on values lab exercises. that describe These the comprehensive reflection path that practice a route labspassed includethrough, all of the similar technologies to the AS_PATH and gradually attribute. increase Similar in difficulty to the level. They presentthe ORIGINATOR_ID, readers CLUSTER_ID with scenarios is the BGP similar ID of tothe what router. they will When face a route on thereflector actual lab receives exam. Study an update, tips and it checks test-taking the value techniques of the CLUSTER_LIST are included throughout attribute. the If the book. CLUSTER_LIST field is empty, it adds its CLUSTER_ID to the field. If the field contains other entries, it prepends its local CLUSTER_ID to the list. If a route reflector receives an update with its own CLUSTER_ID in the CLUSTER_LIST, it assumes a routing loop exists and ignores the update. Figure 7-39 demonstrates how the CLUSTER_ID is prepended to the CLUSTER_LIST to prevent routing loops within an AS.
Figure 7-39. CLUSTER_LIST Attribute
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Confederations Another way to solve the I-BGP full-mesh requirement is to use confederations. Defined in RFC 3065, BGP confederations are smaller sub-autonomous systems that can be created within a primary AS to decrease the size of BGP peer connections that are required between I-BGP peers. • Table ofsix Contents Figure 7-40 shows routers before and after the creation of AS confederations. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 7-40. Before and After AS Confederations
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
In the top diagram, all 6 peers in AS 1765 form a I-BGP full mesh, resulting in 6 * (6 – 1) / 2 = 15,n * (n – 1) / 2, I-BGP peering sessions between those 6 hosts, with Routers A and D forming E-BGP sessions with Router Z in AS 2592. The bottom diagram shows how two sub-autonomous systems, 65,534 and 65,535, are formed within AS 1765, decreasing the number of I-BGP peer sessions to three per sub-AS, with an E-BGP session between the sub-autonomous systems. Routers A and D still form an E-BGP session with Router Z in AS 2592, but Router Z is completely unaware of the existence of the AS confederations within AS 1756, the parent AS for the two sub-autonomous systems 65,534 and 65,535. • Table of Contents •
Index
All BGP confederation peers follow the same rules that apply to I-BGP peers that do not belong • Examples to confederations. Each peer must have an I-BGP session with all other I-BGP peers in the subCCIE Practical Studies Volume II AS, and the NEXT_HOP, AS_PATH, MED, and LOCAL_PREF attributes remain unchanged as they By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leahbelonging Lynch CCIEto No.the 7220 are passed between peers same sub-AS. Any AS containing confederations appears as one AS to all external BGP peers. Each sub-AS is assigned its own AS number, a private AS number Publisher: Cisco Pressthat is invisible to peers outside the sub-AS. This private AS number is called amember AS number. The sub-autonomous systems belonging to an AS confederation are Pub Date: November 07, 2003 referred to as member autonomous systems. The parent AS containing the sub-AS ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 confederations still maintains its own AS number. When confederations are in use, this number Pages: 1032 is referred to as a confederation ID. Because the peers within the sub-AS have a separate My AS value than other peers belonging to the parent AS, to facilitate communication with other routers within the parent AS, at least one peer that is a member of a confederation must form an E-BGP session with other peers belonging to any AS number other than that of the confederation. When a BGP update is sent from a peer belonging to a confederation to a peer outside the sub-AS, the Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab When Exam the withconfederation volume two of thesends best-selling CCIEto an sending peer uses its own sub-AS number. peer an update Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. E-BGP peer, it identifies itself using the AS confederation ID of the parent AS. When confederations are in use, one of two new AS_PATH attributes apply. The Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you applying AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE AS_PATH path segment types areinused to what you know describe the path that a route followed as it passed through confederations. The AS_CONFED_SET segment type is an unordered list of sub-autonomous systems that a route has Learnsimilar how toto build practice lab for your lab AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE exam preparation traversed, the a AS_SET segment type,CCIE and the segment type contains an ordered list of member ASs that a route travels through. When updates are sent to Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment external peers, the AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE path segment types are replaced with the confederation ID belonging to the parent AS. Figure 7-41 illustrates how the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE path segment type is used for an advertisement spanning multiple subCCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect autonomous systems before exiting the parent AS. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Figure 7-41. AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE Path Segment Type
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Figure 7-42 illustrates the various parts of a configuration and the roles that routers play, both The book with coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and inside andbegins outside thebrief confederation. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Figure 7-42. How Confederations Work level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. This figure with identifies theI,basic characteristics anget AScomprehensive containing confederations. 65,534 Combined Volume the CCIE candidate of will coverage of Sub-AS the routing and contains Routers A, B, and C. Each router in this sub-AS forms an I-BGP session with the other switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. routers, forming a full mesh. Likewise sub-AS 65,535 contains Routers D, E, and F, which also form an I-BGP full mesh. A and D form E-BGP session across subThe book begins with briefRouters coverage of the core an technologies required on the thetwo CCIE lab exam and autonomous systems, linking them together, and Routers B and F also form E-BGP with includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of Routers the core Q and R. All of these routers belong to AS 1765, the confederation ID for ASs 65,534 and technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 65,535. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Routers A and D arereaders also thewith onlyscenarios routers in AS 1765 that they interface with on Router Z in AS level. They present similar to what will face the actual lab2592, exam. the only peer relationship formed outside of AS 1765. Before routes that originated within AS Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 1765 can be passed to AS 2592, Routers A and D must modify the AS_PATH and replace the AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE value of either [65534] or [65535] with an AS_SEQUENCE value of [1765].
Peer Groups When configuring one router with BGP multiple peer relationships, configurations can get quite complicated. Peer groups were created to simplify the configuration and troubleshooting process. Peer groups are created by making groups and assigning neighbors with the same policies to the • of Contents groups. Peer Table group members inherit the policies assigned to the group. Chapter 9 covers peer • Index group configuration and examples. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Route Selection Process So, now that you know how BGP operates, how attributes influence routing decisions, and when to consider more complicated configurations, it is time to put this information together and use it to install routes in the main routing table. For a BGP speaker to move a route from its • Table Contents table, BGP performs a quite complicated route selection process. Adj_RIB_In to theofLoc-RIB • Index Unless the use of multiple paths has explicitly been configured, BGP speakers store only one • Examples route, the best route, in the main routing table. Only routes that the BGP process knows are CCIE Practical Studies reachable (from an Volume IGP orIIdirectly connected) are considered for the BGP route selection process. following selection process is described at the Cisco.com website at By Karl SolieThe CCIE No. 4599,BGP Leah route Lynch CCIE No. 7220 http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/459/25.shtml. Publisher: Cisco Press
Step 1. Select the path with the largest WEIGHT (ranging from 0 to 65,535). Remember, attribute, is not forwarded to any peers, and only applies to ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 the local router.
PubWEIGHT Date: November 07, 2003 is a Cisco proprietary Pages: 1032
Step 2. If the WEIGHT attributes are equal, select the path with the largest LOCAL_PREF value (ranging from 0 to 4,294,967,295). Step 3. If the WEIGHT and LOCAL_PREF values are equal, select the path that originated from the experience local router,for either by local or redistribution. Gain hands-on the CCIE Labconfiguration Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 4. If the WEIGHT, LOCAL_PREF, and local origination of the route are equal, select the route with the shortest AS_PATH. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Stepyou 5. If all the previous attributes are equal, select the path with the most desirable what know ORIGIN. Remember, IGP is preferred, and EGP is considered before Incomplete. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Step 6. If the previous attributes are equal and there is more than one exit path to a Take five full-blown labs mimic the actual lab exam environment network, prefer the practice path with thethat lowest MED value (ranging from 0 to 4,294,967,295). CCIE Practical Studies, Volume through process of preparing Step 7. If the MED value II is leads equal CCIE or notcandidates used, prefer E-BGPthe paths to I-BGP paths. for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion best-selling first edition, this book coverageprefer of CCIE exam Step to 8. the If both paths are E-BGP (or both pathsprovides are not E-BGP), thelab path withtopics the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. lowest IGP metric. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Security,external and Service Provider lab exams. If BGP multipath is Routing enabled,and andSwitching, there are multiple or confederation-external paths from the same neighboring AS or sub-AS, multiple paths are added to the Loc-RIB The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and table at this point. The oldest path is considered the best path when forwarding updates to includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core other routers. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Step 9. If the paths are external, select the oldest path (the path that was received first). comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Step 10. If the paths were received at the same time, prefer the path that came from the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. peer with the lowest BGP-ID. Step 11. If the route was received from a route reflector, select the path with the lowest CLUSTER_ID (BGP_ID of the route reflector) length. Step 12. If the path was received from the same host, either peer or route reflector, select the path that came from the neighbor with the lowest peer IP address (the address of the directly [or nearest indirectly connected if not directly connected]) connected interface.
After the most desirable route has been selected, it is put into the main routing table and can be used to route packets.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Summary BGP is an Exterior Gateway protocol that uses a path-vector algorithm to define the best path to a destination network. There are two types of BGP relationships, External BGP and Internal BGP—each type operates differently. Paths are not selected until BGP peers have transitioned • Tablestates of Contents through several and established a peer relationship. OPEN messages are used during the • Index peer session Establishment stage. After the neighboring routers have become peers, they • Examples messages to verify connectivity and UPDATE messages to exchange routes. exchange KEEPALIVE CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Upon a critical error, the peer experiencing the error condition sends a NOTIFICATION message toKarl its Solie peer,CCIE specifying cause the error By No. 4599the , Leah Lynchfor CCIE No. 7220and closing the BGP session. During the UPDATE process, BGP uses several attribute types to determine the best path to a destination network. After the best path has been selected, that path is stored in the main routing table and is ready Publisher: Cisco Press for use. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Further Reading Internet Routing Architectures, Second Edition, by Sam Halabi. •
Table of Contents
Routing TCP/IP, Volume II, by Jeff Doyle and Jennifer Dehaven Carroll. • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Cisco BGP-4 Command and Configuration Handbook , by Dr. William R. Parkhurst. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
BGP4 Inter-Domain Routing in the Internet, by John W. Stewart III. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: A 1-58705-072-2 RFC 1771, Border Gateway Protocol 4 (BGP-4), by Yakov Rekter and Tony Li. Pages: 1032
RFC 1997, BGP Communities Attribute, by Ravi Chandra and Paul Triana. RFC 1998, An Application of the BGP COM MUNITY Attribute in Multi-Home Routing , by Enke Chen Gain hands-on and Tony Bates.experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. RFC 2395, Protection of BGP Sessions via the TCP MD5 Signature Option, by Andy Hefferman. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know RFC 2519, A Framework for Inter-Domain Route Aggregation , by Enke Chen and John W. Learn Stewart, III.how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment RFC 2892, Capabilities Advertisement with BGP-4 , by Ravi Chandra and John G. Scudder. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect RFC 2918, Route Capability for BGP-4, Enke Chen. coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion to theRefresh best-selling first edition, this by book provides not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and RFC 2796, BGP Route Reflection—An Alternative to Full Mesh IBGP , by Tony Bates, Ravi Chandra, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. and Enke Chen. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 8. Introduction to BGP-4 Configuration • Table of Gateway Contents Protocol (BGP) in a production environment can be one of the most Configuring Border • Index daunting tasks that network professionals encounter in their career. Depending on your BGP protocol and Examples • configuration knowledge, the BGP peering requirements, the network policy, and general CCIE Practical network Studies stability, Volume II designing and implementing a solid BGP network might be one of the largest design challenges that you face. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No.BGP 7220router configuration mode contains hundreds of possible commands, which makes it one of the most customizable routing protocols available today. BGP also uses several other features in Cisco IOS Software that complement the Publisher: Cisco Press commands available in BGP router configuration mode, such as access lists, route maps, Pub Date: November 2003(AS path) access lists, IP prefix lists, community lists, and regular autonomous system07, path ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 expressions. These features combined with the other BGP configuration commands create a large Pages: 1032 in BGP configuration. Over the next two chapters, this book covers many of these toolbox for use commands and shows you how to use them to create and implement solid BGP network models.
This chapter covers the basic BGP configuration prerequisites and briefly covers some of the BGP processes that run on a Cisco router. The chapter then takes you through a detailed step-by-step BGP neighbor configuration and network advertisement, using some hands-on practical Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE examples. While configuring BGP in this chapter, you have the opportunity to analyze and verify Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. the BGP configuration using BGP show and debug commands as troubleshooting tools. This chapter also introduces several BGP configuration tips and other tools that you can use to decrease troubleshooting time andinto to help you with get more use fromthat Cisco IOS you Software. These Experience putting concepts practice lab scenarios guide in applying tools what are used take a close look at BGP operation and can also be used to troubleshoot you to know common BGP problems. The output of each command is listed in detail so that you can see exactly whathow theto router and read like a pro. Learn build is a doing practice lab for the yourcommand CCIE lab output exam preparation This chapter provides the practice foundation themimic final BGP chapter, 9, "Advanced BGP Take five full-blown labsfor that the actual labChapter exam environment Configuration," which covers topics such as route reflectors, confederations, redistribution, route CCIE Practicaland Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the aggregation, BGP tuning. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Configuration Prerequisites When modeling a BGP network, you need to consider many configuration prerequisites. You must consider the amount of memory and processor available on your routers and the software feature sets required to create the scenarios that properly model the network. As a best practice, before • Table always of Contents configuring BGP, make sure that the routers running BGP are capable of doing so. Get a • Index snapshot of the current operating environment, and check the available and used memory to • Examples BGP does not crash the router. verify that debugging CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
If the Solie router does memory, ByKarl CCIE No. not 4599have , Leah enough Lynch CCIE No. 7220and there is no way to increase the amount of memory on the router, you can do a few things to prevent configuration disasters. First, check your feature set using the show version command. If you are running an enterprise feature set Publisher: Cisco Press and you will not be using all the other features, such as IPX, AppleTalk, or DEC protocols, try PubaDate: November 07, 2003 version of Cisco IOS Software such as the IP feature sets. Second, using more scaled-down displayISBN: the 1-58705-072-2 running processes and the running configuration, and find some protocols or features Pages: that can be 1032 disabled to make more memory available to BGP. Third, disable console logging (log to the buffer or syslog), and use the scheduler allocate command to prevent router reloads. Finally, save your configuration before debugging; that way, in the event that the router does reload, you still have your configuration. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from CiscoCapacity Press. Assessing the Router's for BGP After Experience BGP has been configured on into a Cisco router, four started: BGPinOpen, BGP putting concepts practice with labprocesses scenariosare that guide you applying Scanner, BGP Router, and BGP I/O. The BGP Open process is used to establish the TCP session what you know between BGP speakers. The BGP Open process ends after a TCP session for the BGP peers has been Learn established is only visiblelab at the beginning session establishment. The BGP I/O how toand build a practice for your CCIE of labBGP exam preparation process performs all BGP packet processing and performs the queuing of BGP UPDATE and KEEPALIVE messages. The BGP Scanner process scans, or walks, the BGP table, a data structure Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment called a Radix Trie, for next-hop reachability changes. By default, the scanner runs every 60 CCIE Practical seconds and isStudies, shown while Volume debugging II leads BGP CCIEas candidates nettable_scan through andthe nettable_walker. process of preparing Finally,for thethe CCIERouter BGP lab exam process by presenting handles the them establishment with a series of of peer challenging sessions. laboratory The BGP Router exercises. process A perfect also companion handles theto actual the best-selling BGP decision first process, edition,determining this book provides which routes coverage are stored of CCIEinlab theexam maintopics IP not covered routing table; in itVolume also processes I, like the new Cisco routes Catalyst and advertises 3550, route routes maps, toBGP, peers. Multicast, Exampleand 8-1QoS. shows Combined the four BGP with processes Volume as I, the displayed CCIE candidate using thewill show getprocesses comprehensive cpu |coverage includeBGP of thecommand. routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins briefBGP coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 8-1.with Four Processes includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Alki#show processes cpu | include BGP level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms)
Invoked
uSecs
5Sec
1Min
5Min TTY Process
21
0
1
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 BGP Open
84
81
6085
13
0.00%
0.02%
0.00%
0 BGP Router
85
693
13436
51
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 BGP I/O
86
2547
201
12671
0.00%
0.06%
0.06%
0 BGP Scanner
Notice in the prior example that there were four BGP processes running at the time that the show processes cpu snapshot was taken. The BGP Router, BGP I/O, and BGP Scanner processes always run after BGP has been configured. The BGP Open process only runs when BGP • Table of Contents triggers the initial TCP session, and only runs until the TCP session is established, so you can tell • Index that this command was issued at the beginning of a BGP session, right after BGP was configured. • Examples Theshow processes history command enables you to display a summarized graphical CCIE Practical Studies Volume II representation of the CPU utilization history. This command might prove useful when By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. troubleshooting performance problems on7220 a production router. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
TIP
Pages: 1032
Output modifiers, like the one shown in Example 8-1, enable you to display more concise information from a command. In the preceding example, the | includeBGP output modifier was used to limit the output of the show processes cpu command to include items containing the string "BGP." Output modifiers are case sensitive, and you needexperience to experiment with the Lab output string find the information that you CCIE want Gain might hands-on for the CCIE Exam withtovolume two of the best-selling to display. commands used with output modifiers are combined with command Practical StudiesWhen title from Cisco Press. aliases, you have yet another tool that can help you customize your use of Cisco IOS Software. Use of aliases and output identifiers is covered in more detail later in this Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying chapter. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation The highlighted section of the command output was added into this example to show the Take output five full-blown practice labsnot that mimic the actualunless lab exam environment command description. It does normally appear, specified, when output modifiers are used. Example 8-2, using the show processes memory | include BGP CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the command, shows the BGP processes that are currently utilizing memory. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Example 8-2. Output the show memory | include bgpand Combined with Volume I, thefrom CCIE candidate will processes get comprehensive coverage of the routing Command switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies Alki# show processes follow, providing memorydetailed | include guides BGP to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive Total: 29184828, practice Used: labs5148284, include allFree: of the 24036544 technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study PID TTY tips and Allocated test-taking techniques Freed are Holding included throughout Getbufs the Retbufs book. Process 21
0
0
0
6928
0
0 BGP Open
84
0
52560
492
10324
0
0 BGP Router
85
0
0
0
6868
0
0 BGP I/O
86
0
116
0
9992
0
0 BGP Scanner
In the preceding example, you can see the amount of memory that the Alki router has allocated to the BGP processes that are currently running. Once again, the highlighted section of the command was added into the command output to show the descriptions for the items displayed for the command. If the entire contents of the show processes memory command had been included in the command, the output would have been quite a few pages, so the output modifier • Table of Contents was used to constrain the output of the show command to display only BGP processes. The • Index show memory | includeBGP command enables you to display the current memory allocation • Examples for BGP processes, as shown in Example 8-3. The highlighted section of the command output was CCIE Practical Studies Volume II description. added to display the output ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 8-3. BGP Memory Utilization Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Alki#show memory | include Address
Bytes
Prev
BGP Next Ref
PrevF
NextF Alloc PC
what
823A2F8C 0000000044 823A2D10 823A2FE4 001 ------- ------- 813BC2E0 BGP Router Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 823C1C5C 0000005000 823C1830 823C3010 001 ------- ------- 805A124C BGP rcachechunk Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what 0000005000 you know 823C3010 823C1C5C 823C43C4 001 ------- ------- 805A1280 BGP fcacheLearn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation chunk Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 823C4408 0000060496 823C43C4 823D3084 001 ------- ------- 805A12E8 BGP (0) attr CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 823D3084 0000000044 823C4408 001of challenging ------- ------813BC2E0 BGP Router CCIE lab exam by presenting them823D30DC with a series laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 8241C8D4 8241C920 001 ------------BGP QoS. Router not covered0000000032 in Volume I,8241C7F8 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP,8045F35C Multicast, and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 8241D100 0000000072 8241D174 001Security, ------813B0548lab BGP Router switching portions of the8241D08C Routing and Switching, and------Service Provider exams. 8241D358 0000000072 8241D250 8241D3CC 001 ------- required ------- on 813B0548 BGPexam Scanner The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies the CCIE lab and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 8241D704 0000032768 8241D6C0 82425730 ------805A12E8 BGP (1) attr technologies follow, providing detailed guides 001 to applying the ------technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 82425774 0000020000 8242A5C0 ------------805A12E8 BGP (2) attr comprehensive practice 82425730 labs include all of the 001 technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 8242A604 0000032768 8242A5C0 82432630 001 throughout ------- ------805A12E8 BGP (3) attr Study tips and test-taking techniques are included the book. 82432630 0000003000 8242A604 82433214 001
------- ------- 805A1330
BGP attrlist
------- ------- 805A1364
BGP worktype
-chunk 82433214 0000001500 82432630 8243381C 001 -chunk
8243381C 0000005000 82433214 82434BD0 001
------- ------- 805A1398
BGP gwcache
------- ------- 805A13CC
BGP NLRI-
------- ------- 805A1400
BGP SNPA-
------- ------- 805A146C
BGP (0)
------- ------- 805A146C
BGP (1)
-c hunk 82434BD0 0000002000 8243381C 824353CC 001 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
chunk
824353CC 0000000432 82434BD0 824355A8 001 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 chunk
824355EC 824355A8 82445618 001 Publisher:0000065536 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
updateISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
8244565C 0000065536 82445618 82455688 001 update
824556CC 0000065536 82455688 824656F8 001 ------- ------- 805A146C BGP (2) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical update Studies title from Cisco Press. 8246573C 0000065536 824656F8 82475768 001 ------- ------- 805A146C BGP (3) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know update Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 824757AC 0000065536 82475768 824857D8 001 ------- ------- 805A146C
BGP (4)
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment update CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 8248581C 0000065536 824857D8 001of challenging ------- ------805A146C BGP (5) CCIE lab exam by presenting them82495848 with a series laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics update not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 8249588C 0000065536 824A58B8 001Security, ------805A146Clab BGP (6) switching portions of the82495848 Routing and Switching, and------Service Provider exams. update The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 824A58FC 0000065536 824A58B8 824B5928 ------805A146C BGP (7) technologies follow, providing detailed guides 001 to applying the ------technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These update comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 824B5928 0000065536 824A58FC 824C5954 001 throughout ------- ------805A14D4 BGP battr Study tips and test-taking techniques are included the book. chunk 824C5954 0000000264 824B5928 824C5A88 001 soo
------- ------- 805A1508
BGP vpnv4
The output of the preceding command shows the memory addresses used by the BGP processes. In this example, the Alki router only had one peer relationship, and BGP only had four routes in the table. When routers have many peers, with many routes containing many attributes, the show memory | includeBGP command displays pages of information. If a router in a network model is to have multiple peers, it is a good idea to have plenty of memory available to BGP. In a lab environment, BGP will run on just about any router that is running a feature set that includes BGP; however, BGP performance depends greatly on the selected router platform, the • of Contents processor(s),Table the amount and type of memory, the speed of the backplane, the number of routes received by peering • Index routers, and the router configuration itself. If you are modeling a BGP network for production use, carefully select the router platform you intend to use in production to • Examples support BGPStudies process and memory utilization. If you are configuring a production router to run CCIE Practical Volume II BGP with full Internet tables, it is a good rule to check the current BGP Internet table size. Make ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 sure that you have at least twice the amount of memory as the full Internet table so that you will be able to run BGP uninterrupted until the tables double in size. Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 BGPPages: Configuration Tips 1032
When configuring and troubleshooting BGP, you will use a number of commands on a regular basis. You can use quite a few tricks to help you become more efficient with Cisco IOS Software. For instance, you can use the Control (Ctrl) key in combination with other characters on the keyboard as editing shortcuts. These shortcuts can save you time when you are in a hurry or are Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE LabThese Examcommands with volume the best-selling CCIE having a bad day and you just can't type. aretwo alsoofhelpful in the event that you Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. are required to use a terminal-emulation program that does not support the use of up and down arrows or other commands that you would normally use. Table 8-1 shows some of the most popular commands. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Table 8-1.labs Cisco IOS Software Take five full-blown practice that mimic the actual labShortcuts exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Command Description CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Ctrl+A Goesprovides to beginning of line not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Ctrl+B back one character Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate willMoves get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Ctrl+E Goes to end of line The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Ctrl+F Moves forward one word includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Ctrl+P line technologies follow, providing detailed guides to Repeats applyingprevious the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Ctrl+R Repaints line comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Ctrl+U line face on the actual lab exam. level. They present readers with scenarios similarDeletes to whatentire they will Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Ctrl+W Deletes last word
Another commonly overlooked command that can help you customize your use of Cisco IOS Software is the alias command. The alias command enables you to create command aliases, which are used to represent commonly used commands. You create aliases in global configuration mode using the following command:
aliasmode alias-name alias-string •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
In Example 8-4, you can see several command aliases used as shortcuts for various commonly ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 used commands. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Example 8-4. Command Aliases ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Alki#show
alias
Exec mode aliases: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE h helpPress. Practical Studies title from Cisco lo
logout Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying p what you know ping lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation r Learn how to build a practice resume s
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment show
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the u undebug CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics un undebug not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and w where switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. cib cle ip of bgp The book begins with brief coverage the*core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core sb ip bgp sumto applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, providingshow detailed guides settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Router configuration mode aliases: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. net tips and test-taking techniques network are included throughout the book. Study
Notice that there are several default aliases—h, lo, p, r, s, u, un, and w—and that I added three other aliases, cib, which represents the command clear ip bgp *; sb, which represents the commandshow ip bgp summary; and net, which represents the router configuration mode commandnetwork. Aliases are never necessary, but they can be valuable tools for the everefficient network engineer.
Another tool that was briefly mentioned earlier in the chapter is the output modifier. Output modifiers have been around for a long time but are rarely ever used. Output modifiers change the way output from a show command is displayed and are available for just about every show command in existence. Table 8-2 shows some examples.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Table 8-2. Output Modifiers
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Output Modifier Description ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
beginstring
Displays the command output from the point specified by the string
exclude string Publisher: Cisco Press Displays everything, excluding information specified by the string Pub Date: November 07, 2003 include string Displays only items matching the string ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 8-5 shows how each of the output modifiers are used to show specific output from the show ip bgp command. The first line shows the unmodified output of the command. The second highlighted line shows how the include statement was used to specify only the best reachable routes marked with the *> characters. Notice in this example that the use of the * with the *> Gain hands-on forathe CCIE LabIfExam with had volume the best-selling CCIE have characters wereexperience preceded by slash /*>. the slash not two beenofused, the router would Practical title from% Cisco Press. shown anStudies error condition, Failed to compile regular expression because the * character itself is a regular expression, which matches a series of characters, much like *.* does in DOS. The second highlighted example shows how the exclude command was used to exclude the Experience concepts practice with labhighlighted scenarios that you in the applying display of routes putting with 600 in their into AS_PATH. The final areaguide shows how begin what you know modifier was used to prevent the output description information from being shown in the command output. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 8-5. Examples of Output Modifiers
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Alki# show ip in Volume bgp I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching BGP tableportions version of the is Routing 4, local and router Switching, ID is Security, 1.1.1.1 and Service Provider lab exams. The bookcodes: begins s with brief coverage of the core the CCIE exam and Status suppressed, d damped, h technologies history, * required valid, >onbest, i -lab internal includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, to applying the technologies in real network Origin codes: i -providing IGP, e -detailed EGP, ?guides - incomplete settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice Next labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Network Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 10.1.1.0/24 192.168.32.2 0 0 600 i *> 10.2.2.0/24
192.168.32.2
0
*> 192.168.32.0/30
0.0.0.0
0
Alki#show ip bgp | include /* BGP table version is 4, local router ID is 1.1.1.1
0 600 i 32768 I
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network
Next Hop
*> 10.1.1.0/24
192.168.32.2
0
0 600 i
192.168.32.2
0
0 600 i
0.0.0.0
0
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 10.2.2.0/24
*> 192.168.32.0/30
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
32768 I
By Karl Solie 4599 Leah Lynch 600 CCIE No. 7220 Alki# showCCIE ip No. bgp | ,exclude
BGPPublisher: table Cisco version Press is 4, local router ID is 1.1.1.1 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
StatusISBN: codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 192.168.32.0/30 0.0.0.0 0 32768 I Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title|from Cisco Press. Alki#show ip bgp begin Network Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 10.1.1.0/24 192.168.32.2 0 0 600 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 10.2.2.0/24 192.168.32.2 0 0 600 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 192.168.32.0/30 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Now that you someI,tips BGP easier tocomprehensive configure, it is coverage time to put knowledge Combined withhave Volume the that CCIEmake candidate will get of your the routing and of Cisco IOS Software andRouting skill together and learnSecurity, to configure BGP on Provider a Cisco router. switching portions of the and Switching, and Service lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Configuring and Troubleshooting BGP Neighbor Relationship
Five major tasks must be completed for each BGP session. In this section, each of these tasks is examined, and a practical example is used to show all the items included in each task. Figure 8-1 shows the network used for the examples in this section. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 8-1. BGP Neighbor Configuration
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Prior to the configuration of a BGP neighboring session, the following tasks must be completed: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. If the remote BGP peer is not under your administrative control, you must find the IP address of the remote interface and the remote autonomous system number (ASN) for the remote peer, which in EBGP is usually directly connected to your network's egress interface. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know The local and remote BGP peers must be able to reach each other using TCP port 179; therefore, the interface ontothe local router must be your configured with an IP address, and the router must have a path Learn how build a practice lab for CCIE lab exam preparation its remote peer. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment If the local router is not directly connected to its remote peer, another IGP or static route must be use CCIE to Practical provideStudies, the routing Volume information II leads CCIE required candidates to form through a TCP session. the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and NOTE switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Both begins sides ofwith the brief BGP session must be core fully technologies configured before a BGP session established. The book coverage of the required on the CCIEcan labbe exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These In this example,practice you configure an E-BGP between the router and the Madison router across a comprehensive labs include all ofsession the technologies andAlki gradually increase in difficulty direct serial connection. The Alki router's serial 0/0 interface is configured to use the IP address level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 192.168.32.1/30, and the Madison router's serial 0throughout interface isthe 192.168.32.2/30. The Alki router will be Study tips and test-taking techniques are included book. advertising networks 172.16.14.0/24 and 172.16.20.0/24, so configure loopback 10 to use 172.16.14.1/24 and loopback 20 to use 172.16.20.1/24. The Madison router will advertise networks 10.1.1.0/24 and 10.1.2.0/24, so configure loopback 10 to use 10.1.1.1/24 and loopback 20 to use 10.1.2.1/24.
Step 1. Verify that the local BGP router can reach the remote router. The ping command enables yo to verify connectivity to the remote router; if access lists or a firewall exist between the local and remote routers, however, you must verify that the packet filters will allow TCP traffic on port 179. At this time, it is also a good idea to verify the IP addresses on both of the routers' serial interfaces
using the show ip interface brief and show interface serialinterface-number commands on both routers. Make sure that both interfaces are in the interface is up, line protocol is up state before continuing on to the next step. Verify that the Alki and Madison routers can reach each other. Because there are no access lists between the two routers, you can safely assume that a ping test will verify the connection. Example 6 shows the serial interface configurations and the results of the ping tests. • • •
Table of Contents Index
Example 8-6. Interface Configuration and Ping Tests Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Alki#show run | begin Serial0/0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 interface Serial0/0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
ip address Pages: 1032 192.168.32.1 255.255.255.252 Alki#ping 192.168.32.2 Type escape sequence to abort. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 192.168.32.2, timeout is 2 seconds: Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. !!!!! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Madison# run | begin Serial0 whatshow you know interface Learn how Serial0 to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five 192.168.32.2 full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 255.255.255.252 CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Madison# ping Studies, 192.168.32.1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Type escape sequence to abort. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE will get comprehensive of the routing and Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echoscandidate to 192.168.32.1, timeout iscoverage 2 seconds: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
!!!!! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in each difficulty After both interfaces arelabs up and operating on Layer 3, it is time to configure BGP on of the routers. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study Step tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 2. To enable BGP in Cisco IOS Software, use the router bgpas-number command in global configuration mode. The as-number keyword identifies the local ASN. The values for the as-number variable range from 1 to 65,535, with 64,512 to 65,535 reserved for private autonomous system use
router bgpas-number
This command starts the following BGP processes (listed using the show processes cpu command) and allocates memory to those processes (listed using the show processes memory command) on the router •
Table of Contents
• •
Index Examples - BGP Router
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
- BGP I/O
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
- BGP Scanner Publisher: Cisco Press
Configure Pub Date:BGP November on the 07,Alki 2003router; the Alki router is in AS 5300. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Alki(config)#router bgp 5300 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Alki(config-router)# what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
You can use thefull-blown show processes cpu that | include command to seeenvironment that the BGP processes have started Take five practice labs mimicBGP the actual lab exam CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for processes further reading. covering each of the core Alki(config-router)# do show cpu Laboratory | include exercises BGP technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final 4chapter of111 the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 80 36 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 BGP Router comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. to what they will face on 84 They present0 readers with 1 scenarios similar 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 the BGPactual I/O lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 85 44 4 11000 0.00% 0.06% 0.01% 0 BGP Scanner
NOTE
In the preceding example, the do show processes cpu | includeBGP command was used to display the current BGP processes. If this same command were issued on a router with a failed TCP session between BGP peers, you would see instances of the BGP Open process, as shown here:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl r2(config)# Solie CCIE No.do 4599 show , Leahprocesses Lynch CCIE No. cpu 7220 |
78 Cisco Press Publisher:
0
include BGP
179
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 BGP Open
0
179
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 BGP Open
99
0
179
0
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 BGP Open
104
165252
3566960
46
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0 BGP Router
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
89
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
105 0 1 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 BGP I/O Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical 106 Studies title 7108 from Cisco890 Press. 7986 0.00% 0.03% 0.00% 0 BGP Scanner 107 0 179 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 BGP Open Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
full-blown practice that the actual lab exam environment If youTake werefive to issue the show tcplabs brief allmimic command, you would notice that the router currently has no established TCP sessions but is listening for incoming TCP sessions. This is because no BGP peers have bee CCIE Practical Studies, Volumeand II leads CCIE candidates theconfigured process ofyet. preparing for the configured on the Alki router, the Madison router hasthrough not been CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. Thetcp finalbrief chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Alki#show all comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. TCB They present Local Address Foreign Address (state) Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 8241BE64
*.*
*.*
LISTEN
Configure BGP on the Madison router; the Madison router is in AS 600.
Madison(config)#router bgp 600 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
• Examples After the router bgpas-number command has been issued, the router enters the BGP router configuration CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
mode, where you can use the BGP commands shown in Example 8-7. These commands are covered in this chapter By Karl Solie and CCIE in No. Chapter 4599, Leah 9. Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press
Example 8-7. BGP Commands Available in Cisco IOS Software 12.2(7)T Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Madison(config-router)#? Router configuration commands: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume mode two of the best-selling CCIE address-family Enter Address Family command Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. aggregate-address
Configure BGP aggregate entries
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying auto-summary Enable automatic network number summarization what you know bgpLearn how to build a practice BGP specific commands lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation default Set a labs command to its Take five full-blown practice that mimic thedefaults actual lab exam environment default-information Control distribution of default information CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect default-metric Set metric ofthis redistributed companion to the best-selling first edition, book provides routes coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. distance Define an administrative distance coverage of the routing and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. distribute-list Filter networks in routing updates The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes for from further reading.protocol Laboratory exercises covering exit suggested references Exit routing configuration modeeach of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. the book concludes five hands-on labsystem exercises. These help The final chapter ofDescription of thewith interactive help comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers Forward with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. maximum-paths packets over multiple paths Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor Specify a neighbor router network
Specify a network to announce via BGP
no
Negate a command or set its defaults
redistribute
Redistribute information from another routing protocol
synchronization
Perform IGP synchronization
• • •
table-map
Map external entry attributes into routing table
timers
Adjust routing timers
traffic-share
How to compute traffic share over alternate paths
Table of Contents
Index Step 3. Specify information about the remote peer(s). The remote peer information is entered using Examples theneighbor ip-addressremote-asremote-as-number command as shown here:
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighborip-address remote-asremote-as-number
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical This command Studies specifies title from theCisco IP address Press. used to reach the remote BGP peer and the AS number to which the remote peer belongs.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guideusing you in Configure the Alki and Madison routers with their remote peer information theapplying neighbor command t what you know specify the remote peer's IP address and remote AS number. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Alki(config-router)#neighbor 192.168.32.2 remote-as 600 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Madison(config-router)# neighborof192.168.32.1 remote-as 5300on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage the core technologies required includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Step 4. After configuring the local peer autonomous systems, configure the networks tha comprehensive practice labs include all ofand theremote technologies and gradually increase in difficulty each of the BGP speakers will be advertising to its remote peer using the network command shown level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. here: Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
network network-address [masksubnet-mask] [route-maproute-map-name] [backdoor]
The command enables you to specify the networks, and if the network is not classful, you can specify the subnet mask for the network. The route-map option allows for BGP attribute manipulation, and the backdoor keyword specifies the use of a BGP backdoor, both of which are covered later in this chapter. •
Table of Contents
Use the network command to configure the Alki router to advertise networks 172.16.14.0/24 and • Index 172.16.20.0/24. Then use the same commands to configure the Madison router to advertise networks • Examples 10.1.1.0/24 and 10.1.2.0/24. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Alki(config-router)#network 172.16.14.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Alki(config-router)#network 172.16.20.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Madison(config-router)#network 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Madison(config-router)# network 10.1.2.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 5. After configuring the local and remote BGP peers, you can monitor the BGP status using one several different show and debug commands. CCIE Practical Studies, BGP Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics At point,inyou should verify several itemsroute on each of the routers. Using the show tcp brief a notthis covered Volume I, be likeable the to Cisco Catalyst 3550, maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. command, as shown in Example 8-8, you should see an established TCP session between the and Alki and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing Madison routers on port 179, and you should also see the routers listening for TCP activity on port 179. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested Example 8-8. Using references theforshow furthertcp reading. brief Laboratory all Command exercisesto covering Display eachTCP of theConnection core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network State settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and techniques are included throughout the book. Alki#show tcptest-taking brief all TCB
Local Address
Foreign Address
(state)
8248F4BC
192.168.32.1.11003
192.168.32.2.179
ESTAB
820E59F0
*.179
192.168.32.2.*
LISTEN
By issuing the show ip bgp command, shown in Example 8-9, you should see information about the BGP session and networks that are advertised by both peers.
Example 8-9. Display BGP Routes Using the show ip bgp Command •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Alki# show ip bgp • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
BGP table version is 5, local router ID is 1.1.1.1 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Publisher: Cisco Press
Origin codes: i -07,IGP, Pub Date: November 2003 e - EGP, ? - incomplete ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Network Pages: 1032
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 10.1.1.0/24
192.168.32.2
0
0 600 i
*> 10.1.2.0/24
192.168.32.2
0
0 600 i
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with0volume two32768 of the ibest-selling CCIE *> 172.16.14.0/24 0.0.0.0 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 172.16.20.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation On the Alki router, notice that you can see networks 10.1.1.0/24 and 10.1.2.0/24 with a NEXT_HOP of 192.168.32.2 the default MED, and WEIGHT attributes. You can also see that the route Take fiveusing full-blown practice labsLOCAL_PREF, that mimic the actual lab exam environment originated in AS 600 and has an ORIGIN attribute of i for IGP because it originated locally on the Madison CCIE Practical router. To the left Studies, of each Volume of theIIroutes, leads CCIE you can candidates see the asterisk through (*) the symbol, process of which preparing meansfor that the the route h CCIE verified been lab exam asby reachable presenting by them the BGP with Scanner a seriesprocess, of challenging and thelaboratory greater than exercises. (>) symbol A perfect means that the companion route is the to best theroute best-selling to that network. first edition, When thisBGP book has provides a valid coverage best-pathof route CCIEtolab a network, exam topics it places that not covered route in the main in Volume IP routing I, liketable the Cisco and advertises Catalyst 3550, it to any route other maps, external BGP, Multicast, BGP peers. and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and You shouldportions also be of able issue the ip route command see the BGP routes in the main IP routing switching thetoRouting andshow Switching, Security, and to Service Provider lab exams. table and ping each of the loopback interfaces. Example 8-10 shows the output of the show ip route The book begins command from the with Alki brief router, coverage and Example of the core 8-11 technologies shows the ping required testsonfrom the CCIE the Alki laband exam Madison and routers. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The8-10. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab with exercises. Example Displaying the Main IP Routing Table theThese show ip route comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Command level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Alki#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Gateway of last resort is not set •
Examples
172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 C Karl Solie172.16.20.0 is Lynch directly connected,
C
172.16.14.0 Publisher: Cisco Press
Loopback20
is directly connected, Loopback10
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 B
Pages: 1032
10.1.2.0 [20/0] via 192.168.32.2, 00:05:30
B
10.1.1.0 [20/0] via 192.168.32.2, 00:05:30
192.168.32.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Press. connected, Serial0/0 C 192.168.32.0 isCisco directly Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Example Learn how 8-11. to build Successful a practice lab ping for your Tests CCIE onlab the exam Alki preparation and Madison Routers Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Alki#Practical ping 10.1.1.1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Type escape sequence to abort. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE will gettimeout comprehensive coverage of the routing and Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echoscandidate to 10.1.1.1, is 2 seconds: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. !!!!! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 32/35/36 ms technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Alki#ping 10.1.2.1 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Type escape sequence to abort. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.1.2.1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 36/36/36 ms
To see the process that the routers used to set up the BGP session, advertise networks, and install them in the BGP table, use the debug ip bgp command. Because BGP only sends new or changed routes in UPDAT messages, you need to clear the BGP session using the clear ip bgp command. Because there is only one BGP session on this router, you can use the * character to tell BGP to clear all sessions, as shown in Examp 8-12.
• • •
Table of Contents
TIP
Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Be very careful with your use of the clear ip bgp * command on production routers; this command network disruption if it is used on a production network.
ByKarlcloses Solie CCIE all BGP No. 4599 sessions , Leah Lynch and will CCIEresult No. 7220 in a
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Example 8-12. Debugging BGP ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Alki#debug ip bgp BGP debugging is on Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Alki#clear ip bgp * 01:10:18: BGP:putting 192.168.32.2 from Established to Idle Experience concepts went into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Comment: BGP cleared session Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 01:10:18: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Down User reset Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Comment: the ADJCHANGE message indicates the session with the 192.168.32.2 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor is down due to athem userwith reset companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered BGP: in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 01:10:18: 192.168.32.2 closing Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing Switching, Comment: The BGPofsession is and being closed Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 01:10:38: BGP: with 192.168.32.2 went from Idle to Active includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologiesBGP: follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network 01:10:38: 192.168.32.2 open guides active, delay 26900ms settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice sent labs include all ofhost the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Comment: The router a active TCP open message level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking are included throughout the book. connection request and techniques is awaiting a TCP session request from its passive neighbor. 01:10:48: BGP: Applying map to find origin for 172.16.14.0/24 01:10:48: BGP: Applying map to find origin for 172.16.20.0/24 Comment: BGP is finding the ORIGIN for the 172.16.14.0/24 and 172.16.20.0/24
routes, which will be i for I-BGP 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 open active, local address 192.168.32.1 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 went from Active to OpenSent Comment: The remote BGP session transitioned from Active to OpenSent meaning a •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
TCP session has been established and OPEN message has been sent, the router is now waiting to receive an OPEN message from its peer. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 192.168.32.2 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 01:11:05: BGP: sending OPEN,
version 4, my as: 5300
Comment: sent an OPEN message to its peer, 192.168.32.2, and the Publisher:The Cisco router Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
message contained the BGP version: 4 and the MY_AS value 5300 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 send message type 1, length (incl. header) 45 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 rcv message type 1, length (excl. header) 26 Comment: The remote router sent an OPEN (type-1) message to this peer and it was Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. successfully received 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 rcv OPEN, version 4 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 rcv OPEN w/ OPTION parameter len: 16 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 rcvd OPEN w/ optional parameter type 2 (Capability) Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment len 6 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 01:11:05: BGP: OPEN CAPABILITY code:laboratory 1, length 4 CCIE lab exam by 192.168.32.2 presenting them withhas a series of challenging exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 01:11:05: 192.168.32.2 OPEN Catalyst has MP_EXT for afi/safi: 1/1 not covered BGP: in Volume I, like the Cisco 3550,CAP route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 rcvdSwitching, OPEN w/ Security, optionaland parameter type 2 lab (Capability) switching portions of the Routing and Service Provider exams. len 2 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 01:11:05: 192.168.32.2 OPEN guides has CAPABILITY 128, length 0 network technologiesBGP: follow, providing detailed to applying code: the technologies in real settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 OPEN all comprehensive practice labs include all ofhas the ROUTE-REFRESH technologies andcapability(old) gradually increasefor in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. address-families Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 rcvd OPEN w/ optional parameter type 2 (Capability) len 2 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 OPEN has CAPABILITY code: 2, length 0 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 OPEN has ROUTE-REFRESH capability(new) for all
address-families Comment: The remote peer's OPEN message contained the following data: Comment: BGP version - 4 Comment: With Multiprotocol BGP and Route Refresh capabilities •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 went from OpenSent to OpenConfirm Comment: The session transitioned from OpenSent to OpenConfirm, the router is CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solieon CCIE 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE from No. 7220 waiting a No. KEEPALIVE message its
peer.
01:11:05: BGP:Press 192.168.32.2 send message type 4, length (incl. header) 19 Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 rcv message type 4, length (excl. header) 0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Comment: the router sent and received a KEEPALIVE (type-4) message and received a message from its peer. 01:11:05: BGP: 192.168.32.2 went from OpenConfirm to Established Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. from OpenConfirm to Established, now routes can Comment:Studies The session transitioned be exchanged using UPDATE messages Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 01:11:05: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Up Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Comment: The ADJCHANGED message indicating the BGP session with peer 192.168.32.2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment is up
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. The debug with ip bgp event shows detailed information aboutcoverage internal BGP events as they Combined Volume I, command the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the routing and occur on the router,portions and theof debug ip bgpand updates command, shown Example 8-13, lab displays detailed informati switching the Routing Switching, Security, and in Service Provider exams. on UPDATE messages as they are received. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies8-13. follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example Debugging BGP Updates settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and techniques are included throughout the book. Alki#debug iptest-taking bgp updates BGP updates debugging is on Alki#clear ip bgp * 01:33:30: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Down User reset Comment: The session was reset upon user request
01:34:12: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Up Comment: The BGP session with peer 192.168.32.2 is back up 01:34:12: BGP(0): 192.168.32.2 rcvd UPDATE w/ attr: nexthop 192.168.32.2, origin i, metric 0, path 600 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Comment: The router received an update from peer 192.168.32.2 containing the BGPattribute Comment: NEXT_HOP 192.168.32.2 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Comment: ORIGIN: i ,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Comment: 0 Publisher:MED: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Comment: AS_PATH 600 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
01:34:12: BGP(0): 192.168.32.2 rcvd 10.1.1.0/24 01:34:12: BGP(0): 192.168.32.2 rcvd 10.1.2.0/24 Comment: The update contained NLRI paths 10.1.1.0/24 and 10.1.2.0/24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title Revise from Cisco Press. 01:34:12: BGP(0): route installing 10.1.1.0/24 -> 192.168.32.2 to main IP table Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Revise route installing 10.1.2.0/24 -> 192.168.32.2 to main IP 01:34:12: BGP(0): Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation table Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Comment: BGP found the routes to networks 10.1.1.0/24 and 10.1.2.0/24 valid best CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the paths and is by installing the main of IPchallenging routing table CCIE lab exam presentingthem themin with a series laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 01:34:12: 172.16.14.0/24 locally not covered BGP(0): in Volumenettable_walker I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, routeroute maps,sourced BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 01:34:12: BGP(0): nettable_walker 172.16.20.0/24 route sourced locally switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Comment: The BGP (nettable_walker) found networks and and 172.16.20.0 The book begins withScanner brief coverage of the core technologies required 172.16.14.0/24 on the CCIE lab exam includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core /24 sourcedfollow, locally technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 01:34:12: BGP(0): 192.168.32.2 computing updates, and afigradually 0, neighbor version 0, comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. table version 5, starting at 0.0.0.0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 01:34:12: BGP(0): 192.168.32.2 send UPDATE (format) 172.16.14.0/24, next 192.168.32.1, metric 0, path Comment: The router is sending an UPDATE message to 192.168.32.2 containing the route 172.16.14.0/24 with the attributes of NEXT_HOP: 192.168.32.2, MED: 0
01:34:12: BGP(0): 192.168.32.2 send UPDATE (prepend, chgflags: 0x208) 172.16.20.0/24, next 192.168.32.1, metric 0, path Comment: The router is sending an UPDATE message to 192.168.32.2 containing the route 172.16.20.0/24 with the attributes of NEXT_HOP: 192.168.32.2, MED: 0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
01:34:12: BGP(0): 192.168.32.2 1 updates enqueued (average=56, maximum=56) 01:34:12: BGP(0): 192.168.32.2 update run completed, afi 0, ran for 4ms, neighbor CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byversion Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599version , Leah Lynch No. 7220 0, start 5,CCIE throttled
to 5
Comment: Publisher:UPDATE Cisco Pressmessages were engueued for transport and then sent successfully Pub Date: November 07, 2003
the BGP table version has been changed to 5 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
01:34:12: BGP: 192.168.32.2 initial update completed Comment: The update is complete
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. If the BGP peers are not able to reach each other using TCP port 179, you can use a number of TCP troubleshooting commands to troubleshoot the connection. As a best practice (that will save you many a Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying headache), however, it is better to verify the router configuration for inaccuracies before troubleshooting a what you know problem that might end up being a typo. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Verify that the local BGP ASN is entered correctly. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Verify that the remote peer's BGP ASN and IP address are entered correctly. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Verify lab exam presenting with a the series challenging exercises. A perfect thatby the interfacesthem connecting twoofpeers are up laboratory and operational. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, If the peers are not directly connected, verify thatroute they maps, have aBGP, validMulticast, route (to and and QoS. from) to reach each Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and other. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Check routers along the path between the peers for access lists or route policies that might be droppi The book begins with coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and or rerouting BGPbrief traffic. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providinginstabilities. detailed guides applying the along technologies in real network Check logs for interface Are to routes flapping the route between the BGP peers? Are settings. final chapter heavily of the book concludes with fivepackets? hands-on lab exercises. These any The of the interfaces congested or dropping Keep in mind that BGP uses rather smal comprehensive labsKEEPALIVE include all messages. of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty packets forpractice OPEN and These packets are delayed if other larger packets are level.monopolizing They present areaders withinterface. scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. congested Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. If something has changed in the path between the two BGP peers, verify that it is not affecting the BG session—for example, a new switch configuration, new access lists, a firewall, new routing policies, an so on.
Don't spend time troubleshooting BGP when it is not the problem! Establish a general layered troubleshooting methodology; it will be the number one troubleshooting tool and your best friend when yo encounter a problem. Step 1. Layer 1
- Check your cabling; verify that all cables are connected and that the interface is in a line up and protocol up state. Don't spend time troubleshooting BGP when you have a Layer 1 problem
• • •
- If you are using a serial link, make sure that you have set the correct clock rate. If you are using a channel service unit/data service unit (CSU/DSU), make sure it is properly configured and the line is up. Table of Contents
-Index If you are using an Ethernet interface, make sure that the speed and duplex are set correctly Examples the router and switch.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
- Check the router and switch interfaces ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
for errors; if there are errors, fix the error and then
proceed with your troubleshooting.
Publisher: Cisco Press If you are
using a Token Ring interface, make sure the router is configured to use the right ring it has a good connection to the multistation access unit (MSAU) or switch.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 speed, and that ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Step 2. Layer 2 Pages: 1032
- If you are using an Ethernet connection, make sure that the switch port has been assigned to the proper VLAN.
- Make sure that the VLAN is properly configured, and that there are no spanning-tree topology Gain hands-on experience forswitch. the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE problems on the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. - On an ATM interface, verify that the maximum transmission unit (MTU) is properly configured on both sides of the connection. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you knowthat you are using the correct virtual path identifier/virtual channel identifier (VPI/VCI) - Verify pair, and that you have configured a valid ATM map for Layer 2 to Layer 3 connectivity. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
On a Frame Relay connection, verify that your local and remote data-link connection identifiers Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment (DLCIs) and Local Management Interface (LMI) type are correctly set to match the values generated on the switch. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect - Verify that LMI is up and that the interface is not flapping. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered -inIfVolume like theaCisco Catalyst 3550, route Multicast, and QoS. you areI,making PPP connection, make suremaps, PPP isBGP, configured on both sides of the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and connection. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - Before proceeding to the next step, verify that your interface is not in a line up protocol down The book begins state.with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Step 3. Layerreferences 3 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice all of the the technologies and gradually increase difficulty - Verify that labs you include have configured right IP address and subnet maskinon the interface, check level. They present readers similar to what they on thesubnet actual(if labdirectly exam. connected) the other side ofwith the scenarios connection, and verify that it iswill on face the same Study tips and techniques thattest-taking it is what you think it are is. included throughout the book. - Make sure there is a valid route to reach your destination in the IP routing table. Trace the connection through any routers along the path, and verify that they have a path to and from each of the routers that they must reach for packets to reach your source and destination networks. - Check static routes for typos; make sure that any redistributed routes are actually being properly propagated.
- If multiple paths are in use, verify that there are no routing loops. - If authentication is in use by any routing protocols, make sure that they are both using the correct passwords.
•
- On nonbroadcast multiaccess (NBMA) networks, such as ATM or Frame Relay, make sure tha you have proper support for Layer 2 to Layer 3 mappings, and that protocols such as Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) are configured for the proper network type. Table of Contents
•
-Index Before proceeding to the next step, verify that you are able to reach the destination network Examples from the source network and vice versa. CCIE Practical Studies II Step 4. LayerVolume 4 •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
- Check for any access lists or firewalls that might be dropping TCP packets.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 2003 - Verify 07, that you
have connectivity on TCP port 179. One BGP speaker, the passive TCP host, w request on port 179, and the other speaker, the active TCP host, will use a rando TCP source port (beginning at 11,000) to initiate the TCP session. Pages: 1032 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 receive a TCP
- Check for retransmissions, out-of-order packets, or other TCP symptoms that might be pointi to network congestion or invalid configurations. After verifying that all the prior conditions are not affecting the BGP session, use TCP show and debug Gain hands-on experience thethe CCIE Lab Exam volume two theTCP best-selling CCIE commands to help narrow for down culprit. Thesewith commands, yourof BGP connection troubleshooting Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. tools, are listed in Table 8-3. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Table 8-3.lab TCP Connection Troubleshooting Learn how to build a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Tools
five full-blown practice labsDescription that mimic the actual lab exam environment TCP Take Command Command
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process preparing thethe local show tcp This command displays detailedthrough information on eachofTCP sessionfor that CCIE lab exam by presenting them a series challenging A perfect router haswith formed with of a remote peer.laboratory It can be exercises. used with BGP to show whether companion to the best-selling first edition, this BGP bookpeers provides of CCIE lab exam the local and remote havecoverage formed an established TCPtopics session, and sho not covered in Volume I, like the about Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. details that session. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and show tcpportions [brief][all] This command displaysSecurity, a brief status of each Provider of the TCP switching of the Routing and Switching, and Service labsessions exams. that the local [| include 179] router has formed with a remote router. This is a basic summary command that can useofas another tool to verify the BGPon TCP between The book begins with briefyou coverage the core technologies required theconnection CCIE lab exam andpeers. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core debug ip tcp This command, which should be used with caution on a production router, display technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network transactions information about TCP session changes. It enables you to troubleshoot a BGP TCP settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These session, displaying information about TCP retransmissions or state changes. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar detailed to what information they will face on the actual lab exam. debug ip tcp packet This command displays about TCP packets. It can be used Study tips | and test-takingwith techniques are included throughout the book. to specify particular traffic, and [in | out address the in, out, address, or port arguments IP-address | portport- must be used with extreme caution on a production router. With this command, number] you can monitor TCP packets sent and received by the local router. This information enables you to determine the cause of an unstable BGP TCP session and resolve route flapping or general connectivity issues.
If the show tcp command output for the peer IP address used for the BGP session is anything other than ESTAB, troubleshoot the TCP connection. The show tcp command, shown in Example 8-14, displays detai information about the TCP session, and should, as a best practice, always be used as a TCP session
troubleshooting command.
Example 8-14. show tcp Command
Alki# show tcp • Table of Contents •
Index
Stand-alone TCP connection to host 192.168.32.2 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1, unread input bytes: 0 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Local host: 192.168.32.1, Local port: 11009 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Foreign host: 192.168.32.2, Foreign port: 179 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Enqueued for retransmit: 0, input: 0 Pages:packets 1032
mis-ordered: 0 (0 bytes)
Event Timers (current time is 0x16681CC): Timer
Starts
Wakeups
Next
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Retrans 323 1 0x0 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. TimeWait
0
0
0x0
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying AckHold 164 0x0 what you know 320 SendWnd 0x0 Learn how to build 0a practice lab0 for your CCIE lab exam preparation KeepAlive Take five full-blown0 practice labs0 that mimic the actual 0x0 lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads through the process of preparing for the GiveUp 0 0 CCIE candidates 0x0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics PmtuAger to the best-selling 0 0 0x0 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and DeadWait with Volume I, 0 the CCIE candidate 0 0x0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. iss: 3779523619 snduna: 3779529779 sndnxt: 3779529779 sndwnd: 16080 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each285 of the core irs: 2902813429 rcvnxt: 2902819573 rcvwnd: 16099 delrcvwnd: technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. Thems, finalRTTO: chapter of ms, the book with five SRTT: 300 303 RTV:concludes 3 ms, KRTT: 0 mshands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They readers 300 with ms, scenarios similar200 to what minRTT: 20present ms, maxRTT: ACK hold: ms they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Flags: higher precedence, nagle Datagrams (max data segment is 1460 bytes): Rcvd: 556 (out of order: 0), with data: 320, total data bytes: 6143 Sent: 492 (retransmit: 1, fastretransmit: 0), with data: 321, total data bytes: 6159
Table 8-4 displays detailed information on the output of the show tcp command. You will probably never u all 20 lines of the command in day-to-day troubleshooting, but they might come in handy when you are troubleshooting TCP connection problems, such as too many retransmissions. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Table 8-4. show tcp Command Output Explained
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Command Output
Output Description
Publisher: Cisco Press
Stand-alone TCP connection to host 192.168.32.2 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 Connection state is ESTAB
Identifies TCP connection from the local route to host 192.168.32.2. Indicates an established TCP session. TheConnection state is can be any of the following values:
LISTEN— Indicates that the router is listenin Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE for a connection request Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. SYNSENT— Indicates that the router is waiting a connection request in return to Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios thatfor guide you in applying request that was sent (TCP-SYN message) what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab examSYNRCVD— preparation Indicates that the router has se and received a connection request and is now waiting a connection acknowledgement Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab examfor environment (TCP-ACK message) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ESTAB— Indicates an established CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect TCP sessio ACK lab messages) companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides TCP-SYN coverageand of CCIE exam topics
not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. FINWAIT1— Indicates that theand router is Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing either waiting for a termination request or an switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. acknowledgement to a previously sent termination request ACK The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIETCP-FIN lab exam andmessage)
includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Indicates that the router is technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the FINWAIT2— technologies in real network waiting for a termination request from a settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These remote host (TCP-FIN message) comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. CLOSEWAIT— Indicates that the router is Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. waiting for a termination request from the us (TCP-FIN message) CLOSING— Indicates that the router is waiting for a termination request from a remote host (TCP-FIN message)
LASTACK— Indicates that the router is waiting for a response to a termination reque that was made to a remote host (TCP-FIN AC
message)
TIMEWAIT— Indicates that the router is giving the remote host time to receive the connection termination request before closing the connection •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CLOSED— Indicates that there is no connection
For a successful BGP session, the TCP session must always be in the ESTAB state.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
I/O status: 1
Describes the status of the connection.
unread input bytes: 0 Publisher: Cisco Press
Indicates the number of bytes that have been read and are awaiting processing.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 1-58705-072-2 LocalISBN: host: 192.168.32.1, Local port: 11009 Pages: 1032
Displays the local IP address and TCP port number.
You can use this number to determine wheth the local or remote router initiated the BGP session. If the TCP port is in the 11,000 rang the router initiated the session to a remote Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE router at port 179. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Foreign host: 192.168.32.2, Foreign port: 179 Displays the remote IP address and TCP port number for the connection. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know For BGP, you always look for values of 179 or
a port in the 11,000 range. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Enqueued packets for retransmit: 0, input: 0 mis- Displays the number of packets waiting to be Take five full-blown exam environment ordered: 0 (0 bytes) practice labs that mimic the actual lab retransmitted.
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through process of preparing for thepacket Anythe value greater than 0 indicates CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect retransmission and might point to TCP companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides problems. coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. This section displays TCProuting timer information, i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the and for the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, andcounter Serviceform Provider labcurrent exams.TCP session. (Th Event Timers (current time is 0x16681CC): information can be cleared with the clear tcp statistics The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required oncommand.) the CCIE lab exam and Timer suggested Starts Wakeups Next includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Event Timer displays the amount of time technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the The technologies in real network that the system has been RetransThe final chapter 323 of the book 1concludes with 0x0 five hands-on lab exercises. Theserunning in settings. milliseconds. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty TimeWait 0 with scenarios 0 level. They present readers similar0x0 to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughoutThe theTimer book.column describes the timers listed the rows beneath. AckHold 320 164 0x0 TheStarts column describes the number of times that the counter has been started for this session.
SendWnd
0
0
0x0
KeepAlive
0
0
0x0
GiveUp
0
0
0x0
TheWakeups column describes the number of unacknowledged KEEPALIVES.
PmtuAger
0
0
0x0
TheNext column shows the next time that the
DeadWait
0
0
0x0
timer will go off. TheRetrans timer displays the value of the timer used to time unacknowledged packets awaiting retransmission.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
TheTimeWait timer shows the amount of time the system will wait to allow a remote system to receive a connection termination request.
TheAckHold timer is used to delay the transmission of acknowledgements to preven network congestion. TheSendWnd timer prevents TCP sessions from being lost due to missing acknowledgements.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
TheKeepAlive timer is used to time the space between KEEPALIVE messages.
TheGiveUp timer is the minimum time to wait before giving up on a pending resolution Event Timers (current time is 0x16681CC): request. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco Press. ThePmtuAger timer is the timer that is used t Timer Studies title Starts Wakeups Next keep track of the path MTU age-timer that ca be changed using the ip tcp path-mtuRetrans 323 1 0x0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying discovery [age-timer {minutes | what you know indefinite}] command. TimeWait 0 0 0x0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab examThe preparation DeadWait timer is the TCP DeadWait AckHold 320 164 0x0 timer. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment SendWnd 0 0 0x0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the KeepAlive 0 0 a series of 0x0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics GiveUp 0x0 route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume I, 0like the Cisco0Catalyst 3550, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and PmtuAgerportions of the 0Routing and Switching, 0 0x0 switching Security, and Service Provider lab exams. DeadWait 0 coverage of0the core technologies 0x0 The book begins with brief required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty iss: They 3779523619 Displays send lab sequence level. present readers with scenarios similar to what they will facethe oninitial the actual exam. number, which is the initial sequence number sent Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. during a new TCP session. snduna: 3779529779
Displays the last unacknowledged sequence number that the router has sent.
sndnxt: 3779529779
Displays the next sequence number that will be sent.
sndwnd: 16080
Displays the remote host's TCP window size.
irs: 2902813429
Displays the initial receive sequence number.
rcvnxt: 2902819573
Displays the last sequence number that has been received and acknowledged.
rcvwnd: 16099
Displays the local router's TCP window size.
delrcvwnd: 285
Displays the delayed receive window which is the uncomputed value of the receive window.
ms of Contents •SRTT: 300 Table •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Volume II RTTO: 303 Studies ms ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
RTV: 3 ms
Publisher: Cisco Press
KRTT: 0 ms Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The smooth round-trip timer is a measureme of the average time that it takes a packet to b sent and acknowledged by the remote peer. The round-trip timeout in milliseconds. The variance of the round-trip time in milliseconds.
The new round-trip (K stands for Karn's algorithm) timeout. It measures the round-tr time, in milliseconds, for packets that have been retransmitted.
minRTT: 20 ms
The smallest round-trip timeout.
maxRTT: 300 ms
The largest round-trip timeout.
Gain experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volumeThe twoacknowledgment of the best-selling CCIE ACK hands-on hold: 200 ms delay timeout used to Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. delay acknowledgements to allow time to add data to the packet. Flags: higher putting precedence Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios Specifies that guide IP precedence you in applying values that might be what you know present in the packets. nagle that the Nagle flag is set. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab examSpecifies preparation
Datagrams (max data segment is 1460 bytes): The largest data segment in bytes. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Rcvd: 556 (out of order: 0, total data bytes: The number of datagrams received. CCIE 6143Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect The number of datagrams that were received companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides out coverage of CCIE lab exam topics of order. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive The total coverage bytes ofof data thereceived. routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Sent: 492 (retransmit: 1, fastretransmit: 0), The number of datagrams sent. with data: 321, total data bytes: 6159 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and number of datagrams had to be includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory The exercises covering each of that the core retransmitted. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network
settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These The number of fast retransmissions. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they willnumber face onofthe actual labthat exam. The datagrams were sent tha Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughoutcontained the book.data. The total bytes of data received.
Two other frequently forgotten tools that enable you to troubleshoot a TCP connection are the debug tcp transactions and debug tcp packet commands. Output from the debug tcp transactions command is shown in Example 8-15.
Example 8-15. debug ip tcp transactions Command
Alki#debug ip tcp transactions TCP special event debugging is on •
Table of Contents
• Alki# clear Index ip bgp * •
Examples
01:53:24: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Down User reset CCIE Practical %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Comment: BGP session reset at user request Publisher: Cisco Press 01:53:24: TCP0: state was ESTAB -> FINWAIT1 [179 -> 192.168.32.2(11005)] Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN:TCP 1-58705-072-2 Comment: session transitioned from ESTAB to FINWAIT1 Pages: 1032
01:53:24: TCP0: sending FIN 01:53:24: TCP0: state was FINWAIT1 -> FINWAIT2 [179 -> 192.168.32.2(11005)] 01:53:26: TCP0: FIN processed Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 01:53:26: TCP0: state was FINWAIT2 -> TIMEWAIT [179 -> 192.168.32.2(11005)] Comment: TCP session was gracefully torn down the router is you waiting to close Experience putting concepts into practice with lab and scenarios that guide in applying what you know the session between the two hosts on ports 179 and 110005 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 01:54:03: TCB8252932C created Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 01:54:03: TCP0: state was LISTEN -> SYNRCVD [179 -> 192.168.32.2(11006)] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam them series of challenging exercises. A perfect Comment: BGP by waspresenting listening forwith TCPa connection requestlaboratory and received it on port companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 11006 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching the Routingto and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab MSS exams. 01:54:03:portions TCP0: of Connection 192.168.32.2:11006, received MSS 1460, is 516 The book begins brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 01:54:03: TCP: with sending SYN, seqof1620953691, ack 2271616142 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow,Connection providing detailed guides to applying the technologies MSS in real network 01:54:03: TCP0: to 192.168.32.2:11006, advertising 1460 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of-> theESTAB technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 01:54:03: TCP0: state was SYNRCVD [179 -> 192.168.32.2(11006)] level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and techniques included throughout the book. Comment: The test-taking TCP session betweenare the two routers on port 179 and 11006 was successfully established 01:54:03: TCB820E59F0 callback, connection queue = 1 01:54:03: TCB820E59F0 accepting 8252932C from 192.168.32.2.11006 01:54:03: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Up
Comment: BGP session is ESTABLISHED 01:54:26: TCP0: state was TIMEWAIT -> CLOSED [179 -> 192.168.32.2(11005)] 01:54:26: TCB 0x82528E90 destroyed Comment: The old TCP session between ports 179 and 11005 was closed the TCB •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
marker for the session was destroyed CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
After verifying that the TCP session between the routers is functioning properly, you can verify or troubleshoot thePress BGP session using the commands listed in Table 8-5. Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Table 8-5. BGP Neighbor Show and Debug Tools Command
Description
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam with volume of version, the best-selling show ip bgp [ipDisplays the BGPLab table, a summary, thetwo table and the CCIE attributes associated Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. address | prefix] with the paths listed in the table. The IP address or prefix can optionally be used to limit the information returned from the command. Experience concepts into displays practice detailed with lab scenarios that guide youofinthe applying show ip bgp puttingThis command information about each neighbors that the what you know neighbors [iplocal router is configured to peer with, including the neighbor's BGP version, BGP address] router ID, finite-state machine (FSM) state, the number of messages received, and Learn how to builddetailed a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation TCPlab connection information.
Take five full-blown practice labs or that mimic actual lab The IP address prefix canthe optionally beexam used environment to limit the information returned fro the command. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab them with a series challengingversion laboratory exercises. A perfect show ipexam bgp by presenting This command displays a of summarized of the information about each of the companion first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics summary to the best-selling BGP neighbors, including the neighbor's BGP router ID, table version, information not covered in Volume about I, like paths the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, Multicast, assigned and QoS.to those paths, received from the neighbor, andBGP, the attributes Combined with Volumethe I, the CCIE of candidate willthat gethave comprehensive coverage of thereceived, routing and number messages been sent and have been the FSM stat switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider exams. state. and the amount of time that the neighbor has been in thelab Established
debug bgp [ipThedebug ip of bgp displays real-time information about all BGP The bookipbegins with brief coverage thecommand core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and peer address] relationships, showing FSM states, messages sent and received, capability includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core negotiation, andguides routesto received. technologies follow, providing detailed applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These debug ip bgp This command displays real-time information on BGP events, including BGP scannin comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty events the local table for routes to be advertised, timers, and messages sent and received. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
debug ip bgp [ipaddress]updates [access-list] [in | out]
Thedebug ip bgp updates command displays real-time information about paths that have been received in UPDATE messages from peering BGP neighbors. This information includes paths received, installation of paths in the main IP routing tabl and updates sent out to neighboring routers. TheIP-address parameter enables you to specify updates from a specific neighbor.
•
Theaccess-list command enables you to limit the output from the command to Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
certain updates.
Thein and out parameters enable you to specify incoming or outgoing updates.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
debug ipCCIE bgpNo. in 4599,This command displays By Karl Solie Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 [ip-address]
real-time information about incoming messages sent during BGP session and paths that the local router has received from its neighbors.
Publisher: Cisco Press debug ip bgp out This command displays real-time information about outgoing messages sent during [ip-address] Pub Date: November 07, 2003 BGP session and paths that the local router sends to its neighbors. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
debug ip bgp Pages: 1032 keepalives
This command displays real-time information on KEEPALIVE messages sent and received by the local BGP speaker.
debug ip routing
This command enables you to help diagnose problems when BGP routes are not being added to the main IP routing table.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Theshow ip bgp Command
Experience concepts intohandy practice scenarios guide you in applying Theshow ip bgpputting command is a very toolwith thatlab enables you that to verify the local BGP configuration, che what you know path attributes, and troubleshoot problems with BGP route advertisement. This command lists a brief summary of the status of each path; the next hop used to reach the path; and the MED, LOCAL_PREF, Learn how to build practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation WEIGHT, AS_PATH, and a ORIGIN attributes for the route. Example 8-16 shows an example of the show ip bgp command output, and Table 8-6 describes the output from that command. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example 8-16. show ip bgp Command Output Example CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Alki# showportions ip bgpof the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching BGP book The table begins version with is brief 5,coverage local router of the core ID technologies is 172.16.20.1 required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies Status codes: follow, s suppressed, providing detailed d damped, guides htohistory, applying the * valid, technologies > best, in real i network internal settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive Origin codes:practice i - IGP, labseinclude - EGP,all?of- the incomplete technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study Network tips and test-taking Next techniques Hop are included Metric throughout LocPrf theWeight book. Path *> 10.1.1.0/24
192.168.32.2
0
0 600 i
*> 10.1.2.0/24
192.168.32.2
0
0 600 i
*> 172.16.14.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 172.16.20.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
Table 8-6. show ip bgp Command Output Explained Output Description •Command Table of Contents •Output
Index
•
BGP table Examples The current version of the BGP table. This number is increased each time the table version is 5 changes.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
local router ID is 172.16.20.1
Publisher: Cisco Press
The local BGP router ID. Unless explicitly configured, this number is generally the highest loopback IP address. The BGP router ID is explicitly set using the bgp router id command.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Notice Pages: 1032
that the BGP local router ID does not match the interface that the router is using for the BGP session. As a best practice, you should always configure your route to use a specific router ID to avoid any future issues that might occur if you add new BGP peers or want to load share over multiple BGP paths.
When troubleshooting a BGP connection, if one of the BGP peers is not configured to use the proper IP address (the BGP router ID) for its remote peer, the BGP session w Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE not come up. This might never become an issue when you are working with a router Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. that only has one E-BGP peer with one directly connected interface; if the router has more than one E-BGP peer that is not directly connected, however, you might need to addconcepts a route into and use the ebgp-multihop command to you specify that the peers are not Experience putting practice with lab scenarios that guide in applying what you know directly connected. The ebgp-multihop command is covered later in this chapter. The status codes display the status for each path in the BGP table. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
suppressed(s)— Routes that have been suppressed by the local BGP configuration Status codes: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment and are not advertised to remote peers but are still contained in the local BGP tables. s suppressed, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the dampened(d)— Routes that are being dampened by a remote peer. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect d damped, companion to the best-selling first edition, this dampening book provides coverage CCIE lab exam topics history (h)— Shows that is enabled forofthis route. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. h history, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverageroutes of the that routing valid (*)— Routes that have been verified as reachable; are and not marked switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. with an asterisk sign are not used by BGP and will not be installed in the main routing * valid, table. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and > best,suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes best(>)— The best path to reach a destination. BGP stores all paths to each network technologies follow, providing detailed guides applying the technologies in main real network destination; however, it to only uses the best path for the routing table and only i - internal settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These advertises the best path to its neighbors. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar toroute what by they will face onIGP therouting actual lab exam. internal (i)— BGP learned the means of an process. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The origin codes are the ORIGIN attribute for the route. The origin code can be found to the far-right side for each path in the output of this command. Origin codes: i - IGP
i - IGP— Learned through an I-BGP session. Most routes will have the i origin code because they were initially learned by means of local configuration.
e - EGP— Learned through an EGP session. These routes are not often seen, unless the router is peering with an EGP peer. • Table of Contents ? incomplete • Index ? - INCOMPLETE— The route was learned by an unknown origination. This origin is • Examples generally used if the route was learned by BGP through route redistribution with an CCIE Practical Studies Volume II IGP. e - EGP
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Network
The network that is being described by the command output in IP address/mask form
Publisher: Cisco Press
The NEXT_HOP attribute for the network. This is the next hop that BGP will use to reach the network. If this next hop is unreachable, the route will not be marked as ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 valid.
Next Hop
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Pages: 1032
The NEXT_HOP attribute is also passed on by BGP to the main IP routing table and might cause reachability problems when used with I-BGP if it is not reachable by downstream routers.
Metric The MED attribute, which is used when there are multiple exit points to a network. By Gain hands-on experience for this the CCIE Lab Exam with two of the best-selling default, metric is set to 0 andvolume must be explicitly configured. CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. LocPrf The LOCAL_PREF attribute for the path, used when there are locally preferred paths t a network. The default LOCAL_PREF for I-BGP peers is 100. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Weight what you know The locally configured WEIGHT attribute for a path. The default weight for a locally originated route is 0, and the default weight for a route learned by means of a peer i Learn how to build 32,768. a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown Remember, practice the labsWEIGHT that mimic attribute the actual is Cisco lab proprietary exam environment and is not passed on to any BG peer; it is only locally significant. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Pathlab exam by presenting The AS_PATH attribute for the path; this attribute lists the pathAofperfect E-BGP autonomou CCIE them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. systems first that edition, the route has passed through. The rightmost entries for the AS path is companion to the best-selling this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics originating AS. not covered in Volumethe I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Locally originated routes—that is, paths originated from local AS—do not switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, andthat Service Provider labthe exams. contain an autonomous system path entry until they leave the AS.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed to used applying technologies in real The show ip bgp regexp command canguides also be with the a regular expression to network create AS path access settings. Thetofinal of the book concludes with five hands-on lab system. exercises. lists, or just findchapter all routes originating from a particular autonomous ASThese access lists and regular comprehensive include9. all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty expressions arepractice covered labs in Chapter level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
show ip bgp neighbors Command
Theshow ip bgp neighbors command is one of the commands that you will commonly use to troubleshoo and verify BGP peer sessions. This command displays a wealth of detailed information about each BGP pee session and the TCP parameters for each session. A number of lines in this command prove invaluable whe troubleshooting BGP problems, and it should be one of your best tools to use for BGP. Example 8-17 shows theshow ip bgp neighbors command output for the Alki router.
Example 8-17. show ip bgp neighbors Command Output
Alki#show ip bgp neighbors BGP neighbor is 192.168.32.2, •
remote AS 600, external link
Table of Contents
• BGP version Index4, remote router ID 192.168.32.2 • Examples CCIE Practical Volume II BGP stateStudies = Established,
up for 01:15:35
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Last read 00:00:34, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Publisher: Cisco Press
Neighbor capabilities: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Route refresh: advertised and received(old & new) Pages: 1032
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Received 168 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 174 messages, notifications, 0 inwith queue Gain hands-on experience0 for the CCIE Lab Exam volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 Experience putting concepts intoadvertisement practice with labruns scenarios guide you in applying Default minimum time between is 30that seconds what you know For address family: IPv4 Unicast Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BGP table version 5, neighbor version 5 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Index 1, Offset 0, Mask 0x2 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 2 accepted prefixes consume 72 bytes companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Prefix advertised 12, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Number of NLRIs in the update sent: max 2, min 0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Connections established 6; dropped 5 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Last reset 01:16:14, due to User reset settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1, unread input bytes: 0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Local host: 192.168.32.1, Local port: 179 Foreign host: 192.168.32.2, Foreign port: 11006 Enqueued packets for retransmit: 0, input: 0
mis-ordered: 0 (0 bytes)
Event Timers (current time is 0xADA668): Timer
Starts
Wakeups
Next
Retrans
81
0
0x0
0
0
0x0
AckHold
79
40
0x0
SendWnd
0
0
0x0
0
0
0x0
0
0
0x0
TimeWait
•
Table of Contents
KeepAlive • Index •
GiveUp
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah PmtuAger 0 Lynch CCIE 0No. 7220
0x0
DeadWait Publisher: Cisco Press
0x0
0
0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
iss: 1620953691 snduna: 1620955275 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
irs: 2271616141
rcvnxt: 2271617706
sndnxt: 1620955275 rcvwnd:
16289
sndwnd:
16270
delrcvwnd:
95
SRTT: 300 ms, RTTO: 303 ms, RTV: 3 ms, KRTT: 0 ms minRTT: 20 ms, maxRTT: 300 ms, ACK hold: 200 ms Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Flags: passive open, nagle, gen tcbs Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Datagrams (max data segment is 1460 bytes): Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Rcvd: 126 (out of order: 0), with data: 79, total data bytes: 1564
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Sent: 122 (retransmit: 0, fastretransmit: 0), with data: 80, total data bytes: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 1583 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. This command enables you to troubleshoot a host of problems, fine-tune BGP performance, and verify The book beginsFor with brief coverage of the core technologies required on neighbor the CCIE relationship lab exam and configurations. instance, the current BGP state and the time that the has been includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each The of the core of established can be viewed by entering show ip bgp neighbors | include BGP state. number technologies follow, detailed guidesthey to applying the technologies in real network prefixes received andproviding the amount of memory consume can be referenced using show ip bgp neighbo settings. final chapter of the book concludes with lab exercises. These by the peers can | includeThe accepted. The number of connections that five havehands-on been established and dropped comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty be viewed usingpractice show ip bgp neighbors | include Connections. And you can quickly display the reason level. readers scenarios what they will face onLast the actual for theThey last present connection resetwith by using showsimilar ip bgptoneighbors | include reset. lab Theexam. output of the Study ip tipsbgp andneighbors test-takingcommand techniques included the 8-7. book. show isare explained in throughout detail in Table
Table 8-7. show ip bgp neighbors Command Output Explained Command Output
Output Description
BGP neighbor is 192.168.32.2
The IP address for the remote BGP pee
remote AS 600
The remote BGP AS number.
external link
The BGP session type.
BGP version 4
The BGP version number (that was agreed on by both peers) for the sessio with the remote peer.
IDContents 192.168.32.2 •remote router Table of •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
The remote peer's BGP router ID.
Remember that this is not always the I address of the directly connected interface.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
BGP state = Established Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
The current BGP FSM state. Possible states are the following: Idle
Pages: 1032
Connect Active OpenSent Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. OpenConfirm
Established Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know You will probably only ever see the Idl Active, and Established states. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation up for 01:15:35 The amount of time that the current Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam BGP environment session has been up (in an established state in a for: hours, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through theminutes, process of preparing the and seconds for format. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Last readto00:00:34 Theof last time message from the companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage CCIE laba exam topics remote peer was not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, andreceived QoS. and read.
Combined with I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensiveThe coverage the routing and which is hold time is Volume 180 currentofhold-timer value, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. the amount of time between messages
from its peer. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises eachtime of the coreseconds, Thecovering default hold is 180 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network which is 3 times the KeepAlive timer. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These keepalive interval seconds comprehensive practice is labs60include all of the technologies and gradually The KeepAlive increase in timer difficulty interval for this level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face session. on the The actual KeepAlive lab exam. timer specifies Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. the amount of time that a BGP peer waits before sending a KEEPALIVE message. If a KEEPALIVE is not receive within 3 KEEPALIVE intervals, the hold timer expires, a NOTIFICATION message is sent, and the session terminates.
Neighbor capabilities: Route refresh: advertised and received (old & new) Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and •
Table of Contents • received Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
The negotiated capabilities for the session between the local and remote peers:
For a list of BGP capabilities, refer to th "BGP Capabilities Advertisement" section in Chapter 7, "BGP-4 Theory."
The route refresh capability allows for the request of dynamic inbound or outbound updates, without clearing the BGP session.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
There are different IPv4 address famili that might appear in this field, depending on the configuration.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
IPv4 unicast IPv4 multicast VPNv4 unicast
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE The address family for IPv4 unicast Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. capability allows the propagation and reception of IPv4 unicast paths.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying The address family for IPv4 multicast what you know capability allows the propagation and reception of IPv4 multicast paths a Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation multiprotocol BGP function. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The address family for IPv4 VPN the propagations and CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through thecapability process ofallows preparing for the reception of IPv4AVPN unicast paths. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Received 168 messages The total number of BGP messages not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. received by this peer, including the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and following: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and OPEN includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologiesUPDATE in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually KEEPALIVE increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. NOTIFICATION 0 notifications
The number of NOTIFICATION messages that have been received by this peer. NOTIFICATION messages are error conditions and should be examined, monitored, and noted upon arrival.
0 in queue
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Sent 174 messages
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The number of messages waiting to be processed.
A high number of messages in the queue could indicate congestion, lack o memory, CPU time, or a high number BGP peers sending messages on a regular basis.
The queue normally contains message when a production router is currently exchanging updates with multiple peer If this situation persists, it might be time to examine the router for BGP performance improvements. The total number of messages sent by the local router to the remote peer, including the following: OPEN
UPDATE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. NOTIFICATION
KEEPALIVE Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 0 notifications The number of NOTIFICATION messages sent from the local router to Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation the remote peer. 0 inTake queue five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam The environment number of messages in the queue waiting to be transmitted. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Route sent of 0 challenging laboratory The number of ROUTE-REFRESH CCIE labrefresh exam byrequest: presentingreceived them with0, a series exercises. A perfect messages sent to, or companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIEthat lab have exambeen topics received from, and the QoS. remote peer. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will getruns comprehensive coverage the routing and Default minimum time between advertisement is 30 The defaultofminimum time between switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. seconds. UPDATE messages. The beginsfamily: with brief coverage of the core technologies required onaddress the CCIE lab exam and Forbook address IPv4 Unicast The family for the BGP tables includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises coveringineach of the core mentioned the next field. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network BGP table 5 of the book concludes with five hands-on lab Theexercises. current local BGP table version. settings. The version final chapter These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Thison number increments each time a level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face the actual lab exam. change occurs. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Mismatched table numbers could indicate a problem between the BGP peers. neighbor version 5
The current remote BGP table version.
Index 1, Offset 0, Mask 0x2
Internal BGP table information.
2 accepted prefixes consume 72 bytes
The number of prefixes accepted by th local peer and the amount of memory bytes that those prefixes consume.
Prefix advertised 12
The number of prefixes advertised by the local peer.
suppressed 0
The number of prefixes suppressed by the local peer.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
withdrawn Examples 0
•
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Number of NLRIs in the update sent: max 2, min 0
The number of prefixes that have been withdrawn by the local peer.
A high number of withdrawn routes could indicate route instability and can be corrected by fixing the instability or adding a static route with high administrative distance to a null interface.
The number of network layer reachability information (NLRI) or path sent in UPDATE messages.
Indicates the maximum numbe Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two ofmax— the best-selling CCIE of NLRIs that were sent in a single Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. UPDATE message.
min— the minimum number Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guideIndicates you in applying of NLRIs that were sent in a single what you know UPDATE messages. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Connections established 6; dropped 5 The number of sessions established between the local and remote peers Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment since the last time the router booted. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the A highexercises. number ofAdropped CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory perfect sessions indicates a route-flapping condition an companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics should be corrected to prevent route not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensivedampening. coverage of the routing and
switching portions of the Routing Switching, Last reset 01:16:14, due to and User reset Security, and Service TheProvider time of lab the exams. last BGP session reset (in hours: minutes: seconds format) The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and and the reason for the reset. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network The remaining part of the show ip bg settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These output is the neighbors command comprehensive practice include of the technologies in difficulty Connection state is labs ESTAB, I/Oallstatus: 1, unread and gradually sameincrease as the show tcp command level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the output. Foractual detailslab onexam. these items, refe Study tips bytes: and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. input 0 toTable 8-3. Local host: 192.168.32.1, Local port: 179 Foreign host: 192.168.32.2, Foreign port: 11006 Enqueued packets for retransmit: 0, input: 0 mis-ordered: 0 (0 bytes)
Event Timers (current time is 0xADA668): Timer
Starts
Wakeups
Next
81
0
0x0
0
0
0x0
79
40
0x0
0
0
0x0
Retrans TimeWait •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
AckHold SendWnd
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah KeepAlive 0 Lynch CCIE No. 0 7220
GiveUp Publisher: Cisco Press
0
0x0
0
0x0
0
0x0
0
0x0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
PmtuAger 0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
DeadWait
iss: 1620953691
0
snduna: 1620955275
sndnxt:
1620955275 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. sndwnd: 16270 irs: 2271616141 rcvnxt: 2271617706 rcvwnd: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 16289 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation delrcvwnd: 95 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment SRTT: 300 ms, RTTO: 303 ms, RTV: 3 ms, KRTT: 0 ms CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the minRTT: 20 ms, maxRTT: 300 ms, ACK hold:of200 ms CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Flags: passive open, nagle, gen Catalyst tcbs not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Datagrams (maxwith data segment isof1460 bytes): The book begins brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Rcvd: 126 (out order: detailed 0), with data: 79, technologies follow,of providing guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These total data practice bytes: labs 1564include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Sent:tips 122 (retransmit: 0, fastretransmit: 0), Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. with data: 80, total data bytes: 1583
Essential parts of the show ip bgp neighbors command can be parsed using output modifiers (and command aliases, if configured) to view specific parts of the command output when troubleshooting. You c
also use this command with the ip-addressadvertised-networks and ip-addressroutes keywords to view information on routes sent to or received from a specific neighbor, as shown in Example 8-18.
Example 8-18. Displaying BGP Route Advertisements with the show ip bgp neighbors Command •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Madison# show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.32.1 advertised-routes • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
BGP table version is 3, local router ID is 10.1.1.10 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal, Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 r RIB-failure ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Origin Pages: codes: 1032 i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE *> 6.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Madison#show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.32.1 routes Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying BGP table version what you know is 3, local router ID is 10.1.1.10 Status Learn codes: how to s build suppressed, a practicedlab damped, for yourh CCIE history, lab exam * valid, preparation > best, i - internal, Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment r RIB-failure CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads?CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Origin codes: i - IGP, e -IIEGP, - incomplete CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE get comprehensive coverage Network Next Hop candidate will Metric LocPrf Weight Path of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 5.0.0.0 192.168.32.1 0 0 5300 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final of the Total number of chapter prefixes 1 book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The first part of the preceding example shows how the show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.32.1 advertise routes command is used to display routes advertised to peer 192.168.32.1. The second part of the examp shows how the show ip bgp neighbors 192.168.32.1 routes command is used to display routes receive from the 192.168.32.1 peer. These commands can prove very useful for troubleshooting BGP routing polici
show ip bgp summary Command
Theshow ip bgp summary command displays a summarized version of the output displayed by the show ip bgp neighbors command, including information about each neighbor. This command enables you to obtain a brief snapshot of the state of each of the BGP peer sessions, to troubleshoot connection or performance issues, and to check the amount of memory that BGP is using to store path information. Example 8-19 shows an example of the output from the show ip bgp summary command, and Table 8-8 shows the descriptions for the output in detail. •
Table of Contents
•
Index Example 8-19. show ip bgp summary Command Output •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Alki#show ip bgp summary Publisher: Cisco Press
BGPPub router identifier Date: November 07, 2003 172.16.20.1, local AS number 5300 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
BGP table version is 5, main routing table version 5 Pages: 1032
4 network entries and 4 paths using 532 bytes of memory 2 BGP path attribute entries using 120 bytes of memory Gain for the 24 CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 1 BGPhands-on AS-PATHexperience entries using bytes of memory Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 0 BGP route-map cache entries using 0 bytes of memory putting concepts into practice lab of scenarios 0 BGPExperience filter-list cache entries using 0 with bytes memorythat guide you in applying what you know BGP activity 4/0 prefixes, 4/0 paths, scan interval 60 secs Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd TblVer OutQ environment Up/Down State/PfxRcd Take five full-blown practice labs MsgSent that mimic the actual InQ lab exam 192.168.32.2 4 Volume 600 20 CCIE21 0 the 0process 00:16:47 2 the CCIE Practical Studies, II leads candidates 5 through of preparing for CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with 8-8. brief coverage of bgp the core technologies required onOutput the CCIE lab exam and Table show ip summary Command Explained includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Command Output Description settings. TheOutput final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty BGP router identifier The local BGP router ID. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 172.16.20.1, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. localAS number 5300 The local AS number. BGP table version is 5, The local BGP table version. main routing table version 5
The main IP routing table version.
network entries and paths using 532 bytes of memory
The number of network entries, number of paths, and amount of memory consumed by those entries.
2 BGP path attribute The number of BGP path attribute entries and the amount of memory entries using 120 bytes consumed by those entries. of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entries using 24 bytes of memory •0 BGP route-map Table of Contents cache •entries using Index 0 bytes
The number of AS_PATH entries and the amount of memory used for those entries. The number of route map cache entries and the amount of memory that the consume.
•of memory Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
0 BGP filter-list cache The number of filter list cache entries and the amount of memory used for those entries. of memory
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 04599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 entries using bytes Publisher: Cisco Press
BGP activity 4/0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 prefixes
The number of prefixes contained in the local BGP table.
4/0 paths Pages: 1032
The number of paths contained in the local BGP table.
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
The interval at which the BGP Scanner scans the BGP tables for changes and reachability. The default BGP Scanner interval is 60 seconds, and can, with caution, be changed to a value between 5 and 60 seconds using the bgp scan-time command. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE The remote peer's IP address. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. scan interval 60 secs
Neighbor Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 192.168.32.2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The remote peer's BGP version. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect V companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not 4 covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references The for further Laboratory remotereading. peer's AS number. exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These AS comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. 600 They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The number of messages received from the remote peer (including OPEN, UPDATE, NOTIFICATION, and KEEPALIVE). MsgRcvd 20
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
The number of messages sent to the remote peer (including OPEN, UPDATE, NOTIFICATION, and KEEPALIVE).
MsgSent
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
21 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
The last version of the BGP table that was sent to the remote peer.
TblVer 5 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts Theinto number practice of incoming with lab messages scenarios that waiting guide to you be processed. in applying what you know InQ Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage ofto CCIE lab exam topics The number of outgoing messages waiting be transmitted. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and OutQ switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include The amount all of the of time technologies that the and BGP gradually session between increase the in two difficulty peers has either level. They present readers with been scenarios up or down. similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Up/Down Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 00:16:47
The number of prefixes received from the remote peer once a BGP session h been established. State/PfxRcd The current BGP FSM state if the state is not established. 2 Idle •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Connect Active
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
OpenSent ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press
OpenConfirm
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Now that you have added the BGP show and debug commands to your BGP troubleshooting toolkit, in the Pages: 1032 next section, the use of BGP messages, another BGP troubleshooting tool, is introduced and explained.
Using BGP Messages as Symptoms
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE One of the best ways troubleshoot a BGP problem is to use the BGP messages as diagnostic tools. Cisco Practical Studies title to from Cisco Press. IOS Software displays messages in a number of different ways, depending on configuration. As a normal b practice, you will probably disable console logging using the no logging console command, and use a virtual terminal line to perform allinto configuration andlab troubleshooting. the Experience putting concepts practice with scenarios that Because guide you inmessages applying are not logged directly to the what you virtual know terminal lines, unless you use the terminal monitor command each time you troubleshoot, you might not see the output from the BGP messages, unless you enable buffered logging us Learn how to build a practice forthe your CCIE lab preparation thelogging buffered command to lab save messages inexam memory.
Take five IOS full-blown practice labs that mimic theoverlooked actual lab exam Another Cisco Software feature that is generally is the environment logging configuration. The default logging behavior is to log each event in the log according to the router's uptime. You might prefer this CCIE Practical Studies, leads candidates through the of preparing behavior, or you might Volume want to II have theCCIE router display messages in aprocess date/time view. Youfor canthe configure th CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect using the service timestamps debug datetime msec and service timestamps log datetime msec companion the best-selling first edition, this book coverage of CCIE topics commands.to Using these commands, you can have theprovides router display events withlab an exam accompanying date/tim not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. stamp rather than router uptime, which comes in quite handy when troubleshooting an event that occurred Combined withinVolume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and hours or days the past. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. After configuring the router's logging style, you can use the messages generated by the software processes The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on theconditions, CCIE lab exam andin severity, troubleshoot problems. Cisco IOS Software has five major message-logging varying includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core as shownsuggested in Table 8-9. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included book. Conditions Table 8-9. Cisco IOS throughout Softwarethe Event
Event Condition Number
Event Condition
Condition Description
2
Critical
A critical condition requiring immediate action
3
Error
An error condition requiring immediate action
4
Warning
A warning condition showing an event that might cause issues
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
5
Notification
A notification message displaying a message about an important but normal event
CCIE 6 Practical Studies Volume Informational II
Informational messages about an issue that exists but is not significant to router operation ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press
BGPPub messages are displayed in the format shown in Figure 8-2. Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 8-2. Cisco IOS Software Message Format
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of displayed the Routing andpreceding Switching,figure, Security, lab exams. Based on the output in the you and can Service see thatProvider a BGP adjacency change event occurred with neighbor 192.168.32.2, and the BGP adjacency state changed to up. Example 8-20 shows ho The book begins with brief coverage of theenables core technologies required the CCIE lab and output from the show logging command you to diagnose andon troubleshoot a exam BGP route-flapping includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core problem in a matter of seconds. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 8-20. Messages from the show logging Command level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 00:00:51: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Serial0/0, changed state to down 00:00:52: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0, changed state to down 00:02:23: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Serial0/0, changed state to up
00:02:24: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0, changed state to up 00:03:08: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Up 00:44:23: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Serial0/0, changed state to down •
Table of Contents
00:44:23: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Down Interface flap • Index •
Examples
00:44:24: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0, changed CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie state to CCIE downNo. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
00:46:49: Publisher: Cisco %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Press Interface Serial0/0, changed state to up Pub Date: November 07, 2003
00:46:50: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0, changed ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
state to up
00:47:22: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 192.168.32.2 Up Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
In this example, you can see that interface Serial 0/0 repeatedly transitioned from an up to down state, causing the BGP peer relationship with neighbor 192.168.32.2 to flap as well. The BGP messages display Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying inline with the LINK-3-UPDOWN messages, making the symptoms of the BGP route-flapping issue easier to what you know diagnose. In this case, it is fairly easy to isolate the BGP route-flapping problem to an issue with connectio on the Serial 0/0tointerface. Table 8-10 displays a list lab of BGP messages and their descriptions. Learn how build a practice lab for your CCIE exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Table 8-10. BGP Messages CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. BGP Message Message Description Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of theThis Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider exams. %BGP-2-INSUFMEM is a critical BGP message indicating that the router lab does not have sufficient memory to continue with the specified operation. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory coveringmemory each of the core BGP This error frequently occurs on routersexercises with insufficient to handle technologies follow, providing detailed guides tosee applying the right technologies real network operations. (You might this error before ainreload when debugging BGP on settings. The final chapter of theseries book lab concludes five hands-on lab exercises. These a 2500 router.)with To remedy the situation, you might need to upgrade the comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies andmemory gradually increase in difficulty router. If it cannot exceed the current configuration, upgrade the memory level. They present readers withrouter, scenarios similar to they will face on the actual lab to exam. for the if possible, or what use the show memory commands find unnecessa Study tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book.(not a production router—please) processes andare shut them down. If a lab router does not have the capacity to run BGP, you might need to save the configuration before debugging so that configurations are not lost during a reload. %BGP-3-ADDROUTE
This error message indicates an error condition where the router cannot add a route.
%BGP-3-BADMASK
This error message indicates that the router was unable to install a route in the local routing table because of an error with the subnet mask for the prefix specifie with the message accompanying the error.
%BGP-3BADROUTEMAP
This error message indicates that one of the route maps (specified in the message accompanying the error) is not appropriate for its intended use.
%BGP-3BGP_INCONSISTENT
This error indicates a BGP data structure inconsistency; this is an internal BGP error.
%BGP-3-DELPATH
This error indicates that an error occurred while trying to delete a path.
This error indicates that an error occurred while trying to delete a route from the •%BGP-3-DELROUTE Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
router's internal BGP data structure, called a Radix Trie. This is an internal BGP error.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
%BGP-3-
This error indicates an insufficient chunk definition; Cisco IOS Software allocates similarly to memory allocation.
By INSUFCHUNKS Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah chunks Lynchto CCIE processes, No. 7220
%BGP-3-MARTIAN_IP This error message indicates that the local BGP speaker received a route with an Publisher: Cisco Press invalid IP address or prefix on a remote router. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
%BGP-3-MAXPATHS ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 This error message indicates that there are too many equal cost paths to a destination network. Pages: 1032
The output from this error includes the IP prefix and mask, what the error was about, and the current maximum number of allowed paths. You can fix this error b using the maximum-paths command under the BGP router configuration mode and specifying a higher number of paths (from 1 to 6). Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE %BGP-3These messages Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. indicate that the neighboring BGP speaker sent more prefixes tha MAXPFXEXCEEDED the local speaker is configured to receive. The IP address of the remote BGP speak sending the updates, and the maximum prefix limitation number, in decimal, are and Experience putting displayed concepts into as output practice with with these lab scenarios messages.that guide you in applying what you know %BGP-4-MAXPFX: The %BGP-3 message is an error message that specifies that the maximum numbe Learn how to build of a practice prefixes lab hasfor been your reached, CCIE lab and exam the preparation connection is being terminated. The %BGP-4 message is just a warning indicating that the number of prefixes was exceeded. Th Take five full-blowntype practice labs that mimic the actualon lab exam of message received depends the localenvironment BGP configuration.
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates througha the processprefix of preparing for its theuse is This is the command used to configure maximum limitation; CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect covered in Chapter 9. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics %BGP-3a BGP that occurs when theMulticast, number of prefixes not covered in Volume I,This like is the Ciscointernal Catalysterror 3550, route maps, BGP, and QoS. received NEGCOUNTER counter is acandidate value lesswill than Combined with Volume I, the CCIE get0.comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of theThis Routing Switching, Security, androuter Service Provider exams.an index entry fo %BGP-3-NOBITFIELD errorand message indicates that the was unablelab to create the peer displayed in the message output. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. covering each of the core This message occurs whenLaboratory the router exercises does not have sufficient memory to open a technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network BGP session with the remote peer; to correct this situation, either add more settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These memory or close other unnecessary processes. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. %BGP-3They present readers Thiswith error scenarios messagesimilar indicates to what that they the router will face received on theor actual sent alab notification exam. to the Study NOTIFICATION tips and test-taking remote techniques peer specified are included in the throughout message output. the book. The notification message type is also displayed in the message output, and the session with the remote peer is terminated. %BGP-3-RADIXINIT
This error message indicates that the local router was unable to create the BGP Radix Trie because it was unable to allocate sufficient memory. To correct this condition, either add more memory or disable other unnecessary processes.
%BGP-5-ADJCHANGE This notification message indicates that an adjacency change has occurred with the peer specified in the message output. The output from this message also specifies whether the BGP adjacency transitioned to either an up (Established) or down (Idl state. %BGP-5VERSION_WRAP
This notification message indicates that the local BGP table exceeded the maximum allowed size and was wrapped.
•%BGP-6-AS-PATH Table of Contents This informational message indicates that the local router received an UPDATE • Index message containing an invalid AS_PATH attribute. The message output includes th • Examples incorrect AS_PATH attribute and the sender's IP address. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
%BGP-6-NEXTHOP
This informational message appears when the local speaker receives an update wit an illegal NEXT_HOP attribute. When this event occurs, the route is ignored and BGP operation continues.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
The Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
output of this message includes the IP address of the prefix received in the UPDATE message and the neighbor that sent the message.
Pages: 1032
The BGP Idle/Active Scenario
If you remember from the previous chapter, the BGP Finite-State Machine (FSM) transitions through sever Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE other states before reaching the Established state where BGP neighbors actually begin sending and receivin Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. updates. As a brief review, Figure 8-3 shows how the BGP FSM transitions from the Idle to Established states. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build Figure a practice8-3. lab for BGP your Finite-State CCIE lab exam preparation Machine
Review
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Notice that ifinan Volume error occurs I, like between the Ciscothe Catalyst Connect 3550, androute OpenSent maps,states, BGP, Multicast, the FSM transitions and QoS. to the Active Combined state. If the with FSMVolume is still unable I, the CCIE to transition candidate from will the get Active comprehensive state to the coverage Connectofor the OpenSent routing and state, it retur switching to the Idleportions state. Because of the Routing the router andactually Switching, stays Security, only in Connect and Service and Provider OpenSent lab states exams. for a brief amount time while waiting to move on to the next state, one troubleshooting symptom to note is the constant The book begins with of states. the core required on thepeers CCIEare lab alternating exam and between transition between thebrief Idle coverage and Active If technologies you take careful note when includes suggested references Laboratory exercises between covering the each of the core the Active and Idle states, you for willfurther notice reading. that the peer also transitions Connect state and if a technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies realThis network TCP session isfollow, formed, the peer transitions between the OpenSent state as in well. problem generally settings. The there final chapter of the book with exercises. These occurs when is an issue with the concludes TCP session. If five you hands-on used yourlab layered troubleshooting methodology comprehensive practice labsare include all of the technologies and increase in difficulty to this point, and the peers constantly transitioning from thegradually Idle to Active states, you will verify Layer level. They present readers with properly scenariosbefore similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. through 3 are up and operating troubleshooting BGP specifically. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Take the Alien network, shown in Figure 8-4, for example. In this example, the Mulder and Scully routers have been configured to peer with each other in AS 22801. Because both routers belong to AS 22801, they are I-BGP peers and do not have to be directly connected. Therefore, the Mulder router connects to router Krycek over network 148.201.100.0/24, which connects to the MrX router over the 148.202.100.0/24 network. Finally, the 148.202.100.0/24 network connects to the Scully router on the 148.203.100.0/24 network.
Figure 8-4. The Alien Network
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE After configuring BGP,from however, Practical Studies title Cisco when Press.the show ip bgp summary command is entered, you see that the routers are stuck in the Idle and Active states. Example 8-21 shows the configuration for the Mulder router The Mulder router connects to the Krycek router over interface FastEthernet 0, and that interface is running in OSPF Experience area 0. putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Example 8-21. Mulder Router Configuration Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the hostname Mulder CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Ethernet0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip addressfollow, 148.201.100.1 255.255.255.0 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. router ospf Study tips and1test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 148.201.100.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 ! router bgp 22801 bgp log-neighbor-changes
network 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 10.2.2.0 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 148.203.100.254 remote-as 22801
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
The Krycek router is connected to the Mulder router on its Ethernet 0/0 interface, which runs in OSPF area • Examples The Krycek router also connects to the MrX router across a serial interface, which is running EIGRP process CCIE Practical Studies Volume II 6009.Example 8-22 shows the configuration for the Krycek router and the output of the show ip route By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynchto CCIE 7220 command showing connectivity andNo. from the Mulder and Scully networks. Publisher: Cisco Press
Example Pub Date: November 8-22.07, Krycek 2003 Router Configuration ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
hostname Krycek
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying interface Ethernet0/0 what you know ip address 148.201.100.254 Learn how to build a practice255.255.255.0 lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Serial0/0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first255.255.255.0 edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip address 148.202.100.254 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. router eigrp 6009 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core passive-interface Ethernet0/0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These networkThe 148.202.0.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. auto-summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! router ospf 1 passive-interface Serial0/0 network 148.201.100.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 !
Krycek#show ip route 148.201.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets C • • C •
148.201.100.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0 148.202.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets Table of Contents
Index 148.202.100.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II D 148.203.0.0/16 [90/2172416]
via 148.202.100.1, 00:45:21, Serial0/0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Example 8-23 shows the configuration for the MrX router, which connects to the Krycek router on interface ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Serial 0 and the Scully router on interface FastEthernet 0. Pages: 1032
Example 8-23. MrX Router Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical hostnameStudies MrX title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Serial0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 148.202.100.1 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered FastEthernet0 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 148.203.100.1 255.255.255.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, router eigrp 6009providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty network 148.202.0.0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 148.203.0.0 auto-summary
Finally,Example 8-24 shows the configuration for the Scully router.
Example 8-24. Scully Router Configuration
hostname Scully •
Table of Contents
! •
Index
•
Examples
interface CCIE Practical FastEthernet0 Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip address 148.203.100.254 255.255.255.0
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: eigrp 6009 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 148.203.0.0 auto-summary ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router bgp 22801 bgp Experience log-neighbor-changes putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 192.168.8.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 192.168.9.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 148.201.100.1 remote-as 22801 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined withshows Volume the CCIE candidate will getsummary comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example 8-25 theI,output of the show ip bgp and show ip bgp neighbors commands, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. which give several hints as to the cause of the problem. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 8-25. Troubleshooting Command Details technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Scully#show ip bgp summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BGP router identifier 192.168.1.1, local AS number 22801 BGP table version is 1, main routing table version 1 Neighbor
V
AS MsgRcvd MsgSent
148.201.100.1
4 22801
0
0
TblVer 0
InQ OutQ Up/Down 0
0 never
State/PfxRcd Active
Scully#show ip bgp neighbor BGP neighbor is 148.201.100.1,
remote AS 22801, internal link
BGP version 4, remote router ID 0.0.0.0 BGP state = Active • • •
Table of Contents
Last read 00:23:24, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Index
Examples
Received 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie No. 4599,0 Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Sent 0 CCIE messages, notifications, 0
in queue
Route refresh Publisher: Cisco Pressrequest: received 0, sent 0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Default minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP table version 1, neighbor version 0 Index 1, Offset 0, Mask 0x2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiesprefixes title from consume Cisco Press. 0 accepted 0 bytes Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Connections established 0; dropped 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Last reset never Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment No active TCP connection
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Notice thatwith the show ipI,bgp command shows that the remote peer of 148.201.200.1 is in an Activ Combined Volume the summary CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage the routing and state and no messages have beenand sentSwitching, or received on this connection. would indicate switching portions of the Routing Security, and Service This Provider lab exams.that a BGP sessi has never been established between these peers. Next, notice that the show ip bgp neighbor command does not include ID for host, whichrequired means that theCCIE locallab host has and never connect The book begins the withBGP briefrouter coverage of the the remote core technologies on the exam to the remote host to learn thefor router ID. reading. Also notice that zeroexercises connections have each been of established includes suggested references further Laboratory covering the core or dropped, there haveproviding never been reset connections, and there currently in noreal active TCP connections. If yo technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the are technologies network follow theThe troubleshooting mentioned earlier in the chapter, you will probably use the followin settings. final chapter methodology of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These steps to investigate the cause of the all missing session. and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include of theTCP technologies level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 1. Verify Layer techniques 1 connectivity. Study Step tips and test-taking are included throughout the book. - Use show commands to verify that the Ethernet interfaces are up on the Mulder and Scully routers. - Verify that each router along the path between Mulder and Scully is up and operational. Step 2. Verify Layer 2 connectivity.
- Check to make sure that there are no Layer 2 problems on any of the routers along the path
between the Mulder and Scully routers. Step 3. Verify Layer 3 connectivity.
- Verify Layer 3 connectivity between the Mulder and Scully routers.
- Ping from the Mulder router to the Scully router, and check the local routing table for a route the remote peer's network.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Mulder#ping 148.203.100.254 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Type
Pages: 1032 escape sequence
to abort.
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 148.203.100.254, timeout is 2 seconds: ..... Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Success rate istitle 0 from percent Practical Studies Cisco(0/5) Press. Mulder#show ip route 148.203.100.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you % Network notknow in table Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Now it can be established that there is a Layer 3 routing problem between the Mulder and Scully networks. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Because I-BGP requires an IGP to provide the underlying network connectivity between peers, it is impossi CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect for the Mulder and Scully routers to form the TCP session required to become fully established BGP peers a companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics exchange routes. By testing the IP connectivity between the two peers, you can immediately establish that not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. the Mulder and Scully routers cannot reach each other, and you can move on to the Krycek router, examin Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and its routing table, and try some ping tests. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Krycek#show ip route | begin Gateway Gateway of last resort is not set 148.201.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets C
148.201.100.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
148.202.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets C D
148.202.100.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0 148.203.0.0/16 [90/2172416] via 148.202.100.1, 01:00:08, Serial0/0
Krycek#ping 148.201.100.1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 148.201.100.1, timeout is 2 seconds: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 !!!!!
Success rate Publisher: Cisco is Press100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/4 ms Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Krycek# ping 148.203.100.1 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 148.203.100.1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco Press. Success Studies rate istitle 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/4 ms Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Now that you have verified that the Krycek router can reach both the Mulder and Scully routers, you can th Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation move on to the MrX router and verify IP connectivity again. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. MrX# show begins ip route begin Gateway The book with | brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Gateway of follow, last resort is detailed not setguides to applying the technologies in real network technologies providing settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 148.202.0.0/16 2 subnets, 2 masks increase in difficulty comprehensive practice is labsvariably include allsubnetted, of the technologies and gradually level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. C is directly connected, Serial0 Study tips148.202.100.0/24 and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. D
148.202.0.0/16 is a summary, 01:17:13, Null0 148.203.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks
C
148.203.100.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0
D
148.203.0.0/16 is a summary, 01:17:13, Null0
MrX#show ip route 148.201.100.0 % Network not in table
By using the Table show ip route | begin Gateway command on the MrX router, you find that it does not have • of Contents route to the Mulder router; therefore, the Scully router will not have a route to the 148.201.100.0/24 • Index network either. After revisiting the Krycek router and finding that the redistribution between OSPF and EIG • Examples had not been configured, and you take the action to fix that problem, the connection between the Mulder a CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Scully routers should be up. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Mulder#show ip route Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 Lab subnets Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. C 10.2.2.0 is directly connected, Loopback20 C
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 10.1.1.0 is directly connected, Loopback10 what you know 148.201.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
C
is directly connected, Ethernet0 Take148.201.100.0 five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
148.202.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect O E1 148.202.100.0 [110/30] via 148.201.100.254, 00:02:26, Ethernet0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. O E1 148.203.0.0/16 [110/30] 148.201.100.254, 00:02:26, Ethernet0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE via candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Scully#show ip route The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 148.201.0.0/24 is subnetted, subnets includes suggested references for further 1reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network D EX 148.201.100.0 via 148.203.100.1, 00:00:53, FastEthernet0 settings. The final chapter [170/2223616] of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty D [90/2172416] viasimilar 148.203.100.1, level. 148.202.0.0/16 They present readers with scenarios to what they01:19:24, will face on FastEthernet0 the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 148.203.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets C
148.203.100.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0
Scully#ping 148.201.100.1 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 148.201.100.1, timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 36/37/40 ms Scully#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 192.168.1.1, local AS number 22801 •
Table of Contents
BGP table version is 1, main routing table version 1 • Index •
Examples
2 network and II 2 paths using 266 bytes of memory CCIE Practical entries Studies Volume ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
1 BGP path attribute entries using 60 bytes of memory Publisher: Cisco Presscache entries using 0 bytes of memory 0 BGP route-map Pub Date: November 07, 2003 1-58705-072-2 0 BGP ISBN: filter-list cache entries using 0 bytes of memory Pages: 1032
BGP activity 2/0 prefixes, 4/2 paths, scan interval 15 secs Neighbor
V
AS MsgRcvd MsgSent
TblVer
InQ OutQ Up/Down
State/PfxRcd
148.201.100.1 4 22801 8 6 1 0 0 00:00:11 2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Neighbor Configuration Before configuring BGP, it is important to understand some basic rules of configuration between I-BGP and E-BGP configuration. In the next section, both BGP types are covered, with examples that show how BGP can be configured to support different network topologies: • • •
Table of Contents Index
DirectlyExamples connected I-BGP configurations
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
I-BGP connections configured across an IGP backbone
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
E-BGP direct connections Publisher: Cisco Press
E-BGP multihop Pub Date: November 07,configurations 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
E-BGP transit autonomous system configurations Pages: 1032
Configuring BGP peers to interact with IGPs
IBGP Peer Relationships
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. As mentioned in Chapter 9, I-BGP peer relationships rely on a full mesh of I-BGP speakers and the routing tables provided by IGP routing protocols to provide basic routing between each of the BGP peers. Because peers not need to lab be directly connected, there be any Experience putting I-BGP concepts intodo practice with scenarios that guide you can in applying number of you IGP know routers that do not participate in BGP routing between two I-BGP speakers, and what as long as the two speakers have routes to each other, they can form a BGP peering relationship and exchange Learn how BGP to build routes. a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
BGP Synchronization CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect As a rule, I-BGP mustfirst have their BGP routesprovides synchronized withofthe routes from their companion to thespeakers best-selling edition, this book coverage CCIE lab exam topics IGP covered routing table before routes be considered usable. If an I-BGP peer isand not QoS. not in Volume I,those like the Ciscowill Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, synchronized with its IGP have anwill IGPget process running, that peer will not routing advertise Combined with Volume I, or thedoes CCIEnot candidate comprehensive coverage of the and networks or install of BGP in the IP routing table.and There are two ways lab to correct switching portions theroutes Routing andmain Switching, Security, Service Provider exams.a synchronization issue: First, when an IGP is running and you do not want to use it for synchronization, the no synchronization command.required Second,on if you not an The book begins you with use brief coverage of the core technologies the are CCIE labrunning exam and IGP, use suggested the no synchronization command to disable BGP/IGP synchronization. includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Practical Example: I-BGP Synchronization Experiment level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study and test-taking techniques are included the book. In thistips example, I-BGP is used to advertise remote throughout BGP networks, symbolized by loopback IP addresses. This example demonstrates how IGP synchronization affects BGP routing and how IBGPs operate in a fully meshed environment. Figure 8-5 shows the network used in this example.
Figure 8-5. The SD-6 Network
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. In this example, you use the IP addresses and DLCIs in Table 8-11. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Table 8-11. Interface and Addresses Practical comprehensive practice labs include all IP of the technologiesfor andThis gradually increaseExample in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Router
Interface
Serial Encapsulation and/or DCLI
IP Address
Sydney
Serial0
56 kbps PPP with Compression
15.1.15.1/24
Sydney
Loopback10
None
10.20.10.1/24
Sydney
Loopback20
None
10.20.20.1/24
Serial0/0
56 kbps PPP with Compression
15.1.15.2/24
None
164.189.26.1/24
FastEthernet0 None
164.189.26.2/24
Sloane
•
Table of Contents
•Sloane
Index Ethernet0/0
•
Examples
Khasinau
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Khasinau Frame Relay DLCI By Karl Solie CCIESerial1 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 McCullough Ethernet0
104
10.1.8.1/24
None
164.189.26.3/24
McCullough Serial0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Frame Relay DLCI 105
10.1.9.1/24
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Vaughn Serial1
Frame Relay DLCI 401
10.1.8.2/24
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pages: 1032
Vaughn
Loopback10
None
192.168.40.1/24
Vaughn
Loopback20
None
192.168.60.1/24
Dixon
Serial1
Frame Relay DLCI 501
10.1.9.2/24
Gain hands-onLoopback10 experience forNone the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Dixon 10.50.5.1/24 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Dixon Loopback20 None 10.50.50.1/24 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Stepyou 1. Configure the Frame Relay switch as shown in Table 8-12. For help configuring what know Frame Relay switching, refer to Chapter 1 in CCIE Practical Studies,Volume I. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the TableVolume 8-12.IIFrame Relay Switch Configuration CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Interface DLCI Interface DLCI not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Serial4 104 Serial2 401 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Serial2 401 Serial4 104 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Serial1 Serial3 includes suggested references 105 for further reading. Laboratory exercises501 covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies Serial3 501 Serial1 105 in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 8-26 shows the configuration for the Frame Relaythey switch Relay level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what willand facethe onFrame the actual labroutes exam. present after configuring the switch. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 8-26. Configuration for the Frame Relay Switch
hostname Frame-Relay-Switch !
frame-relay switching ! interface Serial1 no ip address •
Table of Contents
• encapsulation Index frame-relay IETF • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II frame-relay lmi-type ansi ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
frame-relay intf-type dce Publisher: Cisco Press
frame-relay route 105 interface Serial3 501 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial2 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay Gain hands-on experience for theIETF CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. frame-relay lmi-type ansi Experienceintf-type putting concepts frame-relay dce into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know frame-relay route 401 interface Serial4 104 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
interface Serial3 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect no ip address companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. encapsulation frame-relay IETF Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay lmi-type ansi The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and frame-relay intf-type dce includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network frame-relay route 501 interface Serial1 105 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Serial4 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay IETF frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type dce
frame-relay route 104 interface Serial2 401 ________________________________________________________________ Frame-Relay-Switch#show frame-relay route Input Intf
Input Dlci
Output Intf
Output Dlci
Status
Serial3
501
active
Serial4
104
active
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 7220 Serial3 501,Leah Lynch CCIE No. Serial1
105
active
Serial4 Publisher: Cisco Press104
401
active
•
Table of Contents
Serial1 •
Index
•
Examples
Serial2
105 401
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Serial2
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Step 2. Configure Frame Relay between Khasinau and Vaughn using IP addresses and DLCIs from Table 8-11. Also, configure the loopback IP addresses on the Vaughn router. At this time, you should be able to verify that the Vaughn and Khasinau routers can reach each other using the IP addresses on their serial interfaces. Example 8-27 shows the Frame Relay configurations for the Khasinau and Vaughn routers. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 8-27. Khasinau and Vaughn Router Configurations Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know LearnKhasinau how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation hostname !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Serial0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip address 10.1.8.1 255.255.255.0 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and encapsulation frame-relay IETF switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. clockrate 1300000 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay map ip 10.1.8.2 104 broadcast technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay lmi-type ansi comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ________________________________________________________________ Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. hostname Vaughn ! interface Loopback10 ip address 192.168.40.1 255.255.255.0
! interface Loopback20 ip address 192.168.60.1 255.255.255.0 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Serial1 •
Examples
ip address 10.1.8.2 255.255.255.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byencapsulation Karl Solie CCIE No. frame-relay 4599, Leah Lynch IETF CCIE No. 7220
clockrate 1300000 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay map ip 10.1.8.1 401 broadcast ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
frame-relay lmi-type ansi
Step 3. Configure Frame Relay between McCullough and Dixon using IP addresses and Gain hands-on experience for At thethis CCIE Lab you Exam with volume two of the the loopback best-selling DLCIs from Table 8-11. point, should also configure IP CCIE addresses Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. on the Dixon router and verify that the McCullough and Dixon routers can reach each other using the IP addresses on their serial interfaces. Example 8-28 shows the Frame Relay configuration for the McCullough and Dixon routers. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Example McCullough andCCIE Dixon Router Configurations Learn how to 8-28. build a practice lab for your lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the hostname McCullough CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interfacewith Serial1 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip address 10.1.9.1 255.255.255.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggestedframe-relay references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core encapsulation technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. clockrate 1300000 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. frame-relay map ip 10.1.9.2 105 broadcast frame-relay lmi-type ansi ________________________________________________________________ hostname Dixon !
interface Loopback10 ip address 10.50.5.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Loopback20 • • •
Table of Contents Index
ip address 10.50.50.1 255.255.255.0 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
!
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Serial1 Publisher: Cisco Press
ipPub address 10.1.9.2 255.255.255.0 Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
encapsulation frame-relay IETF Pages: 1032
clockrate 1300000 frame-relay map ip 10.1.9.1 501 broadcast Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE frame-relay lmi-type ansi Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts intonetwork practicebetween with labthe scenarios guide you applying Step 4. Configure an Ethernet Sloane,that Khasinau, andinMcCullough what you know routers using IP addresses from Table 8-11. Then enable EIGRP on the Sloane, Khasinau, Vaughn, and McCullough routers and assign them to EIGRP AS 101. Do not configure Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation EIGRP to include the loopback addresses on the Vaughn and Dixon routers. Verify that all routers reach all interfaces all mimic other routers (except the loopback addresses) before Take fivecan full-blown practice labson that the actual lab exam environment proceeding to Step 5. Example 8-29 shows the configuration for the Ethernet and EIGRP configuration for the Sloane, Khasinau, Vaughn, McCullough, Dixonofrouters, andfor their CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through theand process preparing the routing CCIE lab examtables. by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage theSloane, routing and Example 8-29. Ethernet and EIGRP Configurations for of the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Khasinau, Vaughn, McCullough, and Dixon Routers The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network hostname Sloane settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 164.189.26.1 255.255.255.0 ! router eigrp 101 network 167.189.26.0 0.0.0.255
no auto-summary Sloane#show ip route 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets D •
D • •
10.1.9.0 [90/2195456] via 164.189.26.3, 00:08:06, Ethernet0/0 Table of Contents
10.1.8.0 [90/2195456] via 164.189.26.2, 00:01:50, Ethernet0/0 Index
Examples
164.189.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE No.connected, 7220 C Karl Solie164.189.26.0 isLynch directly
Ethernet0/0
________________________________________________________________ Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
hostname Khasinau ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface FastEthernet0 ip address 164.189.26.2 255.255.255.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! router eigrp 101 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 0.0.0.255 network 10.1.8.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 164.189.26.0 0.0.0.255 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no auto-summary CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ________________________________________________________________ CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Khasinau# ip route not coveredshow in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 10.0.0.0/24 subnets Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions ofis thesubnetted, Routing and2Switching, D 164.189.26.3, 00:02:21, The book 10.1.9.0 begins with[90/2172416] brief coveragevia of the core technologies required FastEthernet0 on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core C 10.1.8.0 is directly connected, technologies follow, providing detailed guides toSerial0 applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 164.189.0.0/24 subnets comprehensive practice is labssubnetted, include all of1 the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. C directlyare connected, FastEthernet0 Study tips164.189.26.0 and test-takingis techniques included throughout the book. ________________________________________________________________ hostname Vaughn ! router eigrp 101
network 10.1.8.0 0.0.0.255 no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ Vaughn#show ip route •
C • •
C
Table of Contents
192.168.60.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback20 Index
Examples
192.168.40.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback10
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Lynch CCIE 2 No.subnets 7220 10.0.0.0/24 is,Leah subnetted,
D
10.1.9.0 Publisher: Cisco Press
[90/2684416] via 10.1.8.1, 00:04:03, Serial1
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
C
10.1.8.0 is directly connected, Serial1
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
164.189.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D
164.189.26.0 [90/2172416] via 10.1.8.1, 00:04:03, Serial1
________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. hostnameStudies McCullough !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Ethernet0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 164.189.26.3 255.255.255.0 !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the router 101presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE labeigrp exam by companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network not covered10.1.9.0 in Volume0.0.0.255 I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 164.189.26.0 0.0.0.255 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book auto-summary The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ________________________________________________________________ technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These McCullough # show ip labs route comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. is subnetted, subnets Study 10.0.0.0/24 tips and test-taking techniques2are included throughout the book. C
10.1.9.0 is directly connected, Serial1
D
10.1.8.0 [90/2195456] via 164.189.26.2, 00:06:50, Ethernet0 164.189.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
C
164.189.26.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0
________________________________________________________________ hostname Dixon ! router eigrp 101 • • •
Table of Contents
network 10.1.9.0 0.0.0.255 Index
Examples
no auto-summary
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ________________________________________________________________
Dixon# showCisco ip Press route Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 4 subnets ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 C D
Pages: 1032
10.1.9.0 is directly connected, Serial1
10.1.8.0 [90/2707456] via 10.1.9.1, 00:07:41, Serial1
C 10.50.50.0 is directly connected, Loopback20 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title is from Cisco Press. C 10.50.5.0 directly connected, Loopback10
D
164.189.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what164.189.26.0 you know [90/2195456] via 10.1.9.1, 00:10:35, Serial1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 5. Configure the serial link between the Sydney and Sloane routers and the loopback interfaces on the Volume Sydney II router. EIGRP routingthe process 101 allow thefor the CCIE Practical Studies, leadsThen CCIEenable candidates through process ofto preparing Sydney to ping all interfaces thechallenging loopback interfaces the Vaughn and CCIE lab examrouter by presenting them with a except series of laboratoryonexercises. A perfect Dixonto routers. Do not allow Sydney to advertise its loopback interfaces companion the best-selling firstthe edition, thisrouter book provides coverage of CCIE lab examusing topics EIGRP.in Example shows the configuration and routing table from the Sydney not covered Volume8-30 I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and and QoS. Sloane routers. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with briefConfiguration coverage of the core technologies thethe CCIE lab exam and Example 8-30. and Routingrequired Tableon for Sydney includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Router technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. hostname Sydney Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Loopback10 ip address 10.20.10.1 255.255.255.0 !
interface Loopback20 ip address 10.20.20.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Serial0 • • •
!
Table of Contents
ip address 15.1.15.1 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router eigrp 101
network 0.0.0.255 Publisher:15.1.15.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no auto-summary ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
Sydney#show ip route 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 4 subnets Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title[90/2707456] from Cisco Press. D 10.1.9.0 via 15.1.15.2, 00:02:23, Serial0 D C
10.1.8.0 [90/2707456] via 15.1.15.2, 00:02:23, Serial0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what10.20.20.0 you know is directly connected, Loopback20
C
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 10.20.10.0 is directly connected, Loopback10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 164.189.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the D 164.189.26.0 [90/2195456] 15.1.15.2, 00:02:23, Serial0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with avia series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 15.0.0.0/24 is I,subnetted, 1 Catalyst subnets3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume like the Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and C is Routing directly connected, Serial0 and Service Provider lab exams. switching 15.1.15.0 portions of the and Switching, Security, ________________________________________________________________ The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core hostname Sloane technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface Ethernet0/0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 164.189.26.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Serial0/0 ip address 15.1.15.2 255.255.255.0
! router eigrp 101 network 15.1.15.0 0.0.0.255 network 164.189.26.0 0.0.0.255 • •
Table of Contents
no auto-summary Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE ip No. route 4599, Leah No. 7220 Sloane# show | Lynch beginCCIE Gateway
Gateway ofCisco last Publisher: Pressresort is not set Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets
D
10.1.9.0 [90/2195456] via 164.189.26.3, 00:07:09, Ethernet0/0
D 10.1.8.0 [90/2195456] via 164.189.26.2, 00:07:50, Ethernet0/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Press. 1 subnets 164.189.0.0/24 is Cisco subnetted, C
164.189.26.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know is subnetted, 1 subnets 15.0.0.0/24
C
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 15.1.15.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Step 6. Configure BGP between the Sydney, andlaboratory Dixon routers to advertise the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of Vaughn, challenging exercises. A perfect loopback interfaces between BGP peers. each of these routers to BGP 898. Do companion to the best-selling first edition, thisAssign book provides coverage of CCIE labAS exam topics not allow the BGPI,peers to automatically addresses. Use and the show not covered in Volume like the Cisco Catalystsummarize 3550, routenetwork maps, BGP, Multicast, QoS. ip bgp with command to I, verify that the routes will for each of the peering routers appear the BGP Combined Volume the CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of theinrouting and routing tables. 8-31 shows the BGP configuration for each of the lab routers and their switching portions of Example the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider exams. BGP routing tables. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying technologies real network Example 8-31. BGP Configurations andthe BGP Tables in for the Sydney, settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Vaughn, and Dixon Routers comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Sydney#show run | begin bgp router bgp 898 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 10.20.10.0 mask 255.255.255.0
network 10.20.20.0 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 10.1.8.2 remote-as 898 neighbor 10.1.9.2 remote-as 898 no auto-summary •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ Sydney#show ip bgp
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karltable Solie CCIE No. 4599is , Leah CCIE No. 7220ID BGP version 3,Lynch local router
is 10.20.20.1
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
OriginISBN: codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 10.20.10.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 10.20.20.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 I * i10.50.5.0/24 10.1.9.2 0 100 0 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know * i10.50.50.0/24 10.1.9.2 0 100 0 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation * i192.168.40.0 10.1.8.2 0 100 0 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment * i192.168.60.0 10.1.8.2 0 100 0 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ________________________________________________________________ CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Vaughn# showin run | begin not covered Volume I, like bgp the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and router 898 of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switchingbgp portions bgpbook log-neighbor-changes The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 192.168.40.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 192.168.60.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 10.1.9.2 remote-as 898are included throughout the book. Study tips and test-taking techniques neighbor 15.1.15.1 remote-as 898 no auto-summary Vaughn#show ip bgp BGP table version is 3, local router ID is 196.168.60.1
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network
Next Hop
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
* i10.20.10.0/24
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
15.1.15.1
0
100
0 i
15.1.15.1
0
100
0 i
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 * Karl i10.50.5.0/24 10.1.9.2
0
100
0 i
* i10.50.50.0/24 Publisher: Cisco Press
0
100
0 i
* i10.20.20.0/24
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
10.1.9.2
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 192.168.40.0 0.0.0.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
*> 192.168.60.0
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
0
32768 i
________________________________________________________________ Dixon#show run | begin bgp Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies router bgp 898 title from Cisco Press. bgp log-neighbor-changes Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know mask 255.255.255.0 network 10.50.5.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 10.50.50.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.1.8.2 remote-as 898 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 15.1.15.1 remote-as 898 a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered auto-summary not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Dixon# show ip bgp switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. BGP table version 3,coverage local router ID technologies is 10.50.50.1 The book begins with is brief of the core required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, * valid, > best, i internal technologies follow, providing detailed guides htohistory, applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Origin codes:practice i - IGP, - EGP,all?of- the incomplete comprehensive labseinclude technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* i10.20.10.0/24
15.1.15.1
0
100
0 i
* i10.20.20.0/24
15.1.15.1
0
100
0 i
*> 10.50.5.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 10.50.50.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
* i192.168.40.0
10.1.8.2
0
100
0 i
* i192.168.60.0
10.1.8.2
0
100
0 i
•
32768 I
Table of Contents
If you configured each of the BGP peers in a full mesh, you would notice that each of the routers • Index received the routes to the loopback interfaces on their peers. However, none of the routers store • Examples the routes to the loopback interfaces as the best (>) routes. This is because the loopback CCIE Practical Studies Volume II interface routes are not synchronized with routes in the main IP routing table. To determine By Karl Solie No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 whether a CCIE route synchronized is an issue, use the show ip bgp command and look for routes that show up as best (>). BGP only stores valid routes in the main routing table, and only the valid (*), best routes are sent to peering BGP speakers. Publisher: Cisco(>) Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 7. Now that you can see the effect that synchronization has on I-BGP peers, disable ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 BGP synchronization, reset the BGP sessions between the peers, and check the BGP table Pages: 1032 again.Example 8-32 shows the effect of the no synchronization command on the Sydney router.
Example 8-32. Disabling BGP Synchronization on the Sydney
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Router Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Sydney(config)# what you know router bgp 898 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Sydney(config-router)# no synchronization Take five ip full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Sydney# show bgp CCIE Practical Studies,isVolume II leads CCIEID candidates through the process of preparing for the BGP table version 7, local router is 10.20.20.1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to thesbest-selling firstdedition, thish book provides coverage CCIE ilab- exam topics Status codes: suppressed, damped, history, * valid, > of best, internal not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Origin codes: i - IGP, e CCIE - EGP, ? - incomplete switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These *> 10.20.10.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. *> 10.20.20.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 I Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *>i10.50.5.0/24
10.1.9.2
0
100
0 i
*>i10.50.50.0/24
10.1.9.2
0
100
0 i
*>i192.168.40.0
10.1.8.2
0
100
0 i
*>i192.168.60.0
10.1.8.2
0
100
0 i
• • •
Step 8. To allow the BGP routers to ping their peers' loopback interfaces, you need to configure redistribution between BGP and EIGRP. To do so, you need to enter BGP configuration mode and enable BGP to IGP redistribution first, using the bgp redistribute-internal command, and then enable BGP redistribution on the EIGPR process as well. After EIGRP has reconverged, you will see the routes to the loopback networks in the main routing table on all routers, and you should be able to ping all addresses routers. The external EIGRP routes should also have replaced the BGP Tableon of all Contents routes Index in the Sydney, Vaughn, and Dixon routers because external EIGRP has a lower administrative distance than BGP (external EIGRP 170, I-BGP 200). Example 8-33 shows Examples the final configuration and routing table from the Sydney router.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 8-33. Final Configuration and Routing Table for the Sydney Router
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
hostname Sydney ! interface Loopback10 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 10.20.10.1 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Loopback20 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 10.20.20.1 255.255.255.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment !
! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect interface Serial0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip address 15.1.15.1 255.255.255.0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and router eigrp 101 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network redistribute bgp 898 metric 56 200 255 1 1500 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty network 15.1.15.0 0.0.0.255 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no auto-summary ! router bgp 898 no synchronization bgp redistribute-internal
bgp log-neighbor-changes network 10.20.10.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 10.20.20.0 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 10.1.8.2 remote-as 898 •
Table of Contents
•
neighbor 10.1.9.2 remote-as 898 Index
•
Examples
no auto-summary
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Sydney# Publisher: show Cisco ipPress route | begin Gateway Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Gateway of1-58705-072-2 last resort is not set ISBN: Pages: 1032
D EX 192.168.60.0/24 [170/2758656] via 15.1.15.2, 00:00:25, Serial0 D EX 192.168.40.0/24 [170/2758656] via 15.1.15.2, 00:00:25, Serial0 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 6 subnets Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title[90/2707456] from Cisco Press. D 10.1.9.0 via 15.1.15.2, 00:37:45, Serial0 D
10.1.8.0 [90/2707456] via 15.1.15.2, 00:38:26, Serial0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know D EX 10.50.50.0 [170/2758656] via 15.1.15.2, 00:08:21, Serial0 C
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 10.20.20.0 is directly connected, Loopback20
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment C 10.20.10.0 is directly connected, Loopback10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the D EX lab exam 10.50.5.0 [170/2758656] via 15.1.15.2, 00:08:21, Serial0 CCIE by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 164.189.0.0/24 subnetted, 1 subnets not covered in Volume I,is like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and D via 15.1.15.2, 00:39:36, Serial0 lab exams. switching 164.189.26.0 portions of the [90/2195456] Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider The book 15.0.0.0/24 begins withis brief subnetted, coverage of 1 the subnets core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies C 15.1.15.0 follow, providing is directly detailed connected, guides to applying Serial0 the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips Sydney# ping and10.50.5.1 test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.50.5.1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 56/58/60 ms
Sydney#ping 192.168.40.1 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 192.168.40.1, timeout is 2 seconds: • !!!!!
Table of Contents
•
Index
• Success rate Examples is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 40/41/44 ms CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Example 8-34 shows the complete configuration and routing table for the Sloane router. Pub Date: November 07,the 2003 Example 8-35 shows complete configuration and routing table for the Khasinau router. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Example 8-36 shows the same type of information for the McCullough router. Pages: 1032
Example 8-34. Final Configuration and Routing Table for the Sloane Router Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. hostname Sloane !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
interface Ethernet0/0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 164.189.26.1 255.255.255.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect interface Serial0/0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip address 255.255.255.0 Combined with15.1.15.2 Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and router 101 references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes eigrp suggested technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network networkThe 15.1.15.0 0.0.0.255 settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty network level. They164.189.26.0 present readers0.0.0.255 with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no auto-summary
Sloane#show ip route | include via|is Gateway of last resort is not set D EX 192.168.60.0/24 [170/2246656] via 164.189.26.3, 00:16:58, Ethernet0/0
D EX 192.168.40.0/24 [170/2246656] via 164.189.26.3, 00:16:58, Ethernet0/0 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 6 subnets D
10.1.9.0 [90/2195456] via 164.189.26.3, 00:54:18, Ethernet0/0
D
10.1.8.0 [90/2195456] via 164.189.26.2, 00:54:59, Ethernet0/0
•
Table of Contents
D • EX •
10.50.50.0 [170/2246656] via 164.189.26.3, 00:24:54, Ethernet0/0 Index Examples
D EXPractical 10.20.20.0 [170/46277376] via 15.1.15.1, 00:26:04, Serial0/0 CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
D EX
10.20.10.0 [170/46277376] via 15.1.15.1, 00:26:04, Serial0/0
Publisher: Cisco Press [170/2246656] via 164.189.26.3, 00:24:54, Ethernet0/0 D EX 10.50.5.0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
164.189.0.0/24 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 is subnetted, 1 subnets Pages: 1032
C
164.189.26.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0 15.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
C 15.1.15.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you knowFinal Configuration and Routing Table for the Khasinau Example 8-35.
Router Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment hostname Khasinau CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. interface FastEthernet0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip address 164.189.26.2 255.255.255.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. TheSerial1 interface final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. ip address They present 10.1.8.1 readers 255.255.255.0 with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. encapsulation frame-relay IETF clockrate 1300000 frame-relay map ip 10.1.8.2 104 broadcast frame-relay lmi-type ansi !
! router eigrp 101 network 10.1.8.0 0.0.0.255
•
Table of Contents
• network 164.189.26.0 Index 0.0.0.255 • Examples CCIE no Practical auto-summary Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Khasinau#show ip route | include via|is Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: Gateway of1-58705-072-2 last resort is not set Pages: 1032
D EX 192.168.60.0/24 [170/2223616] via 164.189.26.3, 00:21:11, FastEthernet0 D EX 192.168.40.0/24 [170/2223616] via 164.189.26.3, 00:21:11, FastEthernet0 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 6 Lab subnets Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. D 10.1.9.0 [90/2172416] via 164.189.26.3, 00:58:31, FastEthernet0 10.1.8.0 is directly connected, Serial1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know D EX 10.50.50.0 [170/2223616] via 164.189.26.3, 00:29:07, FastEthernet0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation D EX 10.20.20.0 [170/46279936] via 164.189.26.1, 00:30:17, FastEthernet0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment D EX 10.20.10.0 [170/46279936] via 164.189.26.1, 00:30:17, FastEthernet0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect D EX lab exam 10.50.5.0 [170/2223616] via 164.189.26.3, 00:29:07, FastEthernet0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,is like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 164.189.0.0/24 subnetted, 1 subnets Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the is Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. C 164.189.26.0 directly connected, FastEthernet0 C
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 15.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network D 15.1.15.0 [90/2172416] via 164.189.26.1, 00:59:15, FastEthernet0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 8-36. Final Configuration and Routing Table for the McCullough Router
hostname McCullough !
interface Ethernet0 ip address 164.189.26.3 255.255.255.0 ! interface Serial1 •
Table of Contents
• ip addressIndex 10.1.9.1 255.255.255.0 • Examples CCIE Practical Studiesframe-relay Volume II encapsulation
IETF
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
clockrate 1300000 Publisher: Cisco Press
frame-relay map ip 10.1.9.2 105 broadcast Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 frame-relay lmi-type ansi Pages: 1032
! router eigrp 101 network 10.1.9.0 0.0.0.255 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. network 164.189.26.0 0.0.0.255 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no auto-summary what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation McCullough#show ip route | include via|is Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Gateway of last resort is not set CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect D EX 192.168.60.0/24 [170/2221056] via 10.1.9.2, 00:23:34, Serial1 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. D EX 192.168.40.0/24 [170/2221056] via 10.1.9.2, 00:23:34, Serial1 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 6 subnets The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and C 10.1.9.0 references is directly connected, Serial1 includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network D 10.1.8.0 [90/2172416] via 164.189.26.2, Ethernet0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five 01:00:59, hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty D EX They 10.50.50.0 [170/2221056] viasimilar 10.1.9.2, 00:31:30, Serial1 level. present readers with scenarios to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. D EX 10.20.20.0 [170/46279936] via 164.189.26.1, 00:32:40, Ethernet0 D EX
10.20.10.0 [170/46279936] via 164.189.26.1, 00:32:40, Ethernet0
D EX
10.50.5.0 [170/2221056] via 10.1.9.2, 00:31:30, Serial1 164.189.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
C
164.189.26.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0
15.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets D
15.1.15.0 [90/2172416] via 164.189.26.1, 01:00:59, Ethernet0
Example 8-37 displays the final configuration, BGP table, and routing table for the Vaughn • Table of Contents router, and Example 8-38 shows the same type of data for the Dixon router. • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 8-37. Final Configuration and Routing Tables for the Vaughn ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Router Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN:Vaughn 1-58705-072-2 hostname Pages: 1032
! interface Loopback10 ip address Gain hands-on192.168.40.1 experience for 255.255.255.0 the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying interface Loopback20 what you know ip address 192.168.60.1 255.255.255.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip address 10.1.8.2 255.255.255.0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. encapsulation frame-relay IETF Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. clockrate 1300000 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and frame-relay map ip 10.1.8.1 401 broadcast includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network frame-relay lmi-type ansi settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. router eigrp 101 redistribute bgp 898 metric 1544 200 255 1 1500 network 10.1.8.0 0.0.0.25 no auto-summary !
router bgp 898 no synchronization bgp redistribute-internal network 192.168.40.0 • • •
Table of Contents
network 192.168.60.0 Index Examples
neighbor 10.1.9.2 remote-as 898
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byneighbor Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 15.1.15.1 remote-as 898 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Vaughn# show ip bgp | begin Network ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Network
*>i10.20.10.0/24
Next Hop 15.1.15.1
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
100
0 i
*>i10.20.20.0/24 15.1.15.1 0 100 0 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *>i10.50.5.0/24 10.1.9.2 0 100 0 i *>i10.50.50.0/24 10.1.9.2 0 100 0 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 192.168.40.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 192.168.60.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Vaughn# | include via|is CCIE labshow examip by route presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Gateway of inlast resort isthe not setCatalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered Volume I, like Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and C 192.168.60.0/24 directly connected, Loopback20 switching portions of the is Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. C The book 192.168.40.0/24 begins with brief iscoverage directly of the connected, core technologies Loopback10 required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies 10.0.0.0/24 follow, providing is subnetted, detailed 6 guides subnets to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive D 10.1.9.0 practice [90/2684416] labs include via all of10.1.8.1, the technologies 01:05:52, and gradually Serial1 increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips10.1.8.0 C and test-taking is directly techniques connected, are included Serial1 throughout the book. D EX
10.20.20.0 [170/46791936] via 10.1.8.1, 00:39:46, Serial1
D EX
10.50.50.0 [170/2735616] via 10.1.8.1, 00:38:36, Serial1
D EX
10.20.10.0 [170/46791936] via 10.1.8.1, 00:39:46, Serial1
D EX
10.50.5.0 [170/2735616] via 10.1.8.1, 00:38:36, Serial1
164.189.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets D
164.189.26.0 [90/2172416] via 10.1.8.1, 01:05:52, Serial1 15.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D
15.1.15.0 [90/2684416] via 10.1.8.1, 01:05:53, Serial1
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 8-38. Final Configuration and Routing Tables for the Dixon ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Router Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 hostname Dixon Pages: 1032
! interface Loopback10 ip address Gain hands-on10.50.5.1 experience 255.255.255.0 for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying interface Loopback20 what you know ip address 10.50.50.1 255.255.255.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
interface Serial1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip address 10.1.9.2 255.255.255.0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. encapsulation frame-relay IETF Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay map ip 10.1.9.1 501 broadcast The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and frame-relay lmi-type ansifor further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested references technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty router eigrp 101 readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They present Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. redistribute bgp 898 metric 1544 200 255 1 1500 network 10.1.9.0 0.0.0.255 no auto-summary ! router bgp 898
no synchronization bgp redistribute-internal bgp log-neighbor-changes network 10.50.5.0 mask 255.255.255.0 •
Table of Contents mask 255.255.255.0 • network 10.50.50.0 Index •
Examples
neighbor 10.1.8.2 remote-as 898
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byneighbor Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 15.1.15.1 remote-as 898 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Dixon#ISBN: show1-58705-072-2 ip bgp | begin Network Pages: 1032
Network *>i10.20.10.0/24
Next Hop 15.1.15.1
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
100
0 i
*>i10.20.20.0/24 15.1.15.1 0 100 0 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 10.50.5.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i *> 10.50.50.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *>i192.168.40.0 10.1.8.2 0 100 0 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *>i192.168.60.0 10.1.8.2 0 100 0 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Dixon# show ipby route | include via|is CCIE lab exam presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Gateway of inlast resort isthe not setCatalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered Volume I, like Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and B 192.168.60.0/24 viaSwitching, 10.1.8.2, 00:33:41 switching portions of the [200/0] Routing and Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies B 192.168.40.0/24 [200/0] via 10.1.8.2, 00:33:41required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 6 guides subnets settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies C 10.1.9.0 is directly connected, Serial1 and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips10.1.8.0 and test-taking techniques are10.1.9.1, included throughout theSerial1 book. D [90/2684416] via 01:08:24, D EX
10.20.20.0 [170/46791936] via 10.1.9.1, 00:42:47, Serial1
C
10.50.50.0 is directly connected, Loopback20
D EX
10.20.10.0 [170/46791936] via 10.1.9.1, 00:42:47, Serial1
C
10.50.5.0 is directly connected, Loopback10
164.189.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets D
164.189.26.0 [90/2172416] via 10.1.9.1, 01:08:24, Serial1 15.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D
15.1.15.0 [90/2684416] via 10.1.9.1, 01:08:24, Serial1
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
NOTE Publisher: Cisco Press
Redistribution Pub Date: November between 07, 2003
BGP and IGPs, and vice versa, can have serious effects on routing performance. Use BGP/IGP redistribution with caution on production networks. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
I-BGPnext-hop self Command One that frequently up when multihoming BGP two networks unreachable BGP Gain problem hands-on experience forcreeps the CCIE Lab Exam with volume of the is best-selling CCIE routes. generally occurs when E-BGP to I-BGP relationships have just been configured and PracticalThis Studies title from Cisco Press. downstream I-BGP speakers cannot reach the next hop advertised by the router that peers directly with the routers sending E-BGP updates. Although the router peering with the upstream Experience concepts intoof practice withpeers, lab scenarios that guide youdownstream in applying from E-BGP peers can putting reach the addresses its E-BGP other routers that are what you know this router do not have routes to the E-BGP peers, so those routers cannot reach the next hop advertised in the BGP updates. This action is by design, and this happens because I-BGPLearn how todobuild a practice lab for your CCIE lab preparation speaking routers not alter the NEXT_HOP attribute asexam they forward routes to other I-BGP peers.Figure 8-6 shows how routes sent from upstream routers, Chunk and Sloth, have Take five full-blown labs thatasmimic the actual labthe exam environment NEXT_HOP attributes thatpractice are unchanged they pass through Mikey router onto Data and Brand. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Figure 8-6. I-BGP NEXT_HOP Behavior Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with series peer of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect To change the NEXT_HOP attribute on ana I-BGP to that of the local router, you just need to companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics complete three steps. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Stepwith 1. Enable BGP routing. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Mikey(config)#router bgp 10101
Step 2. Configure BGP neighbor relationships.
Mikey(config-router)#neighbor 198.205.12.8 remote-as 811
E-BGP peer
Mikey(config-router)#neighbor 222.141.18.5 remote-as 945
E-BGP peer
•
Table of Contents
• Index Mikey(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.1.2 remote-as 10101 • Examples
I-BGP peer
CCIE Practical Studies Volumeneighbor II Mikey(config-router)#
I-BGP peer
192.168.1.3 remote-as 10101
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Step 3. Modify the NEXT_HOP attribute using the neighbor ip-addressnext-hop-self command.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Mikey(config-router)#neighbor 192.168.1.2 next-hop-self Change attribute Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Mikey(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.1.3 next-hop-self Change attribute Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Changes to the NEXT_HOP attribute can be seen when the show ip bgp command is issued. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through process preparing for the Example 8-39 shows how the NEXT_HOP attribute appears on thethe Data routerofbefore the nextCCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect hop-self command is used on the Mikey router, and Example 8-40 shows the same command on companion to theafter best-selling first edition,command this bookisprovides of CCIE lab topics the same router the next-hop-self added tocoverage the configuration onexam the Mikey not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. router. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Example 8-39. Changing thetechnologies NEXT_HOP Attribute The book begins withBefore brief coverage of the core required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Data# show ip bgp | begin Network comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout theWeight book. Path *> 2.0.0.0
157.68.90.1
0
100
0 3456 i
*> 3.0.0.0
157.68.90.1
0
100
0 3456 i
Example 8-40. After the next-hop-self Command
Data#show ip bgp | begin Network Network *>i2.0.0.0
Next Hop 192.168.1.1
0
100
0 3456 i
192.168.1.1
0
100
0 3456 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*>i3.0.0.0
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Practical Example: I-BGP Next-Hop Manipulation Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
This example shows the effects that the next-hop-self command has on I-BGP routing within an Pages: 1032 autonomous system. This example requires five Cisco routers with the interfaces shown in Table 8-13.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Table 8-13. Router Interface Requirements Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Router Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, or Token Ring Serial Interfaces Experience putting concepts into practice with lab Interfaces scenarios that guide you in applying what you Skinner 0 know 1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Kritchgau 0
1
Langle 1 full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 2 Take five Byers 1 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam A perfect Frohike 1 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. 0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Before configuring any routers, make sure the routers are cabled, as shown in Figure 8-7. This switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. example requires two back-to-back serial cables and three Ethernet cables connected to a hub, switch, or begins MSAU.with If you arecoverage using a switch, all interfaces should be placed in the same VLAN.and The book brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Step 1. Configure all IP addresses as specified in Figure 8-7. Verify that all interfaces are technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network up before proceeding to Step 2. Configure OSPF on all I-BGP-speaking routers in AS 123, settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These putting all interfaces on these routers in area 0. Do not configure OSPF on the Skinner or comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Kritchgau routers. Example 8-41 shows the IP addressing and OSPF configuration for the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Skinner, Langle, Byers, and Frohike routers. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 8-41. Configuration for Step 1 on Skinner, Langle, and Byers Routers
Skinner#show run | begin Loopback
interface Loopback10 ip address 152.86.75.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Loopback20 • • •
!
Table of Contents
ip address 148.98.72.1 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Serial0
ipPublisher: address 175.40.20.1 255.255.255.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
________________________________________________________________ ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Kritchgau#show run | begin Loopback interface Loopback10 ip address 42.21.92.1 255.255.255.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Loopback20 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 197.201.128.1 know ip address 255.255.255.0 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address CCIE lab exam208.42.18.1 by presenting255.255.255.0 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ________________________________________________________________ not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Langle# run of | the begin Ethernet switchingshow portions Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Ethernet0/0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip addressfollow, 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface Serial0/0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 175.40.20.2 255.255.255.0 ! interface Serial0/1 ip address 208.42.18.2 255.255.255.0
clock rate 1300000 ! router ospf 1 network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ Byers#show run | begin Ethernet CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Ethernet0
ipPublisher: address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router ospf 1 network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 ________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title|from Cisco Press. Frohike#Studies show run begin Ethernet interface Ethernet0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 10.1.1.3 know ip address 255.255.255.0 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router ospf 1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 area CCIE lab exam by presenting them with0a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Stepportions 2. Configure E-BGP sessions between the Skinner and Langle routers and the switching of thethe Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Kritchgau and Langle routers. Configure the Skinner and Kritchgau routers to advertise the networks their loopback interfaces via BGP. Have the router advertise The book beginsbelonging with briefto coverage of the core technologies required onLangle the CCIE lab exam and thesuggested 10.1.1.0/24 networkfor to both of reading. its E-BGPLaboratory peers. Before moving on to Step 3,of make includes references further exercises covering each the core sure that the Langle router can ping all IP on technologies the loopback in interfaces of the technologies follow, providing detailed guides to addresses applying the real network Skinner and chapter Kritchgau 8-42 shows the BGP configurations each of the settings. The final of routers. the bookExample concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. for These BGP routers and the routing table from Langle router. comprehensive practice labs include all of the the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 8-42. BGP Configurations for the Skinner, Kritchgau, and Langle Routers
Skinner#show run | begin bgp router bgp 405
bgp log-neighbor-changes network 148.98.72.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 152.86.75.0 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 175.40.20.2 remote-as 123 • • •
Table of Contents
no auto-summary Index
Examples
________________________________________________________________ CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. run 4599,| Leah Lynch bgp CCIE No. 7220 Kritchgau# show begin
router bgpCisco 912Press Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
bgp log-neighbor-changes ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 42.21.92.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 197.201.128.0 neighbor 208.42.18.2 remote-as 123 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Langle#show run | begin bgp Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation router bgp 123 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bgp log-neighbor-changes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor remote-as not covered 175.40.20.1 in Volume I, like the Cisco405 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 208.42.18.1 remote-as 912 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no Theauto-summary book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Langle# showfollow, ip route | begin Gateway technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Gateway of last resort not set comprehensive practice labsis include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. is subnetted, 1 are subnets Study 1.0.0.0/32 tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book. C B
1.1.1.1 is directly connected, Loopback0 197.201.128.0/24 [20/0] via 208.42.18.1, 00:01:54 152.86.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
B
152.86.75.0 [20/0] via 175.40.20.1, 00:05:21
175.40.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets C
175.40.20.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0 42.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
B • • •
C
42.21.92.0 [20/0] via 208.42.18.1, 00:01:54 Table of Contents
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets Index
Examples
10.1.1.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599,is Leahsubnetted, Lynch CCIE No.17220 148.98.0.0/24 subnets
B
148.98.72.0 Publisher: Cisco Press
[20/0] via 175.40.20.1, 00:05:22
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
C
208.42.18.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/1 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Step 3. Configure I-BGP connections between the Langle, Byers, and Frohike routers. Before moving on to the next step, verify that Byers and Frohike received the E-BGP routes from the Skinner and Kritchgau routers. Example 8-43 shows the BGP configuration and Gain hands-on for the CCIEExample Lab Exam with volume of data the best-selling CCIE BGP tableexperience for the Langle router, 8-44 shows thetwo same for the Byers router, Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. and Example 8-45 shows the configuration and BGP data for the Frohike router. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Example 8-43. BGP Configuration and BGP Table for the Langle what you know
Router
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Langle#show run | begin bgp CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labbgp exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect router 123 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. bgpcovered log-neighbor-changes Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network portions 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 123 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 123 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty neighbor 175.40.20.1 remote-as 405 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 208.42.18.1 remote-as 912
Langle#show ip bgp | begin Network Network *> 10.1.1.0/24
Next Hop 0.0.0.0
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
32768 i
*> 42.21.92.0/24
208.42.18.1
0
0 912 i
*> 148.98.72.0/24
175.40.20.1
0
0 405 i
*> 152.86.75.0/24
175.40.20.1
0
0 405 i
*> 197.201.128.0
208.42.18.1
0
0 912 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 8-44. BGP Configuration and BGP Table for the Byers Router ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: 2003 bgp Byers# showNovember run | 07, begin ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: router bgp1032 123
bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 123 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 123 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Byers#show ip bgp | begin Network Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path what you know Learn how to build 10.1.1.1 a practice lab for your CCIE lab preparation *>i10.1.1.0/24 0 exam 100 0 i Take five full-blown208.42.18.1 practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment * i42.21.92.0/24 0 100 0 912 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates * i148.98.72.0/24 175.40.20.1 0 through 100 the process 0 405 ofi preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage0of405 CCIEi lab exam topics * i152.86.75.0/24 175.40.20.1 0 100 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage * i197.201.128.0 208.42.18.1 0 100 0 912 iof the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example BGP of Configuration and BGP Table for Frohike settings. The8-45. final chapter the book concludes with five hands-on labthe exercises. TheseRouter comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Frohike#show run | begin bgp router bgp 123 bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 123 neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 123
Frohike#show ip bgp | begin Network Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*>i10.1.1.0/24
10.1.1.1
0
100
0 i
* i42.21.92.0/24
208.42.18.1
0
100
0 912 i
175.40.20.1
0
100
0 405 i
* i152.86.75.0/24 175.40.20.1 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
0
100
0 405 i
0
100
0 912 i
•
Table of Contents
• i148.98.72.0/24 * Index •
Examples
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
* i197.201.128.0
208.42.18.1
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Step 4. After configuring BGP between the Langle, Byers, and Frohike routers, you might that the Byers and Frohike routers received the routes from the upstream EBGP peers of the Langle router but did not install them in the routing table. The reason why the routes were not installed in the table is because they are not reachable using the IP address of the next hop that was advertised by the Langle router. To correct this problem, use the next-hop-self command on each of the I-BGP sessions on the Langle router, and then reset sessions using thevolume clear ip bgp * command. After the BGP Gain hands-on experience forthe theBGP CCIE Lab Exam with two of the best-selling CCIE sessions have come back up and the Langle router advertises its routes from the upstream Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router, it will modify the NEXT_HOP attribute on all routes sent to Byers and Frohike. Example 8-46 shows the configuration for the Langle router after the addition of the nexthop-self command, and Example 8-47 shows thescenarios resulting that BGP guide and IPyou routing tables for Experience putting concepts into practice with lab in applying the Byers and Frohike routers. what you know Pages: 1032 have noticed
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Figure 8-7. The Conspiracy Network Diagram CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Example 8-46. Langle Router's BGP Configuration
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Langle#show run | begin bgp comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. router bgp 123 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no synchronization bgp router-id 177.164.8.5 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 123
neighbor 10.1.1.2 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 123 neighbor 10.1.1.3 next-hop-self • • •
neighbor 175.40.20.1 remote-as 405 Table of Contents Index
neighbor 208.42.18.1 remote-as 912 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
no auto-summary
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Example 8-47. Resulting BGP and IP Routing Tables Pages: 1032
Byers#show ip bgp BGP version is 6, router ID iswith 10.1.1.2 Gain table hands-on experience forlocal the CCIE Lab Exam volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Origin Experience codes: putting i - IGP, concepts e - EGP, into practice ? - incomplete with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *>i10.1.1.0/24 10.1.1.1 0 100 0 I Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *>i42.21.92.0/24 10.1.1.1 0 100 0 912 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect *>i148.98.72.0/24 10.1.1.1 0 100laboratory 0 405 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,10.1.1.1 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route 100 maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. *>i152.86.75.0/24 405 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the10.1.1.1 Routing and Switching, Security, and *>i197.201.128.0 0 100Service Provider 0 912 i lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Byers#show ip route | begin Gateway includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Gateway of last resort is not set level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. B 197.201.128.0/24 [200/0] via 10.1.1.1, 00:01:09 152.86.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets B
152.86.75.0 [200/0] via 10.1.1.1, 00:01:09 42.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
B
42.21.92.0 [200/0] via 10.1.1.1, 00:01:09
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets C
10.1.1.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0 148.98.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
B
148.98.72.0 [200/0] via 10.1.1.1, 00:01:09
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Byers#ping 197.201.128.1 Type escape sequence to abort. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie5, CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE to No. 197.201.128.1, 7220 Sending 100-byte ICMP Echos
timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!! Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/8 ms ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Byers#ping 152.86.75.1 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 152.86.75.1, timeout is 2 seconds: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 36/36/40 ms Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ________________________________________________________________ Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Frohike#show ip bgp | begin Network Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the *>i10.1.1.0/24 10.1.1.1 0 100laboratory 0 iexercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *>i42.21.92.0/24 912 i not covered in Volume I,10.1.1.1 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route 100 maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *>i148.98.72.0/24 0 100Service Provider 0 405 i lab exams. switching portions of the10.1.1.1 Routing and Switching, Security, and *>i152.86.75.0/24 10.1.1.1 0 100 0 the 405 CCIE i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core *>i197.201.128.0 10.1.1.1 0 the 100 0 912 i network technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying technologies in real settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Frohike# show ip route | begin comprehensive practice labs include Gateway all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Gateway last resort techniques is not set Study tipsof and test-taking are included throughout the book. B
197.201.128.0/24 [200/0] via 10.1.1.1, 00:02:24 152.86.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
B
152.86.75.0 [200/0] via 10.1.1.1, 00:02:24 42.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
B
42.21.92.0 [200/0] via 10.1.1.1, 00:02:24 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
C
10.1.1.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0 148.98.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets
•
B • •
Table of Contents
148.98.72.0 [200/0] via 10.1.1.1, 00:02:24 Index
Examples
Frohike#ping 42.21.92.1 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE sequence No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 Type escape toLynch abort.
Sending 5,Cisco 100-byte ICMP Echos to 42.21.92.1, timeout is 2 seconds: Publisher: Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!!!!! ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/5/8 ms Frohike#ping 152.86.75.1 Type escape sequence to abort. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. Sending Studies 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 152.86.75.1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying whatrate you know Success is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 36/36/40 ms Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Now you can see the effects the use candidates of I-BGP full-mesh BGP CCIE that Practical Studies, Volume II that leads CCIE through configurations, the process of preparing for the synchronization, next-hop-self commands it's time to move onexercises. to E-BGP peer CCIE lab exam byand presenting them with a series have, of challenging laboratory A perfect configurations andbest-selling look at some of edition, the issues you will encounter when working with E-BGP companion to the first thisthat book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics configurations. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
E-BGP Peer Relationships E-BGP peer relationships are, undoubtedly, the most common type of BGP peering relationship that most enterprise network professionals will encounter. Regardless of how many peers one BGP speaker has, only a few types of connections can occur between E-BGP peers. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Directly connected peers— Peers that are directly connected; usually over a WAN Examples connection between CCIE Practical Studies Volume the II customer and the service providers, or between transit peers. •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Indirectly connected peers— E-BGP peers that must cross one or more non-BGPspeaking routers to reach each other.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Configuring direct E-BGP connections is an extremely straightforward process involving only Pub Date: November 07, 2003 three steps. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Step 1. Enable BGP routing using the router bgpas-number command.
Step 2. Configure BGP peers using the neighbor ip-addressremote-asremote-asnumber command. E-BGP peer relationships are formed if the AS number entered during the configuration of the neighbor command is not the same as locally configured AS Gain hands-on number. experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 3. (Optional) Specify the networks that the local peer is to advertise using the networknetwork [masksubnet-mask] command. Similar to the EIGRP network Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying command, the BGP network command specifies networks that the local peer will what you know advertise; if those networks do not fall exactly between the classful boundaries, the subnet masks define those networks. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Figure 8-8 shows an example of the direct E-BGP configuration between the Sideshow and Crusty routers.Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Practical CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Figure Connected E-BGPcoverage Peers of the routing and Combined with Volume I, the8-8. CCIEDirectly candidate will get comprehensive switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the routing and In this example, the Sideshow and Crusty routers form an E-BGP peercoverage connection over a serial switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. connection on the 157.209.8.4/30 network. The Sideshow router is in AS 858 and does not advertise BGP networks; the Crusty router belongs to AS 1013 and advertises networks The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 111.200.48.0/22, 111.200.52.0/22, and 208.211.101.0/24. Example 8-48 shows the Sideshow includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router configuration and the routes as seen by the Sideshow router, and Example 8-49 shows technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network the configuration for the Crusty router. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 8-48. Sideshow Router Configuration Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Sideshow#show run | begin bgp router bgp 858 bgp log-neighbor-changes
neighbor 157.209.8.6 remote-as 1013 no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ Sideshow#show ip bgp •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 157.209.8.5 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No.i 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Origin codes: - IGP, e - EGP, ? incomplete
NetworkCisco Press Publisher:
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 111.200.48.0/22 157.209.8.6 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
0
0 1013 i
*> 111.200.52.0/22
157.209.8.6
0
0 1013 i
*> 208.211.101.0
157.209.8.6
0
0 1013 i
________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
Example 8-49. what you knowCrusty Router Configuration
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five run full-blown practice Crusty# show | begin bgp labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the router bgp 1013 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bgp log-neighbor-changes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network with 111.200.48.0 mask 255.255.252.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network 111.200.52.0 mask 255.255.252.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 208.211.101.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 157.209.8.5 remote-as 858 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no auto-summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Exceeding BGP Limitations with E-BGP Multihop Because the BGP-4 specification does not allow E-BGP speakers to form peer relationships unless they are directly connected, you must plan for indirect external BGP configurations. You need to know whether special design considerations are required for BGP to operate properly when the
peers must pass through other routers to form peer relationships and exchange update messages. Theneighbor ip-addressebgp-multihop command specifies that the remote peer specified by theneighbor statement is not directly connected. This command is used to connect E-BGP speakers that must traverse one or more hops to form a successful E-BGP session. The neighbor ip-addressebgp-multihop command uses the following syntax: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighborip-address ebgp-multihop [number-of-hops] ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
To specify the number of hops that must be crossed to reach a neighbor (ranging from 1 to 255), or, if you are unsure of the number of hops required, you can accept the default value of 255, Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exambecause with volume twoallow of thefor best-selling CCIE although the default is not for always recommended it might suboptimal routing Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. across long paths. You must complete five steps to create successful E-BGP peering relationships between peers. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what know that the local and remote routers have routes to reach each other before Stepyou 1. Verify configuring BGP using the show ip routeneighbor-ip-address command. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Step 2. Enable the local BGP process using the router bgpas-number command. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 3. Configure the remote peer's IP address and AS number using the neighbor ipCCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the address remote-asremote-as-number command. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Step 4. Configure the networks that are to be advertised by the local peer using the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. network command. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Step 5. Enable E-BGP multihop using the neighbor ip-addressebgp-multihopnumberof-hops command. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network In the network shown in Figure 8-9, for example, notice that the Murtagh and Geilis routers are settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These indirectly connected by means of the Willoughby router. The Murtagh router belongs to AS 1743, comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty and the Geilis router belongs to AS 1968, so they must be able to form an E-BGP peer level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. relationship by sending BGP messages through the Willoughby router, which does not participate Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. in BGP.
Figure 8-9. Running E-BGP Across Multiple Hops
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. This shows how the ebgp-multihop keyword was used to enable BGP routing between the Murtagh Geilis routers. Notice how the core neighbor 210.34.12.2 ebgp-multihop command The bookand begins with brief coverage of the technologies required on the CCIE lab2 exam and is used in Example 8-50 to specify that the Geilis router can be up to two hops away, and that a includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core static route is used to tell the Murtagh router how to reach the 210.32.12.0/24 network, the technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network route to the router. of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These settings. TheGeilis final chapter comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 8-50. Murtagh Router Configuration Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Murtagh#show run | begin bgp router bgp 1743 bgp log-neighbor-changes
neighbor 210.34.12.2 remote-as 1968 neighbor 210.34.12.2 ebgp-multihop 2 ! ip classless •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip route 210.34.12.0 255.255.255.0 46.79.82.90 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
To verify that the E-BGP multihop configuration is working, use the show ip bgp neighbor command show Publisher:(or Cisco Press ip bgp neighbors | i external|state|hops for an abbreviated summary of E-BGP neighbors), look for an established connection. Example 8-51 shows the output of the Pub Date: November and 07, 2003 show ip bgp neighbors and show ip bgp neighbors | i external|state|hops commands for ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 the Murtagh router. Pages: 1032
Example 8-51. show ip bgp neighbors Command Output Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Murtagh#show ip bgp neighbors BGP neighbor 210.34.12.2, remote AS with 1968, linkguide you in applying Experienceis putting concepts into practice lab external scenarios that what you know BGP version 4, remote router ID 198.78.1.1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BGP state = Established, up for 00:16:08 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Last read 00:00:08, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Neighbor capabilities: companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume advertised I, like the Cisco 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Route refresh: andCatalyst received(old & new) Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies Received 25 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queuerequired on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides Sent 25 messages, 0 notifications, 0 to inapplying queue the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of0, thesent technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Route refresh request: received 0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking are included throughout Default minimum time techniques between advertisement runs is the 30 book. seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP table version 5, neighbor version 5 Index 1, Offset 0, Mask 0x2 2 accepted prefixes consume 72 bytes
Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0 Number of NLRIs in the update sent: max 0, min 0 Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:16:53, due to Peer closed the session • • •
Table of Contents
External BGP neighbor might be up to 2 hops away. Index
Examples
Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1, unread input bytes: 0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE 46.79.82.89, No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE port: No. 7220179 Local host: Local
Foreign host: 210.34.12.2, Foreign port: 11020 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Byers#ISBN: show1-58705-072-2 ip bgp neighbors | i external|state|hops Pages: 1032
BGP neighbor 210.34.12.2,
remote AS 1968, external link
BGP state = Established, up for 00:16:08 External BGP neighbor might be up to 2 hops away. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying If the ebgp-multihop keyword had not been used for each indirect E-BGP session, the show ip what you know bgp neighbors command will show you several hints about the problem, as shown in Example 8-52. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 8-52. Diagnosing Indirect E-BGP Peering Problems
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Murtagh# show ip bgp I,neighbors Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service BGP neighbor is of 210.34.12.2, remote AS 1968, external linkProvider lab exams. The book begins 4, withremote brief coverage core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and BGP version router of IDthe 0.0.0.0 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network BGP statefollow, = Idle settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include of 180, the technologies gradually in difficulty Last read 00:00:09, hold timeallis keepalive and interval is increase 60 seconds level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and are included throughout Received 0 test-taking messages, techniques 0 notifications, 0 in queue the book. Sent 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 Default minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast
BGP table version 1, neighbor version 0 Index 1, Offset 0, Mask 0x2 0 accepted prefixes consume 0 bytes Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0 • • •
Table of Contents
Number of NLRIs in the update sent: max 0, min 0 Index
Examples
Connections established 0; dropped 0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Last reset never
External BGPPress neighbor not directly connected. Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
No active TCP connection ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
For instance, the first highlighted line shows that the local BGP speaker is unaware of the remote peer's BGP router ID, indicating that the local router has never seen the remote peer's BGP Gain CCIE Lab Exam with volume of the best-selling CCIE routerhands-on ID. Also,experience notice thatfor thethe BGP session is in the Idle state, two which generally indicates that Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. there was a problem establishing a TCP session between the peers. No BGP messages have been sent or received from the remote peer, as indicated by the zero sent and received BGP messages, and no connections have been established or dropped. The reason for the problem is Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying clearly displayed in the line "External BGP neighbor not directly connected." In addition, the final what you know line of the command output clearly shows that there is no active TCP connection between the peers. If you are having problems connecting E-BGP-speaking routers, you should always use Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation theshow ip bgp neighbors command for help diagnosing error conditions. Example 8-53 showsTake the configurations the Willoughby and Geilis routers. five full-blown for practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example CCIE lab exam 8-53. by presenting Willoughby them with anda Geilis series ofRouter challenging Configurations laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. hostname portions Willoughby The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface Serial0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs 255.255.255.252 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip address 46.79.82.90 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface FastEthernet0 ip address 210.34.12.1 255.255.255.0 ! router ospf 1
network 46.79.82.88 0.0.0.3 area 0 network 210.34.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 ________________________________________________________________ hostname Geilis •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface Loopback10
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byip Karladdress Solie CCIE 198.77.1.1 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 255.255.0.0
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Loopback20 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip address 198.78.1.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface FastEthernet0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 210.34.12.2 255.255.255.0 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 1know router ospf Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 210.34.12.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the router 1968 CCIE labbgp exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bgpcovered log-neighbor-changes not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 198.77.0.0 255.255.0.0 switching of themask Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network 198.78.1.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 46.79.82.89 remote-as technologies follow, providing detailed 1743 guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 46.79.82.89 ebgp-multihop 2 technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include all of the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no auto-summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Now that you have a practical view about how BGP is configured and how to troubleshoot BGP connection problems, it is time to examine how BGP interacts with other routing protocols, how it stores routes in the table, and how it can be configured to advertise local networks.
BGP and IGP Interaction One thing that you must always remember when using BGP as your AS routing protocol is that, unlike distance-vector and link-state protocols such as OSPF and EIGRP, BGP is a path-vector routing protocol. It does not route packets based on hops, costs, or other metrics like IGP • Table of based Contents protocols; it routes on AS paths. Keeping this in mind will save hours of troubleshooting • Index when you notice BGP behaving differently than IGP protocols. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Keep in mindStudies theseVolume rules when II using BGP with other IGP protocols: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
BGP will not put routes that it cannot verify reachability for in the main IP routing table. Publisher: Cisco Press
For routers to successfully Pub Date: November 07, 2003
use BGP routes, they must always have a route to the next-hop IPISBN: address in the main IP routing table. 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Unless otherwise configured, BGP stores only the best path to a destination network in the main IP routing table. However, you can use the BGP maximum-paths command, discussed in Chapter 9, to configure more than one path. BGP advertises only the best path to a destination network. You can control BGP path Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE with volume twopath of the best-selling CCIE selection using BGP attributes, andLab youExam can control the best selection process using Practical Studies Cisco BGP Press. certain Ciscotitle IOSfrom Software configuration commands, which are discussed in Chapter 9. BGP follows its own best path decision process to find the most efficient path; this path is Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying stored in the main routing table. what you know BGP forms peer relationships only with explicitly configured peers, and only advertises Learn howthat to build a explicitly practice lab for your to CCIE lab exam preparation networks it was configured advertise. Takedoes five full-blown practice that mimic actual lab exam environment BGP not redistribute its labs routes into IGPsthe unless explicitly configured to do so. CCIE BGP Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of as preparing for the is anStudies, extremely customizable protocol; it can be as dynamic or static it is configured CCIE to labbe. exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect You can advertise and control route policies in a number of different ways. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Using as ofa the Routing switchingBGP portions Routing Protocol and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. You book The can use begins BGP with to complement brief coverage yourofexisting the coreIGP technologies protocols in required several on ways. the The CCIEeasiest lab exam wayand to includesa suggested design BGP network references is first tofor analyze furtheryour reading. IP addressing, Laboratoryverifying exercises that covering you have each created of the acore technologies network design follow, that providing allows for detailed route aggregation guides to applying and route the table technologies conservation. in real Suppose, networkfor settings. The instance, thatfinal you chapter are responsible of the book for designing concludesawith national five hands-on enterpriselab network, exercises. andThese that you have comprehensive been assigned apractice /22 block labs of include public IP alladdresses of the technologies to use across andthat gradually network. increase In this incase, difficulty you level.to have They decide present where readers to putwith yourscenarios primary data-center similar to what locations, they will how face to on allocate the actual IP addresses lab exam. to Studyadvantage take tips and test-taking of your routing techniques protocols. are included During this throughout process, the you book. must create policies that specify which router to filter, how route aggregation and summarization will be accomplished, and how these routes will be advertised (to internal peers, to external partners, and the Internet). Assume that your company has decided to build four major data centers that will peer with two service providers for Internet routing, and that you will use OSPF for your internal IGP routing protocol. Also assume that you were assigned the 109.248.4.0/22 block of IP addresses and AS number 444. You can break that IP allocation into four /24 networks and spread those across the nation, with one /24 per data center. Table 8-13 shows how you can break the /22 network into
four /24 networks and spread them across the nation to sites in Los Angeles, Dallas, Chicago, and Boston.
Table 8-14. IP Addressing for a Nationwide Enterprise Network •
Table of Contents
•Los Angeles Index • Examples
109.248.4.0/24
Dallas
Chicago
Boston
109.248.5.0/24
109.248.6.0/24
109.248.7.0/24
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
To provide hierarchical routing for your new network, you need to aggregate those addresses at Publisher: Cisco Press each Internet border router and advertise the aggregate networks to each of the service Pub Date: 07, 2003 providers atNovember each data center. To provide carrier redundancy, each data center will require at ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 least two E-BGP connections, and, to create a full I-BGP mesh, there will need to be an I-BGP Pages: between 1032 connection each of the Internet border routers inside of your autonomous system. To provide a successful design to your company, you have to make sure that the OSPF design sends its updates to the BGP routers, and that each of the Internet border routers has information about the routes it learned from the OSPF routing process. You need to do this so that, in the event that one of the border routers becomes unavailable, the other three routers can successfully advertise yourfor network to the Figure 8-10two shows a high-level example Gain hands-on experience the CCIE LabInternet. Exam with volume of the best-selling CCIE of how the autonomous system border routers in this example can be arranged to handle routes for Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. each state for which the data center provides routing. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Figure 8-10. Autonomous System Border Router Arrangement for Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIEFour lab exam preparation National Network with Data Centers Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment In thisPractical example, OSPF enables to advertise and summarize or /28ofnetworks CCIE Studies, Volume you II leads CCIE candidates throughthe the/27 process preparingthat for are the used for smaller sites, using the OSPF ASBR routers to aggregate those smaller networks into CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect /24 blocks that can be sent, through a firewall, to theprovides Internetcoverage border routers, theytopics will be companion to the best-selling first edition, this book of CCIEwhere lab exam advertised to the Internet. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Now that you have an idea of how you can use BGP in a practical real-world example, let's look switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. at how BGP uses the main IP routing table to store and advertise its routes, how IGPs learn BGP routes, and how to configure BGP to of advertise network types.on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage the coredifferent technologies required includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP and IP Routing Tables InChapter 7, you saw a brief overview of how BGP used its tables to store and advertise routes, and you learned the process that BGP uses to update the main IP routing table so that the routes can be used to forward traffic. Now you will see how you need to configure BGP to perform these • Table of Contents functions, and what you can do to control the routing policies. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
How BGP Stores Routes
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Before BGP advertises a route to a peer, it always checks the validity of the route. Therefore, if Cisco Press locally, BGP checks to see whether the route exists in the main IP routing the Publisher: route originated Pub Date: November 07,route 2003 was received from a peering router. It verifies that it can reach the table, or whether the next hop ISBN: for1-58705-072-2 that route. If either of these cases is not true, the router only stores the route in its BGP routing table, as you can see using the show ip bgp command, and the router does not Pages: 1032 advertise the route to any of its peers or store it in the main IP routing table.
Gain NOTE hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Always check your typing before troubleshooting BGP. Cisco IOS Software enables you to type any valid IP address as a network using the network command. If you Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying accidentally mistype a network address (for instance 10.1.1.1 mask 255.255.255.0, what you know rather than 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0), the router will accept the network configuration, and you might spend why BGP is not Learn how to build a practice lab fortime yourtrying CCIE to labfigure examout preparation advertising the 10.1.1.0/24 network, when you really configured it to advertise the 10.1.1.1/24 network.practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Take five full-blown CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Advertising Local Networks There are quite a few ways to advertise networks to BGP peers; the command that you use to advertise the networks depends on a few variables. For example, you might want BGP to control exactly which networks BGP advertises to its remote peers. You might want to advertise any • of Contents network thatTable the router is directly connected to, or you might want to advertise static routes to • Index networks, to "nail them down" so that when the path to that network changes, the route that • Examples BGP advertises to its upstream peers stays the same. Or, under certain circumstances, you CCIE Practical Studies Volume might want to advertise anIIentire IGP routing process to the remote peers. BGP enables you to control how you advertise By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahnetworks, Lynch CCIEby No.giving 7220 you different options on route origination. These options include the following: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: the November 07, 2003 Using network command ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Redistributing connected networks Pages: 1032 Redistributing static routes Redistributing IGP routes Gain section hands-on experience Lab Exam with of the best-selling This shows you howfor tothe useCCIE the commands listedvolume here totwo advertise networks to CCIE BGP Practical Studies title from in Cisco Press. peers. The network shown Figure 8-11 is used for the following examples. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Figure 8-11. Reservoir Network Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Advertising Connected Networks The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and As previously mentioned, if you have a need to dynamically advertise directly connected includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core networks, you might choose to redistribute connected networks into the local BGP process, which technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network will limit the amount of static configuration. Take a look at the router in Example 8-54, for settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These instance; more than 20 loopback interfaces need to be advertised using BGP. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 8-54. Advertising Many Directly Connected Networks
Black#show ip interface brief Interface
IP-Address
OK? Method Status
Ethernet0/0
196.205.41.2
YES manual up
Protocol up
Serial0/0
93.21.5.2
YES manual up
up
Loopback2
8.2.135.1
YES manual up
up
Loopback3
8.2.135.33
YES manual up
up
Loopback4
8.2.135.65
YES manual up
up
8.2.135.97
YES manual up
up
8.2.135.129
YES manual up
up
•
Table of Contents
Loopback5 • Index •
Examples
Loopback6 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Loopback7
8.2.135.161
YES manual up
up
Publisher: Cisco Press Loopback8
8.2.135.193
YES manual up
up
8.2.135.225
YES manual up
up
Loopback10
8.2.136.1
YES manual up
up
Loopback11
8.2.136.33
YES manual up
up
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Loopback9 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Loopback12 8.2.136.65 YES manual up up Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Loopback13 8.2.136.97 YES manual up up Loopback14 manual up Experience putting concepts8.2.136.129 into practice with YES lab scenarios that guide you in applyingup what you know Loopback15 8.2.136.161 YES manual up up Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Loopback16 8.2.136.193 YES manual up up Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Loopback17 8.2.136.225 YES manual up up CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect Loopback18 8.2.137.1 YES manuallaboratory up up companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the8.2.137.33 Cisco Catalyst 3550, maps, Loopback19 YESroute manual upBGP, Multicast, and QoS.up Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing8.2.137.65 and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. up Loopback20 YES manual up The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab examup and Loopback21 8.2.137.97 YES manual up includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network up Loopback22 8.2.137.129 YES manual up settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Loopback23 8.2.137.161 YES manual up up level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout theupbook. Loopback24 8.2.137.193 YES manual up Loopback25
8.2.137.225
YES manual up
up
You could advertise all these networks using the BGP network command, which would require quite a bit of configuration and no dynamic route additions or subtractions, and allow for plenty of room for typos, as shown in Example 8-55.
Example 8-55. Using the network Command to Advertise Networks
Black#show run | begin bgp •
Table of Contents
router bgp Index 152 • •
Examples
bgp log-neighbor-changes
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,mask Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 8.2.135.0 255.255.255.224
network Publisher:8.2.135.32 Cisco Press mask 255.255.255.224 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network ISBN:8.2.135.64 1-58705-072-2 mask 255.255.255.224 Pages: 1032
network 8.2.135.96 mask 255.255.255.224 network 8.2.135.128 mask 255.255.255.224 network 8.2.135.160 mask 255.255.255.224 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco255.255.255.224 Press. networkStudies 8.2.135.192 mask network 8.2.135.224 mask 255.255.255.224 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 8.2.136.0 mask 255.255.255.224 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 8.2.136.32 mask 255.255.255.224 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment network 8.2.136.64 mask 255.255.255.224 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 8.2.136.98 mask them 255.255.255.224 CCIE lab exam by presenting with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network maskthe 255.255.255.224 not covered8.2.136.128 in Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 8.2.136.160 mask 255.255.255.224 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The network book begins 8.2.136.192 with brief mask coverage 255.255.255.224 of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies network 8.2.136.224 follow, providing mask detailed 255.255.255.224 guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive network 8.2.137.0 practicemask labs 255.255.255.224 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study network tips and 8.2.137.32 test-taking mask techniques 255.255.255.224 are included throughout the book. network 8.2.137.64 mask 255.255.255.224 network 8.2.137.96 mask 255.255.255.224 network 8.2.137.128 mask 255.255.255.224 network 8.2.137.160 mask 255.255.255.224
network 8.2.137.192 mask 255.255.255.224 network 8.2.137.224 mask 255.255.255.224 neighbor 93.21.5.1 remote-as 546 neighbor 196.205.41.1 remote-as 258 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ Black#show ip bgp
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karltable Solie CCIE No. 4599is , Leah Lynch CCIE router No. 7220 BGP version 32, local
ID is 8.2.137.225
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
OriginISBN: codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Network
*> 8.2.135.0/27
Next Hop 0.0.0.0
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
32768 i
*> 8.2.135.32/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 8.2.135.64/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i *> 8.2.135.96/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 8.2.135.128/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 8.2.135.160/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 8.2.135.192/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the *> 8.2.135.224/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 iexercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *> i not 8.2.136.0/27 covered in Volume I,0.0.0.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps,32768 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *> 8.2.136.32/27 0 32768 i switching portions of the0.0.0.0 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE lab exam and The8.2.136.64/27 book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core *> 8.2.136.128/27 0.0.0.0 0 the technologies 32768 i in real network technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These *> 8.2.136.160/27 0 32768 iincrease in difficulty comprehensive practice 0.0.0.0 labs include all of the technologies and gradually level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. *> 8.2.136.192/27 0.0.0.0 0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the 32768 book. i *> 8.2.136.224/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 8.2.137.0/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 8.2.137.32/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 8.2.137.64/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 8.2.137.96/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 8.2.137.128/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 8.2.137.160/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 8.2.137.192/27 *> 8.2.137.224/27
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Alternatively, you could use the redistribute connected command to tell BGP to automatically Pub Date: November 07, 2003 redistribute all directly connected networks, as shown in Example 8-56. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 8-56. Using the redistribute connected Command
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Black#show run | begin bgp Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router bgp 152 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no synchronization what you know bgp Learn log-neighbor-changes how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation redistribute Take five full-blown connected practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads neighbor 93.21.5.1 remote-as 546CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, neighbor to 196.205.41.1 remote-as 258this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ________________________________________________________________ switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Black#show ip bgp The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further reading. exercises covering each of the core BGP table versionreferences is 5, local router ID isLaboratory 8.2.137.225 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The finals chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on Status codes: suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid,lab > exercises. best, i -These internal comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present with scenarios to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Origin codes: i -readers IGP, e - EGP, ? - similar incomplete Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 8.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 93.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 196.205.41.0
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
Notice that when you use the redistribute connected command, as in the preceding example, BGP automatically summarizes networks at their classful boundaries. It is fairly unusual to have networks that can be summarized on their classful network boundaries; to overcome the default BGP behavior, you can use the no auto-summary command to tell BGP not to summarize networks, as shown in Example 8-57. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
Example 8-57. • ExamplesUsing the BGP no auto-summary Command CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Black#show run | begin bgp Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: router bgpNovember 152 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
bgp Pages: log-neighbor-changes 1032 redistribute connected neighbor 93.21.5.1 remote-as 546 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE neighbor 196.205.41.1 remote-as 258 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no auto-summary Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ________________________________________________________________ what you know Black# showhow ip to bgp Learn build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BGP table Take five version full-blown is 28, practice local labsrouter that mimic ID is the8.2.137.225 actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II d leads CCIE candidates through the process for the Status codes: s suppressed, damped, h history, * valid, > best,of ipreparing - internal CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to theibest-selling first edition, book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Origin codes: - IGP, e EGP, ? - this incomplete not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE get comprehensive coverage Network Next Hop candidate will Metric LocPrf Weight Path of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 1.1.1.1/32 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises each of the core *> 8.2.135.0/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768covering ? technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five lab exercises. These *> 8.2.135.32/27 0.0.0.0 0 hands-on 32768 ? comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what face on *> 8.2.135.64/27 0.0.0.0 0 they will32768 ? the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 8.2.135.96/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.135.128/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.135.160/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.135.192/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.135.224/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.0/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.32/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.64/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.96/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
• Index *> 8.2.136.128/27 • Examples
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II *> 8.2.136.160/27 0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
•
Table of Contents
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
*> 8.2.136.192/27 Publisher: Cisco Press
*> 8.2.136.224/27
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
*> 8.2.137.0/27 Pages: 1032
Network *> 8.2.137.32/27
Next Hop 0.0.0.0
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
32768 ?
*> 0.0.0.0 Gain8.2.137.64/27 hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with0volume two32768 of the ?best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 8.2.137.96/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? Experience putting 0.0.0.0 concepts into practice with lab0 scenarios that guide *> 8.2.137.128/27 32768 ? you in applying what you know *> 8.2.137.160/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 8.2.137.192/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 8.2.137.224/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 93.21.5.0/30 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 196.205.41.0/30 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Advertising Static Routes settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty One to present make BGP announce very stable routestotowhat the they Internet to "nail the routes level.way They readers with scenarios similar will is face on the actual labdown" exam. using static routes to null0 with a high administrative distance. This causes the router to Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. advertise the network specified by the static route to its neighbors. Because the static route to null0 has a high administrative distance (such as 253), any routes received from other routing protocols are preferred for use in the main IP routing table. Dynamic routes, learned from IGP neighbors, can change or even disappear. BGP will still advertise the "nailed-down" networks, without interruption, because of the static routes. Example 8-58 shows how you use the redistribute static command, static routes to null0, and the no auto-summary command to create stable Internet-facing routes.
Example 8-58. Redistributing Static Routes
Black#show run | begin bgp router bgp 152 •
Table of Contents • no synchronization Index •
Examples
bgpPractical log-neighbor-changes CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
redistribute static
Publisher: Cisco Press neighbor 93.21.5.1 remote-as 546 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 196.205.41.1 remote-as 258 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no auto-summary ! ip classless Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip route 8.2.135.0 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.135.32 Null0 Experience putting 255.255.255.224 concepts into practice with254 lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip route 8.2.135.64 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip route 8.2.135.96 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip route 8.2.135.128 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip route 8.2.135.160 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not route covered8.2.135.192 in Volume I, 255.255.255.224 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip Null0 254 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the 255.255.255.224 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip route portions 8.2.135.224 Null0 254 Theroute book begins with brief coverage of theNull0 core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ip 8.2.136.0 255.255.255.224 254 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ip route 8.2.136.32 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 255.255.255.224 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip route 8.2.136.64 Null0 254 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip route 8.2.136.96 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.136.128 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.136.160 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.136.192 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.136.224 255.255.255.224 Null0 254
ip route 8.2.137.0 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.137.32 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.137.64 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.137.96 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip route 8.2.137.128 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 ip route 8.2.137.160 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220Null0 ipKarl route 8.2.137.192 255.255.255.224
254
ip Publisher: route 8.2.137.224 255.255.255.224 Null0 254 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
________________________________________________________________ ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Black#show ip bgp BGP table version is 25, local router ID is 1.1.1.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies ititle from Cisco Press.? - incomplete Origin codes: - IGP, e - EGP, Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 8.2.135.0/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 8.2.135.32/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 8.2.135.64/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the *> 8.2.135.96/27 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ?exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *> ? not 8.2.135.128/27 covered in Volume I,0.0.0.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps,32768 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *> 8.2.135.160/27 0 32768 ? switching portions of the0.0.0.0 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? CCIE lab exam and The8.2.135.192/27 book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core *> 8.2.135.224/27 0.0.0.0 0 the technologies 32768 ? in real network technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These *> 8.2.136.0/27 0 32768 ?increase in difficulty comprehensive practice 0.0.0.0 labs include all of the technologies and gradually level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. *> 8.2.136.32/27 0.0.0.0 0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the 32768 book. ? *> 8.2.136.64/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.96/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.128/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.160/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.192/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.224/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.137.0/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.137.32/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
• • •
Network
Table of Contents Index Examples
*> 8.2.137.64/27
Next Hop 0.0.0.0
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
32768 ?
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl 8.2.137.96/27 0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> Publisher: 8.2.137.128/27 Cisco Press
0
32768 ?
0
32768 ?
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
0.0.0.0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 8.2.137.160/27 0.0.0.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
*> 8.2.137.192/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 8.2.137.224/27
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Notice that each of the routes is stored in the BGP table ready to be advertised to any remote peers; if an IGP route exists, the router forwards all traffic for the networks specified by the Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying redistribute static command on to the correct destination, allowing IGP routes to change or what you know disappear with no BGP service interruption. Just keep in mind that if you use a static route to null0, you still have to have a route to the destination network with a lower administrative Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation distance; otherwise, the router actually forwards the routes to interface null0—the bit bucket. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leadsvia CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Advertising Routes Learned IGPs CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics The last, and least desirable, way to locally originate routes into BGP is to redistribute IGP routes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. into BGP dynamically. This is not a recommended practice because IGP routes tend to change Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and rather often, and you (and anyone that you peer with) will not want BGP to constantly add, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. change, or remove IGP redistributed routes on a regular basis. However, you can configure BGP to IGP routes redistributed directly into BGP by using the redistribute command. Thehave book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on theprotocol CCIE lab exam and Example 8-59 shows how routes advertised by an OSPF process are dynamically redistributed includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core into BGP. Thisfollow, example shows detailed the routes received by OSPF, the OSPF/BGP configuration, technologies providing guides to applying the technologies in real networkand the final BGP table. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 8-59. Redistributing Routes into the BGP Study tips and test-taking techniques areIGP included throughout book.
Black#show run | begin ospf router ospf 1 log-adjacency-changes
network 8.2.138.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 Black#show ip route 196.205.41.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets C • • •
O
196.205.41.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0 Table of Contents
8.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 25 subnets, 2 masks Index
Examples
8.2.137.129/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:29, Serial0/1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 O Karl Solie8.2.136.129/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2,
O
8.2.135.129/32 Publisher: Cisco Press
00:02:29, Serial0/1
[110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:29, Serial0/1
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
O O O
8.2.137.161/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:29, Serial0/1
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
8.2.136.161/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:30, Serial0/1 8.2.135.161/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:30, Serial0/1
O 8.2.137.193/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:30, Serial0/1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:30, Serial0/1 O 8.2.136.193/32 [110/65] O O
8.2.135.193/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what8.2.137.225/32 you know [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1
O
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 8.2.136.225/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1
O
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 8.2.135.225/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the C 8.2.138.0/30 is directly Serial0/1laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them withconnected, a series of challenging companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics O 8.2.137.1/32 viaCatalyst 8.2.138.2, not covered in Volume I, [110/65] like the Cisco 3550, 00:02:31, route maps,Serial0/1 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and O via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1 switching 8.2.136.1/32 portions of the [110/65] Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. O [110/65] 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1 The book 8.2.135.1/32 begins with brief coveragevia of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core O 8.2.137.33/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These O 8.2.136.33/32 [110/65] via 00:02:31, Serial0/1 comprehensive practice labs include all of 8.2.138.2, the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. O 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1 Study tips8.2.135.33/32 and test-taking [110/65] techniquesvia are included throughout the book. O
8.2.137.65/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1
O
8.2.136.65/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1
O
8.2.135.65/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1
O
8.2.137.97/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:31, Serial0/1
O
8.2.136.97/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:32, Serial0/1
O
8.2.135.97/32 [110/65] via 8.2.138.2, 00:02:32, Serial0/1 93.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets
C
93.21.5.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Black#show run | begin bgp router bgp 152
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byno Karlsynchronization Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
bgp log-neighbor-changes Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
redistribute ospf 1 match internal external 1 external 2 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 93.21.5.1 remote-as 546 neighbor 196.205.41.1 remote-as 258 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Black#show ip bgp BGP table version is 26, local router ID is 1.1.1.1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the *> 8.2.135.1/32 8.2.138.2 65 32768 ?exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *> ? not 8.2.135.33/32 covered in Volume I,8.2.138.2 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550,65route maps,32768 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *> 8.2.135.65/32 65 32768 ? switching portions of the8.2.138.2 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 8.2.138.2 65 32768 ? CCIE lab exam and The8.2.135.97/32 book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core *> 8.2.135.129/32 8.2.138.2 65 the technologies 32768 ? in real network technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These *> 8.2.135.161/32 65 32768 ?increase in difficulty comprehensive practice 8.2.138.2 labs include all of the technologies and gradually level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. *> 8.2.135.193/32 8.2.138.2 65 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the 32768 book. ? *> 8.2.135.225/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.1/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.33/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.65/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.97/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.129/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.161/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.136.193/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
65
32768 ?
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 8.2.136.225/32 *> 8.2.137.1/32
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl 8.2.137.33/32 8.2.138.2
NetworkCisco Press Publisher:
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 8.2.137.65/32 8.2.138.2 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.137.97/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.137.129/32
8.2.138.2
65
32768 ?
*> 8.2.137.161/32 8.2.138.2 65 32768 ? Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 8.2.137.193/32 8.2.138.2 65 32768 ? *> 8.2.137.225/32 8.2.138.2 65 32768 ? Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 8.2.138.0/30 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Notice in the preceding exampleIIthat redistribution between IGP and BGP is aof fairly CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through the process preparing for the straightforward process, only them requiring or two your autoCCIE lab exam by presenting withone a series of commands challenging(depending laboratory on exercises. A perfect summary However, the amount of routes redistributed into BGPlab could be topics rather companionrequirements). to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE exam large, and the onlythe be Cisco as stable as the networks theBGP, IGPsMulticast, are advertising. It is not covered in routes Volumewill I, like Catalyst 3550, routethat maps, and QoS. best to save thisVolume command forCCIE whencandidate absolutely necessary. Combined with I, the will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 14: BGP Routing As you have learned in this chapter, there are many ways to use BGP in a production network; the most common use is to use BGP to multihome a network to two or more service providers for Internet access. The following lab concentrates on the different BGP connection types and • Table of Contents provides an application for BGP route testing using Voice over IP (VoIP). •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Lab Exercise
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
In this lab, you configure BGP peering relationships between the "I-Scream for Coffee" 32-flavor Publisher: network andCisco usePress the BGP routing as a backbone for routing between the external networks Pub Date: November 07, 2003 hosted by the Mint and Chocolate routers in autonomous systems 203 and 507, and the internal networks ISBN: hosted 1-58705-072-2 by the Vanilla, Strawberry, Latte, and Americano routers in AS 409. To test your skill in1032 BGP routing, you have to send test calls between the phones on the Chocolate and Pages: Latte routers.
Lab Objectives Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Use E-BGP and I-BGP with associated commands to perform routing between autonomous systems. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what Allow you BGPknow routes to pass through access lists. Learn howBGP to build a practice lab forwithout your CCIE lab exam Configure around IGP routers, enabling BGP preparation on all routers. Takethe fiveroutes full-blown practice labstothat mimic actual exam environment Use provided by BGP make test the calls over lab phones connected between routers in different autonomous systems. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Equipment Needed not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Seven Cisco routers (two with voice modules to allow for VoIP testing). The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Six suggested routers willreferences require only or two serial Laboratory interfaces, and threecovering routers will require includes for one further reading. exercises each of the core serial and Ethernet or Token Ring guides interfaces. technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These One hub, switch, MSAU, which to connect the three multiaccess routers. comprehensive practiceorlabs include all isofrequired the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Physical Layout and Prestaging Cable the routers as shown in Figure 8-12. The Mint, Chocolate, Vanilla, and Strawberry routers can be connected using back-to-back serial cables.
Figure 8-12. The I-Scream for Coffee Network
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The Vanilla, Strawberry, and Mocha routers require back-to-back serial and Ethernet (or The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Token Ring) connections. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides applying technologies in real network The Mocha, Latte, and Americano routersto also requirethe back-to-back serial connections. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all loopback, of the technologies gradually increase difficulty Configure all IP addresses on the serial, andand Ethernet interfaces, asinshown in level.Figure They present 8-12. readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Enable OSPF routing on all routers except for Mint and Chocolate; with the exception of the loopback interfaces, all interfaces on these routers should belong to OSPF area 0. Make sure OSPF advertisements are not sent out non-OSPF interfaces. To successfully complete this lab, follow these steps: Step 1. Configure E-BGP peering sessions between the Mint and Vanilla routers; assign the Mint router to AS 203 and the Vanilla router to AS 409. After configuring BGP on the Mint and Vanilla routers, configure BGP on the Chocolate and Strawberry routers. Put the
Chocolate router in AS 507 and the Strawberry router in AS 409. Advertise all external loopback interfaces from AS 203 and AS 507, using BGP without using the network command. Do not allow BGP routers to perform auto summarization. Test the BGP router configurations using the show ip bgp and show ip bgp summary commands. To verify TCP reachability for the sessions, use the show ip bgp neighbors and show tcp brief all commands. • • •
Step 2. Configure an I-BGP connection between the Strawberry and Vanilla routers, and Table of Contents verify that the Mint, Vanilla, Chocolate, and Strawberry routers can all reach each other's Index BGP routes. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Step 3. Configure I-BGP between the Vanilla, Latte, and Americano routers and the Configure the Latte and Americano routers to advertise their loopback and serial IP addresses into BGP. Verify that all BGP routers can reachCisco all other Publisher: Press routers.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No.routers. 7220 Strawberry, Latte, and Americano
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 4. Test the configuration using an application. To do this, make voice calls between ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 the Chocolate and Latte routers. To configure VoIP on the Chocolate and Latte routers, Pages: 1032 create dial peers, add destination patterns and an IP address or physical port, and then dial from the phones. (For more information on VoIP configuration, refer to CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I.) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Lab Walkthrough Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. After cabling all the routers, verify connectivity using the show cdp neighbors and show ip Experience putting concepts intosave practice lab troubleshooting scenarios that guide youand in applying interface brief commands; this will a lot with of time cabling clock rate what you know problems. After verifying Layer 2 connectivity, assign IP addresses to each of the routers using the information from Figure 8-12. After assigning all IP addresses, verify Layer 3 connectivity Learn how to build a practice labusing for your exam preparation between directly connected networks the CCIE ping lab command. Now that you have verified that all routers can reach each other, enable OSPF routing on all routers and put all of their interfaces Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment in area 0. Each router should use the nonloopback interface with the highest IP address as the OSPF router ID. After enabling verify all routers have routes to all of other OSPF routers CCIE Practical Studies, Volume OSPF, II leads CCIEthat candidates through the process preparing for the using the show ip route, show ip ospf neighbors, and show ip ospf interfaces CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises.commands, A perfect and verify that they can ping each other before proceeding to coverage Step 1. of CCIE lab exam topics companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Step 1. Configure E-BGP peering sessions between the Mint and Vanilla routers; assign Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and the Mint router to AS 203 and the Vanilla router to AS 409. After configuring BGP on the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Mint and Vanilla routers, configure BGP on the Chocolate and Strawberry routers. Put the Chocolate in AS 507 andofthe router in AS 409.on Advertise external The book begins router with brief coverage theStrawberry core technologies required the CCIEall lab exam and loopback interfaces from AS 203 and AS 507, using BGP without using the network includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core command. Do providing not allow detailed BGP routers to perform autothe summarization. Test BGP router technologies follow, guides to applying technologies in realthe network configurations using the show ip bgp and show ip bgp summary commands. To verify settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These TCP reachability for the sessions, use the show ip bgp neighbors and show tcp brief all comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty commands. Example 8-60 shows the configuration for the Mint and Vanilla routers, level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab and exam. 8-61 showstechniques the configuration for thethroughout Chocolate the and book. Strawberry routers. Study Example tips and test-taking are included
Example 8-60. BGP Configuration for the Mint and Vanilla Routers
Mint#show run | begin bgp router bgp 203
no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes redistribute connected neighbor 62.129.48.2 remote-as 409 •
Table of Contents
• Index no auto-summary •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ________________________________________________________________ ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Vanilla#show run | begin bgp Publisher: Cisco Press
router bgp 409
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 no synchronization Pages: 1032
bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 62.129.48.1 remote-as 203 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Vanilla#show ip bgp BGP table Experience version putting is concepts 17, local intorouter practiceID with is lab 62.129.48.6 scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal, Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 62.120.0.0/16 62.129.48.1 0 0 203 ? companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,62.129.48.1 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. *> 62.121.0.0/16 203 ? Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the62.129.48.1 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *> 62.123.0.0/16 0 0 203 ? lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and *> 62.129.48.0/30 62.129.48.1 0 0 203 ? includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 8-61. BGP techniques Configuration for the Chocolate and Strawberry Study tips and test-taking are included throughout the book.
Routers
Chocolate#show run | begin bgp router bgp 507 no synchronization
bgp log-neighbor-changes redistribute connected neighbor 108.201.14.2 remote-as 409 no auto-summary •
Table of Contents
• Index ________________________________________________________________ •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Strawberry# show Volume run | II begin
bgp
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
router bgp 409 Publisher: Cisco Press
no synchronization
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 bgp log-neighbor-changes Pages: 1032
neighbor 108.201.14.1 remote-as 507 no auto-summary Strawberry# show ip bgp for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. BGP table version is 11, local router ID is 108.201.14.10 Experience concepts d into practiceh with lab scenarios that >guide youi in- applying Status codes: putting s suppressed, damped, history, * valid, best, internal, what you know Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 108.201.14.0/30 108.201.14.1 0 0 507 ? companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 108.201.15.0/24 108.201.14.1 0 0 507 ? Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 108.201.17.0/24 108.201.14.1 0 0 507 ? The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and *> 108.201.19.0/24 108.201.14.1 0 0 507 ? includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 2. Configure an I-BGP connection between the they Strawberry and routers, and level. Step They present readers with scenarios similar to what will face on Vanilla the actual lab exam. verify that the Mint, Vanilla, Chocolate, and Strawberry routers can all reach each other's Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BGP routes. Example 8-62 shows how I-BGP was configured on the Vanilla and Strawberry routers, and the routes that are exchanged between those routers.
Example 8-62. I-BGP Configuration for the Strawberry and Vanilla Routers
Strawberry(config)#router bgp 409 Strawberry(config-router)#neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 409 Strawberry(config-router)#neighbor 10.1.1.2 next-hop-self Strawberry#show ip bgp | begin Network • • •
Network
Table of Contents Index Examples
*>i62.120.0.0/16
Next Hop 10.1.1.2
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
100
0 203 ?
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>i62.121.0.0/16 10.1.1.2
0
100
0 203 ?
*>i62.123.0.0/16 Publisher: Cisco Press
0
100
0 203 ?
0
100
0 203 ?
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
10.1.1.2
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*>i62.129.48.0/30 10.1.1.2 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
*> 108.201.14.0/30
108.201.14.1
0
0 507 ?
*> 108.201.15.0/24
108.201.14.1
0
0 507 ?
*> 108.201.17.0/24 108.201.14.1 0 0 507 ? Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 108.201.19.0/24 108.201.14.1 0 0 507 ? ________________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Vanilla(config)#router bgp 409 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Vanilla(config-router)#neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 409 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Vanilla(config-router)#neighbor 10.1.1.3 next-hop-self CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Vanilla# show by ip presenting bgp | begin Network CCIE lab exam them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics HopCisco Catalyst 3550, Metricroute LocPrf Weight Path not Network covered in Volume I,Next like the maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *> 62.120.0.0/16 0 0 203 ? lab exams. switching portions of the62.129.48.1 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *> 62.129.48.1 0 0 the 203 CCIE ? The62.121.0.0/16 book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core *> 62.123.0.0/16 62.129.48.1 0 the technologies 0 203 ? network technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying in real settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These *> 62.129.48.0/30 0 0 203 ? comprehensive practice 62.129.48.1 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. *>i108.201.14.0/30 10.1.1.3 0 100 0 507 ? Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *>i108.201.15.0/24
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
*>i108.201.17.0/24
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
*>i108.201.19.0/24
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
________________________________________________________________
The preceding example also demonstrated how the neighbor ip-addressnext-hop-self command was used to alter the NEXT_HOP attribute for routes passed between the I-BGP peers. Also, notice that after configuring BGP routing between the Vanilla and Strawberry routers, even though the routers have valid routes in their BGP tables, the Vanilla router cannot ping the Chocolate router's networks, and the Strawberry router cannot ping the Mint router's networks, as shown here: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Vanilla# ping 108.201.14.1 Pages: 1032
Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 108.201.14.1, timeout is 2 seconds: ..... Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Success rate is 0 percent (0/5) Strawberry# ping 62.129.48.1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Type escape sequence to abort. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 62.129.48.1, timeout is 2 seconds: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE .....lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Success rate is 0 percent (0/5) Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Strawberry# The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in Strawberry real network After verifying that the Mint router could ping the Vanilla router and that the router settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These could ping the Chocolate router, the problem is identified on the Chocolate (or Mint, whichever comprehensive include the technologies and gradually in difficulty you look at first)practice router, labs namely thatall theofChocolate router does not know increase how to reach anything level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual labTo exam. on the 10.0.0.0/8 network (the Vanilla and Strawberry router's ping source IP address). fix Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. this problem, add a network statement to the Strawberry and Vanilla routers to advertise the 10.1.1.0/24 network to both the Mint and Chocolate routers and try again. Example 8-63 shows the Strawberry BGP network configuration addition and the subsequent changes that result in the Chocolate router's IP routing table. This example also shows that, after the Chocolate router receives the route to the 10.1.1.0/24 network, all four BGP routers can now ping all the BGP networks.
Example 8-63. Adding a Route to the 10.1.1.0/24 Network
Strawberry(config)#router bgp 409 Strawberry(config-router)#network 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Chocolate#show ip route | begin Gateway •
Table of Contents
Gateway of Index last resort is not set • •
Examples
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
1 subnets
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
B
10.1.1.0 [20/0] via 108.201.14.10, 00:00:32
Publisher: Cisco Press 108.0.0.0/8
is variably subnetted, 5 subnets, 3 masks
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
S
ISBN: 108.201.14.10/32 1-58705-072-2
[1/0] via 108.201.14.2
Pages: 1032
C
108.201.15.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback10
C
108.201.14.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0
C 108.201.17.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback20 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. C 108.201.19.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback30 Chocolate# pingputting 10.1.1.2 Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Type escape sequence to abort. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.1.1.2, timeout is 2 seconds: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment !!!!! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam them with a round-trip series of challenging laboratory exercises. Success rate by is presenting 100 percent (5/5), min/avg/max = 40/42/44 msA perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Vanilla# ping 108.201.14.1 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the to Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Type escape sequence abort. The book 5, begins with brief coverage core technologies required CCIE lab exam and Sending 100-byte ICMP Echos of tothe 108.201.14.1, timeout is on 2 the seconds: includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network !!!!! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of round-trip the technologies and gradually increase Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), min/avg/max = 4/4/8 ms in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 3. Configure I-BGP between the Vanilla, Latte, and Americano routers and the Strawberry, Latte, and Americano routers. Configure the Latte and Americano routers to advertise their loopback and serial IP addresses into BGP. Verify that all BGP routers can reach all other routers. Example 8-64 shows the configuration and BGP table for the Vanilla router.
Example 8-64. Configuration and BGP Table for the Vanilla Router
Vanilla#show run | begin bgp router bgp 409 •
Table of Contents • no synchronization Index •
Examples
bgpPractical log-neighbor-changes CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Publisher: Cisco Press neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 409 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 10.1.1.3 next-hop-self ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 62.129.48.1 remote-as 203 neighbor 192.168.1.2 remote-as 409 neighbor 192.168.2.2 remote-as 409 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no auto-summary Vanilla# show ip bgp concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience putting what you know BGP table version is 435, local router ID is 62.129.48.6 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting of challenging exercises. A perfect Network Next them Hop with a seriesMetric LocPrflaboratory Weight Path companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics noti10.1.1.0/24 covered in Volume I,10.1.1.3 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route 100 maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. * i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the0.0.0.0 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 0 32768 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on *>i10.2.2.0/24 192.168.1.2 0 100 0 the ? CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying technologies *>i10.2.3.0/24 192.168.1.2 0 the 100 0 ? in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 192.168.1.2 labs include all of the technologies and *>i10.2.5.0/24 0 100gradually 0 ?increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *>i10.200.1.0/24 192.168.2.2 0 100 0 ? *>i10.200.3.0/24
192.168.2.2
0
100
0 ?
*>i10.200.5.0/24
192.168.2.2
0
100
0 ?
*> 62.120.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
0 203 ?
*> 62.121.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
0 203 ?
*> 62.123.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
0 203 ?
*> 62.129.48.0/30
62.129.48.1
0
0 203 ?
*>i108.201.14.0/30
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
*>i108.201.15.0/24
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>i192.168.1.0/30 192.168.1.2
0
100
0 ?
*>i192.168.2.0/30 Publisher: Cisco Press
0
100
0 ?
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*>i108.201.17.0/24 *>i108.201.19.0/24
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
192.168.2.2
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Now, take a look at the Latte router. Notice that the Latte router is not storing the external BGP routes as reachable; they have *, but no >, meaning they are valid, but not reachable, as shown inExample 8-65. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 8-65. Latte Router's BGP Table Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Latte# show ipknow bgp what you BGP table Learn how version to build is a6, practice locallab router for your ID CCIE is 10.2.5.1 lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice dlabs that mimic the actual exam>environment Status codes: s suppressed, damped, h history, * lab valid, best, i - internal CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads?CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Origin codes: i - IGP, e -IIEGP, - incomplete CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion first edition, this book provides coverage CCIE lab exam topics Networkto the best-selling Next Hop Metric LocPrf WeightofPath not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *>i10.1.1.0/24 10.1.1.3 0 100 0 i switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. * i 10.1.1.2 0 100 0 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises each of the core *> 10.2.2.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768covering ? technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five lab exercises. These *> 10.2.3.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 hands-on 32768 ? comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what face on *> 10.2.5.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 they will32768 ? the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. * i62.120.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
100
0 203 ?
* i62.121.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
100
0 203 ?
* i62.123.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
100
0 203 ?
* i62.129.48.0/30
62.129.48.1
0
100
0 203 ?
* i108.201.14.0/30
108.201.14.1
0
100
0 507 ?
* i108.201.15.0/24
108.201.14.1
0
100
0 507 ?
* i108.201.17.0/24
108.201.14.1
0
100
0 507 ?
* i108.201.19.0/24
108.201.14.1
0
100
0 507 ?
*> 192.168.1.0/30
0.0.0.0
0
• • •
Table of Contents
Network
Index Examples
Next Hop
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
*>i192.168.2.0/30
192.168.2.2
32768 ?
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
100
0 i
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
ThePub routes not reachable because the upstream BGP neighbors are advertising them with the Date: are November 07, 2003 original E-BGP next hop of 62.129.48.1 and 108.201.14.1 rather than local, reachable networks ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 that the Latte and Americano are aware of (by means of OSPF). The answer to this problem is Pages: 1032 very simple and requires only a few steps—add the next-hop-self statement to all the I-BGPspeaking routers; clear the BGP process; add two routes to the Mocha router, telling it how to get to the 62.0.0.0/8 and 108.201.0.0/16 networks; and disable synchronization on all the IBGP speaking routers so that they will not wait for OSPF routes to those networks. After making those configuration changes, check the routes again. Example 8-66 shows the steps taken to Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Labsolution. Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE correct the I-BGP routing problem and the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 8-66. Steps to Correct thewith I-BGP Routing Problem Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Vanilla#show run | begin bgp Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router bgp 409 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect no synchronization companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. bgpcovered log-neighbor-changes Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network portions 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 409 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network neighbor 10.1.1.3 next-hop-self settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all203 of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty neighbor 62.129.48.1 remote-as level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking remote-as techniques are neighbor 192.168.1.2 409included throughout the book. neighbor 192.168.1.2 next-hop-self neighbor 192.168.2.2 remote-as 409 neighbor 192.168.2.2 next-hop-self ________________________________________________________________
Strawberry#show run | begin bgp router bgp 409 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes • • •
Table of Contents
network 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 409
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599next-hop-self , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 neighbor 10.1.1.2
neighbor 108.201.14.1 remote-as 507 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 192.168.1.2 remote-as 409 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 192.168.1.2 next-hop-self neighbor 192.168.2.2 remote-as 409 neighbor 192.168.2.2 next-hop-self Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Mocha# show run | begin ip route Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip route 62.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 10.1.1.2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip route 108.201.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.1.1.3 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ________________________________________________________________ CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Latte# show inrun | begin bgp not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and router 409 of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switchingbgp portions no Thesynchronization book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core bgp log-neighbor-changes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 10.2.2.0 mask comprehensive practice labs255.255.255.0 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 10.2.3.0 mask techniques 255.255.255.0 Study tips and test-taking are included throughout the book. network 10.2.5.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 192.168.1.0 mask 255.255.255.252 neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 409 neighbor 10.1.1.2 next-hop-self
neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 409 neighbor 10.1.1.3 next-hop-self neighbor 192.168.2.2 remote-as 409 neighbor 192.168.2.2 next-hop-self • • •
Table of Contents
no auto-summary Index
Examples
________________________________________________________________ CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. run 4599,| Leah Lynch bgp CCIE No. 7220 Americano# show begin
router bgpCisco 409Press Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no synchronization ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 10.200.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 10.200.3.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 10.200.5.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco255.255.255.252 Press. networkStudies 192.168.2.0 mask neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 409 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.1.2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 409 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.1.1.3 next-hop-self CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 192.168.1.2 remote-as 409 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor not covered192.168.1.2 in Volume I, next-hop-self like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no auto-summary switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 8-67follow, showsproviding the Latte detailed BGP table before changes, Example in 8-68 the BGP technologies guides tothe applying the and technologies realshows network table after thefinal changes. In of the first example, notice that 62.120.0.0/16, 62.121.0.0/16, settings. The chapter the book concludes with fivethe hands-on lab exercises. These 62.122.0.0/16, 62.129.48.0/30, 108.201.14.0/30, 108.201.15.0/24, 108.201.17.0/24, and comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 108.201.19.0/24 networks reachable, and to in what the second example, you add level. They present readers are withnot scenarios similar they will face onafter the actual labthe exam. next-hop-self statement and fix the bad next-hopthroughout routing problem, they are all reachable. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included the book.
Example 8-67. Latte BGP Table Before next-hop-self
Latte#show ip bgp BGP table version is 6, local router ID is 10.2.5.1
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network
Next Hop
*>i10.1.1.0/24
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 i
10.1.1.2
0
100
0 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
* i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
*> 10.2.2.0/24
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> Pub 10.2.5.0/24 0.0.0.0 Date: November 07, 2003
0
32768 ?
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
*> 10.2.3.0/24 Publisher: Cisco Press
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
* i62.120.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
100
0 203 ?
* i62.121.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
100
0 203 ?
* i62.123.0.0/16
62.129.48.1
0
100
0 203 ?
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with0volume best-selling CCIE * i62.129.48.0/30 62.129.48.1 100two of the 0 203 ? Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * i108.201.14.0/30 108.201.14.1 0 100 0 507 ? Experience putting 108.201.14.1 concepts into practice with lab0 scenarios * i108.201.15.0/24 100 that guide 0 507you ? in applying what you know * i108.201.17.0/24 108.201.14.1 0 100 0 507 ? Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation * i108.201.19.0/24 108.201.14.1 0 100 0 507 ? Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 192.168.1.0/30 0.0.0.0 0 through the 32768 ? of preparing for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates process CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Networkto the best-selling Next Hop Metric LocPrf WeightofPath companion first edition, this book provides coverage CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *>i192.168.2.0/30 192.168.2.2 0 100 0 I Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies8-68. follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example Latte BGP Table After next-hop-self settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study and techniques are included throughout the book. Latte#tips show iptest-taking bgp BGP table version is 15, local router ID is 10.2.5.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*>i10.1.1.0/24
10.1.1.2
0
100
0 i
* i
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 i
*> 10.2.2.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
*> 10.2.3.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
0.0.0.0
0
32768 ?
10.1.1.2
0
100
0 203 ?
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>i62.121.0.0/16 10.1.1.2
0
100
0 203 ?
*>i62.123.0.0/16 Publisher: Cisco Press
0
100
0 203 ?
0
100
0 203 ?
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 10.2.5.0/24
*>i62.120.0.0/16
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
10.1.1.2
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*>i62.129.48.0/30 10.1.1.2 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
*>i108.201.14.0/30
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
*>i108.201.15.0/24
10.1.1.3
0
100
0 507 ?
*>i108.201.17.0/24 10.1.1.3 0 100 0 507 ? Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *>i108.201.19.0/24 10.1.1.3 0 100 0 507 ? *> 192.168.1.0/30 0.0.0.0 0 32768 ? Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *>i192.168.2.0/30 192.168.2.2 0 100 0 I Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ________________________________________________________________ CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Latte# ping 108.201.14.1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Type escapein sequence not covered Volume I, to like abort. the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Sending 100-byte Echos 108.201.14.1, is Provider 2 seconds: switching 5, portions of theICMP Routing andto Switching, Security,timeout and Service lab exams. !!!!! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 40/42/44 ms technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 4. Test the configuration an application. To do this, make voice calls between Study Step tips and test-taking techniquesusing are included throughout the book. the Chocolate and Latte routers. To configure VoIP on the Chocolate and Latte routers, create dial peers, add destination patterns and an IP address or physical port, and then dial from the phones. (For more information on VoIP configuration, refer to CCIE Practical Studies,Volume I.)Example 8-69 shows the voice configuration for the Chocolate router, and Example 8-70 shows the voice configuration for the Latte router.
Example 8-69. Chocolate Router's Voice Configuration
Chocolate#show run | begin dial dial-peer voice 5551234 voip destination-pattern 5551234 • •
Table of Contents
session target ipv4:10.2.2.1 Index
•
Examples
!
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch dial-peer voice 5556789 potsCCIE No. 7220
destination-pattern 5556789 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
port 2/0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Example 8-70. Latte Router's Voice Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Latte#show run | begin dial Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying dial-peer voice 5556789 voip what you know destination-pattern Learn how to build a5556789 practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment session target ipv4:108.201.15.1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics dial-peer to voice 5551234 pots not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I,5551234 the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and destination-pattern switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. port 2/0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of theand technologies and gradually increase difficulty Now that the introductory BGP configuration troubleshooting commands have in been covered, level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual it is time to look into the features that make BGP the most powerful protocol availablelab for exam. IP Study tips and test-taking techniques arefeatures, includedsuch throughout theof book. routing. Chapter 9 covers advanced BGP as the use the BGP attribute, route filtering and policy, route aggregation, manipulating the best path selection process, and tuning BGP.Example 8-71 shows the final configurations for all routers in this lab.
Example 8-71. Final Router Configurations for Lab 11
hostname Mint ! interface Loopback10 ip address 62.120.1.1 255.255.0.0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface Loopback20
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byip Karladdress Solie CCIE 62.121.1.1 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 255.255.0.0
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Loopback30 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip address 62.123.1.1 255.255.0.0 ! interface Serial0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 62.129.48.1 255.255.255.252 clockrate 1300000 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation router bgp 203 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no synchronization CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the bgp lab log-neighbor-changes CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics redistribute connected not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 62.129.48.2 remote-as 409 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book auto-summary The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ________________________________________________________________ technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These hostname Vanilla comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Ethernet0 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.0 ! interface Serial1
ip address 62.129.48.2 255.255.255.252 ! router ospf 1 router-id 10.1.1.2 • • •
Table of Contents
log-adjacency-changes Index
Examples
passive-interface Serial1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 45990.0.0.255 , Leah Lynch CCIE 10.1.1.0 areaNo.07220
network 0.0.0.3 area 0 Publisher:62.129.48.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router bgp 409 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Press. networkStudies 10.1.1.0 mask Cisco 255.255.255.0 neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 409 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.1.3 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 62.129.48.1 remote-as 203 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 192.168.1.2 remote-as 409 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 192.168.1.2 next-hop-self CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor remote-as not covered 192.168.2.2 in Volume I, like the Cisco409 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 192.168.2.2 next-hop-self switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book auto-summary The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ________________________________________________________________ technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These hostname Chocolate comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. voice-port 2/0 ! voice-port 2/1 !
dial-peer voice 5551234 voip destination-pattern 5551234 session target ipv4:10.2.2.1 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
dial-peer voice 5556789 pots •
Examples
destination-pattern 5556789
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byport Karl Solie 2/0CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Loopback10 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip address 108.201.15.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Loopback20 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 108.201.17.1 255.255.255.0 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Loopback30 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 108.201.19.1 255.255.255.0 !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Serial0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 108.201.14.1 255.255.255.252 not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. router 507 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The bookbgp begins includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no synchronization technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These bgp log-neighbor-changes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. redistribute connected Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 108.201.14.2 remote-as 409 no auto-summary ! ________________________________________________________________
hostname Strawberry ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 10.1.1.3 255.255.255.0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface Serial1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byip Karladdress Solie CCIE 108.201.14.2 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 255.255.255.252
clockrate 1300000 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router ospf 1 router-id 10.1.1.3 log-adjacency-changes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. passive-interface Serial1 network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 108.201.14.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router bgp 409 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no synchronization CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bgpcovered log-neighbor-changes not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 409 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 10.1.1.2 next-hop-self technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 108.201.14.1 507 comprehensive practice labsremote-as include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 192.168.1.2 409included throughout the book. Study tips and test-taking remote-as techniques are neighbor 192.168.1.2 next-hop-self neighbor 192.168.2.2 remote-as 409 neighbor 192.168.2.2 next-hop-self no auto-summary
________________________________________________________________ hostname Mocha ! interface Ethernet0 • • •
!
Table of Contents
ip address 10.1.1.4 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Serial0
ipPublisher: address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.252 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
clockISBN: rate 1300000 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Serial1 ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.252 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! router ospf 1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know log-adjacency-changes Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.3 CCIE lab exam by presenting themarea with a0 series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip classless switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip 62.0.0.0 10.1.1.2 Theroute book begins with 255.0.0.0 brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip route 108.201.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.1.1.3 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ________________________________________________________________ comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. hostname Latte Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! voice-port 2/0 ! voice-port 2/1
! dial-peer voice 5556789 voip destination-pattern 5556789 session target ipv4:108.201.15.1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
dial-peer voice 5551234 pots CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bydestination-pattern Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 5551234
port 2/0 Cisco Press Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Loopback10 ip address 10.2.2.1 255.255.255.0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Loopback20 ip address 10.2.3.1 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Loopback30 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 10.2.5.1 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered Serial0 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 192.168.1.2 255.255.255.252 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router ospffollow, 1 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These log-adjacency-changes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 10.2.2.0 0.0.0.255 areaare 0 included throughout the book. Study tips and test-taking techniques network 10.2.3.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 network 10.2.5.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 !
router bgp 409 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes redistribute connected • • •
Table of Contents
network 10.200.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
network 10.200.3.0 mask 255.255.255.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 10.200.5.0 mask 255.255.255.0
network mask 255.255.255.252 Publisher:192.168.1.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 409 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.1.1.2 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 409 neighbor 10.1.1.3 next-hop-self Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from remote-as Cisco Press.409 neighbor 192.168.2.2 neighbor 192.168.2.2 next-hop-self Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no auto-summary Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ________________________________________________________________ Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment hostname Americano CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered Loopback10 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 10.200.1.1 255.255.255.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesLoopback20 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 10.200.3.1 comprehensive practice labs255.255.255.0 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Loopback30 ip address 10.200.5.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Serial0
ip address 192.168.2.2 255.255.255.252 clockrate 1300000 ! router ospf 1 • • •
Table of Contents
log-adjacency-changes Index
Examples
network 10.200.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 10.200.3.0 0.0.0.255 area 0
network 0.0.0.255 area 0 Publisher:10.200.5.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
router bgp 409 no synchronization Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. networkStudies 10.200.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 10.200.3.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 10.200.5.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 192.168.2.0 mask 255.255.255.252 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 409 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 10.1.1.2 next-hop-self CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor 409 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered 10.1.1.3 in Volume remote-as I, like the Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 10.1.1.3 next-hop-self switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 192.168.1.2 The book begins with briefremote-as coverage of409 the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 192.168.1.2 next-hop-self technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no auto-summary comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Further Reading Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals, by Cisco Systems Inc., Riva Technologies •
Table of Contents
TCP/IP Principles, • Index Protocols, and Architectures, by Douglas E. Comer •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Internet Routing Architectures, Second Edition, by Sam Halabi with Danny McPherson ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Routing TCP/IP,Volume II, by Jeff Doyle and Jennifer DeHaven Carroll Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Cisco BGP-4 Command and Configuration Handbook , by William R. Parkhurst Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 9. Advanced BGP Configuration The preceding chapter discussed several BGP troubleshooting concepts, examined simple BGP designs, and showed how to advertise various types of BGP networks. Together, the last two chapters provided foundation, or a review of BGP concepts, that allow for a more technical • Table ofthe Contents discussion of the advanced topics covered in this chapter. This chapter demonstrates ways to use • Index BGP to support larger, more stable networks and explains how to implement advanced routing • Examples policies. This chapter covers the following topics: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
BGP router authentication Publisher: Cisco Press
How to simplify large network implementations with route reflectors and confederations
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 The effective use of BGP peer groups Pages: 1032
Advanced BGP redistribution methods BGP route filtering, suppression, and conditional advertisements Route dampening Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Press. Route aggregation andCisco policies The use of BGP backdoors Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know BGP to support different route table sizes and maintaining symmetric How to configure routes Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Tuning BGP performance Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Neighbor Authentication One of the easiest ways to reduce security risks on a BGP network is to use BGP peer authentication. The Cisco implementation of BGP uses the TCP MD-5 signature as specified in RFC 2385. This algorithm takes a key, the password entered during configuration, and performs • Table Contents an MD-5 hash on of the key, and sends the resulting hash to the remote peer. The password itself • Index is never sent over the connection. •
Examples
OnlyPractical CCIE one configuration Studies Volume step II is required to use BGP MD-5 password authentication; that step is enabling password authentication on aNo. peer-by-peer basis using the neighbor ip-address ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE 7220 password password command, shown here: Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor {ip-address |peer-group} password [0-7] password-string Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying This command what you know also has an optional parameter, which enables you to use a previously encrypted password by specifying the password level of 7, as follows: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and8.8.9.1 Switching, Security,7and Service Provider lab exams. SlyDog(config-router)# neighbor password 1511021F0725 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Both sides of an authenticated BGP peer session must use the same password. If a router comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty receives a BGP OPEN message with an invalid password, it sends a NOTIFICATION message with level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. the OPEN message error stating that there has been an authentication failure. Example 9-1 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. shows how password authentication is used to protect a session between two E-BGP peers.
Example 9-1. BGP MD-5 Password Authentication
Mariner#show run | begin bgp
router bgp 5151 bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 217.204.187.8 remote-as 1578 neighbor 217.204.187.8 password cisco •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ OtherGuys#show run | begin bgp CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router bgp 1578
bgp log-neighbor-changes Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 217.204.187.7 remote-as 5151 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 217.204.187.7 password cisco
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam volumeguarantee two of thethe best-selling CCIE Although the use of MD-5 authentication does not with completely safety of a BGP Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. session, it does reduce the risk of a BGP session attack. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Simplifying Large BGP Networks One issue that eventually appears in almost any large BGP network is that of design complexity. When you have a large number of BGP-speaking routers that have a large number of BGP peers, either internally or externally, you eventually need to reassess the network design to determine • Table of Contents ways to create a simpler, more scalable network. Proactive network professionals plan their • Index network so that each of the routers has the capacity to hold a large BGP Routing Information • Examples Base (RIB) and plan for future network growth while considering the many factors that affect the CCIE Practical Studies II network design andVolume implementation, some of which are listed here: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
The number of routers participating in E-BGP peering sessions and the number of peers Publisher: Cisco be Press that must configured Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The number, size, and frequency of the BGP updates sent between the peering routers ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Asymmetric routes caused by multiple paths The number of paths that must be sent between peers prior to network convergence, and the delay that the convergence time has upon network applications Gain hands-on experience fordampening the CCIE Lab withinstability volume two of the best-selling CCIE The possibility of route dueExam to route Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The full-mesh requirement for I-BGP peers Experience putting router concepts into practicewith with the lab possibility scenarios that guide you induring applying Long, complicated configurations, for human error router what you know configuration Learn how toeach buildofa these practice lab for your CCIE labThis exam preparation You can deal with issues in several ways. section examines how the use of route reflectors and confederations help solve the I-BGP full-mesh problem, and how peer Take full-blown practice mimic lab exam environment groups andfive route aggregation can labs helpthat control thethe sizeactual and complexity of large BGP implementations. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Route Reflectors not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching BGP route reflectors, portions ofdefined the Routing in RFC and 1966, Switching, provideSecurity, a simpleand solution Service to the Provider I-BGPlab full-mesh exams. problem for large I-BGP implementations. As a quick review, there are two entities in a route The bookscenario: begins with coverage the core technologies required onrequires the CCIEan lab exampeer and reflector thebrief server and theofclients. Each route reflector server I-BGP includes suggested references forHowever, further reading. Laboratory exercises coveringtoeach of the core connection to each of its clients. the clients require only a connection the route technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the technologies in real reflector server. The providing server sends updates to each of the client routers through thenetwork I-BGP settings. Theeliminating final chapter the book concludes with five hands-on These and connection, theofneed for a fully meshed topology. Figurelab 9-1exercises. shows a before comprehensive labs include all of of help. the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty after look at an practice I-BGP network in need level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 9-1. Before and After Route Reflectors
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment In the first part of the figure, each of the 6 routers has an I-BGP peer connection to each of its CCIE Volume II leadsThe CCIE candidates theshows process of route preparing for the peers,Practical creatingStudies, 15 I-BGP connections. second part ofthrough the figure how reflectors CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect simplify the I-BGP configuration for each of the six routers—with Routers Rekhter and Li acting companion to the servers; best-selling edition, this Haskin, book provides of CCIE labasexam as route reflector andfirst Routers Traina, Bates, coverage and Chandra acting routetopics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and reflector clients to the Rekhter and Li routers. When route reflector clients are homed toQoS. two or Combined Volume I, the path CCIEredundancy candidate will get maintained, comprehensive of the routing more routewith reflector servers, is still andcoverage the configurations are and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. greatly simplified. The with brief coverage of the corereflector technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and You book must begins complete two steps to create a route server, sometimes referred to as a route includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core server. This process is demonstrated here using the network in Figure 9-2. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The chapter of the book concludes for witheach fiveof hands-on exercises. These Step 1.final Configure I-BGP peer connections the BGPlab peers with which the route comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty reflector server will peer. Example 9-2 shows the initial BGP configuration forinthe Holmes level. router. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-2. Configuring the Holmes Router as a Route Reflector Server
Holmes#show run | begin bgp
router bgp 15210 no synchronization neighbor 192.168.54.2 remote-as 15210 neighbor 192.168.54.6 remote-as 15210 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Step 2. On the route reflector server, configure each of the neighbors that are to act as route reflector clients using the neighbor ip-addressroute-reflector-client command. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220server configuration from the Holmes router. Example 9-34599 shows the route reflector CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Publisher: Cisco Press
Example 9-3. Holmes Router's Route Reflector Configuration
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 192.168.54.2 route-reflector-client neighbor 192.168.54.6 route-reflector-client Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Figure 9-2. Route Reflection Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes No special suggested configuration references steps need for further to occur reading. to make Laboratory a router exercises act as a route covering reflector eachclient. of the All core technologies you need to do follow, is configure providing thedetailed client toguides peer with to applying the route the reflector technologies server.inExample real network 9-4 shows settings. the BGP configuration The final chapter for the of the Watson bookand concludes Moriarty with route fivereflector hands-on clients. lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout book. Example 9-4. BGP Configuration for the Route the Reflector Clients
Watson#show run | begin bgp router bgp 15210 no synchronization
neighbor 192.168.54.1 remote-as 15210 ________________________________________________________________ Moriarty#show run | begin bgp router bgp 15210 • • •
Table of Contents
no synchronization Index
Examples
neighbor 192.168.54.5 remote-as 15210
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
ThePub show ipNovember bgp neighbors | includeBGP neighbor|Route-Reflector command displays a Date: 07, 2003 brief summary of the routers that the route reflector server is providing routes to, as shown in ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Example 9-5. Pages: 1032
Example 9-5. Displaying Route Reflector Client Summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Holmes#show ip bgp neighbors | include BGP neighbor|Route-Reflector BGP neighbor 192.168.54.2, 15210, internal Experienceis putting concepts intoremote practiceAS with lab scenarios thatlink guide you in applying what you know Route-Reflector Client Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation BGP neighbor is 192.168.54.6, remote AS 15210, internal link Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Route-Reflector Client CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of the command, routing and To verify a with routeVolume learnedI,from a route reflector server, use the show coverage ip bgpip-prefix switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. as shown in Example 9-6. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 9-6. Displaying Route Reflector Server Information technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Moriarty# showtest-taking ip bgp 10.1.1.0/24 Study tips and techniques are included throughout the book. BGP routing table entry for 10.1.1.0/24, version 8 Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) Flag: 0x208 Not advertised to any peer
Local 192.168.54.2 from 192.168.54.5 (10.1.1.1) Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, internal, best Originator: 10.1.1.1, Cluster list: 116.83.26.1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
In the preceding example, the Moriarty router shows that the route to 10.1.1.0/24 contains two By KarlBGP Solieattributes: CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 new the ORIGINATOR attribute, which specifies the BGP router ID for the router that originated the route; and the CLUSTER_LIST attribute, which specifies the BGP cluster ID for Publisher: the route. The BGP cluster ID is the BGP router ID of the route reflector server that originated Cisco Press the Pub route. cluster is a loop-avoidance mechanism designed to prevent routers belonging Date:The November 07,list 2003 to a route reflector cluster from accepting routes that originated within the local cluster from ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 routers that belong to a different cluster. If a route reflector receives a route that contains its Pages: 1032 own cluster ID in the cluster list, it ignores that route.
Gain NOTE hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. If a route has passed through more than one route reflector cluster, there is more than one cluster ID in the route's cluster list. Each route reflector that forwards a route on to Experience putting concepts intocluster practice labcluster scenarios you in applying its clients prepends its own local IDwith to the list.that For guide more information on what you know these BGP attributes, refer to the "Route Reflectors" section in Chapter 7, "BGP-4 Theory." Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Confederations CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion toto the best-selling first edition, this bookfor provides coverage CCIE labBGP exam topics Another way manage the full-mesh requirement I-BGP peers is toof configure not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. confederations. As a quick review, BGP confederations break large I-BGP autonomous systems Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and into smaller, more manageable sub-autonomous systems known as member autonomous switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. systems. Comparing the example shown earlier in Figure 9-1 to the confederation solution shown in Figure 9-3, you can see how the same network could be reconfigured using BGP The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and confederations. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Figure 9-3. Before and After BGP Confederations level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. Notice in this example that confederations break Security, Routers Rekhter, Traina, and Haskin into member autonomous systems 65,101 and routers Li, Chandra, and Bates into sub-AS 65,102. All The book with brief and coverage of thestill core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and routers in begins both AS 65,101 AS 65,102 belong to AS 2852, decreasing the number of Iincludes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the BGP peer connections that have to be configured. Also, notice that each of the I-BGP routers core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies real network within a sub-AS is still fully meshed with the other I-BGP peers in the sameinsub-AS. This brings settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These solution attention to a key point about confederation use: Although confederations are a simpler comprehensive practiceproblem, labs include of require the technologies increase in each difficulty to the I-BGP full-mesh theyall still full-mesh and peergradually relationships within sublevel. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. AS, so they still must be designed carefully to allow for growth. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. You must complete five steps to configure confederations in a BGP AS. This process is described here using the network shown in Figure 9-4. Step 1. Enable BGP routing using the member AS number as the BGP AS number, as shown here on the Calvin router:
Calvin(config)#router bgp 65111
•
Table of Contents
• Indexthe Calvin Router belongs to BGP sub-AS (member AS) 65,111, so the local BGP In this example, • Examples routing process is started using AS number 65,111. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
StepCCIE 2. Configure theLynch confederation identifier; ByKarl Solie No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220
this is the AS number that the parent AS uses when peering with other external BGP neighbors.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Calvin(config-router)# confederation identifier Gain hands-on experience bgp for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume2610 two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The BGP Experience confederation puttingID concepts defines into the parent practice ASwith thatlab thescenarios two sub-autonomous that guide you systems, in applying AS 65,111 what andyou AS know 65,112, both belong to. Learn to build a practice lab I-BGP for your CCIE neighbor lab examrelationships preparation using the sub-AS Step how 3. Configure fully meshed sub-AS number as the remote ASN for all internal I-BGP peers. In the following example, the Take five full-blown labs that mimic the lab exam environment Calvin router peers practice with its I-BGP neighbors, theactual Bart and Zim routers, in BGP sub-AS 65,111: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Calvin(config-router)#neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 65111 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Calvin(config-router)#neighbor 10.1.1.3 remote-as 65111 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 4. Configure other BGP neighbors within the same parent AS, but not the same confederation sub-AS as external neighbors, by specifying their sub-AS number as the BGP remote AS number. Other confederation peers from different sub-autonomous systems must also be identified as external confederation peers using the bgp confederation peerssub-AS number command, as shown here on the Calvin router:
Calvin(config-router)#neighbor 10.10.1.2 remote-as 65112 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Calvin(config-router)#bgp confederation peers 65112 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karlcan Solie CCIE 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE peers No. 7220 You use theNo. bgp confederation command
to define multiple confederation peer autonomous systems. When defining multiple confederation peer autonomous systems, you can usePublisher: this command in two ways, and each method will have the same result: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
- Enter the bgp confederation peers command followed by each of the confederation peer AS numbers, separated by spaces.
Pages: 1032
- Enter one instance of the bgp confederation peersmember-AS number command for each confederation peer ID. Step 5. Configure any neighbors (peers do not belong the parent CCIE or subGain hands-on experience forE-BGP the CCIE Lab Exam withthat volume two of thetobest-selling autonomous systems) as you normally would configure any other E-BGP peer. Each Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. external peer will peer with each internal confederation peer using the parent ASN. The external BGP neighbors are unaware of the I-BGP confederation information from peers in Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in from applying other autonomous systems because all confederation information is stripped the what you know AS_PATH before updates are sent to neighboring external peers: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive Calvin(config-router)# neighbor 82.99.34.10 remote-as 55828coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Figure 9-4.allThe Good-Old-Boy comprehensive practice labs include of the technologies and Network gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The Calvin router forms an E-BGP peering session with the Scrappy router using its local confederation ID putting becauseconcepts the Calvin router belongs to parent AS 2610. In turn, Scrappy Experience into practice with lab scenarios that guide youthe in applying routerwhat mustyou peer with the Calvin router using its parent AS number (the confederation ID) know because that is the only AS number of which it is aware. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIENOTE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect When configuring routers first thatedition, belong to ASbook confederations, alwaysof pay close companion to the best-selling this provides coverage CCIE labattention exam topics to the type of AS to each peer belongs. When working confederations, not covered in Volume I, which like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps,with BGP, Multicast, and QoS. remember these three simple Combined with Volume I, the CCIE rules: candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Member AS brief peerscoverage (peers belonging to technologies the same sub-AS) onlyonrequire a normal I- and The book begins with of the core required the CCIE lab exam BGP neighbor definition using the neighbor ip-address remote-as remote-ASincludes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core number command. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These External confederation peers (peers that belong to the same I-BGP parent AS, but comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty different member AS numbers) require two steps: defining a peer with the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor ip-addressremote-asremote-ASN command and the bgp Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. confederation peersremote-AS-number command. External BGP peers are configured using the standard E-BGP commands; however, the remote E-BGP peer will not be aware of any BGP confederation information. So, you must always make sure to use the bgp confederation identifierparent-AS-number command to define the parent AS.
To verify the configuration for each of the BGP confederation peers, use the show ip bgp
neighbors command. This command shows each neighbor from a sub-AS as under common administration, as follows:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Calvin#show ip bgp neighbors 10.1.1.2 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
BGP neighbor is 10.1.1.2,
remote AS 65111, internal link
Publisher: Cisco Press
BGP version 4, 07, remote router ID 10.1.1.2 Pub Date: November 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Neighbor under common administration Pages: 1032
BGP state = Established, up for 00:00:45 Last read 00:00:45, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Neighbor capabilities: Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Route refresh: advertised and received(old & new) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received what you know Received 3 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Sent 4 five messages, 0 notifications, in queue Take full-blown practice labs that 0 mimic the actual lab exam environment Route refresh request: 0, sent 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volumereceived II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Default to minimum time between advertisement runs iscoverage 5 seconds companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Now that you have seen how BGP confederations can create sub-AS that BGP The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on simplify the CCIEinternal lab exam and configurations, examine a practical BGP confederation example. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Practical Example: BGP Confederations In this example, using the network shown in Figure 9-5, BGP confederations split AS 7614 into two member autonomous systems, AS 65,500 and AS 65,501. This example explores a number of facets of BGP confederation configuration. It shows you how to perform the following: • • •
Table of Contents Index
Configure peers within a member AS Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Configure special E-BGP-style peers that are within the same parent AS, but belong to a different member AS
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco confederation Press Configure
peers to interact with standard E-BGP peers
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Figure 9-5. Using Confederations to Simplify an AS
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. This example requires five Cisco routers with thetechnologies interfaces shown in Table 9-1. The book begins with brief coverage of the core required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Table with 9-1.scenarios Routersimilar Interface level. They present readers to what Requirements they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Router Name
Ethernet, FastEthernet or Token Ring Interfaces
Serial Interfaces
Up
0
2
Down
1
3
Top
1
2
•
Right
Table of Contents
0
2
•Left
Index 0
2
•
Examples
Bottom
0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
1
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Before configuring any routers, make sure that they are physically connected, as shown in Figure Publisher: Cisco Press 9-5. This example, requires six back-to-back serial cables, and two Ethernet or Token Ring Pub Date: November 2003 switch, or multistation access unit (MSAU). If you are using a switch, cables connected to07, a hub, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 all interfaces should be placed in the same VLAN: Pages: 1032
Step 1. Configure all IP addresses as specified in the preceding figure. Place all members of AS 7614 in EIGRP process 1709. Do not send EIGRP updates out to the Up router. Verify that all interfaces are up and all routers in EIGRP 1709 can ping each other before proceeding to Step 2. Example 9-7 shows how the routing table from the Bottom router should look after completing this step. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-7. Bottom Router's Routing Table Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how build a|practice labis|via for your CCIE lab exam preparation Bottom# show iptoroute include Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 101.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the D 101.201.3.4 [90/2681856] 10.5.1.1, 00:09:45, Serial0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them withvia a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics D 101.201.3.0 via 10.5.1.1, 00:09:45, Serial0 not covered in Volume I,[90/2707456] like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 172.16.0.0/24 isRouting subnetted, 1 subnets switching portions of the and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. D [90/2195456] 10.5.1.1, 00:09:45, Serial0 The book 172.16.1.0 begins with brief coverage ofvia the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 4 guides subnets technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These D 10.3.1.0 [90/2707456] 00:09:45, Serial0 increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include via all of10.5.1.1, the technologies and gradually level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. D [90/3219456] via 00:08:53, Study tips10.1.1.0 and test-taking techniques are10.5.1.1, included throughout theSerial0 book. C
10.5.1.0 is directly connected, Serial0
D
10.4.1.0 [90/2707456] via 10.5.1.1, 00:09:46, Serial0
Step 2. Configure BGP routing between the Down, Right, and Left routers. Put all routers in member AS 65,500 and parent AS 7614; BGP routes should not be summarized on
classful boundaries. Example 9-8 shows the resulting BGP configuration for the Down router.
Example 9-8. BGP Configuration for the Down Router •
Table of Contents
• Down# show run Index| begin bgp •
Examples
router bgp Studies 65500Volume II CCIE Practical ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
no synchronization
Publisher: Cisco Press bgp log-neighbor-changes Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 bgp confederation identifier 7614 Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.3.1.2 remote-as 65500 neighbor 10.3.1.2 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.3.1.2 next-hop-self Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 10.4.1.2 remote-as 65500 neighbor 10.4.1.2 route-reflector-client Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor 10.4.1.2 next-hop-self Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no auto-summary Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a example series of show challenging laboratory exercises. The highlighted portions of the preceding that the member AS numberAisperfect defined companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE using the router bgp 65500 command, and the parent AS is defined using the lab bgpexam topics not covered in Volume I, like the statement. Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, confederation identifier 7614 If those statements had not Multicast, been used,and theQoS. router Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the and would have participated only in the private AS 65,500 and not been part of the parentrouting AS. The switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. next-hop-self command alters the BGP NEXT_HOP attribute for outgoing routes to the peer and changes it to the IP address for the local BGP speaker. The route-reflector-client command The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and forwards routes learned by means of I-BGP peering sessions so that each of the I-BGP routers in includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core member AS 65,500 has two routes to each network. Example 9-9 shows the BGP configurations technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network for the Right and Left routers at the end of Step 2. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 9-9. Left and Right are Router Configurations Study tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book.
Left#show run | begin bgp router bgp 65500 no synchronization
bgp log-neighbor-changes bgp confederation identifier 7614 network 10.3.1.32 mask 255.255.255.224 network 10.3.1.64 mask 255.255.255.224 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 65500 •
Examples
neighbor 10.1.1.2 route-reflector-client
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byneighbor Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,next-hop-self Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 10.1.1.2
neighbor Publisher:10.3.1.1 Cisco Press remote-as 65500 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 10.3.1.1 route-reflector-client ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.3.1.1 next-hop-self no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Right#show run title | begin bgp Press. router bgp 65500 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no synchronization Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation bgp log-neighbor-changes Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bgp confederation identifier 7614 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 10.4.1.32 mask 255.255.255.224 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network not covered10.4.1.64 in Volume mask I, like 255.255.255.224 the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 65500 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 10.1.1.1 route-reflector-client The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 10.1.1.1 next-hop-self technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 10.4.1.1 remote-as 65500 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 10.4.1.1 route-reflector-client Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 10.4.1.1 next-hop-self
Step 3. Configure BGP routing on the Top and Bottom routers, place each router in member AS 65,501, and parent AS 7,614. Neither of these routers should auto-summarize any routes. Example 9-10 shows the resulting configuration for the Top and Bottom routers.
Example 9-10. BGP Configuration for the Top and Bottom Routers
Top#show run | begin bgp •
Table of Contents
• router bgp Index 65501 •
Examples
no Practical synchronization CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
bgp log-neighbor-changes
Cisco Press bgpPublisher: confederation identifier 7614 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 neighbor 10.5.1.2 remote-as 65501 Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.5.1.2 next-hop-self no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Bottom#show run | begin bgp router bgp 65501 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no synchronization Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation bgp log-neighbor-changes Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bgp confederation identifier 7614 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect network 10.5.1.32 mask 255.255.255.224 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered10.5.1.65 in Volume mask I, like 255.255.255.224 the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. network Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighborportions 10.5.1.1 remote-as 65501 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and no book auto-summary includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Step 4. Configure BGP routing between the Up, Down, and Top routers. Verify that the Up level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. router receives the correct ASN from the Down and Top routers, and that the Right, Left, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. and Bottom routers can reach the routes advertised by the Up router. Example 9-11 shows the BGP configuration and BGP RIB for the Up router.
Example 9-11. BGP Configuration and BGP RIB for the Up Router
Up#show run | begin bgp
router bgp 11011 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes network 101.201.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 •
Table of Contents mask 255.255.255.0 • network 101.201.2.0 Index •
Examples
network 101.201.4.0 CCIE Practical Studies Volumemask II
255.255.255.0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 101.201.5.0 mask 255.255.255.0
Publisher:101.201.3.2 Cisco Press neighbor remote-as 7614 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN:101.201.3.6 1-58705-072-2 remote-as 7614 neighbor Pages: 1032
no auto-summary Up#show ip bgp | begin Network Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * 10.3.1.32/27 101.201.3.6 0 7614 i *>
0 7614 Experience putting 101.201.3.2 concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide youi in applying what you know * 10.3.1.64/27 101.201.3.6 0 7614 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 101.201.3.2 0 7614 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment * 10.4.1.32/27 101.201.3.6 0 7614 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 101.201.3.2 0 7614 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,101.201.3.6 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP,0 Multicast, * 10.4.1.64/27 7614 i and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the101.201.3.2 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *> 0 7614 ilab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on * 10.5.1.32/27 101.201.3.2 0 the 7614CCIE i lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real *> 101.201.3.6 0 7614 i network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 101.201.3.2 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase * 10.5.1.64/27 0 7614 i in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 101.201.3.6 0 7614 i *> 101.201.1.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 101.201.2.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 101.201.4.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 101.201.5.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
When configuring E-BGP peer relationships with confederation members, always remember to use the parent AS number for the remote AS. Example 9-12 shows the resulting configuration for the Down router.
Example 9-12. BGP Configuration and BGP Routing Table for the Down • Table of Contents Router Index • •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Down#show run | begin bgp Publisher: Cisco Press router bgp 65500 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 no synchronization Pages: 1032
bgp log-neighbor-changes bgp confederation identifier 7614 bgp peers Gain confederation hands-on experience for65501 the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 10.3.1.2 remote-as 65500 neighbor 10.3.1.2 route-reflector-client Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor 10.3.1.2 next-hop-self Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.4.1.2 remote-as 65500 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.4.1.2 route-reflector-client CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 10.4.1.2 next-hop-self companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered101.201.3.1 in Volume I, remote-as like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor 11011 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of theremote-as Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor portions 172.16.1.2 65501 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor 172.16.1.2 next-hop-self includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network no auto-summary settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Down#show ip bgp | begin Network level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout theWeight book. Path Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf * i10.3.1.32/27
10.1.1.1
0
100
0 i
*>i
10.3.1.2
0
100
0 i
* i10.3.1.64/27
10.1.1.1
0
100
0 i
*>i
10.3.1.2
0
100
0 i
*>i10.4.1.32/27
10.4.1.2
0
100
0 i
* i
10.1.1.2
0
100
0 i
*>i10.4.1.64/27
10.4.1.2
0
100
0 i
* i
10.1.1.2
0
100
0 i
172.16.1.2
0
100
0 (65501) i
172.16.1.2
0
100
0 (65501) i
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 * Karl 101.201.1.0/24 172.16.1.2
0
100
0 (65501) 11011 i
*>
0
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 10.5.1.32/27 *> 10.5.1.64/27
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Publisher: Cisco Press
101.201.3.1
0 11011 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*
101.201.2.0/24 172.16.1.2 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
*> *
Pages: 1032
101.201.4.0/24
0
101.201.3.1
0
172.16.1.2
0
100
0 (65501) 11011 i 0 11011 i
100
0 (65501) 11011 i
*> 101.201.3.1 0 0 11011 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * 101.201.5.0/24 172.16.1.2 0 100 0 (65501) 11011 i *>
101.201.3.1 0 0 11011 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation In order for the Down router to form a special E-BGP type confederation peer relationship with the Top router, the bgp confederation 65501 the statement is required. This statement tells the Take five full-blown practice labs peer that mimic actual lab exam environment router that AS 65501 is also a peer member AS in the 7614 parent AS. Example 9-13 shows the BGP and show ipIIbgp RIBCCIE information for through the Top router. CCIEconfiguration Practical Studies, Volume leads candidates the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 9-13. in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, Example BGP Configuration and the Resulting BGP RIB and for QoS. the Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Top Router switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Top#show run | begin bgp technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These router bgp 65501 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no synchronization Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. bgp log-neighbor-changes bgp confederation identifier 7614 bgp confederation peers 65500 neighbor 10.5.1.2 remote-as 65501
neighbor 10.5.1.2 next-hop-self neighbor 101.201.3.5 remote-as 11011 neighbor 172.16.1.1 remote-as 65500 neighbor 172.16.1.1 next-hop-self • • •
Table of Contents
no auto-summary Index
Examples
Top#show ip bgp | begin Network CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch Network Next HopCCIE No. 7220
*> Publisher: 10.3.1.32/27 Cisco Press
172.16.1.1
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
100
0 (65500) i
0
100
0 (65500) i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 10.3.1.64/27 172.16.1.1 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
*> 10.4.1.32/27
172.16.1.1
0
100
0 (65500) i
*> 10.4.1.64/27
172.16.1.1
0
100
0 (65500) i
*>i10.5.1.32/27 10.5.1.2 0 100 0 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *>i10.5.1.64/27 10.5.1.2 0 100 0 i *> 101.201.1.0/24 101.201.3.5 0 0 11011 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know * 172.16.1.1 0 100 0 (65500) 11011 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 101.201.2.0/24 101.201.3.5 0 0 11011 i *
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 172.16.1.1 0 100 0 (65500) 11011 i
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the *> 101.201.4.0/24 101.201.3.5 0 0 11011 i CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics * (65500) and 11011 i not covered in Volume I,172.16.1.1 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route 100 maps, BGP,0 Multicast, QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *> 101.201.5.0/24 0 0 11011 lab i exams. switching portions of the101.201.3.5 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider * 172.16.1.1 0 100 0 the (65500) 11011 i and The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on CCIE lab exam includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty At thisThey point, you can ping all interfaces onsimilar all routers. If each speaker two lab routes to level. present readers with scenarios to what theyI-BGP will face on thehas actual exam. all the networks that originate in sub-AS 65,500, and you can successfully ping each interface on Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. each router, you have completed this example. Example 9-14 shows the complete configurations for each of the routers from this experiment.
Example 9-14. Complete Router Configurations
Up#show run | begin int
interface Loopback100 ip address 101.201.1.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Loopback101 •
Table of Contents
• ip addressIndex 101.201.2.1 255.255.255.0 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ! ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Loopback102 Publisher: Cisco Press
ip address 101.201.4.1 255.255.255.0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Loopback103 ip address 101.201.5.1 255.255.255.0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Serial0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ip address 101.201.3.1 255.255.255.252 what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Serial1 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 101.201.3.5 255.255.255.252 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. router bgp 11011 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no synchronization The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and bgp log-neighbor-changes includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network network 101.201.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty network 101.201.2.0 mask 255.255.255.0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 101.201.4.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 101.201.5.0 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 101.201.3.2 remote-as 7614 neighbor 101.201.3.6 remote-as 7614 no auto-summary
________________________________________________________________ Down#show run | begin int interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 172.16.1.1 255.255.255.0 •
Table of Contents
! •
Index
•
Examples
interface Serial0/0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byip Karladdress Solie CCIE 101.201.3.2 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 255.255.255.252
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Serial0/1 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip address 10.3.1.1 255.255.255.252 clock rate 1300000 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Serial0/2 ip address 10.4.1.1 255.255.255.252 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know clock rate 1300000 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router eigrp 1709 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the passive-interface Serial0/0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network not covered10.3.1.0 in Volume0.0.0.3 I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 10.4.1.0 0.0.0.3 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The network book begins 101.201.3.0 with brief 0.0.0.3 coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies network 172.16.1.0 follow, providing 0.0.0.255 detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive no auto-summary practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! router bgp 65500 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes bgp confederation identifier 7614
bgp confederation peers 65501 neighbor 10.3.1.2 remote-as 65500 neighbor 10.3.1.2 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.3.1.2 next-hop-self • • •
Table of Contents
neighbor 10.4.1.2 remote-as 65500 Index
Examples
neighbor 10.4.1.2 route-reflector-client
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byneighbor Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,next-hop-self Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 10.4.1.2
neighbor 101.201.3.1 remote-as 11011 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 172.16.1.2 remote-as 65501 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 172.16.1.2 next-hop-self no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical from Cisco Press. Top#showStudies run | title begin int interface Ethernet0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 172.16.1.2 know ip address 255.255.255.0 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address CCIE lab exam101.201.3.6 by presenting255.255.255.252 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics clockrate not covered in1300000 Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Serial1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip addressfollow, 10.5.1.1 255.255.255.252 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. router eigrp 1709 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. passive-interface Serial0 network 10.5.1.0 0.0.0.3 network 101.201.3.4 0.0.0.3 network 172.16.1.0 0.0.0.255
no auto-summary ! router bgp 65501 no synchronization • • •
Table of Contents
bgp log-neighbor-changes Index
Examples
bgp confederation identifier 7614
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bybgp Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,peers Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 confederation 65500
neighbor 10.5.1.2 remote-as 65501 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 10.5.1.2 next-hop-self ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 101.201.3.5 remote-as 11011 neighbor 172.16.1.1 remote-as 65500 neighbor 172.16.1.1 next-hop-self Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no auto-summary ________________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Left#what showyou runknow | begin int Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Loopback100 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 10.3.1.33 255.255.255.224 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered Loopback200 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 10.3.1.65 255.255.255.224 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesSerial0 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.252 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. clockrate 1300000 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Serial1 ip address 10.3.1.2 255.255.255.252 !
router eigrp 1709 network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.3 network 10.3.1.0 0.0.0.3 no auto-summary •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
router bgp 65500
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byno Karlsynchronization Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
bgp log-neighbor-changes Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
bgp confederation identifier 7614 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 10.3.1.32 mask 255.255.255.224 network 10.3.1.64 mask 255.255.255.224 neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 65500 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 10.1.1.2 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.1.2 next-hop-self Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know remote-as 65500 neighbor 10.4.1.1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.3.1.1 route-reflector-client Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.3.1.1 next-hop-self CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no auto-summary CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ________________________________________________________________ not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Right# show run |ofbegin int and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions the Routing interface Loopback100 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip addressfollow, 10.4.1.33 255.255.255.224 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface Loopback200 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 10.4.1.65 255.255.255.224 ! interface Serial0 ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.252
! interface Serial1 ip address 10.4.1.2 255.255.255.252 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
router eigrp 1709 •
Examples
network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.3
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 45990.0.0.3 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 10.4.1.0
noPublisher: auto-summary Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router bgp 65500 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. bgp confederation identifier 7614 network 10.4.1.32 mask 255.255.255.224 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what 10.4.1.64 you know mask 255.255.255.224 network Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 65500 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.1.1.1 route-reflector-client CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 10.1.1.1 next-hop-self CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor 65500 not covered 10.4.1.1 in Volume remote-as I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 10.4.1.1 route-reflector-client switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 10.4.1.1 next-hop-self The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no auto-summary technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ________________________________________________________________ comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Bottom# show | begin int Study tips andrun test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Loopback100 ip address 10.5.1.33 255.255.255.224 ! interface Loopback200
ip address 10.5.1.65 255.255.255.224 ! interface Serial0 ip address 10.5.1.2 255.255.255.252 • • •
!
Table of Contents
clockrate 1300000 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router eigrp 1709
network Publisher:10.5.1.0 Cisco Press 0.0.0.3 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no auto-summary ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
router bgp 65501 no synchronization Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. bgp log-neighbor-changes bgp confederation identifier 7614 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what 10.5.1.32 you know mask 255.255.255.224 network Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 10.5.1.65 mask 255.255.255.224 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.5.1.1 remote-as 65501 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no auto-summary CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Private Autonomous Systems The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Like private RFC 1918 IP addresses, a range AS the numbers is reserved fornetwork networks that technologies follow, providing detailed guidesoftoprivate applying technologies in real do not require a public AS number. Private ASNs with (ranging from 64,512 65,535) These are commonly settings. The final chapter of the book concludes five hands-on lab to exercises. used in two ways: They can used all between private BGP as member AS comprehensive practice labsbe include of the two technologies andnetworks, gradually or increase in difficulty numbers in present BGP confederations. you recall back to to what Chapter youface will on remember that level. They readers with If scenarios similar they7,will the actual labthe exam. default behavior for BGP confederations thatthroughout the member ASbook. number must be removed Study tips and test-taking techniques arestates included the from the AS path as the path is advertised to E-BGP neighbors. Although you manually do not have to remove the private AS number from confederation members before exiting an AS (the router will do this for you), you do need to remove private AS numbers from private BGP networks before advertising them to the public Internet. You can remove private AS numbers from the AS path at an AS egress point before the path is advertised to an external peer. To remove private AS numbers from an AS path, use the neighbor ip-addressremove-private-as command for each E-BGP peer that you configured. For example, looking at the network shown in Figure 9-6, notice that the Neon router sends the
advertisement for networks 135.23.78.0/24 and 135.23.79.0/24 to the routers in AS 57,648 with an AS path of 64,785.
Figure 9-6. Elements Network with Private Autonomous System Numbers •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network The upstream Nitrogen router receives the update for five these networks that have theThese AS path settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with hands-on lab exercises. value of [57648, 64785]. To remove the 64,785 AS from the path, you add the removecomprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty private-as command to thewith E-BGP neighbor configuration on the routers. level. They present readers scenarios similar to what they willOxygen face onand the Fluorine actual lab exam. You also need to clear the BGP session on these routers to apply the changes. Before you remove Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. the private AS numbers, the BGP RIB on the Nitrogen router would look like the table shown in Example 9-15.
Example 9-15. Nitrogen BGP RIB
Nitrogen#show ip bgp | begin Network
*
Network
Next Hop
135.23.78.0/24
197.45.21.130
0 57648 64785 i
197.45.21.50
0 57648 64785 i
197.45.21.130
0 57648 64785 i
*> *
135.23.79.0/24
•
Table of Contents
• *>
Index
•
Examples
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
197.45.21.50
0 57648 64785 i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 9-16 shows the BGP configuration for the Oxygen router after the remove-private-as Publisher: Cisco Press command was used. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 9-16. Using the remove-private-as Command on the Oxygen Router
Gain hands-on experience forbgp the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Oxygen# show run | begin Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router bgp 57648 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no synchronization what you know bgp Learn log-neighbor-changes how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 192.168.10.184 remote-as Take five full-blown practice labs that57648 mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 192.168.10.184 CCIE Practical Studies, Volumenext-hop-self II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor to 197.45.21.129 3628 companion the best-sellingremote-as first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor 197.45.21.129 remove-private-as Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 198.203.57.82 remote-as 64785 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no auto-summary technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Studyadding tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout theBGP book. After the remove-private-as command and clearing the session on the Oxygen router, the private AS number, 64,785, is removed from the AS path, as shown in Example 9-17.
Example 9-17. BGP RIB from the Nitrogen Router
Nitrogen#show ip bgp | begin Network
Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 135.23.78.0/24
197.45.21.130
0 57648 i
*
197.45.21.50
0 57648 64785 I
*> 135.23.79.0/24
197.45.21.130
0 57648 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*
197.45.21.50
0 57648 64785 I
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Now that the remove-private-as command has been issued, you can also see that the Nitrogen router now Cisco prefers Publisher: Pressthe new route with the shorter AS path as well. To correct that problem, issue theremove-private-as command on the Fluorine router, clear the BGP session, and the Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Nitrogen router will once again prefer the path to networks 135.23.78.0/24 and 135.23.79.0/24 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 through the Fluorine router, as shown in Example 9-18. Pages: 1032
Example 9-18. Final Nitrogen BGP RIB Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Nitrogen#show ip bgp | begin Network Network Hop into practice with Metric LocPrf Weight Path Experience putting Next concepts lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know * 135.23.78.0/24 197.45.21.130 0 57648 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 197.45.21.50 0 57648 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment * 135.23.79.0/24 197.45.21.130 0 57648 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 197.45.21.50 0 57648 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book beginsConfigurations Simplifying with brief coverage of with the core Peer technologies Groups required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides in to more applying the technologies in real network Large, complex configurations tend to appear advanced BGP implementations. For each settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These individual peer that you configure, you might require a neighbor statement, next-hop-self comprehensive practice labsroute include all of the technologies and gradually in difficulty statements, route filtering, aggregation, attribute modification, and increase so on, making the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual configurations complicated and difficult to read. The solution to this problem is to use lab BGPexam. peer Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. groups. In Cisco IOS Software, BGP peer groups are used with BGP to simplify configuration tasks by incorporating repetitive statements into one or more peer groups. Each neighbor is assigned to a peer group, and the router determines that peer's configuration based on that of the peer group. Three steps are required to create a peer group: Step 1. Create the peer group using the neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command.
Step 2. Add groupwide configuration elements to the peer group as you would any other BGP neighbor, using the neighbor peer-group-name statement command for each item. Step 3. Assign BGP peers with common group traits to the peer group using the neighbor ip-addresspeer-group command. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
For example, the network shown in Figure 9-7 is a great candidate for peer group use. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 9-7. Shadow-Box Network
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. In example, router of has three BGP connections routers in AS 61,256, Thethis book begins the withAperture brief coverage the coreexternal technologies required on to the CCIE lab exam and and three internal BGP connections to its peers in AS 18,730. Each of these BGP peering sessions includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core has the samefollow, basic configuration, as shown in to Example 9-19. technologies providing detailed guides applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present Example 9-19.readers BGP Configuration with scenarios similar for to the what Aperture they will face Router on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Aperture#show run | begin bgp router bgp 18730 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes
neighbor 10.170.175.98 remote-as 18730 neighbor 10.170.175.98 password tough-password neighbor 10.170.175.98 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.170.175.98 next-hop-self •
Table of Contents
• neighbor 10.170.175.99 Index remote-as 18730 • Examples CCIE Practical 10.170.175.99 Studies Volume II neighbor
password tough-password
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 10.170.175.99 route-reflector-client Publisher: Cisco Press
neighbor 10.170.175.99 next-hop-self Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 neighbor 10.170.175.100 remote-as 18730 Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.170.175.100 password tough-password neighbor 10.170.175.100 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.170.175.100 Gain hands-on experience for next-hop-self the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 196.86.112.153 remote-as 61256 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying neighbor 196.86.112.153 password secret what you know neighbor 196.86.112.189 remote-as 61256 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 196.86.112.189 password secret Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 196.86.112.241 remote-as 61256 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 196.86.112.241 password secret companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. no auto-summary Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core The precedingfollow, configuration shows thatguides the Aperture router contains 18 statements for six BGP technologies providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network sessions. Each external session has a remote AS and password configuration, and each settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. Theseinternal session has a remote-as, password, statement, and route reflector comprehensive practice labs include allnext-hop-self of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty configuration. If any new statements are to be added to the configuration, they must be level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual labadded exam. on a peer-by-peer basis. The addition of any new peers also requires at least two more lines of Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. configuration. The combination of peers and new configuration statements would create quite a long and tedious configuration. To solve this problem, two peer groups can be created, one for external peers in AS 61,256, and one for internal peers in AS 18,730. Each of the configuration statements for each peer group is added into the peer group configuration, and after the groups have been configured, each of the external and internal neighbors requires only one line of configuration, as shown in Example 9-20.
Example 9-20. Aperture Router Configuration with Peer Groups
Aperture#show run | begin bgp router bgp 18730 no synchronization •
Table of Contents
• bgp log-neighbor-changes Index •
Examples
neighbor peer-group CCIE Practical External Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor External remote-as 61256 Publisher: Cisco Press neighbor External password secret Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 neighbor Internal peer-group Pages: 1032
neighbor Internal remote-as 18730 neighbor Internal password tough-password neighbor Internal route-reflector-client Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor Internal next-hop-self neighbor 10.170.175.98 peer-group Internal Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor 10.170.175.99 peer-group Internal Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.170.175.100 peer-group Internal Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 196.86.112.153 peer-group External CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 196.86.112.189 peer-group External companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 196.86.112.241 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor peer-group External Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no auto-summary The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Now that you have seen how to simplify large network implementations using route reflectors, comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty confederations, and peer groups, it is time to learn how to simplify routing tables using BGP level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. route aggregation techniques. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Route Aggregation Another way to simplify large BGP implementations, is to decrease the size of the BGP RIBs by aggregating BGP routes. Route aggregation is a simple process that can help keep Internet routing tables down in size, lowering the number of routes that must be passed between • Table routers of Contents neighboring BGP during updates. The following route aggregation schemes are covered • Index in this section: •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
General route aggregation;
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Route aggregation with filtering Publisher: Cisco Press
Route suppression Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Conditional route advertisement Pages: 1032
By default, BGP advertises only aggregated routes if a more specific route exists in the main IP routing table. If you specify an aggregate for a collection of routes that the BGP scanner is not aware of, the aggregate is not advertised. By default, aggregated routes lose the attribute values that applied to the individual, more specific routes; however, you can change this Gain hands-on experience for the Lablists Exam volume two of the CCIE behavior by using route maps thatCCIE contain of with routes and attributes tobest-selling apply to those routes Practical Studies title from Cisco or the aggregate. Controlling BGPPress. update traffic with route aggregation is a simple, easily configured process requiring only three steps: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Step 1. Specify networks that are to be aggregated using the network command. what you know Step 2. Use the aggregate-address command to specify the way the networks should be Learn how to build a practice lab aggregate-address for your CCIE lab exam preparation summarized. The syntax for the command in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2(12)T is as follows: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and aggregate-address ip-address [advertise-map route-map-name ] the core includes suggested references for aggregate-mask further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network [as-set] route-map-name] [route-map route-map-name] settings. The [attribute-map final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. [summaryThese comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty only] [suppress-map route-map-name] level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Step 3. (Optional) Specify any additional aggregation schemes that are to be used.
You can use a number of optional commands with BGP route aggregates by using the aggregate-address command. Table 9-2 shows these optional command values and their descriptions.
Table 9-2. Optional aggregate-address Commands Command Name
Description
•advertise- Table Specifies of Contents a route map containing a list of routes that an AS_SET attribute will •map
apply to. This command can also be used to specify routes the routes that will Index
•
be aggregated. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
as-set
Creates an AS_SET attribute for the aggregated route. The AS_SET stores the within a larger aggregated AS path for situations when the path contains different AS path values.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 aggregated subset of AS paths Publisher: Cisco Press
attributeAllows for the custom specification of BGP attributes based on user-defined Pub Date: November 07, 2003 map information. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
route-map Pages: 1032 Similar to the attribute-map command, this command allows for the manipulation of aggregate attributes. summaryonly
Limits the output of BGP advertisements to the aggregate address—filtering all the individual routes that create the aggregate.
suppressSpecifies more specific thatwith are to be suppressed on user-defined Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE routes Lab Exam volume two of thebased best-selling CCIE map information contained in a route map. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. putting concepts intoboth practice withaggregate lab scenarios that guide you in applying WhenExperience an aggregate route is created, the new route and all other more specific what you know routes are advertised to each BGP peer. If this is not the desired effect you had in mind, you can control this behavior by using the summary-only command. The new route, by default, Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation contains the ATOMIC_AGGREGATE and AGGREGATOR attributes. The ATOMIC_AGGREGATE attribute specifies that the route has been aggregated, and path information for the specific Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment routes that were aggregated has been lost. The AGGREGATOR attribute gives information about the thatStudies, originally aggregated theCCIE route. CCIErouter Practical Volume II leads candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect It is possible to retain the AS path information for the paths being aggregated at the aggregation companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics point using the as-set command, which creates an AS_SET path segment type within the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. AS_PATH field of the UPDATE message containing the information about the aggregated routes. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Example 9-21 shows how route aggregation summarizes the 156.202.148.x networks into one aggregated network, 156.202.148.0/24, between the Day and Night routers shown in Figure 9The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 8. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example 9-21. Aggregating Routes and Filtering Specific Routes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Day#show run | begin bgp router bgp 8 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 10.1.1.0 mask 255.255.255.0
network 156.202.148.0 mask 255.255.255.192 network 156.202.148.64 mask 255.255.255.192 network 156.202.148.128 mask 255.255.255.192 network 156.202.148.192 mask 255.255.255.192 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
aggregate-address 156.202.148.0 255.255.255.0 summary-only •
Examples
neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 9
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Figure 9-8. Day and Night Network
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These In this example,practice the aggregate-address command aggregates the four 156.202.148.0/26 comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty networks into one 156.202.148.0/24 summary route. The summary-only the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on statement the actual tells lab exam. router to suppress the individual routes that created the summary, advertising only the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 156.202.148.0/24 network to remote peers. To verify that the command is working properly, you can use the show ip bgp and show ip bgp neighbors 10.1.1.2 advertised-routes commands on the Day router, as shown in Example 9-22.
Example 9-22. show ip bgp Command Output from the Day Router
Day#show ip bgp | begin Network Network
Next Hop
s> 156.202.148.0/26 0.0.0.0
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
*> 156.202.148.0/24 0.0.0.0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
32768 i 32768 i
s> 156.202.148.64/26
0.0.0.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
0
32768 i
0
32768 i
0
32768 i
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 s>Karl 156.202.148.128/26 Publisher: Cisco Press
0.0.0.0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
s> 156.202.148.192/26 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
0.0.0.0
Day#show ip bgp neighbors 10.1.1.2 advertised-routes | begin Network Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 10.1.1.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 I *> 156.202.148.0/24 0.0.0.0 32768 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Notice howfive thefull-blown specific routes for the aggregate network, highlighted in the Take practice labs156.202.148.0/24 that mimic the actual lab exam environment preceding example, with the /26 mask are displayed with the s> characters, indicating a suppressed route; and the aggregate route, displayed the *> for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE156.202.148.0/24, candidates throughisthe processwith of preparing characters, indicating that it isthem the best route that network. Also, notice that A when the CCIE lab exam by presenting with valid a series of to challenging laboratory exercises. perfect show ip bgp 10.1.1.2 advertised-routes command is issued, youlab canexam see that the companion to neighbors the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE topics router is advertising only the the 156.202.148.0/24 summary network. Example 9-23 shows the not covered in Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. BGP-specific information 156.202.148.0/24 network. Combined with Volume I,for thethe CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins withshow brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 9-23. ip bgpof156.202.148.0/24 Command Output from includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core the Day Router technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Theyip present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Day#show bgp 156.202.148.0/24 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BGP routing table entry for 156.202.148.0/24, version 7 Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) Advertised to non peer-group peers: 10.1.1.2 Local, (aggregated by 8 10.1.1.1)
0.0.0.0 from 0.0.0.0 (10.1.1.1) Origin IGP, localpref 100, weight 32768, valid, aggregated, local, atomic-aggregate, best •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Notice that the route for the 156.202.148.0/24 network contains the AGGREGATE and CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ATOMIC_AGGREGATE attributes, specifying that the Day router (10.1.1.1 in AS 8) aggregated By Karl Solie CCIE CCIE No. for 7220 the route, and No. that4599 the,Leah pathLynch information that route might have been lost during the aggregation. The as-set argument can also be used with the aggregate-address command to store the AS_SET path information for the route. In Figure 9-9, for example, the Day router is Publisher: Cisco Press aggregating the 156.202.148.0/26 networks into a larger 156.202.148.0/24 aggregate network Pub Date: November 07, 2003 advertisement, which it then forwards to the Night router. In this example, the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 156.202.148.0/26 networks each originate from a different AS. The as-set keyword can be used Pages: 1032 with the aggregate-address command to add the list of individual AS numbers, which were removed during the aggregation process, back to the AS_PATH attribute for the aggregate route. Example 9-24 shows the Night router's BGP RIB entry for the 156.202.148.0/24 network before theas-set keyword is used, and Example 9-25 shows the configuration change for the Day router, and the resulting BGP route change on the Night router. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-24. Night Router's BGP Entry for the 156.202.148.0/24 Network (Before) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Night#show ip bgp 156.202.148.0/24 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment BGP routing table entry for 156.202.148.0/24, version 13 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab(1 exam by presenting a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Paths: available, bestthem #1, with table Default-IP-Routing-Table) companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics notNot covered in Volume like peer the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. advertised to I,any Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions ofby the8Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 8, (aggregated 10.1.1.1) The book beginsfrom with 10.1.1.1 brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 10.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1) includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, detailed applying the technologies in real best network Origin IGP,providing localpref 100, guides valid,toexternal, atomic-aggregate, settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-25. Using the AS_SET Value to Preserve Individual AS_PATH Values
Day#show run | begin bgp router bgp 8
no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes aggregate-address 156.202.148.0 255.255.255.0 summary-only neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 9 •
Table of Contents
• neighbor 192.168.1.2 Index remote-as 141 • Examples CCIE Practical 192.168.1.3 Studies Volume II neighbor remote-as
142
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 192.168.1.4 remote-as 143 Publisher: Cisco Press
________________________________________________________________ Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Night#ISBN: show1-58705-072-2 ip bgp 156.202.148.0/24 Pages: 1032
BGP routing table entry for 156.202.148.0/24, version 18 Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) Nothands-on advertised to any Gain experience forpeer the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 8 {141,142,143}, (aggregated by 8 10.1.1.1) 10.1.1.1 Experiencefrom putting 10.1.1.1 concepts(10.1.1.1) into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Figure 9-9. Night Network companion to the best-selling first Detailed edition, this Day book and provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know After the as-set statement has been added to the aggregate-address command, and the BGP Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation session has been cleared, the Night router now shows a more detailed AS_PATH entry for the 156.202.148.0/24 route. That route now lists the 141, 142, and 143 ASNs in the AS_PATH Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment attribute, and that list is referred to as an AS_SET. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the You can use static routes to a null interface with a high administrative distance to prevent route CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect flapping caused by network instabilities related to individual networks that have been companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics aggregated. Remember, for BGP to advertise a route, it must first learn the route from its main not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. IP routing table. If you use a static route with high administrative distance to a null interface, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and you allow the router to prefer routes learned by IGP protocols, while BGP can rely on the stability switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. of the static route. In the event that the IGP protocol stops advertising the route, the router will begin sending all with packets that network thetechnologies null interface—the biton bucket; however, theand The book begins brieffor coverage of the to core required the CCIE lab exam BGP routes that the router advertises to upstream routers will not flap. Example 9-26 shows how includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core you can use a static route to help aggregate the 189.28.145.0/24 network. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 9-26.readers Usingwith Static Routes totothe Null for Route level. They present scenarios similar what theyInterfaces will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Stability
Doh#show run | begin bgp router bgp 104 no synchronization
bgp router-id 10.1.1.1 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 189.28.145.0 mask 255.255.255.128 network 189.28.145.128 mask 255.255.255.128 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
aggregate-address 189.28.145.0 255.255.255.0 summary-only •
Examples
neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 9
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byno Karlauto-summary Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip route 189.28.145.0 255.255.255.128 Null0 253 permanent ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip route 189.28.145.128 255.255.255.128 Null0 253 permanent ________________________________________________________________ Doh#show ip bgp | begin Network Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Network Next HopPress. Metric LocPrf Weight Path s> 189.28.145.0/25 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 189.28.145.0/24 0.0.0.0 32768 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation s> 189.28.145.128/25 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Now that you seenI,how aggregation preformed, it is time to move to more Combined withhave Volume the BGP CCIEroute candidate will getiscomprehensive coverage of theon routing and advanced BGP route and Switching, advertisement schemes, as Provider route suppression and switching portions of aggregation the Routing and Security, and such Service lab exams. conditional route advertisement. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network Aggregation and Routedetailed Suppression settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Another way to control routing for to aggregated is to level. They present readers withadvertisements scenarios similar what theyroutes will face onuse the route actualsuppression lab exam. to suppress the advertisement of certain networks; suppressed routes can also be unsuppressed Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. on a neighbor-by-neighbor basis. You can use the optional summary-only command with the aggregate-address command to suppress all the more specific routes; and you can use suppress maps and unsuppress maps to specify exactly which routes should or should not be suppressed. By using route aggregation with route suppression, you can filter specific longer prefixes from the aggregated routing advertisements. Four steps are required to use route aggregation with route suppression: Step 1. Start BGP routing and configure neighbor relationships and networks that are to be advertised. If necessary, use the no auto-summary command to disable classful route
summarization. Step 2. Use an access or prefix list to specify the networks that are to be suppressed. Step 3. Create the route map that will be used as a suppress map for the aggregated network. This route map should specify the access or prefix list that tells the router which prefixes to suppress. • • •
Table of Contents
Step 4. Configure route aggregation using the aggregate-address command with the Index suppress-map statement to specify the aggregate and the suppressed routes. The Examples command structure used to specify route aggregation with suppression is as follows:
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
aggregate-addressip-prefix mask [suppress-maproute-map-name]
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. To verify that the longer prefixes belonging to the aggregated routes are correctly suppressed, use the show ip bgp command or the show ip bgp neighborsneighbor-address advertisedExperience putting concepts intocommand practice with lab scenarios that guide youwith in applying routes command. The show ip bgp displays the suppressed routes the s> what you know characters in the status field, and the show ip bgp neighborsip-addressadvertised-routes command displays only the routes that are actually advertised to the specified neighbor. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Consider, for instance, the network shown in Figure 9-10. The Rainier router is connected to the Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Adams and Vernon routers and is sending two prefixes in each of its advertisements, the aggregate for the 194.69.12.0/22 network and the more through specific route to the of 194.69.14.0/24 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates the process preparing for the network. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 9-10. Route Suppression and and theService Volcano Network switching Figure portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 9-27 shows how the aggregate-address command specifies the 194.69.12.0/22 prefix. The hide-me suppress map specifies that any network contained in IP prefix list 10 will be suppressed, whereas the Rainier router still advertises the more specific route to the Gain hands-on experience for the Labsuppress-map Exam with volume two ofwhen the best-selling 194.69.14.0/24 network. You can CCIE use the command you want toCCIE advertise Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. a summary route, and only particular specific routes. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
Example 9-27. Using a Suppress Map with the Summary Only what you know Statement Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Rainier#show run | begin bgp CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labbgp exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect router 852 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. no covered synchronization Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. bgp log-neighbor-changes The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and network 194.69.12.0 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network network 194.69.13.0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty network 194.69.14.0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 194.69.15.0 aggregate-address 194.69.12.0 255.255.252.0 suppress-map hide-me neighbor 85.122.8.5 remote-as 7518 neighbor 85.122.8.5 description Adams Peer neighbor 85.122.8.9 remote-as 7518
neighbor 85.122.8.9 description Vernon Peer no auto-summary ! ip prefix-list 10 seq 5 permit 194.69.12.0/24 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip prefix-list 10 seq 10 permit 194.69.13.0/24 ip prefix-list 10 seq 15 permit 194.69.15.0/24 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
route-map hide-me Publisher: Cisco Press permit 10 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
match ISBN: ip address prefix-list 10 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
InExample 9-28, notice that the BGP RIB for the Rainier router contains three suppressed routes and two valid, best routes. These results are achieved using route aggregation with the Gain hands-on experience CCIE Lab Examinwith volume two of the best-selling CCIE suppress-map statement,for as the shown previously Example 9-27. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-28. BGP RIB from the Rainier Router that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Rainier#show ip bgp | begin Network Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory s> 194.69.12.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 iexercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,0.0.0.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps,32768 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 194.69.12.0/22 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the0.0.0.0 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. s> 194.69.13.0 0 32768 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the *> 194.69.14.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying s> 194.69.15.0 0.0.0.0 0 the technologies 32768 i in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. To make a router suppress routes for certain peers and advertise them to others, use the neighbor ip-addressunsuppress-map route-map-name command. Example 9-29 shows how that command advertises all the specific 194.69.x.0 routes to the Vernon router, while still using route suppression with the Adams router.
Example 9-29. Using unsuppress-map to Unsuppress Previously Suppressed Routes
Rainier#show run | begin bgp router bgp 852 no synchronization •
Table of Contents • bgp log-neighbor-changes Index •
Examples
network 194.69.12.0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 194.69.13.0 Publisher:194.69.14.0 Cisco Press network
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network ISBN:194.69.15.0 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
aggregate-address 194.69.12.0 255.255.252.0 suppress-map hide-me neighbor 85.122.8.5 remote-as 7518 neighbor 85.122.8.5 description Adams Peer Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 85.122.8.9 remote-as 7518 neighbor 85.122.8.9 description Vernonwith Peer Experience putting concepts into practice lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor 85.122.8.9 unsuppress-map hide-me Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no auto-summary Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by 10 presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip prefix-list seq 5 permit 194.69.12.0/24 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not prefix-list covered in Volume I, like Cisco194.69.13.0/24 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip 10 seq 10 the permit Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions10 of the and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip prefix-list seqRouting 15 permit 194.69.15.0/24 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologieshide-me follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network route-map permit 10 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include match ip address prefix-list 10all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
In the preceding example, the hide-me unsuppress map, which is also used as the hide-me suppress map, states that the routes specified in IP prefix list 10 will not be suppressed for neighbor 85.122.8.9, the Vernon router. You can verify this by issuing the show ip bgp command on the Vernon router. Example 9-30 shows the resulting BGP tables from the Vernon and Adams routers.
Example 9-30. Routes Advertised by the Rainier Router to the Vernon and Adams Routers
Vernon#show ip bgp | begin Network • •
Network Table of Contents Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
Index
*> 194.69.12.0 • Examples
85.122.8.10
0
0 852 i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
*> 194.69.12.0/22
85.122.8.10
0 852 i
*> 194.69.13.0
85.122.8.10
0
0 852 i
Date: November 07, 2003 *> Pub 194.69.14.0 85.122.8.10
0
0 852 i
0
0 852 i
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
*> 194.69.15.0 Pages: 1032
85.122.8.10
________________________________________________________________ Adams#show ip bgp | begin Network Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 194.69.12.0/22 85.122.8.6 0 852 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying *> 194.69.14.0 85.122.8.6 0 0 852 i what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Now that you have seen how you can use route suppression to suppress or unsuppress routes on CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads candidates process of preparing for the a neighbor-by-neighbor basis, the next CCIE section examinesthrough how youthe can use conditional route CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect advertisement to conditionally advertise routes to BGP neighbors. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Conditional Route Advertisement switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins brief coverage of thea core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam Conditional routewith advertisements provide method of user-defined route advertisement that and includes references forway further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core allows forsuggested more control over the routes are advertised. Conditional route advertisements technologies detailed guides to applying real network enable you tofollow, specifyproviding a set of conditions to track the state the of atechnologies route using ainroute map called a settings. The finaland chapter of route the book five hands-on exercises. non-exist-map, if that doesconcludes not exist,with advertise another lab route specifiedThese by another comprehensive practice labs include allAdvertise of the technologies and gradually increaseto inprovide difficulty route map called an advertise-map. maps can be used by themselves level. They present readers with scenarios to what they will face on to thespecify actual routes lab exam. conditional route advertisements, with the similar aggregate-address command that Study tips and test-taking are included throughout the book. or as a condition to should contain the AS_SETtechniques AS_PATH attribute during route aggregation, advertise an aggregated route. Thenon-exist-map specifies the network that will be tracked in the BGP RIB. While the routes innon-exist-map exist, the routes specified by the advertise-map statement will not be advertised. If the route specified by the non-exist-map is withdrawn, however, the route specified by the advertise-map will be advertised until the non-exist-map routes reappear. Conditional route advertisement can be used with multihomed networks to prevent asymmetric routes or alone to provide additional routing functionality.
Four steps are required to configure conditional route advertisement: Step 1. Configure BGP peering with the other routers that are to be involved in the route advertisements.
• •
Step 2. Create a non-exist-map using a standard route map statement. This route map should specify an access or prefix list that identifies the network prefix that is to be tracked. Make sure to configure the access or prefix list specified in the route map. Table of Contents Index
Step 3. Create an advertise-map using a standard route map statement that specifies Examples the access or prefix list describing the network prefixes that should be advertised when the CCIE Practical Studies Volume II networks specified by the non-exist-map are withdrawn from the BGP RIB. Also, create ByKarl Solie CCIE No. , Leah No. 7220 an access or4599 prefix listLynch thatCCIE specifies the prefixes that should be advertised. •
Step Cisco 4. Apply Publisher: Press
the route maps to the BGP neighbor using the neighbor ip-address advertise-map route-map-name non-exist-map route-map-name command. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032for InFigure 9-11,
example, the Speedy router is connected to the Tom and Jerry routers via an Ethernet connection. The Tom router is advertising the 129.40.18.0/24 network, and the Jerry router is advertising the 129.40.20.0/24 network. The Speedy router advertises both of these networks to the Tweety router in AS 714. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Figure 9-11. Conditional Route Advertisement on the Cartoon Network Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Example 9-31 shows the BGP RIB entries for the Tweety router. In this example, the Tweety router is receiving all routes (129.40.18.0/24, 129.40.19.0/24, and 129.40.20.0/24) from the Speedy router.
Example 9-31. Tweety Router's BGP RIB
Tweety#show ip bgp | begin Network Network
Next Hop
*> 129.40.18.0/24
157.248.91.42
*> 129.40.19.0/24
157.248.91.42
•
0 60148 i 0
0 60148 i
Table of Contents
• Index *> 129.40.20.0/24 •
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
157.248.91.42
0 60148 I
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 9-32 shows how a conditional route advertisement manipulates the routes advertised Publisher: Cisco Press by the Speedy router. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 9-32. Conditional Advertisement on the Speedy Router
Speedy#show ip bgp | begin bgp Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical bgp Studies title from Cisco Press. router 60148 no synchronization Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what 129.40.19.0 you know network mask 255.255.255.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 129.40.19.2 remote-as 60148 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 129.40.19.2 description Tom Router CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 129.40.19.3 remote-as 60148 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor description Jerry 3550, Router not covered 129.40.19.2 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 157.248.91.41 remote-as 714 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 129.40.19.2 Tweety Router The book begins with brief description coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 157.248.91.41 advertise-map advertise-me non-exist-map technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in not-in-table real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no auto-summary comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip prefix-list 1000 seq 5 permit 129.40.18.0/24 ! ip prefix-list 1001 seq 5 permit 129.40.20.0/24 !
route-map not-in-table permit 10 match ip address prefix-list 1001 ! route-map advertise-me permit 10 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
match ip address prefix-list 1000 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
The not-in-table route map is used as the non-exist-map to specify the 129.40.20.0/24 network, and the advertise-me route map is used to specify the network that is to be Publisher: Cisco Press conditionally advertised. As long as the 129.40.20.0/24 route exists in the Speedy router's Pub Date: November 07, 2003 routingISBN: table, the 129.40.18.0/24 route will not be advertised. If the 129.40.20.0/24 route is 1-58705-072-2 withdrawn, however, the 129.40.18.0/24 route is advertised in its place. Example 9-33 shows Pages: 1032 the Tweety router's routing table after the conditional route advertisement was added.
Example 9-33. Tweety Routing Table After Conditional Routing Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Tweety#show ip bgp | begin Network Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path what you know *> 129.40.19.0/24 0 exam preparation 0 60148 i Learn how to build 157.248.91.42 a practice lab for your CCIE lab *> 129.40.20.0/24 Take five full-blown157.248.91.42 practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 0 60148 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like theexample, Cisco Catalyst 3550, routerouter maps,was BGP, Multicast,toand QoS. As you can see in the preceding after the Speedy configured conditionally Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and advertise the 129.40.18.0/24 network it began to suppress the advertisement of the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 149.40.18.0/24 network. If the Jerry router stops advertising the 129.40.20.0/24 network, however, the Speedy router withdraws the advertisement for the 129.40.20.0/24 network, and The book begins with coverage ofnetwork the coreintechnologies required on the CCIE exam and starts advertising the brief 129.40.18.0/24 its place. Example 9-34 shows thelab Speedy includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of router conditionally routing the 129.40.18.0/24 network after the Loopback5 interface is the core technologies follow, disabled on the Jerryproviding router. detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example 9-34. Conditionally Advertising the 129.40.18.0/24 Network Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Jerry(config)#interface loopback 5 Jerry(config-if)#shutdown ________________________________________________________________
Speedy#show ip bgp | begin Network Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*>i129.40.18.0/24
129.40.19.2
0
*> 129.40.19.0/24
0.0.0.0
0
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
100
0 i 32768 i
________________________________________________________________ Tweety#show ip bgp | begin Network CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch Network Next HopCCIE No. 7220
*> Publisher: 129.40.18.0/24 Cisco Press
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
157.248.91.42
0 60148 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 129.40.19.0/24 157.248.91.42 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
0
0 60148 i
Pages: 1032
You can monitor conditional route advertisement using the show ip bgp neighborsip-address [| begin Condition] command, as shown in Example 9-35. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-35. Using the show ip bgp neighbors Command to Monitor Conditional Advertisement ExperienceRoute putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Speedy#show ip bgp neighbors 157.248.91.41 | begin Condition Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Condition-map not-in-table, Advertise-map advertise-me, status: Withdraw CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, specified the CCIE with candidate will get comprehensive coveragethe of the routing When the condition map, the non-exist-map, is not available, status of theand switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. conditional advertisement is Advertise, and the route specified by the Advertise map is advertised to the peer. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references forunderstanding further reading. exercises covering each of theitcore Now thatsuggested you are armed with an of Laboratory BGP route suppression and aggregation, is technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network important to understand how you can use BGP route filtering to help define network policy. The settings. Theintroduces final chapter of the book concludes with fivesections hands-on labhow exercises. next section route filtering, and the following show to use These route filtering comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty along with BGP attributes to filter routes and modify path selection. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Filtering BGP Routes You can filter BGP routes in a number of ways; filtering incoming or outgoing routes from neighbors using distribute lists, route maps, prefix lists, filter lists, by BGP attribute, or by BGP COMMUNITY attributes. This section introduces basic BGP route filtering using route maps, • Table and of Contents distribution lists, prefix lists. •
Index
Basic BGP route • Examples filtering is similar to the configuration of route filtering used with IGP protocols. A list of CCIE Practical network Studies prefixes Volume is created, II using access lists, or prefix lists, and that information is applied either to a specific neighbor or neighbors, a peer group, or as a blanket application to all BGP ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 peers. The major difference between BGP and IGP route filtering is the number of options that BGP provides for filter selection criteria. Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Using Distribute Lists to Filter Network Prefixes Pages: 1032 The simplest way to filter BGP routes is to use a distribute list, either as a blanket statement for all peers or applied to specific peers using the neighbor statement. To apply a distribute list to all peers for all incoming or outgoing routes, follow these steps: Gain hands-on experience for the with volume two ofthat the is best-selling CCIE Step 1. Create an access or CCIE prefixLab listExam that specifies the traffic to be filtered. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 2. From BGP router configuration mode, create the distribution list that will be used to filter all incoming or outgoing UPDATE messages. Distribute lists use the following syntax: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics distribute-list {access-list-number |access-list-name | gateway prefix-listnot covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and name | prefix prefix-list-name [gateway prefix-list-name]} {in [interface-name switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The interface-number] book begins with brief | out coverage [interface-name of the core technologies interface-number required |onbgp the | CCIE connected lab exam|and egp includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies | eigrp |follow, igrp providing | ospf | detailed rip | static]} guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
NOTE The optional gateway statement in the distribute-list gateway prefix-list-name command enables you to filter all routes from a particular peer; the peer for route filtration is specified by a prefix list.
You can apply only one distribution list to incoming and outgoing (either or both) updates at any time. Distribution lists can also be applied to UPDATE messages from a particular interface using the optional interface-name and number statement at the end of a list. For instance, the Willis router is currently receiving routes to all the networks shown in Example 9-36.
Example 9-36. Willis BGP RIB •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Volume II Willis# showStudies ip bgp | begin
Network
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Network Publisher: Cisco Press
*> 23.75.18.0/24
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 62.128.47.6 *> 23.75.19.0/24
0 11151 5623 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Pages: 1032
*> 23.75.20.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.21.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 62.128.47.6 0 11151 5623 CCIE i Gain23.75.22.0/24 hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 23.75.23.0/24 62.128.47.6 0 11151 5623 i Experience putting 62.128.47.6 concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you 5623 in applying *> 23.75.24.0/24 0 11151 i what you know *> 23.75.25.0/24 62.128.47.6 0 11151 5623 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 23.75.26.0/24 62.128.47.6 0 11151 5623 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 189.168.56.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 189.168.58.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 189.168.60.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 189.168.62.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and *> 189.168.64.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network *> 189.168.66.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty *> 189.168.68.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 189.168.70.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 189.168.72.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.74.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.76.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.78.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.80.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.82.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.84.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
•
Table of Contents
*> 189.168.86.0/23 • Index •
Examples
*> 189.168.88.0/23
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
To filter all routes, Pub Date: November except 07, 2003for routes to the prefix 23.75.0.0/16, you create an access list specifying the 23.75.0.0/16 network prefix and use that access list with a distribute list to filter all incoming ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 routes. Example 9-37 shows the Willis BGP configuration and the results of its application. In this Pages: 1032 case, the distribute list applies globally to all BGP neighbors.
Example 9-37. Willis Router Configuration and Postconfiguration BGP RIB Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Willis# Experience show run putting | begin concepts bgp into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know router bgp 2001 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no synchronization Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bgp log-neighbor-changes CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 62.128.47.6 remote-as 11151 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 62.128.47.194 in Volume I, like remote-as the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor 645 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighborportions 62.128.47.198 remote-as 645 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and distribute-list 1 in includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network no auto-summary settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. access-list 1 permit 23.75.0.0 0.0.255.255 Willis#show ip bgp | begin Network Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 23.75.18.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.19.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.20.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.21.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.22.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.23.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 23.75.24.0/24 *> 23.75.25.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl 23.75.26.0/24 62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
As previously mentioned, you can also use the distribute-list command with a neighbor Pages: 1032 statement to filter traffic to or from a specific neighbor or peer group. You can accomplish this type of BGP route filtering using the following command:
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor peer-group} {access-list-number | Learn{ip-address how to build a|practice lab fordistribute-list your CCIE lab exam preparation access-list-name} {in | out}labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Take five full-blown practice CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not example, For covered inusing Volume theI, BGP likeconfiguration the Cisco Catalyst from the 3550, previous route maps, example, BGP, and Multicast, a neighbor anddistribute QoS. Combined list, you can with filter Volume all butI,two the routes CCIE candidate from peerwill 62.128.47.6. get comprehensive Example coverage 9-38 shows of the routing requiredand switching portions commands and theof resulting the Routing BGP and routes. Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested further reading. Laboratory covering each of the core Example 9-38.references FilteringforIncoming Routes fromexercises a Specific Peer technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Willis#show run | begin bgp Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. router bgp 2001 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 62.128.47.6 remote-as 11151 neighbor 62.128.47.6 distribute-list 50 in
neighbor 62.128.47.194 remote-as 645 neighbor 62.128.47.198 remote-as 645 no auto-summary ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
access-list 50 permit 23.75.18.0 0.0.0.255 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
access-list 50 permit 23.75.19.0 0.0.0.255 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Willis#show ip bgp neighbors 62.128.47.6 routes | begin Network Publisher: Cisco Press
Network Next Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 23.75.18.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.19.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Using Prefix Lists to Filter BGP Routes
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying For a Experience simpler, more readable route filtration configuration, you can also apply prefix lists directly what you know to BGP peers using the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group}prefix-listprefix-list-name{in | out} command. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation IP prefix lists offer a simpler, more intuitive alternative to the access list. IP prefix lists enable you Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment to use a list name or number that specifies a sequence of permit or deny statements. By specifying the prefix listVolume sequence number, you can edit each statement in anof IPpreparing prefix listfor the CCIE Practical Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process individually, without removing and reapplying the entire list. Prefix lists also remove the burden of CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect wildcard mask calculation. If you want to specify a particular host IP—for example, companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 110.80.8.118/32—type following: not covered in Volume I,the like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip prefix-list bad-host seq 100 are deny 110.80.8.118/32 Study tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book.
If you were to add several 62.128.0.0/23 networks to the local BGP configuration on the Willis router, and then issue the show ip bgp neighbor 62.128.47.6 advertised-routes command, for instance, you would see the routes advertised in Example 9-39.
Example 9-39. Networks Currently Advertised to Peer 62.128.47.6
Willis#show ip bgp neighbors 62.128.47.6 advertised-routes | begin Network Network •
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
Table of Contents
*> 62.128.60.0/23 • Index
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 0.0.0.0 CCIE62.128.64.0/23 Practical Studies Volume II
0
32768 i
•
Examples
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
*> 62.128.68.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
Cisco Press *> Publisher: 62.128.72.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
0
32768 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 62.128.76.0/23 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 0.0.0.0 Pages: 1032
*> 189.168.56.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.58.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.60.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 189.168.62.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i *> 189.168.64.0/23 0 645you i in applying Experience putting 62.128.47.198 concepts into practice with lab0 scenarios that guide what you know *> 189.168.66.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 189.168.68.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 189.168.70.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 189.168.72.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not 189.168.74.0/23 covered in Volume I,62.128.47.198 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. *> 645 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the62.128.47.198 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *> 189.168.76.0/23 0 0 645 i lab exams. The189.168.78.0/23 book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on lab exam and *> 62.128.47.198 0 0 the 645 CCIE i includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying in real *> 189.168.80.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 the technologies 0 645 i network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 62.128.47.198 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty *> 189.168.82.0/23 0 0 645 i level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 189.168.84.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i *> 189.168.86.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.88.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
Now, suppose you want to allow only local 62.128.x.0 networks to be advertised to neighbor
62.128.47.6. To accomplish this task, add an IP prefix list and call that list from the neighbor command, as shown in Example 9-40.
Example 9-40. Using a Prefix List to Filter BGP Routes •
Table of Contents
Willis# showIndex run | begin bgp • •
Examples
router bgp Studies 2001 Volume II CCIE Practical ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
no synchronization
Publisher: Cisco Press bgp log-neighbor-changes Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network ISBN: 62.128.60.0 1-58705-072-2 mask 255.255.254.0 Pages: 1032
network 62.128.64.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 62.128.68.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 62.128.72.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. network 62.128.76.0 mask 255.255.254.0 neighbor 62.128.47.6 remote-as 11151 with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice what you know neighbor 62.128.47.6 prefix-list route-filter out Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 62.128.47.194 remote-as 645 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 62.128.47.198 remote-as 645 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect no auto-summary companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not ! covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portionsroute-filter of the Routing and and Service Provider lab exams. ip prefix-list seq Switching, 5 permit Security, 62.128.0.0/16 le 23 The bookshow begins coverage of the core technologies required on CCIE lab exam and Willis# ip with bgp brief neighbors 62.128.47.6 advertised-routes | the begin Network includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies detailed guides toMetric applyingLocPrf the technologies in real network Network follow, providing Next Hop Weight Path settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 0.0.0.0 labs include all of the technologies and gradually *> 62.128.60.0/23 0 32768 iincrease in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the 32768 book. i *> 62.128.64.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 *> 62.128.68.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.72.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.76.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
This IP prefix list provides the same type of functionality as an access list with a 0.0.1.255 wildcard mask. The 62.128.0.0/16 le 23 prefix list allows any network that begins with 62.128.x.x with a 23-bit subnet mask. If you decide to change from access lists and try IP prefix lists, be careful to check your syntax before applying the prefix list to a neighbor. Remember, that just like access lists, prefix lists end with an implicit deny; so, if you use a deny statement at the beginning of a list, you must include a permit statement at some point in the list to allow other traffic. The use of the ge and le commands might be a bit tricky at first; remember that the mask used for the • Table of Contents prefix must match the exact prefix for all filtered routes. The ge/le statements match a range of • Index subnet masks, like an inverse wildcard mask. For more help configuring IP prefix lists, refer to • Appendix D, Examples "IP Prefix Lists." CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Using Route Maps to Filter BGP Routes Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 approach to route filtering is to use a neighbor statement with an Another more sophisticated ISBN: route 1-58705-072-2 associated map. There are a number of basic ways that route maps can be used to filter BGP Pages: 1032 routes: by attribute, network prefix, next-hop value, or route type. When filtering BGP routes, the match command specifies the item to match, and the route map itself is then applied to a neighbor or peer group. Table 9-3 lists the route map match command types supported by BGP.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Table 9-3. BGP-Related Route Map match Commands
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Match Command Description what you know as-pathas-pathMatches the AS_PATH attribute specified by an as-path-access-list Learn how to build a practice lab for yourfrom CCIE1 lab exam AS_PATH preparation access-list-number number (ranging to 199). access lists and other AS_PATH functionality is covered later in this chapter. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment community Matches the community value specified by the community list. There CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing the community-listareIItwo types of community lists: standard (ranging from 1 tofor 99) CCIE lab exam by presentingand them with a series of challenging A perfect number [exact-match] extended (ranging from 100 tolaboratory 199). The exercises. exact-match companion to the best-selling first edition, booktoprovides coverage of CCIECommunity lab exam topics command can this be used specify an exact match. lists not covered in Volume I, likeand the other Cisco BGP Catalyst 3550, route maps,functionality BGP, Multicast, and QoS. COMMUNITY attribute is covered later in Combined with Volume I, thethis CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and chapter. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip address {accessMatches the IP prefix specified by the access or prefix list. list-number | accessThe book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and list-name | prefix-list includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core prefix-list-name} technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip next-hop {accessMatches the NEXT_HOP attribute of a route. The NEXT_HOP value is comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty list-number |accessspecified by the trailing access list or prefix list. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. list-name| prefix-list Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. The NEXT_HOP attribute, and its uses, is covered later in this prefix-list-name} chapter. ip route-source {access-list-number| access-list-name | prefix-listprefix-listname}
Matches the source IP address of the peer that sent the route. The peer's IP address is specified by an access or prefix list. The match ip route-source command is supported only for outbound route maps.
metricmetric-value
Matches a MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) value; metric matches are not supported for in- or outbound route filtering. The MED attribute, and its uses, is covered later in this chapter.
route-type {internal | external | local} •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Matches a locally generated route (sourced from 0.0.0.0 using show ip bgp). The match route-type command is supported only for outbound route filtering. Make sure to test the results obtained using the route-type local command; this command matches any locally originated routes, including routes that entered a BGP process by redistribution.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
tagtag-value
Matches a tag value.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
The use of BGP tags was covered earlier in Chapter 2, "Configuring Route Maps and Policy-Based Routing."
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Only two steps are required to configure BGP basic route filtering with route maps: Step 1. Create a route map using the route-map command, and from route map configuration mode, use match commands to specify the attributes that are to be matched. (Route map configuration is CCIE covered detail in Chapter Gain hands-on experience for the LabinExam with volume 2.) two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 2. Apply the route map to a neighbor or peer group using the following command: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map route-map-name {in | out} companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The following example shows how you can use a simple route map to limit route advertisements to The book begins with brief coverage of the corethe technologies onrouter the CCIE lab exam and locally generated routes. Example 9-41 shows routes thatrequired the Willis is currently includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core advertising to peer 62.128.47.6 before the application of route map filtering. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Example 9-41. Routes Advertised by Willis to Peer 62.128.47.6 Before level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Applying the Route techniques Map Study tips and test-taking are included throughout the book.
Willis#show ip bgp neighbors 62.128.47.6 advertised-routes | begin Network Network *> 23.75.18.0/24
Next Hop 62.128.47.6
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.19.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.20.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.21.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> 23.75.22.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 23.75.23.0/24 *> 23.75.24.0/24
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl 23.75.25.0/24 62.128.47.6
0 11151 5623 i
*> Publisher: 23.75.26.0/24 Cisco Press
0 11151 5623 i
62.128.47.6
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 62.128.0.0/23 0.0.0.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.4.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.8.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.12.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 62.128.16.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i *> 62.128.20.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 62.128.24.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 62.128.28.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 62.128.32.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the *> 62.128.36.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 32768 iexercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *> i not 62.128.40.0/23 covered in Volume I,0.0.0.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps,32768 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and *> 62.128.44.0/23 0 32768 i switching portions of the0.0.0.0 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE lab exam and The62.128.48.0/23 book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Network follow, providing Next Hop Weight Path technologies detailed guides toMetric applyingLocPrf the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These *> 62.128.52.0/23 0 32768 iincrease in difficulty comprehensive practice 0.0.0.0 labs include all of the technologies and gradually level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. *> 62.128.56.0/23 0.0.0.0 0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the 32768 book. i *> 62.128.60.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.64.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.68.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.72.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.76.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
*> 189.168.56.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.58.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.60.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl 189.168.66.0/23 62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> Publisher: 189.168.68.0/23 Cisco Press
0
0 645 i
0
0 645 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 189.168.62.0/23 *> 189.168.64.0/23
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
62.128.47.198
32768 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 189.168.70.0/23 62.128.47.198 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
*> 189.168.72.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.74.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*> 189.168.76.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 189.168.78.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i *> 189.168.80.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 189.168.82.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 189.168.84.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the *> 189.168.86.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *> 645 i not 189.168.88.0/23 covered in Volume I,62.128.47.198 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 9-42 shows how one simple littlereading. route map filters allexercises routes from any source other than includes suggested references for further Laboratory covering each of the core locally generated routes to thedetailed members of thetoall-peers group. technologies follow, providing guides applyingpeer the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present similarlocal to what they will faceto onFilter the actual lab exam. Example 9-42.readers Usingwith thescenarios route-type Command Routes Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Willis#show run | begin bgp router bgp 2001 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes
network 62.128.60.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 62.128.64.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 62.128.68.0 mask 255.255.254.0 •
network 62.128.72.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Table of Contents
• network 62.128.76.0 Index mask 255.255.254.0 • Examples CCIE Practical all-peers Studies Volume II neighbor peer-group ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor all-peers route-map route-filter out Publisher: Cisco Press
neighbor 62.128.47.6 remote-as 11151 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
neighbor 62.128.47.6 peer-group all-peers Pages: 1032
neighbor 62.128.47.194 remote-as 645 neighbor 62.128.47.194 peer-group all-peers neighbor 62.128.47.198 645Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience forremote-as the CCIE Lab Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 62.128.47.198 peer-group all-peers Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no auto-summary what you know !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
route-map route-filter permit 10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match route-type local CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and After this configuration is Routing applied,and the Switching, Willis router will advertise only the routeslab shown in Example switching portions of the Security, and Service Provider exams. 9-43 to any peer belonging to the all-peers peer group. This example uses the show ip bgp neighbors peer-group advertised-routes to display the routes thatCCIE are advertised to The book begins with brief coverage of thecommand core technologies required on the lab exam and the all-peers peer group. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example 9-43. show bgpall neighbors peer-group advertised-routes comprehensive practice labsip include of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Command Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Willis#show ip bgp neighbors 62.128.47.6 advertised-routes | begin Network Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 62.128.60.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.64.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.68.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.72.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 62.128.76.0/23
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
• Examples You might have noticed that the route map set commands are not shown in Table 9-3; this is CCIE Practical Volume because the Studies route map setIIcommands
provide more advanced BGP functionality—BGP attribute manipulation. moreCCIE powerful use for BGP route maps involves the manipulation of By Karl Solie CCIE Another No. 4599,even Leah Lynch No. 7220 BGP attributes and BGP route dampening. Each of these subjects is covered later in this chapter. BGPPublisher: attribute values are usually manipulated using the set command under route map Cisco Press configuration mode and applying the route map to a neighbor or peer group using the neighbor Pub Date: November 07, 2003 {ip-address | peer-group}route-maproute-map-name {in | out} command. The following list ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 shows a brief hint of the set commands that are covered in the next section: Pages: 1032
as-path prependas-path-number as-path tagas-path-string Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE comm-listcommunity-list-number [delete] Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. community [community-value-decimal | aa:nn-format] Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying community additive what you know community internet Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation community local-as Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment community no-advertise CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE community lab exam by no-export presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume community noneI, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portionshalf-life-value of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. dampening reuse-penalty-value suppress-penalty-value The book begins next-hop with brief ip-address coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ip default includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip default next-hop verify-availability technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These local-preference comprehensive practicevalue labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. [+test-taking | - ] metric-value Studymetric tips and techniques are included throughout the book. origin {egpas-number | igp | incomplete} tagtag-value weight weight-value
Using BGP Attributes to Create Routing Policies
In the previous few chapters, this book covered BGP mechanics, neighbor configuration, MD-5 authentication, and route aggregation. This section shows how you can use BGP attributes to tie all the previous technologies together and use BGP as the robust routing protocol that it is. This section explores • Table of of Contents the configuration various attribute types, and the many ways that they might be used with BGP, includin • Index how to do the following: •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Filter inbound or outbound routes
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Customize route redistribution Publisher: Cisco Press
Special route aggregation Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Manipulate the BGP route selection process Pages: 1032
Specify preferred network ingress or egress points Next-hop modification
Modify how upstreamfor or downstream specific Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Labpeers Examwill withpropagate volume two of theroutes best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. You can use attributes in a number of ways to modify BGP routing on a Cisco router—using route maps, attribute maps, prefix lists, AS path access lists, regular expressions, and more. This section introduces each Experience attribute's most common configuration uses and ways youyou caninuse attributes to make putting concepts into practice with labpresents scenarios thatthat guide applying stronger, resilient BGP networks. Attributes mentioned in this chapter are described in more technica whatmore you know detail in Chapter 7; therefore, each attribute is presented along with references to its accompanying Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation explanation. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Modifying ORIGIN tocandidates Affect Path Selection CCIE Practical the Studies, VolumeAttribute II leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the
CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion The ORIGINtoattribute, the best-selling which describes first edition, the origin this book of aprovides network coverage prefix in BGP, of CCIE is one lab of exam the topics key decision not covered factors in theinBGP Volume pathI, selection like the process. Cisco Catalyst There 3550, are only route three maps, possible BGP,BGP Multicast, ORIGIN and types: QoS.IGP, EGP, and Combined withBGP INCOMPLETE. Volume always I, the prefers CCIEan candidate IGP origin, willthen get comprehensive EGP, and finally, coverage an INCOMPLETE of the routing origin. and The ORIGIN switching for each route portions can of be the displayed Routing using and Switching, the show ip Security, bgp command; and Service the Provider ORIGIN attribute lab exams. is the last attribut shown on the right side of the show ip bgp table in Example 9-44. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to ORIGIN applying the technologies in real network Example 9-44. Displaying a Route's Attribute settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Vernon#show ip bgp | begin Origin Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network
Next Hop
*> 194.69.12.0
85.122.8.10
*> 194.69.12.0/22
85.122.8.10
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
0 852 i 0 852 i
*> 194.69.13.0
85.122.8.10
0
0 852 i
*> 194.69.14.0
85.122.8.10
0
0 852 i
*> 194.69.15.0
85.122.8.10
0
0 852 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
You can also display the BGP attributes for each route using the show ip bgpip-prefix command. The • Examples ORIGIN is shown in the lower-left corner in Figure 9-12. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Figure 9-12. Using the show ip bgp Command to Display BGP Attributes
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Unless a route has entered BGP by means of redistribution, the ORIGIN attribute for each route will Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation normally be IGP. The ORIGIN attribute is near the top of the BGP route selection process (number five in the decision process), so in certainlabs instances, it might be useful modify the ORIGIN for a route under Take five full-blown practice that mimic the actual lab to exam environment some conditions. Three steps are required to change the origin for a route: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Step 1. Configure BGP peers and specify networks that are to beexercises. advertised. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a seriesthe of challenging laboratory A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Step 2. route mapCisco that Catalyst changes 3550, the BGP ORIGIN attribute to the desired value (IGP, EGP, o not covered in Create Volumea I, like the route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. INCOMPLETE). Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Step 3. (Multiple choices) To apply the route map to a network statement, use the networkip-prefix mask subnet-mask route-map route-map-name command. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core To apply the route map to an aggregate network, use the aggregate-address ip-prefix subnet-mask technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network attribute-map route-map-name [summary-only] command. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty apply the route-map to scenarios all advertisements or from certain neighbor or peer group, use the level. To They present readers with similar toto what theyawill face on the actual lab exam. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map route-map-name {in | out} command. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
TIP When you make configuration changes, you might need to reset the BGP process to apply the changes. To clear a BGP process without resetting all sessions, use the clear ip bgp * soft [in | out] command.
To test the effect that changes to the ORIGIN attribute have on the BGP route selection process on the Will router, shown in Figure 9-13, change all outbound BGP updates using the neighbor ip-addressroute-map route-map-name command. Example 9-45 shows the BGP entries for the 189.168.x.0 networks before the change. •
Table of Contents
•
Examples
Example 9-45. Willis Router's BGP Table for the 189.168.x.0 Networks • Index CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Willis#show ip bgp 189.168.0.0/16 longer-prefixes Press is 119, local router ID is 62.128.47.5 BGPPublisher: table Cisco version Pub Date: November 07, 2003 1-58705-072-2 StatusISBN: codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal, Pages: 1032
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * 189.168.56.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i *>
0 645you i in applying Experience putting 62.128.47.194 concepts into practice with lab0 scenarios that guide what you know * 189.168.58.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment * 189.168.60.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,62.128.47.198 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, 0Multicast, * 189.168.62.0/23 0 645 i and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the62.128.47.194 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *> 0 0 645 i lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on0the * 189.168.64.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 645CCIE i lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying in real *> 62.128.47.194 0 the technologies 0 645 i network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 62.128.47.198 labs include all of the technologies * 189.168.66.0/23 0 and gradually0 increase 645 i in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 i *
189.168.68.0/23
*> * *>
62.128.47.198 62.128.47.194
189.168.70.0/23
0 0
62.128.47.198 62.128.47.194
0 645 i 0
0
0 645 i
0 645 i 0 645 i
*
189.168.72.0/23
62.128.47.198
Network
Next Hop
*> *
62.128.47.194 189.168.74.0/23
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
*
Examples
189.168.76.0/23
62.128.47.194
0
*
189.168.78.0/23 Publisher: Cisco Press
0 645 i 0
0
62.128.47.198 0
62.128.47.198
0 645 i 0 645 i
0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah 62.128.47.194
0 645 i
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
62.128.47.198
•
*>
0
0 645 i 0 645 i
0
0 645 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> * *>
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
189.168.80.0/23
62.128.47.194
0
62.128.47.198 62.128.47.194
0 645 i 0
0
0 645 i 0 645 i
* 189.168.82.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 i *
189.168.84.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying *> what you know 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 i * *>
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 189.168.86.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 i
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the * 189.168.88.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 exercises. 645 i CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *> 645 i not covered in Volume I,62.128.47.194 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providingFigure detailed 9-13. guides to applying the technologies in real network BGP Attributes Network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
NOTE
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from For simplicity sake, theCisco BGP Press. Attributes network shown in Figure 9-13 is used in all examples for this section. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Example 9-46 shows the configuration for the Kimberly router. In this case, the Kimberly router has been Learn to how to build a practice lab for your to CCIE lab exam preparationthe Willis router, with the ORIGIN configured send all locally originated routes neighbor 62.128.47.97, attribute changed to INCOMPLETE. The Willis router is shown in Example 9-47. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example 9-46. Kimberly Router's Beginning BGP Configuration CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Kimberly# show run | begin bgp switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The bookbgp begins router 645 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network no synchronization settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty bgp router-id 10.1.5.1 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. bgp log-neighbor-changes network 189.168.56.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.58.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.60.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.62.0 mask 255.255.254.0
network 189.168.64.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.66.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.68.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.70.0 mask 255.255.254.0 • • •
Table of Contents
network 189.168.72.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Index
Examples
network 189.168.74.0 mask 255.255.254.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahmask Lynch 255.255.254.0 CCIE No. 7220 189.168.76.0
network mask 255.255.254.0 Publisher:189.168.78.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 189.168.80.0 mask 255.255.254.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 189.168.82.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.84.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.86.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from mask Cisco 255.255.254.0 Press. networkStudies 189.168.88.0 neighbor 10.1.5.2 remote-as 645 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.1.5.2 next-hop-self Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 62.128.47.193 remote-as 2001 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 62.128.47.193 route-map out CCIE lab exam by presenting them withchange-origin a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered auto-summary not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. route-map change-origin permit of 10the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core match route-type local technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These set origin incomplete comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-47. Willis Router's BGP RIB After the ORIGIN Attribute Change
Willis#show ip bgp | include 645
*> 189.168.56.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
*> 189.168.58.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl 189.168.62.0/23 62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*
0
0 645 ?
0
0 645 i
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 189.168.60.0/23 *
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Publisher: Cisco Press
62.128.47.194
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> 189.168.64.0/23 62.128.47.198 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 *
Pages: 1032
*> 189.168.66.0/23
* 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 ? Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 189.168.68.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i *
62.128.47.194 0 0 645 ? Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *> 189.168.70.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i *
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 ?
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 189.168.72.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the * 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 ? CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics *> 645 i not 189.168.74.0/23 covered in Volume I,62.128.47.198 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and * 0 0 645 ? lab exams. switching portions of the62.128.47.194 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *> 62.128.47.198 0 0 the 645 CCIE i The189.168.76.0/23 book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core * 62.128.47.194 0 the technologies 0 645 ? network technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying in real settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These *> 189.168.78.0/23 0 0 645 i comprehensive practice 62.128.47.198 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. * 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 ? Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 189.168.80.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
*> 189.168.82.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
*> 189.168.84.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
*> 189.168.86.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
*
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 i
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 ?
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*> 189.168.88.0/23 *
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Also, that the07, Willis Pubnotice Date: November 2003 router now prefers all routes from the Arnold router, 62.128.47.198. Example 9 48 shows the Willis router's IP routing table. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 9-48. Willis Router's IP Routing Table
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Willis#show ip route | include 189 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 189.168.0.0/23 is subnetted, 17 subnets B
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48 what189.168.60.0 you know
B
189.168.62.0 00:02:48 Learn how to build a[20/0] practicevia lab 62.128.47.198, for your CCIE lab exam preparation
B
Take189.168.56.0 five full-blown [20/0] practice via labs 62.128.47.198, that mimic the actual 00:02:48 lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II via leads62.128.47.198, CCIE candidates 00:02:48 through the process of preparing for the B 189.168.58.0 [20/0] CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling firstvia edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics B 189.168.84.0 [20/0] 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I,[20/0] the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and B 189.168.86.0 via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. B 189.168.80.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for via further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core B 189.168.82.0 [20/0] 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter[20/0] of the book concludes with five00:02:48 hands-on lab exercises. These B 189.168.88.0 via 62.128.47.198, comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. B 189.168.68.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. B
189.168.70.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48
B
189.168.64.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48
B
189.168.66.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48
B
189.168.76.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48
B
189.168.78.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48
B
189.168.72.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48
B
189.168.74.0 [20/0] via 62.128.47.198, 00:02:48
•
Table of Contents
As you can see, the ORIGIN attribute can be used to manipulate the BGP route selection process. Now that • Index you have seen an example of ORIGIN attribute modification, it is time to look at how you can use the • Examples AS_PATH attribute to affect path selection. Although the ORIGIN attribute can be modified to alter the best CCIE Practical Studies Volume II path decision, ORIGIN attribute modification is not the best choice for BGP path selection. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Using the AS_PATH Attribute to Affect Path Selection Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: a 1-58705-072-2 Every time routing update passes from one AS to another, the AS_PATH attribute is updated to store the Pages: 1032 path that the route has taken to reach its current location. As you might remember from Chapter 7, the AS_PATH field in the BGP UPDATE message contains the AS path, in a right-to-left format, beginning with the originating AS, as shown in Example 9-49.
Example 9-49. Displaying theLab AS_PATH for a best-selling BGP Route Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam withAttribute volume two of the CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying MrsG#Experience show ip bgp 189.168.88.0/23 what you know BGP routing table entry for 189.168.88.0/23, version 699 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment NotPractical advertised to Volume any peer CCIE Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Please addtoshading to next line companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 11151 2001 645 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 117.59.0.13 from 117.59.0.13 (117.59.0.13)
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and IGP,references localpref valid, external, best includesOrigin suggested for 100, further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. In the tips preceding example, techniques you can seeare that the route to the 189.168.88.0/23 network originated in AS 645 Study and test-taking included throughout the book. at the Arnold router, then passed to AS 2001, the Willis router, and then to AS 11,151, the MrDrummand router, before reaching its current location, the MrsG router. The AS_PATH information is intended to be a BGP loop-prevention mechanism; if a router sees its own AS number in the path, the route is assumed to have looped and is ignored.
NOTE
Theneighbor ip-addressallowas-in [number-of-occurrences] command allows routers running Cisco IOS Software to accept up to 10 occurrences of the local AS number in the AS_PATH attribute of incoming BGP updates. Use this command with extreme caution, as it disables BGP's prime loop-prevention method.
The AS path information is also used to provide several other features, including BGP AS_PATH filtering, • Table of Contents BGP RIB lookups using regular expressions, and the AS_PATH information that also affects the BGP decisio • Index process. Remember, the BGP route selection process selects a route based on the following items: •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
1. Largest WEIGHT attribute.
Cisco Press 2.Publisher: Largest LOCAL_PREF attribute. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
3. Locally ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 originated routes (Next hop 0.0.0.0 in the BGP RIB). Pages: 1032
4. Shortest AS_PATH attribute. 5. Best route ORIGIN attribute: IGP, EGP, INCOMPLETE. 6. Lowest MED attribute. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical 7. E-BGP Studies routes title arefrom preferred Cisco Press. over I-BGP routes (and also have lower administrative distance). 8. The oldest route first. (Older routes are more stable.) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 9. The whatpath you that knoworiginated from the router with the lowest BGP router ID. 10. If Learn the router how toisbuild a route a practice reflector, labthe for lowest your CCIE CLUSTER_ID lab exam attribute preparation length. 11. Routes Take five received full-blown from practice the peer labs with that themimic lowest the IP actual address. lab exam environment
It is aPractical CCIE common, Studies, thoughVolume not recommended, II leads CCIE practice candidates to use through the ASthe path process as a decision of preparing factorfor in the Internet rout CCIE lab exam selection. As anby experiment, presentinggo them to an with Internet a series looking-glass of challenging website laboratory and find exercises. routes containing A perfect AS paths companion with the same to the AS best-selling number repeated first edition, severalthis times; book this provides is referred coverage to as of ASCCIE path lab prepending. exam topics AS path not covered adds prepending in Volume the local I, like AS the number Ciscoto Catalyst the current 3550, location route maps, (the leftmost BGP, Multicast, AS path and position) QoS. in the AS path Combined as many times with as Volume the user I, the specifies. CCIE candidate It is not generally will get comprehensive recommended coverage because Internet of the routing routesand travel switchingmany through portions autonomous of the Routing systems, andand Switching, as each Security, route leaves and each Service AS,Provider the AS border lab exams. routers also prepend their local AS number to the path, so there is no guaranty that the AS numbers that you originally The book begins coverage of the technologies required on the lab exam and prepended to thewith pathbrief will always have the core desired effect. While exploring theCCIE Internet routing tables, you includes suggested references further exercises covering each of thelikely core because might even notice some routesfor that have reading. up to 20 Laboratory entries the in the AS_PATH. This is most technologies follow, providing to applying the technologies in time real network two or more entities prependeddetailed their ASguides number to the AS_PATH, and at the you are viewing the settings. The final chapter the book concludes with fivesystems. hands-onThere lab exercises. These route, it might have passedofthrough several autonomous are several other more efficient comprehensive practice labs techniques. include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty route attribute manipulation level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study To manipulate tips and the test-taking AS pathtechniques on a Cisco are router, included use the throughout set as-path the book. prependas-number command in a route map and specify the AS values that you want to add to the route. Only two steps are required to prepend a AS number to an AS path:
Step 1. Create a route map and access or prefix list specifying the networks that are to be AS prepended and identify the AS that is to be added to the path. To change the AS path for all locally originated routes, use the match route-type local command, which matches all routes originated b the local router. (This might not be a good idea on a large public network.) Step 2. Apply the route map to the desired neighbors or peer groups.
NOTE Although it is possible to prepend any AS value to the AS_PATH by adding a random AS number to increase the size of the AS path, this is not a good practice to follow in the field. Prepending your • Table of Contents local AS will not hurt anything on your local network or your direct peers' networks, but the routes • Index with the randomly prepended ASNs might actually flow through the AS that owns the AS number • that youExamples randomly selected, causing serious (and very embarrassing) problems. Most service CCIE Practical Studies Volume II providers have a policy on AS prepending. Always consult your service provider's policies before ByKarlconfiguring Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch If CCIE 7220 BGP attributes. youNo. plan to use AS prepending in your network, be a good Internet neighbor and prepend only the number of AS numbers required for the situation. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Because Cisco's implementation of BGP compares the AS_PATH length (as the fourth best path decision Pages: 1032 factor), when one AS has more than one entrance point, you can use AS_PATH prepending to make one path longer than the other. This causes the upstream BGP peers to prefer the route with the smaller AS_PATH attribute. If the Kimberly router prepends its own AS number (AS 645) to all locally originated routes sent to the Willis router, for example, this causes the Willis router to prefer routes from the Arnold router. If the connection between the Willis and Arnold routers is lost, the Willis router removes the Arnold router's routes experience and uses the fromLab theExam Kimberly between Gain hands-on forroutes the CCIE with router. volumeWhen two ofthe theconnection best-selling CCIE the Willis and Arnold routers is title repaired, routes are exchanged, the Willis router will, once again, prefer routes Practical Studies from and CiscoBGP Press. from the Arnold router. Example 9-50 shows how autonomous system prepending is used in the Attributes network. In this example, autonomous system 645 has two exit points: the Arnold router, and the Kimberl Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying router. what you know Remove the change-origin route map, used in the preceding example, before trying the next example. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Example 9-50. Prepending ASNs to the AS_PATH CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Kimberly# run | I,begin bgp not coveredshow in Volume like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and router 645 of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switchingbgp portions no book synchronization The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core bgp router-id 10.1.5.1 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These bgp log-neighbor-changes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 189.168.56.0 255.255.254.0 Study tips and test-taking mask techniques are included throughout the book. network 189.168.58.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.60.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.62.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.64.0 mask 255.255.254.0
network 189.168.66.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.68.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.70.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.72.0 mask 255.255.254.0 • • •
Table of Contents
network 189.168.74.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Index
Examples
network 189.168.76.0 mask 255.255.254.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahmask Lynch 255.255.254.0 CCIE No. 7220 189.168.78.0
network mask 255.255.254.0 Publisher:189.168.80.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 189.168.82.0 mask 255.255.254.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 189.168.84.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.86.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.88.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 10.1.5.2 remote-as 645 neighbor 62.128.47.193 remote-as 2001 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor 62.128.47.193 route-map prepend out Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no auto-summary !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the route-map prepend permit them 10 CCIE lab exam by presenting with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics match route-type local not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and set as-path prepend switching portions of the645 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network After the The Willis router receives the updates from the router,lab it no longer prefers settings. final chapter of the book concludes withKimberly five hands-on exercises. These the routes sent b the Kimberly router, which had the lowest BGPtechnologies router ID and IPgradually address. This is because the AS_PATH comprehensive practice labs include all of the and increase in difficulty length for the Kimberly router's is now longer than they the AS_PATH the routes that originated level. They present readers with routes scenarios similar to what will face length on the of actual lab exam. from router. Example 9-51 are shows a sample BGP route the Willis router. Studythe tipsArnold and test-taking techniques included throughout thefrom book.
Example 9-51. BGP Route Information for a Prepended Route
Willis#show ip bgp 189.168.56.0/23 BGP routing table entry for 189.168.56.0/23, version 276
Paths: (2 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) Flag: 0x820 Advertised to non peer-group peers: •
62.128.47.6 62.128.47.194 Table of Contents
• 645 •
Index Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume 62.128.47.198 fromII 62.128.47.198
(10.1.5.2)
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external, best Publisher: Cisco Press
645 645
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
62.128.47.194 from 62.128.47.194 (10.1.5.1) Pages: 1032
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Filtering BGP Routes Using the AS_PATH Attribute
Experience putting concepts into numbers practice with lab scenarios you inusing applying One of the easiest ways to filter large of routes is to filterthat by guide AS number an AS path access what you know list. If you are not familiar with regular expressions, the first time you use AS path access lists you might find the AS_PATH filtering process to be rather confusing, causing unexpected results. Creating elegant AS Learn how build ayou practice lab forfamiliar your CCIE preparation path access liststo requires to become withlab theexam use of regular expressions. But, relax, breathe deeply, and read on, because you are now going to learn regular expressions the easy way. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics NOTE not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I,uses the CCIE willregular get comprehensive coverage of thehave routing Cisco with IOS Software many candidate of the same expressions that you might seenand in the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. UNIX/Linux world. If you are not familiar with regular expressions, you can find an appendix dealing directly with that subject in the Cisco IOS Dial Solutions book, or on the documentation The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and website under "dial solutions." includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty How Use Regular Expressions level. to They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. One of the first things that scares people about regular expressions is the strange-looking structure that they use. If you are like most of the non-math majors out there, you might have found that expressions such as ^400$ look more like abbreviations for foreign currency than AS_PATH values; however, this regular expression simply means the following: ^ = "beginning with" $ = "ends with"
or begins and ends with ASN 400
So, this statement simply means beginning and ending with the number 400; this regular expression matches only one instance of the AS number 400. Right about now you might be asking, why can't you jus type "400" and be done with it? The reason is that the number 400 matches any string beginning, ending, or containing the number 400. There are a number of ways that the special characters used in regular expressions can be applied to represent different character strings. The best way to find the AS path sequence that you need is to use the show ip bgp regexp regular-expression command. When you use th • Table of Contents command, you can test to find all the possible matches that the router finds for each regular expression • Index before using the best expression in a route filter. Example 9-52 shows how the show ip bgp regexp • Examples command finds any instances of the AS path 645. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 9-52. show ip bgp regexp Command Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Willis# show ip bgp regexp _645_ Pages: 1032
*
Network
Next Hop
10.1.1.0/24
62.128.47.198
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 645 800 234 6768 i
Gain for the CCIE Lab Exam with0volume two of the best-selling *> hands-on experience 62.128.47.194 0 645 400 i CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * *> * *>
10.2.2.0/24
62.128.47.198
0 645 800 234 6768 i
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 100 400 i what you know 10.3.3.0/24 0 645 800 234 6768 i Learn how to build 62.128.47.198 a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 0 0 645 400 400 100 i Take five full-blown62.128.47.194 practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
*> 189.168.56.0/23 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume 62.128.47.194 II leads CCIE candidates 0 through the process 0 645 of645 preparing 645 645 forithe CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion *> 189.168.58.0/23 to the best-selling 62.128.47.194 first edition, this book provides 0 coverage0of645 CCIE645 lab 645 exam 645 topics i not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined *> 189.168.60.0/23 with Volume I, 62.128.47.194 the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive 0 coverage 0 645 645 of the 645 routing 645 iand switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 189.168.62.0/23 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 645 645 645 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises0covering the core *> 189.168.64.0/23 62.128.47.194 0 645 645each 645of645 i technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five *> 189.168.66.0/23 62.128.47.194 0 hands-on lab0exercises. 645 645 These 645 645 i comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what the645 actual exam. *> 189.168.68.0/23 62.128.47.194 0 they will face0on 645 645lab645 i Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 189.168.70.0/23 62.128.47.194 0 0 645 645 645 645 i *> 189.168.72.0/23
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
*> 189.168.74.0/23
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
*> 189.168.76.0/23
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 189.168.78.0/23
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
*
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 800 234 6768 i
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 800 234 6768 i
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II * 189.168.84.0/23 62.128.47.198
0
0 645 800 234 6768 i
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 800 234 6768 i
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
62.128.47.198
0
0 645 800 234 6768 i
62.128.47.194
0
0 645 645 645 645 i
189.168.80.0/23
*> *
189.168.82.0/23
•
Table of Contents
• *>
Index
•
Examples
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
*> * *>
Publisher: Cisco Press
189.168.86.0/23
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
* *>
189.168.88.0/23
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know TIP
Learn how to buildwith a practice lab ip forbgp yourregexp CCIE lab exam preparation If you experiment the show command and find that a particular regular expression is not working, even though you absolutely know it should, check again! You might Take accidentally five full-blown labs that mimic actual lab exam environment have hit practice the Spacebar at the end the of the regular expression; doing so changes the meaning of the regular expression and prevents it from making the appropriate match. That is CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the also why it is a good idea to give any regular expressions a test run before application in CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect production environments. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of special the Routing and Switching, Security, andregular Service Provider labthe exams. Table 9-4 portions shows the characters that you can use with expressions, character definitions and examples of their use. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Table 9-4. Special Characters Used for Regular Expressions level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Character Meaning Examples
^ caret
Begins with item
Used at beginning of expression.
^1 = begins with 1. This means that any other characters behind 1 also match this string. For example: 1 400 500 or
•
Table of Contents
•$ dollar •
Index
123 456 7891 Ends with item
400$ = ends with 400.
Examples
CCIE Practical Volume II Used at endStudies of expression. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
This means that any other characters before the string 400 will also match this regular expression. For example: 645 400 or
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
645 100 400 400 However, the regular expression ^400$ means begins and ends with 400.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the^$ best-selling CCIE matches an empty AS path. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * asterisk 0 or more of item. 40* = contains 0 or more instances of the string 4. UsedExperience at the end putting of an expression. concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know This could match: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 645 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 645 400 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process 645 100 of preparing 4 for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 645 400lab 400 100topics companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE exam not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 44 645of the routing and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 775 801 212 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ^645* matches anycore string that includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the begins with 645. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These For example: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual 645 100 400 lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 645 645 645
. period
Any character (including space).
.645 matches any instance of character-645, but only 645.
Used anywhere in an expression. For example: 1645 645 645 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
777 645 645 645 645. matches any string containing 645-character. For example: 645 645 645
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
100 645 400 189 201 13645
.* matches any as path, including a blank path. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE + plus Studies title from Cisco Press. 1 or more of item preceding + 645+ matches 1 or more instance Practical character. of the 645 string. Cannot be used at the beginning of an expression. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide For you example: in applying what you know 6451 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 65 400 100 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 400 100 645 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 645 645 645A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics - hyphen Used between starting and Used in a range specified by not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ending points of a range. brackets [x-x]. Combined with brackets Volume I,tothe CCIEacandidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Used between specify switching lab exams. range. portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *See brackets []. The book begins technologies required on645? the CCIE lab exam and that ? question markwith brief coverage of the 0 orcore 1 instances of item. matches anything includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering of the core containseach any 645 string. technologies Used at the end follow, of an providing expression. detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. RequiresThe thefinal use of chapter the CTRL-v of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. For example: These comprehensive characters before practice the ? labs character include can all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 645 level. be used They aspresent a character. readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 645 645 645 645 645 400 123 400 400 645 ^645? begins with 645 and could end with anything.
_ underscore
Matches special characters such as the following:
Used when creating complex expressions with special characters.
, comma
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
( ) parenthesis
For example: _645_ matches any as path containing 645:
{ } braces
645
beginning of string
645 645 645
end or string
645 800 234 645
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
blank space
Cisco Press () Publisher: parenthesis Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Matches confederation (65501)$ matches any as path identifiers in AS_PATH and can ending with the string (65501). also be used create number For example: patterns. 101 (65501)
[] brackets
Range of characters.
[0–9] matches any string of numbers, but does not match AS_PATHs. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of theempty best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. For example: 645you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide what you know 645 400 100 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 11151 2001 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 5623 11151 2001
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the [058]$ matches any as path CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect containing a last character of 0, 5, companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics or 8. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and For example: switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 645 645 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering of the core 645 800 each 234 6768 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 645 400 400 100 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual matches lab exam. ^356_[0–9] any as path Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. that begins with 356 and has mor than one trailing ASN. For example: 356 789 012 356 012 356 356
TIP
•
Do not forget to use the CTRL-V key sequence when entering the ? character; otherwise, you will constantly be asking Cisco IOS Software for help. Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
After you are comfortable creating regular expressions, you can use those expressions to create AS path By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 access lists. Publisher: Cisco Press
AS Pub Path Access and Regular Expressions Date: NovemberLists 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Similar to regular numbered access lists used for IP traffic, AS path access lists are numbered access lists Pages: 1032 that match traffic based on an AS path value. This AS value is specified using a regular expression. Also, similar to IP access lists, each AS path access lists ends with an explicit deny any. AS path access lists are created using the following command: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip as-path access-listlist-number {permit | deny}regular-expression Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion toinstance, the best-selling edition, provides coverage of CCIE lab examprefixes topics containing Suppose, for that thefirst Willis routerthis hasbook a new requirement to block all network not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. the AS_PATH value of 645. This can easily be accomplished using an AS_PATH access list that denies any Combined I, the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and instance ofwith 645 Volume in the AS_PATH, as candidate shown in Example 9-53. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 9-53. Using AS Path Access Lists to Filter BGP Routes Containing includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Willis# show run |readers include level. They present withas-path scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip as-path access-list 1 deny _645_
645
ip as-path access-list 1 permit .*
In the preceding example, AS path access list 1 is used to deny any AS path containing the string 645, whereas all other traffic is permitted. The regular expression _645_ describes any string containing the
value 645, and the .* regular expression allows any other path values.
Like most parameters in BGP, there are two ways to apply an AS path access list: using a route map, or by applying a filter list. Both ways are examined in this section. Consider the route map configuration first. Three steps are required to configure AS path prefix filtering using route maps: Step 1. Create the AS path access list that will be used to specify the AS path regular expression. • • •
Table of Contents Index Step 2. Create a route map to tell the router how to use the AS path access list. Examples
CCIE Practical Studies II Step 3. ApplyVolume the route
map to a BGP neighbor or peer using the neighbor {ip-address |peer| out} command.
group} {in ByKarl Solie CCIE route-map No. 4599, Leahroute-map-name Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press
If you are going to apply the access list using a route map, you must define a route map that tells the Pub Date: 07,AS 2003 router how November to use the path access list. As mentioned earlier in Table 9-3, the match as-pathas-pathISBN: 1-58705-072-2 access-list-number command specifies the AS path that is to be matched. For example, route-map filterPages:in 1032 as, shown Example 9-54, is used to match AS path access list 1.
Example 9-54. Using a Route Map with an AS Path Access List Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Willis#show run | begin route-map Experience putting permit concepts10 into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying route-map filter-as what you know match as-path 1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the After createby the route map, youwith can athen apply it to a neighbor or peerexercises. group. Example 9-55 shows th CCIE you lab exam presenting them series of challenging laboratory A perfect completed AS path access list filtering configuration for the Willis router. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example 9-55.ofApplying Route MapSecurity, to a BGP switching portions the Routing a and Switching, and Peer Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Willis# showfollow, run |providing begin bgp settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty router bgp 2001 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no synchronization bgp router-id 62.128.47.5 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 62.128.0.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.4.0 mask 255.255.252.0
network 62.128.8.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.12.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.16.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.20.0 mask 255.255.252.0 • • •
Table of Contents
network 62.128.24.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Index
Examples
network 62.128.28.0 mask 255.255.252.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 62.128.32.0 mask 255.255.252.0
network mask 255.255.252.0 Publisher:62.128.36.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 62.128.40.0 mask 255.255.252.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 62.128.48.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.52.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.56.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco255.255.252.0 Press. networkStudies 62.128.60.0 mask network 62.128.64.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what 62.128.68.0 you know network mask 255.255.252.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 62.128.72.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment network 62.128.76.0 mask 255.255.252.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the aggregate-address 62.128.44.0 255.255.255.252 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor remote-as not covered 62.128.47.6 in Volume I, like the Cisco11151 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighbor 62.128.47.6 route-map out switching portions of the Routing andfilter-as Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 62.128.47.194 remote-as 645 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 62.128.47.198 645 to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, providingremote-as detailed guides settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no auto-summary comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip as-path access-list 1 deny _645_ ip as-path access-list 1 permit .* ! route-map filter-as permit 10
match as-path 1
In the preceding example, route map filter-as is used to deny any instance of ASN 645 for all outgoing updates to the MrDrummand router. The permit .* regular expression is used to allow all other AS numbers. • Table of Contents •
Index
BGP filter lists provide a simpler, less granular approach to AS path access list filtering. Filter lists are used • only to filter Examples BGP routes by AS path. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Only are4599 required to configure ByKarl two Soliesteps CCIE No. , Leah Lynch CCIE No. BGP 7220 route filter routes based on the AS path: Step 1. Create an AS path access list that specifies the AS path that is to be matched.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 2. Apply the route map to a BGP neighbor or peer using the following command: ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor {ip-address |peer-group} filter-listas-path-access-list-number Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know {inwhat | out} Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Example 9-56 shows how the filter list command accomplishes the same effect as the route map shown CCIE Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the earlierPractical in Example 9-55. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Example 9-56. Using a Filter List to Filter BGP Traffic by AS Path Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Willis# run |references begin bgp includes show suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network router settings.bgp The 2001 final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty no synchronization level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. bgp router-id 62.128.47.5 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 62.128.0.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.4.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.8.0 mask 255.255.252.0
network 62.128.12.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.16.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.20.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.24.0 mask 255.255.252.0 •
Table of Contents mask 255.255.252.0 • network 62.128.28.0 Index •
Examples
network 62.128.32.0 CCIE Practical Studies Volumemask II
255.255.252.0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 62.128.36.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Publisher:62.128.40.0 Cisco Press network mask 255.255.252.0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network ISBN:62.128.48.0 1-58705-072-2 mask 255.255.252.0 Pages: 1032
network 62.128.52.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.56.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.60.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. network 62.128.64.0 mask 255.255.252.0 network 62.128.68.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 62.128.72.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 62.128.76.0 mask 255.255.252.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment aggregate-address 62.128.44.0 255.255.255.252 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 62.128.47.6 remote-as 11151 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered62.128.47.6 in Volume I, filter-list like the Cisco Catalyst neighbor 1 out 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighborportions 62.128.47.194 remote-as 645 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor 62.128.47.198 remote-as 645 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network no auto-summary settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip as-path access-list 1 deny _645_ ip as-path access-list 1 permit .*
You can use AS path access lists to filter network prefixes in a number of ways:
In multihomed environments, the ^$ regular expression can be used to prevent local autonomous systems from providing transit services between two upstream service providers, allowing only outgoing route advertisements that have an empty AS_PATH attribute.
Provide only partial BGP RIB updates to downstream neighbors by using the ^AS$ regular expression
• • •
Use an AS path access list to allow only locally sourced updates to exit to an upstream neighbor, by using the _AS_ regular expression. Table of Contents
Index AS paths from incoming or outgoing updates, by using a combination of complex regula Filter certain Examples expressions and AS path access lists.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Modifying the NEXT_HOP Attribute for Path Manipulation Publisher: Cisco Press
Date: November 07, 2003 by using BGP attributes in several ways. One of the simplest modifications you YouPub can manipulate routing can make ISBN:is1-58705-072-2 to change the next hop for a route. As you learned in the preceding chapter, the NEXT_HOP attribute is 1032 changed each time a route crosses an AS border, but not when a route is advertised within an Pages: AS. In Figure 9-14, for example, there are four routers: Eany in AS 12,512; and Meany, Miney, and Moe in AS 61,382.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Figure 9-14. How BGP Modifies the NEXT_HOP Attribute Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
This figure shows a logical representation of how the NEXT_HOP attribute changes as a route passes through routers in different autonomous systems. First, the route passes between two autonomous system
as it is forwarded between the Eany and Meany routers. In this case, the NEXT_HOP attribute of the route modified at the egress interface by the Eany router. The Eany router modifies the NEXT_HOP attribute and passes the route to the Meany router. By default, the Meany router does not alter the NEXT_HOP value before it passes the route to the Miney router because the route originated from an external AS. When the Miney router advertises the route to the Moe router, it does not change the NEXT_HOP attribute because, unless specified to do otherwise, I-BGP speakers do not modify the NEXT_HOP attribute. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
NOTE Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
attribute is covered detail ByKarlThe SolieNEXT_HOP CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. in 7220
in the "The NEXT_HOP Attribute" section of Chapter 7.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
It is usually necessary to change the NEXT_HOP attribute for routes forwarded between I-BGP speakers ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 when an I-BGP speaker is forwarding a route learned by means of an update from an E-BGP peer. Unless Pages: 1032 the I-BGP neighbor has been configured with a gateway of last resort pointing to its upstream I-BGP peer, will be unable to reach the E-BGP router's IP address. You can correct this situation in three ways:
Originate a default route using the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group}default-originate command. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Redistribute BGP routes in an IGP (if an IGP is in use). Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Use the next-hop-self command to alter the NEXT_HOP attribute for I-BGP routes. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying NEXT_HOP attribute modification is accomplished using the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group}nextwhat you know hop-self command. Sometimes, you might not want to modify the outgoing NEXT_HOP attribute for a route; in which case, you can use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group}next-hop-unchanged Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation command. So, you might ask, what do you do when you want to modify a NEXT_HOP attribute in other ways?Take Simple, the NEXT_HOP attribute can mimic also bethe modified by using route map. five full-blown practice labs that actual lab examaenvironment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics NOTE in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Be careful changing the NEXT_HOP attributes for a route. If that path fails, traffic might not switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. reroute correctly.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Three steps are required to manually change the NEXT_HOP attribute for a route: settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Step 1. Create an access or prefix list that specifies the networks that the attribute changes will app level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. to. If all routes to a particular neighbor or peer group are to be changed, you can skip this step. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Step 2. Create a route map that references the access or prefix list created in Step 1 and use the se next-hop {ip-address | peer-address | verify-availability} command.
NOTE Theverify-availability command can be used only for incoming routes.
Step 3. Apply the route map to a neighbor or peer group using the neighbor {ip-address | peergroup}route-maproute-map-name {in | out} command.
If two more routers are added into AS 645, as shown in Figure 9-15, for instance, the Arnold and Kimberly routers need to be configured to peer with the new routers, provide reflected routes, and modify the outgoing NEXT_HOP attribute for all externally originated routes. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Figure 9-15. Adding Two New Routers to the Mix
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown labs that the actualcommand lab exam environment In this example, it would practice be easy to use themimic next-hop-self to allow the Blair and Tootie routers to reach the external networks. For the sake of this example, however, a route map is used instead. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Although the next-hop-self is simpler in most cases, sometimes you might need to modify the next hop CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect and not want to use the NEXT_HOP value generated using the next-hop-self command. For example, you companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics might want to point the next hop to an external firewall that is not advertised to I-BGP peers; in this case, not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. you might want to use a route map to manually set the next hop. Example 9-57 shows how you can use a Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and simple route map to change the NEXT_HOP attribute for all routes bound to a particular neighbor. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 9-57.references Using Route Maps to Modify theexercises NEXT_HOP includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory coveringAttribute each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Arnold# show run |readers begin with bgp scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They present Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. router bgp 645 no synchronization bgp router-id 10.1.5.2 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 189.168.56.0 mask 255.255.254.0
network 189.168.58.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.60.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.62.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.64.0 mask 255.255.254.0 •
Table of Contents
• network 189.168.66.0 Index mask 255.255.254.0 •
Examples
network 189.168.68.0 mask CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
255.255.254.0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 189.168.70.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Publisher: Cisco Press network 189.168.72.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN:189.168.74.0 1-58705-072-2 network mask 255.255.254.0 Pages: 1032
network 189.168.76.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.78.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.80.0 Gain hands-on experience mask for the255.255.254.0 CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. network 189.168.82.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.84.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 189.168.86.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 189.168.88.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.1.5.3 remote-as 645 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 10.1.5.1 route-reflector-client companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 10.1.5.1 in Volume next-hop-self I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighborportions 10.1.5.3 route-reflector-client The book begins with route-map brief coverage of the core neighbor 10.1.5.3 next-hop outtechnologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed neighbor 10.1.5.4 remote-as 645 guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practiceroute-reflector-client labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty neighbor 10.1.5.4 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included neighbor 10.1.5.4 route-map next-hop out throughout the book. neighbor 62.128.47.197 remote-as 2001 no auto-summary ! route-map next-hop permit 10
set ip next-hop 10.1.5.2
In the preceding example, the next-hop route map is used to change the NEXT_HOP attribute of the FastEthernet interface of the Arnold router. This same effect could have been achieved using the next-hop self command. • Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
Using theStudies MEDVolume Attribute to Specify the Best Path CCIE Practical II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
When you have a multihomed network, you can use the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute to specify the Publisher: preferred entry point for an AS. The MED attribute is a BGP metric that makes E-BGP neighbors aware Cisco Press of the preferred entry point to a network. As a nontransitive BGP attribute, the MED is not advertised Pub Date: November 07, 2003 beyond the directly connected AS border, and is applied only on a peer-by-peer basis. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
NOTE technical specifications the Lab MEDExam attribute covered MED Attribute" section of Gain The hands-on experience for thefor CCIE with are volume two in of the the "The best-selling CCIE Chapter 7. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Only three steps are required to set the MED attribute for an AS. You might optionally apply a different ME what you know value for each AS bordering router, or modify how the BGP decision process will use the MED attribute: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Step 1. (Optional) Create an access list that specifies to which traffic the MED value is to be applied. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 2. Create a route map specifying the MED value for the entry point. The default MED value is 0 CCIE Practical and this Studies, can be changed Volume to II any leads value CCIEranging candidates fromthrough 1 to 4,294,967,295, the process ofwith preparing the lowest for the value being CCIE lab preferred. exam by The presenting metric is them applied with using a series the set of challenging metric [+ |laboratory - metric-value] exercises. command A perfect within a route companion map configuration to the best-selling mode.first Theedition, optional this + and book- provides parameters coverage changeofaCCIE preexisting lab exam metric. topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Stepwith 3. Apply Volume theI,route the CCIE map candidate to a neighbor will using get comprehensive the neighbor coverage {ip-address of the | peer-group} routing androuteswitching mapportions route-map-name of the Routing {in | and out} Switching, command. Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE exam and Step 4. (Optional) Use the bgpofalways-compare-med, bgp bestpath medlab confed, bgp bestpat includes suggested references for reading. Laboratorycommands exercises covering theuses corethe MED med missing-as-worst, orfurther bgp deterministic-med to modifyeach howofBGP technologies follow, providing guides process. to applying the9-5 technologies real of network attribute during the bestdetailed path selection Table shows howineach these commands apply settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These andThe when they are used. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Table 9-5. Best Path MED Modifications
MEDCommand
Command Definition
bgp always-comparemed
Allows the BGP best path selection process to compare BGP MED attributes received from E-BGP peers that belong to different autonomous systems
bgp bestpath med confed
Allows BGP to compare MED attributes received from confederation peers
med •bgp bestpath Table of Contents •missing-as-worst Index •
Examples bgp deterministic-med
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Specifies that BGP should consider a path to be the worst option if the MED attribute is not present Allows BGP to compare MED values from different E-BGP peers in the same AS
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 NOTE Pages: 1032
Although the MED attribute can be applied to incoming or outgoing paths, you should always use the MED to specify the preferred network entry point to E-BGP peers, and the LOCAL_PREFERENCE attribute to specify the preferred network exit point for I-BGP peers.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from CiscotoPress. After youStudies apply the new metric a neighbor, you can verify its use by using the show ip bgp command o the remote peer. The MED attribute displays as the Metric value, as shown in Example 9-58. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Example 9-58. Using the show ip bgp Command to Verify the MED Attribute Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Willis#show ip bgp regexp ^645$ CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting of challenging exercises. A perfect Network Next them Hop with a seriesMetric LocPrflaboratory Weight Path companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,62.128.47.194 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, and QoS. * 10.1.1.0/24 100route maps, BGP,0 Multicast, 645 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the62.128.47.198 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *> 50 0 645 i lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on lab exam and * 10.2.2.0/24 62.128.47.194 100 0 the 645 CCIE i includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying in real *> 62.128.47.198 50 the technologies 0 645 i network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 62.128.47.194 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty * 189.168.56.0/23 100 0 645 i level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *> 62.128.47.198 50 0 645 i *
189.168.58.0/23
*> * *>
189.168.60.0/23
62.128.47.194
100
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
50
0 645 i
62.128.47.194
100
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
50
0 645 i
*
189.168.62.0/23
*> *
189.168.64.0/23
*> •
100
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
50
0 645 i
62.128.47.194
100
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
50
0 645 i
62.128.47.194
100
0 645 i
62.128.47.198
50
0 645 i
100
0 645 i
Table of Contents
*
189.168.66.0/23
• •
62.128.47.194
Index
*>
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 * Karl 189.168.68.0/23 62.128.47.194 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
To illustrate the use of the MED attribute, it can be applied to the Arnold and Kimberly routers in AS 645. Pages: 1032 Before a MED attribute was applied to the paths advertised by the two AS 645 border routers, the Willis router preferred the paths advertised by the Kimberly router because it had a lower IP address. By changin the MED attribute, an attribute that is ranked higher in the BGP decision process, on the Arnold router to a value lower than that of the Kimberly router, the preferred path to AS 645 will be changed. Example 9-59 shows how the MED attribute is changed on the Arnold and Kimberly routers. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-59. Changing the MED Attribute for AS 645 on the Arnold and Kimberly Routers Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Arnold#show run | begin bgp Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router bgp 645 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect no synchronization companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. bgpcovered router-id 10.1.5.2 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. bgp log-neighbor-changes The book begins with brief mask coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and network 189.168.56.0 255.255.254.0 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network network 189.168.58.0 maskdetailed 255.255.254.0 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty network 189.168.60.0 mask 255.255.254.0 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking mask techniques are included throughout the book. network 189.168.62.0 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.64.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.66.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.68.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.70.0 mask 255.255.254.0
network 189.168.72.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.74.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.76.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.78.0 mask 255.255.254.0 • • •
Table of Contents
network 189.168.80.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Index
Examples
network 189.168.82.0 mask 255.255.254.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahmask Lynch 255.255.254.0 CCIE No. 7220 189.168.84.0
network mask 255.255.254.0 Publisher:189.168.86.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 189.168.88.0 mask 255.255.254.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.1.5.1 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.1 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.1 next-hop-self Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 10.1.5.3 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.3 route-reflector-client Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.5.3 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.1.5.4 remote-as 645 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.1.5.4 route-reflector-client CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 10.1.5.4 next-hop-self CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor 2001 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered 62.128.47.197 in Volume I, like remote-as the Cisco Catalyst Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighbor 62.128.47.197 route-map MED out Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, no book auto-summary The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These route-map MEDpractice permit labs 10 include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. set metric 50test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Study tips and ________________________________________________________________ Kimberly#show run | begin bgp router bgp 645 no synchronization
bgp router-id 10.1.5.1 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 189.168.56.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.58.0 mask 255.255.254.0 • • •
Table of Contents
network 189.168.60.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Index
Examples
network 189.168.62.0 mask 255.255.254.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahmask Lynch 255.255.254.0 CCIE No. 7220 189.168.64.0
network mask 255.255.254.0 Publisher:189.168.66.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 189.168.68.0 mask 255.255.254.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 189.168.70.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.72.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.74.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from mask Cisco 255.255.254.0 Press. networkStudies 189.168.76.0 network 189.168.78.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 189.168.80.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 189.168.82.0 mask 255.255.254.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment network 189.168.84.0 mask 255.255.254.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 189.168.86.0 mask 255.255.254.0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network mask not covered189.168.88.0 in Volume I, like the255.255.254.0 Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 10.1.5.2 remote-as 645Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching of the Routing and neighbor 10.1.5.2 route-reflector-client The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 10.1.5.2 next-hop-self technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 10.1.5.3 645 comprehensive practiceremote-as labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 10.1.5.3 route-reflector-client Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 10.1.5.3 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.5.4 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.4 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.4 next-hop-self
neighbor 62.128.47.193 remote-as 2001 neighbor 62.128.47.193 route-map MED out no auto-summary ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
route-map MED permit 10 set metric 100
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Using the LOCAL_PREF Attribute to Specify Network Exit Points ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
The local preference (LOCAL_PREF) attribute is used with an AS to modify the desirability for routes with more than one possible path that can be used to exit the local AS. As its name implies, the LOCAL_PREF attribute is passed only between I-BGP peers; the LOCAL_PREF attribute is not forwarded to external peers
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
NOTE Experience putting into practice with labbetween scenarios guide you and in applying It is sometimes hardconcepts to remember the difference thethat LOCAL_PREF the MED what you know attributes. One easy way to remember which attribute does which task is to look at the name—LOCAL_PREF applies only to local peers, and the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) tells Learn how to build a practiceentry lab for your CCIE lab exam external peers the preferred point into your AS. The preparation MED attribute is not compared for routes from I-BGP peers, and the LOCAL_PREF attribute is not compared for routes from E-BGP Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment peers.
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the edition, book coverage of CCIE lab Like the MED, the best-selling LOCAL_PREFfirst attribute is this applied onprovides a peer-by-peer basis using a exam route topics map. The default not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and value of the LOCAL_PREF attribute is 100, and it can be changed to any value from 1 toQoS. 4,294,967,295; th Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate get steps comprehensive coverage of the and largest LOCAL_PREF value is always preferred.will Three are required to modify therouting LOCAL_PREF for a switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. path: The book begins with brief coverage of the or core technologies requiredthe on networks the CCIE lab examthe and Step 1. (Optional) Create an access prefix list that specifies to which includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core LOCAL_PREF will apply. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The chapter of the concludes with five hands-on lab set exercises. These Step 2.final Create a route mapbook to assign the LOCAL_PREF using the local-preference value comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty command in route map configuration mode. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study Step tips and test-taking techniques includedorthroughout book. 3. Apply the route map to are a neighbor peer groupthe using the neighbor {ip-address | peergroup}route-maproute-map-name {in | out} command.
NOTE Remember that the LOCAL_PREF attribute is not passed to external peers; so, if you want to modify LOCAL_PREF that will be used for external networks, you must apply the route map to
incoming traffic.
To demonstrate the use of the LOCAL_PREF attribute, it is applied on the Arnold and Kimberly routers for a incoming routes from the Willis router, as they are passed to the Blair and Tootie routers. In this example, the Arnold router tells the Blair router to prefer its routes, and the Kimberly router tells the Tootie router to prefer its own routes. Both the Arnold and Kimberly routers still send routes to the other routers using the • Table of Contents default LOCAL_PREF values. Example 9-60 shows the configuration on the Arnold and Kimberly routers. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 9-60. Setting the LOCAL_PREF Configuration on the Arnold and ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Kimberly Routers Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Arnold# ISBN: show 1-58705-072-2 run | begin bgp Pages: 1032
router bgp 645 no synchronization bgp router-id 10.1.5.2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know bgp log-neighbor-changes Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.1.5.1 remote-as 645 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.1.5.1 route-reflector-client CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 10.1.5.1 next-hop-self companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered 10.1.5.3 in Volume remote-as I, like the Cisco neighbor 645 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighborportions 10.1.5.3 route-reflector-client The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor 10.1.5.3 next-hop-self includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network neighbor 10.1.5.3 route-map local-pref out settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practiceremote-as labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty neighbor 10.1.5.4 645 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 10.1.5.4 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.4 next-hop-self neighbor 62.128.47.197 remote-as 2001 no auto-summary !
route-map local-pref permit 10 set local-preference 500 ________________________________________________________________ Kimberly#show run | begin bgp •
Table of Contents
•
Index
router bgp 645 •
Examples
no synchronization
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Bybgp Karl Solie CCIE No. 10.1.5.1 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router-id
bgp cluster-id Publisher: Cisco Press3181926401 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
bgp log-neighbor-changes ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.1.5.2 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.2 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.2 next-hop-self Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 10.1.5.3 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.3 route-reflector-client Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.5.3 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 10.1.5.4 remote-as 645 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 10.1.5.4 route-reflector-client CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor 10.1.5.4 next-hop-self CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor local-pref not covered10.1.5.4 in Volumeroute-map I, like the Cisco Catalystout 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 62.128.47.193 remote-as 2001 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book auto-summary The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These route-map local-pref permit 10 all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. set local-preference Study tips and test-taking500 techniques are included throughout the book.
In the preceding example, route map local-pref sets the LOCAL_PREF for all routes from Arnold router to the Blair router to 500, and likewise, for the Kimberly and Tootie routers. Example 9-61 shows excerpts of the BGP RIB from the Blair and Tootie routers.
Example 9-61. BGP RIBs from the Blair and Tootie Routers After Changing the LOCAL_PREF Attribute
Blair#show ip bgp regexp _11151_ • BGP table version Table of Contents is 95, local router ID is 10.2.2.1 •
Index
Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal, • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
r RIB-failure
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Network Next
Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
* i23.75.18.0/24 Pages: 1032
10.1.5.1
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
*>i
10.1.5.2
500
0 2001 11151 5623 i
* i23.75.19.0/24
10.1.5.1
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE *>i 10.1.5.2 500 0 2001 11151 5623 i Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * i23.75.20.0/24 10.1.5.1 100 0 2001 11151 5623 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying *>i what you know 10.1.5.2 500 0 2001 11151 5623 i * i23.75.21.0/24 100 0 2001 11151 5623 i Learn how to build 10.1.5.1 a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation practice labs that mimic the actual 500 lab exam environment *>i Take five full-blown10.1.5.2 0 2001 11151 5623 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through preparing forithe * i23.75.22.0/24 10.1.5.1 100 the process 0 2001of 11151 5623 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage0of2001 CCIE 11151 lab exam topics *>i 10.1.5.2 500 5623 i not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage the routing * i23.75.23.0/24 10.1.5.1 100 0 2001 of 11151 5623 iand switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *>i 10.1.5.2 500 0 2001 11151 5623 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises0covering each of the core * i23.75.24.0/24 10.1.5.1 100 2001 11151 5623 i technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab0exercises. These *>i 10.1.5.2 500 2001 11151 5623 i comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they the actual exam. * i23.75.25.0/24 10.1.5.1 100will face0on 2001 11151 lab 5623 i Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. *>i
10.1.5.2
500
0 2001 11151 5623 i
* i23.75.26.0/24
10.1.5.1
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
Network *>i
Next Hop 10.1.5.2
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 500
0 2001 11151 5623 I
________________________________________________________________
Tootie#show ip bgp regexp _11151_ BGP table version is 307, local router ID is 10.2.2.2 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete •
Table of Contents
•
Network Index
•
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
*>i23.75.18.0/24
10.1.5.1
500
0 2001 11151 5623 i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
*>i23.75.19.0/24 10.1.5.1 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
500
0 2001 11151 5623 i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
*>i23.75.20.0/24
10.1.5.1
500
0 2001 11151 5623 i
* i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
* i Publisher: Cisco Press
* i
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
*>i23.75.21.0/24 Gain hands-on experience 10.1.5.1 for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume 500two of the 0 2001 best-selling 11151 CCIE 5623 i Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * i 10.1.5.2 100 0 2001 11151 5623 i Experience putting 10.1.5.1 concepts into practice with lab scenarios you11151 in applying *>i23.75.22.0/24 500 that guide 0 2001 5623 i what you know * i
10.1.5.2 100 0 2001 11151 5623 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
*>i23.75.23.0/24 10.1.5.1 500 0 2001 11151 5623 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment * i Practical Studies, Volume 10.1.5.2 100 the process 0 2001of 11151 5623 CCIE II leads CCIE candidates through preparing forithe CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *>i23.75.24.0/24 10.1.5.1 500 5623 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage0of2001 CCIE 11151 lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. * i 10.1.5.2 100 0 2001 of 11151 5623 iand Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage the routing switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *>i23.75.25.0/24 10.1.5.1 500 0 2001 11151 5623 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and * i 10.1.5.2 100 2001 11151 5623 i includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises0covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network *>i23.75.26.0/24 10.1.5.1 500 2001 11151 5623 i settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab0exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty * i They present readers 10.1.5.2 100will face0on 2001 11151 lab 5623 i level. with scenarios similar to what they the actual exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Notice in both examples that the routers prefer the routes with the larger LOCAL_PREF attribute. The Blair router prefers routes from the Arnold router, and the Tootie router prefers routes from the Kimberly router
Using the WEIGHT Attribute to Influence Path Selection
Unlike the MED and LOCAL_PREF attributes, the Cisco proprietary WEIGHT attribute, which specifies a locally preferred path, is only locally significant; this attribute is not forwarded to any peer. The WEIGHT attribute is a value ranging from 0 to 65,535. The default WEIGHT attribute for a locally originated route is 32,768, and the default weight for all other routes is 0. Three steps are required to set the WEIGHT for a path: • • •
Step 1. (Optional)Create an access or prefix list that specifies the paths that should be matched for Table of Contents WEIGHT manipulation. Index
Examples Step 2. Create a route map to apply the access or prefix list and the WEIGHT attribute value using
CCIE Practical Volume thesetStudies weight valueII command. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Step 3. Apply the route map to a neighbor or peer group using the neighbor {ip-address | peergroup}route-maproute-map-name in command. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
NOTE Even though Cisco IOS Software enables you to apply a route map that modifies the WEIGHT attribute for outbound routes, this command will have no effect because the WEIGHT attribute is passedexperience to any peers. Gain not hands-on for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Suppose, for example, the Tootie router should always preferthat routes from the Experience puttingthat concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide you in Kimberly applying router (10.1.5.1), unless that router is not available. One easy way to accomplish this task is to set the WEIGHT what you know attribute for all incoming routes from the Kimberly router to a high value. Example 9-62 shows how this how to buildusing a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation mightLearn be accomplished the WEIGHT attribute. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 9-62. Using the WEIGHT Attribute to Set Route Preference CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Tootie# show | begin Combined withrun Volume I, thebgp CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. router bgp 645 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and no synchronization includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network bgp log-neighbor-changes settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty network mask 255.255.255.0 level. They10.1.1.0 present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 10.2.2.0 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 10.1.5.1 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.1 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.5.1 route-map Heavy-Routes in neighbor 10.1.5.2 remote-as 645
neighbor 10.1.5.2 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.5.3 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.3 next-hop-self no auto-summary •
Table of Contents
! •
Index
•
Examples
route-map CCIE Practical Heavy-Routes Studies Volume II permit 10 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
set weight 150
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
In thePages: preceding 1032 example, route map Heavy-Routes sets the WEIGHT value to 150. This route map was the applied to incoming routes from the Arnold router, making those routes more desirable, and producing the results shown in Example 9-63.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. NOTE Before configuring this example, the local-pref route map was removed from the Kimberly and Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Arnold routers; however, the WEIGHT attribute would still have precedence over LOCAL_PREF what you know (even though the LOCAL_PREF and WEIGHT attributes accomplished the same thing) because it is higher on the selection Learn how to BGP buildpath a practice lab process. for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example 9-63. Tootie BGP RIB After WEIGHT Attribute Modification CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined withip Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Tootie#show bgp regexp _5623_ switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. BGP table version is 111, local router ID is 10.1.5.4 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal, technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These r RIB-failure comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*>i23.75.18.0/25
10.1.5.1
100
150 2001 11151 5623 i
* i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
*>i23.75.19.0/24
10.1.5.1
100
150 2001 11151 5623 i
* i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
*>i23.75.20.0/24
10.1.5.1
100
150 2001 11151 5623 i
* i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
10.1.5.1
100
150 2001 11151 5623 i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
100
150 2001 11151 5623 i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
*>i23.75.23.0/24 10.1.5.1 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
100
150 2001 11151 5623 i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
*>i23.75.24.0/24
10.1.5.1
100
150 2001 11151 5623 i
* i
10.1.5.2
100
0 2001 11151 5623 i
*>i23.75.21.0/24 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
* i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
*>i23.75.22.0/24
10.1.5.1
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
* i Publisher: Cisco Press
* i
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume the 2001 best-selling *>i23.75.25.0/24 10.1.5.1 100two of150 11151 CCIE 5623 i Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * i 10.1.5.2 100 0 2001 11151 5623 I Experience putting 10.1.5.1 concepts into practice with lab scenarios guide you11151 in applying *>i23.75.26.0/24 100 that150 2001 5623 i what you know Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation * i Take five full-blown10.1.5.2 0 2001 11151 5623 i practice labs that mimic the actual 100 lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Because the in WEIGHT is the number one item route on the BGP route selection process, modifying the not covered Volumeattribute I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. WEIGHT causes router to will prefer with high WEIGHT Combinedattribute with Volume I, the the Tootie CCIE candidate getroutes comprehensive coveragebefore of the routes routingwith and high LOCAL_PREF. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Many Uses of the COMMUNITY Attribute technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These The BGP COMMUNITY attribute is oneallofof the powerful and BGPgradually attributesincrease available. can filte comprehensive practice labs include themost technologies in Communities difficulty or modify routes by community number, by community list, or by adding a well-known community value to level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. a route. You can use communities for filtering routes by setting the COMMUNITY attribute for a route for Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. later use or by matching a pre-assigned community value. Along with the standard-numbered community values, there are also named values that you can use to assign a more readable value to a path. Table 9-6 shows a review of the well-known BGP community values mentioned earlier in Chapter 7.
Table 9-6. Well-Known BGP Community Values
Community Value (Hex) 0x0000000 to 0x0000FFFF
Community Value (Decimal)
Community Name
0 to 65535
•0xFFFF0000Table of Contents to 4294967041
Description
Cisco IOS set community Command
Reserved
This range of COMMUNITY attributes have been reserved by IANA.
Decimal number between 0 to 65,535 or aa:nn format
Reserved
This range of COMMUNITY attributes have been reserved by IANA.
Decimal number between 65,536 to 4,294,967,295 or aa:nn format
•0xFFFFFFFF Indexto •
Examples 4294967295
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
0
0
Internet
The default community, to which internet all BGP community-aware routers belong by default.
NO_EXPORT
Routes with this COMMUNITY no-export attribute must not be advertised outside of the local autonomous system or confederation.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
0xFFFFFF01
4294967041
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
0xFFFFFF02
4294967042
NO_ADVERTISE Routes with this COMMUNITY no-advertise attribute must not be advertised toany peer.two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 0xFFFFFF03 4294967043 LOCAL_AS Routes with this COMMUNITY local-as attribute must not be advertised to any external confederation Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying peer, referred to as what you know NO_EXPORT-SUBCONFED in Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIERFC lab 1997. exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Five steps are required to set the BGP COMMUNITY attribute: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them a series of challenging laboratory A perfect Step 1. (Optional) Create an with access or prefix list to specify the pathsexercises. that are to be modified. If the companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics networks are not specified with a match statement, the route map will apply to all routes. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the map CCIEand candidate getcommunity comprehensive coverage of the routing and Stepwith 2. Create a route specifywill a set statement to change the COMMUNITY switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. attribute using the set community {decimal-number | aa:nn-format | additive | internet | localas | no-advertise | no-export | none} command. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises each of the core newStep 3. If youreferences use the aa:nn community format, make sure to usecovering the ip bgp-community technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network format command. This command changes the way Cisco IOS Software displays the community value settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These from the default hexadecimal view to the newer aa:nn view. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Step They present with scenarios similar or to peer whatgroup they will face onneighbor the actual{ip-address lab exam. | peer4. Applyreaders the route map to a neighbor using the Study group} tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. route-maproute-map-name {in | out} command. Step 5. Enable COMMUNITY attribute advertising by using the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} send-community command.
As previously mentioned, communities are set using a route map containing a set statement; Table 9-7 shows the possible community values that can be set within a route map in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.2(12)T.
Table 9-7. Route Map set COMMUNITY Commands Command
Description
Community number in Table of Contents decimal-number format
A number between 1 and 4,294,967,295
• •
Index number in •Community Examples
A BGP COMMUNITY attribute number in aa:nn format
aa:nn-format CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah LynchAdds CCIE a No. 7220to additive value
internet Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
local-as ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no-advertise
an existing community value
Sets the community value to the well-known Internet value—the default fo all BGP speakers A well-known COMMUNITY attribute that specifies that the matching paths must not be advertised outside the local autonomous system A well-known COMMUNITY attribute that specifies that the matching paths must not be advertised to any peer
no-export
A well-known COMMUNITY attribute that specifies that the matching paths must not beExam advertised to any external peers Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. none Removes the COMMUNITY attribute
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying The next whatexample you know shows how you can use the BGP NO_EXPORT community to prevent a BGP neighbor from propagating a specific route. In this example, the Arnold router is advertising the 10.1.1.0/24 and Learn how to build a practice for your CCIE lab exam preparation 10.2.2.0/24 networks with the BGPlab well-known community value of NO_EXPORT. Example 9-64 shows the BGP configuration for the Arnold router. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example 9-64. Using the BGP Well-Known NO_EXPORT COMMUNITY Attribute CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Arnold# run of | the begin bgp and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switchingshow portions Routing router 645 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The bookbgp begins includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no synchronization technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These bgp router-id 10.1.5.2 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. bgp log-neighbor-changes Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 10.1.5.1 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.1 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.1 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.5.3 remote-as 645
neighbor 10.1.5.3 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.3 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.5.4 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.4 route-reflector-client • • •
Table of Contents
neighbor 10.1.5.4 next-hop-self Index
Examples
neighbor 62.128.47.197 remote-as 2001
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 neighbor 62.128.47.197 send-community
neighbor route-map community out Publisher:62.128.47.197 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no auto-summary ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
ip prefix-list local-list seq 5 permit 10.1.1.0/24 ip prefix-list local-list seq 10 permit 10.2.2.0/24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! route-map community permit 10 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know prefix-list local-list matchwhat ip address Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation set community no-export Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect In the preceding the first Arnold router is configured to advertise 10.1.1.0/24 and 10.2.2.0/24 companion to theexample, best-selling edition, this book provides coveragethe of CCIE lab exam topics networks with NO_EXPORT community by creating the "community" map and specifying not covered in the Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, route Multicast, QoS. the local-list prefix list, with whichVolume referenced 10.1.1.0/24 networks. The NO_EXPORT community was Combined I, thethe CCIE candidateand will10.2.2.0/24 get comprehensive coverage of the routing and assigned the networks using the setSwitching, community no-export command, the route map was applied to switchingto portions of the Routing and Security, and Service Provider lab exams. the 62.128.47.197 neighbor, the Willis router, and BGP community advertisement was enabled using the send-community command. Example 9-65 shows the effectsrequired that thison configuration on and the Willis and The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies the CCIE labhad exam MrDrummand routers. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs Router's include all ofBGP the technologies and After gradually increase in difficulty Example 9-65. Willis RIB Entries Community Filtering level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Willis#show ip bgp 10.1.1.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 10.1.1.0/24, version 191
Paths: (2 available, best #2, table Default-IP-Routing-Table, not advertised to EBGP peer Not advertised to any peer
645 62.128.47.194 from 62.128.47.194 (10.1.5.1) Origin IGP, metric 100, localpref 100, valid, external 645 • • •
Table of Contents
62.128.47.198 from 62.128.47.198 (10.1.5.2) Index
Examples
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Community: no-export
Willis# show ipPress bgp 10.2.2.0/24 Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
BGP routing table entry for 10.2.2.0/24, version 192 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Paths: (2 available, best #2, table Default-IP-Routing-Table, not advertised to EBGP peer Not advertised to any peer 645 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Press. 62.128.47.194 from Cisco 62.128.47.194 (10.1.5.1) Origin IGP, metric 100, localpref 100, valid, external Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 645what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 62.128.47.198 from 62.128.47.198 (10.1.5.2) Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Community: no-export CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ________________________________________________________________ not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and MrDrummand# show of ipthe bgp 10.1.1.0/24 switching portions Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. % Network not in The book begins withtable brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core MrDrummand# show ip bgp 10.2.2.0/24 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These % Network notpractice in table comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Notice that the Willis router now shows the route as not advertised to EBGP peer. This is a direct result of the NO_EXPORT community application. Also, notice that the MrDrummand router did not receive any advertisement for the 10.1.1.0/24 or 10.2.2.0/24 networks after the change. The preceding example demonstrates how the BGP COMMUNITY attribute can be used to filter a route using well-known communities. The next section shows how you can use BGP community lists to specify routes that match multiple BGP community values.
Community Lists BGP community lists provide a way to specify a list of BGP COMMUNITY attributes that are to be matched. There are four different types of BGP community lists; the list types, command syntax, and descriptions ar shown in Table 9-8. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Table 9-8. Community List Guide
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Community List Type
Syntax
Publisher: Cisco Press
Description
Standard ip07, community-list number {permit | deny} Pub Date: November 2003 numbered {decimal-number | aa:nn-number | internet | ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 local-as | no-advertise | no-export} Pages: 1032
A numbered access lists, ranging from 1 to 99, that lists BGP communities as either numbers or well-known names
Expanded numbered
A numbered access lists, ranging from 100 to 199, that lists BGP communities using regular expressions
ip community-listnumber {permit | deny} regular-expression
Standard ip community-list standardlist-name Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two named {permit | deny} {decimal-number | aa:nnPractical Studies title from Cisco Press. number | internet | local-as | no-advertise | no-export}
A named access lists, ranging from 1 to of the best-selling CCIE 99, that lists BGP communities as either numbers or well-known names
Experience putting concepts into expanded practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Expanded ip community-list list-name A named access lists, ranging from 100 what you know named {permit | deny}regular-expression to 199, that lists BGP communities using regular expressions Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Theshow ip community-list command enables you to display the local community list configuration, and CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates process preparing the the theshow ip bgp community community command liststhrough any BGPthe paths fromofthe RIB thatfor match CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect specified community. The show ip bgp community-list {list-name | list-number} command displays BGP companion the best-selling first edition, this book of CCIE lab exam topics RIB entries to that match the specified community lists.provides Examplecoverage 9-66 shows examples of each of the not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. community list types. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Example 9-66. Community List Examples
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip community-list 1 permit no-export comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip community-list 100 permit ^645 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip community-list standard my-community permit local_as ip community-list expanded your-community permit 645$
The first community list matches any RIB table entry with the NO_EXPORT COMMUNITY attribute. The
second community list, list 100, matches any RIB entry with a COMMUNITY attribute beginning with the string 645. The third community list, list my-community, matches any RIB entry with the LOCAL-AS COMMUNITY attribute. And the last community list matches any community ending with the string 645. Th community lists are specified using a route map match statement. Table 9-9 shows the community match commands and their descriptions.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Table 9-9. Well-Known BGP Community match Statements
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Command By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 match community {standard-list-number | expanded-listPublisher: Cisco Press number | list-name} Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
match extcommunity {standard-list-number | expanded-listnumber | list-name}
Description Matches a predefined community list: Standard community lists range from 1 to 99. Expanded community lists range from 100 to 199. Matches extended multiprotocol BGP community lists:
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Standard lists range from 1 to 99. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Expanded lists range from 100 to 199.
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know The next example shows how you can use the BGP COMMUNITY attribute to set and filter BGP communities Learn 9-67, how toyou build practice lab Kimberly for your CCIE lab InExample canasee that the router is exam using preparation the community route map to set two communities. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Example 9-67. Settingthem Community with laboratory a Routeexercises. Map onAthe Kimberly CCIE lab exam by presenting with a seriesValues of challenging perfect Router companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Kimberly#show run | begin bgp The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes bgp router suggested 645 references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. no synchronization The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. bgp router-id They present10.1.5.1 readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. bgp log-neighbor-changes network 189.168.56.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.58.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.60.0 mask 255.255.254.0 network 189.168.62.0 mask 255.255.254.0
neighbor 10.1.5.2 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.2 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.2 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.5.3 remote-as 645 •
Table of Contents
• neighbor 10.1.5.3 Index route-reflector-client • Examples CCIE neighbor Practical 10.1.5.3 Studies Volume next-hop-self II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 10.1.5.4 remote-as 645 Publisher: Cisco Press
neighbor 10.1.5.4 route-reflector-client Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 neighbor 10.1.5.4 next-hop-self Pages: 1032
neighbor 62.128.47.193 remote-as 2001 neighbor 62.128.47.193 send-community neighbor 62.128.47.193 route-map community outvolume two of the best-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no auto-summary Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip bgp-community new-format Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip prefix-list 1 seq 5 permit 189.168.56.0/22 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, 5 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip prefix-list 2 seq permit 189.168.60.0/22 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! !
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and route-map community permit 10 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network match ip address prefix-list 1 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty set community 645:100 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! route-map community permit 20 match ip address prefix-list 2 set community 645:200 !
route-map community permit 30
In the preceding example, the Kimberly router used the community route map to set the BGP COMMUNITY attribute for the 189.168.56.0/22 network to 645:100 and the 189.168.60.0/22 network to 645:200. The community route map was then applied to the 62.128.47.193 neighbor, the Willis router, and the • Table of Contents COMMUNITY attribute was sent using the send-community command. Example 9-68 shows how the Willi • Index router uses the communities advertised by the Kimberly router to filter routes. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 9-68. Filtering Routes on the Willis Router Using the COMMUNITY Attribute Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Willis# Pages: show 1032 run | begin bgp router bgp 2001 no synchronization Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE bgp log-neighbor-changes Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 62.128.47.6 remote-as 11151 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying neighbor send-community what 62.128.47.6 you know neighbor Learn62.128.47.6 how to build aroute-map practice labuse-community for your CCIE lab out exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 62.128.47.194 remote-as 645 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE neighbor 62.128.47.198 remote-as 645 candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no auto-summary not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip bgp-community new-format The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip community-list 1 permitfor645:100 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the 645:200 book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip community-list 2 permit comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. route-map use-community permit 10 match community 1 set community no-advertise ! route-map use-community permit 20
match community 2 set community no-export ! route-map use-community permit 30 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
set community internet CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
In the preceding example, the Willis router uses route map use-community sequence 10 to match routes Publisher: Cisco Press containing 645:100 community value and advertise them with the NO_ADVERTISE COMMUNITY Pub Date: the November 07, 2003 attribute. Sequence 20 of this route map also sets any routes containing the 645:200 COMMUNITY attribut ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 to the well-known NO-EXPORT community value; all other routes are set to the default Internet community Pages: 1032 value. The use-community route map is then applied to the MrDrummand router (62.128.47.6). This configuration can be verified using the show ip bgpip-prefix command on the MrDrummand router as shown in Example 9-69.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam with volume twoMrDrummand of the best-selling Router CCIE Example 9-69. Resulting BGPLab RIB Entries on the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying MrDrummand# show ip bgp 189.168.56.0/23 what you know BGP routing table entry for 189.168.56.0/23, version 137 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Paths: (1five available, #1,labs table not advertised to any peer) Take full-blown best practice that Default-IP-Routing-Table, mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the NotPractical advertised to Volume any peer CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion 2001 645to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 62.128.47.5 fromI,62.128.47.5 (62.128.76.1) switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includesCommunity: suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no-advertise technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The show final chapter the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These MrDrummand# ip bgp of189.168.58.0/23 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.routing They present similar to what they will BGP tablereaders entry with for scenarios 189.168.58.0/23, version 138face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table, not advertised to any peer) Not advertised to any peer 2001 645 62.128.47.5 from 62.128.47.5 (62.128.76.1) Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best
Community: no-advertise MrDrummand#show ip bgp 189.168.60.0/23 BGP routing table entry for 189.168.60.0/23, version 115
Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table, not advertised to EBGP peer •
Table of Contents
• Not advertised Index to any peer • Examples CCIE Practical 2001 645 Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
62.128.47.5 from 62.128.47.5 (62.128.76.1) Publisher: Cisco Press
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Community: no-export
Pages: 1032
MrDrummand#show ip bgp 189.168.62.0/23 BGP routing table entry for 189.168.62.0/23, version 116
Paths: (1 available, #1,CCIE table not advertised Gain hands-on experiencebest for the Lab Default-IP-Routing-Table, Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE to EBGP peer Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Not advertised to any peer Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 2001 645 what you know 62.128.47.5 from 62.128.47.5 (62.128.76.1) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Community: no-export CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and As you can see, the MrDrummand router received the routes from the Willis router with the attributes set. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The MrDrummand router is not currently advertising the 189.168.56.0/22 route because it is marked noadvertise, and the route the 189.168.60.0/22 network is not advertised the MrDrummand The book begins with brieftocoverage of the core technologies required on thebecause CCIE lab exam and router does not have any I-BGP neighbors to which it can forward the NO-EXPORT attribute. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core
technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network The next example shows how communities enable you to change other BGP attributes. In this example, the settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Kimberly router is sending the Willis router routes containing the 645:600 BGP COMMUNITY attribute. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-70. Kimberly Router Configuration
Kimberly#show run | begin bgp router bgp 645 no synchronization
bgp router-id 10.1.5.1 bgp log-neighbor-changes neighbor 10.1.5.2 remote-as 645 •
Table of Contents route-reflector-client • neighbor 10.1.5.2 Index •
Examples
neighbor next-hop-self CCIE Practical 10.1.5.2 Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 10.1.5.3 remote-as 645
Publisher: Cisco Press neighbor 10.1.5.3 route-reflector-client Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 neighbor 10.1.5.3 next-hop-self Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.1.5.4 remote-as 645 neighbor 10.1.5.4 route-reflector-client neighbor 10.1.5.4 next-hop-self Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 62.128.47.193 remote-as 2001 neighbor 62.128.47.193 send-community Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor 62.128.47.193 route-map change-attr out Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no auto-summary Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip bgp-community new-format companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not ! covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing route-mapportions change-attr permitand 10 Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
The begins 645:600 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and set book community includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. with scenarios similar to change-attr what they will on COMMUNITY the actual labattribute exam. for all As youThey can present see, the readers Kimberly router uses route map to face set the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. routing updates to 645:600. That route map is then applied to the Willis router (62.128.47.193). When the Willis router receives the routes, a local route map matches the 645:600 community value and sets the LOCAL_PREF value for the Kimberly routes, as shown in Example 9-71.
Example 9-71. Using the COMMUNITY attribute to Change the LOCAL_PREF Attribute
Willis#show run | begin bgp router bgp 2001 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes •
Table of Contents remote-as 11151 • neighbor 62.128.47.6 Index •
Examples
neighbor CCIE Practical 62.128.47.194 Studies Volume II
remote-as 645
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 62.128.47.194 route-map change-pref in Publisher: Cisco Press neighbor 62.128.47.198 remote-as 645 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no auto-summary ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
! ip bgp-community new-format ip community-list standard change-pref1 permit 645:600 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! route-map change-pref permit into 10 practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts what you know match community standard change-pref1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation set local-preference 250 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to theexample, best-selling edition, provides coverage of CCIE labthe exam topics In the preceding the first Willis router this usedbook the change-pref route map to set LOCAL_PREF not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. attribute for all incoming routes from the Kimberly router to 250. This makes the Willis router prefer to use Combined with Volume I, theall CCIE candidate will getExample comprehensive coverage of the the Kimberly router to reach networks in AS 645. 9-72 shows the BGP RIBrouting for AS and 645 in the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Willis router. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 9-72. Local BGP RIB for the Willis Router technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Willis# show bgp regexp ^645$ are included throughout the book. Study tips andip test-taking techniques Network
Next Hop
*> 10.1.1.0/24
62.128.47.194
*
62.128.47.198
*> 10.2.2.0/24
62.128.47.194
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 250
0 645 i 0 645 i
250
0 645 i
* *
62.128.47.198 189.168.56.0/23
*> *
189.168.58.0/23
62.128.47.198
0
62.128.47.194
0
62.128.47.198
0
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
*> •
*
Examples
189.168.60.0/23
0 645 i
62.128.47.194
0
62.128.47.198
0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah 62.128.47.194
0
*
0
189.168.62.0/23 Publisher: Cisco Press
62.128.47.198
0 645 i 250
0 645 i 0 645 i
250
0 645 i 0 645 i
250
0 645 i 0 645 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*> * *>
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
189.168.64.0/23
62.128.47.194
0
62.128.47.198
0
62.128.47.194
0
250
0 645 i 0 645 i
250
0 645 i
* 189.168.66.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *> 62.128.47.194 0 250 0 645 i *
189.168.68.0/23 62.128.47.198 0 0 645 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Using Multiple Paths Multihoming a network to one or more providers is one of the most common tasks that you will encounter on an enterprise BGP network. You can configure multihomed networks in one of the following ways: • • •
Table of Contents
One router Indexmultihomed to one service provider with multiple links Examples
One router multihomed CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
to more than one service provider
ByKarl More Solie CCIE 4599 , Leah multihomed Lynch CCIE No. thanNo. one router to7220 one
More than one router Publisher: Cisco Press
service provider
multihomed to more than one service provider
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Although there are a number of ways to configure a multihomed network, it is always best to follow the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 same rules each time. Careful planning is required to achieve maximum results in a multihomed network; Pages: 1032 you always want to verify that your upstream service provider supports your configuration, before attempting to multihome your network. Most service providers have BGP policies that they provide to any customer considering a multihomed network, some of which are listed here: The use ofexperience ebgp-multihop without load balancing) Gain hands-on for thecommand CCIE Lab (with Exam or with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. A list of supported BGP attributes Public IP address AS number policies with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience puttingand concepts into practice what you know The use of service provider IP addresses and private ASNs Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Route filtering policies Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Route aggregation policies (Most service providers will not accept routes smaller than /24.) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the version CCIE BGP lab exam bynumber presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Authentication method, policies, and passwords not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Route dampening policies switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. After determining your network requirements and acquiring the necessary addresses and circuits, you can The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and begin to design your multihomed solution. Because loopback interfaces never go down, they are includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core commonly used as multihoming anchoring devices. One of the most common multihoming practices is to technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network use a loopback interface as the BGP update source. Another requirement for a multihomed network is AS settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These path filtering—you do not want your upstream service providers to use your network as a transit AS. You comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty must also filter any private address space and aggregate your internal networks prior to advertisement. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Several basic tasks are required to multihome a network: Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 1. Set up the E-BGP peer routing; your network will, most likely, be peering with a router that is not under you administrative control, so you must arrange a routing policy in advance. Step 2. If the router will have more than one connection to another router, you should provide your loopback interface to the remote service provider and use the loopback interface's IP address as your update source. This is accomplished using the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} update-sourceinterface-name interface-number command. If you will be using the updatesource command, it is best to configure the router to use that IP address as the BGP router ID using the bgp router-idip-address command and specify the loopback IP.
Step 3. If you will be peering with a router that is not directly connected because you used a loopback interface, you must use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group}ebgp-multihop number-of-hops command. Because you can specify the number of hops that are allowed when using this command, it should be used with some caution; your service provider could end up routing your traffic across long distances trying to reach an interface that is only two hops away. When using the ebgp-multihop command, always specify the maximum number of hops. • • •
Table of Contents
Step 4. If you will be load sharing using more than one interface, use the maximum-paths Index number-of-paths command. This command allows the BGP process to use multiple paths, rather Examples than one best path for load-sharing purposes.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie No. 4599 , Leah No.than 7220one StepCCIE 5. If you will be Lynch usingCCIE more
router at the transit peering point, use the next-hopself command between the I-BGP peers so that routes will be advertised with a reachable NEXT_HOP attribute. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 6. If you will be using more than one router to peer with more than one service provider, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 filter all external routes using an AS path filter list containing an empty AS path (^$). This Pages: 1032 prevents one service provider from using your AS as a transit to the other service providers network. Step 7. Verify that your router is not propagating any private RFC 1918 addresses using an access list and distribute list, or route map, to specify the private networks. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. before advertising routes to your upstream provider. To Step 8. Perform route aggregation conserve Internet route table space, always send the smallest prefix possible. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Step 9. Configure any BGP attributes that you will use for path selection and route policy. Set the what you know LOCAL_PREF for I-BGP routing preferences, set the MED for E-BGP AS entrance preferences, and set any COMMUNITY attributes that you will use for route policy. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment For instance, look at the network shown in Figure 9-16. In this example, the Internal_Border router has two to its upstream thecandidates External router. For the Internal_Border router to CCIEconnections Practical Studies, Volume IIneighbor, leads CCIE through the process of preparing for the successfully use both serial links it must be configured to do so using the previously outlined steps. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Figure a Network to a Single switching portions of the9-16. RoutingMultihoming and Switching, Security, and Service Provider Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Example 9-73 the on the Internal_Border and External border routers. In this not covered in shows Volume I, configuration like the Cisco used Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. example, Internal_Border uses loopback 50 to peer withcoverage the loopback interface the Combinedthe with Volume I, the CCIE candidateinterface will get comprehensive of the routing on and External router. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example 9-73.references Multihoming thereading. External and Internal_Border Routers technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Theyshow present withbgp scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. External# runreaders | begin Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. router bgp 906 no synchronization bgp router-id 74.189.62.90 network 74.189.62.92 mask 255.255.255.252 network 74.189.62.96 mask 255.255.255.252
network 74.189.64.0 mask 255.255.240.0 network 74.189.80.0 mask 255.255.240.0 network 74.189.96.0 mask 255.255.240.0 neighbor 106.112.17.1 remote-as 3014 •
Table of Contents
• Index neighbor 106.112.17.1 ebgp-multihop 2 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II neighbor 106.112.17.1 update-source
Loopback50
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
no auto-summary !
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 ip route 106.112.17.1 255.255.255.255 74.189.62.94 Pages: 1032
ip route 106.112.17.1 255.255.255.255 74.189.62.98 ________________________________________________________________ Internal_Border # show for run begin Gain hands-on experience the| CCIE Labbgp Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router bgp 3014 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no synchronization what you know bgp router-id 106.112.17.1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation bgp log-neighbor-changes Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment network 106.112.16.0 mask 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect aggregate-address 106.112.16.0 255.255.248.0 summary-only companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor 74.189.62.90 remote-as 906 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 74.189.62.90 ebgp-multihop 2 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor 74.189.62.90 update-source Loopback50 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network neighbor 3014 settings. The106.112.16.2 final chapter ofremote-as the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty neighbor level. They106.112.16.2 present readersroute-reflector-client with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 106.112.16.2 next-hop-self neighbor 106.112.16.3 remote-as 3014 neighbor 106.112.16.3 route-reflector-client neighbor 106.112.16.3 next-hop-self no auto-summary
! ip route 74.189.62.90 255.255.255.255 74.189.62.93 ip route 74.189.62.90 255.255.255.255 74.189.62.97
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
The preceding example shows how the External router uses the ebgp-multihop 2 command to specify • Examples that the remote neighbor might be up to two hops away. The update-source loopback 50 CCIE Practical Studies Volume 74.189.62.90 II command tells the router to send BGP messages with the IP address of the loopback50 interface. When ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 this command is used, the update-source interface, which is usually a loopback interface, is also advertised as the next hop for all routes. Both the External and Internal_Border routers require routes Publisher: telling themCisco howPress to find the loopback interfaces for the BGP sessions. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Also, notice the configuration on the Internal_Border router. Like the External router, the Internal_Border ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 routerPages: uses 1032 the ebgp-multihop 2 and update-source loopback 50 commands to specify that the router will use its loopback50 IP address to send BGP messages, and it also specifies that the remote peer's IP address might be up to two hops away. The Internal_Border router is also configured to advertise its Ethernet0 IP address as the next hop for all routing updates for the East and West I-BGP peers in AS 3014, and each of those routers is also a route reflector client. The Internal_Border router also aggregates all network advertisements before sending them off to the External router. Example 9-74 Gain experience the CCIE Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE showshands-on the resulting routingfor tables from Lab the External router. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-74. External Routing Tables that guide you in applying Experience putting conceptsRouter's into practice with lab scenarios what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation External#show ip bgp | begin Network Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory *> 74.189.62.92/30 0.0.0.0 0 32768 iexercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,0.0.0.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps,32768 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 74.189.62.96/30 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the0.0.0.0 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 74.189.64.0/20 0 32768 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the *> 74.189.80.0/20 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying *> 74.189.96.0/20 0.0.0.0 0 the technologies 32768 i in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 106.112.17.1 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase *> 106.112.16.0/21 0 3014 i in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and included throughout the book. External# showtest-taking ip route techniques | includeare via|is 106.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks B
106.112.16.0/21 [20/0] via 106.112.17.1, 00:00:43
S
106.112.17.1/32 [1/0] via 74.189.62.98 [1/0] via 74.189.62.94
74.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 6 subnets, 3 masks C
74.189.62.90/32 is directly connected, Loopback50
C
74.189.62.92/30 is directly connected, Serial0
C
74.189.96.0/20 is directly connected, Loopback30
•
C • •
C
Table of Contents
74.189.80.0/20 is directly connected, Loopback20 Index
Examples
74.189.62.96/30 is directly connected, Serial1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 C Karl Solie74.189.64.0/20 is directly connected,
Loopback10
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
In this example, you can see that the route to the 106.112.16.0/21 network can be reached using either Pages: 1032 the 74.189.62.94 or 74.189.62.98 next-hop IP addresses; therefore, if one interface fails, the other interface can quickly resume BGP routing with little to no interruption in service. Example 9-75 shows the debug ip routing command output during a simulated interface failure. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
NOTE Experience into practice withcommands lab scenarios guide you in applying Use extremeputting cautionconcepts when performing debug on that production routers. Try to limit what you know command output using access lists, disable console logging, and use a syslog server to capture log output. It is easy to crash a router by debugging on a production router. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 9-75. Debug During an Interface CCIE Practical Studies, VolumeOutput II leads CCIE candidates through theFailure process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, theinterface Internal_Border(config)# CCIE candidate serail0 will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Internal_Border(config-if)#shutdown The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 01:59:37: is_up: references 0 state: for 6 sub state: 1 line: 0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. TheRT: finalinterface chapter of Serial0 the book removed concludesfrom with five hands-on lab exercises. These 01:59:37: routing table comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 01:59:37: RT: delreaders 74.189.62.92/30 via 0.0.0.0, connected metric [0/0] Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 01:59:37: RT: delete subnet route to 74.189.62.92/30 Comment: routes using Serial 0 interface are removed 01:59:37: RT: add 74.189.62.92/30 via 74.189.62.90, bgp metric [20/0] 01:59:38: RT: del 74.189.62.90/32 via 74.189.62.93, static metric [1/0] Comment: route to External router loopback over Serial 0 is removed
01:59:39: %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Serial0, changed state to administratively down 01:59:39: is_up: 0 state: 6 sub state: 1 line: 0 01:59:40: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0, changed state to down 01:59:40: is_up: 0 state: 6 sub state: 1 line: 0 •
Table of Contents
• Indexdel 74.189.62.92/30 via 74.189.62.90, bgp metric [20/0] 01:59:41: RT: • Examples CCIE Practical RT: Studies Volumesubnet II 01:59:41: delete
route to 74.189.62.92/30
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
00:47:14: RT: del 74.189.64.0/20 via 74.189.62.90, bgp metric [20/0] Publisher: Cisco Press
00:47:14: RT: delete subnet route to 74.189.64.0/20 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 00:47:14: RT: del 74.189.80.0/20 via 74.189.62.90, bgp metric [20/0] Pages: 1032
00:47:14: RT: delete subnet route to 74.189.80.0/20 00:47:14: RT: del 74.189.96.0/20 via 74.189.62.90, bgp metric [20/0] 00:47:14: RT:experience delete subnet to Exam 74.189.96.0/20 Gain hands-on for the route CCIE Lab with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 00:47:38: RT: del 74.189.62.90/32 via 74.189.62.93, static metric [1/0] Experience concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you[1/0] in applying 00:47:38: RT: putting del 74.189.62.90/32 via 74.189.62.93, static metric what you know 00:48:14: RT: add 74.189.64.0/20 via 74.189.62.90, bgp metric [20/0] Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 00:48:14: RT: add 74.189.80.0/20 via 74.189.62.90, bgp metric [20/0] Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 00:48:14: RT: add 74.189.96.0/20 via 74.189.62.90, bgp metric [20/0] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example 9-76 shows the IP routing table on the Internal_Border router during the interface outage. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Notice that all the routes are still in the table and still pointing to the loopback interface; the only change is the route to thewith loopback interface.of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins brief coverage includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example IP Routing Table During settings. The9-76. final chapter of the book concludes with Interface five hands-onOutage lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Internal_Border#show ip route 106.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks B
106.112.16.0/21 [200/0] via 0.0.0.0, 00:13:18, Null0
C
106.112.16.0/24 is directly connected, Ethernet0
C
106.112.17.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback50
S
74.189.62.90/32 [1/0] via 74.189.62.97
B
74.189.96.0/20 [20/0] via 74.189.62.90, 00:45:00
B
74.189.80.0/20 [20/0] via 74.189.62.90, 00:45:00
C
74.189.62.96/30 is directly connected, Serial1
• • B •
Table of Contents
74.189.64.0/20 Index [20/0] via 74.189.62.90, 00:45:01 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Practical Example: Multihoming a BGP Netw ork This example demonstrates all the tasks required to multihome a BGP network using two routers with multiple paths to two service providers. This example demonstrates the use of the multihoming commands, and shows how they are used in practice. Figure 9-17 shows the • of Contents network thatTable is used for this example. •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Figure 9-17. All-Weather Network
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
This example requires four Cisco routers, each with two serial interfaces; two of the routers also require an Ethernet interface. The routers in this example use the IP address and interface assignments shown in Table 9-10.
Table 9-10. IP Address and Interface Assignments Router
Interface Name/Number
IP Address
Sunny
Loopback5
20.0.0.1/8
Loopback10
30.0.0.1/8
•
Table of ContentsLoopback15
40.0.0.1/8
•
Index
•
Examples
Loopback50
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Serial0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Stormy Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
137.246.4.1/32 137.246.4.113/30
Serial1
137.246.4.37/30
Loopback5
50.0.0.1/8
Loopback10
60.0.0.1/8
Loopback15
70.0.0.1/8
Loopback50
16.8.4.9/32
Serial0
16.8.4.1/30
Serial1 16.8.4.5/30 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Cloudy Studies title from Ethernet0/0 Cisco Press. 10.50.50.1/24 Serial0/0 137.246.4.114/30 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Serial0/1 137.246.4.38/30 what you know Loopback50 191.19.42.1/32 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Calm Ethernet 0/0 10.50.50.2/24 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Loopback50 191.19.42.2/32 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Serial0 16.8.4.2/30 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling Serial1 first edition, this book provides 16.8.4.6/30 coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Step 1. Configure IP addresses and verify that each router can ping its directly connected switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. next hop before proceeding to Step 2. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Step 2. Before configuring make sure that the Sunny and Cloudy routers reach includes suggested references for BGP, further reading. Laboratory exercises covering eachcan of the core each other's Loopback50 IP addresses. Do not use an IGP protocol. The following example technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network shows routes configured on both of the with routers. shows theThese static routes settings. Thethe final chapter of the book concludes five Example hands-on9-77 lab exercises. configured on the Sunny and Cloudy routers. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-77. Configuring Static Routes on the Sunny and Cloudy Routers
Sunny#show run | begin ip route ip route 191.19.42.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.114
ip route 191.19.42.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.38 ________________________________________________________________ Cloudy#show run | begin ip route ip route 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.37 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip route 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.113 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By CCIE No.two 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No.routes 7220 InKarl thisSolie example, very specific static
are added to each router, allowing the routers to reach each other's loopback interface without specifying the entire network prefix. Publisher: Cisco Press
3. Configure BGP PubStep Date: November 07, 2003
routing on the Sunny router. Assign this router to ASN 417, and use the Loopback50 IP address as the BGP router ID. Also disable auto-summarization. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Advertise the three networks from the loopback interfaces using network statements. The Pages: 1032 Sunny router should peer with the Cloudy router by loopback interface only. Configure the Sunny router to peer with the Cloudy router's Loopback50 interface. Example 9-78 shows the BGP configuration for the Sunny router.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Example 9-78. BGP Configuration for the Sunny Router Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Sunny# show run | begin bgp what you know router Learn bgphow 417to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment synchronization CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the bgp router-id 137.246.4.1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bgp log-neighbor-changes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network with 20.0.0.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network 30.0.0.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes networksuggested 40.0.0.0references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The191.19.42.1 final chapter remote-as of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 51038 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readersebgp-multihop with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 191.19.42.1 2 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 191.19.42.1 update-source Loopback50 no auto-summary ! ip route 191.19.42.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.114 ip route 191.19.42.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.38
In the preceding example, BGP was configured to allow two hops between E-BGP neighbors using the ebgp-multihop command, the loopback interface was specified using the updatesource command, and the BGP router ID was changed using the bgp router-id command. Step 4. Configure the Cloudy router to run in AS 51,038, and configure this router to peer Table of Contents with the Sunny router's loopback interface. Verify that both routers can successfully start • Index and maintain a BGP session. Example 9-79 shows the BGP configuration for the Cloudy • Examples router; this example also displays the output from the show ip bgp summary command CCIE Practical Studies Volume II on the Cloudy and Sunny routers. •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 9-79. BGP Configuration for the Cloudy Router and show ip bgp summary Command Output from the Cloudy and Sunny ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Routers
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Pages: 1032
Cloudy#show run | begin bgp router bgp 51038 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. synchronization Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying bgp router-id 191.19.42.1 what you know bgp log-neighbor-changes Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor 137.246.4.1 remote-as 417 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 137.246.4.1 ebgp-multihop 2 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 137.246.4.1 update-source Loopback50 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. no auto-summary Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ip route 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.37 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ip route 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.113 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Cloudy#show ip bgp summary level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BGP router identifier 191.19.42.1, local AS number 51038 BGP table version is 4, main routing table version 4 3 network entries and 3 paths using 411 bytes of memory 1 BGP path attribute entries using 60 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entries using 24 bytes of memory
0 BGP route-map cache entries using 0 bytes of memory 0 BGP filter-list cache entries using 0 bytes of memory BGP activity 3/0 prefixes, 3/0 paths, scan interval 60 secs
•
Table of Contents
Neighbor •
Index
•
Examples
137.246.4.1
V 4
AS MsgRcvd MsgSent 417
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
7
6
TblVer
InQ OutQ Up/Down
4
0
0 00:02:13
State/PfxRcd 3
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ________________________________________________________________
Sunny# Publisher: showCisco ip Press bgp summary Pub Date: November 07, 2003
BGP router identifier 137.246.4.1, local AS number 417 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
BGP table version is 4, main routing table version 4 3 network entries and 3 paths using 411 bytes of memory 1 BGP path attribute entries using 60 bytes of memory Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from entries Cisco Press. 0 BGP route-map cache using 0 bytes of memory 0 BGP filter-list cache entries using 0 bytes of memory Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know BGP activity 3/0 prefixes, 3/0 paths, scan interval 60 secs Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/PfxRcd CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 191.19.42.1 4 51038 them with 6 7 of challenging 4 0laboratory 0 00:02:43 0 CCIE lab exam by presenting a series exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Like the Sunny router, theRouting Cloudyand router is configured using loopback ebgpswitching portions of the Switching, Security, and Serviceinterfaces, Provider lab exams. multihop, and a predefined BGP router ID. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further exercises each thefor core Step 5. Configure the Cloudy routerreading. to peer Laboratory with the Calm router;covering do not use anofIGP Itechnologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying technologies in real network BGP peer routing. Without using any route filtering, the prevent the Cloudy router from settings. The final any chapter of thenetworks book concludes with five hands-on exercises. These advertising RFC 1918 to the Sunny router. After lab configuration, the networks comprehensive practice include allstill of the technologies andupstream graduallyneighbor. increase in difficulty behind the Cloudylabs router should be able to ping any Use half of level. the They192.19.42.0/23 present readersnetwork with scenarios similar tobut what they willBGP facetoon the actual exam. for this purpose, configure advertise onelab route for Study the tipsentire and test-taking techniques arethe included book. 23-bit block. Verify that Cloudythroughout router can the reach the Sunny router's loopback interfaces using the 10.50.50.1 source address. Example 9-80 shows the configuration for the Cloudy router.
Example 9-80. Cloudy Router Configuration for Step 5
Cloudy#show run | begin interface Ethernet0/0 interface Ethernet0/0 ip address 10.50.50.1 255.255.255.0 ip nat inside •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface Serial0/0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byip Karladdress Solie CCIE 137.246.4.114 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 255.255.255.252
ip Publisher: nat outside Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial0/1 ip address 137.246.4.38 255.255.255.252 ip nat outside Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. clockrate 1300000 Cloudy#show run | begin bgp Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know router bgp 51038 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no synchronization Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bgp router-id 191.19.42.1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the bgp lab log-neighbor-changes CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network 191.19.42.0 255.255.255.0 not covered in Volume I,mask like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighbor 10.50.50.2 51038 switching portions of theremote-as Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 10.50.50.2 next-hop-self The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 137.246.4.1 remote-as technologies follow, providing detailed 417 guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 137.246.4.1 ebgp-multihop 2 technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include all of the level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor 137.246.4.1 Loopback50 Study tips and test-taking update-source techniques are included throughout the book. no auto-summary ! ip nat pool public 191.19.42.3 191.19.42.254 prefix-length 24 ip nat inside source list 8 pool public
ip route 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.37 ip route 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.113 ip route 191.19.42.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 253 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
access-list 8 permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 The noSolie synchronization command allows BGP
routing with the Calm router, without the presence of an IGP. Network Address Translation (NAT) allows the Cloudy router to hide the internal RFCCisco 1918 network 10.50.50.0/24 from the Sunny router. A NAT pool named public is Publisher: Press created to NAT the rest of the 10.0.0.0/8 networks, which are not shown in the network Pub Date: November 07, 2003 diagram, to the public network 191.19.42.0/24. The first two IP addresses are skipped because ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 they are already in use. A static route to Null 0, with high administrative distance, ensures that a Pages: 1032 route to the 191.19.42.0/23 network exists in the main IP routing table, so the network can be advertised via BGP to the Sunny router. If you are having trouble with NAT, use the debug ip nat command to debug NAT translations, and use the show ip bgp neighborip-address advertised-routes command to verify that the Sunny router is receiving the proper route to the 191.19.42.0/23 network. You can verify connectivity by using an extended ping. The output of Gain hands-on experience theneighbor CCIE Lab 137.246.4.1 Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ping thedebug ip nat, show ipfor bgp advertised-routes and extended Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. tests are shown in Example 9-81. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
Example 9-81. what you knowVerifying Step 5
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five ip full-blown practice labs that mimicadvertised-routes the actual lab exam environment Cloudy# show bgp neighbors 137.246.4.1 | begin Network CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through Weight the process Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Pathof preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage *> 191.19.42.0/23 0.0.0.0 32768ofiCCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume Cloudy#debug ip nat I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Cloudy#ping The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes Protocolsuggested [ip]: references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. Theaddress: final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Target IP 20.0.0.1 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present Repeat count [5]:readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Datagram size [100]: Timeout in seconds [2]: Extended commands [n]: y Source address or interface: 10.50.50.1 Type of service [0]:
Set DF bit in IP header? [no]: Validate reply data? [no]: Data pattern [0xABCD]: Loose, Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[none]: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Sweep range of sizes [n]: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Type escape sequence to abort. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 20.0.0.1, timeout is 2 seconds: Publisher: Cisco Press
!!!!! Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 20/20/20 ms Pages: 1032
Cloudy# *Mar
5 06:16:51.307: NAT: s=10.50.50.1->191.19.42.3, d=20.0.0.1 [165]
Gain hands-on experience NAT*: for the s=20.0.0.1, CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling *Mar 5 06:16:51.327: d=191.19.42.3->10.50.50.1 [165] CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *Mar 5 06:16:51.331: NAT: s=10.50.50.1->191.19.42.3, d=20.0.0.1 [166] putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you[166] in applying *Mar Experience 5 06:16:51.347: NAT*: s=20.0.0.1, d=191.19.42.3->10.50.50.1 what you know *Mar
5 06:16:51.351: NAT: s=10.50.50.1->191.19.42.3, d=20.0.0.1 [167] Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
*Mar
5 06:16:51.371: NAT*: s=20.0.0.1, d=191.19.42.3->10.50.50.1 [167] Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
*Mar 5 06:16:51.371: NAT:IIs=10.50.50.1->191.19.42.3, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through d=20.0.0.1 the process of[168] preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *Mar 5 06:16:51.391: NAT*: d=191.19.42.3->10.50.50.1 companion to the best-selling firsts=20.0.0.1, edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE [168] lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *Mar 5 06:16:51.395: NAT: s=10.50.50.1->191.19.42.3, d=20.0.0.1 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage[169] of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *Mar 5 06:16:51.415: NAT*: s=20.0.0.1, d=191.19.42.3->10.50.50.1 [169] The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Step 6.final Configure static routing between the loopback50 addresses on the Stormy settings. The chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These and Calm routers. Verify connectivity the Loopback50 interfacesincrease on these comprehensive practice labs include all between of the technologies and gradually inrouters difficulty continuing to Step Examplesimilar 9-82 shows thethey static configured onlab theexam. level. before They present readers with7. scenarios to what willroutes face on the actual Calm routers. Study Stormy tips andand test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-82. Static Routes on the Stormy and Calm Routers
stormy#show run | include ip route ip route 191.19.42.2 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.2
ip route 191.19.42.2 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.6 ________________________________________________________________ Calm#show run | include ip route ip route 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index ip route 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.5 •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Routing between the loopbacks of the Stormy and Calm routers is configured using specific static routes. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Step 7. Now configure BGP routing on the Stormy router. Assign this router to ASN 714 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 and use the Loopback50 IP address as the BGP router ID. Disable auto-summarization. Pages: 1032 Configure the Stormy router to peer with the Calm router using the Loopback50 interfaces only, and advertise the three networks from the loopback interfaces using network statements.Example 9-83 shows the BGP configuration for the Stormy router.
Gain hands-on experience for theConfiguration CCIE Lab Exam with two of theRouter best-selling CCIE Example 9-83. BGP forvolume the Stormy Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying stormy# show | begin bgp what you run know router bgphow 714to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Learn no synchronization Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the bgp router-id 16.8.4.9 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bgp log-neighbor-changes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network with 50.0.0.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network 60.0.0.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes networksuggested 70.0.0.0references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapterremote-as of the book51038 concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighborThe 191.19.42.2 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They191.19.42.2 present readers with scenarios 2similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor ebgp-multihop Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 191.19.42.2 update-source Loopback50 no auto-summary ! ip route 191.19.42.2 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.2 ip route 191.19.42.2 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.6
Similar to the Sunny router, the Stormy router is configured using the bgp router-id, ebgpmultihop, and update-source commands. Step 8. Configure BGP routing on the Calm router; configure this router to peer with the Stormy and Cloudy routers. Remember, the Cloudy router is not allowed to use an IGP for • Table of Contents I-BGP routing. The Calm and Stormy routers should peer with each other's Loopback50 IP • Index addresses. Configure the Calm router to advertise the 191.19.42.0/23 network to the • StormyExamples router. Verify that the Cloudy router receives the full table from the Sunny and CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Stormy routers, and that all routers can ping all interfaces on all routers, which might ByKarl Solie require CCIEanother No. 4599NAT , Leahtranslation, Lynch CCIE No. before 7220 continuing to Step 9. Example 9-84 shows the BGP configuration for the Calm router. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Example 9-84. BGP Configuration for the Calm Router ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Calm#show run | begin bgp router bgp 51038 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no synchronization bgp router-id 191.19.42.2 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know bgp log-neighbor-changes Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 191.19.43.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment aggregate-address 191.19.42.0 255.255.254.0 summary-only CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor 10.50.50.1 remote-as 51038 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered10.50.50.1 in Volume I,next-hop-self like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and neighborportions 16.8.4.9 remote-as 714Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with ebgp-multihop brief coverage of2the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor 16.8.4.9 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed Loopback50 guides to applying the technologies in real network neighbor 16.8.4.9 update-source settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty no auto-summary level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! ip nat pool public 191.19.43.3 191.19.43.254 prefix-length 24 ip nat inside source list 8 pool public ip route 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.5 ip route 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.1
ip route 191.19.43.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 253 ! access-list 8 permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
•
Table of Contents
The Calm router is configured using the same commands as the Cloudy router. Next, NAT is • Index enabled using a NAT pool and an access list and then applied to the inside and outside • Examples interfaces; a static route to Null0 adds the route to the IGP routing table, so the public network CCIE Practical Studies Volume II can be advertised to the Stormy router. Then, the next-hop-self command is added to the Calm By Karl Solie CCIE No.that 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router to ensure the Calm and Cloudy routers advertise a valid, reachable next hop, as shown in Example 9-85. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Example ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 9-85. BGP RIB for the Calm Router Pages: 1032
Calm#show ip bgp | begin Network Next Metric LocPrftwo Weight GainNetwork hands-on experience for Hop the CCIE Lab Exam with volume of the Path best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *>i20.0.0.0 10.50.50.1 0 100 0 417 i *>i30.0.0.0 100 that guide 0 417you i in applying Experience putting 10.50.50.1 concepts into practice with lab0 scenarios what you know *>i40.0.0.0 10.50.50.1 0 100 0 417 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *> 50.0.0.0 16.8.4.9 0 0 714 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 60.0.0.0 16.8.4.9 0 0 714 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *> 70.0.0.0 16.8.4.9 0 0 714 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,0.0.0.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps,32768 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 191.19.42.0/23 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the10.50.50.1 Routing and Switching, Security, and lab exams. * i 100Service Provider 0 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the s> 191.19.43.0/24 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Extended pings and the show ip nat translations command enable you to verify that all level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. routing and NAT statements are properly configured, as shown in Example 9-86. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-86. Verifying the BGP and NAT Configuration on the Calm Router
Calm#ping
Protocol [ip]: Target IP address: 20.0.0.1 Repeat count [5]: Datagram size [100]: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Timeout in seconds [2]: Extended commands [n]: y CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. or 4599interface: , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Source address 10.50.50.2
Type of service Publisher: Cisco Press[0]: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Set DFISBN: bit1-58705-072-2 in IP header? [no]: Pages: 1032
Validate reply data? [no]: Data pattern [0xABCD]: Loose, Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[none]: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press. Sweep range of title sizes [n]: Type escape sequence to abort. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what5, you know Sending 100-byte ICMP Echos to 20.0.0.1, timeout is 2 seconds: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !!!!! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 24/30/40 ms CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Calm# CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ________________________________________________________________ not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Cloudy# switchingping portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Protocol [ip]: with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Target IP address: 50.0.0.1 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Repeat count [5]: comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Datagram sizetest-taking [100]: techniques are included throughout the book. Study tips and Timeout in seconds [2]: Extended commands [n]: y Source address or interface: 10.50.50.1 Type of service [0]:
Set DF bit in IP header? [no]: Validate reply data? [no]: Data pattern [0xABCD]: Loose, Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[none]: •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Sweep range of sizes [n]: Type escape sequence to abort. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie5, CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE to No. 50.0.0.1, 7220 Sending 100-byte ICMP Echos
timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!! Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/12/32 ms ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Calm#show ip nat translations Pro Inside global
Inside local
Outside local
Outside global
--- 191.19.42.3 10.50.50.1 ----Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 9. Configure a route filter that prevents the Sunny and Stormy routers from reaching Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying each other's networks using any routers in AS 51,038 as a transit network. Example 9-87 what you know shows the filter configuration for the Cloudy and Calm routers. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take Example five full-blown 9-87.practice Filtering labs Transit that mimicRoutes the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Cloudy#show runbest-selling | begin bgp not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and router bgp 51038 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no synchronization The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested191.19.42.1 references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core bgp router-id technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These bgp log-neighbor-changes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They191.19.42.0 present readers with255.255.255.0 scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network mask Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. aggregate-address 191.19.42.0 255.255.254.0 summary-only neighbor 10.50.50.2 remote-as 51038 neighbor 10.50.50.2 next-hop-self neighbor 137.246.4.1 remote-as 417 neighbor 137.246.4.1 ebgp-multihop 2
neighbor 137.246.4.1 update-source Loopback50 neighbor 137.246.4.1 filter-list 8 out no auto-summary ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip nat pool public 191.19.42.3 191.19.42.254 prefix-length 24 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ip nat inside source list 8 pool public ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip classless Publisher: Cisco Press
ip Pub route 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.37 Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
ip route 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.113 Pages: 1032
ip route 191.19.42.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 253 ip as-path access-list 8 permit ^$ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ________________________________________________________________ Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Calm#show run | begin bgp Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying router bgp 51038 what you know no synchronization Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation bgp router-id 191.19.42.2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bgp Practical cluster-id 1253916250 CCIE Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect bgp log-neighbor-changes companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. network with 191.19.43.0 255.255.255.0 Combined Volume I,mask the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. aggregate-address 191.19.42.0 255.255.254.0 summary-only The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor 10.50.50.1 remote-as 51038 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network neighbor settings. The10.50.50.1 final chapternext-hop-self of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty neighbor 16.8.4.9 remote-as 714 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor 16.8.4.9 ebgp-multihop 2 neighbor 16.8.4.9 update-source Loopback50 neighbor 16.8.4.9 filter-list 8 out no auto-summary !
ip nat pool public 191.19.43.3 191.19.43.254 prefix-length 24 ip nat inside source list 8 pool public ip route 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.1 ip route 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.5 •
Table of Contents
ip route 191.19.43.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 253 • Index •
Examples
ip access-list CCIEas-path Practical Studies Volume II 8 permit ^$ ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco access-list 8 Press permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
An AS path access list number 8 is created to permit only locally generated routes containing an empty autonomous system path (indicated by the ^$ regular expression) to be advertised to the Cloudy and Calm routers' E-BGP peers. This prevents the Sunny and Stormy routers from receiving routes to each other's networks, saving AS 51,038 from becoming a transit AS as Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE shown here. Example 9-88 shows the BGP tables on the Sunny and Stormy routers after the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. application of the AS path filters. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
Example 9-88. what you knowViewing the Final BGP Tables on the Sunny and Stormy Routers Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Sunny#show ip bgp | begin Network CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 20.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 30.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and *> 40.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768covering i includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network *> 191.19.42.0/23 191.19.42.1 0 hands-on lab0exercises. 51038 i These settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ________________________________________________________________ level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Stormy#show ip bgp | begin Network Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 50.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 60.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 70.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
*> 191.19.42.0/23
191.19.42.2
0 51038 i
The preceding lab reviewed many of the topics covered in this chapter, including multihoming networks using loopbacks for stability, using AS path access lists to filter ASNs, and using routes to to advertise a network that is not in the IGP routing table. Example 9-89 • the null interface Table of Contents shows the complete router configurations for this practical example. • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Example 9-89. Complete Router Configurations for this Experiment ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: 2003 Loopback Sunny# showNovember run | 07, begin ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 interface Loopback5
ip address 20.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE interface Loopback10 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 30.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ! what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Loopback15 Take five 40.0.0.1 full-blown 255.0.0.0 practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface to Loopback50 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with137.246.4.1 Volume I, the255.255.255.255 CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface Serial0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 137.246.4.113 255.255.255.252 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Serial1 ip address 137.246.4.37 255.255.255.252 ! router bgp 417 synchronization
bgp router-id 137.246.4.1 bgp log-neighbor-changes network 20.0.0.0 • • •
network 30.0.0.0
Table of Contents Index
network 40.0.0.0 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
neighbor 191.19.42.1 remote-as 51038
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 191.19.42.1 ebgp-multihop 2 Publisher: Cisco Press
neighbor 191.19.42.1 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 update-source Loopback50 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
no auto-summary Pages: 1032
! ip route 191.19.42.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.114 Gain hands-on experience255.255.255.255 for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ip route 191.19.42.1 137.246.4.38 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ________________________________________________________________ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Cloudy# show run | begin Loopback what you know interface Loopback50 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 255.255.255.255 Take five 191.19.42.1 full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect interface Ethernet0/0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip address 255.255.255.0 Combined with10.50.50.1 Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip nat inside The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network interface settings. TheSerial0/0 final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip address 137.246.4.114 level. They present readers with255.255.255.252 scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip nat outside ! interface Serial0/1 ip address 137.246.4.38 255.255.255.252 ip nat outside
clockrate 1300000 ! router bgp 51038 no synchronization •
Table of Contents • bgp router-id Index 191.19.42.1 •
Examples
bgpPractical log-neighbor-changes CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 191.19.42.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Publisher: Cisco Press aggregate-address 191.19.42.0 255.255.254.0 summary-only Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 neighbor 10.50.50.2 remote-as 51038 Pages: 1032
neighbor 10.50.50.2 next-hop-self neighbor 137.246.4.1 remote-as 417 neighbor 137.246.4.1 ebgp-multihop 2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 137.246.4.1 update-source Loopback50 neighbor 137.246.4.1 filter-list 8 outwith lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts into practice what you know no auto-summary Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip nat pool public 191.19.42.3 191.19.42.254 prefix-length 24 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labinside exam by presenting withpublic a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip nat source listthem 8 pool companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered137.246.4.1 in Volume I, 255.255.255.255 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip route 137.246.4.37 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip route portions 137.246.4.1 255.255.255.255 137.246.4.113 The book begins with brief coverage of theNull0 core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ip route 191.19.42.0 255.255.255.0 253 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed ^$ guides to applying the technologies in real network ip as-path follow, access-list 8 permit settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and8test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. access-list permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 ________________________________________________________________ stormy#show run | begin Loopback interface Loopback5 ip address 50.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
! interface Loopback10 ip address 60.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Loopback15 •
Examples
ip address 70.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Loopback50 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip address 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Serial0 ip address 16.8.4.1 255.255.255.252 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. clockrate 1300000 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Serial1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 16.8.4.5 255.255.255.252 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment clockrate 1300000 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics router bgp in714 not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no synchronization switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. bgpbook router-id 16.8.4.9 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core bgp log-neighbor-changes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 50.0.0.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 60.0.0.0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 70.0.0.0 neighbor 191.19.42.2 remote-as 51038 neighbor 191.19.42.2 ebgp-multihop 2 neighbor 191.19.42.2 update-source Loopback50
no auto-summary ! ip route 191.19.42.2 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.2 ip route 191.19.42.2 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.6 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ Calm#show run | begin Loopback CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Loopback50
ipPublisher: address 191.19.42.2 255.255.255.255 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Ethernet0 ip address 10.50.50.2 255.255.255.0 ip nat inside Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Serial0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 16.8.4.2 know ip address 255.255.255.252 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip nat outside !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Serial1 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 16.8.4.6 not Volume I, 255.255.255.252 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip nat outside switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router bgp follow, 51038 providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no synchronization comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. bgp router-id 191.19.42.2 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. bgp log-neighbor-changes network 191.19.43.0 mask 255.255.255.0 aggregate-address 191.19.42.0 255.255.254.0 summary-only neighbor 10.50.50.1 remote-as 51038
neighbor 10.50.50.1 next-hop-self neighbor 16.8.4.9 remote-as 714 neighbor 16.8.4.9 ebgp-multihop 2 neighbor 16.8.4.9 update-source Loopback50 • • •
Table of Contents
neighbor 16.8.4.9 filter-list 8 out Index
Examples
no auto-summary
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip Publisher: nat pool public 191.19.43.3 191.19.43.254 prefix-length 24 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip natISBN: inside source list 8 pool public 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip route 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.5 ip route 16.8.4.9 255.255.255.255 16.8.4.1 ip route 191.19.43.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 253 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.^$ ip as-path access-list 8 permit !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 8know access-list permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Administrative Distance and Its Effects on BGP When BGP and IGPs are used together for IP routing, as they generally will be in an enterprise network, you might sometimes want a router to prefer an IGP route to an E-BGP route. Under normal circumstances, this will not be possible because routers always prefer E-BGP routes • because theyTable haveofaContents lower administrative distance. The Cisco IOS Software uses the • Index administrative distances shown in Table 9-11. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Table 9-11. Default Administrative Distances
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Administrative Distance ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 0
Pages: 1032
Protocol Directly connected networks
1
Static routes
20
E-BGP
90 hands-on experience for the CCIE LabInternal EIGRP Gain Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 100 IGRP 110
OSPF Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 115 what you know IS-IS 120 Learn how to build a practice lab for your RIP CCIE lab exam preparation 170
External EIGRP Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 200 I-BGP CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 255 lab exam by presenting them with a series Unknown CCIE of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume the CCIEincandidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing and You can deal with these I, situations a couple will of ways. You could increase the administrative switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. distance of an IGP protocol or increase the administrative distance for E-BGP routers using the distancedistance-value command (or distance bgpexternal-distance internal-distance localThe bookcommand begins with coverage the core technologies on theare CCIE lab exam distance forbrief E-BGP routes);ofhowever, the effects ofrequired this command rather broadand includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of and might produce unwanted results. Another more granular approach is to use the bgp the core technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network backdoor command to alter routes on guides a network-by-network basis. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. What Backdoors Aretechniques and How Use Them the book. Study tips and test-taking are You included throughout BGP backdoors are designed to change E-BGP administrative distance to allow IGP routes to have administrative preference in the IP routing table. The BGP backdoor command basically takes the specified E-BGP routes and changes the administrative distance from 20 to 200, the same distance as an I-BGP route, allowing IGP routes to take administrative precedence in the routing table. In Figure 9-18, for example, the Pike router has two paths to the 102.231.6.0/29 network—one by means of the Pine router and the other through the Union router.
Figure 9-18. Administrative Distance and Routing on the Downtown Network
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Because the Pike and Pinepractice routers labs are not neighbors, thelab Pike router stores only one route Take five full-blown thatBGP mimic the actual exam environment to the 102.231.6.0/29 network. The reason the Pike router ignores the EIGRP route is that that CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads candidates through theUnion process of preparing route has an administrative distance of CCIE 90, which is higher than the router's E-BGP for the CCIE lab exam distance by presenting with in a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect administrative of 20,them as shown Example 9-90. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Examplewith 9-90. Pike Router's Routing Table Before the Backdoor switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Pike#show ip route | begin subnet technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 102.0.0.0/29 is subnetted, 1 subnets comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. B 102.231.6.0 [20/0] via 56.21.89.10, 00:05:49 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 56.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets C
56.21.89.4 is directly connected, Serial0
C
56.21.89.8 is directly connected, Serial1
To allow the Pike router to use the two EIGRP routes to the 102.231.6.0/29 network, you can just configure a BGP backdoor for that network. BGP backdoors are configured using the networknetwork-prefix masknetwork-mask backdoor command. You would be correct in thinking that the BGP network command cannot be used to generate a BGP advertisement for an indirectly connected network; however, in this case, the network command is used locally to change the administrative distance of a backdoor route. BGP does not advertise the route as a local route; the administrative distance for the route is simply altered, allowing the EIGRP routes to preferred by the main IP routing table. Example 9-91 shows how the BGP • be administratively Table of Contents backdoor command is used to change the IP routing preference for the 102.231.6.0/29 • Index network. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 9-91. Changing the Administrative Distance with a BGP Backdoor Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pike#Pages: show 1032 run | begin eigrp router eigrp 107 network 56.21.89.4 0.0.0.3 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE networkStudies 56.21.89.8 0.0.0.3 Practical title from Cisco Press. maximum-paths 2 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying no auto-summary what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no eigrp log-neighbor-changes !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the router bgp 202 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no synchronization not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and bgp log-neighbor-changes switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network 56.21.89.8 mask 255.255.255.252 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 102.231.6.0 mask 255.255.255.248 backdoor technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 56.21.89.10 remote-as 10101 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no auto-summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-92 shows the resulting changes to the IP routing table. After this configuration is applied, the administrative distance for the BGP route is changed, and the E-BGP route is removed from the main IP routing table. At this time, the two EIGRP routes are added because they now have a lower administrative distance. Also, notice that the show ip bgp 102.231.6.0/29 command still shows the route as the best route and the BGP network is still not advertised to any peer.
Example 9-92. Pike Router Configuration After the BGP Backdoor
Pike#show ip route | begin subnet • • •
Table of Contents
102.0.0.0/29 is subnetted, 1 subnets Index Examples
D 102.231.6.0 [90/2195456] via 56.21.89.10, 00:01:14, Serial1 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
[90/2195456] via 56.21.89.6, 00:01:14, Serial0
Publisher: Cisco Press 56.0.0.0/30
is subnetted, 2 subnets
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
C
ISBN: 56.21.89.4 1-58705-072-2is
directly connected, Serial0
Pages: 1032
C
56.21.89.8 is directly connected, Serial1
Pike#show ip bgp 102.231.6.0/29 BGP routing table entry for 102.231.6.0/29, version 6 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table) Flag:Experience 0x800 putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Not advertised to any peer Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 10101 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 56.21.89.10 from 56.21.89.10 (10.2.2.1) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Origin IGP, metric them 0, localpref 100, valid, external, best companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Now that you understand the many ways that BGP can be configured for routing and policy The book begins coverage of BGP the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and enforcement, it's with timebrief to examine how enables you to control Internet routing table includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core stability, by means of route dampening, and some of the ways that BGP can be tuned to perform technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network more efficiently. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
BGP Route Dampening BGP route dampening controls the effects of route flapping between E-BGP peers. Route dampening is generally used to help service providers prevent one customer's router or circuit problems from affecting the stability of the provider's network by withdrawing problem BGP • Contents routes. ThereTable are of two ways to enable route dampening: The first is to globally enable route • Index dampening for all BGP peers using the bgp dampening command; the second is to use a route • Examples map to specify certain routes that are to be dampened and the parameters that are to be applied CCIE Practical Studies Volume II The following syntax shows the bgp dampening command and its to the dampened networks. optional parameters. By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
bgp dampening [[route-maproute-map-name] | [half-life] |reuse-limit startGain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE suppress suppress-duration]] Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Using the bgp dampening command, route dampening can be configured three ways: Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Global route dampening using default parameters CCIE Global Practical Studies, Volumeusing II leads CCIEparameters candidates through the process of preparing for the route dampening custom CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Specific toroute the best-selling dampeningfirst using edition, custom this parameters book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Table 9-12with shows the optional bgp candidate dampening parameters and their Combined Volume I, the CCIE willcommand get comprehensive coverage ofdescriptions. the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Table 9-12. BGP guides RoutetoDampening Parameters technologies follow, providing detailed applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Dampening Command half-life reuse-limit
Description The amount of time to wait before decrementing the dampening penalty, ranging from 1 to 45 minutes. The default half-life is 15 minutes.
•
The value between 1 and 20,000 that is compared to the penalty value to determine route reusability. If the penalty is greater than the suppress Table of Contents limit, the route will be suppressed; if not, it will be reused. The default Index suppress limit is 750.
•
Examples
•
start-suppress This value CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
between 1 and 20,000 specifies the penalty that will be used if a route is suppressed. The default route suppression penalty is 2000 for each ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 route flap. suppressPublisher: Cisco Press This value specifies the maximum duration that a route will be suppressed. duration The range for the suppress duration is from 1 to 255 minutes. The default Pub Date: November 07, 2003 suppress duration is 4 times the half-life, or in other words 60 minutes. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032 route-map route-mapname
Specifies that a route map will be used to specify the route dampening parameters. Route maps are used to specify the routes that dampening policies should apply to. The same route dampening parameters apply when a route map is used.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Press. After route dampening has Cisco been activated, a route flap penalty of 1000 points is assessed to the affected route. The router maintains a history for each route that has flapped, and that history stores the dampening information on a route-by-route basis. The half-life value is used to Experience putting concepts into practice withafter lab scenarios that guide you in decrease the time suppression penalty by one-half a route flaps. Therefore, if applying a route what you know ceases to flap, it will not be dampened and the history will eventually be cleared. If the route flaps again, another penalty is imposed, and after the suppress-limit has been reached, the route Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation is dampened. When a route has been dampened, it will not be advertised to other BGP peers until the suppress-duration has expired. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics NOTE not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and The BGP route dampening penalty is initially set to 1000 points and cannot be switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. changed; however, all other parameters are user configurable. You can accept the default values or create your own custom dampening policy based on the particular The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and network requirements. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Look at the network shown in Figure 9-19. In this figure, the Service_Provider router in AS level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 18,901 is configured with a route dampening policy that dampens routes using the default Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. dampening parameters with the exception of the half-life. In this case, the half-life is changed to 5 minutes, as shown in Example 9-93.
Example 9-93. BGP Configuration for the Service_Provider Router
Service_Provider#show run | begin bgp
router bgp 18901 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes bgp bestpath dampening 5 •
Table of Contents
bgp dampening • Index5 •
Examples
network 143.68.5.200 mask CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
255.255.255.252
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 143.68.5.204 mask 255.255.255.252
Publisher: Cisco Press neighbor 143.68.5.202 remote-as 60001 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor 143.68.5.206 remote-as 20148 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no auto-summary
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Figure 9-19. Service Provider to Customer Network
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
By default, the bgp best path dampening command is automatically entered after the bgp dampening command has been issued in later 12.2 releases of Cisco IOS Software. This command is also used to enable and disable route dampening. There are several ways to verify and track the BGP route dampening configuration, the most detailed of which is the show ip bgp dampened parameters command. Example 9-94 uses the show ip bgp dampening parameters command to show the BGP route dampening parameters for the Service_Provider router.
Example 9-94. show ip bgp dampening parameters Command
Service_Provider#show ip bgp dampening parameters • •
Table of Contents
dampening 5 750 2000 20 Index
• Half-lifeExamples time
: 5
mins
Decay Time
: 775 secs
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl MaxSolie suppress CCIE No. penalty: 4599, Leah Lynch 12000 CCIE No. 7220
Suppress penalty Publisher: Cisco Press
:
2000
Max suppress time: 20 mins Reuse penalty
: 750
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
This command displays all the parameters for the local BGP route dampening policy, and in this case, it shows that the Service_Provider router has been configured with a 5-minute half-life. The alteration of the half-life parameter changed the maximum suppress time, so suppressed routes will not be as harshly penalized. Example 9-95 shows the default BGP route dampening Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE parameters. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-95. Default BGP Route Dampening Parameters Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Service_Provider#show ip bgp dampening parameters Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment dampening 15 750 2000 60 (DEFAULT) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Half-life lab examtime by presenting : 15 them mins with a series Decay of challenging Time laboratory : 2320 exercises. secs A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics notMax covered suppress in Volume penalty: I, like 12000 the Cisco Catalyst Max 3550, suppress route maps, time:BGP, 60 mins Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching Suppress portions penalty of the Routing : 2000 and Switching, Reuse Security, penalty and Service : 750 Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final dampening chapter of the book concludes with fivedisplays hands-on lab exercises. These The showThe ip bgp flap-statistics command detailed information for all comprehensive practice include all of the technologies in to difficulty dampened routes; in thislabs case, the Service_Provider router and has gradually dampenedincrease the route the level. They present readersbecause with scenarios similar to what they will9-96 faceuses on the exam. 186.241.70.0/23 network it flapped four times. Example theactual showlab ip bgp Study tips and test-taking techniques the been book.dampened for 3 minutes dampening flap-statistics commandare to included show thatthroughout the route has and 34 seconds and will be eligible for reuse in 10 minutes and 20 seconds.
Example 9-96. show ip bgp dampening flap-statistics Command
Service_Provider#show ip bgp dampening flap-statistics
BGP RIB version is 13, local router ID is 1.1.1.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best, i - internal, Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network
From
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
*d 186.241.70.0/23
143.68.5.202
Flaps Duration Reuse 4
Path
00:03:34 00:10:20 60001
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Theclear ip bgp dampening command enables you to clear the dampened route and the flap statistics Publisher: associated Cisco Press with the route. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Many steps can be taken to prevent BGP route dampening from occurring using the techniques ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 covered earlier in this chapter; for instance, the Customer_B router could have been configured Pages: 1032 using some of the following BGP features: Multiple links and loopback interfaces to prevent network outages Aggregating routes into stablewith prefixes so that network failureCCIE will not Gain hands-on experience for smaller, the CCIEmore Lab Exam volume two one of the best-selling affect all routes advertised to the upstream neighbor Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Creating static routes to Null0 to nail down unstable IGP routes Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying It willwhat always in your service provider's best interest to protect the stability of their network yoube know using BGP route dampening. Their policies might adversely affect a poorly configured network, so you should always tryatopractice configure network the most stable, redundant BGP Learn how to build labyour for your CCIEwith lab exam preparation configuration possible. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Tuning BGP Performance Configuring and troubleshooting BGP sessions can be time intensive. Each time you change a BGP parameter, you must clear the session to propagate the changes. Clearing BGP sessions using the clear ip bgpip-address * command is time-consuming and causes network outages. In the past, • of Contents theneighborTable {ip-address | peer-group}soft-reconfiguration inbound and clear ip bgp *ip• Index address in commands have helped the situation by allowing for the "soft" reconfiguration of • Examples incoming BGP routes. This meant that BGP peers were required to store the inbound BGP routing CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the load that the BGP configuration put on a router. table in memory, increasing ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
With the introduction of the route refresh capability, described in RFC 2918, and introduced to Cisco IOS Software in Release 12.2(6)T, dynamic incoming and outgoing soft resets are now both Publisher: Cisco Press allowed. To find out whether a peer router supports the route refresh capability, use the show ip Date: November 07, 2003| begin capabilities command, as shown in Example 9-97 bgpPub neighbors ip-address ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example 9-97. show ip bgp neighbors | begin capabilities Command
Service_Provider# Gain hands-on experience show ip for bgp the CCIE neighbors Lab Exam 143.68.5.202 with volume |two begin of thecapabilities best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Neighbor capabilities: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios Route refresh: advertised and received(old & new) that guide you in applying what you know Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Received 341 messages, 2 notifications, 0 in queue Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Sent 312 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Default to minimum time between advertisement runs iscoverage 30 seconds companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. For address family:I,IPv4 Unicast Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. BGP table version 251, neighbor version 251 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Index suggested 1, Offsetreferences 0, Mask for 0x2further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Route The refresh request: received 7, sentwith 1 five hands-on lab exercises. These settings. final chapter of the book concludes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 1 accepted prefixes 40 bytes level. They present readersconsume with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Prefix advertised 462, suppressed 0, withdrawn 2
Notice that the preceding example shows that the 143.68.5.202 neighbor supports the route refresh capability and has used it to refresh routes seven times. After you establish that the route refresh capability is supported, you can begin using the new clear ip bgp * soft [in | out], as shown in Example 9-98.
Example 9-98. Debugging IP BGP During a Route Refresh Request
Service_Provider#clear ip bgp * soft • *Mar
Table of ContentsBGP: service reset requests 1 09:18:01.817:
•
Index
• *Mar
Examples 1 09:18:01.821: BGP: 143.68.5.202 sending REFRESH_REQ(5) for afi/safi: 1/1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
*Mar 1 09:18:01.821: send message type 5, length (incl. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, LeahBGP: Lynch 143.68.5.202 CCIE No. 7220 header) 23
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
If the remote refresh capability is supported by both peers in a BGP session when a route refresh message is sent, the remote peer resends its outgoing BGP updates without clearing the BGP session. If the remote peer does not support the route refresh capability, the peer ignores the request, and you either need to use the soft-reconfiguration command for that neighbor or the standard clear ip bgp {* |for ip-address peer-group} andof reset the BGP session. Gain hands-on experience the CCIE| Lab Exam withcommand volume two the best-selling CCIE The remote will still the route Practicalpeer Studies titlereceive from Cisco Press.refresh capability but will be unable to use it; however, because the router will be unable to understand the requests, it will ignore any messages containing route refresh requests, and any subsequent route refresh capability advertisements, as Experience putting shown in Example 9-99. concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Example 9-99. Debugging an Ignored Route Refresh Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Older_Router# debug ip bgpthem with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics BGP debugging is on I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 00:20:58: BGP: 10.1.1.1 unrecognized OPENSecurity, parameter switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and (0x2/0x6) Service Provider lab exams. 00:20:58: BGP: with 10.1.1.1 unrecognized OPEN parameterrequired (0x2/0x2) The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Older_Router# showproviding ip bgp neighbors technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These BGP neighbor is 10.1.1.1, remote internal link comprehensive practice labs include all ofAS the8,technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Indextips 2,and Offset 0, Mask 0x4 Study test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Inbound soft reconfiguration allowed BGP version 4, remote router ID 10.1.1.1 BGP state = Established, table version = 1, up for 00:00:53 Last read 00:00:52, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds Received 10 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 8 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0 • • •
Table of Contents
Connections established 2; dropped 1 Index
Examples
Last reset 00:01:00, due to Soft reconfig change
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leahconsume Lynch CCIE 7220 0 accepted prefixes 0 No. bytes
0Publisher: deniedCisco butPress saved prefixes consume 0 bytes Pub Date: November 07, 2003
0 history paths consume 0 bytes ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Conserving Memory via BGP Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title Cisco Press. BGP is a memoryandfrom processor-intensive protocol. At some point in your career, you will most likely run into a situation where you must run BGP on a router that does not have enough resources to support the existing BGP system requirements. A couple of options can help you Experience putting concepts into with lab scenarios that filter guideincoming you in applying handle with this situation: Upgrade thepractice memory, upgrade the router, routes, or what you know limit the number of prefixes that BGP will accept. Assuming that you cannot immediately upgrade the router itself, the memory, or processor, your best options will be route filtering or limiting Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation incoming BGP prefixes. Example 9-100 shows the show ip bgp summary command output obtained using an Internet looking on a real router. IP addresses have been Takeby five full-blown practice labs glass that mimic the Internet actual lab exam(The environment changed.) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Example 9-100. Internet Table Statistics companion to the best-selling first Routing edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. BGP router identifier 6.6.6.6, local AS number 123 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further exercises covering each of the core BGP table versionreferences is 8438778, main reading. routingLaboratory table version 8438778 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings.network The final entries chapter ofand the 337412 book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 114591 paths using 23262159 bytes of memory comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They readers with scenarios similar to what they will on the actual lab exam. 82050 BGP present path attribute entries using 4923540 bytes of face memory Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 15 BGP rrinfo entries using 360 bytes of memory 40359 BGP AS-PATH entries using 1046148 bytes of memory 162 BGP community entries using 7100 bytes of memory 54353 BGP route-map cache entries using 869648 bytes of memory 21745 BGP filter-list cache entries using 260940 bytes of memory
Dampening enabled. 79 history paths, 20 dampened paths BGP activity 227228/2798971 prefixes, 8600655/8263243 paths, scan interval 15 secs
•
Table of Contents
Using Partial BGP Routing Tables to Minimize Memory Use • Index •
Examples
One Practical CCIE of the best Studies ways Volume to limit II the BGP RIB size using route filters is to accept only partial BGP RIB updates. There are two ways to run BGP ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. with 7220 partial tables: Ask your service provider to filter outbound routes to your network and only send you partial tables; or your can filter your own incoming routes. The easiest and safest way to configure partial BGP RIBs is to use an AS path Publisher: Cisco Press access list with a filter list that will match AS paths beginning and ending with your service Pub Date:AS. November 07, 2003 provider's ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
For example, using the network shown earlier in Figure 9-19, the Customer_B router is running Pages: 1032 out of memory and can no longer handle the full Internet routing table that is being sent by the Service_Provider router. To fix this situation, you can use an AS path access list to limit the number of AS paths received from the upstream router's E-BGP neighbor, as shown in Example 9101. And the upstream service provider can send you a default route so that your router can still have a route reach to other Internet networks. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-101. Filtering for Partial BGP RIBs Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Customer_B# show run |a practice begin bgp Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router bgp 60001 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no synchronization CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bgp log-neighbor-changes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network 186.241.70.0 mask 255.255.254.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 143.68.5.201 remote-as 18901 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 143.68.5.201 filter-list 101 in technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no auto-summary comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip as-path access-list 101 permit ^18901$
In this example, AS path access list 101 is used to filter any routes that do not begin and end with AS number 18,901, which limits the number of incoming routes to 63, as shown in Example 9102.
Example 9-102. Customer_2 Router's BGP RIB After Incoming Route Filters Are Implemented
Customer_B#show ip bgp summary | begin Neighbor •
Table of Contents
• Neighbor
Index
•
Examples
V
AS MsgRcvd MsgSent
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II 143.68.5.201 4 18901
116
123
TblVer
InQ OutQ Up/Down
248
0
0 01:33:35
State/PfxRcd 63
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
There are a few different ways to deal with the memory problem (listed in the order of least ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 memory utilization): Pages: 1032
Accept only the default route from each service provider. Accept only the default and service provider–originated routes from each service provider. Gain hands-on experience forand theservice CCIE Lab Exam plus with customer volume two of the best-selling CCIE Accept only the default provider routes from each service provider. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. The choice of implementation is up to you. Just remember that if you do not accept a full routing table, to reach any Internet network, you must accept a default route. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Configuring Incoming Prefix Limitations Learn how to build aBGP practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five practice thatismimic lab exam environment Another way tofull-blown limit incoming BGPlabs routes to usethe theactual maximum-prefix command. When using themaximum-prefix command, you have two options after the number of prefixes has been CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II the leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing reached: automatically disabling BGP session, or sending a warning message. If you for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect absolutely must not allow the router to exceed a certain number of routes, you can use the companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam maximum-prefixes command to close BGP sessions from offending BGP peers using the topics not covered in Volume |I,peer-group} like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor {ip-address maximum-prefix limitation-number command, with a Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and limitation number ranging from 1 to 4,294,967,295. Example 9-103 shows what happens when switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. themaximum-prefix command is used on the Customer_B router. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Example Using detailed the maximum-prefix Command toin Close BGP technologies9-103. follow, providing guides to applying the technologies real network Sessions settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Customer_B#show run | begin bgp router bgp 60001 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes network 186.241.70.0 mask 255.255.254.0
neighbor 143.68.5.201 remote-as 18901 neighbor 143.68.5.201 maximum-prefix 50 neighbor 143.68.5.201 filter-list 101 in no auto-summary •
Table of Contents
• !
Index
•
Examples
ip access-list CCIEas-path Practical Studies Volume II 101 permit ^18901$ ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Customer_B#show ip bgp summary | begin Neighbor Publisher: Cisco Press Neighbor V
AS MsgRcvd MsgSent
TblVer
InQ OutQ Up/Down
State/PfxRcd
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 143.68.5.201 4 18901
138
147
0
0
0 00:02:20 Idle (PfxCt)
Pages: 1032
Customer_2#show logging | include %BGP *Mar
1 02:48:01.731: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 143.68.5.197 Down Neighbor
deleted Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *Mar 1 02:48:53.927: %BGP-3-MAXPFXEXCEED: No. of prefix received from 143.68.5.201 0):concepts 63 exceed limit 50 Experience(afi putting into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know *Mar 1 03:08:05.507: %BGP-3-MAXPFXEXCEED: No. of prefix received from Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 143.68.5.201 (afi 0): 63 exceed limit 50 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *Mar 1 03:33:04.307: %BGP-3-MAXPFXEXCEED: No. of prefix received from CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting with a series 143.68.5.201 (afi 0): 63 them exceed limit 50 of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route143.68.5.201 maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *Marcovered 1 03:33:04.307: %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor Down BGP Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Notification sent The begins with brief%BGP-3-NOTIFICATION: coverage of the core technologies the CCIE lab exam *Marbook 1 03:33:04.307: sent to required neighboron143.68.5.201 3/1 and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing (update malformed) 0 bytesdetailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. In the preceding example, if peer 143.68.5.201 sends more than 50 prefixes, the BGP session will be torn down, and a %BGP-3-MAXPFXEXCEED message will be logged. In this case, the BGP session will not be reinitialized until the session has manually been reset, and the maximum number of incoming routes has not been exceeded. After the situation has been corrected and the BGP connection has been restarted, the connection will come back up. Another less intrusive way to handle this situation is to use the maximum-prefix command with the optional warning-only parameter; this command issues only a warning when the maximum number of prefixes has been exceeded. When this command is used in conjunction with syslog reporting, you can monitor the number of BGP prefixes and take action when syslog messages are received. Example 9-104
shows how the maximum-prefix warning-only command sends a warning trap to the syslog server at 186.241.70.89, when 80 percent of the 50 maximum prefix limitation has been reached.
Example 9-104. Using a maximum-prefix Warning to Send Warning Traps •
Table of Contents
•
Index
router bgp Examples 60001 • CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
no synchronization
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
bgp log-neighbor-changes Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date:186.241.70.0 November 07, 2003 mask 255.255.254.0 network ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
neighbor Pages: 1032 143.68.5.201 remote-as 18901 neighbor 143.68.5.201 maximum-prefix 50 80 warning-only neighbor 143.68.5.201 filter-list 101 in Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE maximum-paths 2 from Cisco Press. Practical Studies title no auto-summary Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ! what you know ip as-path Learn how access-list to build a practice 101 permit lab for^18901$ your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the logging 186.241.70.89 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion toshow the best-selling edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Customer_2# logging | first include %BGP not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidateNo. will of getprefix comprehensive coverage of the routing and *Mar 1 04:04:40.462: %BGP-4-MAXPFX: received from 143.68.5.201 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. (afi 0) reaches 41, max 50 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises coveringfrom each of the core *Mar 1 suggested 04:04:40.470: %BGP-3-MAXPFXEXCEED: No. of prefix received technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book limit concludes 143.68.5.201 (afi 0): 51 exceed 50 with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Practice Scenarios
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Lab 15: Multihoming a BGP Network The previous few chapters covered BGP theory and basic and advanced BGP configuration, and briefly suggested ways that BGP can optimize Internet routing in a production environment. The following lab focuses on a multihomed BGP configuration, using a real-life BGP scenario to test • Table of Contents topics. HTTP web traffic tests the final network reachability. advanced BGP configuration •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Lab Exercise
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
In this lab scenario, you configure a simulated Internet web browsing experience using the 24Publisher: Cisco Press hour network backbone and two upstream service provider networks. The 24-hour network has Pub Date: November 2003 that peer with three upstream routers belonging to two upstream two Internet border07, routers Internet ISBN: service 1-58705-072-2 providers. This lab requires you to model an Internet connection, use common load-sharing techniques to utilize the most of the network resources, implement common Pages: 1032 security practices to mitigate simple security threats, and test the network connectivity using HTTP web browsing from an internal PC on the 24-hour network.
Lab Objectives Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. This lab demonstrates many of the topics covered in the preceding three chapters and shows how to use them in a redundant network design: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know BGP multihoming Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Load sharing between two autonomous systems Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Route aggregation CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE BGP lab exam presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect MD-5by authentication companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Using route reflectors forthe I-BGP Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and I-BGP network switching portions ofexit the preference Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Redistributing static The book begins with briefroutes coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Using peer groups to simplify configuration technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Filtering routes using ASinclude path and community values and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs all of the technologies level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Using DHCP and NAT with BGP to hide internal RFC 1918 network addresses Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Equipment Needed One Cisco router with five serial interfaces to act as a Frame Relay switch. Six Cisco routers with at least one serial and one Ethernet interface.
One Cisco router with two serial interfaces. (One of these routers requires one Ethernet interface.) One switch connecting the five multiaccess routers in separate VLANs. One PC with an Ethernet NIC capable of running TCP/IP with DHCP and a web browser. •
Portions of this lab are best suited for Cisco IOS Software versions up to or greater than Table of Contents 12.2(11)T.
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Physical Layout and Prestaging
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
For this experiment, you use the network layout shown in Figure 9-20. The routers in AS 104 Cisco Press Internet service provider networks Internet Service Provider-1 and Internet andPublisher: AS 60 simulate Pub Date: November 07, Service Provider-2. The2003 Drazen and Palmer routers are the 24-hour network border routers, and all other ISBN: routers 1-58705-072-2 are internal 24-hour network routers. Pages: 1032
Cable the routers as shown in Figure 9-20. The Myers, Gaines, Farrell, Drazen, and Palmer routers should be connected to the Frame Relay switch using the interface numbers shown inTable 9-13 and can be connected using back-to-back serial cables. Gain hands-on for theswitch CCIE using Lab Exam with volume of the best-selling Configure experience the Frame Relay the interfaces andtwo DLCI numbers shown CCIE in Table 9Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 13. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Figure 9-20. The 24-Hour Network
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter the book concludes withSwitch five hands-on lab exercises. These Table of 9-13. Frame Relay Parameters comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Frame Switch Interface
Router Interface
Frame Switch Interface
Router DLCI
Router Interface
Router DLCI
Serial1
Myers
Serial0
100
Drazen
101
Serial0.100 Serial2
Gaines
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Serial2
Serial0/1.101 Serial0
200
Drazen0/1.201
201
Serial3
300
Palmer
301
Serial1.200 Gaines
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Serial1.300
Serial4
Publisher: Cisco Press
Farrell
Serial0
Serial0.301 400
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Serial0.400 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Serial4
Pages: 1032
Farrell
Drazen
401
Serial0/1.401 Serial3
500
Serial0.500
Palmer
501
Serial0.501
Example 9-105 shows the show frame relay route command output from the Frame Relay Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE switch. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-105. Frame Relay Switch Configuration Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Frame-Relay-Switch # show frame-relay route Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Input Intf Input Dlci Output Intf Output Dlci Status CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging Serial0 101 Serial1 100 laboratory exercises. active A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Serial0 201 I, like the CiscoSerial2 200 active Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. Serial0 portions of 401 Serial4 Security,400 active The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Serial1 100 Serial0 101 active includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Serial2 200 Serial0 201 active settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Serial2 300 Serial3 301 active level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Serial3 301 Serial2 300 active Serial3
501
Serial4
500
active
Serial4
400
Serial0
401
active
Serial4
500
Serial3
501
active
Connect the Ethernet interfaces on the Myers, Gaines, Drazen, Palmer, Almeida, and Bauer routers to the Ethernet switch, as previously shown in Figure 9-20. Attach the Almeida and Bauer routers to the Ferragamo router, as shown in Figure 9-20. • • •
Tableeach of Contents Verify that router interface on each router is in an up/up state. Index
Do not configure Examples DHCP on the Ferragamo router or PC yet.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Lab Exercises Publisher: Cisco Press PubStep Date: November 1. Configure 07, 2003 all
IP addresses, as shown in Table 9-14, and assign all Ethernet interfaces to the VLANs shown in the same table. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
Table 9-14. IP Addressing for This Network Model Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Router Studies Name title from Router Cisco Interface Press. IP Address Ethernet VLAN Myers FastEthernet0 172.20.20.1/24 100 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Loopback100 154.103.64.1/21 what you know Loopback200 154.103.72.1/21 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Serial0.100 154.107.0.9/30 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Gaines FastEthernet0 172.20.20.2/24 100 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Loopback100 154.108.8.1/21 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Loopback200 154.108.16.0/21 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Serial1.200 154.107.0.5/30 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Serial1.300 154.107.0.1/30 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Farrell Loopback100 17.8.4.1/22 50 covering each of the core includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Loopback200 17.8.8.0/22 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Serial0.400 101.41.12.1/30 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking Serial0.500 techniques are included 101.41.12.5/30 throughout the book. Drazen
Ethernet0/0
155.206.127.1/29
Loopback15
155.206.127.105/32
Serial0/1.101
154.107.0.10/30
Serial0/1.201
154.107.0.6/30
Serial0/1.401
101.41.12.2/30
200
Palmer
•
Ethernet0
155.206.127.2/29
Loopback15
155.206.127.106/32
Serial0.301
154.107.0.2/30
Serial0.501
101.41.12.6/30
Almeida Ethernet0 Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Loopback15
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Serial0 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Bauer
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pages: Ferragamo 1032
200
155.206.127.107/32 155.206.127.65/30
Ethernet0
155.206.127.4/29
Loopback15
155.206.127.108/32
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
155.206.127.3/29
200
Serial0
155.206.127.69/30
Ethernet0
10.1.1.1/24
Loopback15
155.206.127.109/32
Loopback100
10.2.2.1/24
200
300
Loopback200 10.3.3.1/24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Serial0 155.206.127.66/30 Serial1 155.206.127.70/30 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what PC you know Ethernet NIC DHCP 300 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Step 2. Configure OSPF routing for the Drazen, Palmer, Almeida, Bauer, and Ferragamo routers. only the Ethernet interfaces of the Palmer, and Bauer Take five Put full-blown practice labs that mimic theDrazen, actual lab exam Almeida, environment routers in OSPF area 0: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect - Assign the loopback on book the Drazen andcoverage Palmer routers area 0 as well. companion to the best-selling firstinterfaces edition, this provides of CCIEto lab exam topics Ferragamo and the serial3550, interfaces the Almeida and Bauer not covered The in Volume I, likerouter the Cisco Catalyst routeon maps, BGP, Multicast, androuters QoS. should be inI,area 1. Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - Use the Loopback15 interface IP address as the OSPF router ID for each OSPF router. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Have the Almeidadetailed and Bauer routers send the default route toinallreal downstream technologies- follow, providing guides to applying the technologies network neighbors. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Step 3. Configure loadinclude balancing onthe thetechnologies Ferragamo router so that the OSPF in willdifficulty use both comprehensive practice labs all of and gradually increase of the upstream serial interfaces to forward packets to the 155.206.127.0/29 network. Use level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. the appropriate commands to enable load balancing so that packets belonging to the same Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. flow take the same route. Step 4. Configure the Ferragamo router to be a DHCP server for the 10.1.1.0/24 network. The router should also assign the fiction.org domain name to its DHCP clients. After configuring the DHCP service on the router, configure the PC to request a DHCP lease from that router and verify the configuration by pinging the loopback interface on the Drazen router. Step 5. After building the internal network, adding a host, and enabling routing, you can
now focus on the BGP portion of the lab. Begin by configuring the external service providers in AS 104, the Myers and Gaines routers. Enable BGP routing on the Myers and Gaines routers. After you complete this task, each router should be able to see the /21 networks that are internally advertised between these routers.
• •
Step 6. Next, configure E-BGP routing between the Service Provider-1 routers in AS 104 and the 24-hour border routers in AS 8080. Use peer groups to simplify the BGP configurations: Table of Contents Index
•
-Examples Have the AS 8080 border routers use their Loopback15 IP addresses as their BGP router IDs, and multihome each router using the loopback address as the peering ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 route per neighbor per router is permitted on the point. In this instance, one static AS 104 routers. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Publisher: Cisco Press
- Do not allow the Service Provider-1 routers to advertise the 172.20.20.0/24 network to any external peers. You cannot use a distribute list to perform this task.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 - Do
not allow the service provider routers to use the AS 8080 border routers as a transit network to reach each other's /21 networks.
- After this step is complete, the routers in AS 8080 should see all /21 networks behind the AS 104 routers. Step 7. completefor thethe E-BGP peering sessions, you to configureCCIE a BGP Gain hands-onTo experience CCIEInternet Lab Exam with volume two ofneed the best-selling session between the Farrell router in AS 60 and the 24-hour border routers. These BGP Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. sessions should be configured using all the rules specified in Step 6: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying - Use peer groups to allow for future peer additions. what you know - Have the AS 8080 border routers use their Loopback15 IP addresses as their BGP Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation router IDs; one static route per neighbor is permitted on the Farrell router. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - Do not allow the service provider routers to use the AS 8080 border routers as a transit network to reach each other's networks. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect - After this step is first complete, the routers AS 8080 should see all external networks companion to the best-selling edition, this book in provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bylike thethe service not covered advertised in Volume I, Ciscoprovider Catalystrouters. 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Stepwith 8. The BGP peer would complete if there weren't an I-BGP Combined Volume I, theconfiguration CCIE candidate willnot getbe comprehensive coverage of the routing and connection the 24-hour border routers and their peeringProvider partners, the Almeida switching portionsbetween of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service lab exams. and Bauer routers: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Configure I-BGP detailed peer relationships between the these routers, using the network Loopback15 technologies- follow, providing guides to applying technologies in real interfaces as the peering points. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty - Use peer groups to scenarios simplify the configuration on the routers and do fully level. They present readers with similar to what they willborder face on the actual lab not exam. mesh the routers in this network. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - Summarize all 155.206.127.0 networks at the AS 8080 border routers; do not advertise any routes smaller than /24. - Verify that configuration by pinging the Internet networks from the Ferragamo router. Step 9. To make the most efficient use of the connections between the border routers and the service provider's networks, configure the Service Provider-1 routers to prefer routes from the Drazen router, and configure the Service Provider-2 router to prefer routes from the Palmer router; neither the MED nor AS_PATH attributes can be used to accomplish this
task. Locally generated routes should always have the highest preference:
• • •
- The Drazen router should prefer routes from the Myers router, with a secondary preference for the Farrell router; and the Palmer router should prefer routes from the Farrell, with the Gaines router as a secondary preference before the Myers router. Locally generated routes should always have the highest preference. Step 10. As a security precaution, disable any CDP, HTTP web access, and any Table of Contents unnecessary features on the 24-hour border routers: Index
Examples
CCIE Practical -Studies Volumean II Also create
antispoof access list that will prevent any RFC 1918 private IP
addresses addresses. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599,and Leah internal Lynch CCIE No. 7220 - Make sure that OSPF routes are not allowed out of the 24-hour network.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 2003web - Leave 07, HTTP ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 to simulate
service enabled on the Internet-facing routers; they will be used Internet web servers.
Pages: 1032
- Configure the HTTP services to use the IP address of the Loopback100 interface. Step 11. To hide the RFC 1918 private networks from the Internet, configure the 24-hour border routers to NAT all internal networks to the public Internet-routable IP addresses shown in Table 9-15: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. - Make sure all IP address blocks are aggregated to the fullest extent. All specific routes should be suppressed; only the aggregate should be advertised to external neighbors. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know - To verify customer Internet connectivity, use a web browser to enter the HTTP web configuration on each service Learn how to build a site practice lab of forthe your CCIE provider lab examnetworks. preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Table 9-15. Internal to External NAT Addresses CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Internal Network External Network Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 10.1.1.0/24 155.206.124.0/24 10.2.2.0/24 155.206.125.0/24 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 10.3.3.0/24 155.206.126.0/24 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Lab Walkthrough Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 1. Configure all IP addresses as shown in Table 9-14 and assign all Ethernet interfaces to the VLANs shown in the same table. Step 2. Configure OSPF routing for the Drazen, Palmer, Almeida, Bauer, and Ferragamo routers. Put only the Ethernet interfaces of the Drazen, Palmer, Almeida, and Bauer routers in OSPF area 0.
- Assign the loopback interfaces on the Drazen and Palmer routers to area 0 as well. The Ferragamo router and the serial interfaces on the Almeida and Bauer routers should be in area 1: - Use the Loopback15 interface IP address as the OSPF router ID for each OSPF router. - Have the Almeida and Bauer routers send the default route to all downstream Table of Contents neighbors. • Index This task builds the IGP routing solution for the internal 24-hour network. After OSPF has • Examples been configured, all the internal routers should be able to reach all interfaces on all other CCIE Practical Studies Volume II internal routers, except for the Internet-facing serial interfaces. This review begins with the Almeida and ,Bauer routers. One of the first, hidden tasks in this step required the ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 configuration of a default route to the HSRP IP address for the Internet border routers. After the default route has been configured, OSPF can be enabled and interfaces should be Publisher: Cisco Press assigned to the areas previously mentioned. The default-information originate Pub Date: November 07, 2003 command sends the default route to the other OSPF neighbors. Example 9-106 shows the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 OSPF configuration for the Almeida router. •
Pages: 1032
Example 9-106. Almeida Router's OSPF Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title|from Cisco Press. Almeida#Studies show run begin ospf router ospf 1 putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience what you know router-id 155.206.127.107 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation log-adjacency-changes Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment area 1 stub CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE network lab exam 155.206.127.0 by presenting 0.0.0.7 them with area a series 0 of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not network covered155.206.127.64 in Volume I, like 0.0.0.3 the Ciscoarea Catalyst 1 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching network portions 155.206.127.107 of the Routing 0.0.0.0 and Switching, area 0 Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coveragealways of the core technologies default-information originate metric-type 1 required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 155.206.127.5 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
After OSPF has been configured, all the internal routers should reach all OSPF-enabled interfaces. The default route should also have been advertised; this introduces a small problem, though. Unless you configure a distribution list to filter incoming routes on the Drazen or Palmer routers, they will receive the default route sent out in the LSAs originating from the Almeida and Bauer routers. After you configure and apply a distribution list denying the default route, 0.0.0.0/32, this problems should be corrected. You can test the OSPF configuration using the show ip route and ping commands on the Ferragamo, Drazen, and Palmer routers. Example 9-
107 shows the routing table from the Drazen and Ferragamo routers.
Example 9-107. Drazen and Ferragamo Routing Tables
Drazen# showTable ip of route | begin Gateway • Contents •
Index
Gateway of Examples last resort is not set • CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
155.206.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 7 subnets, 3 masks
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
C
155.206.127.0/29 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0 Publisher: Cisco Press
O
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 155.206.127.106/32
[110/11] via 155.206.127.2, 00:31:55, Ethernet0/0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
O
155.206.127.107/32 Pages: 1032
[110/11] via 155.206.127.3, 00:31:55, Ethernet0/0
C
155.206.127.105/32 is directly connected, Loopback15
O
155.206.127.108/32 [110/11] via 155.206.127.4, 00:31:55, Ethernet0/0
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE O IA 155.206.127.64/30 [110/74] via 155.206.127.3, 00:31:55, Ethernet0/0 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. O IA
155.206.127.68/30 [110/74] via 155.206.127.4, 00:31:55, Ethernet0/0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 101.0.0.0/30 what you know is subnetted, 1 subnets
C
101.41.12.0 directly Learn how to build is a practice lab connected, for your CCIESerial0/1.401 lab exam preparation Take 154.107.0.0/30 five full-blownis practice subnetted, labs that 2 mimic subnets the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leadsconnected, CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the C 154.107.0.4 is directly Serial0/1.201 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this bookSerial0/1.101 provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics C 154.107.0.8 is directly connected, not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive 10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. O IA 10.1.1.0/24 [110/84] via 155.206.127.3, 00:31:56, Ethernet0/0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core [110/84] via 155.206.127.4, 00:31:56, Ethernet0/0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book with five 00:31:56, hands-on lab exercises. These O IA 10.3.3.1/32 [110/75] via concludes 155.206.127.3, Ethernet0/0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what 00:31:56, they will face on the actual lab exam. [110/75] via 155.206.127.4, Ethernet0/0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. O IA
10.2.2.1/32 [110/75] via 155.206.127.3, 00:31:56, Ethernet0/0 [110/75] via 155.206.127.4, 00:31:56, Ethernet0/0
________________________________________________________________ Ferragamo#show ip route | begin Gateway Gateway of last resort is 155.206.127.65 to network 0.0.0.0
155.206.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 7 subnets, 3 masks O IA
155.206.127.0/29 [110/74] via 155.206.127.69, 00:35:02, Serial1 [110/74] via 155.206.127.65, 00:35:02, Serial0
O IA •
155.206.127.106/32 [110/75] via 155.206.127.69, 00:32:22, Serial1 Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Studies Volume II O IAPractical 155.206.127.107/32
[110/75] via 155.206.127.65, 00:32:22, Serial0 [110/65] via 155.206.127.65, 00:35:02, Serial0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
O IA
155.206.127.105/32 [110/75] via 155.206.127.65, 00:33:44, Serial0
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
O IA
[110/75] via 155.206.127.69, 00:33:44, Serial1
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
155.206.127.108/32 [110/65] via 155.206.127.69, 00:35:02, Serial1
Pages: 1032
C
155.206.127.64/30 is directly connected, Serial0
C
155.206.127.68/30 is directly connected, Serial1
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 3 Lab subnets Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. C 10.3.3.0 is directly connected, Loopback200 C C
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 10.2.2.0 is directly connected, Loopback100 what you know 10.1.1.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
O*E1 0.0.0.0/0 [110/84] via 155.206.127.65, 00:35:03, Serial0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment [110/84] via 155.206.127.69, 00:35:03, Serial1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Stepwith 3. Configure on thewill Ferragamo router so that the OSPF uses both of Combined Volume I,load the balancing CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage of the routing and the upstream interfaces forward packets to the network. switching portions ofserial the Routing andtoSwitching, Security, and155.206.127.0/29 Service Provider lab exams.Use the appropriate commands to enable load balancing so that packets belonging to the same flowbegins take the same The book with briefroute. coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core This step actually does not require muchto configuration. default, OSPF stores up to four technologies follow, providing detailed guides applying the By technologies in real network equal-cost in the routing To enable per-destination load balancing over the settings. The finalpaths chapter of the booktable. concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These two serial practice interfaces, mustall enable switching using the ip cef command. Once comprehensive labsyou include of theCEF technologies and gradually increase in difficulty by default, the with ip cef command enables CEF switching using level. again, They present readers scenarios similar to what they will face onthe theuniversal actual labperexam. algorithmtechniques for load balancing. Youthroughout can use thethe IP routing Study destination tips and test-taking are included book. table and CEF table to verify the configuration. Example 9-108 shows the Ferragamo router's IP routing table and show ip cef summary command output.
Example 9-108. Ferragamo Router's Routing Table and CEF Summary
Ferragamo#show ip route | include via|is Gateway of last resort is 155.206.127.69 to network 0.0.0.0 155.206.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 7 subnets, 3 masks O IA
155.206.127.0/29 [110/74] via 155.206.127.65, 00:18:00, Serial0
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
O IA
[110/74] via 155.206.127.69, 00:18:00, Serial1
Examples
155.206.127.106/32 [110/75] via 155.206.127.65, 00:18:00, Serial0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch [110/75] CCIE No. 7220 via
155.206.127.69, 00:18:00, Serial1
O IA 155.206.127.107/32 [110/65] via 155.206.127.65, 00:18:00, Serial0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
O IA
155.206.127.105/32 [110/75] via 155.206.127.65, 00:18:00, Serial0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
O IA
[110/75] via 155.206.127.69, 00:18:00, Serial1
155.206.127.108/32 [110/65] via 155.206.127.69, 00:18:00, Serial1
C 155.206.127.64/30 is directly connected, Serial0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from CiscoisPress. C 155.206.127.68/30 directly connected, Serial1
C
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 3 subnets Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what10.3.3.0 you know is directly connected, Loopback200
C
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 10.2.2.0 is directly connected, Loopback100
C
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 10.1.1.0 is directly connected, Ethernet0
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the O*E1 0.0.0.0/0 155.206.127.69, 00:18:01,laboratory Serial1 exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by [110/84] presentingvia them with a series of challenging companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics [110/84] 155.206.127.65, Serial0 not covered in Volume I, like via the Cisco Catalyst 3550,00:18:01, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Ferragamo# show ip cefRouting summary switching portions of the and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. IP switching Version 28), flags=0x0required on the CCIE lab exam and TheCEF bookwith begins with brief(Table coverage of the core technologies includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 28 routes, 0 reresolve, 0 unresolved (0applying old, 0 the new) technologies follow, providing detailed guides to technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 31 leaves, 18 nodes, bytes, 31 technologies inserts, 0 and invalidations comprehensive practice labs22734 include all of the gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 4 load sharing elements, 1264 are bytes, 4 references Study tips and test-taking techniques included throughout the book. universal per-destination load sharing algorithm, id CD1F18C5 2 CEF resets, 0 revisions of existing leaves refcounts:
4907 leaf, 4864 node
Adjacency Table has 3 adjacencies
Step 4. Configure the Ferragamo router to be a DHCP server for the 10.1.1.0/24 network. The router should also assign the fiction.org domain name to its DHCP clients. After configuring the DHCP service on the router, configure the PC to request a DHCP lease from that router, and verify the configuration by pinging the loopback interface on the Drazen router. Table of Contents DHCP configuration is a straightforward task, after creating a DHCP pool and assigning DHCP parameters Index to the pool, the only remaining task is the exclusion of the Ferragamo router's Ethernet IP address. After the DHCP server configuration is finished, and the PC • Examples has been configured to request a DHCP IP address, it should immediately be able to ping CCIE Practical Studies Volume II the Drazen router's IP address. Example 9-109 shows the ipconfig command output and a ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 successful ping from a Windows PC. • •
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Example 9-109. ipconfig and ping Commands as Issued from the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 PC
Pages: 1032
G:\>ipconfig Gain hands-on for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Windows 2000 experience IP Configuration Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : fiction.org what you know IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 10.1.1.2 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Mask . practice . . . .labs . . . . . . the : 255.255.255.0 TakeSubnet five full-blown that mimic actual lab exam environment Default Gateway . . . .CCIE . . candidates . . : 10.1.1.1 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II . leads through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect G:\>ping companion155.206.127.105 to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Pinging bytes of Combined155.206.127.105 with Volume I, thewith CCIE 32 candidate will data: get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Reply from 155.206.127.105: bytes=32 time=20ms TTL=253 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Reply 155.206.127.105: time<10ms TTL=253 includesfrom suggested references for bytes=32 further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Reply from bytes=32 time<10ms settings. The 155.206.127.105: final chapter of the book concludes with fiveTTL=253 hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Reply frompresent 155.206.127.105: bytes=32similar time<10ms TTL=253 level. They readers with scenarios to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Ping statistics for 155.206.127.105: Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss), Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds: Minimum = 0ms, Maximum =
20ms, Average =
5ms
Step 5. After building the internal network, adding a host, and enabling routing, you can now focus on the BGP portion of the lab. Begin by configuring the external service providers in AS 104, the Myers and Gaines routers. Enable BGP routing on the Myers and Gaines routers. After you complete this task, each router should see the /21 networks that are internally advertised between these routers. • • •
The I-BGP configuration between the Myers and Gaines routers is only dependent on one Table of Contents key factor: disabling IGP synchronization. After BGP is enabled, the networks and Index neighbors are configured, and synchronization is disabled, each router should reach its Examples peers' /21 networks. Example 9-110 shows the IP routing table for the Myers router.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Example 9-110. Myers Router's IP Routing Table Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Myers# Pages: show1032 ip route | include is|via Gateway of last resort is not set 154.103.0.0/21 is subnetted, 2 subnets Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE C 154.103.72.0 isCisco directly Practical Studies title from Press. connected, Loopback200 C
154.103.64.0 is directly connected, Loopback100 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 154.108.0.0/21 is subnetted, 2 subnets what you know
B
Learn 154.108.16.0 how to build a[200/0] practice via lab for 172.20.20.2, your CCIE lab00:07:57 exam preparation
B
Take154.108.8.0 five full-blown[200/0] practice via labs 172.20.20.2, that mimic the actual lab exam environment 00:07:57
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 154.107.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this bookSerial0.100 provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics C 154.107.0.8 is directly connected, not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volumeis I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 172.20.0.0/24 subnetted, 1 subnets switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. C 172.20.20.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Step 6. Next, configure E-BGP routing between the Service Provider-1 routers in AS 104 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty and the 24-hour border routers in AS 8080. Use peer groups to simplify the BGP level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. configurations: Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - Have the AS 8080 border routers use their Loopback15 IP addresses as their BGP router IDs, and multihome each router using the loopback address as the peering point. In this instance, one static route per neighbor per router is permitted on the AS 104 routers. - Do not allow the Service Provider-1 routers to advertise the 172.20.20.0/24 network to any external peers. You might not use a distribute list to perform this task.
- Do not allow the service provider routers to use the AS 8080 border routers as a transit network to reach each other's /21 networks. - After this step is complete, the routers in AS 8080 should see all /21 networks behind the AS 104 routers. This step contains several subtasks that must be completed accurately for the remainder of the lab to work properly. To facilitate BGP routing between the Internet Service Provider-1 • Table ofborder Contents and 24-hour routers, you must use the ebgp-multihop command on the Internet • ServiceIndex Provider-1 routers and update-source Loopback 15 command on the 24-hour routers. If you do not use these commands, the BGP session between the routers will • Examples never start, youIIsee the following message on the Internet Service Provider-1 routers: CCIE Practical Studiesand Volume ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Connections established 0; dropped 0 Last reset never Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. External BGP neighbor not directly connected. No Experience active TCP connection putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation If you added a static route to each of the loopback IP addresses on the Internet Service Take five full-blown labs that the actual lab exam environment Provider-1 routers, when practice the multihop andmimic update-source commands are added to the appropriate routers, a BGP session should start. Example 9-111 shows the BGP configuration for CCIE Practical the Gaines andStudies, Drazen Volume routers.II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Example 9-111. Multihoming the Gaines and Drazen Routers Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Gaines# run |references begin bgp includes show suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network router settings.bgp The 104 final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty no synchronization level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. bgp log-neighbor-changes network 154.108.8.0 mask 255.255.248.0 network 154.108.16.0 mask 255.255.248.0 network 172.20.20.0 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor AS8080 peer-group
neighbor AS8080 remote-as 8080 neighbor AS8080 ebgp-multihop 2 neighbor 155.206.127.105 peer-group AS8080 neighbor 155.206.127.106 peer-group AS8080 •
Table of Contents remote-as 104 • neighbor 172.20.20.1 Index •
Examples
no Practical auto-summary CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Cisco Press ip Publisher: route 155.206.127.105 255.255.255.255 154.107.0.6 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip route ISBN:155.206.127.106 1-58705-072-2 255.255.255.255 154.107.0.2 Pages: 1032
Drazen#show run | begin bgp router bgp 8080 no synchronization Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. bgp log-neighbor-changes network 154.107.0.8 255.255.255.252 Experience putting mask concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 154.206.127.0 mask 255.255.255.248 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor AS104 peer-group Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor AS104 remote-as 104 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by update-source presenting themLoopback15 with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect neighbor AS104 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered154.107.0.5 in Volume I, like the CiscoAS104 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. neighbor peer-group Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor portions 154.107.0.9 peer-group AS104 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and no book auto-summary includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all the technologies and gradually difficulty After the BGP session is labs established, andofroutes are exchanged, you need increase to find a in way to level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. prevent the service provider routers from advertising the 172.20.20.0/24 private network to Study tips test-taking included the book. external ASand peers. Becausetechniques you cannotare use a route throughout filter to accomplish this task, there is only one other way to hide that network: assigning the local AS COMMUNITY attribute to the service provider routers. This attribute allows the route to be advertised internally but prevents it from being sent to any external BGP neighbors. Example 9-112 shows the BGP configuration for the Myers router.
Example 9-112. Using the Well-Known LOCAL_AS Community on the Myers Router
Myers#show run | begin bgp router bgp 104 no synchronization •
Table of Contents • bgp log-neighbor-changes Index •
Examples
network 154.103.64.0 mask CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
255.255.248.0
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 154.103.72.0 mask 255.255.248.0
Publisher: Cisco Press network 172.20.20.0 mask 255.255.255.0 route-map hide-network Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 neighbor AS8080 peer-group Pages: 1032
neighbor AS8080 remote-as 8080 neighbor AS8080 ebgp-multihop 2 neighbor 155.206.127.105 peer-group AS8080 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 172.20.20.2 remote-as 104 no auto-summary Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip route 155.206.127.105 255.255.255.255 154.107.0.10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with route-map hide-network permit 10 a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. set covered community local-as Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for uses further Laboratory covering each of the core As you can see, the references Myers router thereading. hide-network route exercises map to set the local AS community technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network for the 172.20.20.0/24 network, and because the local AS COMMUNITY attribute does not need settings. The finalbeyond chapter of local the book concludes hands-on lab exercises. These to be advertised the AS, you do not with needfive to use the send-community command. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present with that scenarios similar whatthe they will face on the actual lab exam. The last part of Stepreaders 3 specified you must notto allow service provider network to use AS Studyas tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout book. 8080 a transit network to reach internally generated routes.the This task requires the addition of an AS path filter list on the 24-hour routers. A simple one-line AS path access list, which allows only the advertisement of internally generated routes using the ^$ regular expression to specify an empty AS path applied to all outgoing routes, achieves that effect. This is demonstrated by Example 9-113, which shows the BGP configuration for the Palmer router.
Example 9-113. Applying a Filter List on the Palmer Router
Palmer#show run | begin bgp router bgp 8080 no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes • • •
Table of Contents Index
network 155.206.127.0 mask 255.255.255.248 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
neighbor AS104 peer-group
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor AS104 remote-as 104 Publisher: Cisco Press
neighbor AS104 update-source Loopback15 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
neighbor AS104 filter-list 100 out Pages: 1032
neighbor 154.107.0.1 peer-group AS104 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ! Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip as-path access-list 100 permit ^$ Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Step how 7. Totocomplete the E-BGP you need to configure a BGP Learn build a practice lab Internet for your peering CCIE labsessions, exam preparation session between the Farrell router in AS 60 and the 24-hour border routers. These BGP sessions be configured using the rules specified Stepenvironment 6: Take five should full-blown practice labs thatall mimic the actual lab in exam CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the - Use groupsthem to allow future of peer additions.laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam bypeer presenting withfor a series challenging companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics the I, ASlike 8080 routers use their Loopback15 IP addresses BGP not covered -inHave Volume theborder Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, as andtheir QoS. router IDs; one static route per neighbor is permitted on the Farrell router. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - Do not allow the service provider routers to use the AS 8080 border routers as a transit network to reach of each networks. required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage theother's core technologies includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core - After this step is complete, the routers in AS 8080 should see all external networks technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network advertised by the service provider routers. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These If you configured these routers using the same steps that you used in the previous step, comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty you should have two newly established BGP sessions between the Drazen, Palmer, and level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Farrell routers. The Myers and Gaines routers should reach the 155.206.127.0/29 network, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. and the networks for each of the serial interfaces on the AS 8080 border routers, but they should not have any routes to the 17.8.4.0/22 or 17.8.8.0/22 networks. Example 9-114 shows the BGP RIB for the Myers router.
Example 9-114. Myers Router's BGP RIB After the Application of a Filter List
Myers#show ip bgp | begin Network Network
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* i101.41.12.0/30
155.206.127.105
0
*>
155.206.127.105
0
•
100
0 8080 i 0 8080 i
Table of Contents
• Index *> 154.103.64.0/21 • Examples
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II *> 154.103.72.0/21 0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
* i154.107.0.4/30
155.206.127.105
0
155.206.127.105
0
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 155.206.127.105 * i154.107.0.8/30
0
*>
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
100
0 8080 i 0 8080 i
100
0 8080 i
Pages: 1032
*>
155.206.127.105
0
*>i154.108.8.0/21
172.20.20.2
0
0 8080 i 100
0 i
*>i154.108.16.0/21 172.20.20.2 100two of the 0 ibest-selling CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with0volume Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * i155.206.127.0/29 155.206.127.106 0 100 0 8080 i Experience putting 172.20.20.2 concepts into practice with lab0 scenarios * i172.20.20.0/24 100 that guide 0 i you in applying what you know *> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 I Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, leads have CCIEroutes candidates through the processBGP of preparing for the The Drazen and PalmerVolume routers II should to each of their external neighbors' CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect networks, with the exception of the 172.20.20.0/24 network in AS 104. Example 9-115 shows companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics the BGP RIBtofor the Drazen router. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Example 9-115. Drazen Router's BGP RIB After the Filter List Application The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and
includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Drazen# show ip bgp | labs begin Network comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout theWeight book. Path *> 17.8.4.0/22
101.41.12.1
0
0 60 i
*> 17.8.8.0/22
101.41.12.1
0
0 60 i
*> 101.41.12.0/30
0.0.0.0
0
*
154.107.0.5
154.103.64.0/21
32768 i 0 104 i
*> *
154.107.0.9 154.103.72.0/21
0
154.107.0.5
0 104 i 0 104 i
*>
154.107.0.9
0
*> 154.107.0.4/30
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
154.107.0.5
0
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
*> 154.107.0.8/30 •
*
Examples
154.108.8.0/21
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Lynch CCIE No. 7220 *>Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah 154.107.0.9
*
154.108.16.0/21 Publisher: Cisco Press
154.107.0.5
0 104 i
0 104 i 0 104 i
0
0 104 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
*>
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
154.107.0.9
0 104 i
Pages: 1032
And finally, the Farrell router's BGP RIB should contain entries for all the networks advertised by the Drazen and Palmer routers, except the routes to networks in AS 104, as shown in Example Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 9-116. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-116. Farrell Router's BGP After the List Experience putting concepts into practice withRIB lab scenarios thatFilter guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Farrell#show ip bgp | begin Network Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory *> 17.8.4.0/22 0.0.0.0 0 32768 iexercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,0.0.0.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps,32768 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 17.8.8.0/22 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the155.206.127.105 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider *> 101.41.12.0/30 0 0 8080 ilab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on *> 154.107.0.4/30 155.206.127.105 0 0 the 8080CCIE i lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying in real *> 154.107.0.8/30 155.206.127.105 0 the technologies 0 8080 i network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 155.206.127.106 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase *> 155.206.127.0/29 0 0 8080 I in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 8. The BGP peer configuration would not be complete if there weren't an I-BGP connection between the 24-hour border routers and their peering partners, the Almeida and Bauer routers:
- Configure I-BGP peer relationships between these routers, using the Loopback15 interfaces as the peering points.
- Use peer groups to simplify the configuration on the border routers and do not fully mesh the routers in this network. - Summarize all 155.206.127.0 networks at the AS 8080 border routers. Do not advertise any routes smaller than /24. - Verify that configuration by pinging the Internet networks from the Ferragamo router. • Table of Contents This step requires several steps to accomplish successful network ping test verification. • Index First, you must configure a peer group on the Drazen and Palmer routers. This peer group • should Examples contain all the characteristics that apply to the neighbors that will be added to the CCIE Practical Studies Volume IIthe Almeida and Bauer routers). Each of the border routers need to peer group (namely, serve as No. route reflectors forCCIE the No. downstream 24-hour routers and require the use of the ByKarl Solie CCIE 4599 , Leah Lynch 7220 update-source and next-hop-self to allow for full BGP routing capabilities. Example 9117 shows the I-BGP configuration for the Drazen router. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Example 9-117. I-BGP Configuration for the Drazen Router
Pages: 1032
Drazen#show run | include AS8080 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE neighbor AS8080 peer-group Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor AS8080 remote-as 8080 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying neighbor AS8080 what you know update-source Loopback15 neighbor AS8080 route-reflector-client Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor AS8080 next-hop-self Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE neighbor Practical 155.206.127.106 Studies, Volume II peer-group leads CCIEAS8080 candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion neighbor to 155.206.127.107 the best-selling first peer-group edition, this AS8080 book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined neighborwith 155.206.127.108 Volume I, the CCIE peer-group candidateAS8080 will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for further reading. exercises covering each of the core After thesuggested border routers have been configured, youLaboratory can then move on and configure I-BGP for technologies follow, providing guides applying the technologies in real network the Almeida and Bauer routers.detailed The Bauer andto Almeida routers configuration is straightforward settings. The final chapter ofcommands the book concludes hands-on labupdate-source exercises. These and should require only two per peer:with the five remote-as and comprehensive practice labs include of the technologies gradually increase difficulty commands. Example 9-118 shows theall BGP configuration andand BGP RIB for the Bauerinrouter. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-118. I-BGP Configuration and BGP RIB from the Bauer Router
Bauer#show run | begin bgp router bgp 8080
no synchronization bgp log-neighbor-changes network 155.206.127.68 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 155.206.127.105 remote-as 8080 •
Table of Contents
neighbor 155.206.127.105 update-source Loopback15 • Index •
Examples
neighbor 155.206.127.106 remote-as 8080 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 155.206.127.106 update-source Loopback15 Cisco Press noPublisher: auto-summary Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Bauer#ISBN: show1-58705-072-2 ip bgp | begin Network Pages: 1032
Network *>i17.8.4.0/22
Next Hop 155.206.127.105
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
100
0 60 i
* i 155.206.127.106 0 100 0 60 i Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. *>i17.8.8.0/22 155.206.127.105 0 100 0 60 i * i Experience putting 155.206.127.106 100 that guide 0 60 you i in applying concepts into practice with lab0 scenarios what you know * i101.41.12.0/30 155.206.127.105 0 100 0 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation *>i 155.206.127.105 0 100 0 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *>i154.103.64.0/21 155.206.127.105 0 100 0 104 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect * i lab exam by presenting 155.206.127.106 100laboratory 0 104 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I,155.206.127.105 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route 100 maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. *>i154.103.72.0/21 104 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the155.206.127.106 Routing and Switching, Security, and * i 100Service Provider 0 104 i lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies100 required on lab exam and *>i154.107.0.0/30 155.206.127.105 0 the 104 CCIE i includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying technologies in real * i 155.206.127.106 0 the 100 0 104 i network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 155.206.127.105 labs include all of the technologies and *>i154.107.0.4/30 0 100gradually 0 iincrease in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study techniques are included throughout the book. * i tips and test-taking 155.206.127.105 0 100 0 i * i154.107.0.8/30
155.206.127.105
0
100
0 i
*>i
155.206.127.105
0
100
0 i
*>i154.108.8.0/21
155.206.127.105
100
0 104 i
* i
155.206.127.106
100
0 104 i
0
*>i154.108.16.0/21
155.206.127.105
100
0 104 i
* i
155.206.127.106
100
0 104 i
* i155.206.127.0/24 155.206.127.106
100
0 i
*>i
100
0 i
155.206.127.106
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
0
The final task in the I-BGP configuration step requires the aggregation of the 155.206.127.0/24 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II network and should be performed on the border routers using the summary parameter to By Karl Soliethe CCIE No. 4599, Leahrouters. Lynch CCIE No. 7220 suppress summarized Notice that the Ferragamo router cannot reach any external service provider network until this step has been completed. This is because the upstream service providers do not have a route to the 155.206.127.64/30 and 155.206.127.68/30 Publisher: Cisco Press networks. should never send /30 routes to service providers; they will generally not accept Pub Date:(You November 07, 2003 any routes smaller than ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 /24.) After you have aggregated the networks, you see that the Ferragamo router can ping all the Internet service provider networks using its default route, Pages: 1032 using a configuration similar to that shown in Example 9-119.
Example 9-119. Palmer Router's Route Aggregation Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Palmer#show run | begin bgp Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying router bgp 8080 what you know no synchronization Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bgp Take router-id 154.206.127.106 CCIE Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the bgp Practical cluster-id 2614001514 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bgp log-neighbor-changes not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network 155.206.127.0 mask 255.255.255.248 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. aggregate-address 155.206.127.0 255.255.255.0 summary-only The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor AS104 peer-group technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. TheAS104 final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor remote-as 104 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor AS104 update-source Loopback15 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor AS104 filter-list 100 out neighbor AS60 peer-group neighbor AS60 remote-as 60 neighbor AS60 update-source Loopback15 neighbor AS60 filter-list 100 out
neighbor AS8080 peer-group neighbor AS8080 remote-as 8080 neighbor AS8080 update-source Loopback15 • • •
neighbor AS8080 route-reflector-client Table of Contents Index
neighbor AS8080 next-hop-self Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
neighbor 101.41.12.5 peer-group AS60
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor 154.107.0.1 peer-group AS104 Publisher: Cisco Press
neighbor 155.206.127.105 peer-group AS8080 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
neighbor 155.206.127.107 peer-group AS8080 Pages: 1032
neighbor 155.206.127.108 peer-group AS8080 no auto-summary Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. After the aggregate has been added to the border routers, the Internet service provider routers should all receive a route to the 155.206.127.0/24 network, and the Ferragamo router should Experience putting concepts practice with lab scenarios thatas guide youininExample applying9ping the service provider networksinto from all 155.206.127.0 networks, shown what you know 120. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 9-120. Farrell Postaggregation BGP lab RIB and the Ferragamo Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual exam environment Ping Test
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Farrell# show ip bgp I,|like begin Network Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of theNext Routing Security, and Service Provider Network Hopand Switching,Metric LocPrf Weight Path lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and *> 17.8.4.0/22 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network *> 17.8.8.0/22 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty *> 155.206.127.0/24 155.206.127.106 0 8080 i level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. * 155.206.127.105 0 8080 i Ferragamo#ping Protocol [ip]: Target IP address: 154.103.64.1 Repeat count [5]:
Datagram size [100]: Timeout in seconds [2]: Extended commands [n]: y Source address or interface: 155.206.127.66 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Type of service [0]:
Set DF bit in IP header? [no]: CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. data? 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Validate reply [no]:
Data pattern Publisher: Cisco [0xABCD]: Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Loose,ISBN: Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[none]: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Sweep range of sizes [n]: Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 154.103.64.1, timeout is 2 seconds: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 8/9/16 ms Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Step 9. To make the most efficient use of the connections between the border routers and the service providerpractice networks, configure thethe Service Provider-1 to prefer routes Take five full-blown labs that mimic actual lab exam router environment from the Drazen router, and configure the Service Provider-2 router to prefer routes from the Palmer router. Neither MED norcandidates AS_PATH attributes canprocess accomplish this task. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume IIthe leads CCIE through the of preparing for the Locally generated routesthem should always have highest preference: CCIE lab exam by presenting with a series of the challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. - The Drazen should prefer will routes the Myers router, with secondary Combined with Volume I, router the CCIE candidate get from comprehensive coverage of a the routing and preference for the Farrell router; the Palmer router should prefer routes from the switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Farrell, with the Gaines router as a secondary preference before the Myers router. Routes that were locally generated a certainrequired router should have the and The book begins with brief coverage of the corefrom technologies on thealways CCIE lab exam highest preference. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core There are several ways to set a preferred in BGP; of the easiest and most technologies follow, providing detailed guides toroute applying the one technologies in real network common ways to set a preferred route is to prepend AS path information to the lesssettings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These desirable route, or to set the MED attribute for the more desirable route. When the comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty peer readers receiveswith the routes withsimilar the new attributes, theface BGP on route level. external They present scenarios to what they will the selection actual lab exam. algorithm prefer the routes with the shorter AS path, or the lowest MED attribute. Another, Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. more customizable approach to this problem is to set and match a certain BGP COMMUNITY attribute and use a route map on the receiving side to set the WEIGHT attribute to a higher value, making the route more attractive. Example 9-121 shows how the Drazen router uses route map external-pref to set the BGP community value for locally generated routes specified by the match route-type local command to 104:8080, and the COMMUNITY attribute for all other outgoing routes is set to 104:111. The ip bgpcommunity new-format command allows for the use of the more readable aa:nn community format.
Example 9-121. Changing the COMMUNITY Attribute on the Drazen Router
Drazen#show run | include AS104|new-format • • •
Table of Contents
neighbor AS104 peer-group Index
Examples neighbor AS104 remote-as 104
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byneighbor Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 AS104 update-source Loopback15
neighbor send-community Publisher:AS104 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor AS104 route-map external-pref out ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
neighbor AS104 filter-list 100 out neighbor 154.107.0.5 peer-group AS104 neighbor 154.107.0.9 peer-group AS104 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies titlenew-format from Cisco Press. ip bgp-community Drazen#show run | begin route-map external-pref permit 10 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know route-map external-pref permit 10 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation match route-type local Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment set community 104:8080 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics route-map 20Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered external-pref in Volume I, like permit the Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and set community switching portions104:111 of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core After the external peers in AS 104 receive the to routes with the new community attributes, technologies follow, providing detailed guides applying technologies in real networkthey can, in turn, same of type route map to set thefive WEIGHT attribute. ExampleThese 9-122 shows settings. The use finalthe chapter theofbook concludes with hands-on lab exercises. how the Gaines practice router uses community liststechnologies 10, 11, and and 80 togradually match the incoming community comprehensive labsIP include all of the increase in difficulty values and to set the weightwith based on these values. level. They present readers scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-122. Using the COMMUNITY Attribute to Change the Weight on the Gaines Router
Gaines#show run | begin AS8080 neighbor AS8080 peer-group
neighbor AS8080 remote-as 8080 neighbor AS8080 ebgp-multihop 2 neighbor AS8080 route-map preference in • • •
neighbor 155.206.127.105 peer-group AS8080 Table of Contents Index
neighbor 155.206.127.106 peer-group AS8080 Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
neighbor 172.20.20.1 remote-as 104
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
no auto-summary Publisher: Cisco Press
!
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
ip bgp-community new-format Pages: 1032
ip community-list 10 permit 104:8080 ip community-list 11 permit 104:111 Gain hands-on experience for the internet CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ip community-list 80 permit Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying route-map preference permit 10 what you know match community 10 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation set weight 10000 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect route-map preference permit companion to the best-selling first20 edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. match community 11 I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Combined with Volume switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. set weight 2000 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ! includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network route-map 30 concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These settings. Thepreference final chapterpermit of the book comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty match community level. They present 80 readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
In the preceding example, route map preference 10 matches the community string 104:8080, from community list 10, and increase the WEIGHT attribute of matching routes from the default of 0 to a new value of 10,000. Route map preference 20 matches the 104:111 COMMUNITY attribute using community list 11, and route map preference 30 matches the default Internet community and does not alter any attribute. If the route map preference 30 had not been present, the route map would have acted like an access list and denied all other routes. Example 9-123 shows the resulting BGP RIB from the Gaines router.
Example 9-123. Gaines Router BGP RIB After the New Weight Adjustment
• Contents Gaines# showTable ip of bgp | begin Network •
Index
•
Network Examples
Next Hop
Metric LocPrf Weight Path
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
*>i154.103.64.0/21 172.20.20.1 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
0
100
0 i
*>i154.103.72.0/21
0
100
0 i
Publisher: Cisco Press
172.20.20.1
Date: November 07, 2003 *> Pub 154.108.8.0/21 0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
0
32768 i
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 *> 154.108.16.0/21
*
0.0.0.0
155.206.124.0/22 155.206.127.106
* i
155.206.127.105
0 8080 i 100
0 8080 i
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE *> 155.206.127.105 2000 8080 i Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. * i172.20.20.0/24 172.20.20.1 0 100 0 i Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying *> what you know 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The second part of the step required the configuration of internal preference on routes coming into the 24-hour network. At first glance, you might want to use the LOCAL_PREF attribute to CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the change the preference for the routes; if you read the question closely, however, you notice that CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect the LOCAL_PREF attribute does not work in this case because the LOCAL_PREF attribute is companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics passed to all neighbors inside of AS 8080, which will not produce the required results. The other not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. way to accomplish this task is to use set and match with the COMMUNITY attribute and use that Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and attribute to change the WEIGHT for the route like you did in the first part of this step. This time, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. the task is a little trickier to accomplish because there are three orders of precedence. Example 9-124 shows how this was accomplished on the Drazen router. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example Altering Route Precedence on the lab Drazen Router settings. The9-124. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Drazen#show run | include AS104|AS60 neighbor AS104 peer-group neighbor AS104 remote-as 104 neighbor AS104 update-source Loopback15 neighbor AS104 send-community
neighbor AS104 route-map internal-pref in neighbor AS104 route-map external-pref out neighbor AS104 filter-list 100 out neighbor AS60 peer-group •
Table of Contents
• neighbor AS60 Index remote-as 60 • Examples CCIE neighbor Practical AS60 Studiesupdate-source Volume II
Loopback15
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
neighbor AS60 send-community Publisher: Cisco Press
neighbor AS60 route-map internal-pref in Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 neighbor AS60 route-map external-pref2 out Pages: 1032
neighbor AS60 filter-list 100 out neighbor 101.41.12.1 peer-group AS60 neighbor 154.107.0.5 AS104 Gain hands-on experience peer-group for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor 154.107.0.9 peer-group AS104 Drazen# show run | include community-list Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip community-list 4 permit 104:104 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip community-list 10 permit internet Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip community-list 14 permit 104:222 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip community-list 44 permit 104:333 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Volume I, like route-map the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps,10 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Drazen# showin run | begin internal-pref permit Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and10 Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. route-mapportions internal-pref permit The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and match community 4 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network set weight 10000 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. route-map internal-pref permit 20 match community 14 set weight 2000 ! route-map internal-pref permit 30
match community 44 set weight 1000 ! route-map internal-pref permit 40 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
match community 10
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By CCIE No.example, 4599, Leahthe Lynch CCIE No. 7220 InKarl theSolie preceding internal-pref route
map specifies the weight that is to be assigned to routes with each COMMUNITY attribute. Route map internal-pref 10 uses community list 4 to set Publisher: the weight all locally originated routes (routes containing the 104:104 community Ciscofor Press attribute that was set the Myers and Gaines routers) to 10,000. The next iteration of this Pub Date: November 07,on 2003 route map matches traffic originating from the Myers router (this value was set on the Myers ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 router as 104:22), the next iteration specifies routes from the Gaines router (this value was set Pages: 1032 on the Gaines routers as 104:333), and the last statement permits any other routes leaving their COMMUNITY attribute untouched. Example 9-125 shows the resulting BGP RIB.
Example 9-125. Specifying Preference in the Drazen BGP RIB Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Drazen# show ipputting bgp | concepts begin Network Experience into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation * i17.8.4.0/22 155.206.127.106 0 100 0 60 i Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment *> 101.41.12.1 0 0 60 i CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect * i17.8.8.0/22 155.206.127.106 0 100laboratory 0 60 i companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, 0route maps, BGP,0 Multicast, and QoS. *> covered in Volume I,101.41.12.1 60 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the155.206.127.106 Routing and Switching, Security, and * i154.103.64.0/21 100Service Provider 0 104 i lab exams. The coverage of the core technologies required on the lab exam and *> book begins with brief 154.107.0.9 0 10000 104 CCIE i includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real * 154.107.0.5 1000 104 i network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice 155.206.127.106 labs include all of the technologies and increase in difficulty * i154.103.72.0/21 100gradually 0 104 i level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the 10000 book. 104 i *> 154.107.0.9 0 *
154.107.0.5
* i154.108.8.0/21
155.206.127.106
*
154.107.0.9
*>
154.107.0.5
1000 104 i 0
100
0 104 i 2000 104 i
0
10000 104 i
* i154.108.16.0/21
155.206.127.106
*
154.107.0.9
*>
154.107.0.5
s> 155.206.124.0/24 0.0.0.0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
0
0 104 i 2000 104 i
0
10000 104 i
0
32768 i
* i155.206.124.0/22 155.206.127.106 *>
100
100
0.0.0.0
0 i 32768 i
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 s>Karl 155.206.125.0/24 0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
s> Publisher: 155.206.126.0/24 0.0.0.0 Cisco Press
0
32768 i
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
r>i155.206.127.64/30 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Network
Next Hop 155.206.127.107
Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0
100
0 i
# Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Step 10. As a security precaution, disable any CDP, HTTP web access, and any Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying unnecessary features on the 24-hour border routers: what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - Also create an antispoof access list that prevents any RFC 1918 private IP addresses and internal addresses. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - Make sure that OSPF routes are not allowed out of the 24-hour network. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect - Leave HTTP web service enabled on the Internet-facing routers; they will be used companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics to simulate Internet web servers. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate willthe getIP comprehensive of theinterface. routing and - Configure the HTTP services to use address of thecoverage Loopback100 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Example 9-126 shows some of the commands that might have been issued, depending on the Cisco IOS Software version. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Example Services Cisco lab Router settings. The final 9-126. chapter ofDisabling the book concludes with on five a hands-on exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no service pad no service dhcp no ip identd no service finger no ip source-route
no ip bootp no service tcp-small-servers no service tcp-small-servers ! •
Table of Contents
interface Ethernet0/0 • Index •
Examples
no Practical mop enabled CCIE Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
no cdp enable
Cisco Press 101 in ipPublisher: access-group Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router ospf 1 passive-interface Serial0/1 passive-interface Serial0/1.101 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. passive-interface Serial0/1.201 passive-interface Serial0/1.401 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip http server Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list 101 deny ip 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 any CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam101 by presenting with a series of challenging access-list deny ipthem 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255 anylaboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in 101 Volume I, like Cisco Catalyst 3550, routeany maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. access-list deny ipthe 172.0.0.0 0.31.255.255 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Switching,0.0.0.255 Security, and access-list 101 of deny ip 154.206.127.0 anyService Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage access-list 101 permit any any of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty no cdp run level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Step 11. To hide the RFC 1918 private networks from the Internet, configure the 24-hour border routers to NAT all internal networks to the public Internet-routable IP addresses shown earlier in Table 9-15:
- Make sure all IP address blocks are aggregated to the fullest extent; all specific routes should be suppressed, and only the aggregate should be advertised to external neighbors.
- To verify customer Internet connectivity, use a web browser to enter the HTTP web configuration site on each of the service provider networks. This step requires a few NAT and BGP configuration steps to work properly. First, you must configure NAT so that any internally routed networks are statically translated to an external IP address; if this step is not configured correctly, packets will not be forwarded and returned properly. To configure NAT for this situation, you need to configure a static network translation, as shown in Example 9-127. •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples Example 9-127. NAT Configuration for the Drazen Router
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Drazen# Publisher: show Cisco run Press| include nat inside source Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip natISBN: inside source static network 10.1.1.0 155.206.124.0 /24 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip nat inside source static network 10.2.2.0 155.206.125.0 /24 ip nat inside source static network 10.3.3.0 155.206.126.0 /24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco Press. You can check fortitle a successful NAT translation using the show ip nat translations command. When the PC issues a ping packet that is destined for any Internet IP address, you should see a successful translation on one of the border routers. Example 9-128 shows the NAT translations Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying for the Drazen router. what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Example 9-128. Drazen Router's NAT Table Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labshow examip by nat presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Drazen# translations companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route local maps, BGP, Multicast, QoS. Pro covered Inside inglobal Inside local Outside Outside and global Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. --- 155.206.124.2 10.1.1.2 ----The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Subnet translation: includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Inside global Inside local Outside local Outside global /prefix settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 155.206.124.0 10.1.1.0 ----/24 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 155.206.125.0 10.2.2.0 ----/24 155.206.126.0
10.3.3.0
---
---
/24
For the upstream Internet service provider networks to reach the newly translated IP addresses, they must be advertised on the border routers by BGP. After you add the 155.206.124.0/24, 155.206.125.0/24, and 155.206.126.0/24 networks to the BGP process, these networks can be
aggregated into one larger network—155.206.124.0/22. Example 9-129 shows the new BGP configuration changes on the Drazen router.
Example 9-129. Drazen Router NAT/BGP Configuration Changes •
Table of Contents
• network 155.206.124.0 Index mask 255.255.255.0 •
Examples
network 155.206.125.0 mask 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 155.206.126.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Publisher: Cisco Press aggregate-address 155.206.124.0 255.255.252.0 summary-only Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
After BGP has been properly configured, the last remaining step is to add local routes to the border routers so that they advertise the new BGP networks. This can be accomplished by adding three static routes to the Null0 interface, each with a high administrative distance. Example 9-130 shows the resulting BGP RIB on the Gaines router. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 9-130. Final Gaines BGP RIB Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Gaines#show ip bgp | begin Network Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Network Hop labs that mimic Metric LocPrf Weight Path Take five full-blownNext practice the actual lab exam environment *>i154.103.64.0/21 172.20.20.1 0 through 100 the process 0 i of preparing for the CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect *>i154.103.72.0/21 172.20.20.1 0 100 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage0ofiCCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. *> 154.108.8.0/21 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. *> 154.108.16.0/21 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and * i155.206.124.0/22 155.206.127.105 100 8080 i each of the core includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises0covering technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network *> 155.206.127.105 10000 8080 i These settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty * 155.206.127.106 2000on 8080 i level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. * i172.20.20.0/24 172.20.20.1 0 100 0 i *>
0.0.0.0
0
32768 i
This step in this lab calls for a test on the PC located in the 10.1.1.0/24 network. To test the routing and NAT configuration, use a web browser to open the default administrative website on
each of the Internet service provider networks. You have completed this lab after each browser session is successfully opened. Figure 9-21 shows a successful web session from the PC to the Farrell router.
Figure 9-21. Successful Web Browsing Using NAT •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and At this point, each of of the the Routing routers should reach all Security, other networks, except for the lab service switching portions and Switching, and Service Provider exams. providers, who are not allowed to use the 24-hour network for transit service. The border routers should perform path selection, route aggregation, simpleon security services, andand The book beginsBGP withInternet brief coverage of the core technologies required the CCIE lab exam NAT services for internal RFC 1918 networks. The Almeida and Bauer routers should load share includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core and forward Internet traffic toward the border routers, and the Ferragamo router should provide technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network DHCP service for the PC in of the 10.1.1.0/24 network. 9-131 lab shows the complete settings. The final chapter the book concludes withExample five hands-on exercises. These configurations for each router in this lab. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example 9-131. Complete Router Configurations
hostname Frame-Relay-Switch ! frame-relay switching
! interface Serial0 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay •
Table of Contents
• frame-relay Index lmi-type ansi • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II dce frame-relay intf-type ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
frame-relay route 101 interface Serial1 100 Publisher: Cisco Press
frame-relay route 201 interface Serial2 200 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 frame-relay route 401 interface Serial4 400 Pages: 1032
! interface Serial1 no ip address Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. encapsulation frame-relay IETF Experiencelmi-type putting concepts frame-relay ansi into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know frame-relay intf-type dce Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation frame-relay route 100 interface Serial0 101 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect interface Serial2 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. no ip address Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. encapsulation frame-relay IETF The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and frame-relay lmi-type ansi includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network frame-relay intf-type dce settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty frame-relay route 200 interface Serial0 201 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. frame-relay route 300 interface Serial3 301 ! interface Serial3 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay IETF
frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 301 interface Serial2 300 frame-relay route 501 interface Serial4 500 •
Table of Contents
! •
Index
•
Examples
interface Serial4
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byno Karlip Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 address
encapsulation Publisher: Cisco Press frame-relay IETF Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay lmi-type ansi ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 400 interface Serial0 401 frame-relay route 500 interface Serial3 501 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ________________________________________________________________ Myers#show run | begin hostname Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know hostname Myers !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Loopback100 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address 255.255.248.0 CCIE lab exam154.103.64.1 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Loopback200 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The ip book address begins 154.103.72.1 with brief coverage 255.255.248.0 of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive interface FastEthernet0 practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study ip address tips and172.20.20.1 test-taking techniques 255.255.255.0 are included throughout the book. ! interface Serial0 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay
clockrate 1300000 frame-relay lmi-type ansi ! interface Serial0.100 multipoint • • •
Table of Contents
ip address 154.107.0.9 255.255.255.252 Index
Examples
frame-relay map ip 154.107.0.10 100 broadcast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
router bgpCisco 104Press Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no synchronization ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
bgp log-neighbor-changes network 154.103.64.0 mask 255.255.248.0 network 154.103.72.0 mask 255.255.248.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco255.255.255.0 Press. networkStudies 172.20.20.0 mask route-map hide-network neighbor AS8080 peer-group Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know remote-as 8080 neighbor AS8080 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor AS8080 ebgp-multihop 2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor AS8080 send-community CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor AS8080 route-map preference in of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor route-map out route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered AS8080 in Volume I, like theexternal-pref Cisco Catalyst 3550, Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 155.206.127.105 peer-group AS8080 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 172.20.20.2 The book begins with briefremote-as coverage of104 the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no auto-summary technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip route 155.206.127.105 255.255.255.255 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included154.107.0.10 throughout the book. ip http server ip bgp-community new-format ip community-list 11 permit 104:111 ip community-list 80 permit internet
! route-map preference permit 10 match community 11 set weight 2000 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
route-map preference permit 20 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bymatch Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 community 80,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
route-map external-pref permit 10 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
match route-type local set community 104:104 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. route-map external-pref permit 20 set community 104:222 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-map hide-network permit 10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment set community local-as CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ________________________________________________________________ CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Gaines# showin run | begin not covered Volume I, like host the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and hostname Gaines of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface Loopback100 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip address 255.255.248.0 Study tips and154.108.8.1 test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Loopback200 ip address 154.108.16.1 255.255.248.0 !
interface FastEthernet0 ip address 172.20.20.2 255.255.255.0 ! interface Serial1 • • •
Table of Contents
no ip address
Index Examples
encapsulation frame-relay
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byclockrate Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 1300000
frame-relay ansi Publisher: Cisco lmi-type Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial1.200 multipoint ip address 154.107.0.5 255.255.255.252 frame-relay map ip 154.107.0.6 200 broadcast Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Serial1.300 multipoint Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 154.107.0.1 know ip address 255.255.255.252 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation frame-relay map ip 154.107.0.2 300 broadcast !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the router 104 CCIE labbgp exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered synchronization not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and bgp log-neighbor-changes switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network mask 255.255.248.0 The book 154.108.8.0 begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 154.108.16.0 maskdetailed 255.255.248.0 technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 172.20.20.0 mask 255.255.255.0 route-map and hide-network comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor AS8080 peer-group Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor AS8080 remote-as 8080 neighbor AS8080 ebgp-multihop 2 neighbor AS8080 send-community neighbor AS8080 route-map preference in
neighbor AS8080 route-map external-pref out neighbor 155.206.127.105 peer-group AS8080 neighbor 155.206.127.106 peer-group AS8080 neighbor 172.20.20.1 remote-as 104 • • •
!
Table of Contents
no auto-summary Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ipKarl route 155.206.127.105 255.255.255.255
154.107.0.6
ip Publisher: route 155.206.127.106 255.255.255.255 154.107.0.2 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip http server ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip bgp-community new-format ip community-list 10 permit 104:8080 ip community-list 11 permit 104:111 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip community-list 80 permit internet !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know route-map preference permit 10 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation match community 10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment set weight 10000 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics route-map 20 not covered preference in Volume I, permit like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and match community switching portions of11 the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. setbook weight 2000 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These route-map preference permit 30 all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive practice labs include level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. matchtips community 80 Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! route-map external-pref permit 10 match route-type local set community 104:104
! route-map external-pref permit 20 set community 104:333 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
route-map hide-network permit 10 •
Examples
set community local-as
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ________________________________________________________________
Farrell# show Publisher: Cisco run Press | begin host Pub Date: November 07, 2003
hostname Farrell ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Loopback100 ip address 17.8.4.1 255.255.252.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Loopback200 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 17.8.8.1 know ip address 255.255.252.0 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labaddress exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics encapsulation frame-relay not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and clockrate 1300000 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay The book beginslmi-type with brief ansi coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface Serial0.400 multipoint comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip address 255.255.255.252 Study tips and101.41.12.1 test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. frame-relay map ip 101.41.12.2 400 broadcast ! interface Serial0.500 multipoint ip address 101.41.12.5 255.255.255.252
frame-relay map ip 101.41.12.6 500 broadcast ! router bgp 60 no synchronization • • •
Table of Contents
bgp log-neighbor-changes Index
Examples
network 17.8.4.0 mask 255.255.252.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599mask , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 17.8.8.0 255.255.252.0
neighbor Publisher:AS8080 Cisco Presspeer-group Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor AS8080 remote-as 8080 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor AS8080 ebgp-multihop 2 neighbor AS8080 send-community neighbor AS8080 route-map preference in Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies titleroute-map from Cisco external-pref Press. neighbor AS8080 out neighbor 155.206.127.105 peer-group AS8080 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor 155.206.127.106 peer-group AS8080 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no auto-summary !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip route 155.206.127.105 255.255.255.255 101.41.12.2 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip 255.255.255.255 101.41.12.6 not route covered155.206.127.106 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip http server switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip Thebgp-community book begins withnew-format brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip community-list 11 permit 60:111 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip community-list 60 labs permit internet comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. route-map preference permit 10 match community 11 set weight 2000 !
route-map preference permit 20 match community 60 ! route-map external-pref permit 10 • • •
Table of Contents
match route-type local Index
Examples
set community 60:60
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
route-map external-pref permit 20 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
set community 60:222 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
________________________________________________________________ Drazen#show run | begin host hostname Drazen Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! no ip source-route Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip bootp server !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Loopback15 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 155.206.127.105 255.255.255.255 not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Ethernet0/0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip addressfollow, 155.206.127.1 255.255.255.248 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip nat inside comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Serial0/1 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay clockrate 1300000
frame-relay lmi-type ansi ! interface Serial0/1.101 multipoint ip address 154.107.0.10 255.255.255.252 • • •
Table of Contents
ip access-group 101 in Index
Examples
ip nat outside
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Lynch CCIE No. 7220 map ip,Leah 154.107.0.9 101 broadcast
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Serial0/1.201 multipoint ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip address 154.107.0.6 255.255.255.252 ip access-group 101 in ip nat outside Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiesmap titleip from Cisco Press.201 broadcast frame-relay 154.107.0.5 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Serial0/1.401 multipoint Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 101.41.12.2 255.255.255.252 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip access-group 101 in CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip nat outside CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay map ip I,101.41.12.1 broadcast not covered in Volume like the Cisco401 Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. router 1 with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The bookospf begins includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router-id follow, 155.206.127.105 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These log-adjacency-changes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. passive-interface Serial0/1 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. passive-interface Serial0/1.101 passive-interface Serial0/1.201 passive-interface Serial0/1.401 network 155.206.127.0 0.0.0.7 area 0
network 155.206.127.105 0.0.0.0 area 0 distribute-list 1 in ! router bgp 8080 • • •
Table of Contents
no synchronization Index
Examples
bgp log-neighbor-changes
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch No. 7220 154.206.127.0 mask CCIE 255.255.255.248
network mask 255.255.255.0 Publisher:155.206.124.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 155.206.125.0 mask 255.255.255.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 155.206.126.0 mask 255.255.255.0 aggregate-address 155.206.124.0 255.255.252.0 summary-only neighbor AS104 peer-group Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco104 Press. neighbor AS104title remote-as neighbor AS104 update-source Loopback15 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know neighbor AS104 send-community Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor AS104 route-map internal-pref in Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor AS104 route-map external-pref out CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor AS104 filter-list 100 out CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor peer-group not covered AS60 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions AS60 remote-as 60 and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching of the Routing neighbor AS60 with update-source Loopback15 The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor AS60 send-community technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor AS60 route-map internal-pref in comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor AS60 route-map external-pref2 outthroughout the book. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included neighbor AS60 filter-list 100 out neighbor AS8080 peer-group neighbor AS8080 remote-as 8080 neighbor AS8080 update-source Loopback15
neighbor AS8080 route-reflector-client neighbor AS8080 next-hop-self neighbor 101.41.12.1 peer-group AS60 neighbor 154.107.0.5 peer-group AS104 • • •
Table of Contents
neighbor 154.107.0.9 peer-group AS104 Index
Examples
neighbor 155.206.127.106 peer-group AS8080
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byneighbor Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220AS8080 155.206.127.107 peer-group
neighbor 155.206.127.108 peer-group AS8080 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no auto-summary ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
ip nat inside source static network 10.1.1.0 155.206.124.0 /24 ip nat inside source static network 10.2.2.0 155.206.125.0 /24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies source title from Cisco Press. ip nat inside static network 10.3.3.0 155.206.126.0 /24 ip route 155.206.124.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 254 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip route 155.206.125.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 254 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip route 155.206.126.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 254 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip http server CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip bgp-community new-format CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip not community-list covered in Volume4 I,permit like the104:104 Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip community-list 10 Routing permit and internet switching portions of the Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip permit 104:222 Thecommunity-list book begins with 14 brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip community-list 44 permit 104:333 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip as-path access-list permit comprehensive practice labs100 include all of^$ the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. access-list 1 deny
0.0.0.0
access-list 1 permit any access-list 101 deny
ip 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 any
access-list 101 deny
ip 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255 any
access-list 101 deny
ip 172.0.0.0 0.31.255.255 any
access-list 101 deny
ip 154.206.127.0 0.0.0.255 any
access-list 101 permit ip any any no cdp run •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
route-map external-pref2 permit 10 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 match route-type local
set community 60:8080 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
route-map external-pref2 permit 20 set community 60:111 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. route-map internal-pref permit 10 match community 4 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you 10000 know set what weight !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment route-map internal-pref permit 20 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the match 14 CCIE labcommunity exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics setcovered weightin 2000 not Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. route-map internal-pref permit of 30the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core match community 44 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These set weight 1000 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. route-map internal-pref permit 40 match community 10 ! route-map external-pref permit 10
match route-type local set community 104:8080 ! route-map external-pref permit 20 • • •
Table of Contents
set community 104:111 Index
Examples
________________________________________________________________ CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE run No. 4599 , Leah Lynch Palmer# show | begin hostCCIE No. 7220
hostname Publisher:Palmer Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip source-route ! interface Loopback15 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 155.206.127.106 255.255.255.255 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Ethernet0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 155.206.127.2 255.255.255.248 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip nat inside CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered Serial0 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no ip address switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. encapsulation frame-relay The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core clockrate follow, 1300000 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay lmi-type ansi comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Serial0.301 multipoint ip address 154.107.0.2 255.255.255.252 ip access-group 101 in ip nat outside
frame-relay map ip 154.107.0.1 301 broadcast ! interface Serial0.501 multipoint ip address 101.41.12.6 255.255.255.252 • • •
Table of Contents
ip access-group 101 in Index
Examples
ip nat outside
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Lynch CCIE No. 7220 map ip,Leah 101.41.12.5 501 broadcast
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: ospf 1 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router-id 155.206.127.106 log-adjacency-changes passive-interface Serial0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. passive-interface Serial0.301 passive-interface Serial0.501 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 155.206.127.0 0.0.0.7 area 0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 155.206.127.106 0.0.0.0 area 0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment distribute-list 1 in CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics router bgp in8080 not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no synchronization switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. bgpbook router-id 154.206.127.106 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core bgp log-neighbor-changes technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 155.206.124.0 mask 255.255.255.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 155.206.125.0 mask 255.255.255.0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 155.206.126.0 mask 255.255.255.0 network 155.206.127.0 mask 255.255.255.248 aggregate-address 155.206.124.0 255.255.252.0 summary-only neighbor AS104 peer-group
neighbor AS104 remote-as 104 neighbor AS104 update-source Loopback15 neighbor AS104 send-community neighbor AS104 route-map internal-pref in • • •
Table of Contents
neighbor AS104 route-map external-pref out Index
Examples
neighbor AS104 filter-list 100 out
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byneighbor Karl Solie CCIE No. peer-group 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 AS60
neighbor AS60Press remote-as 60 Publisher: Cisco Pub Date: November 07, 2003
neighbor AS60 update-source Loopback15 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor AS60 send-community neighbor AS60 route-map internal-pref in neighbor AS60 route-map external-pref2 out Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Cisco 100 Press. neighbor AS60 title filter-list out neighbor AS8080 peer-group Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know remote-as 8080 neighbor AS8080 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation neighbor AS8080 update-source Loopback15 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor AS8080 route-reflector-client CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the neighbor AS8080 next-hop-self CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics neighbor peer-group AS60 not covered 101.41.12.5 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 154.107.0.1 peer-group AS104 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. neighbor 155.206.127.105 peer-group AS8080 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 155.206.127.107 peer-group AS8080 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 155.206.127.108 peer-group comprehensive practice labs include all of theAS8080 technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no auto-summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! ip nat inside source static network 10.1.1.0 155.206.124.0 /24 ip nat inside source static network 10.2.2.0 155.206.125.0 /24 ip nat inside source static network 10.3.3.0 155.206.126.0 /24
ip route 155.206.124.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 254 ip route 155.206.125.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 254 ip route 155.206.126.0 255.255.255.0 Null0 254 no ip http server •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip bgp-community new-format ip community-list 10 permit internet CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 459911 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ipKarl community-list permit 60:60
ip Publisher: community-list Cisco Press 11 permit 104:104 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip community-list 14 permit 104:333 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip community-list 60 permit 60:222 ip as-path access-list 100 permit ^$ ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. access-list 1 deny 0.0.0.0 access-list 1 permit any Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 101 know access-list deny ip 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 any Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.0.0 0.0.255.255 any Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment access-list 101 deny ip 172.0.0.0 0.31.255.255 any CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the access-list deny ipthem 154.206.127.0 anylaboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam101 by presenting with a series0.0.0.255 of challenging companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics access-list permit ipthe any anyCatalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in 101 Volume I, like Cisco Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no cdp run switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core route-map technologiesexternal-pref2 follow, providing permit detailed 10 guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These match route-type local comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. set community 60:8080 techniques are included throughout the book. Study tips and test-taking ! route-map external-pref2 permit 20 set community 60:111 !
route-map internal-pref permit 10 match community 11 set weight 10000 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
route-map internal-pref permit 20 •
Examples
match community 60
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byset Karl Solie CCIE 2000 No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 weight
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
route-map internal-pref permit 30 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
match community 14 set weight 1000 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. route-map internal-pref permit 40 match community 10 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation route-map external-pref permit 10 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment match route-type local CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the set lab community CCIE exam by 104:8080 presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and route-map external-pref permit switching portions of the Routing and20 Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ________________________________________________________________ The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Almeida# show run providing | begin host technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These hostname Almeida comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip cef ! interface Loopback15 ip address 155.206.127.107 255.255.255.255
! interface Ethernet0 ip address 155.206.127.3 255.255.255.248 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Serial0 •
Examples
ip address 155.206.127.65 255.255.255.252
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 clockrate 1300000
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: ospf 1 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
router-id 155.206.127.107 log-adjacency-changes network 155.206.127.0 0.0.0.7 area 0 network 155.206.127.64 0.0.0.3 area 1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from Cisco Press. area 0 networkStudies 155.206.127.107 0.0.0.0 default-information originate always metric-type 1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation router bgp 8080 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no synchronization CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the bgp lab log-neighbor-changes CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network 255.255.255.252 not covered155.206.127.64 in Volume I, like mask the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and neighborportions 155.206.127.105 remote-as 8080 Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching of the Routing and Switching, neighbor 155.206.127.105 update-source Loopback15 required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor 155.206.127.106 remote-as 8080 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor 155.206.127.106 update-source Loopback15 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no auto-summary Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 155.206.127.5 ________________________________________________________________ Bauer#show run | begin host
hostname Bauer ! ip cef ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Loopback15 •
Examples
ip address 155.206.127.108 255.255.255.255
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Ethernet0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip address 155.206.127.4 255.255.255.248 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Serial0 ip address 155.206.127.69 255.255.255.252 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. clockrate 1300000 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 1know router ospf Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation router-id 155.206.127.108 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment log-adjacency-changes network 155.206.127.0 0.0.0.7 area 0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 155.206.127.68 area 1 CCIE lab exam by presenting0.0.0.3 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network 0.0.0.0 area 0 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered155.206.127.108 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and default-information metric-type 1 Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the originate Routing andalways Switching, Security, and ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router bgp follow, 8080 providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no synchronization comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. bgp log-neighbor-changes Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 155.206.127.68 mask 255.255.255.0 neighbor 155.206.127.105 remote-as 8080 neighbor 155.206.127.105 update-source Loopback15 neighbor 155.206.127.106 remote-as 8080
neighbor 155.206.127.106 update-source Loopback15 no auto-summary ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 155.206.127.5 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
________________________________________________________________ Ferragamo#show run | begin host CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 hostname Ferragamo
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip dhcp excluded-address 10.1.1.1 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
ip dhcp pool workstations network 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title 10.1.1.1 from Cisco Press. default-router
!
domain-name fiction.org Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Loopback100 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 10.2.2.1 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered Loopback200 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 10.3.3.1 255.255.255.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesEthernet0 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Serial0 ip address 155.206.127.66 255.255.255.252 ! interface Serial1
ip address 155.206.127.70 255.255.255.252 ! router ospf 1 log-adjacency-changes network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 1 • • •
Table of Contents
network 10.2.2.0 0.0.0.255 area 1 Index
Examples
network 10.3.3.0 0.0.0.255 area 1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Bynetwork Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 72201 155.206.127.64 0.0.0.3 area
network 0.0.0.3 area 1 Publisher:155.206.127.68 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Further Reading RFC 2385, Protection of BGP Sessions via the TCP MD5 Signature Option, by A. Heffernan •
Table of Contents
Cisco IOS Dial Solutions, by Cisco Systems, Inc. • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
www.apnic.net—Asia Pacific Network Information Centre ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
www.arin.net—The American Registry for Internet Numbers Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 www.ripe.net—RIPE Network Coordination Centre Pages: 1032
www.isoc.org—The Internet Society www.nanog.org—The North American Network Operators' Group Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Part VI: CCIE Practice Labs Chapter 10 CCIE Preparation and Self Assessment •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Chapter 10. CCIE Preparation and Practice Labs •
Table of Contents CCIE Preparation
•
Index
•
CCIE Practice Labs Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
CCIE Practice Lab: Broken Arrow
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
CCIE Practice Lab: !!! Boom . . . Publisher: Cisco Press
CCIE The Pub Date:Practice November Lab: 07, 2003
Intimidator
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
CCIE Practice Lab: Enchilada II Pages: 1032
CCIE Practice Lab: Kobayashi Maru
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
CCIE Preparation To achieve success, whatever the job we have, we must pay a price. Success is like anything worthwhile. It has a price. You have to pay the price to win and you have to pay the price to get to the point where success is possible. Most important, you must pay the • Contents price toTable stayof there…sacrifice, perseverance, competitive drive, selflessness, and respect for • Index authority is the price that each and every one of us must pay to achieve any goal that is • Examples worthwhile. Once you agree upon the price you and your family must pay for success, it CCIE Practical Studies enables you toVolume ignoreIIthe minor hurts, the opponent's pressure, and the temporary failures. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
—Vince Lombardi
Publisher: Cisco Entering into thePress ranks of the CCIEs means you are becoming a member of the most elite and Pub Date: November 07, 2003 skilled groups of networking engineers in the world. And the price for membership is steep. You 1-58705-072-2 will beISBN: required to commit yourself, and be tested to a level few people will ever know. The pressure during Pages: 1032 the months and days leading up to the test can be immense, and you will be required to perform near flawlessly under its weight.
Fortunately, you are not alone in this quest. As we head full speed into the information age, despite the dot.com bust, the need for highly skilled network engineers will always be there. As more and more engineers prepare for this test and others, more tools are becoming available. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Study groups, such as routerie.com and groupstudy.com, are great places to get help from other Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. people studying for the tests (from the only ones "who can feel your pain"). New books on routing protocols, switching, security, and many other topics are becoming available every year. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying As you can see, becoming a CCIE will require a serious commitment on your part in terms of what you know time, finances, and personal sacrifice. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation The equipment needed to model CCIE labs can be very expensive. Companies such as Ascolta Training, Computer, Network and others offer switches, and CCIE TakeSkyline five full-blown practice labsLearning, that mimic the actual lab labs, examISDN environment prep material at a reasonable rate. This can help limit the number of routers and switches you will in your own lab. For details onCCIE setting up your CCIE lab,the refer to CCIE Practical Studies, CCIEneed Practical Studies, Volume II leads candidates through process of preparing for the Volume (CCIEby PSV1), Chapter 1, "Modeling the Internetwork." CCIE labI exam presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics This text willinserve as only one of Cisco manyCatalyst that you3550, will have tomaps, read during your studies. not covered Volume I, like the route BGP, Multicast, and The QoS. following books are a brief list of the ones that will be of great value during your studies: Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Stevens:TCP/IP Illustrated , Volume I The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Comer:Internetworking with TCP/IP includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Pearlman:Interconnections: Routers and Bridges, Second Edition settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labsVolume include Iall of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Doyle: Routing TCP/IP, level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. StudyDoyle/Carroll: tips and test-taking are included throughout the book. Routingtechniques TCP/IP, Volume II Solie:CCIE Practical Studies, Volume I Solie/Lynch:CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II Halabi:Internetwork Routing Architectures, Second Edition Clark/Hamilton: Cisco LAN Switching
Caslow:Bridges, Routers, and Switches Cisco Press: CCIE Design and Case Studies, Second Edition Diker-Pildush:Cisco ATM Solutions Cisco Press: Troubleshooting IP Routing Protocols • •
Table of Contents Cisco IOS Software 12.1 and 12.2 configuration guides (as many as you can bear to read) Index
The followingExamples list is by no means a complete list of CCIE study topics. However, it does offer a • solidPractical startingStudies point Volume for a list CCIE II of topics with which the CCIE candidate should become very familiar: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Press FrameCisco Relay Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
- Frame Relay switching
Pages: 1032
- Frame Relay subinterfaces - Point-to-point links and multipoint links - Frame Relay map statements: LLC,volume DLSW,two andofother keywords CCIE Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab bridge, Exam with the best-selling Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. - RFC 1490 encapsulation - Bridging over Frame into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Experience putting concepts what you know - Voice over Frame Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - PPP over Frame Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - Frame Relay ARP and inverse ARP operation CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the - Frame Relay traffic shaping CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics HDLC not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing - Compression types and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book PPP begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network - PPP settings. The finalauthentication: chapter of the PAP/CHAP book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty PPP callback level. They -present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - PPP multilink - DDR techniques - Virtual dialer profiles - Compression types - IPCP
ISDN - Dialer maps/DDR - Know how to handle routing protocols over ISDN, such as RIP, EIGRP, OSPF, and so on •
of Contents - Table Snapshot routing
•
Index
- Examples Dialer watch
•
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
- OSPF demand circuits
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
BGP Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
- BGP theory, including BGP operation on a Cisco router
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: -1032 I-BGP
versus E-BGP
- BGP synchronization rule - Route reflectors Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE - Hiding autonomous system numbers and creating private autonomous systems Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. - Authentication Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying - BGP backdoors what you know - Route maps and route redistribution Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - Autonomous system path filters Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - BGP path selection process and path manipulation: MED, LOCAL_PREF, WEIGHT, CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the and so on CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics - BGP confederations not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and - BGP communities switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - Advertising supernets, summarization The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for IGPs further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core - BGP interaction with technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The finalattributes chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These - BGP comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Autonomous system path and similar community filtering, including expressions level. They -present readers with scenarios to what they will face onregular the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - Prefix suppression - Conditional route advertisements - Route dampening OSPF - Redistribution to and from every routing protocol
- Summarization with summary address and area range statements - OSPF over Frame - OSPF demand circuits - Route maps and route filters with OSPF •
Table of Contents
- Index OSPF costs and administrative distance
• •
Examples
- Stub areas, NSS areas, backbone areas, and LSA propagation
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE - Authentication: No. 4599, Leah Lynch TypeCCIE I and No.Type 7220 II
- Authenticating area 0
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
- Designated router and BDR selection: priority command
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: -1032 Default
route propagation
EIGRP - EIGRP for IP Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco - Redistribution to andPress. from every routing protocol - Summarization Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know - Route maps and route filters with EIGRP Learn -how toauthentication build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation MD5 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - EIGRP over ISDN CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the - Split-horizons issues with multipoint networks CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion -toAdministrative the best-selling distance first edition, of all routing this book protocols provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. - EIGRP stubI,networks Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. RIP The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core - Redistribution to and fromguides every routing protocol technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These - Snapshot routing/RIP over ISDN comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They -present readers issues with scenarios similar networks to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Split-horizons with multipoint Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - RIPv1, issues from lack of VLSM support - RIPv2 - RIP unicast updates IS-IS
- Redistribution to and from every routing protocol - CLNS - IS-IS over Frame Relay - IS-IS type 1 and type 2 routes •
DLSw Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
TCP, FST, direct CCIE Practical- Studies Volume II
and Frame Relay peers
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 - Backup peers
Promiscuous Publisher: -Cisco Press
peers
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
- Border peers and peer groups
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: -1032 Costed
peers
- Explorer control and LLC control with DLSw LSAP filters Bridging Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. - Transparent bridging - Spanning-tree control Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know - IEEE 802.1w and IEEE 802.1s Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - Bridging over Frame Relay Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - Source-route bridging CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the - Remote source-route bridging CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion -toTranslational the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bridging not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the and CCIEflooding candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and - Explorer control switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - LSAP filters The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core - Integrated routingfor and bridging technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network - Default gateways settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty routing andwith traffic level.Controlling They present readers scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - Standard access lists - Extended access lists - Named access lists - Timed access lists - Dynamic and reflexive access lists
- Route maps and policy routing - Propagating default routes Queuing
• • •
- Generic and Frame Relay traffic shaping Table of Contents
- Index RSVP, WRED basic configurations Examples
CCIE Practical- Studies Volume II Examining router
configuration optimization
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
- Route switching: process, fast, CEF, NetFlow, optimum, and distributed
Publisher: Cisco Press
- Compression techniques—Predictor and Stacker
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: -1-58705-072-2 Quick ATM
PVC theory and configuration review, including new IOS atm commands
Pages: 1032
- ATM verses Frame Relay - ATM quality of service
- Integrated services with RSVP Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies - Differentiated title from Cisco services Press. with IP ToS, Precedence, DSCP, and WRED - FIFO Queueing Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you - Weighted know Fair Queuing Learn -how Priority to build Queuing a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five - Custom full-blown Queuing practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical - Class-Based Studies, Volume Weighted II leads Fair CCIE Queuing candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Queuing companion -toLow theLatency best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. - IP Volume RTP Priority Combined with I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - Generic and Frame Relay traffic shaping and class-based shaping The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and - Traffic references policing includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network - Committed access rate settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty General IOS level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - Access server configuration - Jump register configuration - Password recovery for Catalyst and routers - EXEC control: timeouts, privilege levels, and so on - Security: encrypted tunnels, CONS, and vty access
- Console and system logging IOS features - NAT: dynamic, static, and pooled and TCP overload - NTP: NTP authentication and stratum settings • • •
Table of Contents
- Index DNS Examples
HSRP:Volume tracking CCIE Practical- Studies II
and priority
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 - IDRP
DHCP Publisher: -Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
- Snapshot routing
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: -1032 Dialer
watch
- Mobile IP - ARP manipulation Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE - SNMP: read/write keys, set and get traps Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. - UDP flooding: ip forward command Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying - GRE tunneling and authentication what you know Catalyst Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - Catalyst 3550 VLAN creation CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the - VTP domains CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion -toAdvanced the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics spanning-tree control not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with VolumeTree: I, theIEEE CCIE802.1b, candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and - Spanning IEEE 802.1w and IEEE 802.1s switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - Port security and IP access control The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core - VLAN maps technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network - ISL, settings. The final802.1Q chaptertrunking of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty VLAN propagation controlsimilar over trunks level. They -present readers withand scenarios to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - Routing between VLANs - Multicast routing - SVIs and routed ports - Layer 3 switching/routing - STP load sharing with 802.1s
- Voice VLANs - Layer 2 and Layer 3 EtherChannel Multicast routing - Joining multicast groups • • •
Table of Contents
- Index Sparse and dense mode operation Examples
IGMP and CGMP CCIE Practical- Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599issues , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 72203550 - Multicast on the Catalyst
ATM Cisco Press Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
- Classical IP, routing over ATM
Pages: 1032
- VPI, VCD, and VCI definition - ARP control - PVC mapping Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Voice Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying - Voice over IP what you know - Voice over Frame Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - Voice over ATM Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - FXO and FXS and E&M circuits CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect - H.323 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. VPN (mostly for the Security lab exam) Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - Encryption types The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and - IPSec-protected tunnelsreading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested referencesGRE for further technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network - IPSec transport tunnel mode settings. The final chapter of and the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Transform sets,with crypto maps similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They -present readers scenarios Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - "Key" authentication - CA authentication Removed Topics (The following topic have been removed for 2003.) - ATM LANE - AppleTalk
- LAT - DECnet - Apollo - Banyan VINES • • •
Table of Contents
- ISO CLNS Index
- Examples XNS
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
- X.25 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 - IGRP
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: -November 07, 2003 IPX ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Token Pages: -1032
Ring and Token Ring switching
- Catalyst 5500 or CAT-OS configuration The official equipment list for the CCIE Routing and Switching lab (November 2003) is as follows: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 2600 series routers 3600 seriesputting Experience routersconcepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Catalyst 3550 series switches Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 3700 series routers Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment From July 7, 2003 to August 31, 2003, the CCIE program will be migrating to Cisco IOS CCIE Software Practical Studies, 12.2. During Volume theII migration leads CCIE period, candidates all exams through will still thebe process basedof onpreparing Cisco IOSfor the CCIE Software lab exam 12.1 by presenting content and them objectives. with a series Note:ofCisco challenging IOS Software laboratory 12.2-specific exercises.features A perfect and companion commands to thewill best-selling not be tested first until edition, September this book 1,provides 2003. coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
CCIE Practice Labs The CCIE practice labs are designed to give you an accurate representation of what a CCIE lab exam actually looks like. Some labs are complete CCIE labs, which require hardware to support voice, ATM, and two Cisco 3550s; others have less stringent hardware requirements. The labs • Table of are also designed toContents be easily modifiable to your own hardware requirements. We realize that • Index everyone does not have access to ATM, voice, and 3550s; therefore, every lab has different • Examples hardware requirements. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Before each lab, complete equipment is provided and prestaging information is ByKarl Solie CCIE No.a 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No.list 7220 included—such as the Frame Relay switch configuration, backbone router configuration, and so on. Use this information to model your own CCIE lab. Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub was Date:some November 07, 2003 There debate during the creation of CCIE PSV1 as to whether to include the answers 1-58705-072-2 for theISBN: practice labs. Many people, myself included, thought that by providing the answers, peoplePages: would focus more on matching the answers themselves than on practicing the lab. 1032 However, we do realize the answers are sometimes very helpful to see. A Custom Queuing problem is a good example of this. For these and by reader request, we have decided to include answers on a CD-ROM. We also have included additional information and some networking utilities on the CD-ROM for you.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE For further lab information and updates, check out the Cisco Press website, www.ciscopress.com. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Do not forget that practice is the most critical part of your studies. Spending hours to get just one of these problems to work on your first time through is very common. As a matter of fact, if Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying we don't stump you somewhere, we did not do our job well. The labs have routing loops, routewhat you know feedback issues, split horizons, and all those nice things built in to them. We have come to call theseLearn "CCIEhow landmines." you can miss many of these fun to build aWithout practiceactually lab for practicing your CCIE the lab lab, exam preparation adventures. Try your best to resist the temptation to look at the answers if you are puzzled by one ofTake the five problems. Sometimes best to learn is by spending lot of time looking for full-blown practicethe labs thatway mimic the actual lab exam aenvironment and understanding the solution. The goal is not to come up with a solution; that is implied. The ultimate goal isStudies, practice, practice, and practice. CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect With that into mind, we present first to you five CCIE practice labs. coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion the best-selling edition, this book provides not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
CCIE Practice Lab: Broken Arrow Equipment List:
• • •
1 FrameTable Relay of Contents Switch: 4 serial ports Index
ISDN simulator/switch with 2 BRI ports Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ATM switch with 2 ATM interfaces
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
3 lab routers: 1 Ethernet and 1 serial interface Publisher: Cisco Press
1 lab router: 1 Ethernet, 1 ATM, 1 serial, 1 ISDN BRI interface
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
1 lab router: 1 Ethernet and 1 ISDN BRI interface Pages: 1032
1 lab router: 2 Ethernet interfaces 1 lab router: 1 Ethernet and 1 ATM interface 2 Ethernet 3550 switches with the EMI software, 2 fiber ports or crossover cables for Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE interconnection Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Prestaging—Frame Switch and ATM Configuration what you know
Configure Frame Relay switch with theyour PVCsCCIE as depicted in preparation Figure 10-1. Do not time yourself Learnthe how to build a practice lab for lab exam on this portion of the lab. The Frame Relay switch configuration is a global configuration and will be used forfive all labs but the third one. the PVCs in the lab diagram used during this lab. Take full-blown practice labsNot thatall mimic the actual examare environment The PVCs indicated with a solid line are the ones used in this lab; the PVCs indicated with a dotted line areStudies, not usedVolume during II this lab.CCIE Configure the ATM switchthe at this time, the ATM CCIE Practical leads candidates through process ofusing preparing for the configuration, attach one them interface and of one to r7. Example 10-1 lists the configurations CCIE lab examand by presenting withto a r3 series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect for the Frame and best-selling ATM switches. companion to the first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and and Switching, Service Provider lab exams. Example 10-1.ofFrame Relay ATMSecurity, Switchand Configurations The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network hostname frame_switch settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty ! level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips andswitching test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. frame-relay ! interface Serial0 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay
no fair-queue clockrate 2000000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 102 interface Serial1 101 • • •
Table of Contents
frame-relay route 202 interface Serial5 204 Index
Examples
frame-relay route 302 interface Serial4 206
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,402 Leah Lynch CCIE No.Serial3 7220 route interface
408
frame-relay 802 interface Serial8 708 Publisher: Cisco route Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial1 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. clockrate 2000000 frame-relay intf-type dce Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know frame-relay route 101 interface Serial0 102 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation frame-relay route 103 interface Serial5 104 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment frame-relay route 105 interface Serial4 106 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the frame-relay route 107 interface 108 CCIE lab exam by presenting them withSerial3 a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay route 108 interface Serial83550, 808 route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and frame-relay route 109 interface Serial2 Security, 110 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesSerial2 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no ip address comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. encapsulation frame-relay Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 110 interface Serial1 109 frame-relay route 111 interface Serial3 708
! interface Serial3 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay • • •
Table of Contents
clockrate 64000 Index
Examples
frame-relay intf-type dce
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,108 Leah Lynch CCIE No.Serial1 7220 route interface
107
frame-relay 408 interface Serial0 402 Publisher: Cisco route Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay route 508 interface Serial4 506 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
frame-relay route 608 interface Serial5 804 frame-relay route 708 interface Serial2 111 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Serial4 no ip address Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know encapsulation frame-relay Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation clockrate 64000 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment frame-relay intf-type dce CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the frame-relay route 106 interface 105 CCIE lab exam by presenting them withSerial1 a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay route 206 interface Serial03550, 302 route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and frame-relay route 306 interface Serial5 Security, 304 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay 506 coverage interface Serial3 508 The book beginsroute with brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface Serial5 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no iptips address Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. encapsulation frame-relay clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 104 interface Serial1 103
frame-relay route 204 interface Serial0 202 frame-relay route 304 interface Serial4 306 frame-relay route 404 interface Serial8 108 frame-relay route 804 interface Serial3 608 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface Serial8
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byno Karlip Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 address
encapsulation frame-relay Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
clockrate 64000 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 108 interface Serial5 404 frame-relay route 708 interface Serial0 802 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiesroute title from Press. Serial1 108 frame-relay 808 Cisco interface !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know no ipwhat classless Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
! end
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ________________________________________________________________ not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and LIGHTSTREAM CONFIGURATION switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core hostname r12_ls1010 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. atm address Study tips and47.0091.8100.0000.0061.705b.4001.0061.705b.4001.00 test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface ATM0/0/0 no keepalive !
interface ATM0/0/1 no keepalive atm pvc 1 88
interface
ATM0/0/0 1 77
! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface ATM0/0/2 •
Examples
no keepalive
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface ATM2/0/0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no ipISBN: address 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no keepalive atm maxvp-number 0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Ethernet2/0/0 no ip address Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip classless !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the line conexam 0 CCIE lab by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics line aux 0 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and line vty portions 0 4 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. login The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These end comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Figure 10-1. Frame Relay Switch Configuration
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The following portion of the lab is timed and should begin after the configuration and physical installation of all hardware. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Rules Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. No static routes or floating static routes are allowed unless specifically stated. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises each of the core Follow the instructions exactly. Be careful to only propagate routescovering where and when technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network instructed. Only use the PVCs as directed by the instructions. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs includeguides all of the increase inmaterial. difficulty You can use the configuration andtechnologies the CD-ROMand for gradually your only reference level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. StudyYou tipshave and test-taking are included 8.5 hours totechniques complete this portion ofthroughout the lab. Dothe notbook. talk to anyone during this phase. It is recommended that you read the entire lab before beginning.
Section I: IP Setup
1. 2.
1. Use the IP subnet 145.10.1.19/27 on the E0 interface of r11. 2. Create virtual interfaces with the following subnets: - LB20-145.10.128.64/26 on r11 - LB20-172.19.1.0/24 and LB21-172.18.1.0/24 on r10 • • •
Table of Contents
- Index LB20-206.191.1.0/24 on r5 Examples
VLAN X – 145.10.192.15/24 CCIE Practical- Studies Volume II
on sw15_3550
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 - VLAN Y – ,145.10.193.15/24 on sw15_3550
3.Publisher: Use the network Cisco Press 145.10.0.0 for all other subnets and host addresses: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
-VLAN A: 27-bit subnet
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
-VLAN B: 29-bit subnet -VLAN D: 24-bit subnet
-VLAN F: 24-bit subnet Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Section II: Catalyst Configuration Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 1. Configure an 802.1Q trunk between sw15_3550 and sw16_3550. Use the Gig 0/1 and Gig Takeinterfaces 0/2 five full-blown for redundancy. practice labs Dothat not mimic put IP the addresses actual lab on the exam Gigabit environment interfaces. (You can use two 100BASE-T interfaces for this lab.) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE 2. Configure lab exam by sw16_3550 presenting tothem be a VTP withserver a series and of sw15_3550 challenging to laboratory be the client. exercises. Use PSV2 A perfect as the companion VTP domain to the name best-selling and ccie first asedition, the VTPthis password. book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 3. Configure VLANs as depicted in Figure 10-2. Do not use VLAN 1. Combined with the Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggestedFigure references for further reading. Laboratoryfor exercises covering each of the core 10-2. Network Diagram Broken Arrow technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 4. covered Configure sw16_3550 asthe theCisco root Catalyst for all VLANs present and future, for and VLAN 800. not in Volume I, like 3550, route maps, BGP, except Multicast, QoS. sw15_3550 shouldI,be the rootcandidate for VLAN 800 andcomprehensive serve as the secondary forrouting the Combined with Volume the CCIE will get coverageroot of the and remaining VLANs. a new VLAN is created ,Security, it will follow STP guidelines without switching portions of theIfRouting and Switching, and these Service Provider lab exams. additional configuration. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 5. Configure Telnet access tofor allfurther switches and doLaboratory not use VLAN 1. Thecovering management addresses includes suggested references reading. exercises each of the core should be reachable fromdetailed anywhere in the sw15_3550 should be managed by VLAN F technologies follow, providing guides tolab. applying the technologies in real network and The VLAN B should beofused for management on the switch. Use cisco as the settings. final chapter the book concludes with fivesw16_3550 hands-on lab exercises. These password. practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 6. Configure IEEE 802.1w RSTP between the twothroughout switches. Ensure that if a Gigabit Ethernet Study tips and test-taking techniques are included the book. trunk drops, 99 percent of the traffic will still get through. That is, RSTP should converge the network in less than a second, not 50 seconds. Test by extended pings from r11 to r5 with a Gigabit Ethernet link failure. A 99-percent success rates indicates that RSTP is working. RSTP should converge quickly on all interfaces, including ones with routers. (The two Gigabit interfaces can be substituted with two Fast Ethernet interfaces. It will not change the functionality of the lab.) 7. Ensure that all ports in use are taking advantage of 802.1w, including host/router ports.
7.
Section III: OSPF, RIP, and Frame Relay
1. Configure the Frame Relay network between r3, r11, and r5 such that they share the same IP subnet 145.10.16.0/24. • 2. Configure Table of Frame Contents the Relay network to be in OSPF area 0 between the routers r3, r11, and • r5. Do not Index configure static OSPF neighbors. •
Examples
3. Practical Configure VLAN A to II be CCIE Studies Volume
in OSPF area 100. Routers r11, r5, and r4 all have an Ethernet interface in area 100. Configure VLAN D and the Frame Relay network to be in OSPF area ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 0. Cisco the PressFrame Relay network between r3 and r8. Configure this network and VLAN F 4.Publisher: Configure Pub toDate: be in November a RIP domain. 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
5. Use the IP address of 145.10.80.15 on interface FastEthernet 0/1 on sw15_3550. Configure Pages: 1032 this interface to exchange unicast RIP updates with r8. 6. Configure Layer 3 switching, if needed, such that all VLANs can ping each other for full IP reachability. Ensure that you can ping an address on VLAN X and VLAN Y from r11. Gain 7. hands-on Ensure fullexperience IP reachability for the between CCIE Lab theExam OSPF with domain volume and the two RIP of the domains. best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 8. Configure a tag equal to the host name of the router of autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) for the routes redistributed into OSPF. If r2 is an ASBR, for instance, when Experience putting into practice labonscenarios you in applying you redistribute anyconcepts routing protocols intowith OSPF r2, set athat tag guide value of 2 for those routes. what you know 9. Configure the routers r3 and r8 such that all RIP routes have an administrative distance of Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 95. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Section IV:Studies, EIGRPVolume Integration CCIE Practical II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 1. Configure ASCCIE 2003candidate between r10, r4, comprehensive and sw16_3550. Combined with EIGRP Volumewith I, the will get coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 2. Advertise the loopback networks of LB21-172.19.1.0/24 and LB20-172.18.1.0/24 on r10 via EIGRP. thecoverage RIP domains seeing the 172.19.1.0/24 route. should The book begins Prevent with brief of thefrom coreever technologies required on the CCIE labR7exam and see both 172 routes. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 3. Ensure IPchapter reachability the EIGRP, OSPF, and RIP domains. Be sure that r10 settings. Thefull final of thebetween book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These can ping r7, VLAN X, and VLAN Y on sw15_3550. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Section V: Traffic Control and ISDN
1. Configure r4 such that Telnet traffic from VLAN B destined toward VLAN D will pass through r5. Pings from VLAN B destined toward VLAN D will go through r11. All other traffic should follow the directions in the route/forwarding table. 2. Configure the ISDN network between r10 and r3. Use the following guidelines:
2. - Configure r10 to only place the calls when IP connectivity is lost in any manner. - Use PPP CHAP for authentication; use cisco as the password. - The dialer should not remain up all the time due to routing protocols. • • •
- Do not use static routes; routing should be dynamic. Table of Contents
- Index You can configure additional routing protocols to route across the ISDN link. Examples
CCIE Practical- Studies Volume II R10 should pick
up the second B channel with minimal load.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
- The link should drop after 3 minutes of idle time.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Section VI: BGP ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
1. Configure BGP between r4 and r10. - Allexperience I-BGP routes be Lab reachable in the BGP table; nothe NEXT_HOP attributes Gain hands-on for should the CCIE Exam with volume two of best-selling CCIE can be altered. You Cisco cannotPress. use route reflectors or confederations. Practical Studies title from - Place both routers in AS 144. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying - Each router must use its VLAN B IP address for BGP identification. what you know R4 should advertise and 206.191.1.0/24 networks. One Learn -how to buildonly a practice lab the for 145.10.0.0/18 your CCIE lab exam preparation static route to an interface only (no IP addresses) can be used for this item. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - R10 should only advertise the 145.10.64.0/18 and 145.10.128.0/18 networks. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the - Neither router should private address space. CCIE lab exam by presenting themadvertise with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Both routers should use the BGProute soft-reset not covered- in Volume I, like the explicitly Cisco Catalyst 3550, maps,enhancement. BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and - Both routers should also valid, Security, reachableand BGPService routesProvider to their neighbors' switching portions of the Routing and have Switching, lab exams. aggregate networks. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 2. Configure BGPreferences between r7for and the two routers in AS 144.exercises covering each of the core includes suggested further reading. Laboratory technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These - Place r7 in ASof 12501. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They -present readers with scenarios to what they will on the actual Configure this router to use itssimilar Ethernet IP address as face the BGP router ID.lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. - The AS 144 routers should also peer with the Ethernet IP address. - Create two loopback interfaces: one in the 193.164.80.0/20 network and one in the 214.148.12.0/22 network. - Advertise those networks to the E-BGP peers. - Make r7 prefer routes to the 145.10.0.0/18, 145.10.64.0/18, and 206.191.1.0/24 networks from r4; you can not use the AS_PATH attribute for this task.
- Add r3 to AS 12501; use the directly connected interfaces for each neighbor as BGP peering points. Do not advertise new routes from this router. 3. Add r11 and r5 to AS 144; use the directly connected interfaces for each neighbor as BGP peering points. Do not advertise new routes from these routers. These routers should use their serial interfaces as their BGP router ID. •
Contents - Table Makeofr11 peer with r3, r4, and r5.
•
Index
•
- Examples Make r5 peer with r3, r11, and r4.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
- R8No. and the switches should ByKarl Solie CCIE 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. not 7220participate
in BGP routing or learn BGP routes. All BGP routers should be able to ping any other BGP-advertised networks.
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Section VII: QoS and ATM ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
1. Configure the ATM interfaces between r7 and r3. - R7experience should usefor VPI/VCI 1/77 and R3 should use 1/88. Gain hands-on the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. - Both routers should have the capability to add other multipoint connections to this circuit at some point in the future. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying - Both routers must have explicit PVC configurations; the ATM switch should not be what you know relied upon for PVC configuration. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - Both routers should use the best ATM class of service for bursty data traffic, with an Take five SCRfull-blown of 1.544 and practice a PCR labs of 2.048 that mimic bps. the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical - Use Studies, BGP toVolume advertise II leads the /20 CCIE summary candidates of the through ATM network the process without of preparing using the for the CCIE lab exam network by presenting command. them Do with not advertise a series of this challenging network by laboratory means ofexercises. IGP protocols. A perfect companion Remember to the best-selling not to advertise first edition, private this networks. book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. - During periods congestion, thewill Frame Relay-attached coverage routers should Combined with Volume I, theofCCIE candidate get comprehensive of thedrop routing and packetsof based on IP precedence values; traffic from networkProvider 145.10.32.0/29 should switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service lab exams. have the highest noncontrol precedence value. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and - Configure these routers to use the best congestion avoidance algorithm includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering eachtoofprevent the core tail drop providing based on the IP precedence technologies follow, detailed guides to values. applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They VIII: present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Section DLSW+ Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
1. Configure a DLSw TCP peer between VLAN B on r10 and VLAN D on r3. The peer should stay active and not disconnect while the ISDN link converges. 2. Configure another DLSw TCP peer from VLAN A on r5 to VLAN D on r3. This peer should only become active for NetBIOS traffic originating on VLAN A. The peer should drop 3 minutes after the last circuit disconnects. 3.
2.
3. You cannot configure remote-peer statements on r3.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
CCIE Practice Lab: !!! Boom . . . Equipment List:
•
1 FrameTable Relay of Contents switch: 4 serial ports
• •
Index
ISDN simulator/switch with 2 BRI ports Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
2 lab routers: 1 Ethernet interface
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
1 lab router: 1 Fast Ethernet, 1 serial, 1 ATM, 1 ISDN BRI interface Publisher: Cisco Press
1 lab router: 1 Ethernet, 1 ISDN BRI, 1 serial interface
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
1 lab router: 2 Ethernet interfaces Pages: 1032
1 lab router: 1 Serial and 1 Ethernet interface 1 Ethernet 3550 switch with the EMI software, 2 fiber ports or crossover cables for interconnection Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 1 Ethernet 35xx Ethernet switch capable of Fast or Gigabit EtherChannel Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts practiceBackbone with lab scenarios that guide in applying Prestaging—Frame Relayinto Switch, Routers, andyou ATM what you know Configuration Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Configure the Frame Relay switch with the PVCs as depicted in Figure 10-3. Do not time yourself Take five full-blown labs thatin mimic the actual exam environment on this portion of the lab.practice Not all the PVCs the diagram arelab used. The PVCs indicated by the solid lines are the ones you will use. Also configure the backbone routers r5 and r11 and the ATM CCIE Practical Volume II leads CCIE for candidates through theswitches. process of preparing for the switch. ExampleStudies, 10-2 lists the configurations the Frame and ATM Example 10-3 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect lists the configuration for the backbone routers r5 and r11. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Example 10-2. Frame Relay and ATM Switch Configurations switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core hostname frame_switch technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay Study tips andswitching test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Ethernet0 no ip address shutdown
! interface Serial0 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay • • •
Table of Contents
no fair-queue
Index Examples
clockrate 2000000
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch intf-type dce CCIE No. 7220
frame-relay 102 interface Serial1 101 Publisher: Cisco route Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay route 202 interface Serial5 204 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
frame-relay route 302 interface Serial4 206 frame-relay route 402 interface Serial3 408 frame-relay route 802 interface Serial8 708 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Serial1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip address Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation encapsulation frame-relay Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment clockrate 2000000 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the frame-relay intf-type dce CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay route 101 interface Serial03550, 102 route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and frame-relay route 103 interface Serial5 Security, 104 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay 105 coverage interface Serial4 106 The book beginsroute with brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay route 107 interface Serial3 108 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay route Serial8 808 comprehensive practice108 labsinterface include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay route 109 techniques interfaceare Serial2 Study tips and test-taking included110 throughout the book. ! interface Serial2 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay
clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 110 interface Serial1 109 frame-relay route 111 interface Serial3 708 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
interface Serial3
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byno Karlip Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 address
encapsulation frame-relay Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
clockrate 64000 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 108 interface Serial1 107 frame-relay route 408 interface Serial0 402 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiesroute title from Press. Serial4 506 frame-relay 508 Cisco interface frame-relay route 608 interface Serial5 804 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know frame-relay route 708 interface Serial2 111 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial4 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labaddress exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics encapsulation frame-relay not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and clockrate 64000of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions frame-relay dce The book beginsintf-type with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay route 106 interface Serial1 105 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay route Serial0 302 comprehensive practice206 labsinterface include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay route 306 techniques interfaceare Serial5 Study tips and test-taking included304 throughout the book. frame-relay route 506 interface Serial3 508 ! interface Serial5 no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 104 interface Serial1 103 • • •
Table of Contents
frame-relay route 204 interface Serial0 202 Index
Examples
frame-relay route 304 interface Serial4 306
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,404 Leah Lynch CCIE No.Serial8 7220 route interface
110
frame-relay 804 interface Serial3 608 Publisher: Cisco route Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Serial6 no ip address ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Serial7 no ip address Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Serial8 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip address CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the encapsulation CCIE lab exam by frame-relay presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics clockrate not covered in64000 Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and frame-relay intf-type dce and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of the Routing frame-relay 108 coverage interface Serial5 404 The book beginsroute with brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay route 708 interface Serial0 802 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay route Serial1 108 comprehensive practice808 labsinterface include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Serial9 no ip address shutdown !
interface BRI0 no ip address shutdown ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
no ip classless !
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie line con CCIE 0 No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
line aux 0Cisco Press Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003
line vty 0 4 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
login !
end Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ------------------------------ backbone routers --------------Ô Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Figure 10-3. Frame Relay Switch Configuration CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Example 10-3. Backbone Router r5 and Backbone Router r11 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Configurations
CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and hostname with backbone_router_r5 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core clns routing technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. voice-port 1/0/0 ! voice-port 1/0/1 !
voice-port 1/1/0 ! voice-port 1/1/1 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
dlsw local-peer peer-id 141.200.5.5 promiscuous dlsw icanreach netbios-name backbone_rtr5 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 45991, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 dlsw bridge-group
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Ethernet0/0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip address 141.200.5.5 255.255.255.0 ip router isis bridge-group 1 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Serial0/0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip address Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation encapsulation frame-relay Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no ip mroute-cache CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface point-to-point not covered Serial0/0.1 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 140.200.1.1 255.255.255.0 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip book router isis The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no ip mroute-cache technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay practice interface-dlci 108all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive labs include level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Serial0/1 no ip address shutdown clns router isis
! router isis redistribute connected metric 30 metric-type internal level-1 distance 140 • • •
!
Table of Contents
net 00.0001.0050.736b.7800.00 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ipKarl classless
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
bridge 1 protocol ieee ! end Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. --------------------------------------hostname backbone_router_r11 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip subnet-zero Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the isdn voice-call-failure CCIE lab exam by presenting0them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Loopback20 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip book address 192.200.16.11 255.255.255.0 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no ip directed-broadcast technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface Loopback21 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 192.200.17.11 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast ! interface Loopback22
ip address 192.200.18.11 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast ! interface Loopback23 • • •
Table of Contents
ip address 192.200.19.11 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
no ip directed-broadcast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Loopback24 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip address 192.200.20.11 255.255.255.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip directed-broadcast ! interface Ethernet0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiestotitle from CiscoonPress. description fast 0/11 sw15_3550 ip address 129.200.17.11 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip directed-broadcast Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
!
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment <<>> CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics router rip in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 129.200.0.0 switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. network 192.200.16.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 192.200.17.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 192.200.18.0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. network 192.200.19.0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. network 192.200.20.0 ! end
The following portion of the lab is timed and should begin after the configuration and physical installation of all hardware.
Rules • • •
Table of Contents
No static routes or floating static routes are allowed unless specifically stated. Index
Examples Follow the instructions exactly. Be careful to only propagate routes where and when instructed. Only use the PVCs as directed by the instructions.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
You can use the configuration guides and the CD-ROM for your only reference material. Publisher: Cisco Press
You have 8.5 hours to complete this portion of the lab. Do not talk to anyone during this phase.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032 It is recommended that you read the entire lab before beginning.
Section I: IP Setup Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1. Use the IP addresses as depicted in Figure 10-4 and address the network accordingly. Note: Not all the IP addresses can be assigned at this time. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Figure 10-4. Network Diagram for !!! Boom . . .
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 2. Use the IP addresses 128.200.16.3/24 and 129.200.17.3/24 on the Fast 3/0 interface of r3. TakeVLAN five full-blown practice labs that mimic actual environment subnet. Use C for subnet 128.200.16.0/24 and the VLAN D forlab theexam 129.200.17.0/24 CCIE Practical II leads CCIE on candidates the process of preparing for the 3. Use the IPStudies, addressVolume of 128.200.32.4/24 r4's E0/1.through This interface is in VLAN F. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 4. R8 hastothe 0/1 interface in VLAN this F and theprovides Fast 0/0 coverage interface of in CCIE VLAN lab G. Use the IP companion theFast best-selling first edition, book exam topics addressinofVolume 128.200.64.46/29 on the Fast 0/0 interface. not covered I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 5. R10 will use the IP address 128.200.1.10/24 on itsand s0 interface. switching portions of the Routingof and Switching, Security, Service Provider lab exams. 6. book Use the network 128.200.0.0 for other and host addresses: The begins with brief coverage ofall the coresubnets technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core -VLAN A:providing 26-bit subnet technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These -VLANs C, D,labs F, X,include Z: 24-bit subnet comprehensive practice all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. -VLAN G: 6 usable host addresses Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Section II: Catalyst Configuration
1. Configure an 802.1Q Gigabit EtherChannel trunk between sw15_35xx and sw16_3550 using the Gig 0/1 and Gig 0/2 interfaces. (You can substitute 100BASE-T interfaces for this
1. lab.) Do not put IP addresses on the Gigabit interfaces. The EtherChannel trunk should be configured for PAgP. 2. Configure the VLANs as depicted in Figure 10-4. 3. Configure sw16_3550 to be a VTP server and sw15_35xx to be the client. Use ccie as the VTP domain name and password protect it. • 4. Allow full Table of Contents access to the switches by doing the following: configuration • Index •
Examples
Configure a management CCIE Practical- Studies Volume II
address of 128.200.101.16/24 on VLAN X on sw16_3550. Configure a management address in VLAN G on sw15_3550. Users should ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 authenticate with the username ccie and use a password of psv2. Publisher: -Cisco Press Allow only
two Telnet sessions per switch. If a third Telnet session is opened to the will fail. The switches should be configurable and reachable from all routers in the lab. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pub Date: same November 07, 2003 switch, it Pages: 1032
Section III: OSPF, Layer 3 Switching, and Frame Relay Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 1. Configure a title fullyfrom meshed Frame Relay network between r3, r10, and r8 such that they Practical Studies Cisco Press. share the same IP subnet 128.200.1.0/24. You can only use subinterfaces on r3. You cannot change the IP OSPF network type on Frame Relay interfaces. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 2. Configure what you know the Frame Relay network to be in OSPF area 0 between r3, r10, and r8. 3. Configure Learn howVLAN to build A to a be practice in OSPF labarea for your 200.CCIE lab exam preparation 4. Do Take not five run full-blown OSPF on practice the backbone labs that to r11 mimic VLAN theD,actual r8 VLAN lab F, exam and environment r8 VLAN G. CCIE 5. Configure Practical Studies, VLAN X Volume on sw16_3550 II leadsto CCIE be in candidates OSPF areathrough 300. Configure the process VLAN of A preparing on the for the CCIE sw16_3550 lab exam bytopresenting be in OPSF them areawith 200.a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 6. covered When ainlink-state type is created on a router, should be tagged with the router number not Volume I, like5the Cisco Catalyst 3550,itroute maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. that created it. If r4 a candidate link-state type 5, for example, it should have tagrouting of 4. and Combined with Volume I, creates the CCIE will get comprehensive coverage of athe Ensure that the domain willSwitching, have full IP connectivity to the RIP, EIGRP, IS-IS switching portions of OSPF the Routing and Security, and Service Provider laband exams. domains. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Section IV: RIP, EIGRP, IS-IS Integration settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 1. Configure VLAN D to be in a RIP domain, which connects to the backbone router r11. When you connect to the backbone router r11, you should receive the following RIP routes: 192.200.16.0/24, 192.200.17.0/24, 192.200.18.0/24, 192.200.19.0/24, and 192.200.20.0/24. Ensure that all OSPF routers can reach these routes. 2. Configure EIGRP on VLAN F and VLAN G only. Do not use the passive interface commands to accomplish this. Allow full reachability between the EIGRP, OSPF, and RIP domains. 3. Configure IS-IS between r3 and the backbone r5. Ensure that you see the IS-IS route 141.200.5.0/24 from the backbone r5. 4.
3.
4. Ensure that all routing domains can reach each other. Ensure that sw16_3550 can send 100 straight pings to all the OSPF and IS-IS Frame Relay interfaces, the IS-IS route 141.200.5.0/24, and 192.200.x.x routes from the RIP domain.
Section V: Route Filtering and Control •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
1. Prevent the backbone r11 from seeing any of the IS-IS routes, 140.200.1.0/24, and 141.200.5.0/24. Accomplish this with a two-line ACL.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
2. Allow r4 to see only the even subnets from the RIP domain. Accomplish this with a two-line ACL. Cisco Press Publisher: Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Section Pages:VI: 1032ISDN
1. Configure the ISDN network between r10 and r3. Use the following guidelines: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies from Ciscoof Press. - Use title the IP address 128.200.200.10/24 on r10. This subnet should be in OSPF area 0. Experience concepts practice scenarios that guide you in Configure applying r10 - The putting dialer should notinto remain up allwith the lab time due to routing protocols. what you know to only place the calls upon loss from the Frame Relay service. Learn -how build a practice lab for your use CCIE lab examas preparation Useto PPP CHAP for authentication; cisco_isdn the password. Take five practice labs routing that mimic thebe actual lab exam environment - Dofull-blown not use static routes; should dynamic. CCIE Practical Studies, leads CCIEBcandidates through the is process of preparing for the - R10 shouldVolume pick upIIthe second channel when the link used over 32 kbps of CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect outbound traffic. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered- in Volume I, likedrop the Cisco 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. The link should after Catalyst 5 minutes of idle time. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Section VII: BGP The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed to allowed applyinginthe network Unless otherwise specified, static routesguides are not thistechnologies section. Do in notreal advertise BRI settings. The chapter the bookspecified, concludesBGP withroutes five hands-on lab exercises. These interfaces intofinal BGP. Unlessof otherwise cannot be redistributed into IGP comprehensive practice labs include all of the and gradually in difficulty routing protocols. All routers should prefer IGPtechnologies routes to any BGP routes. increase All BGP routes should level. They present readers with scenarios similar to being what they will face the actual lab exam. be aggregated to the smallest network prefix before advertised to on E-BGP neighbors. Have StudyBGP tipspeer and test-taking are included throughout book. each relationshiptechniques use a static update source and BGPthe router ID. All routers should use the least possible configuration lines for their BGP configuration; BGP peers should be organized according to autonomous system number.
1. Configure BGP routing for r3, r8, and r10; put all of these routers in AS 5300. Have each of these routers peer with router 5 over the frame relay network. All AS 5300 routers should advertise all directly connected networks, and routes advertised to external peer should be summarized using the least number of network prefixes. 2.
2. In addition to the previous configuration items, r3 should be configured to peer with r11, propagating all r11 routes to its I-BGP peers. 3. Configure BGP routing on r5; put this router in AS 12 and configure it to peer with the routers in AS 5300. Advertise the connected networks; then create loopbacks on the 4.0.0.0/8 and 5.5.0.0/16 networks and advertise these networks to all BGP neighbors. 4. The BGP router on r11 is in AS 500. Configure it to peer with r3. This router should use BGP Table of Contents authentication with all neighbors, using the password abc123. Create two loopbacks on • Index r11, assigning them to networks 11.0.0.0/8 and 12.0.0.0/8, and advertise these networks • Examples to all BGP peers. Configure this router so that the routes sent to routers in AS 5300 will not CCIE Practical Studies Volume II propagate the route; no changes can be made on the AS 5300 routers to support this ByKarl configuration. Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 •
5.Publisher: Configure BGP routing on r4. Put this router in AS 101 and configure it to peer with router Cisco Press r8. Create two loopback interfaces on r4, assigning one to the 118.116.0.0/24 network and Pub Date: November 07, 2003 the other to the 117.116.115.0/24 network; advertise this network and all other connected ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 networks to r8. Pages: 1032
6. Configure r8 to hide r4's 117.116.115.0/24 network from r5 and, without making changes on r3 or r10, prevent the other AS 5300 routers from advertising that network to any peers. 7. hands-on Configure experience a single static on sw16_3550 to the network on CCIE backbone Gain for route the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two141.200.5.0/24 of the best-selling router r5. Do not use a default route. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience Section VIII: putting QoS concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 1. Configure r8 with a policy that limits bandwidth consumption on its Frame Relay interface Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment based on packet size. Use the packet size and bandwidth percentages shown in Table 10-1. Cisco's interface bandwidth and queuing recommendations when of allocating CCIE Follow Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process preparing for the bandwidth restrictions. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
Table 10-1. r8 Policy Parameters
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Packet suggested Size Bandwidth Limitation technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network 64 to 127 28% settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 128 to 255 10% level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study and test-taking techniques are included 256 totips 511 18%throughout the book. 512 to 767
9%
768 to 1024
6%
Other
Queue using WFQ
Section IX: DLSW+
1. Configure a DLSw TCP peer between VLAN A on r10 and 141.200.5.5 on r5, the backbone router. You should see backbone_rtr5 in the DLSW reachability cache when this is complete. 2. If you lose connectivity to the 141.200.5.5 peer, another peer should become active on r5 Table Contents that peers toofr4's VLAN F, where the backup server resides. You cannot use a remote-peer • Index statement on r5. • •
Examples
3. Practical When the peerVolume is active CCIE Studies II
from r10 to r4, r4 should advertise the NetBIOS host backup r4. This peer should remain active up to 3 minutes after connectivity to the primary peer is ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 restored. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
CCIE Practice Lab: The Intimidator Equipment List:
• • •
1 FrameTable Relay of Contents switch: 4 serial ports Index
7 lab routers: Examples1 Ethernet and 2 serial interfaces
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
2 lab routers: 1 Fast Ethernet, 2 serial, and 1 voice (1750s)
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
1 Ethernet 35xx Ethernet switch capable of extended VLANs Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Prestaging—Frame Relay Switch and Backbone Router Configuration Pages: 1032
Configure the Frame Relay switch with the PVCs as depicted in Figure 10-5. Do not time yourself on this portion of the lab. Configure the backbone routers bb-1, bb-2, and bb-3. Example 10-4 lists the configurations for the Frame Relay switch and the backbone routers, bb-1, bb-2, and bb-3. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example 10-4. Frame Relay and Backbone Router Configurations Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know hostname frame_switch Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
ip subnet-zero CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ! companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. no ip domain-lookup Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and frame-relay switching includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty interface Serial0readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level. They present Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no ip address encapsulation frame-relay IETF frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 304 interface Serial1 403
frame-relay route 305 interface Serial2 503 frame-relay route 306 interface Serial3 603 ! interface Serial1 •
Table of Contents
• no ip address Index •
Examples
encapsulation CCIE Practical Studiesframe-relay Volume II
IETF
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
clockrate 1300000
Publisher: Cisco Press frame-relay lmi-type ansi Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 frame-relay intf-type dce Pages: 1032
frame-relay route 403 interface Serial0 304 ! interface Serial2 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no ip address encapsulation frame-relay Experience putting conceptsIETF into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know clockrate 1300000 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation frame-relay lmi-type ansi Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment frame-relay intf-type dce CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them withSerial0 a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect frame-relay route 503 interface 305 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not ! covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interfaceportions Serial3 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and no book ip address includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed encapsulation frame-relay IETF guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty logging event dlci-status-change level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 603 interface Serial0 306 ! no cdp run
! end ----------------------- bb-1 config ---------------------hostname bb-1 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
logging buffered 4096 debugging CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 noKarl logging console
ip Publisher: subnet-zero Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
no ip ISBN: source-route 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
no ip domain lookup ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Loopback10
!
ip address 177.164.12.1 255.255.252.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Loopback20 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 177.164.16.1 255.255.252.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics interface not covered Loopback30 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip address 2.0.0.1 switching portions of the255.0.0.0 Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesLoopback40 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip address 8.0.0.1 comprehensive practice 255.0.0.0 labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ! Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. interface Loopback50 ip address 16.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 ! interface Ethernet0/0
ip address 55.9.6.1 255.255.255.248 half-duplex ! interface Serial0/0 • • •
Table of Contents
ip address 177.164.8.5 255.255.255.252 Index
Examples
clockrate 1300000
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Serial0/1 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip address 177.164.8.9 255.255.255.252 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Serial0/2 no ip address Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. shutdown !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip classless Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip http server !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the end CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ----------------------config ---------------------not covered in Volume I, like bb-2 the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and hostname bb-2 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no console Thelogging book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip subnet-zero comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no ip tips domain lookup Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Loopback10 ip address 55.9.8.1 255.255.248.0 !
interface Loopback20 ip address 55.9.16.1 255.255.248.0 ! interface Loopback30 • •
Table of Contents
ip address 2.0.0.2 255.0.0.0 Index
•
Examples
!
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Loopback40
ipPublisher: address 8.0.0.2 255.0.0.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface Loopback50 ip address 16.0.0.2 255.0.0.0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Ethernet0 ip address 55.9.6.2 255.255.255.248 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Serial0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 55.9.5.6 255.255.255.252 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the clockrate 1300000 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Serial1 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip book address 55.9.5.10 The begins with brief 255.255.255.252 coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip classless practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip http Study tipsserver and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! end ----------------------- bb-3 config ---------------------hostname bb-3
! logging buffered 4096 debugging no logging console ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip subnet-zero !
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 noKarl ipSolie domain lookup
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface Loopback10 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
ip address 168.101.12.1 255.255.252.0 ! interface Loopback20 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip address 168.101.16.1 255.255.252.0 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Loopback30 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip address 2.0.0.3 255.0.0.0 !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Loopback40 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ip covered addressin 8.0.0.3 not Volume I,255.0.0.0 like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface Loopback50 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip addressfollow, 16.0.0.3 255.0.0.0 technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface FastEthernet0 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 55.9.6.3 255.255.255.248 speed auto ! interface Serial0
ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.252 ! interface Serial1 ip address 168.101.8.1 255.255.255.252 • • •
!
Table of Contents
clockrate 1300000 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ipKarl classless
no Publisher: ip httpCisco server Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
call rsvp-sync ! voice-port 2/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! voice-port 2/1 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation dial-peer cor custom !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ! CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics end not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the Configuration technologies in real network Figure 10-5. Frame Relay Switch settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The following portion of the lab is timed and should begin after the configuration and physical includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core installation of all hardware. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Rules level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. No static routes or floating static routes are allowed unless specifically stated. This lab allows you to use a very limited amount of static routes. When you can use a static route, it is clearly noted. Follow the instructions exactly. Be careful to only propagate routes where and when instructed. Only use the PVCs as directed by the instructions. You can use the configuration guides and the CD-ROM for your only reference material.
You have 8.5 hours to complete this portion of the lab. Do not talk to anyone during this phase. It is recommended that you read the entire lab before beginning.
Section I: IP Setup •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
1. Practical Use theStudies IP addresses as CCIE Volume II
depicted in Figure 10-6 and address the network accordingly. Note: Not all the IP addresses can be assigned at this time. ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: -Cisco UsePress the
IP subnet of 10.12.13.0/24 for VLAN A, joining r1, r2, and r3.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Use the IP ISBN: -1-58705-072-2
address of 10.12.64.5 on r5's E0 port. This interface is in VLAN C.
Pages: 1032
- R4 will use the IP address of 192.168.2.2/30 on its s0 interface to the backbone router bb-3.
- R6, r4, and r3 all share the same IP subnet on the WAN and should be configured as such. R6 serial 0 interface should have an IP address of 10.12.12.51/29, and r4 Gain hands-on should experience have an for IP address the CCIEofLab 10.12.12.50/29 Exam with volume on its two serial of interface. the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. - Use the network 10.12.0.0 for all other subnets and host addresses: Experience VLANsputting A, B, C: concepts 24-bit subnet into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Figure 10-6. Network Diagram for the Intimidator
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not coveredII: in Catalyst Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Section Configuration Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 1. Configureall the VLANs as depicted in Figure 10-6. Do not use VLAN 1. The valid VLAN includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core range you can use is 2000 to 3000. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final the book hands-on lab switches exercises. These 2. Name the VTPchapter domainofname labx.concludes Configurewith STPfive such that if new are added to the comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty backbone subnet of 55.9.6.0/29, sw16_3550 will remain root. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. the switch such that it 3. Configure the switch with the IP address of 10.12.13.2/24. Configure can be reachable via IP. The switch should be reachable if r1, r2, or r3 goes down.
Section III: OSPF and Frame Relay
1. Configure a partial-mesh Frame Relay network between r3, r6, and r4 such that they share
2.
1. the same IP subnet. You can only use subinterfaces on r3. 2. Configure VLAN A to be in OSPF area 0. 3. Configure the Frame Relay network to be in OSPF area 100 between the routers r3, r6, and r4. You cannot use neighbor statements. •
4. Configure area 100 such that all external link states will appear as link-state type 7s on r6 and r4. Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Section IV: EIGRP Integration
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
1.PubConfigure EIGRP VLAN C and the Frame Relay network between r3 and r5. Date: November 07, on 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
2. Configure r5 to be an EIGRP stub router. Ensure that r5 will advertise VLAN C. Allow full Pages: 1032 reachability between the EIGRP and OSPF domains. Ensure that r5 can ping the serial interfaces of bb-3 and the LAN interfaces of r1 and r2.
Section V: HSRP Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1. Configure for concepts VLAN A, into suchpractice that r1 will primary. Use theguide IP address ExperienceHSRP putting withbe lab scenarios that you inof applying 10.12.13.100 what you knowas the shared IP address. 2. If r1 loses r2 will primary. If exam r1 andpreparation r2 lose both of their serial Learn how its to serial build ainterface, practice lab for be your CCIE lab interfaces, r3 should become primary. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Section VI: BGP CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 1. Each router should use an explicitly configured BGP router ID. This ID should be the lowest switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. IP address belonging to the locally generated public address space. For example, bb-1 would use 177.164.8.5 for its BGP router All BGP speakers should use the lab largest The book begins with brief coverage of the coreID. technologies required on the CCIE exam and available update packet size. Do not allow the backbone routers (bb-1, bb-2, or includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each bb-3) of theto core use the follow, lab routers (r1, r2, and r6)guides as a transit. technologies providing detailed to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 2. Configure BGP for the backbone routers using the information shown in Table 10-2. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similarbe to aggregated what they will on the actual exam. 3. Wherever possible, network prefixes should to face the smallest mask lab size. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 4. Routers bb-1 and bb-3 should use bb-2 as a transit network to reach each other.
Table 10-2. Backbone BGP Configuration
Autonomous System Router Number bb-1
65
Remote Peer bb-2's Ethernet0 interface
Advertised Networks 177.164.8.0/22 177.164.12.0/22
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
177.164.16.0/22 R2's serial0/0 interface
177.164.8.0/22
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
177.164.12.0/22
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
177.164.16.0/22 2.0.0.0/8
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
8.0.0.0/8
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
16.0.0.0/8 R1's serial0 interface
177.164.8.0/22 177.164.12.0/22
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two177.164.16.0/22 of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 2.0.0.0/8 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 8.0.0.0/8 what you know 16.0.0.0/8 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation bb-2 104 bb-1's Ethernet0/0 55.9.0.0/21 Take five full-blown practice labs thatinterface mimic the actual lab exam environment 55.9.8.0/21 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 55.9.16.0/21 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics R1's serial1 interface 55.9.0.0/21 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 55.9.8.0/21 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 55.9.16.0/21 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core 2.0.0.0/8 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 8.0.0.0/8 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will16.0.0.0/8 face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
R2's serial0/1 interface
55.9.0.0/21 55.9.8.0/21 55.9.16.0/21 2.0.0.0/8
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
8.0.0.0/8 16.0.0.0/8
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
bb-3
12
R6's serial1 interface
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
168.101.8.0/22 168.101.12.0/22
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
168.101.16.0/22 2.0.0.0/8 8.0.0.0/8 16.0.0.0/8
bb-2's Ethernet0 168.101.8.0/22 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE interface Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 168.101.12.0/22 168.101.16.0/22 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know bb-1's Ethernet0/0 168.101.8.0/22 interface Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 168.101.12.0/22 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 168.101.16.0/22 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 5. Enable BGP routing on r1. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not Volume I, like the and Cisco Catalystthe 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, andnetwork QoS. 6. covered Put thisinrouter in AS 10142 advertise locally connected 196.200.32.0/20 to Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and all neighbors. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 7. This router should peer with bb-1, bb-2, and r2; each peer should be set up to use the The book begins with brief coveragefor of BGP the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and directly connected IP address peering. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying technologies in real network 8. Locally originated routes detailed should be aggregated to thethe smallest prefix size. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive labs advertise include allthe of the technologies and gradually increase difficulty 9. This routerpractice should also other 196.200.x.0 networks from r2 andin r6; however, level.these They routes presentshould readers scenarios similar to external what they will face onthe theroutes actualfrom lab exam. bewith advertised so that their peers prefer their Studyoriginating tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout book. peer router. The AS_PATH attribute cannot bethe used for this step. Two static routes can be added to this router for this step. 10. Enable BGP routing on r2. 11. Put this router in AS 10142 and advertise the locally connected 196.200.48.0/20 network to all neighbors. 12. This router should peer with bb-1, bb-2, and r1; each peer should be set up to use the directly connected IP address for BGP peering. 13. 14.
12.
13. Locally originated routes should be aggregated to the smallest prefix size. 14. This router should also advertise the other 196.200.x.0 networks from r1 and r6; however, these routes should be advertised so that their external peers prefer the routes from their originating peer router. The AS_PATH attribute cannot be used for this step. Two static routes can be added to this router for this step. 15. Configure r1 so that it prefers routes to the 2.0.0.0/8 and 8.0.0.0/8 networks from bb-1 Table of Contents and the route to 16.0.0.0/8 network from bb-2. These settings should not be passed to any • Index routers, and the AS_PATH attribute cannot be used for this step. • •
Examples
CCIE Volumeon II 16. Practical Enable Studies BGP routing
r6.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
17. Put this router in AS 10142 and advertise the locally connected 196.200.64.0/20 network to all neighbors. Publisher: Cisco Press
Date: November 07, 2003 18.PubThis router should peer with bb-3, r1, and r2; each peer should be set up to use the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 directly connected IP address for BGP peering. Pages: 1032
19. Locally originated routes should be aggregated to the smallest prefix size. 20. This router should also advertise the other 196.200.x.0 networks from r1 and r2; however, these routes should be advertised so that their external peers prefer the routes from their originating peer router. The AS_PATH attribute cannot be used for this step. Two static Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE routes can be added to this router for this step. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 21. Configure BGP routing between r1 and r6 and r2 and r6. Configure these routers to reach each other's locally originating BGP networks using Layer 2 VPN interfaces. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn VII: how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Section Voice Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leadsthese CCIEtwo candidates through process of preparing 1. Configure Voice over IP between routers using thethe 192.168.2.0/30 networkfor asthe CCIE follows: lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not inphone Volume like2/0 theon Cisco 3550, maps, BGP, Multicast,phone and QoS. 2. covered Attach a to I, port r4. Catalyst This phone will route be assigned the 555-5520 number. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of to the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider labnumber. exams. 3. Attach a phone port 2/0 on bb-3. This phone will use the 555-3220 phone The begins with brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 4. book Use the g723r63 codec for eachof voice connection. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies 5. Configure follow, r5 soproviding that whendetailed the phone guides is picked to applying up, it automatically the technologies calls in bb-3. real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 6. Configure bb-3 so that dials r5 either the and 555-5520 or 811 numbers are dialed. comprehensive practice labs itinclude allwhenever of the technologies gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Section VIII: QoS
1. Configure each outbound backbone connection on routers r1, r2, and r6 so that they will drop traffic based on IP precedence values during periods of congestion. 2. Configure r3 with the following policy:
2. - All traffic on TCP port 80 should be limited to 20% of the Ethernet0/0 interface's bandwidth. Any HTTP traffic should proactively be dropped using WRED. - All other traffic should be queued using Weighted Fair Queuing.
• • •
- Configure RSVP for all voice calls between the two Voice over IP callers; make sure that RSVP only allows enough bandwidth for the two callers and that the EF-PHB is used all calls. Tablefor of Contents Index
- Configure each Voice over IP session to request guaranteed rate QoS and use the Examples EF-PHB for all incoming calls.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Section IX: DLSW+ Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 a DLSw+ peer between VLAN A on r3 and VLAN C on r5. Configure the peer such 1. Configure that it supports RFC 1490, with reliable delivery and local acknowledgment.
2. Configure the peer such that only SNA traffic will be allowed to cross the DLSw+ connection. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
CCIE Practice Lab: Enchilada II Equipment List:
• • •
1 FrameTable Relay of Contents switch: 5 serial ports Index
ISDN simulator/switch with 2 BRI ports Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ATM switch with 2 ATM interfaces
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
2 lab routers: 1 Ethernet and 1 serial interface Publisher: Cisco Press
1 lab router: 1 Fast Ethernet, 1 serial, 1 ATM, and 1 ISDN BRI
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
1 lab router: 1 Ethernet, 1 ISDN BRI, and 1 serial Pages: 1032
1 lab router: 2 Ethernet and 1 serial 1 lab router: 1 ATM 1 lab router: 1 Ethernet Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1 Ethernet 3550 switch with the EMI software, with 2 fiber ports or crossover cables for interconnection Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 1 Ethernet 35xx Ethernet switch what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Prestaging—Frame Relay Switch, Backbone Routers, and ATM Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Configuration CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting themwith withthe a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Configure the Frame Relay switch PVCs as depicted in Figure 10-7. Do not time yourself companion to the best-selling edition, this book provides of configure CCIE lab exam topics on this portion of the lab. Not first all the PVCs in the diagram are coverage used. Also, the backbone not covered in Volume like theswitch. Cisco Catalyst maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS.and routers r5 and r11 and I, the ATM Example3550, 10-5 route lists the configurations for the Frame Combined withExample Volume I, thelists CCIEthe candidate will get coverage ther11. routing and ATM switches. 10-6 configuration forcomprehensive the backbone routers r5 of and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins withFrame brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 10-5. Relayofand ATM Switch Configurations includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty hostname frame_switch level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! frame-relay switching ! interface Ethernet0 no ip address
shutdown ! interface Serial0 no ip address • • •
Table of Contents
encapsulation frame-relay Index
Examples
no fair-queue
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byclockrate Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 2000000
frame-relay dce Publisher: Cisco intf-type Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay route 102 interface Serial1 101 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
frame-relay route 202 interface Serial5 204 frame-relay route 302 interface Serial4 206 frame-relay route 402 interface Serial3 408 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiesroute title from Press. Serial8 708 frame-relay 802 Cisco interface !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface Serial1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip address Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment encapsulation frame-relay CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the clockrate 2000000 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay intf-type dce not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and frame-relay route 101 interface Serial0 Security, 102 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay 103 coverage interface Serial5 104 The book beginsroute with brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay route 105 interface Serial4 106 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay route Serial3 108 comprehensive practice107 labsinterface include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay route 108 techniques interfaceare Serial8 Study tips and test-taking included808 throughout the book. frame-relay route 109 interface Serial2 110 ! interface Serial2 no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 110 interface Serial1 109 • • •
!
Table of Contents
frame-relay route 111 interface Serial3 708 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Serial3
noPublisher: ip address Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
encapsulation frame-relay ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 108 interface Serial1 107 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiesroute title from Press. Serial0 402 frame-relay 408 Cisco interface frame-relay route 508 interface Serial4 506 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know frame-relay route 608 interface Serial5 804 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation frame-relay route 708 interface Serial2 111 !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Serial4 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered ip address not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and encapsulation switching portionsframe-relay of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. clockrate 64000 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay intf-type dcedetailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, providing settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay route Serial1 105 comprehensive practice106 labsinterface include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay route 206 techniques interfaceare Serial0 Study tips and test-taking included302 throughout the book. frame-relay route 306 interface Serial5 304 frame-relay route 506 interface Serial3 508 ! interface Serial5
no ip address encapsulation frame-relay clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce • • •
Table of Contents
frame-relay route 104 interface Serial1 103 Index
Examples
frame-relay route 204 interface Serial0 202
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,304 Leah Lynch CCIE No.Serial4 7220 route interface
306
frame-relay 404 interface Serial8 110 Publisher: Cisco route Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay route 804 interface Serial3 608 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Serial6 no ip address Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Serial7 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip address !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial8 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labaddress exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics encapsulation frame-relay not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and clockrate 64000of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions frame-relay dce The book beginsintf-type with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay route 108 interface Serial5 404 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay route Serial0 802 comprehensive practice708 labsinterface include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay route 808 techniques interfaceare Serial1 Study tips and test-taking included108 throughout the book. ! interface Serial9 no ip address shutdown
! interface BRI0 no ip address shutdown •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
no ip classless
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
endPublisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
-----------------------------ATM --------------------------ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
hostname ls1010 ! ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. atm address 47.0091.8100.0000.0061.705b.4001.0061.705b.4001.00 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know interface ATM0/0/0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no keepalive Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no atm auto-configuration CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no atm address-registration CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered atm ilmi-enable not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no atm ilmi-lecs-implied switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface technologiesATM0/0/1 follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no keepalivepractice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no atm Study tipsauto-configuration and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no atm address-registration no atm ilmi-enable no atm ilmi-lecs-implied atm pvc 1 101
interface
ATM0/0/0 1 102
! interface ATM0/0/2 no keepalive ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface ATM0/0/3 •
Examples
no keepalive
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
interface ATM1/1/3 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no keepalive ! interface ATM2/0/0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. no ip address no keepalive Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know 0 atm what maxvp-number Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
!
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Ethernet2/0/0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labaddress exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no ip classless switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. logging The book buffered begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These line con 0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. line 0 Study aux tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. line vty 0 4 login ! end
------------------------------ backbone routers --------------
Figure 10-7. Frame Relay Switch Configuration •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Example 10-6.references Backbone Router r5 and Backbone Router r11 includes suggested for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Configurations technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. hostname backbone_router_r5 ! ip tcp path-mtu-discovery ! voice-port 1/0/0
! voice-port 1/0/1 ! voice-port 1/1/0 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
voice-port 1/1/1
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Loopback0 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip address 201.201.5.5 255.255.255.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Loopback4 ip address 4.4.4.4 255.0.0.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Loopback6 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 6.6.6.6 know ip address 255.0.0.0 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Loopback12 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address 255.0.0.0 CCIE lab exam12.1.1.1 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Loopback55 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip book address 5.5.5.5 255.255.0.0 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ! technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These interface Ethernet0/0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip address Study tips and10.1.2.5 test-taking255.255.255.0 techniques are included throughout the book. ! interface Serial0/0 ip address 10.1.1.5 255.255.255.0 encapsulation frame-relay
ip ospf network point-to-point no ip mroute-cache frame-relay interface-dlci 108 ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Serial0/1 •
Examples
no ip address
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Byshutdown Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
!
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: ospf 2003 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
network 10.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 area 500 area 500 stub ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router bgp 65001 no synchronization Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know bgp what router-id 10.1.1.5 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation bgp confederation identifier 10001 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bgp confederation peers 65002 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the network 4.0.0.0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics network mask 255.255.0.0 not covered5.5.0.0 in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and network portions 6.0.0.0of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching network 12.0.0.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core neighbor AS65001 peer-group technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These neighbor AS65001 remote-as 65001 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. neighbor AS65001 route-reflector-client Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor AS65001 update-source Serial0/0 neighbor AS65001 next-hop-self neighbor 10.1.1.3 peer-group AS65001 no auto-summary
! ip classless ! logging buffered 4096 debugging •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
! end
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
--------------------------------------Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
hostname ISBN:backbone_router_r11 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
ip subnet-zero ip tcp path-mtu-discovery Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! isdn voice-call-failure 0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ! Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation interface Loopback20 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip address 192.200.16.11 255.255.255.0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labdirected-broadcast exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and interface Loopback21 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip book address 192.200.17.11 255.255.255.0 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no ip directed-broadcast technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface Loopback22 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip address 192.200.18.11 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast ! interface Loopback23
ip address 192.200.19.11 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast ! interface Loopback24 • • •
Table of Contents
ip address 192.200.20.11 255.255.255.0 Index
Examples
no ip directed-broadcast
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Loopback88 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip address 88.8.8.8 255.255.0.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
no ip directed-broadcast ! interface Ethernet0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiestotitle from CiscoonPress. description fast 0/11 sw15_3550 ip address 192.168.2.11 255.255.255.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip directed-broadcast Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip ospf message-digest-key 2 md5 trustno1 !
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the interface Serial0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered ip address not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no ip directed-broadcast switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. no book ip mroute-cache The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core shutdown follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ! comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. interface Serial1 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no ip address no ip directed-broadcast shutdown !
router ospf 2003 area 0 authentication message-digest network 192.168.2.11 0.0.0.0 area 0 network 192.200.0.0 0.0.255.255 area 200 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
router bgp 96
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Bybgp Karl Solie CCIE No. 192.168.2.11 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router-id
bgp cluster-id Publisher: Cisco Press2177372427 Pub Date: November 07, 2003
network 88.8.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
neighbor 192.168.2.1 remote-as 10001 neighbor 192.168.2.1 password :)router neighbor 192.168.2.1 update-source Ethernet0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! ip classless Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know no ipwhat http server ! end
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. The following portion of I, the lab is timed and should after the configuration physicaland Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will getbegin comprehensive coverage of and the routing installation of all hardware. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes Rules suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty No static routes or floating static routes are allowed unless specifically stated. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. StudyFollow tips and techniques are included throughout theroutes book. where and when thetest-taking instructions exactly. Be careful to only propagate instructed. Only use the PVCs as directed by the instructions. You can use the configuration guides and the CD-ROM for your only reference material. You have 8.5 hours to complete this portion of the lab. Do not talk to anyone during this phase. It is recommended that you read the entire lab before beginning.
Make an accurate and precise network illustration.
Section I: IP Setup
• 1. Use theTable of Contentsas depicted in Figure 10-8 and address the network accordingly. IP addresses • Note: Not Index all the IP addresses can be assigned at this time. •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Figure 10-8. Network Diagram for Enchilada II
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 2. Use the IP subnets 192.168.1.0/24 and 192.168.2.0/24 on the Fast 3/0 interface of r3. Use VLAN C for subnet 192.168.1.0/24 and VLAN D for the 192.168.2.0/24 subnet. 3. Use the IP address of 175.10.1.10/27 on r10's E0 interface. This interface is in VLAN A, along with r4's e0/1 interface. 4. R8 has the Fast 0/1 interface in VLAN E and the Fast 0/0 interface in VLAN B. Use the IP address of 175.10.33.8/24 on the Fast 0/1 interface and 175.10.32.8/28 on the Fast 0/0 interface. 5.
4.
5. Use the network 175.10.0.0 for all other subnets and host addresses: -VLAN: 27-bit subnet -VLAN B: 28-bit subnet -VLANs C, D, E, Z: 24-bit subnet •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Section II: Catalyst Configuration CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
1. Configure an 802.1Q Gigabit trunk between sw15_35xx and sw16_3550 using the Gig 0/1 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 and Gig 0/2 interfaces. (You can substitute 100BASE-T interfaces for this lab.) Do not put 1-58705-072-2 IPISBN: addresses on the Gigabit interfaces. Pages: 1032
2. Configure the VLANs as depicted in Figure 10-8. Do not use VLAN 1. 3. Configure sw16_3550 to be a VTP server and sw15_35xx to be the client. Use PSV2 as the VTP domain name and authenticate VTP with the password cisco. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 4. Configure sw16_3550 to support 802.1w RSTP and 802.1s MSTP. Create three STP Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. instances; use the following guidelines: -Instance 0: VLAN 1, STP priority 8192 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know -Instance 1: VLANs 100–200, STP priority 4096 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation -Instance 2: VLANs 2–99, 201–4094, STP priority 16834 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - Make sure Volume 802.1w II works 802.1d on thethrough sw15_35xx switch. of That is, the VLAN CCIE Practical Studies, leadswith CCIE candidates the process preparing for the priority for the VLANs noted should be the same on sw15_35xx. CCIE lab exam by presenting them withabove a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Ensure that onCisco the switch that3550, are connected to hosts are configured for not covered- in Volume I, ports like the Catalyst route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 802.1w. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 5. Sw16_3550 should be reachable using the IP address 175.10.1.25/27, and sw15_35xx should be reachable the IP address 175.10.32.14/28. You cannot configure a default or The book begins with briefvia coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and static route on sw16_3550. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually Section III: EIGRP, Layer 3 Switching, and Frame Relayincrease in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 1. Configure a partial-mesh Frame Relay network between r3, r10, and r4. You can only use subinterfaces on r3. 2. Configure EIGRP over the Frame Relay network between r3, r10, and r4. Use the autonomous system ID of 2003. 3. Configure EIGRP on VLAN A between r10, r4, and sw16_3550. Enable Layer 3 switching on sw16_3550 to accomplish this.
3.
Section IV: RIP, OSPF Integration
• • •
1. Configure OSPF between r3 and the backbone router r11. Configure VLAN C to be in OSPF area 100 and VLAN D in OSPF area 0. Table of Contents
Index OSPF area 0 with Type II authentication. Authenticate Examples
CCIE Studies Volume 2. Practical When you connect toIIthe
backbone router r11, you should receive the following OSPF routes: 192.200.16.0/24, 192.200.17.0/24, 192.200.18.0/24, 192.200.19.0/24, and ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 192.200.20.0/24. Ensure that all routers can reach these routes, including the RIP and EIGRP domains. Publisher: Cisco Press
Date: November 07,between 2003 3.PubConfigure OSPF r3 and the backbone router r5 over the Frame Relay network. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Configure the Frame Relay network to be in area 500. Area 500 should be configured as a stub Pages:area. 1032
4. Configure RIPv2 between r3 and r8. VLAN E and VLAN B should run RIPv2, too. Use MD5 authentication for RIP updates over the Frame Relay link. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Section V: Route Filtering and HSRP
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 1. R10 and r4 should have EIGRP external routes 192.200.16.0/24, 192.200.17.0/24, Learn how to build192.200.19.0/24, a practice lab for and your192.200.20.0/24. CCIE lab exam preparation 192.200.18.0/24, R10 should only propagate the odd 192.200.0.0 subnets to sw16_3550. R4 should only propagate the even 192.200.0.0 Take fivetofull-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment subnets sw16_3550. CCIE Practical Studies, Volumer10, II leads CCIE candidates Use through the processfor ofthe preparing 2. Configure HSRP between r4, and sw16_3550. 175.10.1.1/27 HSRP for the CCIE address. lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume like the between Cisco Catalyst 3550, Use route maps, BGP, trustno1. Multicast, and QoS. Authenticate HSRPI,updates all devices. the password Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions thedefault Routing and Switching, Service Provider exams. R10 should beofthe primary router. IfSecurity, r10 losesand it serial interface, r4 lab should become primary. If r4 loses its serial interface and the r10 serial interface is down, sw16_3550 The book begins withthe brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and should become HSRP primary. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Section VI: ISDN comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 1. Configure the ISDN network between r10 and r3. Use the following guidelines: - Use the IP address of 175.10.128.10/24 on r10. This subnet should be in the EIGRP domain. - The dialer should not remain up all the time due to routing protocols. Configure r10 to only place the calls upon losing the 192.168.2.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 routes.
- Use CHAP for authentication; use cisco_isdn as the password - Do not use static routes; routing should be dynamic. - The link should drop after 5 minutes of idle time.
Section VII: • TableATM of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
1. Configure an ATM PVC from r3's atm0/0 port to r7's atm0 port; use subinterface for this purpose.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
2.Publisher: Use the Cisco ATM Press encapsulation method that is most suited to bursty data traffic. Pub Date: November 07, 2003
3. Configure the ATM circuit to support bursty delay-tolerant VBR traffic; this circuit should be ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 configured to use a sustained cell rate of 8 T1s and a peak cell rate that supports the full Pages: 1032 bandwidth of the interface. 4. Use the 62.1.8.0 network with a 30-bit subnet mask for this network.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Section VIII: BGP Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 1. All BGP routers what you know should peer with each other using statically assigned BGP router IDs; BGP routing updates should use the largest possible packet sizes. Unless otherwise specified, you cannot use route reflectors tofor accomplish in thispreparation lab. BGP will only be used to Learn how to build a practice lab your CCIEtasks lab exam advertise loopback networks; do not configure BGP to advertise any 10 networks. When routers have more than one peer in the samethe autonomous use a peer group to Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic actual lab system, exam environment simplify the configuration. At the end of this section, all BGP routes should be reachable on CCIE all Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates throughshown the process of 10-3. preparing for the BGP routers. Add and advertise the following networks in Table CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of theTable Routing10-3. and Switching, Lab 4 Security, BGP Networks and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Advertising Router
Network
r3
62.1.8.0/24 3.0.0.0/8
r4
32.1.1.0/24
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
r5
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
32.2.2.0/24 4.0.0.0/8 5.5.0.0/16
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
6.0.0.0/8 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
r7 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
12.0.0.0/8 52.1.1.0/24 54.1.0.0/16 62.1.8.0/30
r10 22.1.1.0/24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 24.24.24.24/24 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. into lab scenarios guide you in 2. Experience Enable BGPputting routingconcepts on routers r3,practice r5, and with r7. Configure all ofthat these routers to applying peer with what you know each other in AS 65001; these routers should also belong to parent AS 10001. Learn howr3 to to build practice for96; your CCIE lab exam preparation Configure peera with r11 lab in AS these routers should use BGP authentication using the password ":)router". Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment R3 should also peer with r7 over the ATM network and r5 over the Frame Relay network; CCIE one Practical II leads CCIE candidates through process of preparing for the routeStudies, reflectorVolume statement is allowed on r3, r5, and r7 forthe this purpose. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the first this provides coverage of CCIE lab exam R7 should bebest-selling able to reach alledition, networks r3book can reach; one default route is allowed ontopics r7 for not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. this purpose. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service labthese exams. 3. Configure BGPofrouting on routers r4 and r10; put these routers inProvider AS 65002; routers also belong to parent AS 10001. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for in further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each and of the R4 should alsoreferences peer with r3 AS 65001. All routers in AS 65002 should receive be core technologies follow,all providing detailed guides to vice applying the technologies in real network able to reach BGP routes sent by r3 and versa. settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Section IX: DLSW+ Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
1. Configure a DLSw TCP peer between VLAN A on r4 and VLAN B or r8. Explorers and DLSw traffic from r4's VLAN A should only be allowed onto r8's VLAN B. 2. Configure a DLSw TCP peer between VLAN D on r3 and VLAN E of r8. Only explorers and DLSw traffic from VLAN D can reach r8's VLAN E. 3. DLSw traffic from these two peers should not interact with each other.
3.
Section X: NAT
1. Configure NAT such that all users on VLAN B share a single IP address when accessing any internalTable lab equipment. • of Contents If sw15_35xx issues a ping to r3, for instance, it should be translated. • Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Section XI: No. Multicast Routing ByKarl Solie CCIE 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
1. Configure multicast routing on r3, r10, and r7. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 2. Use a rendezvous address of 175.10.16.3. R10 and r3 should both be able to ping the multicast address of 224.0.10.10 on the ATM interface of r7.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
CCIE Practice Lab: Kobayashi Maru Equipment List
• • •
1 FrameTable Relay of Contents switch: 4 serial ports Index
ISDN simulator/switch with 2 BRI ports Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ATM switch with 2 ATM interfaces
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
1 lab router: 1 Ethernet and 1 serial interface Publisher: Cisco Press
1 lab router: 1 Ethernet, 1 serial interface, and 1 FXS voice port
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
1 lab router: 1 Fast Ethernet, 1 serial, 1 ATM, and 1 ISDN BRI Pages: 1032
1 lab router: 1 Ethernet, 1 ISDN BRI, and 2 serial 1 lab router: 2 Ethernet and 1 FXS voice port 1 lab router: 2 Ethernet and 1 serial Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1 lab router: 1 ATM 1 Ethernet 3550 switch with the EMI software, 1 fiber port or crossover cable for Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying interconnection what you know 1 Ethernet 35xx Ethernet switch Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Prestaging—Frame Relay Switch, Backbone Routers, and ATM CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Configuration CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Configure the Relay switch with the PVCs3550, as depicted in Figure 10-9. Do notand timeQoS. yourself not covered inFrame Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst route maps, BGP, Multicast, on this portion the lab. Not CCIE all thecandidate PVCs in the are used. Example 10-7 lists the and Combined with of Volume I, the willdiagram get comprehensive coverage of the routing configurations for the Frame Relay andSwitching, ATM switches. switching portions of the Routing and Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested for further reading. LaboratoryConfigurations exercises covering each of the core Example 10-7.references Frame Relay and ATM Switch technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. Theyframe_switch present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. hostname Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ! frame-relay switching ! interface Ethernet0 no ip address
shutdown ! interface Serial0 • • •
no ip address
Table of Contents Index
encapsulation frame-relay Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
no fair-queue
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
clockrate 2000000 Publisher: Cisco Press
frame-relay intf-type dce Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
frame-relay route 102 interface Serial1 101 Pages: 1032
frame-relay route 202 interface Serial5 204 frame-relay route 302 interface Serial4 206 Gain hands-on experience the CCIE Lab Exam408 with volume two of the best-selling CCIE frame-relay route 402 for interface Serial3 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. frame-relay route 802 interface Serial8 708 !
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
interface Serial1 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no ip address Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment encapsulation frame-relay CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect clockrateto2000000 companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. frame-relay intf-type dce Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. frame-relay route 101 interface Serial0 102 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and frame-relay route 103 interface Serial5 includes suggested references for further reading.104 Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network frame-relay route 105 ofinterface Serial4 with 106 five hands-on lab exercises. These settings. The final chapter the book concludes comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty frame-relay route 107 interface Serial3 level. They present readers with scenarios similar108 to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. frame-relay route 108 interface Serial8 808 frame-relay route 109 interface Serial2 110 ! interface Serial2 no ip address
encapsulation frame-relay clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 110 interface Serial1 109 •
Table of Contents route 111 interface Serial3 708 • frame-relay Index •
Examples
! CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Serial3 Cisco Press noPublisher: ip address
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
encapsulation ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 frame-relay Pages: 1032
clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce frame-relay route 108 interface Serial1 107 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. frame-relay route 408 interface Serial0 402 frame-relay 508 interface Serial4 506 Experienceroute putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know frame-relay route 608 interface Serial5 804 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation frame-relay route 708 interface Serial2 111 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ! CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect interface Serial4 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. no covered ip address Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portionsframe-relay of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. encapsulation The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and clockrate 64000 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing frame-relay intf-type dcedetailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice106 labsinterface include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty frame-relay route Serial1 105 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking included302 throughout the book. frame-relay route 206 techniques interfaceare Serial0 frame-relay route 306 interface Serial5 304 frame-relay route 506 interface Serial3 508 ! interface Serial5
no ip address encapsulation frame-relay clockrate 64000 frame-relay intf-type dce • • •
Table of Contents
frame-relay route 104 interface Serial1 103 Index
Examples
frame-relay route 204 interface Serial0 202
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Byframe-relay Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,304 Leah Lynch CCIE No.Serial4 7220 route interface
306
frame-relay 404 interface Serial8 110 Publisher: Cisco route Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
frame-relay route 804 interface Serial3 608 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Serial6 no ip address Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Serial7 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no ip address !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Serial8 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no ip CCIE labaddress exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics encapsulation frame-relay not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and clockrate 64000of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions frame-relay dce The book beginsintf-type with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core frame-relay route 108 interface Serial5 404 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These frame-relay route Serial0 802 comprehensive practice708 labsinterface include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. frame-relay route 808 techniques interfaceare Serial1 Study tips and test-taking included108 throughout the book. ! interface Serial9 no ip address shutdown
! interface BRI0 no ip address shutdown •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
!
no ip classless
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
endPublisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
-----------------------------ATM Switch -----------------ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
hostname ls1010 ! atm address 47.0091.8100.0000.0061.705b.4001.0061.705b.4001.00 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface ATM0/0/0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know no keepalive Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation no atm auto-configuration Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment no atm address-registration CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the no atm ilmi-enable CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics no covered atm ilmi-lecs-implied not in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ! switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface ATM0/0/1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core no keepalive technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These no atm auto-configuration comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no atm Study tipsaddress-registration and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. no atm ilmi-enable no atm ilmi-lecs-implied atm pvc 1 101
interface
ATM0/0/0 1 102
atm pvc 3 103
interface
ATM0/0/0 7 107
! interface ATM0/0/2 no keepalive end •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Figure 10-9. Frame Relay Switch Configuration
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips andportion test-taking areand included The following of thetechniques lab is timed shouldthroughout begin afterthe thebook. configuration and physical installation of all hardware.
Rules No static routes or floating static routes are allowed unless specifically stated.
Follow the instructions exactly. Be careful to only propagate routes where and when instructed. Only use the PVCs as directed by the instructions. You can use the configuration guides and the CD-ROM for your only reference material. You have 8.5 hours to complete this portion of the lab. Do not talk to anyone during this phase. •
Table of Contents It is recommended that you read the entire lab before beginning.
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Section I: IP Setup
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
1.PubUse the IP addresses Date: November 07, 2003 as depicted in Figure 10-10 and address the network accordingly. Note: Not all the ISBN: 1-58705-072-2IP addresses can be assigned at this time. Pages: 1032
Figure 10-10. Network Diagram for Kobayashi Maru Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
2. Use the IP address 172.16.128.1 on the Fast 3/0 interface of r3. Subnet 172.16.128.0/24
3.
2. will be VLAN C. 3. Use the IP address of 172.16.33.42/29 on r11's E0 interface. This interface is in VLAN B, along with r4's e0/1 interface and r5's e 0/0 interface. 4. R8 has the Fast 0/1 interface in VLAN F and the Fast 0/0 interface in VLAN D. Use the IP address of 10.1.2.8/24 on the Fast 0/1 interface and 10.1.1.8/24 on the Fast 0/0 interface. • 5. R10 hasTable of Contents its e0 interface in VLAN E; use the IP address of 172.16.1.10/24 for it. • Index • 6. R4's e 0/0 Examples interface is in VLAN A and has the IP address of 172.16.33.4/29. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
7. Use the network 172.16.0.0 for all other subnets and host addresses:
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
-VLAN A: 29-bit subnet Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: -November 2003 VLAN B:07,29-bit
subnet
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
VLANs Pages: -1032
C, D, E, F: 24-bit subnet
Section II: Catalyst Configuration Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 1. Configure the VLANs as depicted in Figure 10-8. Do not use VLAN 1: Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know - VLAN A = VLAN 2034 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - VLAN B = VLAN 2033 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - VLAN C = VLAN 1026 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the - VLAN D = VLAN 10 (onwith sw15_35xx) CCIE lab exam by presenting them a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics VLAN E = I, VLAN not covered- in Volume like 1025 the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and - VLAN of F =the VLAN 10 and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions Routing 2. book Connect thewith Catalyst via technologies back-to-backrequired cable. Ensure both The begins brief switches coveragetogether of the core on thethat CCIE lab switches exam and are reachable from the lab using the following address: sw16_3550 = 172.16.33.9/29 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of theand core sw15_35xx = 172.16.33.10/29. not configure 802.1Q or ISL trunks. technologies follow, providing detailedDo guides to applying the technologies in You real cannot network configure a default orof static routeconcludes on sw16_3550. settings. The final chapter the book with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 3. Configure sw16_3550 and the sw15_35xx to use ccie_psv2 as the VTP domain name. level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Choose the VTP mode that is most desirable to your network design. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 4. Configure sw16_3550 to support 802.1w RSTP and 802.1s MSTP. Configure any host ports to support RSTP. 5. Configure MSTP such that all extended VLANs on sw16_3550 will be the root for spanning tree. Normal-range VLANs should use the default STP values. 6. Configure a MAC address of 0001.0001.aaaa on VLAN 2034 of sw16_3550.
6.
Section III: OSPF, EIGRP, Layer 3 Switching, and Frame Relay
1. Configure a partial-mesh Frame Relay network between r3, r5, and r11. You can use subinterfaces wherever you desire. OSPF over the Frame Relay network between r3, r5, and r11. The Frame Relay • 2. Configure Table of Contents networkIndex is in OSPF area 0. Configure VLAN C on r3 to be in area 51.
• •
Examples
3. Configure VLAN B between r5, r11, and r4 to be in OSPF area 100.
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By4. Karl Change Solie CCIE No.OSPF 4599, Leah No. 7220 the helloLynch timerCCIE of r5's S0/0
interface to 60 seconds.
5.Publisher: Configure on VLAN A between r4 and sw16_3550. Use the autonomous system ID of Cisco EIGRP Press 2003. Enable Layer 3 switching on sw16_3550 to accomplish this. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
6. EIGRP-originated routes should appear as OSPF external type 1 routes with a tag of 4 on Pages: 1032 all OSPF routers. 7. Ensure full IP reachability from the EIGRP and OSPF domain. Sw15_35xx should be able to ping VLAN C and vice versa. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical title from SectionStudies IV: IS-IS andCisco RIPPress. Integration Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know 1. Configure IS-IS between r3 and r10 over the Frame Relay network. Advertise VLAN E via IS-IS. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 2. Configure the serial link between r10 and r8.the Configure the exam link such that it supports Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic actual lab environment Lempel-Ziv (LZ)-based compression algorithms. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3. Configure RIPpresenting between r10 andwith r8. aDo not advertise VLAN laboratory D and VLAN F via RIP. CCIE lab exam by them series of challenging exercises. A RIP perfect should not use broadcast routing updates. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. 4. Integrate RIP and IS-IS fully into the existing OSPF/EIGRP domains. Ensure full Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and reachability between all routing domains. switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 5. On r3, tag any redistributed routes with an original administrative distance of 0 with a tag The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and of 3333. Tag redistributed routes with an original administrative distance of 115 with a tag includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core of 3, and tag routes with an original administrative distance of 1 with a tag of 777. technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Section NATreaders and DHCP level. They V: present with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
1. Configure NAT on r8 using the following guidelines: - Users on VLAN D, 10.1.1.0/24, will share 5 IP addresses (172.16.16.2 through 172.16.16.6). - R8 Fast 0/0 IP address, 10.1.1.8, will always be translated to 172.16.16.100.
2.
- Users on VLAN F will use PAT. 2. Ensure that users on VLAN D and VLAN F can ping sw16_3550 and sw15_35xx and are translated accordingly.
•
3. Configure the users on VLAN C on r3 to use DHCP. The server should advertise 172.16.128.1 as the default gateway. Reserve four host addresses on VLAN C in the DHCP pool for future use. Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
Section VI: Multicast CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Routing and NTP ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Cisco r8 Press 1.Publisher: Configure as an NTP server and sw16_3550 to receive NTP updates. When sw16_3550 Pub synchronizes Date: Novemberwith 07, 2003 the server, it should have a stratum of 6. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
2. Configure multicast routing on r3, r4, and r5. Use sparse mode and configure the multicast Pages: 1032 address of 224.0.10.3 on the Fast 3/0 interface of r3. 3. Configure r4 and r5 such that they can ping the multicast address of 224.0.10.3.
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Section VII: ISDN Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 1. what Configure the ISDN network between r10 and r3. Use the following guidelines: you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation - Use the IP address of 172.16.192.10/24 on r10. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment - The dialer should not remain up all the time due to routing protocols. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the - Configure r10 to them only place callsof upon losing the 172.16.128.0/24 route/VLAN CCIE lab exam by presenting with athe series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect C. Both B channels should pick up immediately. companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. - Use PPP CHAP for authentication; use cisco_isdn as the password. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. - You can use static routes. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and - The link should drop after 5 minutes of idle time. includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Section VIII:practice ATM labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 1. Configure an ATM PVC from r3's atm0/0 port to r7's atm0 port; use subinterfaces for this purpose. 2. Use the ATM encapsulation method that is most suited to bursty data traffic. 3. Configure the ATM circuit to support bursty delay-tolerant traffic with an unspecified bit rate; this circuit should be configured with a peak cell rate that supports the full bandwidth of the interface. 4.
3.
4. Use the 10.55.1.8 network with a 30-bit subnet mask for this network.
Section IX: BGP
• 1. All BGP Table of Contents routers should peer with each other using statically assigned BGP router IDs; BGP • routing Index updates should use the largest possible packet sizes. BGP will only be used to
advertise loopback networks; do not configure BGP to advertise any 10 networks. When Examples one peer in the same autonomous system, use a peer group to simplify the configuration. At the end of this section, all BGP routes should be reachable on ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 all BGP routers. Add and advertise the networks shown in Table 10-4. •
routersStudies have more than CCIE Practical Volume II
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Table 10-4. Lab 5 BGP Networks
Advertising Router
Network
r3
198.201.5.0/24
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 109.201.11.0/24 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. 10.55.1.8/30 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying r4 164.8.8.0/24 what you know 164.10.10./24 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation r5 36.101.11.0/24 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment 37.101.12.0/24 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the r7 exam by presenting them with a series 208.161.8.0/24 CCIE lab of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics 208.164.8.0/24 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 2. Configure BGP on r3 and r7; put both of these routers in AS 97. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and 3. Configure r7 toreferences peer with for r3 over its reading. ATM interface. R7 should be configured so that thecore includes suggested further Laboratory exercises covering each of the 208.164.8.0/24 network will neverguides be propagated beyond AS 97; one in configuration technologies follow, providing detailed to applying the technologies real networkline is allowed r3chapter for this of purpose. settings. The on final the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 4. R3 should peerreaders with r5with and scenarios r11 in AS similar 148 over Frame Relay network. level. They present to the what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 5. Configure BGP on routers r5 and r11. 6. R5 should peer with r3, r4, and r11. 7. R11 will peer with r3, r4, and r5. 8. Configure r11 so that routes from r4 will be less desirable to any other router that receives routes from this router. 9. Configure BGP on r4; put this router in AS 65 and configure it to peer with r5 and r11 over
8.
9. its Ethernet interface.
Section X: Voice
• 1. Configure Table of Contents Voice over IP between r5 and r4. • Index
use the 2345 phone number on its 1/0/0 voice port. This lab requires that you • 2. R4 should Examples use theStudies 164.8.8.1 IP II address CCIE Practical Volume
for voice calls.
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
3. R5 should use the 6789 phone number on its 1/0/0 port, and you must use the 36.101.11.1 IP address for all voice calls. Publisher: Cisco Press
4.PubCallers from r407, should Date: November 2003 also be able to reach r5 when the 411 phone number is dialed; only one command is allowed on r4 for this purpose. ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Section XI: DLSW+ Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 1. Configure a title DLSw FastCisco Sequence Practical Studies from Press.Transport peer between r10 VLAN E and VLAN B or r5. Configure DLSw such that only NetBIOS traffic can traverse the peer. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Part VII: Appendixes Appendix A Cisco IOS Software Limitations and Restrictions •
Appendix B RFCs
Table of Contents
•
Appendix IndexC Bibliography
•
Examples Appendix D IP Prefix Lists
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Appendix A. Cisco IOS Software Limitations and Restrictions • • •
Table of Contents Cisco IOS Software Limitations and Restrictions Index
Cluster Examples Limitations and Restrictions
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Cluster Management Suite Limitations and Restrictions
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Important Notes Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Cisco IOS Software Limitations and Restrictions These limitations apply to Cisco IOS Software Release 12.1(11)EA1: Storm control Table of or Contents traffic suppression (configured by using the storm-control {broadcast | multicast | unicast} level level [.level] interface configuration command) is supported only on Index physicalExamples interfaces; it is not supported on EtherChannel port channels even though you can enter • these commands through the command-line interface (CLI). CCIE Practical Studies Volume II • •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
The Cisco RPS 300 Redundant Power System (RPS) supports the Catalyst 3550 multilayer switch and provides redundancy for up to six connected devices until one of these devices requires backup Publisher: power.Cisco If aPress connected device has a power failure, the RPS immediately begins supplying power to Pub Date: November 07,sends 2003 status information to other connected devices that it is no longer available as that device and aISBN: backup power source. As described in the device documentation, when the RPS LED is amber, the 1-58705-072-2 RPS is connected but down. However, this might merely mean that the RPS is in standby mode. Pages: 1032 Press the Standby/Active button on the RPS to put it into active mode. You can view RPS status through the CLI by using the show rps privileged EXEC command. For more information, refer to theRPS 300 Hardware Installation Guide.
You can connect the switch to a PC by using the switch console port, the supplied rollover cable, Gain hands-on experience for theneed CCIEtoLab Examawith volume two of the best-selling CCIE and the DB-9 adapter. You provide RJ-45-to-DB-25 female DTE adapter if you want to Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. connect the switch console port to a terminal. You can order a kit (part number ACS-DSBUASYN=) with this RJ-45-to-DB-25 female DTE adapter from Cisco. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Modifying a multicast boundary access list does not prevent packets from being forwarded by any what you know multicast routes that were in existence before the access list was modified if the packets arriving on the input interface do not violate the boundary. However, no new multicast routes that violate the Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation updated version of the multicast boundary access list are learned, and any multicast routes that are in violation of the updated access list are not the relearned if they age out. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic actual lab exam environment updating a multicast boundary, thecandidates workaround is to use clearof ippreparing mroute privileged CCIE After Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE through thethe process for the EXEC command to delete any existing multicast routes that violate the updated boundary. CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect (Error code: CSCdr79083) companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. When an IP packet with a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error is received, the per-packet perCombined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and DSCP counter (for DSCP 0) is incremented. Normal networks should not have packets with CRC switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. errors. (Error code: CSCdr85898) The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Themac-address interface configuration command does not properly assign a MAC address to an includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core interface. This command is not supported on Catalyst 3550 switches. (Error code: CSCds11328) technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These If you configure the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server to allocate addresses from comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty a pool to the switch, two devices on the network might have the same IP address. Pooled addresses level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. are temporarily allocated to a device and are returned to the pool when not in use. If you save the Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. configuration file after the switch receives such an address, the pooled address is saved, and the switch does not attempt to access the DHCP server after a reboot to receive a new IP address. As a result, two devices might have the same IP address. The workaround is to make sure that you configure the DHCP server with reserved leases that are bound to each switch by the switch hardware address. (Error code: CSCds55220) Theshow ip mroute count privileged EXEC command might display incorrect packet counts. In certain transient states (for example, when a multicast stream is forwarded only to the CPU during the route-learning process and the CPU is programming this route into the hardware), a multicast
stream packet count might be counted twice. Do not trust the counter during this transient state. (Error code: CSCds61396) When changing the link speed of a Gigabit Ethernet port from 1000 Mbps to 100 Mbps, there is a slight chance that the port will stop transmitting packets. If this occurs, shut down the port and reenable it by using the shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration commands. (Error code: CSCds84279) •
Table of Contents In IP multicast routing and fallback bridging, certain hardware features are used to replicate packetsIndex for the different VLANs of an outgoing trunk port. If the incoming speed is line rate, the • Examples outgoing interface cannot duplicate that speed (because of the replication of the packets). As a CCIE Practical Studies II result, certainVolume replicated packets are dropped. (Error code: CSCdt06418) •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
When you use the no interface port-channel global configuration command to remove an EtherChannel group, the ports in the port group change to the administratively down state.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 When you remove an
EtherChannel group, enter the no shutdown interface configuration ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 command on the interfaces that belonged to the port group to bring them back on line. (Error code: Pages: 1032 CSCdt10825)
In the output displayed after a show interfaceinterface-id privileged EXEC command, the Output Buffer Failures field shows the number of packets lost before replication, whereas the Packets Output field shows the successful transmitted packets after replication. To determine actual discarded frames, multiply the output buffer failures by the number of VLANs on which the Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE multicast data is replicated. (Error code: CSCdt26928) Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets classified by quality of service (QoS) to map the differentiated code (DSCP) and the class of service (CoS) value in a QoS Experience puttingservices concepts intopoint practice withvalue lab scenarios that guide you in applying policy map might only modify the DSCP property and leave the CoS value at zero. (Error code: what you know CSCdt27705) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation If you assign both tail-drop threshold percentages to 100 percent by using the wrr-queue threshold interface practice configuration command and actual displaylab QoS information for this interface by using Take five full-blown labs that mimic the exam environment theshow mls qos interface statistics privileged command, the drop-count statistics are always evenStudies, if the thresholds exceeded. To display the total CCIE zero Practical Volume IIwere leads CCIE candidates through the number process of of discarded preparing packets, for the use ethernet-controllers EXEC command. In the display, CCIE the labshow exam controllers by presenting them with a series ofinterface-id challengingprivileged laboratory exercises. A perfect the number discarded first frames includes frames thatcoverage were dropped when tail-drop companion to theof best-selling edition, thisthe book provides of CCIE lab the exam topics thresholds were exceeded. CSCdt29703) not covered in Volume I, like the(Error Cisco code: Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Openportions ShortestofPath First (OSPF) path costs and Interior Routing Protocol (IGRP) metrics switching the Routing and Switching, Security, andGateway Service Provider lab exams. are incorrect for switch virtual interface (SVI) ports. You can manually configure the bandwidth of the SVI by using the bandwidth configurationrequired command. the exam bandwidth The book begins with brief coverage of interface the core technologies on Changing the CCIE lab and of the interface changes the routing metricreading. for the routes when exercises the SVI iscovering used as each an outgoing interface. includes suggested references for further Laboratory of the core (Error code: CSCdt29806) technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These On the Catalyst 3550, and traps are consistently sent. code: comprehensive practice labscoldStart include all of warmStart the technologies andnot gradually increase in (Error difficulty CSCdt33779) level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Remote Monitoring (RMON) collection functions on physical interfaces, but it is not supported on EtherChannels and SVIs. (Error code: CSCdt36101) Multicast router information is displayed in the show ip igmp snooping mrouter privileged EXEC command when IGMP snooping is disabled. Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) and IGMP snooping use the same commands to display multicast router information. In this case, MVR is enabled, and IGMP snooping is disabled. (Error code: CSCdt48002) When a VLAN interface has been disabled and restarted multiple times by using the shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration commands, the interface might not restart following a no
shutdown command. To restart the interface, re-enter a shutdown and no shutdown command sequence. (Error code: CSCdt54435)
• •
When you configure the ip pim spt-threshold infinity interface configuration command, you want all sources for the specified group to use the shared tree and not use the source tree. However, the switch does not automatically start to use the shared tree. No connectivity problem occurs, but the switch continues to use the shortest-path tree for multicast group entries already installed in the multicast routing table. You can enter the clear ip mroute * privileged EXEC command to force the Table of Contents change to the shared tree. (Error code: CSCdt60412) Index
•
Examplesof multicast routes configured on the switch is greater than the switch can support, it If the number memory, which can cause it to reboot. This is a limitation in the code.CCIE No. 7220 ByKarl platform-independent Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE Practical Studies II might run out Volume of available
The workaround is to not configure the switch to operate with more than the maximum number of supported multicast routes. You can use the show sdm prefer and show sdm prefer routing Pub Date: November 07, 2003 privileged EXEC commands to view approximate maximum configuration guidelines for the current ISBN:template 1-58705-072-2 SDM and the routing template. (Error code: CSCdt63354)
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pages: 1032
Configuring too many multicast groups might result in an extremely low memory condition and cause the software control data structure to go out of sync, causing unpredictable forwarding behavior. The memory resources can only be recovered by issuing the clear ip mroute privileged EXEC command. To prevent this situation, do not configure more than the recommended multicast routes on experience the switch. for (Error CSCdt63480) Gain hands-on the code: CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Thedec keyword is not supported in the bridgebridge-group protocol global configuration command. If two Catalyst 3550 switches are connected to each other through an interface that is configured IP routing andinto fallback bridging, andscenarios the bridge group isyou configured with the bridge Experience for putting concepts practice with lab that guide in applying bridge-group protocol dec command, both switches act as if they were the spanning-tree root. what you know Therefore, spanning-tree loops might be undetected. (Error code: CSCdt63589) Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation When you configure an EtherChannel between a Catalyst 3550 and a Catalyst 1900 switch, some Catalyst links in the EtherChannel might goactual down,lab butexam one link in the channel remains up, and Take five3550 full-blown practice labs that mimic the environment connectivity is maintained. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the workaround is to disable Port Aggregation Protocollaboratory (PAgP) onexercises. both devices by using the CCIE The lab exam by presenting themthe with a series of challenging A perfect channel-group channel-group-number mode interface configuration command. companion to the best-selling first edition, this bookonprovides coverage of CCIE lab examPAgP topics negotiation between these devices is not reliable. not covered in Volume I, like thetwo Cisco Catalyst 3550, route(Error maps,code: BGP, CSCdt78727) Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Whenportions the switch is operating with equal-cost routes and is required to learn more unicast routes switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, anditService Provider lab exams. than it can support, the CPU might run out of memory, and the switch might fail. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Thesuggested workaround is to remain within the documented recommended and supported (Error includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each oflimits. the core code: CSCdt79172) technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These The behavior of a software access list (ACL) with differs increase from a hardware ACL with comprehensive practice labs include all control of the technologies andQoS gradually in difficulty QoS. On the Catalyst 3550 switch, when the QoS hardware rewrites the DSCP of a packet, level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. the this field happens before softwarethroughout running onthe thebook. CPU examines the packet, and the Studyrewriting tips and of test-taking techniques are included CPU sees only the new value and not the original DSCP value. When the security hardware ACL matches a packet on input, the match uses the original DSCP value. For output security ACLs, the security ACL hardware should match against the final, possibly changed, DSCP value as set by the QoS hardware. Under some circumstances, a match to a security ACL in hardware prevents the QoS hardware from rewriting the DSCP and causes the CPU to use the original DSCP. If a security ACL is applied in software (because the ACL did not fit into hardware, and packets were sent to the CPU for examination), the match probably uses the new DSCP value as determined
by the QoS hardware, regardless of whether the ACL is applied at the input or at the output. When packets are logged by the ACL, this problem can also affect whether or not a match is logged by the CPU, even if the ACL fits into hardware and the permit or deny filtering was completed in hardware.
•
To avoid these issues, whenever the switch rewrites the DSCP of any packet to a value different from the original DSCP, security ACLs should not test against DSCP values in any of their access control elements (ACEs), regardless of whether the ACL is being applied to an IP access group or to a VLAN map. This restriction does not apply to ACLs used in QoS class maps. Table of Contents
•
Index is not configured to rewrite the DSCP value of any packet, it is safe to match against If the switch DSCP inExamples ACLs used for IP access groups or for VLAN maps because the DSCP does not change as CCIE Practical Studies Volume II by the switch. the packet is processed •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
The DSCP field of an IP packet encompasses the two fields that were originally designated Precedence and ToS (type of service). Statements relating to DSCP apply equally to either IP Publisher: Cisco Press precedence or IP ToS. (Error code: CSCdt94355) Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Disabling autonegotiation on a gigabit interface converter (GBIC) interface by using the speed Pages: 1032 nonegotiate interface configuration command might cause the interface to show that the physical link is up, even when it is not connected. (Error code: CSCdv29722)
If you configure a trunk port for Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) nonegotiate mode and change the encapsulation type from Inter-Switch Link (ISL) to 802.1Q by using the switchport trunk encapsulation interface configuration command, the port becomes an access port and is no longer Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE trunking. (Error code: CSCdv46715) Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. On earlier versions of Catalyst 3550-24 switches, if a 10/100BASE-TX port on the switch is connected a Catalyst 2820into or Catalyst switch through an guide ISL trunk at applying 100 Mbps, Experienceto putting concepts practice 1900 with lab scenarios that you in bidirectional communication cannot be established. The Catalyst 2820 or Catalyst 1900 switch what you know identifies the Catalyst 3550-24 switch as a Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) neighbor, but the Catalyst 3550-24 does lab not for recognize the lab Catalyst or Catalyst 1900 switch. On these Learn how to buildswitch a practice your CCIE exam 2820 preparation switches, you should not use ISL trunks between the Catalyst 3550-24 and a Catalyst 2820 or Catalyst switch. Configure link as anthe access link of a trunk link. Take five1900 full-blown practice labsthe that mimic actual labinstead exam environment problem has been fixed in hardware on Catalyst 3550-24 motherboard assembly CCIE This Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through theswitches process with of preparing for the 73-5700-08 or later. determine thechallenging board levellaboratory on your switch, enterAthe show version CCIE number lab exam by presenting them To with a series of exercises. perfect privileged EXEC. Motherboard information appears toward the endof ofCCIE the output display. (Error companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage lab exam topics code: CSCdv68158) not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Whenportions IGMP filtering is enabled you use Security, the ip igmp global configuration command to switching of the Routing andand Switching, andprofile Service Provider lab exams. create an IGMP filter, reserved multicast addresses cannot be filtered. Because IGMP filtering uses only begins Layer 3with addresses to filter of IGMP and due torequired mappingon between Layer 3 multicast The book brief coverage the reports core technologies the CCIE lab exam and addresses andreferences Ethernet multicast addresses, groups (224.0.0.x) always allowed includes suggested for further reading. reserved Laboratory exercises coveringare each of the core throughfollow, the switch. In addition, can leak the switch. example, if a user technologies providing detailedaliased guidesgroups to applying the through technologies in real For network is allowed to receive fromconcludes group 225.1.2.3, not from 230.1.2.3, settings. The final chapter reports of the book with fivebut hands-on labgroup exercises. Thesealiasing will cause the user to receive reports 230.1.2.3. Aliasing of reserved addresses means that all comprehensive practice labs include allfrom of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty of the form y.0.0.x allowedsimilar through. (Error code: level.groups They present readers with are scenarios to what they willCSCdv73626) face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. If you use the ip igmp max-groups interface configuration command to set the maximum number of IGMP groups for an interface to 0, the port still receives group reports from reserved multicast groups (224.0.0.x) and their Layer 2 aliases (y.0.0.x). (Error code: CSCdv79832) The switch might reload when it is executing the no snmp-server host global configuration command. This is a rare condition that can happen if SNMP traps or informs are enabled and the SNMP agent attempts to send a trap to the host just as it is being removed from the configuration and if the IP address of the host (or the gateway to reach the host) has not been resolved by Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).
The workaround is to ensure that the target host or the next-hop gateway to that host is in the ARP cache (for example, by issuing a ping command) before removing it from the SNMP configuration. Alternatively, disable all SNMP traps and informs before removing any hosts from the SNMP configuration. (Error code: CSCdw44266)
• • •
When you access CISCO-STACK-MIB portTable, the mapping might be off by one from the mapping given by the switch. The objects in this table are indexed by two numbers: portModuleIndex and portIndex. The allowable values for portModuleIndex are 1 through 16. Because 0 is not an Table of Contents allowable value, the value 1 represents module 0. Index
Examples is to use the value 1 to represent module 0. (Error code: CSCdw71848) The workaround
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
a port Catalyst 3550 switch that ByKarl If Solie CCIEon No.the 4599 , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
is running the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) is connected to another switch that belongs to a different Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) region, the Catalyst 3550 port is not recognized as a boundary port when you start the protocol migration Publisher: Cisco Press process by using the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols interface interface-id privileged Pub Date: November 07, 2003 EXEC command. This problem occurs only on the root bridge, and when the root bridge is cleared, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 the boundary ports are not shown because the designated ports do not receive any bridge protocol Pages: 1032 (BPDUs) unless a topology change occurs. This is the intended behavior. data units
The workaround is to configure the Catalyst 3550 switch for Per VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST) by using the spanning-tree mode pvst global configuration command bridge, and then change it to MSTP by using the spanning-tree mode mst global configuration command. (Error code: CSCdx10808) Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. If you apply an ACL to an interface that has a QoS policy map attached and the ACL is configured so that the packet should be forwarded by the CPU, or if the configured ACL cannot fit into the ternary content addressable memory (TCAM), received fromyou thisininterface Experience putting concepts into practice with all labpackets scenarios that guide applyingare forwarded to theyou CPU. Because traffic forwarded to the CPU cannot be policed by the policer configured on the what know interface, this traffic is not accurately rate limited to the configured police rate. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation The workaround, when QoS rate limiting is configured on an interface, is to configure applied ACLs Take so that five packets full-blown are not practice forwarded labs that by the mimic CPUthe or actual reducelab theexam number environment of ACEs in the ACL so that it can fit into the TCAM. (Error code: CSCdx30485) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Catalyst lab exam3550 by presenting switches do them not with take ainto series account of challenging the Preamble laboratory and Inter exercises. Frame Gap A perfect (IFG) when rate companion limiting totraffic, the best-selling which could first result edition, in athis slightly bookinaccurate provides coverage policing rate of CCIE on alab long exam burst topics of small-sized not covered frames,inwhere Volume theI,ratio like of thethe Cisco Preamble Catalyst and 3550, IFG route to frame maps, sizeBGP, is more Multicast, significant. and QoS. This should not Combined be anwith issueVolume in an environment I, the CCIE candidate where thewill frames get comprehensive are a mix of different coverage sizes. of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. If the switch fails for any reason while you are exiting VLAN configuration mode (accessed by The book entering begins thewith vlanbrief database coverage privileged of the core EXEC technologies command),required there is on a slight the CCIE chance lab that exam the and VLAN includes database suggested might references get corrupted. for further After reading. resettingLaboratory from the switch, exercises youcovering might see each these of the messages core on technologies the console: follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
%SW_VLAN-4-VTP_INVALID_DATABASE_DATA: VLAN manager received bad data of type device type: value 0 from vtp database $SW_VLAN-3-VTP_PROTOCOL_ERROR: VTP protocol code internal error
The workaround is to use the delete flash:vlan.dat privileged EXEC command to delete the corrupted VLAN database. Then reload the switch by using the reload privileged EXEC command. (Error code: CSCdx19540) •
Table of Contents
When aIndex Cisco RPS 300 Redundant Power System provides power to a switch, after the switch power supply is restored, the RPS 300 continues to provide power until the RPS mode button is pressed. • Examples At this point, restart, depending on how quickly the switches' internal power supply CCIE Practical Studies some Volumeswitches II resumes operation. (Error code: CSCdx81023) •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Inserting GigaStack gigabit interface converter (GBIC) modules in the switch causes an increase in (Error code: CSCdx90515)
Publisher: Cisco Press the CPU usage.
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Hot Standby Routing Protocol (HSRP) does not support configuration of overlapping addresses in ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 different VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) tables. (Error code: CSCdy14520) Pages: 1032 When 1000 VLANs and more than 40 trunk ports are configured, and the spanning-tree mode changes from MSTP to PVST or vice versa, this message appears on the console: Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know %ETHCNTR-3-RA_ALLOC_ERROR: Access write poolpreparation I/O memory allocation failure Learn how to build a practice labRAM for your CCIE lab exam Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the is nobyworkaround. However, it series is recommended thatlaboratory you reloadexercises. the switchAby using the CCIE There lab exam presenting them with a of challenging perfect reloadtoprivileged EXEC command. To this avoid thisprovides problem,coverage configure system with topics fewer VLANs companion the best-selling first edition, book ofthe CCIE lab exam and fewer trunk ports, use the switchport trunk allowed vlan Multicast, interface configuration not covered in Volume I, likeorthe Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, and QoS. command to reduce of activewill VLANs on each trunk port. (Errorofcode: CSCdx20106) Combined with Volume I, the the number CCIE candidate get comprehensive coverage the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Cluster Limitations and Restrictions These limitations apply to cluster configuration: When there Table is of a Contents transition from the cluster active command switch to the standby command switch, Catalyst 1900, Catalyst 2820, and Catalyst 2900 4-MB switches that are Index cluster members • Examples might lose their cluster configuration. You must manually add these switches back Volume to the II cluster. (Error codes: CSCds32517, CSCds44529, CSCds55711, CCIE Practical Studies CSCds55787, CSCdt70872) • •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
When a Catalyst 2900 XL or Catalyst 3500 XL cluster command switch is connected to a the command switch does not find any cluster candidates beyond the Pub Date: November 2003 if it is not a member of the cluster. You must add the Catalyst 3550 Catalyst 3550 07, switch switch to the cluster. You can then see any cluster candidates connected to it. (Error code: ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 CSCdt09918) Pages: 1032
Publisher: Cisco Pressswitch, Catalyst 3550
When clustering is enabled, do not configure SNMP community strings of more than 59 bytes, or clustering SNMP might not work correctly. (Error code: CSCdt39616) If both the active command-switch and the standby command switch fail at the same Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Labre-created. Exam with Even volume two of best-selling CCIE time, the cluster is not automatically if there is the a third passive command Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. switch, it might not re-create all cluster members because it might not have all the latest cluster configuration information. You must manually re-create the cluster if both the active and standby command switches simultaneously fail. (Error code: CSCdt43501) Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Cluster Management Suite Limitations and Restrictions These limitations apply to Cluster Management Suite (CMS) configuration: Host names Table and of Contents Domain Name System (DNS) server names that contain commas on a cluster command switch, member switch, or candidate switch can cause CMS to behave Index unexpectedly. • ExamplesYou can avoid this instability in the interface by not using commas in host names Studies or DNSVolume names. CCIE Practical II Also, do not enter commas when entering multiple DNS names in the IP Configuration tab of the IP Management window in CMS. • •
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ACEs that contain the host keyword precede all other ACEs in standard ACLs. You can in a standard ACL with one restriction: No ACE with the any keyword Pub Novembermask 07, 2003 orDate: a wildcard can precede an ACE with the host keyword.
Publisher: Cisco the PressACEs reposition ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
CMS performance degrades if the topology view is open for several hours on a Solaris Pages: 1032 machine. The cause might be a memory leak. The workaround is to close the browser, reopen it, and launch CMS again. (Error code: CSCds29230) Gain hands-on for the CCIE Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE If you are experience printing a topology viewLab or front-panel view that contains many devices and are Practical Studies title2.6 from Cisco Press. you might get an "Out of Memory" error message. running Solaris with JDK1.2.2, The workaround is to close the browser, reopen it, and launch CMS again. Before you Experience concepts that guide you Print in applying perform anyputting other task, bringinto up practice the viewwith thatlab youscenarios want to print, and click in the CMS what you know menu. (Error code: CSCds80920) Learn to build practice lab for your exam preparation If a PChow running CMSa has low memory and CCIE CMS lab is running continuously for 2 to 3 days, the PC runs out of memory. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment The workaround is to relaunch CMS. (Error code: CSCdv88724) CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE When lab exam by presenting with is a series challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect a VLAN or a rangethem of VLANs alreadyofconfigured and you specify VLAN filter for a companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics SPAN session, the current configuration for that session is overwritten with the new entry. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Although the CLI appends new entries after the existing ones, CMS re-creates the whole Combined with Volume I,the thecurrent CCIE candidate will get comprehensive of per the entry. routing and session, overwrites entry, and provides only a singlecoverage VLAN filter switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The workaround is to use the CLI; it is the only method for specifying multiple VLANs for The book begins brief coverage of the(SPAN) core technologies required the CCIE lab exam and filtering in awith Switched Port Analyzer session. (Error code:on CSCdw93904) includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Important Notes Cisco IOS Software Notes •
Table of Contents
• These notes apply Index to Cisco IOS Software configuration: •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
If you configure a port ACL on a physical interface on a switch that has VLAN maps or input router ACLs configured, or if you configure a VLAN map or input router ACL on a switch that has port ACLs configured, a "CONFLICT" message is generated but the configuration is accepted. The port ACL Publisher: action Cisco has Press priority on that port over actions in a router ACL or VLAN map applied to the VLAN to Pub which Date: November the port07, belongs. 2003
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
The result is that packets received on that physical port will be permitted or denied based on the port Pages: 1032 ACL action without regard to any permit or deny statements in router ACL or VLAN map, whereas packets received on other physical ports in the VLAN will still be permitted or denied based on router ACLs or VLAN maps applied to the VLAN. If the port ACL is applied to a trunk port, it overrides any other input ACLs applied to all VLANs on the trunk port. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Examunit with(MTU) volume of the best-selling The default system maximum transmission for two traffic on the Catalyst CCIE 3550 switch is 1500 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. bytes. The 802.1Q tunneling feature increases the frame size by 4 bytes. Therefore, when you configure 802.1Q tunneling, you must configure all switches in the 802.1Q network to be able to process maximum frames by increasing the switch system MTU size to at least 1504 bytes. You Experience putting concepts into with lab scenarios thatconfiguration guide you in applying configure the system MTU size bypractice using the system mtu global command. what you know
Beginning with Cisco IOS Software Release 12.1(8)EA1, to configure traffic suppression (previously Learn how to practice lab for broadcast, your CCIE lab exam preparation configured bybuild usingathe switchport switchport multicast, and switchport unicast interface configuration commands), you use the storm-control {broadcast | multicast | unicast} Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment level level [.level] interface configuration commands. For more information about these commands, to the Catalyst 3550 II Multilayer Switch Command Reference . CCIE refer Practical Studies, Volume leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the
CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect When you are configuring a cascaded stack of Catalyst 3550 switches by using the GigaStack GBIC companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics and want to include more than one VLAN in the stack, be sure to configure all the GigaStack GBIC not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. interfaces as trunk ports by using the switchport mode trunk interface configuration command and Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and to use the same encapsulation method by using the switchport encapsulation {isl | dot1q} switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface configuration command. For more information about these commands, refer to the Catalyst 3550begins Multilayer Command Reference. The book with Switch brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and
includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core If the 1000BASE-T GBIC (WS-G5482) is not securely inserted, the switch might fail to recognize it or technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network might display an incorrect media type following a show interface privileged EXEC command entry. I settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These this happens, remove and reinsert the GBIC. comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level.Beginning They present withSoftware scenarios similar12.1(11)EA1, to what they the will mac face on the actual labaging-time exam. withreaders Cisco IOS Release address-table Studycommand tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. replaces the mac-address-table aging-time command (with the hyphen). The macaddress-table aging-time command (with the hyphen) will become obsolete in a future release. Beginning with Cisco IOS Software Release 12.1(11)EA1, the vtp privileged EXEC command keywords are available in the vtp global configuration command. The vtp privileged EXEC command will become obsolete in a future release.
Cluster Notes
This note applies to cluster configuration: Thecluster setup privileged EXEC command and the standby mac-address interface configuration command have been removed from the CLI and the documentation because they did not function correctly. •
Table of Contents
Index CMS Notes • •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
These notes apply to CMS configuration: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
If you use CMS on Windows 2000, it might not apply configuration changes if the enable password is changed from the CLI during your CMS session. You have to restart CMS and enter the new password Pub Date: November 07, 2003 when prompted. Platforms other than Windows 2000 prompt you for the new enable password when 1-58705-072-2 itISBN: is changed.
Publisher: Cisco Press
Pages: 1032
CMS does not display QoS classes that are created through the CLI if these classes have multiple match statements. When using CMS, you cannot create classes that match more than one match statement. CMS does not display policies that have such classes. If you use Internet Explorer version 5.5 and select a URL with a nonstandard port at the end of the Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE address (for example, www.add.com:84), you must enter http:// as the URL prefix. Otherwise, you Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. cannot launch CMS.
Within an ACL, you concepts can change sequence ACEs that have host keyword. However, because Experience putting intothe practice withoflab scenarios thatthe guide you in applying such ACEs are independent of each other, the change has no effect on the way the ACL filters traffic. what you know If you how use the Netscape browser CMS andpreparation you resize the browser window while CMS Learn to build a practice lab to forview yourthe CCIE labGUI exam is initializing, CMS does not resize to fit the window. Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Resize the browser window again when CMS is not busy. CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the does by notpresenting start if thethem temporary on your computer runs exercises. out of memory. This problem CCIE CMS lab exam with a directory series of challenging laboratory A perfect can occur because of a bug in the 1.2.2 version of the Java plug-in. The plug-in creates temporary companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics files in the directory whenever it runs CMS, and the directory eventually runs out of plug-in space. not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and The workaround is to remove all the jar_cache*.tmp files from the temporary directory. The path to switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. the directory is different for different operating systems: The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and -Solaris: /var/tmp includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network -Windows NT and Windows 2000: \TEMP settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty -Windows 95 and 98: \Windows\Temp level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Read-Only Mode in CMS
CMS provides two levels of access to the configuration options. If your privilege level is 15, you have readwrite access to CMS. If your privilege level is from 1 to 14, you have read-only access to CMS. In the readonly mode, some data is not displayed, and an error message appears when these switches are running these software releases:
Catalyst 2900 XL or Catalyst 3500 XL member switches running Release 12.0(5)WC2 or earlier Catalyst 2950 member switches running Release 12.0(5)WC2 or earlier Catalyst 3550 member switches running Release 12.1(6)EA1 or earlier In the front-panel view or topology view, CMS does not display error messages. In the front-panel view, if the switch is Table running one of the software releases listed previously, the device LEDs do not appear. In • of Contents topology view, if the member is a Long-Reach Ethernet (LRE) switch, the customer premises equipment • Index (CPE) connected to the switch does not appear. The Bandwidth and Link graphs also do not appear in • Examples these views. CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ToKarl view switch information, you need to upgrade
the member switch software. For information about upgrading switch software, see the "Downloading Software" section. Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Unsupported CLI Commands in Release 12.1(11)EA1 Pages: 1032
This section lists some of the CLI commands that are displayed when you enter the question mark (?) at the Catalyst 3550 switch prompt but are not supported in this release, either because they are not tested, or because of Catalyst 3550 hardware limitations. This is not a complete list. The unsupported commands are listed by software feature and command mode. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Access Control Lists: Unsupported Privileged EXEC Commands Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the[host] best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics access-enable [timeout minutes] not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get[dynamic-name] comprehensive coverage of the routing and access-template [access-list-number | name] [source] [destination] switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. [timeout minutes] The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includesaccess-template suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core clear [access-list-number | name] [dynamic-name] [source] [destination] technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
ARP: Unsupported Global Configuration Commands
arp ip-address hardware-address smds arp ip-address hardware-address srp-a arp ip-address hardware-address srp-b
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ARP: Unsupported Interface Configuration Commands CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
arp probe ip proxy Gainprobe hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
FallBack Bridging: Unsupported Privileged EXEC Commands
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and |Service Provider lab exams. clear bridge [bridge-group] multicast [router-ports groups | counts] [group-address] The book begins with[counts] brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and [interface-unit] includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network clear vlan follow, statistics settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty show bridge [bridge-group] circuit-group [circuit-group] [-mac-address] level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. [dst-mac-address] show bridge [bridge-group] multicast [router-ports | groups] [group-address] show bridge vlan show interfaces crb show interfaces {ethernet | fastethernet} [interface | slot/port] irb
show subscriber-policy range
FallBack Bridging: Unsupported Global Configuration Commands •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
bridge bridge-group bitswap_l3_addresses ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
bridge bridge-group bridge ip bridge bridge-group circuit-group circuit-group pause milliseconds bridge bridge-group circuit-group circuit-group source-based Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical cmf bridge Studies title from Cisco Press. bridge crb Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know bridge bridge-group domain domain-name Learn bridge irbhow to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bridge bridge-group mac-address-table limit number CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the bridge multicast-source CCIE labbridge-group exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bridge bridge-group protocol not covered in Volume I,route like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and bridge policy switchingbridge-group portions of thesubscriber Routing andpolicy Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. subscriber-policy [[no |ofdefault] packet [permit | deny]] The book begins with policy brief coverage the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. TheyBridging: present readers with scenarios similarConfiguration to what they will face on the actual lab exam. FallBack Unsupported Interface Commands Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
bridge-group bridge-group cbus-bridging bridge-group bridge-group circuit-group circuit-number bridge-group bridge-group input-address-list access-list-number bridge-group bridge-group input-lat-service-deny group-list •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
bridge-group bridge-group input-lat-service-permit group-list bridge-group bridge-group input-lsap-list access-list-number CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 bridge-group bridge-group input-pattern-list
access-list-number
bridge-group input-type-list access-list-number Publisher: Cisco bridge-group Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
bridge-group bridge-group lat-compression ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
bridge-group bridge-group output-address-list access-list-number bridge-group bridge-group output-lat-service-deny group-list bridge-group bridge-group output-lat-service-permit group-list Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studiesbridge-group title from Ciscooutput-lsap-list Press. bridge-group access-list-number bridge-group bridge-group output-pattern-list access-list-number Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know bridge-group bridge-group output-type-list access-list-number Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation bridge-group bridge-group sse Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment bridge-group bridge-group subscriber-loop-control CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the bridge-group bridge-group subscriber-trunk CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics bridge bridge-group not covered in Volume I,lat-service-filtering like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and frame-relay map of bridge dlci and broadcast switching portions the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interface bvi bridge-group The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core x25 map bridge x.121-address broadcast [options-keywords] technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
HSRP: Unsupported Global Configuration Commands
interface Async interface BVI interface Dialer interface Group-Async • Table of Contents •
Index
interface Lex • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
interface Multilink
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Virtual-Template Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 interface Virtual-Tokenring ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
HSRP: Unsupported Interface Configuration Commands Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation mtu Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment standby mac-refresh seconds CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect standby use-bia companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and HSRP: Commands includesInterface suggestedConfiguration references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
switchport broadcast level switchport multicast level switchport unicast level
NOTE • • •
Table of Contents These commands were replaced in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.1(8)EA1 by the storm-control Index | multicast | unicast} level level [.level] interface configuration command. {broadcast Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
IP Multicast Routing: Unsupported Privileged EXEC Commands Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE debughands-on ip packet Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Displays packets received by the switch CPU. It does not display packets that are hardware switched. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching debug ip portions mcache of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter theswitch book CPU. concludes with hands-on lab that exercises. These switched. Affects packets received byofthe It does notfive display packets are hardware comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
debug ip mpacket [detail] [access-list-number [group-name-or-address]
Affects only packets received by the switch CPU. Because most multicast packets are hardware switched, use this command only when you know that the route will forward the packet to the CPU.
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
debug ip pim atm Publisher: Cisco Press
show ip2003 rtp header-compression [interface type number] Pubframe-relay Date: November 07, ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
show ip mcache Pages: 1032
Displays entries in the cache for those packets that are sent to the switch CPU. Because most multicast Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE LabCPU Exam with volume two ofuse the this best-selling CCIE packets are switched in hardware without involvement, you can command, but multicast Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. packet information is not displayed. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the show ip exam mpacket CCIE lab by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Supported but is only useful for packets received at the switch CPU. If the route is hardware switched, the command has nowith effect because the CPU does not receive therequired packet and cannot display it. and The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies on the CCIE lab exam includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
show ip pim vc [group-address | name] [type number] show ip rtp header-compression [type number] [detail]
Displays PIM and RTP header compression information.
IP Multicast Routing: Unsupported Global Configuration Commands
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip Publisher: pim accept-rp Cisco Press {address | auto-rp} [group-access-list-number] Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip pimISBN: message-interval seconds 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
IP Multicast Routing: Unsupported Interface Configuration Commands Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment frame-relay ip rtp header-compression [active | passive] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the frame-relay ip ip-address dlcia [broadcast] compress CCIE lab exammap by presenting them with series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics frame-relay ip ip-address dlci rtp header-compression [active | passive] not covered in map Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ip igmp helper-address ip-address switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams.
ip {group-address broadcast}required {broadcast-address multicastThemulticast book beginshelper-map with brief coverage of the core|technologies on the CCIE lab|exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core address} extended-access-list-number technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip multicast rate-limit | out} | whiteboard] [group-list [sourcecomprehensive practice labs {in include all of [video the technologies and gradually increaseaccess-list] in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. list kbps techniques are included throughout the book. Study access-list] tips and test-taking ip multicast use-functional ip pim minimum-vc-rate pps ip pim multipoint-signalling ip pim nbma-mode
ip pim vc-count number ip rtp compression-connections number ip rtp header-compression [passive]
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
• Unicast Routing: IP Examples Unsupported Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Commands CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
clear ip accounting [checkpoint] clear ip bgp {* | address | peer-group-name} soft [in | out] Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical clear ipStudies bgp dampening title from Cisco Press. clear ip bgp address flap-statistics Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know clearwhat ip bgp prefix-list how to|build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation show Learn cef [drop not-cef-switched] Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment show ip accounting [checkpoint] [output-packets | access-violations] CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the show ip exam bgp dampened-paths CCIE lab by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics show ip bgpin flap-statistics not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and show ip bgp inconsistent-as switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. show ip bgp regexp regular expression The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core show ip prefix-list regular expression technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
IP Unicast Routing: Unsupported Global Configuration Commands
ip accounting-list ip-address wildcard ip as-path access-list ip accounting-transits count ip cef accounting [per-prefix] [non-recursive] • Table of Contents •
Index
ip cef traffic-statistics [load-interval seconds] [update-rate seconds]] • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ip flow-aggregation
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip flow-cache Publisher: Cisco Press
ip Pub flow-export Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
ip gratituitous-arps Pages: 1032 ip local ip prefix-list Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE ip reflexive-list Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. router bgp Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying router egp what you know router-isis Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation router iso-igrp Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment router mobile CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect router odrto the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. router static Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network IP Unicast Unsupported Interface with Configuration Commands settings. TheRouting: final chapter of the book concludes five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
ip accounting ip load-sharing [per-packet]
ip mtu bytes ip route-cache ip verify ip unnumbered type number •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
All ip security ByKarl Solie CCIE commands. No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Publisher: Cisco Press
Unsupported BGP Router Configuration Commands Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
NOTE These Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) commands have not been tested for the Catalyst 3550 and Gain are hands-on experience CCIE Exam volume two of12.1(11)EA1. the best-selling not supported for for the the switch in Lab Cisco IOS with Software Release ThisCCIE is not a Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. complete list. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect address-family companion to the vpnv4 best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. address-family ipv4 I, [multicast | unicast] Combined with Volume the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. default-information originate The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and neighbor advertise-map includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network neighbor advertisement-interval settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty neighbor level. Theyallowas-in present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. neighbor default-originate neighbor description neighbor distribute-list neighbor prefix-list neighbor route-reflector client
neighbor soft-reconfiguration neighbor version network backdoor table-map •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Unsupported VPN Configuration Commands ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
All
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
NOTE The switch does support the multi-VPN routing/forwarding (multi-VRF) commands shown in the command reference for this release. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Unsupported Commands ExperienceRoute puttingMap concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. match route-type { level-1 | level-2} Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. set as-path {tag | prepend as-path-string} The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and set automatic-tag includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network set dampening half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty set ip destination ip-address mask level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. set ip next-hop set ip precedence value set ip qos-group set metric-type internal set tag tag-value
MSDP: Unsupported Privileged EXEC Commands
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
show access-expression Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
show exception ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
show location show pm LINE show smf [interface-id] Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. show subscriber-policy [policy-number] show template [template-name] Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blownGlobal practice labs that mimicCommands the actual lab exam environment MSDP: Unsupported Configuration CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip msdp default-peer ip-address name to [prefix-list list] technologies follow, providing detailed |guides applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Because BGP/Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is not supported, use the ip msdp peer command instead of this command.
RADIUS: Unsupported Global Configuration Commands
aaa nas port extended radius-server attribute nas-port •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
radius-server configure CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
radius-server extended-portnames ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Global Configuration Commands SNMP: Unsupported Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying snmp-server enable informs what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Spanning Tree: Unsupported Global Configuration Commands CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
VLANs: Unsupported User EXEC Commands
ifindex private-vlan
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Appendix B. RFCs Table B-1 lists some of the more common RFCs found throughout this book. You can find all RFCs online at www.rfc-editor.org/cgi-bin/rfcsearch.pl. Just insert the RFC number in the search field. • Table of Contents •
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Table B-1. RFCs Referenced in This Book
Publisher: Cisco Press
Document
Title
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Update Notes
RFC 3392 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Capabilities Advertisement with BGP-4 Pages: 1032
RFC 3260
New Terminology and Clarifications for Diffserv
RFC 3248
A Delay Bound Alternative Revision of RFC 2598 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE RFC 3065 Autonomous System Confederations for Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. BGP RFC 2918 Route Refresh Capability for BGP-4 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying RFC what 2892 you know Capabilities Advertisement with BGP-4 RFC Learn 2796 how to buildBGP Route Reflection — CCIE An Alternative a practice lab for your lab exam to preparation Full Mesh IBGP Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment RFC 2750 RSVP Extensions for Policy Contro CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the RFC 2697 A Single Rate Three Color M arker CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion first edition, this book of CCIE lab exam topics RFC 2598 to the best-selling An Expedited Forwarding PHB provides coverage Updated by RFC not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps,3246 BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and RFC 2597portions of the Assured Forwarding PHB Group Updated by RFC switching Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 3260 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and RFC 2519 A Framework for Inter-Domain Route exercises covering each of the core includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory Aggregation technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. RFC 2475 An Architecture for Differentiated Updated by RFC These comprehensive practiceServices labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 3260 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. RFC 2474 Definition of theare Differentiated Services the Updated by RFC Study tips and test-taking techniques included throughout book. Field (DS Field) in the IPv4 and IPv6 3260 Headers RFC 3392
Capabilities Advertisement with BGP-4
RFC 2385
Protection of BGP Sessions via the TCP MD5 Signature Option
RFC 2362
Protocol Independent Multicast-Sparse Mode
RFC 2309
Recommendations on Queue Management and Congestion Avoidance in the Internet
RFC 2330
Framework for IP Performance Metrics
RFC 2205
Resource ReSerVation Protocol (RSVP) — Version 1 Functional Specification
•
Table of Contents
•RFC 1998
Index
•
Examples
An Application of the BGP Community Attribute in Multi-home Routing
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
RFC 1105
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
RFC 1075
Publisher: Cisco Press
Updated by RFC 2750
Obsoleted by RFC 1163
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Appendix C. Bibliography The following table provides information about the sources consulted during the creation of this book. •
Table of Contents
•Resource Index
Title
Web Page
•
Bridging andExamples IBM Networking By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Command Reference, Cisco IOS Software Publisher: Cisco Press Release 12.0 Pub Date: November 07, 2003 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Cisco ISBN: — 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 Configuring IP Multicast Guides Cisco — "Understanding Understanding Service Access Service Access Point Access Gain the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Pointhands-on Access experience Controlfor Lists" Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Control Lists Cisco IOS "Creating and Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Desktop Maintaining what you know Switching VLANs" Software Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Configuration Guide Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Router Products "Configuring CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the Configuration DLSw+" CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Guide companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Software "Configuring not covered in Volume I, like the Fast Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Configuration EtherChannel Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Guide – Release switching portions ofand theGigabit Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. 5.4 EtherChannel" The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Software includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Configuration technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Guide – Release settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These 6.1 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study Cisco tips IOS and 12.1test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. and 12.2 Configuration Guides and Command Reference
Software Configuration Guide, Release 5.2
"Configuring Spanning Tree"
Statement of Direction
"10 Gigabit Ethernet Position Statement"
•
Table of Contents
•Website
Index
•
Examplesand Configuring
"Understanding
www.cisco.com
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II FastEtherChannel
on,Leah CiscoLynch CCIE No. 7220 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 Publisher: Cisco Press
Switching and Routing Devices"
Website Pub Date: November 07, "Understanding 2003 Cisco.com/warp/public/473/5.html and Configuring ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Spanning-Tree Pages: 1032 Protocol (STP) on Catalyst Switches"
Website "Using the www.cisco.com Gain hands-on experience border for Gateway the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title Protocol from Cisco for Press. Interdomain Routing" Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Website Cisco.com/warp/public/105/default.html what you know"Configuring a Gateway of Last Learn how to build Resort a practice Using IPlab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Commands" Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Data sheet "Cisco 1000BASE-T CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the GBIC" CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics Router Products "Configuring not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Configuration Transparent Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and and Reference Bridging" switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Website "Connectors and Cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/lan/c2900x1/gbic/ig_gbic/m The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Cables" includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Layer 3 Switching technologies follow, "Configuring providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network SoftwareThe Feature Bridging" settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These and comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Configuration level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Guidetips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Study Website
"Configuring BGP"
Cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios113ed/113ed_cr
Website
"Configuring ISO CLNS"
Cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios113ed/113ed_cr
Website
"The American Registry for Internet Numbers"
www.arin.net
Website
"The Internet Society"
www.isoc.org
•Website
Table of Contents "The North
•
Index
www.nanog.org American • ExamplesNetwork CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Operators' Group" ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Website
"Asia Pacific
www.apnic.net
Publisher: Cisco Press Network Pub Date: November 07, Information 2003
Centre" ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 Website
"RIPE Network Coordination Centre"
www.ripe.net
"BGP4 InterDomain Routing Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE in the Internet" Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Website
"Catalyst 3550 www.cisco.com limitation and Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Restrictions" what you know CCIE Practical Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Studies, Volume I Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Cisco BGP-4 CCIE Practical Command andStudies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam Configuration by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Handbook to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Cisco Catalyst "Configuring www.cisco.com Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and 3550 Software and and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions of802.1s the Routing and Hardware 802.1w STP" Configuration The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Guides and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Command follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies Reference settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Cisco level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Internetwork Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Troubleshooting Cisco IOS 12.0 Quality of Service Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Cisco IOS Dial Solutions CCIE Professional Development: Cisco LAN Switching •
Table of Contents
•Cisco Voice Over Index
www.cisco.com
•Frame Relay, Examples
ATM, and IPStudies Volume II CCIE Practical By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Converged
Network Architectures Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
Deploying Cisco Voice ISBN: Over1-58705-072-2 IP Pages: Solutions 1032
www.cisco.com
Developing IP Multicast Networks, Volume I Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies Integrating Voicetitle from Cisco Press. and Data Networks Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Interconnections: what you know Bridges, Routers, Learn and how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Switches, Internetworking Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Protocols CCIE Internet Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE Performance lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Survival Guide to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Internet Routing Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Architectures, switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Second Edition The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes Internetsuggested Routing references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Architectures, settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Second Edition comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Internetworking level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. SNA with Study tips Cisco and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Solutions
Internetworking Troubleshooting Handbook, Second Edition
Internetworking Troubleshooting Handbook, Third Edition
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Internetworking
with TCP/IP, By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Volume I
Cisco Press IP Publisher: Quality of Service Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
IP Telephony
Pages: 1032
Managing Cisco Network Security Network Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Consultants Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Handbook Network Routing Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Architectures what you know Performance and FaultLearn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Management Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final Putting VoIP to chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty Work: Softswitch level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Network Design Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. and Testing Routing TCP/IP, Volume 1 Routing TCP/IP, Volume II
TCP/IP Principle, Protocols, and Architectures The Protocols TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume I
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Appendix D. IP Prefix Lists Prefix lists became available in Cisco IOS Software Release 12.0(3)T. You can use prefix lists as a simpler alternative to standard IP access lists for routing advertisement filtering with routing protocols. Although prefix lists are most commonly put to use in Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) • Table of Contents configurations, this appendix demonstrates other ways that you can use prefix lists to support • Index other routing protocols such as Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP). Prefix lists • Examples introduce a more streamlined way to create filters for network prefix advertisements by following CCIE Practical Studies Volume II these rules: ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Like access lists, Publisher: Cisco Press
prefix lists are processed sequentially from top to bottom. When a match is made, processing stops and the rest of the entries are not read. Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Entries can be added to the prefix lists at any time. Pages: 1032
An empty prefix lists permits all prefixes by default. Prefix lists do not use wildcard masks like access lists; they use a subnet length mask (for instance, /24). Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Unlike access lists, lines in prefix lists can be edited by the use of the sequence number. Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Prefix lists contain an implicit deny any at the end of each list. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying Sequence numbers are automatically generated; however, automatic sequence generation what you know can be stopped. Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Prefix lists are configured from global configuration mode using the following command: Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip | list-number [sequence sequence-value] deny | lab permit Theprefix-list book begins list-name with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing network-address/length [gedetailed ge-value] guides [leto le-value] applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Table D-1 shows the meaning for the prefix list syntax.
Table D-1. IP Prefix List Syntax
Command/Argument
Description
list-name | list-number
Specifies the name or number of the prefix list.
seq sequence-value
(Optional) Sequence number. If the sequence number is not entered manually, an automatic sequence number is generated. These numbers are generated sequentially starting with 5 and incrementing by 5.
•
Table of Contents •deny | permit Index •
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
network-address
Specifies whether prefixes are permitted or denied upon a match. Network address to be matched, entered in dotted-
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 decimal format.
/length
Length of the subnet mask in bits.
gePub ge-value Date: November 07, 2003
(Optional) Specifies the minimum range of prefixes to be matched.
Publisher: Cisco Press
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032 le le-value
(Optional) Specifies the maximum range of prefixes to be matched.
As previously mentioned, you can use prefix lists with distribute lists in router configuration Gain experience for the CCIEConfiguration Lab Exam with of is the best-selling CCIE modehands-on to filter routing advertisements. of volume IP prefixtwo lists straightforward; changes Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. in prefix lists are simple to configure as well. Figure D-1 provides a step-by-step introduction to prefix list configuration using the network. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Figure D-1. Learn how to build a practice lab for yourArtista CCIE labNetwork exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
The following example shows how prefix lists can be used to filter incoming routing updates with the EIGRP routing protocol: Step 1. Define your prefix lists; in this example, prefix list Internal is used to specify eight 192.168.0.0/24 network prefixes:
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
ip Publisher: prefix-list Internal seq 5 deny 192.168.0.0/24 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip prefix-list Internal seq 10 deny 192.168.1.0/24 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Pages: 1032
ip prefix-list Internal seq 15 deny 192.168.2.0/24 ip prefix-list Internal seq 20 deny 192.168.3.0/24 ip prefix-list Internal seq 25 deny 192.168.4.0/24 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical ip prefix-list Studies title Internal from Cisco seq Press. 30 deny 192.168.5.0/24 ip prefix-list Internal seq 35 deny 192.168.6.0/24 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip prefix-list Internal seq 40 deny 192.168.7.0/24 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Step 2. Create a distribution list that specifies your previously configured prefix list: CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core router eigrp 100 providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network technologies follow, settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These distribute-list prefix comprehensive practice labsInternal include allin of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. To verify that the prefix list worked, from another router issue a show ip route command. Example D-1 shows what the routing table looked like before the distribution list was configured.
Example D-1. Routing Table Prior to Distribution List
Impasto#show ip route eigrp D
192.168.10.0/24 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:03, Ethernet0/0
D
192.168.11.0/24 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:03, Ethernet0/0
D
192.168.4.0/24 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:47, Ethernet0/0
• • D •
Table of Contents Index 192.168.5.0/24 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:47, Ethernet0/0 Examples
CCIE Practical D 192.168.6.0/24 Studies Volume [90/409600] II via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:47, Ethernet0/0 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
D D
192.168.7.0/24 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:47, Ethernet0/0 Publisher: Cisco Press
192.168.2.0/24 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:47, Ethernet0/0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
D
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:47, Ethernet0/0 192.168.3.0/24 Pages: 1032
Example D-2 shows the same routing table after applying the distribution list and clearing the routing from the Impasto router. Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press.
Example D-2. Routing Table After Distribution List Application
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Impasto#clear ip route * Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment Impasto#show ip route eigrp CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the D 192.168.10.0/24 [90/409600] 192.168.1.2, 00:00:41, Ethernet0/0 CCIE lab exam by presenting them withvia a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics D 192.168.11.0/24 via 192.168.1.2, not covered in Volume I, [90/409600] like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route 00:00:41, maps, BGP, Ethernet0/0 Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Notice that the routes mentioned the prefix list Laboratory have been removed the routing includes suggested references for by further reading. exercisesfrom covering each oftables. the core Example D-3 follow, shows providing the full configuration for the Impasto router used in this technologies detailed guides to applying the technologies in example. real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers IP withPrefix scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Example D-3. Using Lists Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
interface Loopback0 ip address 10.2.2.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Ethernet0/0
ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface TokenRing0/0 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0 •
Table of Contents
• !
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies router eigrp 100Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
network 10.0.0.0 Publisher: Cisco Press
network 192.168.1.0
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 distribute-list prefix Internal in Pages: 1032
no auto-summary ! ip Internal deny Gainprefix-list hands-on experience forseq the 5CCIE Lab192.168.0.0/24 Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ip prefix-list Internal seq 10 deny 192.168.1.0/24 Experience putting concepts intodeny practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying ip prefix-list Internal seq 15 192.168.2.0/24 what you know ip prefix-list Internal seq 20 deny 192.168.3.0/24 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ip prefix-list Internal seq 25 deny 192.168.4.0/24 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment ip prefix-list Internal seq 30 deny 192.168.5.0/24 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip prefix-list Internal seq 35 deny 192.168.6.0/24 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. ip prefix-list Internal seq 40 deny 192.168.7.0/24 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip prefix-list Internal seq 45 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These Example D-4 demonstrates you all canofuse ge and le and arguments to increase filter routes based on comprehensive practice labshow include thethe technologies gradually in difficulty minimum and maximum prefix matches. For this example, you need the same two routers with level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. the same configurations. On the Impasto, create four loopback interfaces with the addresses Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. 11.1.1.1/24, 11.2.1.1/16, 11.30.1.1/13, and 11.200.1.1/10. The Impasto and Scumble routers will run EIGRP in autonomous system number 100; the Impasto router will advertise networks 10.0.0.0, 192.168.1.0, and 11.0.0.0; and summarization should be disabled on both routers.
Example D-4. Preparing the Impasto Router
interface Loopback0 ip address 10.2.2.1 255.255.255.0 no ip directed-broadcast ! •
Table of Contents
•
Index
interface Loopback10 •
Examples
ip address 11.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By ! Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599,Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
interface Loopback11 Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
ip address 11.2.1.1 255.255.0.0 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 !
Pages: 1032
interface Loopback12 ip address 11.30.1.1 255.248.0.0 Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ! interface Loopback13 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you 11.200.1.1 know ip address 255.192.0.0 !
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Ethernet0/0 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the ip address CCIE lab exam192.168.1.2 by presenting255.255.255.0 them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics ! not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and router 100of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switchingeigrp portions network 10.0.0.0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core network 11.0.0.0 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. no auto Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
Example D-5 shows the addition of the new 11.0.0.0 networks, displaying the routing table on the Scumble router.
Example D-5. R2's Routing Table
Scumble#show ip route | include is|via Gateway of last resort is not set C
192.168.10.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback10
• C
Index 192.168.11.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback20
• •
Table of Contents Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume C 192.168.4.0/24 isIIdirectly
connected, Loopback2
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
C
192.168.5.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback3 Publisher: Cisco Press
10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets
Pub Date: November 07, 2003
D
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
10.2.2.0 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:02:02, FastEthernet0
Pages: 1032
D C
10.1.1.0 [90/178688] via 192.168.1.1, 00:02:02, FastEthernet0 192.168.6.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback4
11.0.0.0/8 is variably 4 subnets, 4 masks Gain hands-on experience for the subnetted, CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. D 11.2.0.0/16 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:02:02, FastEthernet0 D D D
Experience putting [90/156160] concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 11.1.1.0/24 via 192.168.1.1, 00:02:02, FastEthernet0 what you know 11.24.0.0/13 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:02:02, FastEthernet0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation 11.192.0.0/10 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:02:02, FastEthernet0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
C 192.168.7.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback5 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect C 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. C 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0 Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback1 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These After creating the loopbacks verifying EIGRP operation,and create an IP prefix list in that allows comprehensive practice labs and include all of the technologies gradually increase difficulty only the Impasto router to advertise the 11.1.0.0 networks with prefixes ranging from /16 to level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. /32. Apply this prefix list to filter EIGRP routes leaving the Impasto router as shown in Example Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. D-6.
Example D-6. Applying the IP Prefix List
ip prefix-list Trial-2 seq 5 permit 11.1.0.0/16 le 32
! router eigrp 100 distribute-list prefix Trial-2 out
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
After you apply the prefix list on the Impasto router, the Scumble router's routing table will • Examples contain only the route to the 11.1.1.0/24 network. The other 11.0.0.0 networks with masks that CCIE Practical Studies Volume II range from 16 to 32 bits have been removed, and network 10.2.2.0/24 has also been removed, By Solie in CCIE No. 4599D-7. , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 asKarl shown Example Publisher: Cisco Press
Example Pub Date: November D-7. Scumble 07, 2003 Router's Routing Table After IP Prefix List ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Scumble#show ip route | include is|via Gateway of last resort is not set Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE C 192.168.10.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback10 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. C
192.168.11.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback20
C
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback2 what you know
C
192.168.5.0/24 directly Learn how to build is a practice lab connected, for your CCIELoopback3 lab exam preparation
C
Take 192.168.6.0/24 five full-blownis practice directly labs connected, that mimic the Loopback4 actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, II leads candidates through the process of preparing for the 11.0.0.0/24 is Volume subnetted, 1 CCIE subnets CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics D 11.1.1.0 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:02:30, FastEthernet0 not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and C 192.168.7.0/24 isthe directly connected, Loopback5 switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. C 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory C 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter the book connected, concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These C 192.168.3.0/24 is ofdirectly Loopback1 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Now, remove the 11.1.1.1/24 interface and add loopback interfaces 11.1.1.0/29, 11.1.1.32/29, and 11.1.1.64/29 to the configuration on the Impasto router; check the routing table on the Scumble router again. It should look like Example D-8.
Example D-8. Experimenting with an IP Prefix List
Impasto(config)#interface loopback 11 Impasto(config-if)#ip address 11.1.1.1 255.255.255.248 Impasto(config-if)#interface loopback 14 Impasto(config-if)# ip address 11.1.1.33 255.255.255.248 • Table of Contents •
Index
Impasto(config-if)# interface loopback 15 • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
Impasto(config-if)#ip address 11.1.1.65 255.255.255.248 ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press
Impasto# show ip route Pub Date: November 07, 2003 | include is|via ISBN: 1-58705-072-2
Gateway of last resort is not set Pages: 1032 D
192.168.10.0/24 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:06:53, Ethernet0/0
D
192.168.11.0/24 [90/409600] via 192.168.1.2, 00:06:53, Ethernet0/0
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 Lab subnets Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. C C
10.2.2.0 is directly connected, Loopback0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying 10.1.1.0 is directly connected, TokenRing0/0 what you know 11.0.0.0/8 is variably subnets, 4 masks Learn how to build a practicesubnetted, lab for your 6CCIE lab exam preparation
C
directly Loopback11 Take11.2.0.0/16 five full-blownis practice labs connected, that mimic the actual lab exam environment
C 11.1.1.0/29 is directly Loopback10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leadsconnected, CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect C 11.24.0.0/13 is directly connected, Loopback12 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. C connected, Combined11.1.1.32/29 with Volume I,is thedirectly CCIE candidate will getLoopback14 comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. C 11.1.1.64/29 is directly connected, Loopback15 The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further connected, reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core C 11.192.0.0/10 is directly Loopback13 technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter the book connected, concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These C 192.168.1.0/24 is ofdirectly Ethernet0/0 comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. For the next part of this experiment, remove the outgoing Trial-2 prefix from EIGRP 100 and change the prefix list to any 11.1.0.0/16 network prefixes greater than 25 bits in length. (This will include the loopback interfaces that were just created in the preceding step but permit everything else.) After you have edited the prefix list, reapply it, as shown in Example D-9.
Example D-9. Experimentation Continued
router eigrp 100 no distribute-list prefix- Trial-2 out
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip prefix-list Trial-2 seq 5 deny 11.1.0.0/16 ge 25 ip prefix-list Trial-2 seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
routerISBN: eigrp 100 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
distribute-list prefix- Trial-2 out
Gain the CCIE Exam router's with volume twotable of the best-selling CCIE After hands-on you have experience applied the for changes, theLab Scumble routing should show the Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. reappearance of the 10.0.0.0 networks and the 11.0.0.0 networks with masks greater than 16. The loopbacks created in the preceding step should have been removed, as shown in Example D10. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
Example D-10. Scumble Router's Routing Table After Changing Prefix Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation List Trial-2 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam Scumble# clearby ippresenting route * them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Ciscois|via Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Scumble# show ip route | include Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. Gateway of last of resort is not set The book begins with brief of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and C 192.168.10.0/24 iscoverage directly connected, Loopback10 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network C 192.168.11.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback20 settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice is labsdirectly include allconnected, of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty C 192.168.4.0/24 Loopback2 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking included throughout C 192.168.5.0/24 is techniques directly are connected, Loopback3 the book. 10.0.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets D
10.2.2.0 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:00:16, FastEthernet0
D
10.1.1.0 [90/178688] via 192.168.1.1, 00:00:16, FastEthernet0
C
192.168.6.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback4
11.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 3 masks D
11.2.0.0/16 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:00:16, FastEthernet0
D
11.24.0.0/13 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:00:16, FastEthernet0
D
11.192.0.0/10 [90/156160] via 192.168.1.1, 00:00:16, FastEthernet0
•
C • •
C
Table of Contents
192.168.7.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback5 Index
Examples
192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
By CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE No. 7220 C Karl Solie 192.168.2.0/24 is Lynch directly connected,
C
192.168.3.0/24 Publisher: Cisco Press
Loopback0
is directly connected, Loopback1
Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Example D-11 shows the completed configuration for the Impasto router.
Example D-11. Complete Configuration for the Impasto Router
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. interface Loopback0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ip address 10.2.2.1 255.255.255.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation ! Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment interface Loopback10 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam11.1.1.1 by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect ip address 255.255.255.248 companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not ! covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. interfaceportions Loopback11 The begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and ip book address 11.2.1.1 255.255.0.0 includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network ! settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty interface Loopback12 level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and11.30.1.1 test-taking 255.248.0.0 techniques are included throughout the book. ip address ! interface Loopback13 ip address 11.200.1.1 255.192.0.0 !
interface Loopback14 ip address 11.1.1.33 255.255.255.248 ! interface Loopback15 • • •
!
Table of Contents
ip address 11.1.1.65 255.255.255.248 Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II By Karl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 interface Ethernet0/0
ipPublisher: address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003
!
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
interface TokenRing0/0 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0 ! Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies100 title from Cisco Press. router eigrp network 10.0.0.0 Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know network 11.0.0.0 Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation network 192.168.1.0 Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment neighbor 192.168.1.2 CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the distribute-list prefix Trial-2 out CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics distribute-list prefix in not covered in Volume I, like Internal the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and no auto-summary switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ! The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ip prefix-list Internal 5 deny 192.168.0.0/24 technologies follow, providingseq detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ip prefix-list Internal 10 all deny 192.168.1.0/24 comprehensive practice labs seq include of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. ip prefix-list Internal seq 15 deny 192.168.2.0/24 Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. ip prefix-list Internal seq 20 deny 192.168.3.0/24 ip prefix-list Internal seq 25 deny 192.168.4.0/24 ip prefix-list Internal seq 30 deny 192.168.5.0/24 ip prefix-list Internal seq 35 deny 192.168.6.0/24
ip prefix-list Internal seq 40 deny 192.168.7.0/24 ip prefix-list Internal seq 45 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 ! ip prefix-list Trial-2 seq 5 deny 11.1.0.0/16 ge 25 •
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
ip prefix-list Trial-2 seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
With a little practice, you might use the simpler prefix lists in place of access lists for all routing protocols, just for BGP. Publisher:not Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z]
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] ? (question mark) Catalyst 3550 help system 10BASE-T Ethernet NLP 802.1Q trunking
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] AAL (ATM Adoption Layer) types 2nd access-list rate-limit command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th active flows Active state (FSM) 2nd Active State (FSM)
•
as symptom of errorofcondition 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Table Contents
addressing •
Index
IP multicast 2nd Examples administratively scoped addresses 2nd CCIE Practical Studies Volume II
•
globally scoped addresses ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 GLOP addresses Layer 2 multicast addresses 2nd Publisher: Press 2nd local-linkCisco addresses Pub Date: November 07, 2003 source-specific addresses Adj-RIB-In table ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Adj-RIB-Out table (BGP) Pages: 1032 administrative distance BGP backdoors 2nd 3rd effect on BGP routing 2nd administratively scoped addresses 2nd Admission Control Module (RSVP)
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE advanced features on Catalyst 3550 switches Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. BackboneFast
configuring 2nd configuring Experience MSTwhat
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know
configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th PortFast Spanning Treebuild Learn how to
a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
configuring 2nd 3rd RootTake guard five
full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
configuring 2nd
CCIE RSTPPractical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEconfiguring lab exam2nd by3rd presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect 4th companion UplinkFast to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in2nd Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. configuring Combined VLAN mapswith Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of4th the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. configuring 2nd 3rd VLAN protected ports
The book begins configuring 2nd with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested advertising local networksreferences to BGP peers for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, connected networks 2ndproviding 3rd 4th 5th detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The IGP routes 2ndfinal 3rd chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive static routes 2nd practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present aggregate-port learners readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tipsBGP and test-taking are included throughout the book. aggregating routes 2nd 3rd 4thtechniques 5th conditional route advertisements 2nd 3rd 4th route suppression 2nd 3rd 4th AGGREGATOR attribute (BGP) alias command customizing Cisco IOS Software anycast RP 2nd applications minimum requirements for operation 2nd 3rd 4th 5th applying
IP RTP priority to interfaces 2nd 3rd policies to CBWFQ class maps policy based routing to incoming traffic 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th policy-based routing to incoming traffic 2nd 3rd 4th PQ to interfaces 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th route maps
• • •
during redistribution
Table of Contents
service policies to interfaces
Index
traffic shaping to Layer 2 technologies
Examples
arguments CCIE Practical Studies Volume II of fair-queue command 2nd ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599 , Leah of priority-list command 2nd 3rd Lynch 4th 5thCCIE No. 7220 of queue-list command 2nd 3rd AS_PATH attribute Publisher: Cisco Press affecting route selection 3rd 4th 5th Pub Date: November 07,2nd 2003 route filtering 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 AS_PATH attribute (BGP) 2nd Pages: 1032 ASNs assessing router capacity for BGP CPU memory 2nd 3rd
Gain ATM hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. AAL types 2nd CIR DLCIs
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know QoS multiservice traffic support CoS
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
versus Frame Relay 2nd 3rd subinterfaces
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
configuring 2nd
UBR Practical circuits CCIE Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEconfiguring lab exam2nd by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect VBR-nrt circuits companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics configuring 3rd 4th I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. not covered in2nd Volume versus Frame Relay 2nd 3rdI, 4th 5thCCIE 6th 7thcandidate 8th 9th 10thwill 11thget 12thcomprehensive 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd Combined with Volume the coverage of the routing and ATOMIC_AGGREGATE attribute switching portions of the(BGP) Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. attributes COMMUNITY The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and community lists 2ndreferences 3rd 4th 5th 6th 8th includes suggested for7th further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core route filtering 2nd 3rd 4th technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network well-known valueschapter 2nd settings. The final of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These attributes (BGP) comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty AGGREGATOR level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. AS_PATH Study tips 2nd and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. affecting route selection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th route filtering 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th ATOMIC_AGGREGATE CLUSTER_LIST community 2nd COMMUNITY 2nd 3rd community removing configuring 2nd
local-preference setting LOCAL_PREF 2nd specifying network exit points 2nd 3rd 4th 5th MED 2nd best path selection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th NEXT_HOP 2nd
• • •
modifying on I-BGP peers 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Table of Contents
path manipulation 2nd 3rd 4th ORIGIN
Index
Examples
affecting route selection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th CCIE Practical Studies Volume II origin ByKarlsetting Solie CCIE 2nd No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ORIGINATOR_ID 2nd WEIGHT Publisher: Cisco Press manipulating path selection Pub Date: November 07, 20032nd 3rd authentication ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 BGP peers 2nd Pages: 1032 Auto-RP 2nd autonegotiation 2nd autonomous system path autonomous systems 2nd [See also confederations] [See also private autonomous systems] BGP interaction with IGPs 2nd 3rd 4th
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] BackboneFast configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd backdoors (BGP) 2nd 3rd bandwidth allocation of CQ queues 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th BAs (behavior aggregates) Bc rate) • (committed burst Table of Contents Bc rate) • (sustained burst Index Be rate) • (excess burst Examples BECN (Backward Explicit Congestion CCIE Practical Studies Volume II Notification) benefits of policy-based routing ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 best effort versus guaranteed QoS best path selection Publisher: Cisco Press with MED attribute 2nd 3rd 4th 5th BGP Pub Date: November 07, 2003 administrative distance ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 backdoors 2nd Pages: 1032 3rd effect on routing 2nd advertising local networks to peers connected networks 2nd 3rd 4th 5th IGP routes 2nd 3rd static routes 2nd
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE AS_PATH attribute Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. affecting route selection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
route filtering 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th ASNs Experience attributes what
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying you know
AGGREGATOR AS_PATH 2nd Learn how
to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
ATOMIC_AGGREGATE CLUSTER_LIST Take five full-blown
practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
COMMUNITY 2nd 3rd
CCIEconfiguring Practical2nd Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIELOCAL_PREF lab exam 2nd by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion MED 2nd to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. NEXT_HOPin2nd Combined ORIGIN with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions2nd of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ORIGINATOR_ID WEIGHT
Theautonomous book begins with system path brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core capabilities advertisement technologies confederationsfollow, 2nd 3rd providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These configuring comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty dampening level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. E-BGP multihop Study tips and2nd test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. configuring 3rd 4th E-BGP peer relationships 2nd filtering routes with distribute lists 2nd 3rd with prefix lists 2nd with route maps 2nd 3rd 4th 5th FSM 2nd 3rd 4th Active state 2nd as diagnostic tool 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Connect state 2nd
Established state Idle state 2nd 3rd 4th OpenConfirm state 2nd OpenSent state 2nd I-BGP synchronization configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th interaction with IGPs 2nd 3rd 4th
• • •
lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th
Table of Contents
LOCAL_PREF attribute
Index
specifying network exit points 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Examples
MED attribute CCIE Practical Studies Volume II best path selection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 messages KEEPALIVE message 2nd NOTIFICATION message 2nd 3rd 4th Publisher: Cisco Press OPEN message 2nd 07, 3rd 2003 4th 5th Pub Date: November ROUTE-REFRESH message 2nd ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 UPDATE message 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th Pages: 1032 multihomed network configuration 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd multihoming lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42nd 43rd 44th
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE neighbor authentication 2nd Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. neighbor relationships configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th E-BGP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know troubleshooting 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th I-BGP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th NEXT_HOP attribute
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
modifying on I-BGP peers 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th path manipulation 2nd 3rd 4th
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
ORIGIN attribute
route selection Volume 2nd 3rd 4th 6th CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEaffecting Practical Studies, II5th leads peerlab capabilities CCIE exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect peer groupsto the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion tuning 2nd I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. notperformance covered in Volume memorywith conservation 2ndI,3rd 4thCCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Combined Volume the route refresh 2nd 3rd switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. prerequisites for configuring 2nd assessing routerwith capacity 2ndcoverage 3rd 4th 5th of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and The book begins brief reducing suggested design complexity includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core with confederations 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 12th 13th 15th technologies follow, 2nd providing detailed guides to 11th applying the14th technologies in real network with peer 3rd settings. Thegroups final 2nd chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These with private autonomous 2nd comprehensive practice systems labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty route reflectorsreaders 2nd 3rd 4th level.with They present with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. routetips aggregation 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. conditional route advertisements 2nd 3rd 4th route suppression 2nd 3rd 4th route dampening 2nd 3rd 4th 5th route reflectors 2nd route selection process 2nd routing tables 2nd session types sessions route exchange process 2nd 3rd
set commands 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th set as-path 2nd 3rd set comm-list delete set community 2nd set dampening command 2nd set local-preference command set origin command
• • •
set weight command speakers 2nd
Table of Contents Index
storing routes 2nd
Examples
troubleshooting CCIE Practical Studies Volume II with messages 2nd 3rd 4th 5th ByKarl Solieattribute CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 WEIGHT manipulating path selection 2nd 3rd BGP Publisher: Open process Cisco Press BGP-4 [See BGP] Pub Date: November 07, 2003 bidirectional PIM 2nd ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Big Show commands Pages: 1032 show ip cache policy show ip policy show route-map BPDUs bridge ID
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE bridge ID Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. broadcast domains VLANs default settings 2nd
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know broken state (SPT) design rules
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] calculating sequence numbers for WFQ routers 2nd 3rd TC for GTS capabilities advertisement (BGP) CAR
•
configuring 2nd 3rd of 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th Table Contents
•
marking traffic 2nd 3rd Index
Catalyst 3550 •
Examples
help system Studies Volume II CCIE Practical Catalyst 3550 switches ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 advanced features configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24thPublisher: Cisco Press Pub Date:modes November 07, 2003 command configuring ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 default VTP 1032 settings Pages: EtherChannel port groups Ethernet switching configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42nd 43rd 44th Layer 3 switching
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE routed ports Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. SVI 2nd
switch ports CBWFQExperience class mapsyou what
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying know
applying policies default Learnclasses how to
build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
match command values class-based shaping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Take five full-blown practice
labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume2nd II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the displaying configuration information 3rd CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect NBAR companion to the edition, lab exercises 2nd best-selling 3rd 4th 5th 6th first 7th 8th 9th 10th this 11th book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics notqueuing covered Volume I, like the4thCisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. voiceintraffic with LLC 2nd 3rd Combined with2nd Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and traffic policing switching portions of4th the and Security, and Service Provider lab exams. configuring 2nd 3rd 5thRouting 6th 7th 8th 9th Switching, 10th two-bucket policies 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
The book begins Weighted with brief CBWFQ (Class-Based Fair coverage Queuing)
of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network preparing for 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7thdetailed 8th 9th settings. The CCIE practice labsfinal 2nd chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty !!! Boom 2nd 3rd practice 4th 5th 6thlabs 7th 8th 9th level. They present scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Broken Arrow 2nd 3rd readers 4th 5th 6thwith 7th 8th Study tips II and are included throughout the book. Enchilada 2ndtest-taking 3rd 4th 5th 6thtechniques 7th 8th 9th 10th includes CCIE exam suggested
Kobayashi Maru 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th The Intimidator 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th CEF verifying configuration 2nd 3rd CEF (Cisco Express Forwarding) 2nd load balancing 2nd characteristics of route maps CIR (committed information rate) 2nd 3rd
Cisco Catalyst 3550 Intelligent Ethernet Switch base models features Cisco Catalyst 3550 switches advanced features configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th
• • •
command modes configuring
Table of Contents Index
default VLAN settings 2nd
Examples
default VTP settings CCIE Practical Studies Volume II EtherChannel port groups ByKarl Solieswitching CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Ethernet configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24thPublisher: 25th 26thCisco 27th Press 28th 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42nd 43rd 44th Layer 3 switching Pub Date: November 07, 2003 routed ports ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 SVI 2nd Pages: 1032 switch ports Cisco IOS Software customizing with alias command verifying configuration 2nd 3rd Cisco WFQ algorithm [See WFQ]
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE class maps Practical applyingStudies policies title from Cisco Press. default classes match command values
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know client mode (VTP) class-based shaping (CBWFQ) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th clns keyword (match command)
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
CLUSTER_LIST attribute (BGP) codepoints
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
command modes on Catalyst 3550 commands 2nd CCIE Practical
Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the access-list rate-limit 3rd 4th 5ththem with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect CCIE lab exam by 2nd presenting alias companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics customizing IOS Software not covered in Cisco Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. fair-queue with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Combined arguments 2nd switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. ip rtp priority 2nd 2nd 3rd 4th with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and Thematch book begins clns keyword includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core example 2nd 3rd 4thproviding 5th technologies follow, detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network matching 2ndchapter 3rd settings. Thetags final of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These metric keywordpractice 2nd comprehensive labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty keyword readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. level.next-hop They present tagtips keyword Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. mrinfo mstat output editing shortcuts 2nd 3rd priority-list arguments 2nd 3rd 4th 5th queue-list arguments 2nd 3rd queue-list byte-count
rate-limit 2nd 3rd 4th 5th route-map set BGP-specific 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th redistribution-specific 2nd 3rd 4th set as-path 2nd 3rd set comm-list delete
• • •
set community 2nd
Table of Contents
set dampening 2nd
Index
set local-preference
Examples
set origin CCIE Practical Studies Volume II set weight ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 show interface show interface serial displaying interface Publisher: Cisco Pressperformance statistics 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th show ip bgpNovember 2nd 3rd 4th Pub Date: 07,5th 2003 show ip bgp neighbors 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 show ip bgp summary 2nd 3rd Pages: 1032 show ip cache policy show ip policy show memory dead 2nd show memory failures alloc show processes cpu
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE show processes memory Practical Studies show processor cputitle from Cisco Press. show queueing priority 2nd 3rd show route-map
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know traffic-shaping group
traceroute 2nd
communities (BGP)
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
COMMUNITY attribute (BGP) 2nd 3rd
community lists 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
community attribute (BGP)
removing CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the COMMUNITY attribute (BGP) CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect route filtering 4th companion to2nd the3rd best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics community attribute (BGP) not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. setting 2ndwith Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and Combined COMMUNITY (BGP) switching attribute portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. well-known values 2nd community 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6thcoverage 7th 8th The booklists begins with brief
of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core ATM and Frame Relay 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 12th 13th 15th 16th 17th 20th 21st 22nd technologies follow, providing detailed guides to11th applying the14th technologies in18th real19th network QoS implementation 2nd 3rd of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These settings. The final chapter switching modes practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty comprehensive compression level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. effecttips on utilization Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. comparing includes
Predictor algorithm 2nd 3rd 4th stacker algorithm 2nd conditional route advertisements (BGP) 2nd 3rd 4th confederations reducing BGP network complexity 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th confederations (BGP) 2nd 3rd configuring ATM traffic shaping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
UBR circuits 2nd VBR-nrt circuits 2nd 3rd 4th BGP as IGP 2nd attributes 2nd E-BGP multihop 2nd 3rd 4th I-BGP synchronization 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th
•
multihomed networks 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st
Table of Contents
22nd
• •
Index
neighbor relationships 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th
Examples
prerequisites 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th CCIE Practical Studies Volume II route dampening 2nd 3rd 4th 5th ByKarl CCIE , Leah CCIE No. 7220 CARSolie 2nd 3rd 4thNo. 5th 4599 6th 7th 8th Lynch 9th 10th Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd advancedCisco features 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd Publisher: Press 23rdPub 24thDate: November 07, 2003 Ethernet switching 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42nd 43rd 44th Pages: 1032 CBWFQ 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th displaying configuration information 2nd 3rd CEF load balancing 2nd CQ 2nd 3rd 4th
Gain queue hands-on experience for3rd the4thCCIE Lab volume bandwidth allocation 2nd 5th 6th 7thExam 8th 9th with 10th 11th 12th two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. E-BGP connections 2nd GTS 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th policy-based routing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ToS bit 2nd
lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th PQ 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
route maps
lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
match command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th
CCIEroute-map Practicalcommand Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the command 2nd presenting 3rd 4th 5th 6ththem 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15thlaboratory 16th CCIEset lab exam by with a series of challenging exercises. A perfect RSVP 2nd to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion for voice traffic 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. traffic policing 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th Combined with2nd Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and two-bucket policiesof 2nd 3rdRouting 4th 5th and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. switching portions the WRED 2nd 3rd 4th 5th configuring The bookBGP begins
with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and routing policies includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core with COMMUNITY attribute 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8thto 9thapplying 10th 11th 12th technologies follow, providing detailed guides the technologies in real network congestion settings. avoidance The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These WRED 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty 2ndpresent 3rd level.FRED They readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. congestion notification Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Frame Relay Connect state (FSM) 2nd connected networks advertising to BGP peers 2nd 3rd 4th 5th conserving memory on BGP networks 2nd 3rd 4th controlled load services (RSVP) controlling traffic with policy-based routing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th controlling multicast
with fast switching 2nd with tunneling 2nd CoS (class of service) types cost to root bridge CPU allocation verifying CQ
•
lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th
Table of Contents
CQ
• •
Index
queue bandwidth allocation 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
Examples
CQ (Custom Queuing) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th CCIE Practical Studies Volume II configuring 2nd 3rd 4th By Karl Solieredundancy CCIE No. 4599 Lynch CCIE No. 7220 CRC (cyclic check), Leah computation creating static RSVP Cisco reservations Publisher: Press 2nd 3rd customizing Cisco IOS software with alias command Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] dampening applying to unstable routes 2nd BGP routes 2nd 3rd 4th 5th DE (discard eligibility) bit debug commands
•
monitoring multicast Table ofrouting Contents
default classes (class maps) • Index
•
defining
Examples
default VLAN settings on Catalyst 2nd CCIE Practical Studies Volume switches II default VTP settings on Catalyst 3550 switches ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 defining class maps Publisher: Cisco Press default classes Pub Date: November 07, 2003 dense mode (PIM) deriving ISBN: weight1-58705-072-2 values from IP precedence values 2nd design rules Pages: 1032 of VLANs designated ports devices PAgP diagnosing BGP problems with FSM 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE diagnosing BGP problems with messages 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. DiffServ
lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th WRED 2nd Experience
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
configuring 3rd 4th 5th what you2nd know FRED 2nd 3rd DiffServLearn (Differentiated how toServices) build a
practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
classes of service 2nd DSCP Take
five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
marking traffic 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
CCIE ToS Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEIPlab exam by them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect Precedence 2ndpresenting 3rd 4th companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics DISL (Dynamic to ISL) not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. displaying Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and BGP processes switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. CBWFQ configuration information 2nd 3rd interface statistics
The book beginsserial withcommand brief coverage of5th the technologies on the CCIE lab exam and show interface 2nd 3rd 4th 6thcore 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th required 12th 13th 14th includes suggested references Layer 2/3 mapping information on VCfor further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing guides to applying the technologies in real network queuing configurations on interfaces detailed 2nd 3rd settings. The final chapter router memory statistics 2nd of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive distinct reservations practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They distribute lists present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. filtering BGP routes 2nd 3rd distributed switching distribution trees multicast forwarding reverse path forwarding shared trees 2nd source trees DLCIs (data-link connection identifiers) DSCP codepoints
marking traffic 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th DTP CatOSconfigurations 2nd DTP (Dynamic Trunk Protocol) DVMRP (Distance Vector Mulitcast Routing Protocol) 2nd
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] E-BGP administrative distance backdoors 2nd 3rd effect on routing 2nd neighbor relationships 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
• peer relationships Table2nd of Contents E-BGP multihop • Index •
configuring 2nd 3rd 4th Examples
editing CCIE Practical Studies Volume II command output, shortcuts 2nd 3rd ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 EF (expedited forwarding) PHB enabling Publisher: Cisco Press WFQ Pub Date: enforcing trafficNovember policies 07, 2003 with traffic 2nd 3rd ISBN: shaping 1-58705-072-2 GTS 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th Pages: 1032 enforcing traffic rates with traffic policing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th two-bucket policies Established state (FSM) EtherChannel
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Layer 3 Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. PAgP 2nd 3rd
EtherChannel port groupson Catalyst 3550 switches Ethernet Experience
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
advanced whatfeatures you know configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st how 22nd 23rd 24th Learn to build
a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
autonegotiation 2nd configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd 3rd 4th 5thmimic 6th 7th the 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th Take five full-blown practice labs that actual lab exam environment 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42nd 43rd
CCIE 44th
Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect full-duplex companion half-duplex to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. evaluating Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and router performance switching portions Routing Switching, and Service Provider lab exams. interfaces 2nd 3rd of 4ththe 5th 6th 7th 8th and 9th 10th 11th 12th Security, 13th 14th 15th network application requirements 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
The book begins with brief configuration coverage of the verifying Cisco IOS Software 2nd 3rd core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core evolutionary protocols technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network exam settings. final of7th the preparingThe for 2nd 3rdchapter 4th 5th 6th 8thbook 9th concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty examples level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. of route map logic Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. of route maps during redistribution explicit sender selection lists (RSVP)
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] fair-queue command arguments 2nd fast switching controlling multicast 2nd FECN (Forward Explicit Congestion Notification) FIFO Queuing •
Table of Contents
filtering BGP routes • Index
•
with AS_PATHExamples attribute 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
with COMMUNITY attribute 2ndII 3rd 4th CCIE Practical Studies Volume community lists 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 with distribute lists 2nd 3rd with prefix lists 2nd Publisher: Cisco 2nd Press with route maps 3rd 4th 5th Pub routes Date: November 07, 2003 flapping dampening 2nd 3rd 4th 5th ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 flow descriptor Pages: 1032 flows 2nd 3rd Floyd, Sally FLP (fast link pulse) Forward delay timer (STP) forwarding state (SPT)
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Frame Relay Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. BECN
DE bit FECN Experience
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
multicast Relay whatover youFrame know versus ATM 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd QoS implementations 2nd a 3rd Learn how to build practice
lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Zero CIR service frames Take
five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
compression
CCIEeffect Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the on utilization CCIEPredictor lab exam by presenting algorithm 2nd 3rd 4th them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics stacker algorithm 2nd not covered in RED) Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. FRED (Flow-Based 2nd 3rd Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and FSM switching portions the and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. as diagnostic tool 2ndof 3rd 4th Routing 5th 6th FSM (finite-state machine) 2nd 3rd 4th
TheActive book begins state 2nd with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core Connectsuggested state 2nd technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network Established state settings. Idle stateThe 2nd final 3rd 4thchapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty OpenConfirm state 2nd level. Theystate present OpenSent 2nd readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. full-duplex Ethernet
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] global synchronization globally scoped addresses GLOP addresses GTS (generic traffic shaping) configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
• Tc •
Table of Contents calculatingIndex
guaranteed bit rate services (RSVP) • Examples CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] half-duplex Ethernet Hello timer (STP) High priority queue (PQ)
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] I-BGP modifying NEXT_HOP attribute 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th neighbor relationships 2nd 3rd 4th 5th route reflectors 2nd 3rd synchronizing with BGP routes 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th Idle 3rd • state (FSM) 2nd Table of4th Contents IEEE 802.1d [See STP (Spanning Tree Protocol) ] • Index IEEE 802.1Q trunking • Examples IEEE (Multiple Spanning Tree) CCIE802.1S Practical Studies Volume II 2nd 3rd 4th 5th IGPs ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 advertising routes to BGP peers 2nd 3rd BGP interaction 2nd 3rd 4th Publisher: Cisco Press set commands 2nd 3rd 4th Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ill-behaved routes dampening 2nd ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 inactivePages: flows 1032 incoming traffic policy-based routing 2nd 3rd 4th configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th interfaces CIR
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE performance Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. verifying 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th
PQ, applying 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th queuing configurations, displaying 2nd 3rd Experience putting concepts into service policies what you
practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
know
applying IntServLearn
how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th RSVP 2nd Take
five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
Admission Control Module
CCIEconfiguring Practical2nd Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEconfiguring lab exam by paths presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect RSVP 2nd companion the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics controlledto load services not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. distinct reservations Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and explicit sender selection lists switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. flow descriptor guaranteed bit rate services
The book begins with brief of the lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th coverage 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th core 11th technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested messages 2nd 3rd references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, Policy Control Moduleproviding detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These sharedThe reservations comprehensive practice include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty simulating messages 2nd labs 3rd 4th 5th level.static They present creating readers2nd with reservations, 3rd scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. troubleshooting 2nd voice traffic configuration 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th wildcard lists IntServ (Integrated Services) IP precedence weight values 2nd 3rd IP Precedence values setting 2nd 3rd 4th IP RTP priority 2nd applying to interfaces 2nd 3rd
ip rtp priority command 2nd ISL
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] joining multicast groups 2nd
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] KEEPALIVE message (BGP) 2nd keywords for match command match command clns
• • •
metric 2ndTable of Contents next-hop Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] lab exercises applying PQ 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th BGP multihoming 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42nd 43rd 44th BGP routing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th
•
CBWFQ with NBAR 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th Table 2nd of Contents
•
configuring policy-based routing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th Index
•
configuring route maps 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th Examples
CQPractical 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8thII 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th CCIE Studies Volume DiffServ 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 IntServ 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th RSVP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th labs Publisher: Cisco Press Pub and Date: November ATM QoS 2nd 3rd 07, 4th 2003 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th multicast 2nd ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Layer 2 Pages: multicast addresses 2nd 1032 Layer 2 technologies traffic shaping Layer 2/3 mapping information, displaying Layer 3 EtherChannel Layer 3 switching
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE learning state (SPT) Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Lemple-Ziv standard algorithm limitations of QoS listening state (SPT) Experience LLC
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know
with CBWFQ for voice traffic 2nd 3rd 4th LLC (Low Latency Queuing) Learn how to build
a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
priority classes load balancing Take five
full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
with CEF 2nd
CCIE Practical Loc-RIB table (BGP)Studies,
Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling connected networks 2nd 3rd 4th 5th first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics notIGP covered in 3rd Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. routes 2nd Combined with static routes 2nd Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions local-link addresses 2nd of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. CCIEnetworks, lab exam by presenting local advertising to BGP peersthem
local-preference attribute (BGP)
Thesetting book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core LOCAL_PREF attribute technologies follow, detailed specifying network exit providing points 2nd 3rd 4th 5th guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final(BGP) chapter LOCAL_PREF attribute 2nd of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty loop avoidance level. present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. with They STP Study tips 2nd and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. BPDUs broken state forwarding state learning state listening state path cost 2nd states timers 2nd Low priority queue (PQ)
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] manipulating BGP routes with NEXT_HOP attribute 2nd 3rd 4th manipulating path selection with WEIGHT attribute (BGP) 2nd 3rd map tags marking traffic •
•
Table of Contents
with CAR 2ndIndex 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th
marking traffic with DSCP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th • Examples match commandStudies 2nd 3rd Volume II CCIE Practical clns keyword ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 example 2nd 3rd 4th 5th keywords Publisher: Cisco Press matching tags 2nd 3rd Pub Date: November metric keyword 2nd 07, 2003 next-hop keyword ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 tag keyword Pages: 1032 match statements (route maps) Max age timer (STP) MBS (maximum burst size) ATM traffic shaping 2nd 3rd 4th MED attribute
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE best path selection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. MED attribute (BGP) 2nd
Medium priority queue (PQ) member autonomous systems Experience putting
concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
reducing network whatBGP you knowcomplexity 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th memory conserving BGPto networks 2nd 3rd 4th Learn on how build a practice
lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
router statitistics displaying 2nd Take five full-blown
practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
verifying router configuration 2nd 3rd
CCIE Practical messages
Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE BGP lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the as diagnostic tool best-selling 2nd 3rd 4th 5thfirst edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. KEEPALIVEin2nd Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and NOTIFICATION 2nd 3rd 4th switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. OPEN 2nd 3rd 4th 5th ROUTE-REFRESH 2nd
The book begins brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and UPDATE 2nd 3rdwith 4th 5th 6th 7th includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core RSVP 2nd 3rd technologies providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network simulating follow, 2nd 3rd 4th 5th settings. VTP 2nd The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs metric keyword (match command) 2ndinclude all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. min-max fair-share algorithm Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. monitoring multicast routing commands mrinfo command MRM (Multicast Routing Manager) 2nd 3rd MSDP (Multicast Source Discovery Protocol) MST configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th MST (Multiple Spanning Tree) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th mstat command
multicast 2nd addressing 2nd administratively scoped addresses 2nd globally scoped addresses GLOP addresses Layer 2 multicast addresses 2nd local-link addresses 2nd
• • •
source-specific addresses
Table of Contents
anycast RP 2nd controlling
Index Examples
with fast switching 2nd CCIE Practical Studies Volume II with tunneling 2nd ByKarl Solie CCIE distribution treesNo. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 multicast forwarding reverse path Publisher: Ciscoforwarding Press shared 2nd Pub Date:trees November 07, 2003 source trees ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 DVMRP 2nd Pages: 1032 monitoring show commands MRM 2nd 3rd over Frame Relay PIM
Gain Auto-RP hands-on 2nd experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies bidirectional PIMtitle 2nd from Cisco Press. dense mode sparse mode 2nd
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know stub networks PIMv2 2nd
versus unicast
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
multicast forwarding multicast groups
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
joining 2nd
multicast TTL CCIE Practical
Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the
multihoming BGP networks 2nd 3rd 4ththem 5th 6thwith 7th 8th 9th 10thof 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19thA20th 21st CCIE lab exam by presenting a series challenging laboratory exercises. perfect 22nd companion
to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics exercises in 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 8thCisco 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18thMulticast, 19th 20th 21st 23rd notlabcovered Volume I, 6th like7th the Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, and22nd QoS. 24th 25th 26th 27th Volume 28th 29th I, 30th 32ndcandidate 33rd 34th 35th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42nd 43rd Combined with the31st CCIE will36th get37th comprehensive coverage of 44th the routing and multiservice switching traffic portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] naming route maps NBAR with CBWFQ lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th NBAR (Network-Based Recognition) • Table Application of Contents neighbor relationships • Index
•
BGP
Examples
E-BGP 2ndStudies 3rd 4th Volume 5th 6th II CCIE Practical I-BGP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 neighbor relationships (BGP) configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th Publisher: FSM 2nd 3rdCisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 Active state 2nd Connect 2nd ISBN: state 1-58705-072-2 Established state Pages: 1032 Idle state 2nd 3rd 4th OpenConfirm state 2nd OpenSent state 2nd peer authentication 2nd troubleshooting 2nd
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE with show ip bgp command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. NetFlow switching 2nd network applications verifying minimumputting requirements 2nd 3rd into 4th 5th Experience concepts practice networkwhat designyou
with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
know
BGP reducing complexity 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6thlab 7th for 8th 9th 10th 11th lab 12th exam 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd Learn how to build a practice your CCIE preparation 23rd 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd next-hop keyword command) Take five(match full-blown practice
labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
NEXT_HOP attribute
CCIE Studies, II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the pathPractical manipulation 2nd 3rd Volume 4th CCIE lab attribute exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect NEXT_HOP (BGP) 2nd companion toI-BGP the peers best-selling first this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics modifying on 2nd 3rd 4th 5th edition, 6th 7th not (normal covered Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. NLP linkin pulse) Combined the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and NLRI (networkwith layer Volume reachabilityI,information) switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. nondesignated ports Normal priority queue (PQ)
The book begins with brief coverage NOTIFICATION message (BGP) 2nd 3rd 4th
of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] OLE_LINK1 OLE_LINK6 OPEN message (BGP) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th OpenConfirm state (FSM) 2nd OpenSent state (FSM) 2nd optimum switching • Table of Contents ORIGIN attribute • Index
•
affecting route selection 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Examples
ORIGIN attributeStudies (BGP) Volume II CCIE Practical origin attribute (BGP) ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 setting ORIGINATOR_ID attribute (BGP) 2nd Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] packet marking 2nd 3rd 4th 5th packets multicast PAgP verifying status PAgP (Port Aggregation Protocol) 2nd 3rd • Table of Contents PAgP physical learners • Index path cost (STP) 2nd • Examples path CCIEselection Practical Studies Volume II affecting with AS_PATH attribute 2nd 3rd 4th 5th ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 affecting with ORIGIN attribute 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th path-vector protocols Publisher: Cisco Press BGP Date: November 07, 2003 PCR Pub (peak cell rate) ATM traffic 2nd 3rd 4th ISBN: shaping 1-58705-072-2 peer capabilities Pages: 1032 peer groups reducing BGP network complexity 2nd 3rd peer groups (BGP) performance evaluating 2nd 3rd 4th
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE network application requirements Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. evaluating 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
of router interfaces evaluating 2nd 3rd 4th 5thconcepts 6th 7th 8thinto 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 15th Experience putting practice with lab14th scenarios
that guide you in applying
performance BGP networks 2nd whattuning you know memory conservation 2nd 3rd 4th route refresh 2nd 3rd Learn how to build
a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
Perlman, Radia PHB
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
EF (expedited forwarding)
CCIE Practical Studies, PHB (per-hop behavior)
Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion Auto-RP 2ndto the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics notbidirectional covered in I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. PIMVolume 2nd Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and dense mode switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. sparse mode 2nd CCIE PIM
PIMv2 2nd
The book with brief Policy Controlbegins Module (RSVP)
coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network benefits of settings. The final chapter configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice include all 10th of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th labs 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 11th 12th 13th level. They present ToS bit, setting 2nd readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. port includes suggested references policy-based routing 2nd 3rd 4th
changing duplex settings PortFast Spanning Tree configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd 3rd PQ applying to interfaces 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th PQ (Priority Queuing) practice labs 2nd !!! Boom 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
Broken Arrow 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th Enchilada II 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th Kobayashi Maru 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th The Intimidator 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th Predictor compression algorithm 2nd 3rd 4th prefix lists filtering BGP routes 2nd preparing for CCIE exam 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th
•
prerequisites
• •
Table of Contents Index
for BGP configuration 2nd
Examples
assessing router capacity 2nd 3rd 4th 5th CCIE Practical Studies Volume II prioritizing ByKarl No.4th 4599 RTP Solie trafficCCIE 2nd 3rd 5th, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 priority classes Priority-Based Fair Queuing [See LLC (Low Latency Queuing)] Publisher: Weighted Cisco Press priority-list command Pub Date: November 07, 2003 arguments 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 private autonomous systems Pages: 1032 reducing BGP network complexity 2nd process CPU allocation verifying process switching processes
Gain BGP hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. displaying protected ports configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know ATM
PVCs
creating on Cisco routers 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] QoS comparing ATM and Frame Relay implementations 2nd 3rd DiffServ classes of service 2nd DSCP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th ToS valuesTable 2nd 3rd 4th of Contents
•
WRED 2ndIndex 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
• •
IntServ
Examples
AdmissionStudies Control Module CCIE Practical Volume II configuring RSVP paths 2nd ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Qos IntServ Publisher: Cisco controlled load Press services Pub Date: November 2003 guaranteed bit rate 07, services QoS
ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 IntServ Pages: 1032 Policy Control Module RSVP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Qos IntServ RSVP 2nd 3rd
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE QoS Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. IntServ
RSVP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th limitations of Experience
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
traffic shaping what you2nd know applying GTS 2nd how 3rd 4th 6th 7th 8th Learn to5th build a practice
lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
queing CBWFQ Take
five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
class maps 2nd 3rd 4th
CCIEconfiguring Practical2nd Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the 3rd 4th 5th 6th CCIENBAR lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to thecommand best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics queue-list byte-count not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. queue-list command Combined Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and argumentswith 2nd 3rd switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. queueing CBWFW
The book begins with brief of the lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th coverage 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th core 11th technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core CQ technologies follow, detailed applying the technologies real network lab exercises 2nd 3rdproviding 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th guides 10th 11thto12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18thin 19th settings. The scheme final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These token-bucket comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty WFQ level.enabling They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. queuing CBWFQ class-based shaping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th displaying configuration information 2nd 3rd traffic policing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th CQ 2nd 3rd 4th 5th configuring 2nd 3rd 4th queue bandwidth allocation 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th FIFO LLC
priority classes with CBWFQ for voice traffic 2nd 3rd 4th PQ applying to interfaces 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th configuring 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th WFQ 2nd 3rd 4th 5th flows 2nd
• • •
sequence numbers 2nd
Table of Contents
sequence numbers, calculating 2nd 3rd
Index
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] Radix Trie rate-limit command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th redistribution set commands 2nd 3rd 4th reducing complexity of BGP networks
•
with confederations 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th Table of Contents
•
with peer groups 2nd 3rd Index
•
with private autonomous Examples systems 2nd
with route aggregation 2nd 3rdII 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th CCIE Practical Studies Volume with route reflectors 2nd 3rd 4th ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 removing community attribute (BGP) Publisher: Cisco Press reverse path forwarding Pub Date:protocols November 07, 2003 revolutionary RIBs (Routing Bases) ISBN: Information 1-58705-072-2 Root guard Pages: 1032 configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd route aggregation conditional route advertisements 2nd 3rd 4th reducing BGP network complexity 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th route dampening 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE route maps [See also policy-based routing] Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. characteristics of configuring lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9thpractice Experience putting concepts into
with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
match 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th whatcommand you know route-map command set command 4th a 5th 6th 7th 8th 9thfor 10th 11thCCIE 12th 13th 15th 16th Learn how2nd to 3rd build practice lab your lab 14th exam preparation filtering BGP routes 2nd 3rd 4th 5th logic Take
five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
match statements
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the naming CCIEreflectors lab exam route 2nd by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion tonetwork the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics reducing BGP complexity 2nd 3rd 4th not covered in Volume I, like route refresh capability (BGP) 2nd 3rd the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined route selectionwith Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of attribute the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. affecting with AS_PATH 2nd 3rdand 4th 5th affecting with ORIGIN attribute 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
The book begins route selection processwith (BGP)brief 2nd
coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network route-map command settings. The message final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These ROUTE-REFRESH (BGP) 2nd comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty routed ports level.ports They readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. routed onpresent Catalyst 3550 switches Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. routers includes route tape
memory verifying configuration 2nd 3rd performance evaluating 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th routing tables BGP 2nd RP anycast RP 2nd
RP (rendezvous point) RSTP configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd 3rd 4th RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) RSVP 2nd Admission Control Module configuring 2nd
• • •
configuring RSVP paths 2nd
Table of Contents
controlled load services
Index
distinct reservations
Examples
explicit sender selection lists CCIE Practical Studies Volume II flow descriptor ByKarl Solie CCIE No.services 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 guaranteed bit rate lab exercises 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th messages 3rdPress Publisher:2nd Cisco simulating 2nd 3rd 4th Pub Date: November 07, 5th 2003 Policy Control Module ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 shared reservations Pages: 1032 static reservations creating 2nd 3rd troubleshooting 2nd voice traffic configuration 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th wildcard lists
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE RTP traffic Practical Studies from Cisco Press. prioritizing 2nd 3rd title 4th 5th Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] SCR (sustained cell rate) ATM traffic shaping 2nd 3rd 4th security authentication BGP peers 2nd sequence numbers • Table of Contents applying to route maps • Index sequence numbers (WFQ) 2nd • Examples calculating 3rd Volume II CCIE Practical2nd Studies server mode (VTP) ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 service policies applying to interfaces Publisher: session types Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 BGP sessions ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 BGP Pages: 1032 route exchange process 2nd 3rd set as-path command 2nd 3rd set comm-list detete command set command BGP-specific 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE redistribution-specific 2nd 3rd 4th Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. set community command 2nd set dampening command 2nd set local-preference Experiencecommand putting
concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
set origin command what you know set weight command shared Learn reservations how
to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
shared trees 2nd shortcuts for editing Cisco IOS Software command 2nd 3rd the Take five full-blown practice labs output that mimic
actual lab exam environment
show commands
CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the monitoring multicast routing CCIEinterface lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect show command companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics show interface serial command notdisplaying coveredinterface in Volume I, 2nd like3rd the 3550, route BGP, Multicast, and QoS. statistics 4thCisco 5th 6thCatalyst 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12thmaps, 13th 14th Combined with Volume I, the show ip bgp command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portionscommand of the Routing Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. show ip bgp neighbors 2nd 3rd 4thand 5th 6th 7th 8th show ip bgp summary command 2nd 3rd
The book with brief show ip cachebegins policy command
coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network show memory dead command 2nd settings. The finalalloc chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These show memory failures command comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty show processes cpu command level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. show processes memory command Study tips and techniques are included throughout the book. show processor cpu test-taking command includes suggested show ip policy command
verifying CPU allocation show queueing priority command 2nd 3rd show route-map command show traffic-shaping 2nd show traffic-shaping command 2nd simulating RSVP messages 2nd 3rd 4th 5th software compression techniques effect on utilization Predictor algorithm 2nd 3rd 4th
stacker algorithm 2nd source trees source-specific addresses sparse mode (PIM) 2nd speakers 2nd neighbor relationships E-BGP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
• •
I-BGP 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Table of Contents
route reflectors 2nd 3rd
Index
specifying best path
•
Examples
with MED attribute (BGP) 2nd 3rd 4th 5th CCIE Practical Studies Volume II specifying network exit points ByKarl CCIE No. 4599, Leah CCIE withSolie LOCAL_PREF attribute (BGP)Lynch 2nd 3rd 4th No. 5th 7220 stacker compression algorithm 2nd states of STP Cisco Press Publisher: broken stateNovember 07, 2003 Pub Date: forwarding state ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 learning state Pages: 1032 listening state static routes advertising to BGP peers 2nd static RSVP reservations creating 2nd 3rd
Gain experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE storagehands-on of BGP routes 2nd Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. STP BPDUs bridge ID
Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know forwarding state broken state
learning state
Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
listening state path cost 2nd
Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
port states
RSTP Studies, port states Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIEversus Practical states CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect timers 2nd to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics companion stub not networks covered(multicast) in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. study labs Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and ATM and QoS 2nd 3rdof 4th 5th Routing 6th 7th 8thand 9th 10th 11th 12thSecurity, 13th 14th 15th 17th 18th switching portions the Switching, and16th Service Provider lab exams. subinterfaces (ATM) 2nd Theconfiguring book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and suppressing BGP advertisements 2nd 3rdfor 4th further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core includes suggested references SVI (Switch Virtual Interface) 2nd technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network switch ports The on Catalyst 3550 switches settings. final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These switching comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty CEF They 2nd level. present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. load balancing 2nd Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. verifying configuration 2nd 3rd distributed switching fast switching NetFlow switching 2nd optimum switching process switching synchronizing BGP routes with I-BGP routing table 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th syntax
for route maps match command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th route-map command set command 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] tag keyword (match command) tags (match command) 2nd 3rd Tc (time interval) timers (STP) 2nd Token Ring
•
VTP version IITable of Contents
token-bucket •
Index
token-bucket scheme • Examples ToS CCIEbitPractical Studies Volume II setting on policy routes 2nd ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 ToS values (DiffServ) 2nd IP Precedence, configuring 2nd 3rd 4th Publisher: Cisco Press traceroute command 2nd Pub Date: November 07, 2003 traffic ATM ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 CoS Pages: 1032 congestion avoidance WRED 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th incoming policy-based routing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th load balancing with CEF 2nd
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE marking Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. policy classification 2nd
queueing CBWFQ 2nd 3rdputting 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10thpractice 11th 12th with 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 22nd 23rd 24th Experience concepts into lab scenarios that guide you 21st in applying 25th 26th 27thyou 28thknow 29th 30th 31st 32nd 33rd 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th what queuing CQ 2nd 3rd 4thto 5thbuild 6th 7th 9th 10thlab 11thfor 12th 13thCCIE 14th 15th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st Learn how a 8th practice your lab 16th exam preparation FIFO LLC 2ndfive 3rd 4th 5th Take full-blown
practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
PQ 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st
CCIEWFQ Practical II 10th leads CCIE 2nd 3rdStudies, 4th 5th 6thVolume 7th 8th 9th 11th 12th candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE voicelab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to2nd the3rd best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics prioritizing 4th 5th not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. traffic policing 2nd Combined Volume will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and configuringwith 2nd 3rd 4th 5th I, 6ththe 7th CCIE 8th 9thcandidate 10th switching portions of3rd the and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. two-bucket polcies 2nd 4thRouting 5th two-bucket policies
The book begins traffic shaping 2nd
with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes applyingsuggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing class-based shaping 2nd 3rd 4th 5th detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The chapter configuring on final ATM 2nd 3rd 4th of 5ththe 6th book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty GTS level.configuring They present with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. 2nd 3rdreaders 4th 5th 6th Study and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book. Tc,tips calculating traffic-shaping group command transparent mode (VTP) troubleshooting BGP Idle/Active state scenario 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th neighbor relationships 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th with messages 2nd 3rd 4th 5th multicast routing 2nd 3rd 4th RSVP 2nd
trunking 802.1Q DTP CatOSconfigurations 2nd EtherChannel Layer 3 PAgP 2nd 3rd
• • •
ISL VTP
Table of Contents Index
messages 2nd
Examples
modes of operation 2nd CCIE Practical Studies Volume II pruning By Karl BGP Solieperformance CCIE No. 4599 tuning 2nd , Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 memory conservation 2nd 3rd 4th route refresh 2nd Press 3rd Publisher: Cisco tunneling Pub Date: November 07, 2003 controlling multicast 2nd ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 two-bucket policies Pages: 1032 two-bucket traffic policies example
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] UBR circuits configuring 2nd unstable routes dampening 2nd dampening on BGP networks 2nd 3rd 4th 5th UPDATE messageTable (BGP)of2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th • Contents UplinkFast •
•
Index
configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd Examples
utilization CCIE Practical Studies Volume II processors ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 verifying Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] VCs displaying Layer 2/Layer 3 mapping information VBR-nrt ATM configuration 2nd 3rd 4th verifying
•
CEF configuration 3rd Table2nd of Contents
•
Cisco IOS Software Index configuration 2nd 3rd
•
PAgP status Examples
policy-based routing with traceroute command CCIE Practical Studies Volume II process CPU allocation ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 router interface performance 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th VLAN maps Publisher: Cisco Press 3550 switches 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th configuring on Catalyst Pub Date: November 07, 2003 VLANs default Catalyst switch settings 2nd ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 design rules Pages: 1032 Layer 3 switching protected ports configuring on Catalyst 3550 switches 2nd trunking 802.1Q
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE EtherChannel 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. ISL
VTP messages 2nd Experience
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
modes operation what ofyou know2nd pruning voice traffic Learn
how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation
prioritizing 2nd 3rd 4th 5th queuing LLCfull-blown 2nd 3rd 4th practice Takewith five
labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
RSVP configuration 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
CCIE VTP
Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE labsettings exam on byCatalyst presenting default switchesthem with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics messages 2nd notmodes covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. of operation 2nd Combined pruning with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z] WANs ATM AAL types 2nd CIR CoS types
•
DLCIs
•
multiservice traffic support Index
•
subinterface, configuring 2nd Examples
Table of Contents
versus Frame RelayVolume 2nd 3rd II 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd CCIE Practical Studies 23rd 24th 25th ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220 Frame Relay DE bit Publisher: Cisco Press WEIGHT attribute Pub Date: November 07, 2003 manipulating path selection 2nd 3rd WEIGHT ISBN: attribute (BGP) 1-58705-072-2 weight attribute (BGP) Pages: 1032 setting weight values deriving from IP precedence values 2nd well-behaved routes well-known COMMUNITY attribute values
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE BGP Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. COMMUNITY attribute:well-known values 2nd
WFQ enabling Experience
putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying
fair-queue what command you know arguments 2nd WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing) 3rd 4th 5thlab Learn how to build2nd a practice
for your CCIE lab exam preparation
flows 2nd sequence 2nd Take numbers five full-blown
practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment
sequence numbers, calculating 2nd 3rd
CCIE Practical Studies, wildcard lists (RSVP)
Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics configuring to 2ndthe 3rd 4th 5th notFRED covered 2nd 3rdin Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume the CCIE WRED (Weighed Random Early I, Detection) 2nd candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. CCIE WRED
The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
[SYMBOL] [A] [B] [C ] [D] [E] [F] [G] [H] [I ] [J] [K ] [L] [M] [N] [O ] [P ] [Q ] [R ] [S] [T] [U] [V] [W] [Z ] Zero CIR service
•
Table of Contents
•
Index
•
Examples
CCIE Practical Studies Volume II ByKarl Solie CCIE No. 4599, Leah Lynch CCIE No. 7220
Publisher: Cisco Press Pub Date: November 07, 2003 ISBN: 1-58705-072-2 Pages: 1032
Gain hands-on experience for the CCIE Lab Exam with volume two of the best-selling CCIE Practical Studies title from Cisco Press. Experience putting concepts into practice with lab scenarios that guide you in applying what you know Learn how to build a practice lab for your CCIE lab exam preparation Take five full-blown practice labs that mimic the actual lab exam environment CCIE Practical Studies, Volume II leads CCIE candidates through the process of preparing for the CCIE lab exam by presenting them with a series of challenging laboratory exercises. A perfect companion to the best-selling first edition, this book provides coverage of CCIE lab exam topics not covered in Volume I, like the Cisco Catalyst 3550, route maps, BGP, Multicast, and QoS. Combined with Volume I, the CCIE candidate will get comprehensive coverage of the routing and switching portions of the Routing and Switching, Security, and Service Provider lab exams. The book begins with brief coverage of the core technologies required on the CCIE lab exam and includes suggested references for further reading. Laboratory exercises covering each of the core technologies follow, providing detailed guides to applying the technologies in real network settings. The final chapter of the book concludes with five hands-on lab exercises. These comprehensive practice labs include all of the technologies and gradually increase in difficulty level. They present readers with scenarios similar to what they will face on the actual lab exam. Study tips and test-taking techniques are included throughout the book.
